Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2018

Registration No. 333-221521

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 4

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

Delaware   6411   90-0226248

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10104

(212) 554-1234

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Dave S. Hattem, Esq.

Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10104

(212) 554-1234

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Peter J. Loughran, Esq.

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 909-6000

 

Robert G. DeLaMater, Esq.

William Torchiana, Esq.

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

125 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

(212) 558-4000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and an emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☒  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
 

Amount to be

Registered (1)

 

Proposed

Maximum Offering
Price

Per Share

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee (3)

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  157,837,500   $27.00   $4,261,612,500   $530,571

 

 

(1) Includes shares/offering price of shares that may be sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
(2) This amount represents the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the securities registered hereunder. These figures are estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) The registrant previously paid $12,450 of this amount.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholder may not sell these securities until the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 26, 2018

137,250,000 Shares

 

LOGO

AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. The selling stockholder, AXA S.A., is offering 137,250,000 shares of common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholder in this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have been approved to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “EQH”.

We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $24.00 and $27.00 per share.

After the settlement of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 26 of this prospectus to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                   $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $                   $               

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder

   $                   $               

 

(1) We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting.”

The underwriters also may purchase up to 20,587,500 additional shares from the selling stockholder at the initial offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved the securities described herein or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                     , 2018.

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley   J.P. Morgan   Barclays   Citigroup

 

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Credit Suisse   Deutsche Bank Securities   Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

 

BNP PARIBAS   SOCIETE GENERALE   ING   Credit Agricole CIB   HSBC   Natixis   RBC Capital Markets

 

 

 

Lazard   BBVA   COMMERZBANK   Mizuho Securities   MUFG   PNC Capital Markets LLC

 

SMBC Nikko   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey   UniCredit Capital Markets

 

 

Prospectus dated                 , 2018


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Certain Important Terms

     i  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     26  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information

     83  

Use of Proceeds

     86  

Dividend Policy

     87  

The Reorganization Transactions

     88  

Recapitalization

     92  

Capitalization

     95  

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

     96  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information

     98  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     103  

Business

     175  

Management

     240  

Executive Compensation

     248  

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     300  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     303  

Description of Capital Stock

     320  

Shares Available for Future Sale

     326  

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations For Non-U.S. Holders

     328  

Underwriting

     332  

Validity of Common Stock

     343  

Experts

     343  

Where You Can Find More Information

     343  

Glossary

     345  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. We have not, and the selling stockholder and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus and any related free writing prospectus. We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus and any sale of shares of our common stock.

CERTAIN IMPORTANT TERMS

We use the following capitalized terms in this prospectus:

 

    “AB” or “AllianceBernstein” means AB Holding and ABLP.

 

    “AB Holding” means AllianceBernstein Holding L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

    “AB Holding Units” means units representing assignments of beneficial ownership of limited partnership interests in AB Holding.

 

    “AB Units” means units of limited partnership interests in ABLP.

 

    “ABLP” means AllianceBernstein L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and the operating partnership for the AB business.

 

i


Table of Contents
    “ACS Life” means AXA Corporate Solutions Life Reinsurance Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Holdings.

 

    “ASV US” means AXA Strategic Ventures US, LLC, a private equity fund established to invest in early-stage companies that are aligned to our long-term strategy.

 

    “AXA” means AXA S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of France, the selling stockholder in this offering and our parent company. AXA beneficially owned 100% of our common stock prior to this offering. Following the settlement of this offering, AXA will own 75.5% of our outstanding common stock (or 71.9% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) and will be our controlling stockholder.

 

    “AXA Advisors” means AXA Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, our retail broker/dealer for our retirement and protection businesses and a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Holdings.

 

    “AXA Distributors” means AXA Distributors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, our wholesale broker/dealer for our retirement and protection businesses and a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Holdings.

 

    “AXA Equitable FMG” means AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Holdings.

 

    “AXA Equitable L&A” means AXA Equitable Life and Annuity Company, a Colorado corporation and a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Holdings.

 

    “AXA Equitable Life” means AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, a New York corporation, a life insurance company and a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Holdings.

 

    “AXA Financial” means AXA Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned direct subsidiary of Holdings.

 

    “AXA Network” means AXA Network, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Holdings, and its subsidiary, AXA Network of Puerto Rico, Inc.

 

    “AXA Premier VIP Trust” means AXA Premier VIP Trust, a series trust that is a Delaware statutory trust and is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), as an open-end management investment company.

 

    “AXA RE Arizona” means AXA RE Arizona Company, formerly an Arizona corporation and a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Holdings, which merged with and into AXA Equitable Life in April 2018.

 

    “AXA Tech” means AXA Technology Services America, Inc.

 

    “CS Life RE” means CS Life RE Company, an Arizona corporation and a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Holdings.

 

    “EQAT” means EQ Advisors Trust, a series trust that is a Delaware statutory trust and is registered under the Investment Company Act as an open-end management investment company.

 

    “EQ AZ Life Re” means EQ AZ Life Re Company, an Arizona corporation and a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Holdings.

 

    The “General Partner” means AllianceBernstein Corporation, a Delaware corporation and the general partner of AB Holding and ABLP.

 

    “Holdings” means AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. without its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

    “MLOA” means MONY Life Insurance Company of America, an Arizona corporation and a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Holdings.

 

    “Reorganization” means the transactions described under the following headings: “The Reorganization Transactions—Transfer of AXA Financial Shares,” “—Extraction of U.S. Property and Casualty Insurance Business,” and “—Transfer of AXA’s Interests in AB.”

 

ii


Table of Contents
    “Reorganization Transactions” means the Reorganization, the GMxB Unwind, as defined in “The Reorganization Transactions,” and the Recapitalization, as defined in “Recapitalization,” collectively.

 

    “SCB LLC” means Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC, a registered investment adviser and broker-dealer.

 

    “USFL” means U.S. Financial Life Insurance Company, an Ohio corporation and a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Holdings.

 

    “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” mean AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context refers only to AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. (which we refer to as “Holdings”) as a corporate entity.

For definitions of selected financial and product-related terms used in this prospectus, please refer to “ Glossary ” beginning on page 345 of this prospectus.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes estimates regarding market and industry data and forecasts, which are based on publicly available information, industry publications and surveys, reports from government agencies, reports by market research firms and our own estimates based on our management’s knowledge of, and experience in, the insurance industry and market segments in which we compete. Third-party industry publications and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources generally believed to be reliable. Our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the captions “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

SERVICE MARKS, TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We hold and license various service marks, trademarks and trade names, such as “AXA,” “AXA Equitable,” “AllianceBernstein,” “Bernstein,” “AB,” “Structured Capital Strategies,” “Retirement Cornerstone,” “Investment Edge,” “Income Edge,” “EQUI-VEST” and our and AB’s logo designs that we deem particularly important to the advertising activities conducted by each of our businesses. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and trade names of other companies which are the property of their respective holders. We do not intend our use or display of such names or marks to imply relationships with, or endorsements of us by, any other company.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights selected information contained in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. For the definitions of certain capitalized terms used in this prospectus, please refer to “Certain Important Terms” on page i and “Glossary” on page 345.

Our Company

We are one of America’s leading financial services companies and have helped clients prepare for their financial future with confidence since 1859. Our approximately 12,200 employees and advisors are entrusted with more than $670 billion of assets under management through two complementary and well-established principal franchises, AXA Equitable Life and AllianceBernstein, providing:

 

    Advice and solutions for helping Americans set and meet their retirement goals and protect and transfer their wealth across generations; and

 

    A wide range of investment management insights, expertise and innovations to drive better investment decisions and outcomes for clients and institutional investors worldwide.

We aim to be a trusted partner to our clients by providing advice, products and services that help them navigate complex financial decisions. Our financial strength and the quality of our people, their ingenuity and the service they provide help us build relationships of trust with our clients.

We believe that the growing and aging U.S. population, shift of responsibility for retirement planning from employers to individuals and overall growth in total investable assets will drive significant demand for our products and services going forward. Throughout our long history, we have embraced change and looked to the future, and we continue to see significant opportunities to find new solutions and new ways to deliver service to clients within our target markets.

We have a leading position at the intersection of advice, asset management and financial protection that we believe provides our clients with products and solutions that meet their long-term financial needs and our stockholders with attractive growth prospects. We have market-leading positions in our four segments:

 

    Individual Retirement —We are a leading provider of variable annuity products, which primarily meet the needs of individuals saving for retirement or seeking retirement income by allowing them to invest in various markets through underlying investment options. As of December 31, 2017, we had more than 900,000 variable annuity policies in force, representing $103.4 billion of account value (“AV”), which reflects the aggregate policy account value of our products.

 

    Group Retirement —We offer tax-deferred investment and retirement plans sponsored by educational entities, municipalities and not-for-profit entities as well as small and medium-sized businesses. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately $33.9 billion of AV. According to LIMRA, for the year ended December 31, 2017, we were the #1 provider by gross premiums of retirement plans to kindergarten, primary and secondary schools (the “K-12 education market”).

 

    Investment Management and Research —We are a leading provider of diversified investment management, research and related services to a broad range of clients around the world. As of December 31, 2017, our Investment Management and Research segment had approximately $554 billion in AUM consisting of 35% equities, 54% fixed income and 11% multi-asset class solutions, alternatives and other assets.


 

1


Table of Contents
    Protection Solutions —We focus on attractive protection segments such as variable universal life (“VUL”) insurance, a universal life insurance product in which the excess amount paid over policy charges can be directed by the policyholder into a variety of Separate Account investment options, and indexed universal life (“IUL”) insurance, a universal life insurance product that uses an equity-linked approach for generating policy investment returns. According to LIMRA, for 2017 we ranked fourth in sales overall and first in the retail channel for VUL insurance and second in the retail channel in the same period for IUL insurance. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 900,000 outstanding policies with a face value of $446 billion. This business provides capital diversification benefits alongside the longevity profile of our retirement businesses.

We manage our segments in a complementary way. We strive to create value for our clients and stockholders by pricing and managing risks on the liability side of our balance sheet and by generating attractive risk-adjusted investment returns on the asset side. We leverage our underwriting, risk management and investment management skills across our segments, General Account and Separate Accounts.

We distribute our products through a premier affiliated and third-party distribution platform with a successful track record of marketing our innovative and less capital intensive products and solutions allowing us to respond to our clients’ evolving needs and manage our capital and risks responsibly, consisting of:

 

    Affiliated Distribution:

 

    Our affiliated retail sales force, AXA Advisors, which has approximately 4,700 licensed financial professionals who advise on retirement, protection and investment advisory solutions; and

 

    Nearly 200 Bernstein Financial Advisors, who are responsible for the sale of investment products and solutions to Private Wealth Management clients.

 

    Third-Party Distribution:

 

    Distribution agreements with more than 1,000 third-party firms including broker-dealers, banks, insurance partners and brokerage general agencies, giving us access to more than 150,000 financial professionals to market our retirement, protection and investment solutions; and

 

    An AB global distribution team of more than 500 professionals, who engage with our approximately 4,900 retail distribution partners and more than 500 institutional clients.

We are confident that our market-leading positions, premier distribution platform, competitive products and investment expertise position us well to continue to generate a diversified and growing stream of earnings, maintain stability through market cycles and generate attractive returns and strong cash flows for our stockholders.

Our Businesses

Our four segments, Individual Retirement, Group Retirement, Investment Management and Research, and Protection Solutions, are well-established and distinct businesses, but complementary to one another. For example, as of December 31, 2017, AB managed 69% of AXA Equitable Life’s General Account and 29% of its Separate Account assets. Our segments allow us to deliver comprehensive services to our clients and provide us with capital diversification benefits and product development and margin improvement opportunities. As of December 31, 2017, our retirement and protection businesses had approximately 2.8 million clients, including approximately 766,000 in our Individual Retirement segment, and AB had approximately 2.6 million client accounts. The diversity of products and services offered by our businesses contributes to strong retention of financial professionals within AXA Advisors. We report certain activities and items that are not included in our segments in Corporate and Other.



 

2


Table of Contents

Our product approach is to ensure that design characteristics are attractive to both our customers and our stockholders. We currently focus on products across our businesses that expose us to less market and customer behavior risk, are more easily hedged and, overall, are less capital intensive than many traditional products. Our current suite of variable annuity products has been redesigned with reduced, floating rate, return of premium only or no guaranteed minimum living or death benefits (we refer to all forms of variable annuity guaranteed benefits, including guaranteed minimum living benefits and guaranteed minimum death benefits, as GMxB features). In 2008, most of our variable annuity first year premium and deposits (“FYP”) consisted of sales of variable annuity products with fixed rate GMxB features. In 2017, by comparison, variable annuity products with fixed rate GMxB features accounted for 1% of FYP. As of December 31, 2017, 48% of the total variable annuity AV in our Individual Retirement segment was attributable to variable annuity products that included fixed rate GMxB features, with the remaining AV attributable to variable annuity products with floating rate GMxB features (21% of total variable annuity AV), with return of premium death benefits only (9% of total variable annuity AV) and with no GMxB features (22% of total variable annuity AV).

Individual Retirement

We are a leading provider of variable annuity products, which are primarily sold to affluent and high net worth individuals saving for retirement or seeking guaranteed retirement income. We sell our variable annuity products through our affiliated retail sales force and a wide network of approximately 600 third-party firms, including banks, broker-dealers and insurance partners, reaching more than 100,000 advisors. As of December 31, 2017, we ranked third in variable annuity market share based on sales, according to Morningstar, Inc. (“Morningstar”), and our wholesalers serving third-party firms ranked second in variable annuity sales productivity in the third-party channel, according to preliminary data from Market Metrics.

We offer variable annuity products that help our clients accumulate wealth and prepare for their retirement income needs. We focus on three variable annuity products:

 

    Structured Capital Strategies, or SCS, a variable annuity with an index-linked feature that offers policyholders growth potential up to a cap and certain downside protection. This variable annuity does not offer GMxB features, other than a return of premium death benefit that we have introduced in some versions. For the year ended December 31, 2017, SCS sales represented 53% of our total variable annuity FYP.

 

    Retirement Cornerstone, a multi-stage variable annuity that provides both wealth accumulation and guaranteed income and death benefits for policyholders. Customers have the option to elect a floating rate GMIB guarantee on this product for an additional fee. For the year ended December 31, 2017, Retirement Cornerstone sales represented 36% of our total variable annuity FYP.

 

    Investment Edge, primarily a wealth accumulation variable annuity offering a unique tax efficient distribution option. This variable annuity does not offer any GMxB feature other than an optional return of premium death benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2017, Investment Edge sales represented 6% of our total variable annuity FYP.

We frequently update our existing product benefits as well as introduce new products and benefits to our variable annuity product portfolio to meet the evolving needs of our clients and better manage the risk of these products. Due to our innovation, our product mix has evolved considerably since the financial crisis. The majority of our sales in 2017 consisted of products without GMxB features (other than the return of premium death benefit), and 1% of 2017 FYP had fixed rate guarantees. We believe that our current portfolio of less capital intensive products offers us an attractive risk-adjusted return.

As of December 31, 2017, we had more than 900,000 variable annuity policies in force, representing approximately $103.4 billion of AV. This in-force book contains the three primary products described above, as well as other products, which may contain GMxB features.



 

3


Table of Contents

To actively manage and protect against the economic risks associated with our in-force GMxB products, our management team has taken a multi-pronged approach. We use a dynamic hedging strategy to offset changes in the economic liability of our GMxB features due to changes in equity markets and interest rates (within this strategy we reevaluate our economic exposure at least daily and rebalance our hedge positions accordingly). In addition to our dynamic hedging strategy, in the fourth quarter of 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we implemented static hedge positions (derivatives positions intended to be held to maturity with less frequent rebalancing) to maintain a target asset level for all variable annuities at or above a CTE98 level under most economic scenarios, and to maintain a CTE95 level even in extreme scenarios. We expect to adjust from time to time our static equity hedge positions to maintain our target level of CTE protection over time. In addition to these hedging strategies, we employ various other methods to manage the risks of our in-force variable annuity products, including asset-liability matching, volatility management tools within the Separate Accounts and an active in-force management program, including buyout offers for certain products.

The Individual Retirement business is an important source of earnings and cash flow for our company, and we believe our hedging strategy preserves a substantial portion of these cash flows across a wide range of risk scenarios. The primary sources of revenue for the Individual Retirement segment include fee revenue and investment income.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, Individual Retirement segment revenue was $4.4 billion and segment operating earnings were $1.3 billion.

Group Retirement

Our Group Retirement business offers tax-deferred investment products and related solutions to employer-sponsored retirement plans sponsored by educational and not-for-profit entities (including municipal governments), as well as small and medium-sized businesses. We operate in the 403(b), 401(k) and 457(b) markets where we sell variable annuities and mutual fund products. As of December 31, 2017, we had relationships with approximately 26,000 employers and served more than 1.0 million participants, of which approximately 725,000 were educators. A specialized division of AXA Advisors, the Retirement Benefits Group (“RBG”), is the primary distributor of our products and related solutions to the education market with more than 1,000 advisors dedicated to helping educators prepare for retirement as of December 31, 2017. We also distribute these products and solutions through third-party firms. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately $33.9 billion of AV.

In Group Retirement, for the year ended December 31, 2017, we were the #1 provider by gross premiums of retirement plans to the K-12 education market, according to LIMRA. The tax exempt 403(b)/457(b) market, which includes our 403(b) K-12 business, accounted for the majority of sales within the Group Retirement business for the year ended December 31, 2017 and represented 75% of Group Retirement AV, as of December 31, 2017.

The recurring nature of the revenues from our Group Retirement business make this segment an important and stable contributor of earnings and cash flow to us. The primary sources of revenue for the Group Retirement business include fee revenue and investment income.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, Group Retirement segment revenue was $947 million and segment operating earnings were $283 million.

Investment Management and Research

Our global Investment Management and Research business provides diversified investment management, research and related solutions to a broad range of clients around the world. We distribute our investment



 

4


Table of Contents

management products and solutions through three main client channels—Institutional, Retail and Bernstein Private Wealth Management—and distribute our institutional research products and solutions through Bernstein Research Services. AB Holding is a master limited partnership publicly listed on the NYSE (symbol: AB). Giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, we will own an approximate 65% economic interest in AB at the time of the offering. As the general partner of AB, we have the authority to manage and control its business, and accordingly, this segment reflects AB’s consolidated financial results.

Our Investment Management and Research business had approximately $554 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2017, composed of 35% equities, 54% fixed income and 11% multi-asset class solutions, alternatives and other assets. By distribution channel, institutional clients represented 48% of AUM, while retail and private wealth management clients represented 35% and 17%, respectively, as of December 31, 2017.

Bernstein Research Services has received top Institutional Investor rankings and Bernstein Private Wealth Management ranks among the top 20 wealth management firms in the United States, according to Barron’s .

AB has a strong global distribution footprint. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 41% of AB’s revenues came from outside the United States, with a significant portion derived from retail fixed income sales in the Asia region (excluding Japan). We have strong market positions in many of the region’s largest markets. As of December 31, 2016, we had a 23% market share of total retail assets in Taiwan, and our market share was 12% in both Hong Kong and Korea and 5% in Singapore.

Additionally, over the past several years AB has significantly broadened and strengthened its product portfolio, introducing more than 100 new and enhanced offerings since 2009. These services account for approximately 28% of AB’s AUM as of December 31, 2017. Examples include our Select Equities and U.S. and Global Concentrated Equity services, our middle markets private lending service, and our real estate private equity and debt service.

We and other AXA affiliates, collectively, are AB’s largest client. We represented 17% of AB’s total AUM as of December 31, 2017 and 3% of AB’s net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017. AXA and its affiliates other than us represented 6% of AB’s total AUM as of December 31, 2017 and 2% of AB’s net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017. Additionally, AXA and its affiliates (including us) have made seed investments in various AB investment services.

The primary sources of revenue for the Investment Management and Research segment include investment advisory and services fees calculated as a percentage of AUM and commissions received for providing equity research and brokerage-related services to institutional investors.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, Investment Management and Research segment revenue was $3.2 billion and segment operating earnings were $211 million (reflecting our approximately 47% economic interest in AB as of December 31, 2017).

Protection Solutions

Our Protection Solutions business includes our life insurance and employee benefits businesses.

We offer a targeted range of life insurance products aimed at serving the financial needs of our clients throughout their lives. Our product offerings include VUL, IUL and term life products, which represented 48%, 41% and 9% of our total life insurance annualized premium, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. Our life insurance products are primarily designed to help affluent and high net worth individuals as well as small and medium-sized business owners protect and transfer their wealth and are primarily distributed through AXA Advisors and select third-party firms. Our Protection Solutions segment benefits from a long-term, stable distribution relationship with AXA Advisors.



 

5


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 900,000 outstanding life insurance policies with a face value of $446 billion. In 2017, our VUL sales ranked fourth in the total U.S. market and first in the retail channel, and our IUL sales ranked second in the retail channel, according to LIMRA.

Our life insurance business provides a stable source of cash flows through its in-force book. In addition, the underlying mortality profile of our life insurance business complements the longevity profile in our individual and group retirement businesses, resulting in significant capital diversification benefits under our internal economic model, RBC and rating agency frameworks, allowing us to hold less capital than those frameworks would otherwise require for our individual and group retirement businesses alone.

In 2015, we entered the employee benefits business. We currently offer a suite of life, short and long-term disability, dental and vision insurance products to small and medium-sized businesses. We believe our employee benefits business will further augment our offerings to small and medium-sized businesses and is differentiated by a best-in-class technology platform. We sell our employee benefits products through AXA Advisors and third-party firms, including regional, national and local brokers.

The primary sources of revenue for our Protection Solutions segment include policy fees, premiums and investment income.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, Protection Solutions segment revenue was $3.0 billion and segment operating earnings were $536 million.

Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other includes certain of our financing and investment expenses. It also includes: the AXA Advisors broker-dealer business, closed block of life insurance (the “Closed Block”), run-off variable annuity reinsurance business, run-off group pension business, run-off health business, benefit plans for our employees, certain strategic investments and certain unallocated items, including capital and related investments, interest expense and corporate expense. AB’s results of operations are reflected in the Investment Management and Research segment. Accordingly, Corporate and Other does not include any items applicable to AB. For the year ended December 31, 2017, operating revenue for Corporate and Other was $1.2 billion and operating loss for Corporate and Other was $196 million.

Market Opportunities

Global asset accumulation markets continued their strong recent growth trend with total AUM reaching $81 trillion, up 6% year over year, including in the North American market, where total AUM increased by 8% year-over-year to $47 trillion as of December 31, 2016, according to Willis Towers Watson. In addition, the United States has experienced a decline in the traditional employer-based defined benefit retirement plan system which has raised concerns about the sustainability of safety nets historically provided by governments such as Social Security and employer-sponsored defined benefit plans. These trends have increased the need for Americans to prepare and plan for their own long-term financial security. Our complementary businesses are designed to provide affluent and high net worth Americans with the guidance, products and solutions they need to achieve their wealth accumulation and retirement income goals. We believe the following long-term trends will continue to favorably impact our business over time.

Continued rapid growth in the retirement-aged U.S. population . Technological advances and improvements in healthcare are projected to continue to contribute to increasing average life expectancy, and aging individuals must be prepared to fund retirement periods that will last longer than previously anticipated. The U.S. Census Bureau estimated that approximately 15% of the population was 65 years of age or older in



 

6


Table of Contents

2016, compared to approximately 9% in 1960. This segment of the population is estimated to double from approximately 49 million in 2016 to more than 98 million by 2060, and it is expected to represent approximately 24% of the overall population, as the youngest members of the “baby boomer” generation continue to reach retirement age.

Shifting retirement savings landscape . The Employee Benefit Research Institute estimates that the proportion of private sector workers participating only in a defined benefit plan declined from 28% in 1979 to 2% in 2014. Increased life expectancy, coupled with this transition away from defined benefit plans, has shifted the responsibility for retirement savings and income planning from employers to individuals. We expect that this shift in responsibility will drive demand for our products and services including wealth accumulation, income producing investments and financial advice.

Expected growth in retirement assets . U.S. retirement assets are estimated to increase by 5.2% per year from 2016 through 2021 to $29 trillion, with assets in the not-for-profit/governmental defined contribution sector projected to grow slightly faster at 6.6% for the same period. We believe that our retirement focused asset accumulation business will continue to benefit from this trend.

Strong need for financial planning advice . According to a recent McKinsey & Co. survey, roughly half of U.S. consumers with more than $100,000 in liquid financial assets surveyed said that they would prefer to purchase life insurance through an agent or advisor, even if they may start their research online. We believe that due to the complexity of financial planning, many consumers will continue to seek advice in connection with the purchase of these products, providing companies with broad distribution platforms and in-house advice capabilities a competitive advantage.

We believe that these trends, together with our competitive strengths and strategy discussed below, provide us an opportunity to increase the value of our business.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our two well-established principal franchises, AXA Equitable Life and AllianceBernstein, have a history of agility and innovation . At a time of significant challenges for investors—increased regulation, new technologies and a likely continued low yield environment—the ability to develop new creative solutions is critical for meeting clients’ needs and growing our businesses. Our company has a long history of developing innovative solutions, including introducing variable life insurance to the U.S. market, being one of the pioneers in performance fees for actively managed funds and launching our SCS product. Through Bernstein Research, we have a strong reputation for demonstrating that deeper research results in greater investment value.

Our strong balance sheet provides confidence for the future . We believe the strength of our balance sheet and the statutory capitalization of our insurance companies provide confidence to our clients and business partners and help position us for continued growth. In particular:

 

    In 2017, we increased the statutory capital and reserves of our retirement and protection businesses by approximately $2.3 billion, improving our ability to withstand adverse economic scenarios. As of December 31, 2017, our insurance company subsidiaries had statutory TAC of approximately $8.7 billion, resulting in a Combined RBC Ratio of approximately 650%;

 

    Additionally, in April 2018, we effected the unwind of the reinsurance provided to AXA Equitable Life by AXA RE Arizona for certain variable annuities with GMxB features. As a result of the unwind and based on information available as of December 31, 2017, we estimate that the statutory TAC of our insurance company subsidiaries increased by $0.7 billion, which, if such unwind had occurred on or prior to December 31, 2017, would have resulted in an increase in our Combined RBC Ratio of 50 percentage points to approximately 700% as of December 31, 2017;


 

7


Table of Contents
    We target maintaining an asset level for all variable annuities at or above a CTE98 level under most economic scenarios and an RBC ratio of 350-400% for non-variable annuity insurance liabilities, which, combined with the variable annuity capital, would result in a Combined RBC Ratio in excess of 500%; and

 

    We have a diversified, high quality $82 billion investment portfolio as of December 31, 2017, including $47 billion in fixed maturities classified as available-for-sale, of which 97% are investment grade rated.

Our business generates significant cash and we have in place a hedging program to protect our cash flows even in adverse economic scenarios. Our two principal operating companies are well established and have been generating, and are expected to continue to generate, significant cash, enabling us to pay dividends beginning in 2018, provide capital needed to support our business and service our debt over time. From 2014 to 2016, Holdings and AXA Financial received net distributions from our subsidiaries of $2.6 billion. In 2017, in accordance with our agreement with the NYDFS and in preparation for this offering, Holdings and AXA Financial collectively made $2.3 billion in aggregate capital contributions to AXA Equitable Life and AXA RE Arizona. In addition, we have implemented a hedging program intended to protect our variable annuity assets and statutory capital in the event of adverse economic scenarios.

Our leading retirement businesses are well-positioned to grow . There is a growing need for financial products that provide retirement income as well as a measure of protection against equity market volatility. In both the affluent and high net worth markets and in the K-12 education market, we believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from the growing and aging U.S. population and the continued shift away from defined benefit plans.

 

    For affluent and high net worth clients approaching retirement, our individual retirement products offer customers protection against market volatility and help instill confidence that their income needs will be satisfied in their retirement years.

 

    In our Group Retirement business, we are the leading provider of retirement products and related solutions for the growing 403(b) K-12 education market. Our nationwide footprint of advisors provides valuable advisory services to a wide range of clients in the education market saving for retirement.

Our Investment Management and Research business is strategically positioned to grow . We believe our Investment Management and Research business is well-positioned to navigate an evolving environment in which growth in passive strategies is pressuring fees for many active asset managers. We sell products and solutions that are difficult to replicate through passive mechanisms, including many of our credit, multi-asset and alternative strategies. We are present in markets worldwide, many of which have been less affected by the growth of passive investment options, such as parts of Asia. Additionally, a significant majority of our active equity and fixed income assets are in services that regularly exceed their benchmarks for the three-year performance period. The combination of relevance and performance has resulted in an annual organic growth rate for AB that has exceeded the average of AB’s closest asset manager peers for the past three years.

Our Protection Solutions business is well established and has growth potential in select segments . We are one of the leading life insurance providers in the United States, specifically with respect to VUL and IUL, and are committed to disciplined underwriting. Our in-force portfolio provides diversification on our statutory capital base and attractive cash flows. Over the years, much of this market has become commoditized, and we now selectively focus on the less capital intensive VUL and IUL accumulation segments of the market.

Our focus on less capital intensive fee-based products results in lower capital needs . Our ability to create less capital intensive products and solutions that meet the evolving needs of our clients, while still achieving our risk-adjusted return targets, has allowed us in recent years to capture increased market share, particularly in the variable annuity market. Our Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and Investment Management and Research segments’ earnings are predominantly fee-based.



 

8


Table of Contents

Our premier affiliated retail and institutional distribution platform differentiates us from competitors. We benefit from a broad reach across affiliated and third-party channels. Our affiliated retail distribution platform consists of our nearly 4,700 licensed AXA Advisors, as well as a direct network of nearly 200 Bernstein Financial Advisors serving approximately 15,000 high net worth clients as of December 31, 2017. The institutional platform in our retirement and protection segments is broad with more than 1,000 third-party relationships providing access to an additional approximately 150,000 financial professionals, while AB’s global distribution team of more than 500 professionals reach approximately 4,900 distribution partners and more than 500 institutional clients. We believe that our close alignment with our affiliated distribution platform, in conjunction with our extensive and growing network of third-party relationships, differentiates us from our competitors and allows us to effectively distribute our products and write high-quality new business.

Our disciplined risk management framework protects our balance sheet . We have well-developed technical risk management capabilities which are embedded throughout our business. Our decisions are driven by an internal economic model designed to ensure that we protect our solvency, honor our obligations to our clients and provide attractive risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders. For example, our variable annuity hedging strategy is focused on protecting the economic value of our liabilities while allowing us to return cash to our stockholders through dividends and share repurchases across a variety of economic scenarios.

Our highly experienced management team brings strong capabilities . We are led by well-respected industry veterans who bring diverse U.S. and global experiences with long-standing experience in the financial services industry.

Summary Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or may adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition that you should consider before making a decision to invest in our common stock. These risks are discussed more fully in “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    Conditions in the global capital markets and the economy could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Factors such as consumer spending, business investment, government debt and spending, the volatility and strength of equity markets, interest rates, deflation and inflation all affect the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of our business;

 

    Equity market declines and volatility may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Our variable annuity business in particular is highly sensitive to equity markets, and a sustained weakness or stagnation in equity markets could decrease our revenues and earnings with respect to those products;

 

    Interest rate fluctuations or prolonged periods of low interest rates may materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition;

 

    GMxB features within certain of our products may decrease our earnings, decrease our capitalization, increase the volatility of our results, result in higher risk management costs and expose us to increased counterparty risk;

 

    This prospectus contains financial goals, reserves and cash flow projections, which are based on certain assumptions and estimates, including as to market conditions, likely utilization of GMxB product features, overall lapse rates and mortality and longevity experience. Our actual experience in the future may deviate from our assumptions and estimates and may impact our reserves, earnings and capitalization and may increase the volatility of our results and expose us to increased counterparty risk;


 

9


Table of Contents
    Our reinsurance and hedging programs may be inadequate to protect us against the full extent of the exposure or losses we seek to mitigate. Downturns in equity markets or reduced interest rates could result in an increase in the valuation of liabilities associated with such products, resulting in increases in reserves and reductions in net earnings. Our hedging and reinsurance programs cannot eliminate all of these risks, and no assurance can be given as to the extent to which such programs will be completely effective in reducing these risks;

 

    We face competition from other insurance companies, banks, asset managers and other financial institutions, which may adversely impact our market share and consolidated results of operations;

 

    Elements of our business strategy are new and may not be effective in accomplishing our objectives, and we may not be able to improve our Non-GAAP Operating ROE as expected, including as a result of assumptions that may prove not to be accurate;

 

    AB’s revenues and results of operations depend on the market value and composition of AB’s AUM, which can fluctuate significantly based on various factors, including many factors outside of its control such as market factors, client preferences, investing trends and service changes;

 

    The revenues generated by Bernstein Research Services may be adversely affected by circumstances beyond our control, including declines in brokerage transaction rates, declines in global market volumes, failure to settle our trades by significant counterparties and the effects of MiFID II (as defined below);

 

    Our inability to recruit, motivate and retain key employees and experienced and productive financial professionals may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition;

 

    Our retirement and protection businesses are heavily regulated, and changes in regulation and in supervisory and enforcement policies may limit our growth and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. For example, insurance regulators have implemented, or begun to implement, significant changes in the way in which insurers must determine statutory reserves and capital, which is particularly relevant to our variable annuity business and which could have a material adverse effect on our business and the Department of Labor has issued a rule with respect to fiduciary investment under ERISA;

 

    The amount of statutory capital that we have and the amount of statutory capital we must hold to meet our statutory capital requirements and our financial strength and credit ratings can vary significantly from time to time;

 

    The ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends and other distributions to Holdings is limited by state insurance laws, and our insurance subsidiaries may not generate sufficient statutory earnings or have sufficient statutory surplus to enable them to pay ordinary dividends;

 

    Our profitability may decline if mortality, longevity or persistency or other experience differ significantly from our pricing expectations or reserve assumptions. For example, if policyholder elections differ from the assumptions we use in our pricing, our profitability may decline;

 

    The industry-wide shift from actively-managed investment services to passive services has adversely affected AB’s investment advisory and services fees, revenues and results of operations, and this trend may continue;

 

    We and AXA and its affiliates provide a significant amount of AB’s AUM and fund a significant portion of AB’s seed investments, and, if we or they choose to terminate their investment advisory agreements or withdraw capital support, it could have a material adverse effect on AB’s business, results of operations or financial condition;


 

10


Table of Contents
    AB’s clients can withdraw the assets it manages on short notice, making its future client and revenue base unpredictable;

 

    The Tax Reform Act (as defined below) could have adverse or uncertain impacts on some aspects of our business, results of operations or financial condition;

 

    Future changes in U.S. tax laws and regulations or interpretations thereof could reduce our earnings and negatively impact our business, results of operations or financial condition, including by making our products less attractive to consumers;

 

    Legal and regulatory actions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations or financial condition. These actions involve, among other things, insurers’ sales practices, alleged agent misconduct, alleged failure to properly supervise agents, contract administration, product design, features and accompanying disclosure, cost of insurance increases, the use of captive reinsurers, payment of death benefits and the reporting and escheatment of unclaimed property, alleged breach of fiduciary duties, discrimination, alleged mismanagement of client funds and other general business-related matters. Some of these matters have resulted in the award of substantial fines and judgments, including material amounts of punitive damages, or in substantial settlements;

 

    During the course of preparing our U.S. GAAP financial statements for this offering, we identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of these material weaknesses is not effective, we may not be able to report our financial condition or results of operations accurately or on a timely basis, which could materially and adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the price of our common stock;

 

    As a result of misstatements in our previously issued financial statements due to these material weaknesses, we have restated and revised previously issued annual and interim financial statements;

 

    Following the settlement of this offering, AXA will continue to control us and may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders. Conflicts of interest may arise because affiliates of our controlling stockholder have continuing agreements and business relationships with us. As a result of AXA’s majority interest, AXA will continue to be able to control the election of our directors, determine our corporate and management policies and determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate action or other action submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions;

 

    Following the settlement of this offering, we may fail to replicate or replace functions, systems and infrastructure provided by AXA or certain of its affiliates (including through shared service contracts) or lose benefits from AXA’s global contracts, and AXA and its affiliates may fail to perform the services provided for in the Transitional Services Agreement (as defined in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”);

 

    Costs associated with any rebranding that we expect to undertake after AXA ceases to own at least a majority of our outstanding common stock could be significant;

 

    We may be subject to ongoing regulation as a result of AXA’s ownership of us following this offering and for as long as we are an affiliate of AXA;

 

    The insurance that we maintain may not fully cover all potential exposures. For example, we are party to certain joint insurance arrangements with AXA; accordingly, if AXA ceases to own a majority of our outstanding common stock, we may need to obtain stand-alone insurance coverage, which may be at a higher price for the same coverage, which would increase our costs and may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition;

 

   

After this offering, certain of our directors may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their AXA equity ownership or their current or former AXA positions. For example, potential conflicts



 

11


Table of Contents
 

of interest could arise in connection with the resolution of any dispute that may arise between AXA and us regarding the terms of the agreements governing our relationship with AXA after the settlement of this offering; and

 

    As of December 31, 2017, on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, we would have had $5.2 billion of indebtedness (including approximately $4.1 billion of indebtedness we incurred in connection with the Recapitalization), and the degree to which we will be leveraged following completion of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, or financial condition.

Our Strategy

Our overarching objective is to position Holdings as the most trusted partner to clients by providing advice, products and services that help them navigate complex financial situations. We believe we are well-positioned to use our competitive strengths to grow our earnings base, actively manage our capital and generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders. We have identified specific initiatives that are designed to grow our business, enhance productivity and optimize our capital. Underpinning this strategy is our commitment to disciplined risk management and a sound people strategy.

Growth Strategies

Deliver organic growth by focusing on attractive market segments . We intend to continue to innovate across our businesses, enhancing existing products and creating new products to service the needs of our retail and institutional clients.

Individual Retirement —We plan to further build on our market-leading position in the variable annuity market through continued innovation in our product portfolio to address evolving customer preferences and will seek opportunities to continue to expand our distribution network by deepening relationships with existing partners and developing relationships with new partners and channels. A key component of our strategy is to ensure that we maintain an “all-weather” portfolio to meet the needs and risk appetites of consumers through different market cycles. An example of this is the significant success we have had with SCS, which is designed to meet consumers’ preference for some downside protection while sharing in the potential for market upside.

Group Retirement —We will take advantage of our market-leading position in the K-12 education market where we expect attractive growth prospects through our more than 1,000 dedicated advisors serving clients in more than 8,800 public school plans as of December 31, 2017. We see further growth opportunities through expansion of our distribution capabilities and plan to use our new mutual fund platform to retain existing clients and expand our client base. We will continue to leverage technology through our direct marketing and online enrollment program, which provides an omni-channel capability to augment our proven advisor model.

Investment Management and Research —We will continue to build on AB’s heritage of research excellence and ingenuity to develop new actively managed solutions for which investors see value and are willing to pay a price premium over passively managed alternatives.

AB has a suite of actively managed, differentiated equity and fixed income services, delivering strong risk-adjusted returns. For instance, 91% of our fixed income services and 85% of our equity services have outperformed their benchmarks over the three-year period ended December 31, 2017.

In addition, our Multi-Asset Solutions group develops outcome-oriented services for institutional and retail clients, including innovative offerings such as our multi-manager target-date funds and our hedge fund replication strategies. We also have a diverse offering of alternative strategies with strong emerging track records that we expect to commercialize and grow over the next three years.



 

12


Table of Contents

Protection Solutions —We will focus our strategy on asset accumulation segments that are less capital intensive, such as VUL and IUL insurance which offer attractive risk-adjusted returns. We plan to improve our Non-GAAP Operating ROC by segment and operating earnings over time through earnings generated from sales of our repositioned product portfolio and by proactively managing and optimizing our in-force book.

In 2015, we entered the employee benefits market and have been focused on growing our capabilities. Using our strong presence in the small and medium-sized businesses market, we have developed a differentiated value proposition for employers where margins remain attractive.

Continue to expand and deepen our distribution channels . Over the last three years, we have had strong sales growth while maintaining attractive risk-adjusted returns. The combination of a strong affiliated sales force, symbiotic third-party relationships, financial strength and innovative product design has allowed us to achieve this while shifting our mix of business towards less capital intensive products.

We see opportunities for continued growth by expanding our affiliated and third-party distribution channels. We plan to expand our third-party distribution footprint with select partners and grow our footprint in the fee-based registered investment adviser channel. We have a track record in building new channels such as selling retirement products through insurance partners, which commenced in 2011 and accounted for approximately $674 million of FYP in 2017.

We plan to enhance sales delivery through investments in automation, analytics and digital capabilities. In recent years, we have upgraded our financial planning tool software for our advisers, and built new distribution capabilities alongside our affiliated sales force such as our outbound customer relations unit.

At AB, we are investing in our distribution capabilities to accelerate growth of well-performing products in U.S. and European retail channels. We are building our institutional sales capability to drive increased penetration of Multi-Asset Solutions and alternatives and deploying digital technologies to accelerate growth in our Private Wealth Management division. In addition, we will continue to leverage AB’s leading position in certain Asian markets to distribute our differentiated equity and fixed income solutions.

Productivity Strategies

Enhance profitability through diligent focus on managing expenses while still delivering a best-in-class customer experience . Over the last five years, we have delivered more than $350 million in productivity and efficiency gains, principally through right-sizing our organization, selectively outsourcing certain functions, reducing our real estate footprint and implementing information technology productivity measures. We see additional opportunities to improve profitability across our businesses through operating expense reductions, without impacting our ability to serve our existing clients and grow our businesses. In particular, we plan to:

 

    Shift our real estate footprint away from the New York metropolitan area to provide space efficiencies and lower labor costs and, where possible, take advantage of state and local tax incentives;

 

    Replace costly technology infrastructure with more efficient and more up-to-date alternatives, including cloud-based solutions, and use lean management and agile practices to both enhance service and reduce infrastructure cost;

 

    Leverage new technologies to further drive productivity, including accelerating our eDelivery, self-service and paperless initiatives to both improve service and reduce operating costs; and

 

    Expand existing outsourcing arrangements (currently several hundred roles supporting service and finance) to further improve cost competitiveness.


 

13


Table of Contents

Capital Optimization

Optimize our General Account portfolio . Currently, we have an outsized position in U.S. Treasury bonds when compared to many of our principal competitors in the United States and a relatively short credit portfolio duration. Over time, we expect to gradually transition our portfolio to be in line with our economic liabilities and better optimize our capital under a U.S. framework. Principally, we plan to transition a portion of our investment portfolio from U.S. Treasury bonds to high quality investment grade corporate bonds, as well as extend our investment portfolio’s credit duration, resulting in a meaningful increase in the yield on our General Account assets.

Proactively manage our business portfolio . One of our primary objectives is to improve our financial performance. In addition to driving operating earnings, we plan to continue to proactively manage our in-force portfolio to ensure we optimize equity invested in our businesses. This includes market transactions, reinsurance and exercising contractual rights as appropriate. Underpinning this is our strong experience in managing our various portfolios through actions such as buyouts, fund substitutions and portfolio sales.

Return capital to stockholders . We will focus on returning excess capital to stockholders actively and prudently. Our expected sources of excess capital generation over the course of the next several years include cash flow generated by earnings associated with our diverse, seasoned portfolio of retirement and protection businesses and quarterly unitholder distributions from our economic interest in AB, of which more than half will be held outside of our insurance company subsidiaries after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions.

Risk Management Strategy

Maintain risk management discipline . The goal of our risk management strategy is to protect capital, enable growth and achieve profitable results across various market cycles. For our variable annuity business, we use a dynamic hedging strategy to offset changes in the economic liability of our GMxB features due to changes in equity markets and interest rates. In addition to our dynamic hedging strategy, in the fourth quarter of 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we implemented static hedge positions to maintain a target asset level for all variable annuities at or above a CTE98 level under most economic scenarios, and to maintain a CTE95 level even in extreme scenarios. We expect to adjust from time to time our static equity hedge positions to maintain our target level of CTE protection over time. For our non-variable annuity insurance businesses, we aim to maintain a 350-400% RBC ratio, which, combined with the variable annuity capital, would result in a Combined RBC Ratio in excess of 500%.

In addition, we expect that our diverse, seasoned in-force book of business should continue to generate statutory earnings further bolstering our statutory capital position. We expect to have a debt-to-capital ratio that supports strong financial strength ratings. We expect to have a debt-to-capital ratio of approximately 26% at the time of this offering and expect to maintain a mid-20s% debt-to-capital ratio going forward.

We have enhanced our internal economic model to orient the company more toward U.S. regulatory and capital frameworks. Product pricing, new portfolio investments and capital distribution decisions are driven by this economic model and are designed to protect our economic solvency, honor our obligations to our clients and provide attractive risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders.

People Strategy

Raising likelihood of success through our people strategy . We understand that to execute our plan successfully we need not only a sound business strategy but an equally well-developed people strategy. In addition to ensuring strong alignment across our organization to our goals and strategies, we will continue our long-standing commitment to building a culture of inclusion, professional excellence and continuous learning. We are very pleased to have been recognized as a “Great Place to Work” in 2016 and 2017 by the Great Place to Work ® Institute, an independent



 

14


Table of Contents

workplace authority. Professional development has always been a key part of our philosophy. For example, we were a founding partner with The American College of Financial Services in developing the Chartered Life Underwriter designation, which remains the industry standard. In addition to investing in our people’s development, we continually look for opportunities to bring in fresh talent to augment our team.

Financial Goals

We have designed our financial goals to maintain a strong balance sheet while delivering disciplined profitable growth. We have established the following financial goals which we believe best measure the execution of our business strategy and align with our stockholders’ interests:

 

    Target asset level for all variable annuities at or above a CTE98 and an RBC ratio of 350-400% for our non-variable annuity insurance liabilities;

 

    Return of capital to stockholders equal to at least 40-60% of our Non-GAAP Operating Earnings on an annualized basis starting in 2018, including payment of a dividend;

 

    Target a compound annual growth rate in our Non-GAAP Operating Earnings of 5-7% through 2020, subject to market conditions; and

 

    We expect that the target growth in Non-GAAP Operating Earnings combined with our target return of capital to stockholders will result in Non-GAAP Operating ROE in the mid-teens by 2020.

These goals are based on certain assumptions, including assumptions regarding interest rates and market performance. In calculating these goals, we exclude several significant impacts to our Protection Solutions Segment in 2017, including actuarial assumption updates and model changes, a maintenance expense assumption update, a mortality table update and loss recognition testing. For further information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations by Segment—Protection Solutions.” We also exclude the beneficial impact anticipated of tax reform on Non-GAAP Operating Earnings. Actual results related to these goals may vary depending on various factors, including actual capital market outcomes, changes in actuarial models or emergence of actual experience, changes in regulation as well as other risks and factors discussed in “Business—Financial Goals” and “Risk Factors.” Non-GAAP Operating ROE and Non-GAAP Operating Earnings are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Measures.”

Our Relationship with AXA

We are, and until the settlement of this offering will continue to be, a wholly owned subsidiary of AXA, a worldwide leader in life, property and casualty and health insurance and asset management. AXA is headquartered in France, with operations in 64 countries and more than 165,000 employees, including our operations and employees. AXA operates primarily in Europe, North America, the Asia/Pacific region and, to a lesser extent, in other regions including the Middle East, Africa and Latin America. Neither AXA nor any affiliate of AXA will have any obligation to provide additional capital or credit support to us following the settlement of this offering.

Following this offering, AXA will continue to hold a majority of our outstanding common stock, and as a result AXA will continue to have control of our business, including pursuant to the agreements described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” AXA has announced its intention to sell all of its interest in Holdings over time with intended sales of shares of our common stock subsequent to this offering, subject to the 180-day lock-up agreement described under “Underwriting” and market conditions. AXA is under no obligation to do so and retains the sole discretion to determine the timing of any future sales of shares of our common stock. In addition, we expect that AXA will continue to fully consolidate our financial results in AXA’s consolidated financial results at least until such time AXA ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our common stock.



 

15


Table of Contents

Concurrently with this offering, AXA is offering mandatorily exchangeable securities, which will be mandatorily exchangeable into up to 33,823,529 issued and outstanding shares of our common stock (assuming $750 million principal amount, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and exercise of the initial purchasers’ option to purchase additional securities) owned by AXA three years from issuance, subject to early exchange events. The offering of such securities is subject to market conditions and other factors, and there can be no assurance that AXA will complete such offering. The mandatorily exchangeable securities and underlying shares of common stock are being offered and sold only in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

History and Development

Founded in 1859, our retirement and protection businesses distribute products to individuals and business owners through our affiliated distribution channel, AXA Advisors, and to the financial services market through our wholesalers serving third-party firms.

Our business also includes AB, of which we own an approximate 65% economic interest following the Reorganization Transactions. Our economic interest consists of approximately 64% of the AB Units and approximately 4% of the AB Holding Units (representing an approximate 1% economic interest in ABLP). Our indirect, wholly owned subsidiary, AllianceBernstein Corporation, is the General Partner of AB with the authority to manage and control AB, and accordingly, AB is consolidated in our financial statements. AB has been in the investment management and research business for more than 50 years. ABLP is the operating partnership for the AB business, and AB Holding’s activities consist of owning AB Units and engaging in related activities. AB Holding Units trade on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “AB”. AB Units do not trade publicly.

Organizational Structure

After the settlement of this offering, we expect that AXA will hold approximately 75.5% of our common stock (or 71.9% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder). As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of NYSE rules, following the settlement of this offering. This status will allow us to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements otherwise applicable to NYSE-listed companies. See “Management—Corporate Governance.”



 

16


Table of Contents

The following two charts illustrate our overall corporate organizational structure and our ownership structure of AB, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and the settlement of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder. The charts reflect only certain of our subsidiaries and have been simplified for illustrative purposes.

Organizational Structure Following Settlement of this Offering and Completion of the Reorganization Transactions

 

 

LOGO

 

(1) We intend to merge AXA Financial into Holdings after the settlement of this offering.
(2) For details on our economic ownership and general partnership interest in AB, see the following chart “Ownership Structure of AB Following Settlement of this Offering and Completion of the Reorganization Transactions.”


 

17


Table of Contents

Ownership Structure of AB Following Settlement of this Offering and Completion of the Reorganization Transactions

 

 

LOGO

 

(1) We intend to merge AXA Financial into Holdings after the settlement of this offering.
(2) AllianceBernstein Corporation is the general partner of AB Holding and ABLP.
(3) 1.1% held by unaffiliated holders.

Our Corporate Information

Holdings is a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104, and our telephone number is (212) 554-1234.



 

18


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholder

137,250,000 shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

561,000,000 shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 20,587,500 shares of common stock from the selling stockholder at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock in this offering; the selling stockholder will receive all of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock.

 

Dividend policy

We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock at an initial amount of approximately $0.13 per share, although any declaration of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors (the “Board”) and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, regulatory constraints, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by Delaware law, general business conditions and any other factors that the Board deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

NYSE symbol

“EQH”.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering is based on 561,000,000 shares outstanding as of April 26, 2018, and excludes 5,882,352 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance following this offering under our equity plans.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

    gives effect to a 459.4752645-for-1 stock split on our common stock effected on April 24, 2018;

 

    assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder;

 

    does not give effect to the concurrent offering by AXA of mandatorily exchangeable securities and any subsequent exchange into shares of our common stock owned by AXA;

 

    assumes that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be $25.50 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus); and

 

    gives effect to amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws to be adopted prior to the settlement of this offering.


 

19


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The financial information for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 has been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial information as of December 31, 2015 has been derived from unaudited financial statements not included herein. The selected financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 has been restated and the selected financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 has been revised, in each case from the Company’s Form S-1 registration statement filed on February 14, 2018. This selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not indicative of future operating results. The following consolidated statements of income (loss) and balance sheet data have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016
(as restated)
    2015  
    (in millions)  

Statements of Income (Loss) Data

     

Revenues

     

Policy charges and fee income

  $ 3,733     $ 3,762     $ 3,653  

Premiums

    1,124       1,083       1,070  

Net derivative gains (losses)

    228       (1,722     (1,393

Net investment income

    3,082       2,665       2,450  

Investment gains (losses), net

     

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

    (15     (68     (42

Other investment gains (losses), net

    (176     2,051       27  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment gains (losses), net

    (191     1,983       (15
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment management and service fees

    4,093       3,749       3,895  

Other income

    445       402       419  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    12,514       11,922       10,079  

Benefits and Other Deductions

     

Policyholders’ benefits

    4,354       3,343       3,505  

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

    1,108       1,091       946  

Compensation and benefits (includes $156, $154 and $157 of deferred acquisition costs)

    2,137       2,119       2,165  

Commissions and distribution related payments (includes $523, $536 and $559 of deferred acquisition costs)

    1,604       1,536       1,586  

Interest expense

    160       174       136  

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, net (net of capitalization of $687, $697 and $723)

    (239     89       (285

Other operating costs and expenses (includes $8, $7 and $7 of deferred acquisition costs)

    2,076       1,516       1,585  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefits and other deductions

    11,200       9,868       9,638  

Income (loss) from operations, before income taxes

    1,314       2,054       441  

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (41     (387     217  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    1,273       1,667       658  

Less: Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

    (423     (395     (325
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

  $ 850     $ 1,272     $ 333  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


 

20


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,  
     2017     2016
(as restated)
    2015  
     (in millions)  

Balance Sheet Data (at period end)

      

Assets

      

Total investments and cash and cash equivalents

   $ 86,596     $ 77,972     $ 71,312  

Separate Account assets

     124,552       113,150       109,198  

Total assets

     235,648       216,614       205,481  

Liabilities

      

Short-term and long-term debt

     2,408       1,605       1,786  

Future policy benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities

     30,299       30,278       29,946  

Policyholders’ account balances

     47,171       41,956       35,821  

Equity

      

Total equity attributable to Holdings

     13,485       11,455       10,437  

Total equity attributable to Holdings, excluding Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 13,593     $ 12,376     $ 11,114  
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016
(as restated)
    2015  
     (in millions, except per share data)  

Earnings Per Share Data

      

Earnings per share—Common stock

      

Basic

   $ 1.52     $ 2.27     $ 0.59  

Diluted

   $ 1.51     $ 2.27     $ 0.59  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     561.0       561.0       561.0  
     Years Ended December 31,  
       2017       2016
(as restated)
    2015  
     (in millions)  

Segment and Other Financial Data

      

Operating earnings (loss)

      

Individual Retirement

   $ 1,287     $ 1,153     $ 1,060  

Group Retirement

     283       167       167  

Investment Management and Research

     211       161       173  

Protection Solutions

     536       79       113  

Corporate and Other

   $ (196   $ (184   $ (141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings (1)

   $ 2,121     $ 1,376     $ 1,372  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Non-GAAP Operating Earnings is a non-GAAP financial measure. For our definition and a reconciliation of Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings to Non-GAAP Operating Earnings for the periods presented, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Measures—Non-GAAP Operating Earnings.”


 

21


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,  
         2017         2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Assets Under Management

      

AB AUM

      

Total AB

   $ 554,485     $ 480,200     $ 467,440  

Exclusion for General Account and Other Affiliated Accounts

     (59,669     (51,545     (48,405

Exclusion for Separate Accounts

     (35,022     (31,827     (31,163
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

AB Third Party

   $ 459,794     $ 396,828     $ 387,872  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Company AUM

      

AB Third Party

   $ 459,794     $ 396,828     $ 387,872  

General Account and Other Affiliated Accounts

     86,596       77,972       71,312  

Separate Accounts

     124,552       113,150       109,198  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total AUM

   $ 670,942     $ 587,950     $ 568,382  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


 

22


Table of Contents

SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The summary unaudited pro forma condensed financial information presented below consists of the unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 and the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the notes thereto. The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information should be read in conjunction with the information included under the headings, “The Reorganization Transactions,” “Recapitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2017 has been prepared to give effect to certain of the Reorganization Transactions as if these transactions had occurred on January 1, 2017. The unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 gives effect to these transactions as if they had occurred on December 31, 2017. The pro forma adjustments that were made only represent those transactions which are directly attributable to this offering, factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact on our results of operations.

The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent our financial condition or our results of operations had these transactions occurred on or as of the dates noted above or to project the results for any future date or period. The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information has been prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X. Actual results may differ from the pro forma adjustments.

 

     Pro forma  
     Year ended
December 31, 2017
 
     (in millions)  

Statement of Income (Loss) Data

  

Premiums

   $ 1,124  

Policy charges and fee income

     3,733  

Net investment income (loss) and Net derivative gains (losses)

     3,247  

Total investment gains / (losses), net

     (191

Investment management fees and other income

     4,538  
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 12,451  
  

 

 

 

Benefits and Other Deductions

  

Policyholders’ benefits

   $ 4,354  

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

     1,108  

Commissions and distribution related payments

     1,604  

Compensation and benefits

     2,137  

Operating costs and other expenses

     2,076  

Amortization of DAC, net

     (239

Interest expense

     251  
  

 

 

 

Total benefits and other deductions

   $ 11,291  
  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations, before income taxes

   $ 1,160  

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (44
  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     1,116  

Less: net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     (276
  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 840  
  

 

 

 


 

23


Table of Contents
     Pro forma
As of
December 31, 2017
 
     (in millions)  

Balance Sheet Data (at period end)

  

Total investments

   $ 81,782  

Cash, cash equivalents and securities segregated, at fair value

     5,409  

Loans to affiliates

     —    

Current and deferred income taxes

     (165

Other assets

     22,378  

Separate Account assets

     124,552  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     233,956  
  

 

 

 

Future policy benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities

   $ 30,299  

Policyholders’ account balances

     47,171  

Short-term and long-term debt

     5,218  

Loans from affiliates

     —    

Other liabilities

     10,389  

Separate Account liabilities

     124,552  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 217,629  
  

 

 

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

     626  
  

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to Holdings

     14,187  
  

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest

     1,514  
  

 

 

 

Total Equity

     15,701  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, noncontrolling interest and equity

     233,956  
  

 

 

 

 

     Pro forma  
     Year ended
December 31, 2017
 

Other Pro Forma Data

  

Pro Forma Non-GAAP Operating Earnings (1) (in millions)

     2,109  

Pro Forma Non-GAAP Operating ROE (2)

     15.2


 

24


Table of Contents

 

(1) Non-GAAP Operating Earnings is a non-GAAP financial measure. For our definition of Non-GAAP Operating Earnings, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Measures—Non-GAAP Operating Earnings.” The following table provides a reconciliation of pro forma net income (loss) attributable to Holdings to pro forma Non-GAAP Operating Earnings:

 

     Pro forma  
     Year ended
December 31, 2017
 
     (in millions)  

Pro Forma Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 840  

Adjustments:

  

Adjustments related to GMxB features

     1,250  

Investment (gains) losses

     192  

Investment income from certain derivative instruments

     18  

Net actuarial (gains) loss related to pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations

     136  

Goodwill Impairment

     369  

Other adjustments

     85  

Income tax expense (benefit) related to above adjustments

     (705

Non-recurring tax items

     (76
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Non-GAAP Operating Earnings

     2,109  
  

 

 

 
(2) Non-GAAP Operating ROE is a non-GAAP financial measure. For our definition of Non-GAAP Operating ROE, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Measures—Non-GAAP Operating ROE and Non-GAAP Operating ROC by Segment.” The following table provides a reconciliation of Non-GAAP Operating ROE:

 

     Pro Forma
Year ended
December 31,
2017
 

Pro Forma Non-GAAP Operating Earnings

   $ 2,109  

Average Equity attributable to Holdings excluding Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     13,875  

Pro Forma Non-GAAP Operating ROE

     15.2

The following table provides a reconciliation of Average equity attributable to Holdings excluding Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

     Pro forma  
     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2016  

Total equity attributable to Holdings

     14,187      $ 12,534  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (108      (921

Total equity attributable to Holdings excluding Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (1)

     14,295        13,455  

Average Equity attributable to Holdings excluding Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     13,875     

 

(1) Pro Forma Total equity attributable to Holdings excluding Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2016 was calculated as the Pro Forma Total equity attributable to Holdings excluding Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2017 less the Pro Forma Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings for the year ended December 31, 2017.


 

25


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information contained in this prospectus, including our annual financial statements, before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. In any such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below.

Risks Relating to Our Consolidated Business

Risks Relating to Conditions in the Financial Markets and Economy

Conditions in the global capital markets and the economy could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our business, results of operations or financial condition are materially affected by conditions in the global capital markets and the economy generally. A wide variety of factors continue to impact economic conditions and consumer confidence. These factors include, among others, concerns over the pace of economic growth in the United States, equity market performance, continued low interest rates, uncertainty regarding the U.S. Federal Reserve’s plans to further raise short-term interest rates, the strength of the U.S. dollar, uncertainty created by the actions the Trump administration and Congress may pursue, global economic factors including quantitative easing or similar programs by major central banks or the unwinding of quantitative easing or similar programs, the United Kingdom’s vote to exit (“Brexit”) from the European Union (the “EU”) and other geopolitical issues. Given our interest rate and equity market exposure in our investment and derivatives portfolios and many of our products, these factors could have a material adverse effect on us. Our revenues may decline, our profit margins could erode and we could incur significant losses. The value of our investments and derivatives portfolios may also be impacted by reductions in price transparency, changes in the assumptions or methodology we use to estimate fair value and changes in investor confidence or preferences, which could potentially result in higher realized or unrealized losses and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Market volatility may also make it difficult to transact in or to value certain of our securities if trading becomes less frequent.

Factors such as consumer spending, business investment, government debt and spending, the volatility and strength of the equity markets, interest rates, deflation and inflation all affect the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of our business. In an economic downturn characterized by higher unemployment, lower family income, lower corporate earnings, lower business investment and lower consumer spending, the demand for our retirement, protection or investment products and our investment returns could be materially and adversely affected. The profitability of many of our retirement, protection and investment products depends in part on the value of the General Account and Separate Accounts supporting them, which may fluctuate substantially depending on any of the foregoing conditions. In addition, a change in market conditions could cause a change in consumer sentiment and adversely affect sales and could cause the actual persistency of these products to vary from their anticipated persistency (the probability that a product will remain in force from one period to the next) and adversely affect profitability. Changing economic conditions or adverse public perception of financial institutions can influence customer behavior, which can result in, among other things, an increase or decrease in the levels of claims, lapses, deposits, surrenders and withdrawals in certain products, any of which could adversely affect profitability. Our policyholders may choose to defer paying insurance premiums or stop paying insurance premiums altogether. In addition, market conditions

 

26


Table of Contents

may affect the availability and cost of reinsurance protections and the availability and performance of hedging instruments in ways that could materially and adversely affect our profitability.

Accordingly, both market and economic factors may affect our business results by adversely affecting our business volumes, profitability, cash flow, capitalization and overall financial condition. Disruptions in one market or asset class can also spread to other markets or asset classes. Upheavals and stagnation in the financial markets could also materially affect our financial condition (including our liquidity and capital levels) as a result of the impact of such events on our assets and liabilities.

Equity market declines and volatility may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

The S&P 500, the Dow Jones Industrial Average and the Nasdaq Composite are on an eight-year bull market run and are at or near record high levels. A market correction or bear market could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Declines or volatility in the equity markets can negatively impact our investment returns as well as our business, results of operations or financial condition. For example, equity market declines or volatility could, among other things, decrease the AV of our annuity and variable life contracts which, in turn, would reduce the amount of revenue we derive from fees charged on those account and asset values. Our variable annuity business in particular is highly sensitive to equity markets, and a sustained weakness or stagnation in equity markets could decrease our revenues and earnings with respect to those products. At the same time, for variable annuity contracts that include GMxB features, equity market declines increase the amount of our potential obligations related to such GMxB features and could increase the cost of executing GMxB-related hedges beyond what was anticipated in the pricing of the products being hedged. This could result in an increase in claims and reserves related to those contracts, net of any reinsurance reimbursements or proceeds from our hedging programs. We may not be able to effectively mitigate, including through our hedging strategies, and we may sometimes choose based on economic considerations and other factors not to fully mitigate the equity market volatility of our portfolio. Equity market declines and volatility may also influence policyholder behavior, which may adversely impact the levels of surrenders, withdrawals and amounts of withdrawals of our annuity and variable life contracts or cause policyholders to reallocate a portion of their account balances to more conservative investment options (which may have lower fees), which could negatively impact our future profitability or increase our benefit obligations particularly if they were to remain in such options during an equity market increase. Market volatility can negatively impact the value of equity securities we hold for investment which could in turn reduce the statutory capital of certain of our insurance subsidiaries. In addition, equity market volatility could reduce demand for variable products relative to fixed products, lead to changes in estimates underlying our calculations of DAC that, in turn, could accelerate our DAC amortization and reduce our current earnings and result in changes to the fair value of our GMIB reinsurance contracts and GMxB liabilities, which could increase the volatility of our earnings. Lastly, periods of high market volatility or adverse conditions could decrease the availability or increase the cost of derivatives.

Interest rate fluctuations or prolonged periods of low interest rates may materially and adversely impact our business, consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

We are affected by the monetary policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”) and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (collectively, with the Federal Reserve Board, the “Federal Reserve”) and other major central banks, including the unwinding of quantitative easing programs, as such policies may adversely impact the level of interest rates and, as discussed below, the income we earn on our investments or the level of product sales.

 

27


Table of Contents

Some of our retirement and protection products and certain of our investment products, and our investment returns, are sensitive to interest rate fluctuations, and changes in interest rates may adversely affect our investment returns and results of operations, including in the following respects:

 

    changes in interest rates may reduce the spread on some of our products between the amounts that we are required to pay under the contracts and the rate of return we are able to earn on our General Account investments supporting the contracts. When interest rates decline, we have to reinvest the cash income from our investments in lower yielding instruments, potentially reducing net investment income. Since many of our policies and contracts have guaranteed minimum interest or crediting rates or limit the resetting of interest rates, the spreads could decrease and potentially become negative. When interest rates rise, we may not be able to quickly replace the assets in our General Account with higher yielding assets needed to fund the higher crediting rates necessary to keep these products and contracts competitive, which may result in higher lapse rates;

 

    when interest rates rise rapidly, policy loans and surrenders and withdrawals of annuity contracts and life insurance policies may increase as policyholders seek to buy products with perceived higher returns, requiring us to sell investment assets potentially resulting in realized investment losses, or requiring us to accelerate the amortization of DAC, which could reduce our net income;

 

    a decline in interest rates accompanied by unexpected prepayments of certain investments may result in reduced investment income and a decline in our profitability. An increase in interest rates accompanied by unexpected extensions of certain lower yielding investments may result in a decline in our profitability;

 

    changes in the relationship between long-term and short-term interest rates may adversely affect the profitability of some of our products;

 

    changes in interest rates could result in changes to the fair value of our GMIB reinsurance contracts asset, which could increase the volatility of our earnings. Higher interest rates reduce the value of the GMIB reinsurance contract asset which reduces our earnings, while lower interest rates increase the value of the GMIB reinsurance contract asset which increases our earnings;

 

    changes in interest rates could result in changes to the fair value liability of our variable annuity GMxB business. Higher interest rates decrease the fair value liability of our GMxB variable annuity business, which increases our earnings; while lower interest rates increase the fair value liability of our GMxB variable annuity business, which decreases our earnings;

 

    changes in interest rates may adversely impact our liquidity and increase our costs of financing and the cost of some of our hedges;

 

    our mitigation efforts with respect to interest rate risk are primarily focused on maintaining an investment portfolio with diversified maturities that has a weighted average duration that is within an acceptable range of the duration of our estimated liability cash flow profile given our risk appetite. However, our estimate of the liability cash flow profile may turn out to be inaccurate. In addition, there are practical and capital market limitations on our ability to accomplish this objective. Due to these and other factors we may need to liquidate investments prior to maturity at a loss in order to satisfy liabilities or be forced to reinvest funds in a lower rate environment;

 

    we may not be able to effectively mitigate, including through our hedging strategies, and we may sometimes choose based on economic considerations and other factors not to fully mitigate or to increase, the interest rate risk of our assets relative to our liabilities; and

 

    for certain of our products, a delay between the time we make changes in interest rate and other assumptions used for product pricing and the time we are able to reflect these assumptions in products available for sale may negatively impact the long-term profitability of products sold during the intervening period.

 

28


Table of Contents

Recent periods have been characterized by low interest rates. A prolonged period during which interest rates remain low may result in greater costs associated with our variable annuity products with GMxB features; higher costs for some derivative instruments used to hedge certain of our product risks; or shortfalls in investment income on assets supporting policy obligations as our portfolio earnings decline over time, each of which may require us to record charges to increase reserves. In addition, an extended period of declining interest rates or a prolonged period of low interest rates may also cause us to change our long-term view of the interest rates that we can earn on our investments. Such a change in our view would cause us to change the long-term interest rate that we assume in our calculation of insurance assets and liabilities under U.S. GAAP. Any future revision would result in increased reserves, accelerated amortization of DAC and other unfavorable consequences. In addition, certain statutory capital and reserve requirements are based on formulas or models that consider interest rates, and an extended period of low interest rates may increase the statutory capital we are required to hold and the amount of assets we must maintain to support statutory reserves. In addition to compressing spreads and reducing net investment income, such an environment may cause certain policies to remain in force for longer periods than we anticipated in our pricing, potentially resulting in greater claims costs than we expected and resulting in lower overall returns on business in force.

We manage interest rate risk as part of our asset and liability management strategies, which include (i) maintaining an investment portfolio with diversified maturities that has a weighted average duration that is within an acceptable range of the duration of our estimated liability cash flow profile given our risk appetite and (ii) our hedging programs. For certain of our liability portfolios, it is not possible to invest assets to the full liability duration, thereby creating some asset/liability mismatch. Where a liability cash flow may exceed the maturity of available assets, as is the case with certain retirement products, we may support such liabilities with equity investments, derivatives or interest rate mismatch strategies. We take measures to manage the economic risks of investing in a changing interest rate environment, but we may not be able to mitigate the interest rate risk of our fixed income investments relative to our interest sensitive liabilities. Widening credit spreads, if not offset by equal or greater declines in the risk-free interest rate, would also cause the total interest rate payable on newly issued securities to increase, and thus would have the same effect as an increase in underlying interest rates.

Market conditions and other factors could materially and adversely affect our goodwill, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Business and market conditions may impact the amount of goodwill we carry in our consolidated balance sheet related to the Investment Management and Research segment. To the extent that securities valuations are depressed for prolonged periods of time or market conditions deteriorate, or that AB experiences significant net redemptions, its AUM, revenues, profitability and unit price will be adversely affected. Although the price of an AB Holding Unit is just one factor in the calculation of fair value of AB Holding Units and AB Units, if AB Holding Unit price levels were to decline significantly, reaching the conclusion that fair value exceeds carrying value will, over time, become more difficult. In addition, control premiums, industry earnings multiples and discount rates are impacted by economic conditions. As a result, subsequent impairment tests may occur more frequently and be based on more negative assumptions and future cash flow projections, and may result in an impairment of goodwill. An impairment may result in a material charge to our earnings, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Because the value of certain of our businesses is significantly impacted by such factors as the state of the financial markets and ongoing operating performance, significant deterioration or prolonged weakness in the financial markets or economy generally, or our failure to meet financial and operating targets, could adversely impact goodwill impairment testing and also may require more frequent testing for impairment. Any impairment would reduce the recorded goodwill amount with a corresponding charge to earnings, which could be material.

 

29


Table of Contents

Adverse capital and credit market conditions may significantly affect our ability to meet liquidity needs, our access to capital and our cost of capital.

The capital and credit markets may experience, and have experienced, varying degrees of volatility and disruption. In some cases, the markets have exerted downward pressure on availability of liquidity and credit capacity for certain issuers. We need liquidity to pay our operating expenses (including potential hedging losses), interest expenses and any distributions on our capital stock and to capitalize our insurance subsidiaries. Without sufficient liquidity, we could be required to curtail our operations and our business would suffer. In addition, following this offering, AXA will not guarantee the indebtedness we issue or borrow or provide intra-company financing, and we will need to rely on the capital markets and third-party lenders.

While we expect that our future liquidity needs will be satisfied primarily through cash generated by our operations, borrowings from third parties and dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries, it is possible that the level of cash and securities we maintain when combined with expected cash inflows from investments and operations will not be adequate to meet our anticipated short-term and long-term benefit and expense payment obligations. If current resources are insufficient to satisfy our needs, we may access financing sources such as bank debt or the capital markets. The availability of additional financing would depend on a variety of factors, such as market conditions, the general availability of credit, the volume of trading activities, the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry, interest rates, credit spreads, our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as the possibility that our stockholders, customers or lenders could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects if we incur large investment losses or if the level of our business activity decreases due to a market downturn. Similarly, our access to funds may be rendered more costly or impaired if rating agencies downgrade our ratings or if regulatory authorities take certain actions against us. If we are unable to access capital markets to issue new debt, refinance existing debt or sell additional shares as needed, or if we are unable to obtain such financing on acceptable terms, our business could be adversely impacted.

Volatility in the capital markets may also consume liquidity as we pay hedge losses and meet collateral requirements related to market movements. Our subsidiaries maintain hedging programs to reduce their net economic exposure under long-term liabilities to risk factors such as interest rates and equity market levels. We expect these hedging programs to incur losses in certain market scenarios, creating a need to pay cash settlements or post collateral to counterparties. Although our liabilities will also be reduced in these scenarios, this reduction is not immediate, and so in the short term hedging losses will reduce available liquidity. Liquidity may also be consumed by increased required contributions to captive reinsurance trusts. For more details, see “—Risks Relating to Our Retirement and Protection Businesses—Risks Relating to Our Reinsurance and Hedging Programs—Our reinsurance arrangements with affiliated captives may be adversely impacted by changes to policyholder behavior assumptions under the reinsured contracts, the performance of their hedging program, their liquidity needs, their overall financial results and changes in regulatory requirements regarding the use of captives.”

Disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets may also limit our access to capital. Such market conditions may in the future limit our ability to raise additional capital to support business growth, or to counter-balance the consequences of losses or increased regulatory reserves and rating agency capital requirements. This could force us to (i) delay raising capital, (ii) miss payments on our debt or reduce or eliminate dividends paid on our capital stock, (iii) issue capital of different types or under different terms than we would otherwise or (iv) incur a higher cost of capital than would prevail in a more stable market environment. This would have the potential to decrease both our profitability and our financial flexibility. Our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, statutory capital or rating agency capital position could be materially and adversely affected by disruptions in the financial markets.

Future changes in our credit ratings are possible, and any downgrade to our ratings is likely to increase our borrowing costs and limit our access to the capital markets and could be detrimental to our business relationships

 

30


Table of Contents

with distribution partners. If this occurs, we may be forced to incur unanticipated costs or revise our strategic plans, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Relating to Our Operations

As a holding company, Holdings depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to transfer funds to it to meet its obligations.

Holdings is the holding company for all of our operations and is a legal entity separate from its subsidiaries. Dividends and other distributions from Holdings’ subsidiaries are the principal sources of funds available to Holdings to pay principal and interest on its outstanding indebtedness, to pay corporate operating expenses, to pay any stockholder dividends, to repurchase stock and to meet its other obligations. The inability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

The subsidiaries of Holdings have no obligation to pay amounts due on the debt of Holdings or to make funds available to Holdings for such payments. For our insurance and other subsidiaries, the principal sources of liquidity are fee income, insurance premiums and investment income. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or other distributions to Holdings in the future will depend on their earnings, tax considerations, covenants contained in any financing or other agreements and applicable regulatory restrictions. In addition, such payments may be limited as a result of claims against our subsidiaries by their creditors, including suppliers, vendors, lessors and employees. The ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other distributions to Holdings will further depend on their ability to meet applicable regulatory standards and receive regulatory approvals, as discussed below under “—Risks Relating to Our Retirement and Protection Businesses—Risks Relating to the Products We Offer, Our Structure and Product Distribution—The ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends and other distributions to Holdings is limited by state insurance laws, and our insurance subsidiaries may not generate sufficient statutory earnings or have sufficient statutory surplus to enable them to pay ordinary dividends.” For example, a significant portion of our economic ownership interest and all of our general partnership interest in AB are held directly or indirectly by our insurance company subsidiaries. Any dividends paid by AB to our insurance company subsidiaries will be subject to applicable regulatory restrictions on dividends of those subsidiaries and may not be available to Holdings.

If the ability of our insurance or non-insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions or payments to Holdings is materially restricted by regulatory requirements, other cash needs, bankruptcy or insolvency, or our need to maintain the financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries, or is limited due to operating results or other factors, we may be required to raise cash through the incurrence of debt, the issuance of equity or the sale of assets. However, there is no assurance that we would be able to raise sufficient cash by these means. This could materially and adversely affect our ability to pay our obligations.

Our historical consolidated financial data are not necessarily representative of the results we would have achieved as a stand-alone company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

Our historical consolidated financial data included in this prospectus do not necessarily reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows we would have achieved as a stand-alone company during the periods presented or those we will achieve in the future. For example, we anticipate adjusting our capital structure to more closely align with peer U.S. public companies. As a result, financial metrics that are influenced by our capital structure, such as interest expense, Non-GAAP Operating ROE and Non-GAAP Operating ROC by segment, are not necessarily indicative of the performance we may achieve as a stand-alone company following this offering. In addition, significant increases may occur in our cost structure as a result of this offering, including costs related to public company reporting, investor relations and compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. As a result of these matters, among others, it may be difficult for investors to compare our future results to historical results or to evaluate our relative performance or trends in our business.

 

31


Table of Contents

As a result of misstatements in our previously issued annual and interim financial statements due to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we have (i) restated the annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, (ii) restated the interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, (iii) revised the annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 and (iv) revised the interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016, in each case that were reported in the preliminary prospectus included in the first amendment of our registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on February 14, 2018. On February 14, 2018, as a result of misstatements in our previously issued financial statements due to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we also (a) restated the interim financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and (b) revised the annual financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and the interim financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2016, in each case that were reported in the preliminary prospectus included in our initial registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on November 13, 2017. See “—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and This Offering—During the course of preparing our U.S. GAAP financial statements for this offering, we identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of these material weaknesses is not effective, we may not be able to report our financial condition or results of operations accurately or on a timely basis, which could materially and adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the price of our common stock” and “—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and This Offering—Fulfilling our obligations incident to being a public company, including with respect to the requirements of and related rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act,” and the Dodd-Frank Act, will be expensive and time-consuming, and any delays or difficulties in satisfying these obligations could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and our stock price.”

Further misstatements in previously issued financial statements that we may discover in the future, as a result of such material weaknesses or any other reason, could result in further revisions or restatements of our financial statements and cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations with the SEC on a timely basis following this offering. This could reduce our ability to obtain financing, restrict our access to the capital markets, cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and materially and adversely affect the price of our common stock.

We expect to incur indebtedness in connection with the Recapitalization, which will increase our costs, and the degree to which we will be leveraged following completion of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

As of December 31, 2017, on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, we would have had $5.2 billion of indebtedness (including approximately $3.8 billion of indebtedness from the issuance in April 2018 of $800 million aggregate principal amount of 3.900% Senior Notes due 2023, $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.350% Senior Notes due 2028 and $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.000% Senior Notes due 2048 (together, the “Notes”) and $300 million of term loan borrowings we expect to incur in connection with the Recapitalization), with a significant portion of the proceeds of such indebtedness being used to replace financing that is provided or guaranteed by AXA and its affiliates. We have historically relied upon AXA for financing and for other financial support functions. After this offering, we will not be able to rely on AXA’s earnings, assets or cash flow, and we will be responsible for servicing our own indebtedness, obtaining and maintaining sufficient working capital and paying any dividends. In addition, despite our indebtedness levels, we may be able to incur substantially more indebtedness under the terms of our debt agreements. Any such incurrence of additional indebtedness may increase the risks created by our level of indebtedness.

In February 2018, we entered into a $3.9 billion two-year senior unsecured delayed draw term loan agreement (the “two-year term loan agreement”), a $500 million three-year senior unsecured delayed draw term loan agreement (the “three-year term loan agreement” and, together with the two-year term loan agreement, the “term loan agreements”) and a $2.5 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “revolving credit facility” and, together with the term loan agreements, the “Credit Facilities”). The Credit Facilities contain

 

32


Table of Contents

certain administrative, reporting, legal and financial covenants, including requirements to maintain a specified minimum consolidated net worth and to maintain a ratio of indebtedness to total capitalization not in excess of a specified percentage, and limitations on the dollar amount of indebtedness that may be incurred by our subsidiaries and the dollar amount of secured indebtedness that may be incurred by the Company, which could restrict our operations and use of funds. Borrowings under the term loan agreements may be made only prior to this offering. In April 2018, we terminated the two-year term loan agreement, and, in May 2018, we intend to borrow $300 million under the three-year term loan agreement. In April 2018, we also issued the Notes to third party investors. See “Recapitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

The right to borrow funds under the Credit Facilities is subject to the fulfillment of certain conditions, including compliance with all covenants, and the ability to borrow thereunder is also subject to the continued ability of the lenders that are or will be parties to the Credit Facilities to provide funds. Failure to comply with the covenants in the Credit Facilities or fulfill the conditions to borrowings, or the failure of lenders to fund their lending commitments (whether due to insolvency, illiquidity or other reasons) in the amounts provided for under the terms of the Credit Facilities, would restrict the ability to access the Credit Facilities when needed and, consequently, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the debt retained or incurred pursuant to the Recapitalization as well as any future indebtedness that we may incur, will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future from operations, financing or asset sales. Our ability to generate cash to meet our debt obligations in the future is sensitive to capital market returns, primarily due to our variable annuity business.

Overall, our ability to generate cash is subject to general economic, financial market, competitive, legislative, regulatory, client behavior and other factors that are beyond our control. We may not generate sufficient funds to service our debt and meet our business needs, such as funding working capital or the expansion of our operations. If we are not able to repay or refinance our debt as it becomes due, we may be forced to take unfavorable actions, including significant business and legal entity restructuring, limited new business investment, selling assets or dedicating an unsustainable level of our cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness. In addition, our ability to withstand competitive pressures and to react to changes in the insurance industry could be impaired. In the event we default, the lenders who hold our debt could also accelerate amounts due, which could potentially trigger a default or acceleration of the maturity of our other debt.

In addition, the level of our indebtedness could put us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged than us. These competitors could have greater financial flexibility to pursue strategic acquisitions and secure additional financing for their operations. The level of our indebtedness could also impede our ability to withstand downturns in our industry or the economy in general.

A violation or breach of the representations, warranties or covenants contained in any of our Credit Facilities or letter of credit facilities could result in a default or event of default, which would require a waiver or amendment with the consent of our lenders. The failure to obtain any such waiver or amendment would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

In April 2018, we entered into waiver letter agreements with the lenders under each of our Credit Facilities and the letter of credit facilities, pursuant to which the lenders waived certain defaults or events of default under such facilities resulting from the restatement of our annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, the restatement of our interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, the failure to furnish audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 on a timely basis as required by such facilities and related matters. There can be no assurance that our lenders will provide such waivers in the future. For a discussion of the restatement to our 2016 annual

 

33


Table of Contents

financial statements, see note 1 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. For a discussion of the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, see “—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and This Offering—During the course of preparing our U.S. GAAP financial statements for this offering, we identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of these material weaknesses is not effective, we may not be able to report our financial condition or results of operations accurately or on a timely basis, which could materially and adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the price of our common stock.”

Representations and warranties that prove to be incorrect when made or a breach of any of the covenants under any of the agreements under which AXA Equitable Life conducts its derivative transactions (its “Derivatives Agreements”) could result in an event of default under such agreements. Generally, if an event of default were to occur and be continuing under a Derivatives Agreements, the counterparty may designate an early termination date in respect of all outstanding transactions under the Derivatives Agreements. If an early termination date were designated by a substantial majority of AXA Equitable Life’s counterparties, AXA Equitable Life would have to implement changes to its hedging program. AXA Equitable Life restated its annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 and sought waiver letter agreements with the counterparties to its Derivatives Agreements to waive any events of default resulting from such restatement. AXA Equitable Life has obtained all such waivers.

Representations and warranties that prove to be incorrect when made or a breach of any of the covenants under any of our Credit Facilities or letter of credit facilities or any of our subsidiaries’ credit facilities or their Derivatives Agreements could result in a future default or event of default under such facilities. If a default or event of default were to occur and be continuing, we would not be permitted to borrow under our Credit Facilities or letter of credit facilities and our subsidiaries would not be permitted to borrow under their credit facilities or execute transactions under their Derivatives Agreements. In addition, until an event of default is cured or waived, the administrative agent under our Credit Facilities or our subsidiaries’ credit facilities, the lenders under the letter of credit facilities or the counterparties to the Derivatives Agreements would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under such agreements and the termination of commitments to extend credit. If our indebtedness were accelerated, we could not be certain that we will have sufficient funds available to pay the accelerated indebtedness or that we will have the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all. A default or event of default under one of our Credit Facilities or letter of credit facilities or one of our subsidiaries’ credit facilities or Derivatives Agreements could also result in a cross-default under other material agreements. The inability to borrow under our Credit Facilities or letter of credit facilities, the inability of any of our subsidiaries to borrow under its credit facilities or execute derivatives transactions, the acceleration of indebtedness outstanding thereunder or a cross-default could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Elements of our business strategy are new and may not be effective in accomplishing our objectives, and we may not be able to improve our Non-GAAP Operating ROE as expected, including as a result of assumptions that may prove not to be accurate.

We intend to use our competitive strengths to grow our earnings base and actively manage our capital with the goal of generating attractive risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders. We will seek to achieve this growth by increasing sales through organic growth, by diversifying our product offerings and leveraging and expanding our distribution platform, executing on expense optimization initiatives, optimizing our General Account portfolio, actively managing risk to protect capital and returning capital to our stockholders. See “Business—Our Strategy.”

There can be no assurance that our strategy will be successful, as it may not adequately alleviate the risks relating to volatility of, and capital requirements with respect to, variable annuities and the risk of loss with respect to the use of derivatives in hedging transactions. We may not be able to reduce our operating expenses to the extent we expect or without impacting our ability to serve our clients and grow our businesses. In addition,

 

34


Table of Contents

we may not be successful in increasing the return on our General Account meaningfully or at all. Moreover, our ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares is subject to certain restrictions and limitations, including as a result of regulatory requirements, which may prevent us from returning the expected or any capital to our stockholders for the indefinite future. For these reasons, no assurances can be given that we will be able to execute our strategy or that our strategy will achieve our objectives, including our financial goals.

We have established certain financial goals, including targeted Non-GAAP Operating ROE and return of capital to stockholders, that we believe measure the execution of our strategy, as set forth in “Business—Financial Goals.” These goals are based on a number of important assumptions, including assumptions regarding interest rates and market performance. Actual results related to these goals may vary depending on various factors, including actual capital market outcomes, changes in actuarial models or emergence of actual experience, changes in regulation as well as other risks and factors discussed in “Business—Financial Goals.” There can be no assurance that we will achieve those financial goals.

Failure to protect the confidentiality of customer information or proprietary business information could adversely affect our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our businesses and relationships with customers are dependent upon our ability to maintain the confidentiality of our and our customers’ proprietary business and confidential information (including customer transactional data and personal data about our employees, our customers and the employees and customers of our customers). Pursuant to federal laws, various federal regulatory and law enforcement agencies have established rules protecting the privacy and security of personal information. In addition, most states, including New York and Arizona, have enacted laws, which vary significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, to safeguard the privacy and security of personal information.

We retain confidential information in our information systems and in cloud-based systems (including customer transactional data and personal information about our customers, the employees and customers of our customers, and our own employees). We rely on commercial technologies and third parties to maintain the security of those systems. Anyone who is able to circumvent our security measures and penetrate our information systems, or the cloud-based systems we use, could access, view, misappropriate, alter or delete any information in the systems, including personally identifiable customer information and proprietary business information. It is possible that an employee, contractor or representative could, intentionally or unintentionally, disclose or misappropriate personal information or other confidential information. Our employees, distribution partners and other vendors may use portable computers or mobile devices which may contain similar information to that in our information systems, and these devices have been and can be lost, stolen or damaged. In addition, an increasing number of states require that customers be notified if a security breach results in the inappropriate disclosure of personally identifiable customer information. Any compromise of the security of our information systems, or the cloud-based systems we use, through cyber-attacks or for any other reason that results in inappropriate disclosure of personally identifiable customer information could damage our reputation in the marketplace, deter people from purchasing our products, subject us to significant civil and criminal liability and require us to incur significant technical, legal and other expenses any of which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our own operational failures or those of service providers on which we rely, including failures arising out of human error, could disrupt our business, damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Weaknesses or failures in our internal processes or systems could lead to disruption of our operations, liability to clients, exposure to disciplinary action or harm to our reputation. Our business is highly dependent on our ability to process, on a daily basis, large numbers of transactions, many of which are highly complex, across numerous and diverse markets. These transactions generally must comply with client investment guidelines, as well as stringent legal and regulatory standards.

 

35


Table of Contents

Weaknesses or failures within a vendor’s internal processes or systems, or inadequate business continuity plans, can materially disrupt our business operations. In addition, vendors may lack the necessary infrastructure or resources to effectively safeguard our confidential data. If we are unable to effectively manage the risks associated with such third-party relationships, we may suffer fines, disciplinary action and reputational damage.

Our obligations to clients require us to exercise skill, care and prudence in performing our services. The large number of transactions we process makes it highly likely that errors will occasionally occur. If we make a mistake in performing our services that causes financial harm to a client, we have a duty to act promptly to put the client in the position the client would have been in had we not made the error. The occurrence of mistakes, particularly significant ones, can have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our information systems may fail or their security may be compromised, which could materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our information systems. We also have arrangements in place with outside vendors and other service providers through which we share and receive information. We rely on these systems throughout our business for a variety of functions, including processing claims and applications, providing information to customers and third-party distribution firms, performing actuarial analyses and modeling, hedging, performing operational tasks ( e.g. , processing transactions and calculating net asset value) and maintaining financial records. Our information systems and those of our outside vendors and service providers may be vulnerable to physical or cyber-attacks, computer viruses or other computer related attacks, programming errors and similar disruptive problems. In some cases, such physical and electronic break-ins, cyber-attacks or other security breaches may not be immediately detected. In addition, we could experience a failure of one or these systems, our employees or agents could fail to monitor and implement enhancements or other modifications to a system in a timely and effective manner, or our employees or agents could fail to complete all necessary data reconciliation or other conversion controls when implementing a new software system or implementing modifications to an existing system. The failure of these systems for any reason could cause significant interruptions to our operations, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, a failure of these systems could lead to the possibility of litigation or regulatory investigations or actions, including regulatory actions by state and federal governmental authorities. While we take preventative measures to avoid cyber-attacks and other security breaches, we cannot guarantee that such measures will successfully prevent an attack or breach.

Many of the software applications that we use in our business are licensed from, and supported, upgraded and maintained by, vendors. A suspension or termination of certain of these licenses or the related support, upgrades and maintenance could cause temporary system delays or interruptions. Additionally, technology rapidly evolves and we cannot guarantee that our competitors may not implement more advanced technology platforms for their products and services, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage and materially and adversely affect our results of operations and business prospects.

Our service providers, including service providers to whom we outsource certain of our functions, are also subject to the risks outlined above, any one of which could result in our incurring substantial costs and other negative consequences, including a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

On February 16, 2017, the NYDFS issued final Cybersecurity Requirements for Financial Services Companies that require banks, insurance companies and other financial services institutions regulated by the NYDFS, including us, to, among other things, establish and maintain a cybersecurity policy “designed to protect consumers and ensure the safety and soundness of New York State’s financial services industry.” The regulation went into effect on March 1, 2017 and has transition periods ranging from 180 days to two years. We have a cybersecurity policy in place outlining our policies and procedures for the protection of our information systems

 

36


Table of Contents

and information stored on those systems that comports with the regulation. In accordance with the regulation, our Chief Information Security Officer reports to the Board. In addition to New York’s cybersecurity regulation, the NAIC recently adopted the Insurance Data Security Model Law in October 2017. Under the model law, companies that are compliant with the NYDFS cybersecurity regulation are deemed also to be in compliance with the model law. The purpose of the model law is to establish standards for data security and for the investigation and notification of insurance commissioners of cybersecurity events involving unauthorized access to, or the misuse of, certain nonpublic information. We expect that states will begin adopting the model law, although it cannot be predicted whether or not, or in what form or when, they will do so. We are currently evaluating these regulations and their potential impact on our operations, and, with respect to the NYDFS regulations, we have already begun implementing compliance procedures for those portions of the regulation not subject to a transition period. Depending on our assessment of these and other potential implementation requirements, we and other financial services companies may be required to incur significant expense in order to comply with these regulatory mandates.

Central banks in Europe and Japan have in recent years begun to pursue negative interest rate policies, and the Federal Open Market Committee has not ruled out the possibility that the Federal Reserve would adopt a negative interest rate policy for the United States, at some point in the future, if circumstances so warranted. Because negative interest rates are largely unprecedented, there is uncertainty as to whether the technology used by financial institutions, including us, could operate correctly in such a scenario. Should negative interest rates emerge, our hardware or software, or the hardware or software used by our contractual counterparties and financial services providers, may not function as expected or at all. In such a case, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We face competition from other insurance companies, banks, asset managers and other financial institutions, which may adversely impact our market share and consolidated results of operations.

There is strong competition among insurers, banks, asset managers, brokerage firms and other financial institutions and financial services providers seeking clients for the types of products and services we provide. Competition is intense among a broad range of financial institutions and other financial service providers for retirement and other savings dollars. As a result, this competition makes it especially difficult to provide unique retirement and protection or asset management products because, once such products are made available to the public, they often are reproduced and offered by our competitors. As with any highly competitive market, competitive pricing structures are important. If competitors charge lower fees for similar products or strategies, we may decide to reduce the fees on our own products or strategies (either directly on a gross basis or on a net basis through fee waivers) in order to retain or attract customers. Such fee reductions, or other effects of competition, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Competition may adversely impact our market share and profitability. Many of our competitors are large and well-established and some have greater market share or breadth of distribution, offer a broader range of products, services or features, assume a greater level of risk, have greater financial resources, have higher claims-paying or credit ratings, have better brand recognition or have more established relationships with clients than we do. We may also face competition from new market entrants or non-traditional or online competitors, which may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to compete is dependent on numerous factors including, among others, the successful implementation of our strategy; our financial strength as evidenced, in part, by our financial and claims-paying ratings; new regulations or different interpretations of existing regulations; our access to diversified sources of distribution; our size and scale; our product quality, range, features/functionality and price; our ability to bring customized products to the market quickly; our technological capabilities; our ability to explain complicated products and features to our distribution channels and customers; crediting rates on our fixed products; the visibility, recognition and understanding of our brands in the marketplace; our reputation and quality of service; the tax-favored status certain of our products receive under current federal and state laws; and, with respect to

 

37


Table of Contents

variable annuity and insurance products, mutual funds and other investment products, investment options, flexibility and investment management performance.

Many of our competitors also have been able to increase their distribution systems through mergers, acquisitions, partnerships or other contractual arrangements. Furthermore, larger competitors may have lower operating costs and have an ability to absorb greater risk, while maintaining financial strength ratings, allowing them to price products more competitively. These competitive pressures could result in increased pressure on the pricing of certain of our products and services, and could harm our ability to maintain or increase profitability. In addition, if our financial strength and credit ratings are lower than our competitors, we may experience increased surrenders or a significant decline in sales. The competitive landscape in which we operate may be further affected by government sponsored programs or regulatory changes in the United States and similar governmental actions outside of the United States. Competitors that receive governmental financing, guarantees or other assistance, or that are not subject to the same regulatory constraints, may have or obtain pricing or other competitive advantages. Due to the competitive nature of the financial services industry, there can be no assurance that we will continue to effectively compete within the industry or that competition will not materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We may also face competition from new entrants into our markets, many of whom are leveraging digital technology that may challenge the position of traditional financial service companies, including us, by providing new services or creating new distribution channels.

Our inability to recruit, motivate and retain key employees and experienced and productive financial professionals may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our business depends on our ability to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled, and often highly specialized, technical, investment, managerial and executive personnel, and there is no assurance that we will be able to do so. Financial professionals associated with AXA Advisors, AXA Network and Bernstein financial advisors and our key employees are key factors driving our sales. AB’s professionals often maintain strong, personal relationships with investors in AB’s products and other members of the business community so their departure may cause AB to lose client accounts or result in fewer opportunities to win new business. Intense competition exists among insurers and other financial services companies for financial professionals and key employees. Companies compete for financial professionals principally with respect to compensation policies, products and sales support. Competition is particularly intense in the hiring and retention of experienced financial professionals. Our ability to incentivize our employees and financial professionals may be adversely affected by tax reform. We cannot provide assurances that we will be successful in our respective efforts to recruit, motivate and retain key employees and top financial professionals and the loss of such employees and professionals could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We also rely upon the knowledge and experience of employees involved in functions that require technical expertise in order to provide for sound operational controls for our overall enterprise, including the accurate and timely preparation of required regulatory filings and U.S. GAAP and statutory financial statements and operation of internal controls. A loss of such employees, including as a result of shifting our real estate footprint away from the New York metropolitan area, could adversely impact our ability to execute key operational functions and could adversely affect our operational controls, including internal control over financial reporting.

Misconduct by our employees or financial professionals could expose us to significant legal liability and reputational harm.

Past or future misconduct by our employees, financial professionals, agents, intermediaries, representatives of our broker-dealer subsidiaries or employees of our vendors could result in violations of law by us or our subsidiaries, regulatory sanctions or serious reputational or financial harm and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. We employ controls and procedures designed to monitor

 

38


Table of Contents

employees’ and financial professionals’ business decisions and to prevent us from taking excessive or inappropriate risks, including with respect to information security, but employees may take such risks regardless of such controls and procedures. Our compensation policies and practices are reviewed by us as part of our overall risk management program, but it is possible that such compensation policies and practices could inadvertently incentivize excessive or inappropriate risk taking. If our employees or financial professionals take excessive or inappropriate risks, those risks could harm our reputation, subject us to significant civil or criminal liability and require us to incur significant technical, legal and other expenses.

We may engage in strategic transactions that could pose risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges.

We may consider potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations, joint ventures and similar transactions, some of which may be material. These transactions may not be effective and could result in decreased earnings and harm to our competitive position. In addition, these transactions, if undertaken, may involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including:

 

    adverse effects on our earnings if acquired intangible assets or goodwill become impaired;

 

    additional demand on our existing employees;

 

    unanticipated difficulties integrating operating facilities technologies and new technologies;

 

    higher than anticipated costs related to integration;

 

    existence of unknown liabilities or contingencies that arise after closing; and

 

    potential disputes with counterparties.

Acquisitions also pose the risk that any business we acquire may lose customers or employees or could underperform relative to expectations. Additionally, the loss of investment personnel poses the risk that we may lose the AUM we expected to manage, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Furthermore, strategic transactions may require us to increase our leverage or, if we issue shares to fund an acquisition, would dilute the holdings of the existing stockholders. Any of the above could cause us to fail to realize the benefits anticipated from any such transaction.

This prospectus contains financial goals, reserves and cash flow projections, which are based on certain assumptions and estimates, including as to market conditions, likely utilization of GMxB product features, overall lapse rates and mortality and longevity experience. Our actual experience in the future may deviate from our assumptions and estimates and may impact our reserves, earnings and capitalization and may increase the volatility of our results and expose us to increased counterparty risk.

Our financial goals and our reserves and cash flow projections set forth in this prospectus are based on certain assumptions and estimates, including as to market conditions, likely utilization of GMxB product features, overall lapse rates and mortality and longevity experience. These forward-looking statements are estimates and are not intended to predict the future financial performance of our variable annuity hedging program or to represent an opinion of market value.

We present a sensitivity analysis of the estimated cash flows, assets and liabilities associated with our in-force variable annuity business in this prospectus. See “Business—Segment Information—Individual Retirement—Supplemental Information on Our In-Force Variable Annuity Business.” The scenarios represented in our sensitivity analysis were selected for illustrative purposes only and they do not purport to encompass all of the many factors that may bear upon a market value and are based on a series of assumptions as to the future. It should be recognized that actual future results may differ from those shown, on account of changes in the operating and economic environments and natural variations in experience. The results shown are presented as of December 31, 2017, and no assurance can be given that future experience will be in line with the assumptions made.

 

39


Table of Contents

The policyholder behavior assumptions embedded in our cash flow sensitivities represent our current best estimate for our in-force business. The following policyholder options are examples of those included in our sensitivities: lapse, partial lapse, dollar-for-dollar withdrawals and voluntary annuitizations. These assumptions are dynamic and vary depending on the NAR of the contract and our expectation of how a customer will utilize their embedded options across the various scenarios. A change in our cash flows could result to the extent emerging experience deviates from these policyholder assumptions.

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by the occurrence of a catastrophe, including natural or man-made disasters.

Any catastrophic event, such as pandemic diseases, terrorist attacks, floods, severe storms or hurricanes or computer cyber-terrorism, could have a material and adverse effect on our business in several respects:

 

    we could experience long-term interruptions in our service and the services provided by our significant vendors due to the effects of catastrophic events. Some of our operational systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery and business continuity planning cannot account for all eventualities. Additionally, unanticipated problems with our disaster recovery systems could further impede our ability to conduct business, particularly if those problems affect our computer-based data processing, transmission, storage and retrieval systems and destroy valuable data;

 

    the occurrence of a pandemic disease could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and the operating results of our insurance business due to increased mortality and, in certain cases, morbidity rates;

 

    the occurrence of any pandemic disease, natural disaster, terrorist attack or any other catastrophic event that results in our workforce being unable to be physically located at one of our facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our service;

 

    a localized catastrophic event that affects the location of one or more of our corporate-owned or employer sponsored life insurance customers could cause a significant loss due to the corresponding mortality claims; and

 

    a terrorist attack in the United States could have long-term economic impacts that may have severe negative effects on our investment portfolio, including loss of AUM and losses due to significant volatility, and disrupt our business operations. Any continuous and heightened threat of terrorist attacks could also result in increased costs of reinsurance.

In the event of a disaster, such as a natural catastrophe, epidemic, industrial accident, blackout, computer virus, terrorist attack, cyber-attack or war, unanticipated problems with our disaster recovery systems could have a material adverse impact on our ability to conduct business and on our results of operations and financial position, particularly if those problems affect our computer-based data processing, transmission, storage and retrieval systems and destroy valuable data. Our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our operations and the communities in which they are located. This may include a disruption involving electrical, communications, transportation or other services we may use or third parties with which we conduct business. If a disruption occurs in one location and our employees in that location are unable to occupy our offices or communicate with or travel to other locations, our ability to conduct business with and on behalf of our clients may suffer, and we may not be able to successfully implement contingency plans that depend on communication or travel. Furthermore, unauthorized access to our systems as a result of a security breach, the failure of our systems, or the loss of data could give rise to legal proceedings or regulatory penalties under laws protecting the privacy of personal information, disrupt operations and damage our reputation.

Our operations require experienced, professional staff. Loss of a substantial number of such persons or an inability to provide properly equipped places for them to work may, by disrupting our operations, adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, our property and business interruption insurance may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses, failures or breaches that may occur.

 

40


Table of Contents

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims by a third party.

We rely on a combination of contractual rights, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property. The loss of intellectual property protection or the inability to secure or enforce the protection of our intellectual property assets could have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to compete. Third parties may have, or may eventually be issued, patents or other protections that could be infringed by our products, methods, processes or services or could limit our ability to offer certain product features. In recent years, there has been increasing intellectual property litigation in the financial services industry challenging, among other things, product designs and business processes. If we were found to have infringed or misappropriated a third-party patent or other intellectual property right, we could in some circumstances be enjoined from providing certain products or services to our customers or from using and benefiting from certain patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses. Alternatively, we could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties or implement a costly alternative. Any of these scenarios could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

The insurance that we maintain may not fully cover all potential exposures.

We maintain property, business interruption, cyber, casualty and other types of insurance, but such insurance may not cover all risks associated with the operation of our business. Our coverage is subject to exclusions and limitations, including higher self-insured retentions or deductibles and maximum limits and liabilities covered. In addition, from time to time, various types of insurance may not be available on commercially acceptable terms or, in some cases, at all. We are potentially at additional risk if one or more of our insurance carriers fail. Additionally, severe disruptions in the domestic and global financial markets could adversely impact the ratings and survival of some insurers. Future downgrades in the ratings of enough insurers could adversely impact both the availability of appropriate insurance coverage and its cost. In the future, we may not be able to obtain coverage at current levels, if at all, and our premiums may increase significantly on coverage that we maintain. We can make no assurance that a claim or claims will be covered by our insurance policies or, if covered, will not exceed the limits of available insurance coverage, or that our insurers will remain solvent and meet their obligations. Currently, we are party to certain joint insurance arrangements with AXA; accordingly, if AXA ceases to own a majority of our outstanding common stock, we may need to obtain stand-alone insurance coverage, which may be at a higher price for the same coverage, which would increase our costs and may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Changes in accounting standards could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, the principles of which are revised from time to time. Accordingly, from time to time we are required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by recognized authoritative bodies, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”). In the future, new accounting pronouncements, as well as new interpretations of existing accounting pronouncements, may have material adverse effects on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

FASB is working on several projects which could result in significant changes in U.S. GAAP, including how we account for our insurance contracts and financial instruments and how our financial statements are presented. The changes to U.S. GAAP could affect the way we account for and report significant areas of our business, could impose special demands on us in the areas of governance, employee training, internal controls and disclosure and will likely affect how we manage our business.

In addition, AXA, our parent company, prepares consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). From time to time, AXA may be required to adopt new or

 

41


Table of Contents

revised accounting standards issued by recognized authoritative bodies, including the International Accounting Standards Board. In the future, new accounting pronouncements, as well as new interpretations of existing accounting pronouncements, may have material adverse effects on AXA’s business, results of operations or financial condition which could impact the way we conduct our business (including, for example, which products we offer), our competitive position, our hedging program and the way we manage capital.

Certain of our administrative operations and offices are located internationally, subjecting us to various international risks and increased compliance and regulatory risks and costs.

We have various offices in other countries and certain of our administrative operations are located in India. In the future, we may seek to expand operations in India or other countries. As a result of these operations, we may be exposed to economic, operating, regulatory and political risks in those countries, such as foreign investment restrictions, substantial fluctuations in economic growth, high levels of inflation, volatile currency exchange rates and instability, including civil unrest, terrorist acts or acts of war, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The political or regulatory climate in the United States could also change such that it would no longer be lawful or practical for us to use international operations in the manner in which they are currently conducted. If we had to curtail or cease operations in India and transfer some or all of these operations to another geographic area, we would incur significant transition costs as well as higher future overhead costs that could adversely affect us.

In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it may be common to engage in business practices that are prohibited by laws and regulations applicable to us, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”) and similar anti-bribery laws. Any violations of the FCPA or other anti-bribery laws by us, our employees, subsidiaries or local agents, could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation and result in substantial financial penalties or other sanctions.

Our investment advisory agreements with clients, and our selling and distribution agreements with various financial intermediaries and consultants, are subject to termination or non-renewal on short notice.

AB derives most of its revenues pursuant to written investment management agreements (or other arrangements) with institutional investors, mutual funds and private wealth clients. In addition, as part of our variable annuity products, AXA Equitable FMG enters into written investment management agreements (or other arrangements) with mutual funds.

Generally, these investment management agreements, including AB’s agreements with AXA and its subsidiaries (AB’s largest client), are terminable without penalty at any time or upon relatively short notice by either party. For example, an investment management contract with an SEC-registered investment company (a “RIC”) may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by the RIC’s board of directors or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the RIC on not more than 60 days’ notice. The investment management agreements pursuant to which AB and AXA Equitable FMG manage RICs must be renewed and approved by the RICs’ boards of directors (including a majority of the independent directors) annually. A significant majority of the directors are independent. Consequently, there can be no assurance that the board of directors of each RIC will approve the investment management agreement each year, or will not condition its approval on revised terms that may be adverse to us.

Also, as required by the Investment Company Act, each investment advisory agreement with a RIC automatically terminates upon its assignment, although new investment advisory agreements may be approved by the RIC’s board of directors or trustees and stockholders. An “assignment” includes a sale of a control block of the voting stock of the investment adviser or its parent company. In the event of a future sale by AXA to a third party of a controlling interest in our common stock or if future sales by AXA of our common stock were deemed to be an actual or constructive assignment, these termination provisions could be triggered, which may adversely affect AB’s and AXA Equitable FMG’s ability to realize the value of their respective investment advisory

 

42


Table of Contents

agreements. In addition, the actual or constructive transfer of our general partnership interest in AB would constitute an assignment.

The Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”), may also require approval or consent of advisory contracts by clients in the event of an “assignment” of the contract (including a sale of a control block of the voting stock of the investment adviser or its parent company) or a change in control of the investment adviser. Were the sale of our common stock by AXA or another transaction to result in an assignment or change in control, the inability to obtain consent or approval from clients or stockholders of RICs or other clients could result in a significant reduction in advisory fees.

AXA has announced its intention to sell all of its interest in the Company over time with intended sales of shares of our common stock subsequent to this offering, subject to the 180-day lock-up period and market conditions. Prior to when such sales trigger an assignment as described above, we and AB will need to seek requisite consents or approvals for such assignment. We may not be successful in obtaining such consents or approvals which would result in terminations of the relevant contracts. Such terminations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Similarly, we enter into selling and distribution agreements with securities firms, brokers, banks and other financial intermediaries that are terminable by either party upon notice (generally 30 days) and do not obligate the financial intermediary to sell any specific amount of our products. These intermediaries generally offer their clients investment products that compete with our products. In addition, certain institutional investors rely on consultants to advise them about choosing an investment adviser and some of AB’s services may not be considered among the best choices by these consultants. As a result, investment consultants may advise their clients to move their assets invested with AB to other investment advisers, which could result in significant net outflows.

Finally, AB’s Private Wealth Services relies on referrals from financial planners, registered investment advisers and other professionals. We cannot be certain that we will continue to have access to, or receive referrals from, these third parties.

Risks Relating to Credit, Counterparties and Investments

Our counterparties’ requirements to pledge collateral or make payments related to declines in estimated fair value of derivative contracts exposes us to counterparty credit risk and may adversely affect our liquidity.

We use derivatives and other instruments to help us mitigate various business risks. Our transactions with financial and other institutions generally specify the circumstances under which the parties are required to pledge collateral related to any decline in the market value of the derivatives contracts. If our counterparties fail or refuse to honor their obligations under these contracts, we could face significant losses to the extent collateral agreements do not fully offset our exposures and our hedges of the related risk will be ineffective. Such failure could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Additionally, the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and other regulations may increase the need for liquidity and for the amount of collateral assets in excess of current levels.

We may be materially and adversely affected by changes in the actual or perceived soundness or condition of other financial institutions and market participants.

A default by any financial institution or by a sovereign could lead to additional defaults by other market participants. The failure of any financial institution could disrupt securities markets or clearance and settlement systems and lead to a chain of defaults, because the commercial and financial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely related as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships. Even the perceived

 

43


Table of Contents

lack of creditworthiness of a financial institution may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. This risk is sometimes referred to as “systemic risk” and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearing houses, banks, securities firms and exchanges with which we interact on a daily basis. Systemic risk could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise new funding and on our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, such a failure could impact future product sales as a potential result of reduced confidence in the financial services industry. Regulatory changes implemented to address systemic risk could also cause market participants to curtail their participation in certain market activities, which could decrease market liquidity and increase trading and other costs.

Losses due to defaults, errors or omissions by third parties and affiliates, including outsourcing relationships, could materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We depend on third parties and affiliates that owe us money, securities or other assets to pay or perform under their obligations. These parties include the issuers whose securities we hold in our investment portfolios, borrowers under the mortgage loans we make, customers, trading counterparties, counterparties under swap and other derivatives contracts, reinsurers, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses and other financial intermediaries. Defaults by one or more of these parties on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, downturns in the economy or real estate values, operational failure or other factors, or even rumors about potential defaults by one or more of these parties, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We also depend on third parties and affiliates in other contexts, including as distribution partners. For example, in establishing the amount of the liabilities and reserves associated with the risks assumed in connection with reinsurance pools and arrangements, we rely on the accuracy and timely delivery of data and other information from ceding companies. In addition, as investment manager and administrator of several mutual funds, we rely on various affiliated and unaffiliated subadvisers to provide day-to-day portfolio management services for each investment portfolio.

We rely on various counterparties and other vendors to augment our existing investment, operational, financial and technological capabilities, but the use of a vendor does not diminish our responsibility to ensure that client and regulatory obligations are met. Default rates, credit downgrades and disputes with counterparties as to the valuation of collateral increase significantly in times of market stress. Disruptions in the financial markets and other economic challenges may cause our counterparties and other vendors to experience significant cash flow problems or even render them insolvent, which may expose us to significant costs and impair our ability to conduct business.

Losses associated with defaults or other failures by these third parties and outsourcing partners upon whom we rely could materially adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We are also subject to the risk that our rights against third parties may not be enforceable in all circumstances. The deterioration or perceived deterioration in the credit quality of third parties whose securities or obligations we hold could result in losses or adversely affect our ability to use those securities or obligations for liquidity purposes. While in many cases we are permitted to require additional collateral from counterparties that experience financial difficulty, disputes may arise as to the amount of collateral we are entitled to receive and the value of pledged assets. Our credit risk may also be exacerbated when the collateral we hold cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivatives exposure that is due to us, which is most likely to occur during periods of illiquidity and depressed asset valuations, such as those experienced during the financial crisis. The termination of contracts and the foreclosure on collateral may subject us to claims for the improper exercise of rights under the contracts. Bankruptcies, downgrades and disputes with counterparties as to the valuation of collateral tend to increase in times of market stress and illiquidity.

 

44


Table of Contents

Gross unrealized losses on fixed maturity and equity securities may be realized or result in future impairments, resulting in a reduction in our net earnings.

Fixed maturity and equity securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) and are, therefore, excluded from net earnings. Our gross unrealized losses on fixed maturity and equity securities at December 31, 2017 were approximately $324 million. The accumulated change in estimated fair value of these available-for-sale securities is recognized in net earnings when the gain or loss is realized upon the sale of the security or in the event that the decline in estimated fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary and an impairment charge to earnings is taken. Realized losses or impairments may have a material adverse effect on our net earnings in a particular quarterly or annual period.

The occurrence of a major economic downturn, acts of corporate malfeasance, widening credit risk spreads, or other events that adversely affect the issuers or guarantors of securities we own or the underlying collateral of structured securities we own could cause the estimated fair value of our fixed maturity securities portfolio and corresponding earnings to decline and cause the default rate of the fixed maturity securities in our investment portfolio to increase. A ratings downgrade affecting issuers or guarantors of particular securities we hold, or similar trends that could worsen the credit quality of issuers, such as the corporate issuers of securities in our investment portfolio, could also have a similar effect. With economic uncertainty, credit quality of issuers or guarantors could be adversely affected. Similarly, a ratings downgrade affecting a security we hold could indicate the credit quality of that security has deteriorated and could increase the capital we must hold to support that security to maintain our insurance companies’ RBC levels. Levels of write-downs or impairments are impacted by intent to sell, or our assessment of the likelihood that we will be required to sell, fixed maturity securities, as well as our intent and ability to hold equity securities which have declined in value until recovery. Realized losses or impairments on these securities may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial condition in, or at the end of, any quarterly or annual period.

Some of our investments are relatively illiquid and may be difficult to sell, or to sell in significant amounts at acceptable prices, to generate cash to meet our needs.

We hold certain investments that may lack liquidity, such as privately placed fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans, commercial mortgage backed securities and alternative investments. In the past, even some of our very high quality investments experienced reduced liquidity during periods of market volatility or disruption. Although we seek to adjust our cash and short-term investment positions to minimize the likelihood that we would need to sell illiquid investments, if we were required to liquidate these investments on short notice or were required to post or return collateral, we may have difficulty doing so and be forced to sell them for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize.

The reported values of our relatively illiquid types of investments do not necessarily reflect the current market price for the asset. If we were forced to sell certain of our assets in the current market, there can be no assurance that we would be able to sell them for the prices at which we have recorded them and we might be forced to sell them at significantly lower prices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

Defaults on our mortgage loans and volatility in performance may adversely affect our profitability.

A portion of our investment portfolio consists of mortgage loans on commercial and agricultural real estate. Our exposure to this risk stems from various factors, including the supply and demand of leasable commercial space, creditworthiness of tenants and partners, capital markets volatility, interest rate fluctuations, agricultural prices and farm incomes, which have recently been declining. Although we manage credit risk and market valuation risk for our commercial and agricultural real estate assets through geographic, property type and product type diversification and asset allocation, general economic conditions in the commercial and agricultural

 

45


Table of Contents

real estate sectors will continue to influence the performance of these investments. These factors, which are beyond our control, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

Our mortgage loans face default risk and are principally collateralized by commercial and agricultural properties. We establish valuation allowances for estimated impairments, which are based on loan risk characteristics, historical default rates and loss severities, real estate market fundamentals, such as property prices and unemployment, and economic outlooks, as well as other relevant factors (for example, local economic conditions). In addition, substantially all of our commercial and agricultural mortgage loans held-for-investment have balloon payment maturities. An increase in the default rate of our mortgage loan investments or fluctuations in their performance could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

Further, any geographic or property type concentration of our mortgage loans may have adverse effects on our investment portfolio and consequently on our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial condition. While we seek to mitigate this risk by having a broadly diversified portfolio, events or developments that have a negative effect on any particular geographic region or sector may have a greater adverse effect on our investment portfolio to the extent that the portfolio is concentrated. Moreover, our ability to sell assets relating to a group of related assets may be limited if other market participants are seeking to sell at the same time.

Risks Relating to Our Retirement and Protection Businesses

Risks Relating to Our Reinsurance and Hedging Programs

GMxB features within certain of our products may decrease our earnings, decrease our capitalization, increase the volatility of our results, result in higher risk management costs and expose us to increased counterparty risk.

Certain of the variable annuity products we offer and certain in-force variable annuity products we offered historically, and certain variable annuity risks we assumed historically through reinsurance, include GMxB features. As of December 31, 2017, 78% of the variable annuity AV in our Individual Retirement segment was attributable to products that included GMxB features. We also offer index-linked variable annuities with guarantees against a defined floor on losses. GMxB features are designed to offer protection to policyholders against changes in equity markets and interest rates. Any such periods of significant and sustained negative or low Separate Account returns, increased equity volatility or reduced interest rates will result in an increase in the valuation of our liabilities associated with those products. In addition, if the Separate Account assets consisting of fixed income securities, which support the guaranteed index-linked return feature, are insufficient to reflect a period of sustained growth in the equity-index on which the product is based, we may be required to support such Separate Accounts with assets from our General Account and increase our liabilities. An increase in these liabilities would result in a decrease in our net income and depending on the magnitude of any such increase, could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, including our capitalization, as well as the financial strength ratings which are necessary to support our product sales.

Additionally, we make assumptions regarding policyholder behavior at the time of pricing and in selecting and using the GMxB features inherent within our products ( e.g. , use of option to annuitize within a GMIB product). An increase in the valuation of the liability could result to the extent emerging and actual experience deviates from these policyholder option use assumptions. We review our actuarial assumptions at least annually, including those assumptions relating to policyholder behavior, and update assumptions when appropriate. If we update our assumptions based on our actuarial assumption review in future years, we could be required to increase the liabilities we record for future policy benefits and claims to a level that may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition which, in certain circumstances, could impair our solvency. In addition, we have in the past updated our assumptions on policyholder behavior, which has

 

46


Table of Contents

negatively impacted our net income, and there can be no assurance that similar updates will not be required in the future. For example, in 2015, we updated our expectations of long-term lapse and partial withdrawal behavior for variable annuities with GMxB features based on emerging experience. In 2015, the post-tax impact of these assumption updates decreased net income by approximately $605 million.

In addition, capital markets hedging instruments may not effectively offset the costs of GMxB features or may otherwise be insufficient in relation to our obligations. Furthermore, we are subject to the risk that changes in policyholder behavior or mortality, combined with adverse market events, could produce economic losses not addressed by the risk management techniques employed. These factors, individually or collectively, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, including net income, capitalization, financial condition or liquidity including our ability to receive dividends from our insurance operating companies.

Our reinsurance and hedging programs may be inadequate to protect us against the full extent of the exposure or losses we seek to mitigate.

Certain of our retirement and protection products contain GMxB features or minimum crediting rates. As of December 31, 2017, 78% of the variable annuity AV in our Individual Retirement segment was attributable to products that included GMxB features. Downturns in equity markets or reduced interest rates could result in an increase in the valuation of liabilities associated with such products, resulting in increases in reserves and reductions in net income. In the normal course of business, we seek to mitigate some of these risks to which our business is subject through our hedging and reinsurance programs. However, these programs cannot eliminate all of the risks, and no assurance can be given as to the extent to which such programs will be completely effective in reducing such risks. For example, in the event that reinsurers, derivatives or other counterparties or central clearinghouses do not pay balances due or do not post the required amount of collateral as required under our agreements, we still remain liable for the guaranteed benefits.

Reinsurance. We use reinsurance to mitigate a portion of the risks that we face, principally in certain of our in-force annuity and life insurance products with regard to mortality, and in certain of our annuity products with regard to a portion of the GMxB features. Under our reinsurance arrangements, other insurers assume a portion of the obligation to pay claims and related expenses to which we are subject. However, we remain liable as the direct insurer on all risks we reinsure and, therefore, are subject to the risk that our reinsurer is unable or unwilling to pay or reimburse claims at the time demand is made. The inability or unwillingness of a reinsurer to meet its obligations to us, or the inability to collect under our reinsurance treaties for any other reason, could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We are continuing to use reinsurance to mitigate a portion of our risk on certain new life insurance sales. Prolonged or severe adverse mortality or morbidity experience could result in increased reinsurance costs, and ultimately may reduce the availability of reinsurance for future life insurance sales. If, for new sales, we are unable to maintain our current level of reinsurance or purchase new reinsurance protection in amounts that we consider sufficient, we would either have to be willing to accept an increase in our net exposures, revise our pricing to reflect higher reinsurance premiums or limit the amount of new business written on any individual life. If this were to occur, we may be exposed to reduced profitability and cash flow strain or we may not be able to price new business at competitive rates.

The premium rates and other fees that we charge are based, in part, on the assumption that reinsurance will be available at a certain cost. Some of our reinsurance contracts contain provisions that limit the reinsurer’s ability to increase rates on in-force business; however, some do not. If a reinsurer raises the rates that it charges on a block of in-force business, in some instances, we will not be able to pass the increased costs onto our customers and our profitability will be negatively impacted. Additionally, such a rate increase could result in our recapturing of the business, which may result in a need to maintain additional reserves, reduce reinsurance receivables and expose us to greater risks. While in recent years, we have faced a number of rate increase actions on in-force business, to date they have not had a material effect on our business, results of operations or financial

 

47


Table of Contents

condition. However, there can be no assurance that the outcome of future rate increase actions would have no material effect. In addition, market conditions beyond our control determine the availability and cost of reinsurance for new business. If reinsurers raise the rates that they charge on new business, we may be forced to raise our premiums, which could have a negative impact on our competitive position.

Hedging Programs. We use a hedging program to mitigate a portion of the unreinsured risks we face in, among other areas, the GMxB features of our variable annuity products and minimum crediting rates on our variable annuity and life products from unfavorable changes in benefit exposures due to movements in the capital markets. In certain cases, however, we may not be able to apply these techniques to effectively hedge these risks because the derivatives markets in question may not be of sufficient size or liquidity or there could be an operational error in the application of our hedging strategy or for other reasons. The operation of our hedging programs is based on models involving numerous estimates and assumptions, including, among others, mortality, lapse, surrender and withdrawal rates and amounts of withdrawals, election rates, fund performance, equity market returns and volatility, interest rate levels and correlation among various market movements. There can be no assurance that ultimate actual experience will not differ materially from our assumptions, particularly, but not only, during periods of high market volatility, which could adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition. For example, in the past, due to, among other things, levels of volatility in the equity and interest rate markets above our assumptions as well as deviations between actual and assumed surrender and withdrawal rates, gains from our hedging programs did not fully offset the economic effect of the increase in the potential net benefits payable under the GMxB features offered in certain of our products. If these circumstances were to re-occur in the future or if, for other reasons, results from our hedging programs in the future do not correlate with the economic effect of changes in benefit exposures to customers, we could experience economic losses which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Additionally, our strategies may result in under or over-hedging our liability exposure, which could result in an increase in our hedging losses and greater volatility in our earnings and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

For further discussion, see below “—Risks Relating to Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations—Our risk management policies and procedures may not be adequate to identify, monitor and manage risks, which may leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks, which could negatively affect our businesses or result in losses.”

Our reinsurance arrangements with affiliated captives may be adversely impacted by changes to policyholder behavior assumptions under the reinsured contracts, the performance of their hedging program, their liquidity needs, their overall financial results and changes in regulatory requirements regarding the use of captives.

ACS Life reinsures to its wholly owned direct subsidiary CS Life RE a 100% quota share of all the GMxB riders historically assumed by ACS Life from various unaffiliated insurers and reinsurers. It is not anticipated that the reinsurance arrangement between ACS Life and CS Life RE will change materially in connection with the Reorganization.

The reinsurance arrangements with CS Life RE and EQ AZ Life Re Company (collectively, the “Affiliated Captives”) provide important capital management benefits to AXA Equitable Life, MLOA, USFL and ACS Life (collectively, the “Affiliated Cedants”). Under applicable statutory accounting rules, the Affiliated Cedants are currently, and will in the future be, entitled to a credit in their calculations of reserves for amounts reinsured to the Affiliated Captives, to the extent the Affiliated Captives hold assets in trust or provide letters of credit or other financing acceptable to the respective domestic regulators of the Affiliated Cedants. Under the reinsurance documentation, the Affiliated Captives are required to or will be permitted to transfer assets from the trusts under certain circumstances. The level of assets required to be maintained in the trust fluctuates based on market and interest rate movements, age of the policies, mortality experience and policyholder behavior ( i.e. , the exercise or

 

48


Table of Contents

non-exercise of rights by policyholders under the contracts including, but not limited to, lapses and surrenders, withdrawal rates and amounts and contributions). Increasing reserve requirements may necessitate that additional assets be placed in trust or securing additional letters of credit, which could impact the liquidity of the Affiliated Captives.

In addition, like AXA Equitable Life, CS Life RE employs a hedging strategy that uses derivatives contracts and fixed income investments that are collectively managed to help reduce the economic impact of unfavorable market-driven changes to reserves. The terms of these contracts require CS Life RE to post initial margin to a clearinghouse and cash settle hedges when there is a decline in the estimated fair value of specified instruments. This would occur, for example, as interest rates or equity markets rise. When this happens, the terms of the reinsurance agreement may not always allow CS Life RE to restore liquidity by withdrawing assets from the trust.

While management believes that CS Life RE has and will have adequate liquidity and credit facilities to deal with a range of market scenarios and increasing reserve requirements, larger market movements, including but not limited to a significant increase in interest rates, could require CS Life RE to post more collateral or cash settle more hedges than its own resources would permit. While management of CS Life RE intends to take all reasonable steps to maintain adequate sources of liquidity to meet its obligations, there can be no assurance that such sources will be available in all market scenarios. The potential inability of CS Life RE to post such collateral or cash settle such hedges could cause CS Life RE to reduce the size of its hedging programs, which could ultimately adversely impact CS Life RE’s ability to perform under the reinsurance arrangements and ACS Life’s ability to obtain full statutory reserve credit for the reinsurance arrangements.

In 2014, the NAIC considered a proposal to require states to apply NAIC accreditation standards, applicable to traditional insurers, to captive reinsurers. In 2015, the NAIC adopted such a proposal, in the form of a revised preamble to the NAIC accreditation standards (the “Standard”), with an effective date of January 1, 2016 for application of the Standard to captives that assume level premium term life insurance (“XXX”) business and universal life with secondary guarantees (“AXXX”) business. The Standard applies prospectively, so that XXX/AXXX captives will not be subject to the Standard if reinsured policies were issued prior to January 1, 2015 and ceded so that they were part of a reinsurance arrangement as of December 31, 2014, as is the case for the XXX business and AXXX business reinsured by our current and future Affiliated Captives. The NAIC left for future action the application of the Standard to captives that assume variable annuity business. See “—Legal and Regulatory Risks—Our retirement and protection businesses are heavily regulated, and changes in regulation and in supervisory and enforcement policies may limit our growth and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.”

We cannot predict what revisions, if any, will be made to the Standard, if adopted for variable annuity captives, or to proposed revisions to NAIC reserve and capital requirements for variable annuity guarantees, after ongoing NAIC deliberations and as states consider their adoption or undertake their implementation. It is also unclear whether these or other proposals will be adopted by the NAIC or the NYDFS, or what additional actions and regulatory changes will result from the continued scrutiny and reform efforts by the NAIC and regulatory bodies with respect to captive reinsurance. Any regulatory action that limits our ability to achieve desired benefits from the use of, or materially increases our cost of using, captive reinsurance and applies retroactively, including, if the Standard is adopted as proposed, without grandfathering provisions for existing captive variable annuity reinsurance entities, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

In addition, a number of lawsuits have been filed against insurance companies, including AXA Equitable Life, over the use of captive reinsurers. The outcome of this litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

The inability to secure additional required capital or liquidity in the circumstances described above could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

49


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to the Products We Offer, Our Structure and Product Distribution

Our retirement and protection products contain numerous features and are subject to extensive regulation and failure to administer or meet any of the complex product requirements may adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our retirement and protection products are subject to a complex and extensive array of state and federal tax, securities, insurance and employee benefit plan laws and regulations, which are administered and enforced by a number of different governmental and self-regulatory authorities, including, among others, state insurance regulators, state securities administrators, state banking authorities, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), the U.S. Department of Labor (the “DOL”) and the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”).

For example, U.S. federal income tax law imposes requirements relating to annuity and insurance product design, administration and investments that are conditions for beneficial tax treatment of such products under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Additionally, state and federal securities and insurance laws impose requirements relating to annuity and insurance product design, offering and distribution, and administration. Failure to administer product features in accordance with contract provisions or applicable law, or to meet any of these complex tax, securities or insurance requirements could subject us to administrative penalties imposed by a particular governmental or self-regulatory authority, unanticipated costs associated with remedying such failure or other claims, litigation, harm to our reputation or interruption of our operations. If this were to occur, it could adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We and certain of our subsidiaries are required to file periodic and other reports within certain time periods imposed by U.S. federal securities laws, rules and regulations. Failure to file such reports within the designated time period, failure to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations, or restatements of historical financial statements could require our insurance subsidiaries, including AXA Equitable Life and MLOA, to curtail or cease sales of certain of our variable annuity products and other variable insurance products or delay the launch of new products or new features, which could cause a significant disruption in the business of our insurance subsidiaries. If our affiliated and third party distribution platforms are required to curtail or cease sales of our products, we may lose shelf space for our products indefinitely, even once we are able to resume sales. For example, AXA Equitable Life failed to timely file its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2017 and required an extension of the due date under Rule 12b-25 for its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017. If AXA Equitable Life were to fail to file any future periodic or other report with the SEC on a timely basis, it would be required to cease sales of SEC-registered variable annuity products until such time that new registration statements could be filed with the SEC and declared effective. Any curtailment or cessation of sales of our variable insurance products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Many of our products and services are complex and are frequently sold through intermediaries. In particular, our insurance business is reliant on intermediaries to describe and explain their products to potential customers. The intentional or unintentional misrepresentation of our products and services in advertising materials or other external communications, or inappropriate activities by our personnel or an intermediary, could adversely affect our reputation and business, as well as lead to potential regulatory actions or litigation.

The amount of statutory capital that we have and the amount of statutory capital we must hold to meet our statutory capital requirements and our financial strength and credit ratings can vary significantly from time to time.

Statutory accounting standards and capital and reserve requirements for our insurance subsidiaries are prescribed by the applicable state insurance regulators and the NAIC. State insurance regulators have established regulations that govern reserving requirements and provide minimum capitalization requirements based on RBC ratios for life insurance companies. This RBC formula establishes capital requirements relating to insurance,

 

50


Table of Contents

business, asset and interest rate risks, including equity, interest rate and expense recovery risks associated with variable annuities and group annuities that contain death benefits or certain living benefits.

In any particular year, statutory surplus amounts and RBC ratios may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors, including but not limited to the amount of statutory income or losses we generate (which itself is sensitive to equity market and credit market conditions), changes in interest rates, changes to existing RBC formulas, changes in reserves, the amount of additional capital we must hold to support business growth, changes in equity market levels and the value and credit rating of certain fixed income and equity securities in our investment portfolio, including our investment in AB, which could in turn reduce the statutory capital of certain of our insurance subsidiaries. Additionally, state insurance regulators have significant leeway in how to interpret existing regulations, which could further impact the amount of statutory capital or reserves that we must maintain. AXA Equitable Life is primarily regulated by the NYDFS, which from time to time has taken more stringent positions than other state insurance regulators on matters affecting, among other things, statutory capital or reserves. In certain circumstances, particularly those involving significant market declines, the effect of these more stringent positions may be that our financial condition appears to be worse than competitors who are not subject to the same stringent standards, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Moreover, rating agencies may implement changes to their internal models that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of capital our insurance subsidiaries must hold in order to maintain their current ratings. To the extent that our statutory capital resources are deemed to be insufficient to maintain a particular rating by one or more rating agencies, our insurance subsidiaries’ financial strength and credit ratings might be downgraded by one or more rating agencies. There can be no assurance that any of our insurance subsidiaries will be able to maintain its current RBC ratio in the future or that its RBC ratio will not fall to a level that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

The failure of any of our insurance subsidiaries to meet its applicable RBC requirements or minimum capital and surplus requirements could subject it to further examination or corrective action imposed by insurance regulators, including limitations on its ability to write additional business, supervision by regulators, rehabilitation, or seizure or liquidation. Any corrective action imposed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. A decline in RBC ratios, whether or not it results in a failure to meet applicable RBC requirements, may still limit the ability of an insurance subsidiary to make dividends or distributions to us, could result in a loss of customers or new business, and could be a factor in causing ratings agencies to downgrade the insurer’s financial strength ratings, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Changes in statutory reserve or other requirements or the impact of adverse market conditions could result in changes to our product offerings that could materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Changes in statutory reserve or other requirements, increased costs of hedging, other risk mitigation techniques and financing and other adverse market conditions could result in certain products becoming less profitable or unprofitable. These circumstances may cause us to modify or eliminate certain features of various products or cause the suspension or cessation of sales of certain products in the future. Any modifications to products that we may make could result in certain of our products being less attractive or competitive. This could adversely impact sales, which could negatively impact AXA Advisors’ ability to retain its sales personnel and our ability to maintain our distribution relationships. This, in turn, may materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

A downgrade in our financial strength and claims-paying ratings could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Claims-paying and financial strength ratings are important factors in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies. They indicate the rating agencies’ opinions regarding an insurance company’s ability to

 

51


Table of Contents

meet policyholder obligations and are important to maintaining public confidence in our products and our competitive position. A downgrade of our ratings or those of AXA Equitable Life, MLOA or AXA Financial could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition by, among other things, reducing new sales of our products, increasing surrenders and withdrawals from our existing contracts, possibly requiring us to reduce prices or take other actions for many of our products and services to remain competitive, or adversely affecting our ability to obtain reinsurance or obtain reasonable pricing on reinsurance. A downgrade in our ratings may also adversely affect our cost of raising capital or limit our access to sources of capital. Upon announcement of AXA’s plan to pursue this offering, AXA Equitable Life’s and Financial’s ratings were downgraded by AM Best, S&P and Moody’s. We may face additional downgrades as a result of this offering or future sales of our common stock by AXA.

As rating agencies continue to evaluate the financial services industry, it is possible that rating agencies will heighten the level of scrutiny that they apply to financial institutions, increase the frequency and scope of their credit reviews, request additional information from the companies that they rate and potentially adjust upward the capital and other requirements employed in the rating agency models for maintenance of certain ratings levels. It is possible that the outcome of any such review of us would have additional adverse ratings consequences, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. We may need to take actions in response to changing standards or capital requirements set by any of the rating agencies which could cause our business and operations to suffer. We cannot predict what additional actions rating agencies may take, or what actions we may take in response to the actions of rating agencies.

The ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends and other distributions to Holdings is limited by state insurance laws, and our insurance subsidiaries may not generate sufficient statutory earnings or have sufficient statutory surplus to enable them to pay ordinary dividends.

The payment of dividends and other distributions to Holdings by its insurance subsidiaries, including its captive reinsurers, is regulated by state insurance laws and regulations. These restrictions may limit or prevent our insurance subsidiaries from making dividend or other payments to Holdings and, as discussed above in “—Risks Relating to Our Consolidated Business—Risks Relating to Our Operations—As a holding company, Holdings depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to transfer funds to it to meet its obligations,” may limit or prevent Holdings from making payments to third parties, stockholder dividends and share repurchases.

The jurisdictions in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled impose certain restrictions on the ability to pay dividends to their respective parents. These restrictions are based, in part, on earned surplus and the prior year’s statutory income and policyholder surplus. In general, dividends may be paid only from earned surplus (typically defined as available or unassigned surplus, subject to possible adjustments) which is derived from realized net profits on the company’s business. Dividends up to specified levels are generally considered ordinary and generally may be made without prior regulatory approval. Meanwhile, dividends paid from sources other than earned surplus or in larger amounts, often called “extraordinary dividends,” are generally subject to approval by the insurance commissioner of the relevant state of domicile.

Under New York insurance law applicable to AXA Equitable Life, a domestic stock life insurer may not, without prior approval of the NYDFS, pay a dividend to its stockholders exceeding an amount calculated under one of two standards. The first standard allows payment of an ordinary dividend out of the insurer’s earned surplus (as reported on the insurer’s most recent annual statement) up to a limit calculated pursuant to a statutory formula, provided that the NYDFS is given notice and opportunity to disapprove the dividend if certain qualitative tests are not met (the “Earned Surplus Standard”). The second standard allows payment of an ordinary dividend up to a limit calculated pursuant to a different statutory formula without regard to the insurer’s earned surplus (the “Alternative Standard”). Dividends exceeding these prescribed limits require the insurer to file a notice of its intent to declare the dividends with the NYDFS and prior approval or non-disapproval from the NYDFS.

 

52


Table of Contents

Applying the formulas under these standards and the definition of earned surplus used in the Earned Surplus Standard, AXA Equitable Life could pay ordinary dividends of up to approximately $1.2 billion during 2018 and could have paid ordinary dividends of up to approximately $1.2 billion during 2017. However, in 2016, the NYDFS issued a circular letter to its regulated insurance companies stating that ordinary dividends which exceed an insurer’s positive unassigned funds (as reported in the insurer’s most recent annual statement) may fail one of the qualitative tests imposed by the Earned Surplus Standard. Given the circular letter, it is possible that the NYDFS could limit the amount of ordinary dividends declared by AXA Equitable Life under the Earned Surplus Standard to the amount of AXA Equitable Life’s positive unassigned funds. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, AXA Equitable Life’s unassigned funds reported on its statutory financial statements were approximately $1.9 billion and $0.9 billion, respectively.

In the second quarter of 2017, AXA Equitable Life agreed with the NYDFS that until: (i) it files a plan with respect to the management of its variable annuity business ceded to AXA RE Arizona with the NYDFS and (ii) fully implements that plan (the “DFS Conditions”), it will pay ordinary dividends only under the Earned Surplus Standard. 

We have confirmed that the completion of the GMxB Unwind, which occurred on April 12, 2018, satisfied the DFS Conditions, and that, going forward, satisfaction of either the Earned Surplus Standard or Alternative Standard will determine AXA Equitable Life’s ability to pay ordinary dividends.

Under the insurance laws applicable to our life insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Arizona and Colorado, an extraordinary dividend or distribution is defined as a dividend or distribution that, together with other dividends and distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the lesser of (1) 10% of the insurer’s policyholder surplus as of the preceding December 31 or (2) the insurer’s net gain from operations for the twelve-month period ended the preceding December 31, in each case determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles. Under insurance laws applicable to our life insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Delaware and Ohio, an extraordinary dividend or distribution is defined as one that, together with other dividends and distributions made within the preceding twelve months, exceeds the greater of (1) and (2) above. As a result, under applicable domiciliary insurance regulations, certain of our life insurance subsidiaries must deduct any distributions or dividends paid in the preceding twelve months in calculating dividend capacity. Insurance laws applicable to our Delaware-domiciled property and casualty insurance subsidiary, which was removed from Holdings’ ownership, are similar. In addition, although prior regulatory approval may not be required by law for the payment of dividends up to the limitations described above, in practice, the insurance subsidiaries would typically discuss any dividend payments with the applicable regulatory authority prior to payment.

From time to time, the NAIC and various state insurance regulators have considered, and may in the future consider, proposals to further limit dividend payments that an insurance company may make without regulatory approval. More stringent restrictions on dividend payments may be adopted from time to time by jurisdictions in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, and such restrictions could have the effect, under certain circumstances, of significantly reducing dividends or other amounts payable to Holdings by its insurance subsidiaries without prior approval by regulatory authorities. We may also choose to change the domicile of one or more of our insurance subsidiaries or captive insurance subsidiaries, in which case we would be subject to the restrictions imposed under the laws of that new domicile, which could be more restrictive than those to which we are currently subject. In addition, in the future, we may become subject to debt instruments or other agreements that limit the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions. The ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions is also limited by our need to maintain the financial strength ratings assigned to such subsidiaries by the rating agencies. These ratings depend to a large extent on the capitalization levels of our insurance subsidiaries.

Our life insurance subsidiaries domiciled in New York have ordinary dividend capacity for 2018. Our insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Arizona, Colorado, Ohio and Delaware do not have capacity at this time to make ordinary dividend payments to Holdings without domiciliary regulatory approval, which can be granted or withheld in the discretion of the regulator.

 

53


Table of Contents

If any of our insurance subsidiaries subject to the positive earned surplus requirement do not succeed in building up sufficient positive earned surplus to have ordinary dividend capacity in future years, such subsidiary would be unable to pay dividends or distributions to our holding company absent prior approval of its domiciliary insurance regulator, which can be granted or withheld in the discretion of the regulator. In addition, we may seek extraordinary dividends or distributions, but there can be no assurance that our insurance subsidiaries will receive approval for extraordinary distribution payments in the future.

The payment of dividends by our current and future captive reinsurance subsidiaries is regulated by their respective governing licensing orders, and in no event may the dividends decrease the capital of the captive below the minimum capital requirement applicable to it, and, after giving effect to the dividends, the assets of the captive paying the dividend must be sufficient to satisfy its domiciliary insurance regulator, the Arizona Department of Insurance, that it can meet its obligations.

In addition, a significant portion of our economic ownership interest and all of our general partnership interest in AB are held directly or indirectly by our insurance company subsidiaries. Any dividends paid by AB to our insurance company subsidiaries will be subject to applicable regulatory restrictions on dividends and may not be available to Holdings.

The ability of financial professionals associated with us to sell our competitors’ products could result in reduced sales of our products and revenues.

Most of the financial professionals associated with AXA Advisors and AXA Network are permitted to sell products from competing unaffiliated insurance companies. If our competitors offer products that are more attractive than ours, or pay higher commission rates to the sales representatives than we do, these representatives may concentrate their efforts in selling our competitor’s products instead of ours. To the extent the financial professionals sell our competitors’ products rather than our products, we may experience reduced sales and revenues.

A loss of, or significant change in, key product distribution relationships could materially and adversely affect sales.

We distribute certain products under agreements with third-party distributors and other members of the financial services industry that are not affiliated with us. We compete with other financial institutions to attract and retain commercial relationships in each of these channels, and our success in competing for sales through these distribution intermediaries depends upon factors such as the amount of sales commissions and fees we pay, the breadth of our product offerings, the strength of our brand, our perceived stability and financial strength ratings, and the marketing and services we provide to, and the strength of the relationships we maintain with, individual third-party distributors. An interruption or significant change in certain key relationships could materially and adversely affect our ability to market our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation or financial condition. Distributors may elect to alter, reduce or terminate their distribution relationships with us, including for such reasons as changes in our distribution strategy, adverse developments in our business, adverse rating agency actions or concerns about market-related risks. Alternatively, we may terminate one or more distribution agreements due to, for example, a loss of confidence in, or a change in control of, one of the third-party distributors, which could reduce sales.

Furthermore, an interruption in certain key relationships could materially and adversely affect our ability to market our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. The sale of shares by AXA in this offering could prompt some third parties to re-price, modify or terminate their distribution or vendor relationships with us due to a perceived uncertainty related to this offering or our business. An interruption or significant change in certain key relationships could materially and adversely affect our ability to market our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Distributors may elect to suspend, alter, reduce or terminate their distribution

 

54


Table of Contents

relationships with us for various reasons, including uncertainty related to this offering, changes in our distribution strategy, adverse developments in our business, adverse rating agency actions or concerns about market-related risks.

We are also at risk that key distribution partners may merge or change their business models in ways that affect how our products are sold, either in response to changing business priorities or as a result of shifts in regulatory supervision or potential changes in state and federal laws and regulations regarding standards of conduct applicable to third-party distributors when providing investment advice to retail and other customers.

Because our products are distributed through unaffiliated firms, we may not be able to monitor or control the manner of their distribution despite our training and compliance programs. If our products are distributed by such firms in an inappropriate manner, or to customers for whom they are unsuitable, we may suffer reputational and other harm to our business.

Consolidation of third-party distributors of retirement and protection products may adversely affect the insurance industry and the profitability of our business.

The insurance industry distributes many of its products through other financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers. An increase in the consolidation activity of bank and other financial services companies may create firms with even stronger competitive positions, negatively impact the industry’s sales, increase competition for access to third-party distributors, result in greater distribution expenses and impair our ability to market retirement and protection products to our current customer base or expand our customer base. We may also face competition from new market entrants or non-traditional or online competitors, which may have a material adverse effect on our business. Consolidation of third-party distributors or other industry changes may also increase the likelihood that third-party distributors will try to renegotiate the terms of any existing selling agreements to terms less favorable to us.

Risks Relating to Estimates, Assumptions and Valuations

Our risk management policies and procedures may not be adequate to identify, monitor and manage risks, which may leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks, which could negatively affect our businesses, results of operations or financial condition.

Our policies and procedures, including hedging programs, to identify, monitor and manage risks may not be adequate or fully effective. Many of our methods of managing risk and exposures are based upon our use of historical market behavior or statistics based on historical models. As a result, these methods will not predict future exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate, such as the risk of terrorism or pandemics causing a large number of deaths. Other risk management methods depend upon the evaluation of information regarding markets, clients, catastrophe occurrence or other matters that is publicly available or otherwise accessible to us, which may not always be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. Management of operational, legal and regulatory risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record and verify large numbers of transactions and events. These policies and procedures may not be fully effective.

We employ various strategies, including hedging and reinsurance, with the objective of mitigating risks inherent in our business and operations. These risks include current or future changes in the fair value of our assets and liabilities, current or future changes in cash flows, the effect of interest rates, equity markets and credit spread changes, the occurrence of credit defaults and changes in mortality and longevity. We seek to control these risks by, among other things, entering into reinsurance contracts and through our various hedging programs. Developing an effective strategy for dealing with these risks is complex, and no strategy can completely insulate us from such risks. Our hedging strategies also rely on assumptions and projections regarding our assets, liabilities, general market factors and the creditworthiness of our counterparties that may prove to be

 

55


Table of Contents

incorrect or prove to be inadequate. Accordingly, our hedging activities may not have the desired beneficial impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition. As U.S. GAAP accounting differs from the methods used to determine regulatory reserves and rating agency capital requirements, our hedging program tends to create earnings volatility in our U.S. GAAP financial statements. Further, the nature, timing, design or execution of our hedging transactions could actually increase our risks and losses. Our hedging strategies and the derivatives that we use, or may use in the future, may not adequately mitigate or offset the hedged risk and our hedging transactions may result in losses.

Our reserves could be inadequate due to differences between our actual experience and management’s estimates and assumptions.

We establish and carry reserves to pay future policyholder benefits and claims. Our reserve requirements for our direct and reinsurance assumed business are calculated based on a number of estimates and assumptions, including estimates and assumptions related to future mortality, morbidity, longevity, interest rates, future equity performance, reinvestment rates, persistency, claims experience and policyholder elections ( i.e. , the exercise or non-exercise of rights by policyholders under the contracts). Examples of policyholder elections include, but are not limited to, lapses and surrenders, withdrawals and amounts of withdrawals, and contributions and the allocation thereof. The assumptions and estimates used in connection with the reserve estimation process are inherently uncertain and involve the exercise of significant judgment. We review the appropriateness of reserves and the underlying assumptions at least annually and update assumptions when appropriate. We cannot, however, determine with precision the amounts that we will pay for, or the timing of payment of, actual benefits and claims or whether the assets supporting the policy liabilities will grow to the level assumed prior to payment of benefits or claims. Our claim costs could increase significantly and our reserves could be inadequate if actual results differ significantly from our estimates and assumptions. If so, we will be required to increase reserves or reduce DAC, which could materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our profitability may decline if mortality, longevity or persistency or other experience differ significantly from our pricing expectations or reserve assumptions.

We set prices for many of our retirement and protection products based upon expected claims and payment patterns, using assumptions for mortality rates of our policyholders. In addition to the potential effect of natural or man-made disasters, significant changes in mortality, longevity and morbidity could emerge gradually over time due to changes in the natural environment, the health habits of the insured population, technologies and treatments for disease or disability, the economic environment or other factors. The long-term profitability of our retirement and protection products depends upon how our actual mortality rates, and to a lesser extent actual morbidity rates, compare to our pricing assumptions. In addition, prolonged or severe adverse mortality or morbidity experience could result in increased reinsurance costs, and ultimately, reinsurers might not offer coverage at all. If we are unable to maintain our current level of reinsurance or purchase new reinsurance protection in amounts that we consider sufficient, we would have to accept an increase in our net risk exposures, revise our pricing to reflect higher reinsurance premiums, or otherwise modify our product offering.

Pricing of our retirement and protection products is also based in part upon expected persistency of these products, which is the probability that a policy or contract will remain in force from one period to the next. Persistency within our variable annuity products may be significantly and adversely impacted by the value of GMxB features contained in many of our variable annuity products being higher than current AV in light of poor equity market performance or extended periods of low interest rates as well as other factors. Results may also vary based on differences between actual and expected premium deposits and withdrawals for these products. Persistency within our life insurance products may be significantly impacted by, among other things, conditions in the capital markets, the changing needs of our policyholders, the manner in which a product is marketed or illustrated and competition, including the availability of new products and policyholder perception of us, which may be negatively impacted by adverse publicity.

 

56


Table of Contents

Significant deviations in actual experience from our pricing assumptions could have an adverse effect on the profitability of our products. For example, if policyholder elections differ from the assumptions we use in our pricing, our profitability may decline. Actual persistency that is lower than our persistency assumptions could have an adverse effect on profitability, especially in the early years of a policy, primarily because we would be required to accelerate the amortization of expenses we defer in connection with the acquisition of the policy. Actual persistency that is higher than our persistency assumptions could have an adverse effect on profitability in the later years of a block of business because the anticipated claims experience is higher in these later years. If actual persistency is significantly different from that assumed in our current reserving assumptions, our reserves for future policy benefits may prove to be inadequate. Although some of our variable annuity and life insurance products permit us to increase premiums or adjust other charges and credits during the life of the policy or contract, the adjustments permitted under the terms of the policies or contracts may not be sufficient to maintain profitability. Many of our variable annuity and life insurance products do not permit us to increase premiums or adjust other charges and credits or limit those adjustments during the life of the policy or contract. Even if we are permitted under the contract to increase premiums or adjust other charges and credits, we may not be able to do so due to litigation, point of sale disclosures, regulatory reputation and market risk or due to actions by our competitors. In addition, the development of a secondary market for life insurance, including life settlements or “viaticals” and investor owned life insurance, and to a lesser extent third-party investor strategies in the variable annuity market, could adversely affect the profitability of existing business and our pricing assumptions for new business.

We may be required to accelerate the amortization of DAC, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

DAC represents policy acquisition costs that have been capitalized. Capitalized costs associated with DAC are amortized in proportion to actual and estimated gross profits, gross premiums or gross revenues depending on the type of contract. On an ongoing basis, we test the DAC recorded on our balance sheets to determine if the amount is recoverable under current assumptions. In addition, we regularly review the estimates and assumptions underlying DAC. The projection of estimated gross profits, gross premiums or gross revenues requires the use of certain assumptions, principally related to Separate Account fund returns in excess of amounts credited to policyholders, policyholder behavior such as surrender, lapse and annuitization rates, interest margin, expense margin, mortality, future impairments and hedging costs. Estimating future gross profits, gross premiums or gross revenues is a complex process requiring considerable judgment and the forecasting of events well into the future. If these assumptions prove to be inaccurate, if an estimation technique used to estimate future gross profits, gross premiums or gross revenues is changed, or if significant or sustained equity market declines occur or persist, we could be required to accelerate the amortization of DAC, which would result in a charge to earnings. Such adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We use financial models that rely on a number of estimates, assumptions and projections that are inherently uncertain and which may contain errors.

We use models in our hedging programs and many other aspects of our operations, including but not limited to, product development and pricing, capital management, the estimation of actuarial reserves, the amortization of DAC, the fair value of the GMIB reinsurance contracts and the valuation of certain other assets and liabilities. These models rely on estimates, assumptions and projections that are inherently uncertain and involve the exercise of significant judgment. Due to the complexity of such models, it is possible that errors in the models could exist and our controls could fail to detect such errors. Failure to detect such errors could materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

The determination of the amount of allowances and impairments taken on our investments is subjective and could materially impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

The determination of the amount of allowances and impairments vary by investment type and is based upon our evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class.

 

57


Table of Contents

Management updates its evaluations regularly and reflects changes in allowances and impairments in operations as such evaluations are revised. There can be no assurance that management’s judgments, as reflected in our financial statements, will ultimately prove to be an accurate estimate of the actual and eventual diminution in realized value. Historical trends may not be indicative of future impairments or allowances. Furthermore, additional impairments may need to be taken or allowances provided for in the future that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We define fair value generally as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability. When available, the estimated fair value of securities is based on quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly obtainable; these generally are the most liquid holdings and their valuation does not involve management judgment. When quoted prices in active markets are not available, we estimate fair value based on market standard valuation methodologies, including discounted cash flow methodologies, matrix pricing, or other similar techniques. For securities with reasonable price transparency, the significant inputs to these valuation methodologies either are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. When the volume or level of activity results in little or no price transparency, significant inputs no longer can be supported by reference to market observable data but instead must be based on management’s estimation and judgment. Valuations may result in estimated fair values which vary significantly from the amount at which the investments may ultimately be sold. Further, rapidly changing and unprecedented credit and equity market conditions could materially impact the valuation of securities as reported within our financial statements and the period-to-period changes in estimated fair value could vary significantly. Decreases in the estimated fair value of securities we hold may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Relating to Our Investment Management and Research Business

AB’s revenues and results of operations depend on the market value and composition of AB’s AUM, which can fluctuate significantly based on various factors, including many factors outside of its control.

We derive most of our revenues related to AB’s business from investment advisory and services fees, which typically are calculated as a percentage of the value of AUM as of a specified date, or as a percentage of the value of average AUM for the applicable billing period, and vary with the type of investment service, the size of the account and the total amount of assets AB manages for a particular client. The value and composition of AB’s AUM can be adversely affected by several factors, including:

 

    Market Factors . Uncertainties were prevalent throughout 2017. Although U.S. equity markets have advanced to record levels and fixed income risk assets, such as high yield and other credit instruments, have continued to be strong, geopolitical tensions with North Korea, severe hurricanes in the United States and U.S. territories, and new terror attacks in Europe and the United States have kept investors on edge. Many investors are concerned that the U.S. markets are nearly overvalued and are watching closely for Federal Reserve action.

Beyond the United States, economic recovery is unfolding at varying rates throughout the developed and emerging markets. Europe, Asia and the Far East and emerging markets equities have earned high returns year-to-date as a result of improving corporate earnings, greater regulatory clarity, constructive outcomes of various European elections and stabilization in economic growth among the emerging markets. Despite this generally positive backdrop, uncertainty remains over issues like the potential for rising inflation in the United States and President Trump’s ability to pursue his promised pro-growth policies, the impact of Brexit and ongoing concerns about geopolitics, commodity prices and the sustainability of growth in the emerging markets. While the current environment of lower stock correlations, and the potential for lower returns and higher volatility going forward, bode well for active management, investors continue to favor passive management, presenting a significant industry-wide challenge to organic growth.

 

58


Table of Contents

These factors may adversely affect AB’s AUM and revenues. Additionally, increases in interest rates, particularly if rapid, likely will decrease the total return of many bond investments due to lower market valuations of existing bonds. These factors could have a significant adverse effect on AB’s revenues and results of operations as AUM in AB’s fixed income investments comprise a major component of AB’s total AUM.

 

    Client Preferences . Generally, AB’s clients may withdraw their assets at any time and on short notice. Also, changing market dynamics and investment trends, particularly with respect to sponsors of defined benefit plans choosing to invest in less risky investments and the ongoing shift to lower-fee passive services described below, may continue to reduce interest in some of the investment products AB offers, or clients and prospects may continue to seek investment products that AB may not currently offer. Loss of, or decreases in, AUM reduces AB’s investment advisory and services fees and revenues.

 

    AB’s Investment Performance . AB’s ability to achieve investment returns for clients that meet or exceed investment returns for comparable asset classes and competing investment services is a key consideration when clients decide to keep their assets with AB or invest additional assets, and when a prospective client is deciding whether to invest with AB. Poor investment performance, both in absolute terms or relative to peers and stated benchmarks, may result in clients withdrawing assets and in prospective clients choosing to invest with competitors.

 

    Investing Trends . AB’s fee rates vary significantly among the various investment products and services AB offers to its clients. For example, AB generally earns higher fees from assets invested in its actively-managed equity services than in its actively-managed fixed income services or passive services. Also, AB often earns higher fees from global and international services than AB does from U.S. services. An adverse mix shift would reduce AB’s investment advisory and services fees and revenues.

 

    Service Changes . AB may be required to reduce its fee levels, restructure the fees it charges or adjust the services it offers to its clients because of, among other things, regulatory initiatives (whether industry-wide or specifically targeted), changing technology in the asset management business (including algorithmic strategies and emerging financial technology), court decisions and competitive considerations. A reduction in fees would reduce AB’s revenues.

A decrease in the value of AB’s AUM, or a decrease in the amount of AUM AB manages, or an adverse mix shift in its AUM, would adversely affect AB’s investment advisory and services fees and revenues. A reduction in revenues, without a commensurate reduction in expenses, adversely affects AB’s and our business, results of operations or financial condition.

The industry-wide shift from actively-managed investment services to passive services has adversely affected AB’s investment advisory and services fees, revenues and results of operations, and this trend may continue.

The competitive environment with respect to the AB business has become increasingly difficult over the past decade, as active managers, which invest based on individual security selection, have, on average, consistently underperformed passive services, which invest based on market indices. Active managers continued to struggle to attract new assets as the popularity of passive strategies persisted. Active equity net outflows from U.S. mutual funds were $201 billion in 2017 while passive equity net inflows were $464 billion. In total, U.S. retail passive net inflows of $692 billion in 2017 represented a new all-time high. In this environment, organic growth through positive net flows is difficult to achieve for active managers, such as AB, and requires taking market share from other active managers.

The significant shift from active services to passive services adversely affects Bernstein Research Services revenues as well. Global market volumes have declined in recent years, and we expect this to continue, fueled by the steady rise in active equity outflows and passive equity inflows. As a result, portfolio turnover has decreased and investors hold fewer shares that are actively traded by managers.

 

59


Table of Contents

We and AXA and its affiliates provide a significant amount of AB’s AUM and fund a significant portion of AB’s seed investments, and, if we or they choose to terminate their investment advisory agreements or withdraw capital support, it could have a material adverse effect on AB’s business, results of operations or financial condition.

We and other AXA affiliates, collectively, are AB’s largest clients. We represented 17% of AB’s total AUM as of December 31, 2017 and 3% of AB’s net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017. AXA and its affiliates other than us represented 6% of AB’s total AUM as of December 31, 2017 and 2% of AB’s net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017. AB’s investment management agreements with us and AXA and its affiliates are terminable at any time or on short notice by either party, and neither we nor AXA and its affiliates are under any obligation to maintain any level of AUM with AB. If we or AXA and its affiliates were to terminate their investment management agreements with AB, it could have a material adverse effect on AB’s business, results of operations or financial condition.

Further, while we cannot at this time predict the eventual impact, if any, on AB of the offering, it could include a reduction in the support AXA has provided to AB in the past with respect to AB’s investment management business, resulting in a decrease to AB’s revenues and ability to initiate new investment services. Also, AB relies on AXA for a number of significant services and benefits from its affiliation with AXA in certain common vendor relationships. These arrangements may change with possible negative financial implications for AB.

AB’s reputation could suffer if it is unable to deliver consistent, competitive investment performance.

AB’s business is based on the trust and confidence of its clients. Poor investment performance on an absolute basis or as compared to third-party benchmarks or competitor products could lead to a decrease in sales and stimulate higher redemptions, thereby lowering the amount of AUM and reducing the investment advisory fees AB earns. The effects of poor performance on AB could be magnified where assets or customers are concentrated in certain strategies, products, asset classes or sectors. Damage to AB’s reputation, resulting from poor or inconsistent investment performance, among other factors, can reduce substantially AB’s AUM and impair its ability to maintain or grow its business.

Performance-based fee arrangements with AB’s clients cause greater fluctuations in its, and in turn our, net revenues.

AB sometimes charges its clients performance-based fees, whereby it charges a base advisory fee and is eligible to earn an additional performance-based fee or incentive allocation that is calculated as either a percentage of absolute investment results or a percentage of investment results in excess of a stated benchmark over a specified period of time. Some performance-based fees include a high-watermark provision, which generally provides that if a client account underperforms relative to its performance target (whether in absolute terms or relative to a specified benchmark), it must gain back such underperformance before AB can collect future performance-based fees. Therefore, if AB fails to achieve the performance target for a particular period, AB will not earn a performance-based fee for that period and, for accounts with a high-watermark provision, AB’s ability to earn future performance-based fees will be impaired.

If the percentage of AB’s AUM subject to performance-based fees grows, seasonality and volatility of revenue and earnings are likely to become more significant. AB’s performance-based fees in 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $94.7 million, $32.8 million and $23.7 million, respectively.

AB’s seed capital investments are subject to market risk. While AB enters into various futures, forwards, swap and option contracts to economically hedge many of these investments, AB also may be exposed to market risk and credit-related losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to these derivative instruments.

AB has a seed investment program for the purpose of building track records and assisting with the marketing initiatives pertaining to its new products. These seed capital investments are subject to market risk.

 

60


Table of Contents

AB’s risk management team oversees a seed hedging program that attempts to minimize this risk, subject to practical and cost considerations. Also, not all seed investments are deemed appropriate to hedge, and in those cases AB is exposed to market risk. In addition, AB may be subject to basis risk in that it cannot always hedge with precision its market exposure and, as a result, AB may be subject to relative spreads between market sectors. As a result, volatility in the capital markets may cause significant changes in its period-to-period financial and operating results.

AB uses various derivative instruments, including futures, forwards, swap and option contracts, in conjunction with its seed hedging program. While in most cases broad market risks are hedged, AB’s hedges are imperfect and some market risk remains. In addition, AB’s use of derivatives results in counterparty risk ( i.e., the risk of exposure to credit-related losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to these derivative instruments), regulatory risk ( e.g. , short selling restrictions) and cash/synthetic basis risk ( i.e., the risk that the underlying positions do not move identically to the related derivative instruments).

The revenues generated by Bernstein Research Services may be adversely affected by circumstances beyond our control, including declines in brokerage transaction rates, declines in global market volumes, failure to settle our trades by significant counterparties and the effects of MiFID II (as defined below).

Electronic, or “low-touch,” trading approaches represent a significant percentage of buy-side trading activity and typically produce transaction fees for execution-only services that are significantly lower than the price of traditional full service fee rates. As a result, blended pricing throughout our industry is lower now than it was historically, and price declines may continue. In addition, fee rates we charge and charged by other brokers for traditional brokerage services have historically experienced price pressure, and we expect these trends to continue. Also, while increases in transaction volume and market share often can offset decreases in rates, this may not continue.

In addition, the failure or inability of any of AB’s broker-dealer’s significant counterparties to perform could expose AB to substantial expenditures and adversely affect its revenues. For example, Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC (“SCB LLC”), as a member of clearing and settlement exchanges, would be required to settle open trades of any non-performing counterparty. This exposes AB to the mark-to-market adjustment on the trades between trade date and settlement date, which could be significant, especially during periods of severe market volatility. Lastly, AB’s ability to access liquidity in such situations may be limited by what its funding relationships are able to offer us at such times.

The second installment of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II (“MiFID II”), which became effective on January 3, 2018, makes significant modifications to the manner in which European broker-dealers can be compensated for research. The ultimate impact of MiFID II on payments for research globally is not yet certain.

AB may not accurately value the securities it holds on behalf of its clients or its company investments.

In accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, contractual obligations or client direction, AB employs procedures for the pricing and valuation of securities and other positions held in client accounts or for company investments. AB has established a valuation committee, composed of senior officers and employees, which oversees pricing controls and valuation processes. If market quotations for a security are not readily available, the valuation committee determines a fair value for the security.

Extraordinary volatility in financial markets, significant liquidity constraints or our failure to adequately consider one or more factors when determining the fair value of a security based on information with limited market observability could result in AB failing to properly value securities AB holds for its clients or investments accounted for on its balance sheet. Improper valuation likely would result in its basing fee calculations on inaccurate AUM figures, its striking incorrect net asset values for company-sponsored mutual funds or hedge

 

61


Table of Contents

funds or, in the case of company investments, its inaccurately calculating and reporting AB’s business, financial condition and operating results. Although the overall percentage of AB’s AUM that it fair values based on information with limited market observability is not significant, inaccurate fair value determinations can harm AB’s clients, create regulatory issues and damage its reputation.

AB may not have sufficient information to confirm or review the accuracy of valuations provided to it by underlying external managers for the funds in which certain of its alternative investment products invest.

Certain of AB’s alternative investment services invest in funds managed by external managers (“External Managers”) rather than investing directly in securities and other instruments. As a result, AB’s ability will be limited with regard to (i) monitoring such investments, (ii) regularly obtaining complete, accurate and current information with respect to such investments and (iii) exercising control over such investments. Accordingly, AB may not have sufficient information to confirm or review the accuracy of valuations provided to it by External Managers. In addition, AB will be required to rely on External Managers’ compliance with any applicable investment guidelines and restrictions. Any failure of an External Manager to operate within such guidelines or to provide accurate information with respect to the investment could subject AB’s alternative investment products to losses and cause damage to its reputation.

The quantitative models AB uses in certain of its investment services may contain errors, resulting in imprecise risk assessments and unintended output.

AB uses quantitative models in a variety of its investment services, generally in combination with fundamental research. These models are developed by senior quantitative professionals and typically are implemented by IT professionals. AB’s model risk oversight committee oversees the model governance framework and associated model review activities, which are then executed by AB’s model risk team. However, due to the complexity and large data dependency of such models, it is possible that errors in the models could exist and AB’s controls could fail to detect such errors. Failure to detect errors could result in client losses and reputational damage.

AB may not always successfully manage actual and potential conflicts of interest that arise in its business.

Increasingly, AB must manage actual and potential conflicts of interest, including situations where its services to a particular client conflict, or are perceived to conflict, with the interests of another client. Failure to adequately address potential conflicts of interest could adversely affect our reputation, results of operations and business prospects.

AB has procedures and controls that are designed to identify and mitigate conflicts of interest, including those designed to prevent the improper sharing of information. However, appropriately managing conflicts of interest is complex. AB’s reputation could be damaged and the willingness of clients to enter into transactions in which such a conflict might arise may be affected if AB fails, or appears to fail, to deal appropriately with actual or perceived conflicts of interest. In addition, potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions.

The inability to access clients through intermediaries could have a material adverse effect on AB’s business.

AB’s ability to market investment products is highly dependent on access to the various distribution systems of national and regional securities dealer firms, which generally offer competing products that could limit the distribution of AB’s investment products. There can be no assurance that AB will be able to retain access to these intermediaries. The inability to have such access could have a material adverse effect on AB’s and, in turn, our business. To the extent that existing or potential customers, including securities broker-dealers, decide to invest in or broaden distribution relationships with AB’s competitors, the sales of its products as well as its market

 

62


Table of Contents

share, revenue and net income could decline. Certain intermediaries with which AB conducts business charge AB fees to maintain access to their distribution networks. If AB chooses not to pay such fees, its ability to distribute through those intermediaries would be limited.

AB’s clients can withdraw the assets it manages on short notice, making its future client and revenue base unpredictable.

AB’s open-end fund clients generally may redeem their investments in these funds each business day without prior notice. While not subject to daily redemption, closed-end funds that AB manages may shrink in size due to repurchases of shares in open-market transactions or pursuant to tender offers, or in connection with distributions in excess of realized returns. Institutional and individual Separate Account clients can terminate their relationships with AB generally at any time. In a declining stock market, the pace of open-end fund redemptions could accelerate. Poor performance relative to other asset management firms can result in decreased purchases of open-end fund shares, increased redemptions of open-end fund shares, and the loss of institutional or individual Separate Accounts. The decrease in revenue that could result from any of these events could have a material adverse effect on AB’s and, in turn, our business.

Fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and various other currencies can adversely affect AB’s AUM, revenues and results of operations.

Although significant portions of AB’s net revenues and expenses, as well as AB’s AUM, presently are denominated in U.S. dollars, AB has subsidiaries and clients outside of the United States with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Weakening of these currencies relative to the U.S. dollar adversely affects the value in U.S. dollar terms of AB’s revenues and our AUM denominated in these other currencies. Accordingly, fluctuations in U.S. dollar exchange rates affect our AUM, revenues and reported financial results from one period to the next.

Investments in other countries are subject to operational, regulatory, compliance and reputational risks, including changes in applicable laws and regulatory requirements; difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations; difficulties in collecting investment management fees receivable; different, and in some cases less stringent, legal, regulatory and accounting regimes; political instability; fluctuations in currency exchange rates; expatriation controls; expropriation risks; and potential adverse tax consequences.

AB may not be successful in its efforts to hedge its exposure to such fluctuations, which could negatively impact its revenues and reported financial results.

Changes in the partnership structure of AB Holding and ABLP or changes in the tax law governing partnerships would have significant tax ramifications.

AB Holding, having elected under Section 7704(g) of the Code to be subject to a 3.5% federal tax on partnership gross income from the active conduct of a trade or business, is a “grandfathered” publicly traded partnership (“PTP”) for federal income tax purposes. AB Holding is also subject to the 4.0% New York City unincorporated business tax (“UBT”), net of credits for UBT paid by AB. In order to preserve AB Holding’s status as a “grandfathered” PTP for federal income tax purposes, management seeks to ensure that AB Holding does not directly or indirectly (through ABLP) enter into a substantial new line of business. A “new line of business” includes any business that is not closely related to AB’s historical business of providing research and diversified investment management and related services to its clients. A new line of business is “substantial” when a partnership derives more than 15% of its gross income from, or uses more than 15% of its total assets in, the new line of business.

ABLP is a private partnership for federal income tax purposes and, accordingly, is not subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. However, ABLP is subject to the 4.0% UBT. Domestic corporate subsidiaries of

 

63


Table of Contents

ABLP, which are subject to federal, state and local income taxes, generally are included in the filing of a consolidated federal income tax return with separate state and local income tax returns being filed. Foreign corporate subsidiaries generally are subject to taxes in the foreign jurisdiction where they are located. If ABLP’s business increasingly operates in countries other than the United States, ABLP’s effective tax rate may increase because its international subsidiaries are subject to corporate taxes in the jurisdictions where they are located.

In order to preserve ABLP’s status as a private partnership for federal income tax purposes, AB Units must not be considered publicly traded. If such units were to be considered readily tradable, ABLP would become subject to federal and state corporate income tax on its net income. Furthermore, as noted above, should ABLP enter into a substantial new line of business, AB Holding, by virtue of its ownership of ABLP, would lose its status as a grandfathered PTP and would become subject to federal and state corporate income tax on its net income. If AB Holding and ABLP were to become subject to corporate income tax as set forth above, their net income and quarterly distributions to holders of AB Holding Units or AB Units would be materially reduced.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, enacted on December 22, 2017 (the “Tax Reform Act”), reduces the federal corporate income tax rate applicable to AB’s U.S. subsidiaries to 21%. The Tax Reform Act also imposes a one-time transitional tax on some of the accumulated earnings of AB’s foreign subsidiaries and will tax on a current basis earnings of its foreign subsidiaries. These and other changes in the Tax Reform Act could adversely affect AB’s business, results of operations or financial condition. AB is assessing the overall impact that the Tax Reform Act is expected to have on its business, results of operations and financial condition.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

We may be materially and adversely impacted by U.S. federal and state legislative and regulatory action affecting financial institutions.

Regulatory changes, and other reforms globally, could lead to business disruptions, could adversely impact the value of assets we have invested on behalf of clients and policyholders and could make it more difficult for us to conduct certain business activities or distinguish ourselves from competitors. Any of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Dodd-Frank Act . The Dodd-Frank Act established the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”), which has the authority to designate non-bank systemically important financial institutions (“SIFIs”), thereby subjecting them to enhanced prudential standards and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board, including enhanced risk-based capital requirements, leverage limits, liquidity requirements, single counterparty exposure limits, governance requirements for risk management, capital planning and stress test requirements, special debt-to-equity limits for certain companies, early remediation procedures and recovery and resolution planning. If the FSOC were to determine that Holdings is a non-bank SIFI, we would become subject to certain of these enhanced prudential standards. Other regulators, such as state insurance regulators, may also determine to adopt new or heightened regulatory safeguards as a result of actions taken by the Federal Reserve Board in connection with its supervision of non-bank SIFIs. There can be no assurance that Holdings will not be designated as a non-bank SIFI, that such new or enhanced regulation will not apply to Holdings in the future, or, to the extent such regulation is adopted, that it would not have a material impact on our operations.

In addition, if Holdings were designated a SIFI, it could potentially be subject to capital charges or other restrictions with respect to activities it engages in that are limited by Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule,” which places limitations on the ability of banks and their affiliates to engage in proprietary trading and limits the sponsorship of, and investment in, covered funds by banking entities and their affiliates.

Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act provides that certain financial companies, including Holdings, may be subject to a special resolution regime outside the federal bankruptcy code, which is administered by the Federal

 

64


Table of Contents

Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver, and is applied to a covered financial company upon a determination that the company presents a risk to U.S. financial stability. U.S. insurance subsidiaries of any such covered financial company, however, would be subject to rehabilitation and liquidation proceedings under state insurance law. We cannot predict how rating agencies, or our creditors, will evaluate this potential or whether it will impact our financing or hedging costs.

The Dodd-Frank Act also established the Federal Insurance Office (“FIO”) within the U.S. Department of the Treasury, which has the authority, on behalf of the United States, to participate in the negotiation of “covered agreements” with foreign governments or regulators, as well as to collect information and monitor about the insurance industry. While not having a general supervisory or regulatory authority over the business of insurance, the director of the FIO will perform various functions with respect to insurance, including serving as a non-voting member of the FSOC and making recommendations to the FSOC regarding insurers to be designated for more stringent regulation.

While the Trump administration has indicated its intent to modify various aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act, it is unclear whether or how such modifications will be implemented or the impact any such modifications would have on our businesses.

Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act creates a new framework for regulation of the over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives markets. As a result of the adoption of final rules by federal banking regulators and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) in 2015 establishing margin requirements for non-centrally cleared derivatives, the amount of collateral we may be required to pledge in support of such transactions may increase under certain circumstances and will increase as a result of the requirement to pledge initial margin on non-centrally cleared derivatives commencing in 2020. Notwithstanding the broad categories of non-cash collateral permitted under the rules, higher capital charges on non-cash collateral applicable to our bank counterparties may significantly increase pricing of derivatives and restrict or eliminate certain types of eligible collateral that we have available to pledge, which could significantly increase our hedging costs, adversely affect the liquidity and yield of our investments, affect the profitability of our products or their attractiveness to our customers, or cause us to alter our hedging strategy or change the composition of the risks we do not hedge.

Regulation of Broker-Dealers . The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the SEC may promulgate rules to provide that the standard of conduct for all broker-dealers, when providing personalized investment advice about securities to retail customers (and any other customers as the SEC may by rule provide) will be the same as the standard of conduct applicable to an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act. For a discussion of the SEC’s recent set of proposed rules, see “Business—Regulation—Broker-Dealer and Securities Regulation—Broker-Dealer Regulation.”

ERISA . The DOL issued a final Rule (the “Rule”) on April 6, 2016 that significantly expanded the range of activities considered to be fiduciary investment advice under the Employment Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) when our affiliated advisors and our employees provide investment-related information and support to retirement plan sponsors, participants, and Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”) holders. The DOL also issued in connection with the Rule amendments to certain prohibited transaction exemptions (“PTEs”) under ERISA, and issued a new PTE, the Best Interest Contract Exemption, that applies more onerous disclosure and contract requirements to, and increases fiduciary requirements and liability exposure in respect of, transactions involving ERISA plans, plan participants and IRAs. Implementation of the Rule was originally scheduled to be phased in starting on April 10, 2017. In February 2017, however, the DOL was directed by executive order and memorandum (the “President’s Order and Memorandum”) to review the Rule and determine whether the Rule should be rescinded or revised, in light of the new administration’s policies and orientations. In response, in March 2017, the DOL published a notice soliciting comments on the examination described in the President’s Memorandum, which were due in April 2017. In addition, in April 2017, the DOL announced that the applicability date of the Rule was deferred from April 10, 2017 until June 9, 2017. The Rule became partially effective on June 9, 2017, with a special transition period for the remaining requirements that were due to take

 

65


Table of Contents

effect on January 1, 2018. To date, compliance with the portion of the Rule currently in force has not materially adversely affected our business, results of operations or financial condition. On November 29, 2017, the DOL finalized a delay in implementing the remaining requirements of the Rule from January 1, 2018 to July 1, 2019. On March 15, 2018 a federal appeals court issued a decision vacating the Rule. A final mandate has not been issued as of the date of this prospectus, and there is a possibility that the DOL may ask for a rehearing or appeal this decision. At this time, we do not currently plan any immediate changes to our approach to selling products and providing services to ERISA plans and IRAs.

Although management continues to evaluate its potential impact on our business, the Rule, if it remains in effect, is expected to cause adverse changes to the level and type of services we provide, as well as the nature and amount of compensation and fees that we and our affiliated advisors and firms receive for investment-related services to retirement plans and IRAs, which may have a significant adverse effect on our business and consolidated results of operations. For example, a significant portion of our variable annuity sales are to IRAs. The new regulation deems advisors, including third-party distributors, who provide investment advice in connection with an IRA, IRA rollover or 401(k) plan, to be fiduciaries and prohibits them from receiving compensation unless they comply with a PTE. The relevant PTE requires advisors to comply with impartial conduct standards and will require us to exercise additional oversight of the sales process. Compliance with the PTEs will result in increased regulatory burdens on us and our third-party distribution channels, changes to our compensation practices and product offerings and increased litigation risk, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

There is still considerable uncertainty over whether the Rule will be substantially modified or repealed or whether the federal appeals court decision to vacate the Rule will stand. Changes to the Rule as currently adopted could also have a significant adverse effect on our business and consolidated results of operations. We cannot predict what other proposals may be made, what legislation may be introduced or enacted, or what impact any such legislation may have on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

General. From time to time, regulators raise issues during examinations or audits of us and regulated subsidiaries that could, if determined adversely, have a material impact on us. In addition, the interpretations of regulations by regulators may change and statutes may be enacted with retroactive impact, particularly in areas such as accounting or statutory reserve requirements. We are also subject to other regulations and may in the future become subject to additional regulations. Compliance with applicable laws and regulations is time consuming and personnel-intensive, and changes in these laws and regulations may materially increase our direct and indirect compliance and other expenses of doing business, thus having a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our retirement and protection businesses are heavily regulated, and changes in regulation and in supervisory and enforcement policies may limit our growth and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We are subject to a wide variety of insurance and other laws and regulations. State insurance laws regulate most aspects of our retirement and protection businesses, and our insurance subsidiaries are regulated by the insurance departments of the states in which they are domiciled and the states in which they are licensed. Notably, AXA Equitable Life is domiciled in New York and is primarily regulated by the NYDFS. The primary purpose of state regulation is to protect policyholders, and not necessarily to protect creditors and investors.

State insurance guaranty associations have the right to assess insurance companies doing business in their state in order to help pay the obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. Because the amount and timing of an assessment is beyond our control, liabilities we have currently established for these potential assessments may not be adequate.

State insurance regulators, the NAIC and other regulatory bodies regularly reexamine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products. For example, the NAIC as well as state

 

66


Table of Contents

regulators are currently considering implementing regulations that would apply an impartial conduct standard similar to the Rule to recommendations made in connection with certain annuities and life insurance policies. In particular, on December 27, 2017, the NYDFS proposed regulations that would adopt a “best interest” standard for the sale of life insurance and annuity products in New York. The likelihood of enactment of these regulations is uncertain at this time, but if implemented, these regulations could have significant adverse effects on our business and consolidated results of operations. Generally, changes in laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, including potentially rescinding prior product approvals, are often made for the benefit of the consumer at the expense of the insurer and could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We currently use captive reinsurance subsidiaries primarily to reinsure (i) term life insurance and universal life insurance with secondary guarantees, (ii) excess claims relating to variable annuities with GMIB riders which are subject to reinsurance treaties with unaffiliated third parties and (iii) to retrocede reinsurance of variable annuity guaranteed minimum benefits assumed from unaffiliated third parties. Prior to this offering, we also used captive reinsurance subsidiaries to reinsure the GMxB Business; however, on April 12, 2018, we effected an unwind of the captive reinsurance of the GMxB Business as described in “The Reorganization Transactions—Unwind of GMxB Reinsurance.” Uncertainties associated with continued use of captive reinsurance are primarily related to potential regulatory changes. See “—Risks Relating to Our Retirement and Protection Businesses—Risks Relating to Our Reinsurance and Hedging Programs.”

Insurance regulators have implemented, or begun to implement significant changes in the way in which insurers must determine statutory reserves and capital, particularly for products with contractual guarantees, such as variable annuities and universal life policies, and are considering further potentially significant changes in these requirements. The NAIC’s principle-based reserves (“PBR”) approach for life insurance policies became effective on January 1, 2017, and has a three-year phase-in period. We are currently assessing the impact of, and appropriate implementation plan for, the PBR approach for life policies. The timing and extent of further changes to statutory reserves and reporting requirements are uncertain.

During 2015, the NAIC Financial Condition Committee (the “E Committee”) established the Variable Annuities Issues (E) Working Group (“VAIWG”) to oversee the NAIC’s efforts to study and address, as appropriate, regulatory issues resulting in variable annuity captive reinsurance transactions. In November 2015, upon the recommendation of the VAIWG, the E Committee adopted the VA Framework for Change which recommends charges for NAIC working groups to adjust the variable annuity statutory framework applicable to all insurers that have written or are writing variable annuity business and therefore has broader implications beyond captive reinsurance transactions. The VA Framework for Change contemplates a holistic set of reforms that would improve the current reserve and capital framework for insurers that write variable annuity business. In November 2015, VAIWG engaged Oliver Wyman (“OW”) to conduct a quantitative impact study (the “QIS”) involving industry participants, including the Company, of various reforms outlined in the VA Framework for Change. OW completed the QIS in July of 2016 and reported its initial findings to the VAIWG in late August. The OW report proposed certain revisions to the current variable annuity reserve and capital framework and recommended a second quantitative impact study be conducted so that testing can inform the proper calibration for certain conceptual and/or preliminary parameters set out in the OW proposal. Following a fourth quarter 2016 public comment period and several meetings on the OW proposal, the VAIWG determined that a second quantitative impact study (the “QIS2”) involving industry participants including us, will be conducted by OW. The QIS2 was initiated in February 2017 and OW issued its recommendation in December 2017. The NAIC continues to deliberate on QIS2 results. The NAIC has indicated it expects to complete its work by the 2018 Fall NAIC Meeting. Timing for implementation of changes to the current variable annuity reserve and capital framework remains uncertain.

We are currently assessing the impact on the Company of the NAIC’s proposed changes to the reserve and capital framework requirements currently applicable to our variable annuity business and we cannot predict what revisions to the VA Framework for Change proposal may be implemented as a result of QIS2 and ongoing NAIC

 

67


Table of Contents

deliberations. As a result, the timing and extent of any necessary changes to reserves and capital requirements for our variable annuity business resulting from the work of the NAIC VAIWG are uncertain.

Our investment management and research business is heavily regulated, and changes in regulation and in supervisory and enforcement policies may limit our growth and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Virtually all aspects of our investment management and research business are subject to federal and state laws and regulations, rules of securities regulators and exchanges, and laws and regulations in the foreign jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries conduct business. If we violate these laws or regulations, we could be subject to civil liability, criminal liability or sanction, including restriction or revocation of our professional licenses or registrations, revocation of the licenses of our employees, censures, fines, or temporary suspension or permanent bar from conducting business. Any such liability or sanction could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. A regulatory proceeding, even if it does not result in a finding of wrongdoing or sanction, could require substantial expenditures of time and money and could potentially damage our reputation.

In recent years, global regulators have substantially increased their oversight of financial services and investment management services. For example, the Financial Supervisory Commission in Taiwan (“FSC”) implemented, as of January 1, 2015, new limits on the degree to which local investors can own an offshore investment product. While certain exemptions have been available to us, should we not continue to qualify, the FSC’s rules could force some of our local resident investors to redeem their investments in our funds sold in Taiwan (or prevent further sales of those funds in Taiwan), some of which funds have local ownership levels substantially above the FSC limits. This could lead to significant declines in our investment advisory and services fees and revenues earned from these funds.

The second installment of the MiFID II, which became effective on January 3, 2018, makes significant modifications to the manner in which European broker-dealers can be compensated for research. These modifications are recognized in the industry as having the potential to significantly decrease the overall research spend by European buy-side firms. Consequently, our U.K.-based broker-dealer is considering new charging mechanisms for its research in order to minimize this impact as part of its broader MiFID II implementation program. It is important to note, however, that our new charging techniques and other strategic decisions to address the new environment created by MiFID II may not be successful, which could result in a significant decline in our sell-side revenues.

Also, although MiFID II does permit buy-side firms to purchase research through the use of client-funded research payment accounts, most buy-side firms that operate in the Eurozone, including our U.K. buy-side subsidiaries, have decided to use their own funds to pay for research in the Eurozone. This change in practice will increase our expenses in the Eurozone and, if this practice becomes more pervasive globally, may have a significant adverse effect on our net income in future periods. The ultimate impact of MiFID II on payments for research globally is not yet certain.

Finally, in June 2016, a narrow majority of voters in a U.K. referendum voted to exit the EU, but it remains unclear exactly how the U.K.’s status in relation to the EU will change when it ultimately leaves. Ongoing changes in the EU’s regulatory framework applicable to our business, including Brexit and any other changes in the composition of the EU’s member states, may add further complexity to our global risks and operations.

The adoption of new laws, regulations or standards and changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws, regulations or standards have directly affected, and will continue to affect, our business, including making our efforts to comply more expensive and time-consuming.

 

68


Table of Contents

The Tax Reform Act could have adverse or uncertain impacts on some aspects of our business, results of operations or financial condition.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Reform Act, a broad overhaul of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code that changes long-standing provisions governing the taxation of U.S. corporations, including life insurance companies. While we expect the Tax Reform Act to have a net positive economic impact on us, it contains measures which could have adverse or uncertain impacts on some aspects of our business, results of operations or financial condition.

The Tax Reform Act reduces the federal corporate income tax rate to 21% beginning in 2018. On a GAAP basis, the reduction in the tax rate generally should have a positive impact on our earnings, but resulted in a reduction in the value of our deferred tax assets.

On a statutory basis, we recorded a reduction in the admitted deferred tax assets reported by our insurance company subsidiaries in 2017. The NAIC could also, as a result of the reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate, revise certain items indirectly linked to such tax rate in the RBC formula and CTE calculations. These revisions could have a negative impact on the Combined RBC Ratio and also impact the CTE calculations of our insurance company subsidiaries, which could cause us to revise our target RBC and CTE levels, as appropriate. We continue to monitor potential regulatory changes following the Tax Reform Act.

The Tax Reform Act includes provisions that modify the calculation of the dividends received deduction (“DRD”), change how deductions are determined for insurance reserves, increase the amount of policy acquisition expense (also called tax “DAC”) that must be capitalized and amortized for federal income tax purposes, limit the use of net operating losses (“NOLs”) and limit deductions for net interest expense. These provisions could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition, notwithstanding the lower corporate income tax rate. These provisions could also impact our investments and investment strategies.

The Tax Reform Act also imposes a one-time transitional tax on some of the accumulated earnings of our foreign subsidiaries and will tax on a current basis earnings of our foreign subsidiaries. These and other changes in the Tax Reform Act could adversely affect our Investment Management and Research business, results of operations or financial condition.

We are assessing the overall impact that the Tax Reform Act is expected to have on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Future changes in U.S. tax laws and regulations or interpretations thereof could reduce our earnings and negatively impact our business, results of operations or financial condition, including by making our products less attractive to consumers.

Future changes in U.S. tax laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. We anticipate that, following the recently enacted Tax Reform Act, we will continue deriving tax benefits from certain items, including but not limited to the DRD, tax credits, insurance reserve deductions and interest expense deductions. However, there is a risk that interpretations of the Tax Reform Act, regulations promulgated thereunder, or future changes to federal, state or other tax laws could reduce or eliminate the tax benefits from these or other items and result in our incurring materially higher taxes.

Many of the products that we sell benefit from one or more forms of tax-favored status under current federal and state income tax regimes. For example, life insurance and annuity contracts currently allow policyholders to defer the recognition of taxable income earned within the contract. While the Tax Reform Act does not change these rules, a future change in law that modifies or eliminates this tax-favored status could reduce demand for our products. Also, if the treatment of earnings accrued inside an annuity contract was changed prospectively, and the tax-favored status of existing contracts was grandfathered, holders of existing contracts would be less likely to surrender or rollover their contracts. Each of these changes could reduce our earnings and negatively impact our business.

 

69


Table of Contents

Legal and regulatory actions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations or financial condition.

A number of lawsuits, claims, assessments and regulatory inquiries have been filed or commenced against us and other life and health insurers and asset managers in the jurisdictions in which we do business. These actions and proceedings involve, among other things, insurers’ sales practices, alleged agent misconduct, alleged failure to properly supervise agents, contract administration, product design, features and accompanying disclosure, cost of insurance increases, the use of captive reinsurers, payment of death benefits and the reporting and escheatment of unclaimed property, alleged breach of fiduciary duties, discrimination, alleged mismanagement of client funds and other general business-related matters. Some of these matters have resulted in the award of substantial fines and judgments, including material amounts of punitive damages, or in substantial settlements. In some states, juries have substantial discretion in awarding punitive damages.

We face a significant risk of, and from time to time we are involved in, such actions and proceedings, including class action lawsuits. Our consolidated results of operations or financial position could be materially and adversely affected by defense and settlement costs and any unexpected material adverse outcomes in such matters, as well as in other material actions and proceedings pending against us. The frequency of large damage awards, including large punitive damage awards and regulatory fines that bear little or no relation to actual economic damages incurred, continues to create the potential for an unpredictable judgment in any given matter. For instance, we are a defendant in a number of lawsuits related to cost of insurance increases, including class actions in federal and state court alleging breach of contract and other claims under UL policies. For information regarding these and others legal proceedings pending against us, see note 16 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In addition, investigations or examinations by federal and state regulators and other governmental and self-regulatory agencies including, among others, the SEC, FINRA, the CFTC, the National Futures Association (the “NFA”), state attorneys general, the NYDFS and other state insurance regulators, and other regulators could result in legal proceedings (including securities class actions and stockholder derivative litigation), adverse publicity, sanctions, fines and other costs. We have provided and, in certain cases, continue to provide information and documents to the SEC, FINRA, the CFTC, the NFA, state attorneys general, the NYDFS and other state insurance regulators, and other regulators on a wide range of issues. On March 30, 2018, we received a copy of an anonymous letter containing general allegations relating to the preparation of our financial statements. The audit committee of AXA Equitable Life, with the assistance of independent outside counsel, has reviewed these matters and concluded that the allegations were not substantiated and accordingly did not present any issue material to our financial statements. At this time, management cannot predict what actions the SEC, FINRA, the CFTC, the NFA, state attorneys general, the NYDFS and other state insurance regulators, or other regulators may take or what the impact of such actions might be.

A substantial legal liability or a significant federal, state or other regulatory action against us, as well as regulatory inquiries or investigations, may divert management’s time and attention, could create adverse publicity and harm our reputation, result in material fines or penalties, result in significant expense, including legal costs, and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We will be required to disclose in our periodic reports filed with the SEC specified activities engaged in by our “affiliates.”

The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), requires companies subject to SEC reporting obligations to disclose in their periodic reports specified dealings or transactions involving Iran or other individuals and entities targeted by certain Office of Foreign Assets Control sanctions engaged in by the reporting company or any of its affiliates during the period covered by the relevant periodic report. In some cases, companies are required to disclose these types of transactions even if they would otherwise be permissible

 

70


Table of Contents

under U.S. law. Reporting companies are required to separately file with the SEC a notice that such activities have been disclosed in the relevant periodic report, and the SEC is required to post this notice of disclosure on its website and send the report to the U.S. President and certain U.S. Congressional committees. The U.S. President thereafter is required to initiate an investigation and, within 180 days of initiating such an investigation, to determine whether sanctions should be imposed. Under the Exchange Act, we would be required to report if we or any of our “affiliates” knowingly engaged in certain specified activities during the period covered by the report. Because the SEC defines the term “affiliate” broadly, it includes any entity controlled by us as well as any person or entity that controls us or is under common control with us. Because we will be controlled by AXA following the settlement of this offering, we may be required to disclose certain activities undertaken by AXA and its affiliates with Iranian counterparties. Disclosure of such activities, even if such activities are not subject to sanctions under applicable law, and any sanctions actually imposed on us or our affiliates as a result of these activities, could harm our reputation and have a negative impact on our business.

Risks Relating to Our Controlling Stockholder

Following the settlement of this offering, AXA will continue to control us and may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders. Conflicts of interest may arise because affiliates of our controlling stockholder have continuing agreements and business relationships with us.

Upon settlement of this offering, AXA will own 75.5% of our outstanding common stock, or 71.9% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. As a result, AXA will continue to be able to control the election of our directors, determine our corporate and management policies and determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. AXA will also have sufficient voting power to amend our organizational documents. In addition, under the provisions of the Shareholder Agreement (as defined in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”) that we will enter into with AXA prior to the settlement of this offering, AXA will have consent rights with respect to certain corporate and business activities that we may undertake, including during periods where AXA holds less than a majority of our common stock. Specifically, the Shareholder Agreement will provide that, until the date on which AXA ceases to beneficially own at least 30% of our outstanding common stock, AXA’s prior written consent will be required before we may take certain corporate and business actions, whether directly or indirectly through a subsidiary, including, among others, the following:

 

    any merger, consolidation or similar transaction (or any amendment to or termination of an agreement to enter into such a transaction) involving us or any of our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any other person, on the other hand, subject to certain specified exceptions;

 

    any change in our authorized capital stock or the creation of any new class or series of our capital stock;

 

    any issuance or acquisition of capital stock (including stock buy-backs, redemptions or other reductions of capital), or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock or equity-linked securities, subject to certain specified exceptions;

 

    any issuance or acquisition of debt securities involving an aggregate principal amount exceeding $250 million;

 

    any amendment (or approval or recommendation of any amendment) to our certificate of incorporation or by-laws; and

 

    the election, appointment, hiring, dismissal or removal (other than for cause) of the Company’s CEO or CFO.

As a result of these consent rights, AXA will maintain significant control over our corporate and business activities until such rights cease. For additional discussion of AXA’s consent rights under the Shareholder

 

71


Table of Contents

Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholder Agreement—Consent Rights.” Although AXA has announced that it intends to sell all of its interest in Holdings over time, AXA is under no obligation to do so and retains the sole discretion to determine the timing of any future sales of shares of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws will also include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control for so long as AXA owns specified percentages of our common stock. See “—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and This Offering—Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.” These provisions not only could have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock, but could also allow AXA to delay or prevent a corporate transaction of which the public stockholders approve.

Conflicts of interest may arise between our controlling stockholder and us. Affiliates of our controlling stockholder engage in transactions with us. Further, AXA may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us, and they may either directly, or through affiliates, also maintain business relationships with companies that may directly compete with us. In general, AXA or its affiliates could pursue business interests or exercise their voting power as stockholders in ways that are detrimental to us but beneficial to themselves or to other companies in which they invest or with whom they have a material relationship. Conflicts of interest could also arise with respect to business opportunities that could be advantageous to AXA, and they may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business. As a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, AXA will have no obligation to offer us corporate opportunities. See “—Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we will waive any interest or expectancy in corporate opportunities presented to AXA.” In addition, changes to IFRS could impact the way we conduct our business (including, for example, which products we offer), our competitive position, our hedging program and the way we manage capital. See “—Risks Relating to Our Consolidated Business—Risks Relating to Our Operations—Changes in accounting standards could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.”

AXA and its affiliates other than us are among AB’s largest clients. AXA and its affiliates other than us represented 6% of AB’s total AUM as of December 31, 2017 and 2% of AB’s net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017. AB’s investment management agreements with AXA and its affiliates are terminable at any time or on short notice by either party and AXA and its affiliates are under no obligation to maintain any level of AUM with AB. If AXA and its affiliates were to terminate their investment management agreements with AB, it could have a materially adverse effect on AB’s business, results of operations or financial condition.

As a result of these relationships, the interests of AXA may not coincide with our interests or the interests of the other holders of our common stock. So long as AXA continues to control a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, AXA will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we will waive any interest or expectancy in corporate opportunities presented to AXA.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we, on our behalf and on behalf of our subsidiaries, renounce and waive any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, corporate opportunities that are from time to time presented to AXA, or their respective officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries, even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted

 

72


Table of Contents

the opportunity to do so. None of AXA or its agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries will generally be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues, acquires or participates in such corporate opportunity, directs such corporate opportunity to another person or fails to present such corporate opportunity, or information regarding such corporate opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer, such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer. To the fullest extent permitted by law, by becoming a stockholder in our company, stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This will allow AXA to compete with us. Strong competition for investment opportunities could result in fewer such opportunities for us. We likely will not always be able to compete successfully with our competitors and competitive pressures or other factors may also result in significant price competition, particularly during industry downturns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

If AXA sells a controlling interest in our company to a third party in a private transaction, you may not realize any change of control premium on shares of our common stock and we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third party.

Following the settlement of this offering, AXA will have the ability, should it choose to do so, to sell some or all of its shares of our common stock in a privately negotiated transaction. If such a transaction were to be sufficient in size, it could result in a change of control of Holdings. The ability of AXA to privately sell such shares of our common stock, with no requirement for a concurrent offer to be made to acquire all of the shares of our common stock that will be publicly traded hereafter, could prevent you from realizing any change of control premium on your shares of our common stock that may otherwise accrue to AXA upon its private sale of our common stock. Additionally, if AXA privately sells a significant equity interest in us, we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third party. Such third party may have conflicts of interest with the interests of other stockholders.

Following the settlement of this offering, we may fail to replicate or replace functions, systems and infrastructure provided by AXA or certain of its affiliates (including through shared service contracts) or lose benefits from AXA’s global contracts, and AXA and its affiliates may fail to perform the services provided for in the Transitional Services Agreement.

Historically, we have received services from AXA and have provided services to AXA, including information technology services, services that support financial transactions and budgeting, risk management and compliance services, human resources services, insurance, operations and other support services, primarily through shared services contracts with various third-party service providers. Following this offering, AXA and its affiliates will provide for the continued provision or procurement of certain services to us pursuant to the Transitional Services Agreement. Certain contracts and services between us and AXA are not covered by the Transitional Services Agreement and will continue pursuant to the terms of such contracts. Under the Transitional Services Agreement, AXA will agree to continue to provide us with certain services currently provided to us by or through AXA, either directly or on a pass-through basis, and we will agree to continue to provide, or arrange to provide, AXA with certain services currently provided to them, either directly or on a pass-through basis. The Transitional Services Agreement will not continue indefinitely.

We will work to replicate or replace the services that we will continue to need in the operation of our business that are provided currently by AXA or its affiliates through shared service contracts they have with various third-party providers and that will continue to be provided under the Transitional Services Agreement for applicable transitional periods. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the services at the same or better levels or at the same or lower costs directly from third-party providers. As a result, when AXA or its affiliates cease providing these services to us, either as a result of the termination of the Transitional Services Agreement or individual services thereunder or a failure by AXA or its affiliates to perform their respective

 

73


Table of Contents

obligations under the Transitional Services Agreement, our costs of procuring these services or comparable replacement services may increase, and the cessation of such services may result in service interruptions and divert management attention from other aspects of our operations.

There is a risk that an increase in the costs associated with replicating and replacing the services provided to us under the Transitional Services Agreement and the diversion of management’s attention to these matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. We may fail to replicate the services we currently receive from AXA on a timely basis or at all. Additionally, we may not be able to operate effectively if the quality of replacement services is inferior to the services we are currently receiving. Furthermore, once we are no longer an affiliate of AXA, we will no longer receive certain group discounts and reduced fees that we are eligible to receive as an affiliate of AXA. The loss of these discounts and reduced fees could increase our expenses and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

In connection with preparing for this offering and operating as a stand-alone public company following the settlement of this offering, we expect to incur one-time and recurring expenses. We estimate that the aggregate amount of the one-time expenses described above will be between approximately $300 million and $350 million, of which $93 million was incurred in 2017 and approximately $150 million is expected to be incurred in 2018. Additional one-time expenses will be incurred when AXA ceases to own at least a majority of our outstanding common stock. These expenses primarily relate to information technology, compliance, internal audit, finance, risk management, procurement, client service, human resources and other support services. These expenses, any recurring expenses, including under the Transitional Services Agreement, and any additional one-time expenses including as a result of rebranding, we may incur may be material.

Costs associated with any rebranding that we expect to undertake after AXA ceases to own at least a majority of our outstanding common stock could be significant.

Prior to this offering, as a wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA, we have marketed our products and services using the “AXA” brand name and logo together with the “Equitable” brand. We expect to continue to use the “AXA” brand name and logo following settlement of this offering. We have benefited, and will continue to benefit for a limited time as set forth in the Trademark License Agreement, from trademarks licensed in connection with the AXA brand. We believe the association with AXA provides us with preferred status among our customers, vendors and other persons due to AXA’s globally recognized brand, reputation for high quality products and services and strong capital base and financial strength. Any rebranding we undertake could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, which could result in reduced sales of our products. We cannot accurately predict the effect that any rebranding we undertake will have on our business, customers or employees. We expect to incur significant costs, including marketing expenses, in connection with any rebranding of our business. Any adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain customers and any costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

After this offering, certain of our directors may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their AXA equity ownership or their current or former AXA positions.

A number of the persons who currently are, or we expect to become, our directors have been, and will be, AXA officers, directors or employees and, thus, will have professional relationships with AXA’s executive officers, directors or employees. In addition, because of their current or former AXA positions, certain of our directors and executive officers own AXA common stock, American Depository Shares, deferred stock units, performance shares or options to acquire shares of AXA common stock, and, for some of these individuals, their individual holdings may be significant compared to their total assets. These relationships and financial interests may create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when these directors and officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for AXA and us. For example, potential conflicts of interest could arise in connection with the resolution of any dispute that may arise between AXA and us regarding the terms of the agreements governing our relationship with AXA after the settlement of this offering.

 

74


Table of Contents

We will have indemnification obligations in favor of AXA after this offering.

We and AXA will enter into certain agreements, including a Shareholder Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement, Transitional Services Agreement, Trademark License Agreement and a Tax Sharing Agreement (each as defined in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”), that will govern our and AXA’s obligations to each other following this offering in respect of, among other things, taxes and transition services and their respective indemnification obligations. The amounts payable by us pursuant to such indemnification obligations could be significant.

We may be subject to ongoing regulation as a result of AXA’s ownership of us following this offering and for as long as we are an affiliate of AXA.

Regulators and lawmakers in non-U.S. jurisdictions are engaged in addressing the causes of the financial crisis and means of avoiding such crises in the future. For example, the Financial Stability Board has identified nine global systemically important insurers (“GSIIs”), which include AXA. While the precise implications of being designated a GSII are still developing, it could have far reaching regulatory and competitive implications for AXA and adversely impact AXA’s capital requirements, profitability, the fungibility of AXA’s capital and ability to provide capital/financial support for AXA companies, including potentially AXA Equitable Life, AXA’s ability to grow through future acquisitions, internal governance and could change the way AXA conducts its business and adversely impact AXA’s overall competitive position versus insurance groups that are not designated GSIIs. The multiplicity of different regulatory regimes, capital standards and reporting requirements could increase AXA’s operational complexity and costs. All of these possibilities, if they occurred, could affect the way we conduct our business (including, for example, which products we offer) and manage capital, and may require us to satisfy increased capital requirements, all of which in turn could materially affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

AXA is subject to Solvency II, the European directive which, together with its associated regulations and guidelines, establishes capital adequacy, risk management and regulatory reporting requirements for groups with a parent company established in the European Union. Among other things, as a member of a group subject to Solvency II, we may be required to hold more capital than the levels required under local law and incur costs necessary to comply with its requirements. In addition, because AXA is subject to Solvency II, it may impact the types of investments in, and the duration of, our General Account portfolio. It is possible that the requirements imposed on Solvency II groups, or the regulatory interpretation of those requirements, may change over time, increasing our capital requirements or costs.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and This Offering

Fulfilling our obligations incident to being a public company, including with respect to the requirements of and related rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act,” and the Dodd-Frank Act, will be expensive and time-consuming, and any delays or difficulties in satisfying these obligations could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and our stock price.

Following this offering, we will be subject to the reporting, accounting and corporate governance requirements under the listing standards of the NYSE, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act and the Exchange Act that apply to issuers of listed equity, which will impose new compliance requirements, costs and obligations upon us. The changes necessitated by publicly listing our equity will require a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight which will increase our operating costs. Further, to comply with the requirements of being a public company, we will need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new or enhanced internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff.

The expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations’ expenses, increased directors’ fees, director and officer liability insurance

 

75


Table of Contents

costs, registrar and transfer agent fees, and listing fees, as well as other expenses. As a public company, we will be required, among other things, to prepare and file periodic and current reports, and distribute other stockholder communications, in compliance with the federal securities laws and NYSE rules, define and expand the roles and the duties of our Board and its committees, and institute more comprehensive compliance and investor relations functions. Our ability to successfully implement our strategy and comply with the Exchange Act and the SEC’s rules thereunder requires us to be able to prepare timely and accurate financial statements. During the course of preparing for this offering, we:

 

    restated the annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, restated the interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, revised the annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 and revised the interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016, in each case included in the first amendment of our Form S-1 registration statement filed on February 14, 2018; and

 

    restated the interim financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and revised the annual financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and the interim financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2016, in each case included in our initial Form S-1 registration statement filing on November 13, 2017.

We cannot assure you that we will not discover additional misstatements in our previously issued financial statements in the future. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, including any delay in the remediation of our existing material weaknesses, or if we are unable to comply with the demands that will be placed on us as a public company, including the requirements of the Exchange Act and the SEC’s rules thereunder, could cause our business, results of operations, financial condition or stock price to be materially and adversely impacted.

Becoming a public company may increase the burden on our accounting and internal audit staff because Holdings will be an additional company subject to the reporting requirements of the U.S. federal securities laws in addition to our subsidiaries that are already subject to such requirements. These additional burdens increase the risk that we will not be able to timely file our or our subsidiaries periodic and other reports with the SEC. The failure to report our insurance subsidiaries’ financial condition or financial results accurately or report them within the timeframes required by the SEC could cause our insurance subsidiaries to halt sales of certain variable insurance products and delay or prevent us from launching new products or new product features. For instance, AXA Equitable Life failed to timely file its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2017 and required an extension of the due date under Rule 12b-25 for its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017. See “—Risks Relating to the Products We Offer, Our Structure and Product Distribution—Our retirement and protection products contain numerous features and are subject to extensive regulation and failure to administer or meet any of the complex product requirements may adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.”

During the course of preparing our U.S. GAAP financial statements for this offering, we identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of these material weaknesses is not effective, we may not be able to report our financial condition or results of operations accurately or on a timely basis, which could materially and adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the price of our common stock.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain and assess internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures and, after a transition period, publicly report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the rules of the SEC under the Exchange Act. Following a transition period, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to SEC rules under the Exchange Act.

 

76


Table of Contents

During the course of preparing our U.S. GAAP financial statements for this offering and preparing for these public company control requirements, we identified two material weaknesses in the design and operation of our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Our management consequently concluded that we do not (1) maintain effective controls to timely validate that actuarial models are properly configured to capture all relevant product features and to provide reasonable assurance that timely reviews of assumptions and data have occurred, and, as a result, errors were identified in future policyholders’ benefits and deferred policy acquisition costs balances; and (2) maintain sufficient experienced personnel to prepare Holdings’ consolidated financial statements and to verify that consolidating and adjusting journal entries were completely and accurately recorded to the appropriate accounts or segments and, as a result, errors were identified in the consolidated financial statements, including in the presentation and disclosure between the operating and financing sections of the statement of cash flows. These material weaknesses resulted in misstatements in our previously issued annual and interim financial statements and resulted in:

 

    the restatement of the annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, the restatements of the interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, the revision of the annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the revision of the interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016, in each case that were reported in the preliminary prospectus included in the first amendment of our Form S-1 registration statement filed on February 14, 2018; and

 

    the restatement of the interim financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the revision of the annual financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and the interim financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2016, in each case that were reported in the preliminary prospectus included in our initial Form S-1 registration statement filed on November 13, 2017.

The changes necessary to correct the identified misstatements in our previously reported historical results have been appropriately reflected in our consolidated annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Until remedied, these material weaknesses could result in a misstatement of our consolidated financial statements or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to our annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

Since identifying the material weakness related to our actuarial models, we have been, and are currently in the process of, remediating the material weakness by taking steps to validate all existing actuarial models and valuation systems as well as to improve controls and processes around our assumption and data process. These steps include verifying inputs and unique algorithms, ensuring alignment with documented accounting standards and verifying that assumptions used in our models are consistent with documented assumptions and data is reliable. The remediation efforts are being performed by our internal model risk team (which is separate from our modeling and valuation teams), as supported by third party firms. We will continue to enhance controls to ensure that our models, including assumptions and data, are re-validated on a fixed calendar schedule and that new model changes and product features are tested through our internal model risk team prior to adoption within our models and systems. Although we plan to complete this remediation process as quickly as possible, we cannot at this time estimate when the remediation will be completed.

Since identifying the material weakness related to our journal entry process, we have been, and are currently in the process of, remediating the material weakness by taking steps to strengthen the control function related to our financial closing process. These steps include recruiting additional personnel, retaining external expert resources, further automating entries where possible, enhancing the design of certain management review

 

77


Table of Contents

controls and providing training regarding internal control processes. We will continue to enhance controls to ensure that the financial closing process is effectively implemented. Although we plan to complete this remediation process as quickly as possible, we cannot at this time estimate when the remediation will be completed.

If we fail to remediate effectively these material weaknesses or if we identify additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to report our financial condition or financial results accurately or to report them within the timeframes required by the SEC. If this were the case, we could become subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Furthermore, failure to report our insurance subsidiaries’ financial condition or financial results accurately or report them within the timeframes required by the SEC could cause our insurance subsidiaries to curtail or cease sales of certain variable insurance products. In addition, if we are unable to determine that our internal control over financial reporting or our disclosure controls and procedures are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, we may face reduced ability to obtain financing and restricted access to the capital markets, we may be required to curtail or cease sales of our products, and the price of our common stock may be materially and adversely affected.

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

As of April 26, 2018, we have 561,000,000 outstanding shares of common stock. All of the shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act,” except for any shares held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or “Rule 144.”

The remaining shares of common stock outstanding as of April 26, 2018 will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144, but will be eligible for resale subject, in certain cases, to applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 or pursuant to an exception from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or “Rule 701,” subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements described below.

Upon the settlement of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock to be issued under our equity compensation plans and, as a result, all shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of stock options granted under our plans will also be freely tradable under the Securities Act, subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements, unless purchased by our affiliates. As of April 26, 2018, 5,882,352 shares of our common stock are reserved for future issuances under the equity incentive plan adopted in connection with this offering.

In connection with this offering, we, the selling stockholder and all of our directors and executive officers will enter into lock-up agreements under which, subject to certain exceptions, we and they have agreed not to sell, transfer or dispose of or hedge, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. Following the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period, approximately 423,750,000 shares of our common stock will be eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 or pursuant to an exception from registration under Rule 701. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our common stock could decline if AXA sells its shares or is perceived by

 

78


Table of Contents

the market as intending to sell them. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering. Furthermore, subject to the expiration or waiver of the lock up agreements, AXA will have the right to require us to register shares of common stock for resale in some circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement we will enter into with AXA.

In the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock in connection with a financing, strategic investment, litigation settlement or employee arrangement or otherwise. Any of these issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

Our common stock has no prior public market, and the market price of our common stock may be volatile and could decline after this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and an active market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We have been approved to list our common stock on the NYSE. We and the selling stockholder negotiated the initial public offering price per share with the representatives of the underwriters and, therefore, that price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. We cannot assure you that an active public market for our common stock will develop after this offering or, if one does develop, that it will be sustained. In the absence of an active public trading market, you may not be able to sell your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to make strategic investments by using our shares as consideration. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:

 

    industry or general market conditions;

 

    domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance;

 

    changes in our customers’ preferences;

 

    new regulatory pronouncements and changes in regulatory guidelines;

 

    lawsuits, enforcement actions and other claims by third parties or governmental authorities;

 

    adverse publicity related to us or another industry participant;

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

 

    changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance or lack of research coverage and reports by industry analysts;

 

    action by institutional stockholders or other large stockholders (including AXA), including future sales of our common stock;

 

    failure to meet any guidance given by us or any change in any guidance given by us, or changes by us in our guidance practices;

 

    announcements by us of significant impairment charges;

 

    speculation in the press or investment community;

 

    investor perception of us and our industry;

 

    changes in market valuations or earnings of similar companies;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions or strategic partnerships;

 

    war, terrorist acts and epidemic disease;

 

79


Table of Contents
    any future sales of our common stock or other securities;

 

    additions or departures of key personnel; and

 

    misconduct or other improper actions of our employees.

In particular, we cannot assure you that you will be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price. Stock markets have experienced extreme volatility in recent years that has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, class action litigation has often been instituted against the affected company. Any litigation of this type brought against us could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage for our common stock. If there is no research coverage of our common stock, the trading price for our common stock may be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain research coverage for our common stock, if one or more of the analysts downgrades our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of the analysts ceases coverage of our common stock or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our common stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities which would rank senior to our common stock may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

If, in the future, we decide to issue debt or equity securities that rank senior to our common stock, it is likely that such securities will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common stock and may result in dilution to owners of our common stock. We and, indirectly, our stockholders, will bear the cost of issuing and servicing such securities. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock will bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting the value of their stock holdings in us.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. For example, prior to the settlement of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws will collectively:

 

    authorize the issuance of shares of our common stock to create voting impediments or to frustrate persons otherwise seeking to effect a takeover or gain control;

 

    authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board to thwart a takeover attempt;

 

80


Table of Contents
    provide that vacancies on our Board, including vacancies resulting from an enlargement of our Board, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office once AXA ceases to beneficially own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

    prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders if AXA ceases to beneficially own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, if AXA ceases to beneficially own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our stockholders; and

 

    require the approval of holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the outstanding shares of our common stock to amend our amended and restated by-laws and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation if AXA ceases to beneficially own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

These provisions may prevent our stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if the provisions are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws may also make it difficult for stockholders to replace or remove our management. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions, as well as the significant amount of common stock that AXA will own following this offering, could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions may facilitate management entrenchment that may delay, deter, render more difficult or prevent a change in our control, which may not be in the best interests of our stockholders.

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After the settlement of this offering, AXA will control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, we will qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance standards, including:

 

    the requirement that a majority of the Board consist of independent directors;

 

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

    the requirement that our nominating and governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, or otherwise have director nominees selected by vote of a majority of the independent directors; and

 

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we intend to use these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors, our compensation and our nominating and governance committees will not consist entirely of independent directors, and such committees may not be subject to annual performance evaluations.

 

81


Table of Contents

Additionally, we are only required to have all independent audit committee members within one year from the date of listing. Consequently, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance rules and requirements. Our status as a controlled company could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions limiting the personal liability of our directors for breaches of fiduciary duty under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions permitted under the action asserting a claim arising under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the “DGCL,” relating to the liability of directors. These provisions will eliminate a director’s personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

 

    under Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or

 

    any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is not available under the DGCL. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a director’s fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter a director’s liability under federal securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising out of or under the DGCL, or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (including, without limitation, any action asserting a claim arising out of or pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated by-laws) or (iv) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. By becoming a stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

82


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements and cautionary statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terms such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “shall,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “seeks,” “aims,” “projects,” “is optimistic,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or other comparable terms. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include, without limitation, statements regarding our intentions, beliefs, assumptions or current expectations concerning, among other things, financial goals, projected variable annuity cash flows and estimated present value of our in-force variable annuity portfolio, financial position, results of operations, cash flows, prospects, strategies or expectations, and the impact of prevailing economic conditions.

Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which may be beyond our control. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or outcomes and that actual performance and outcomes, including, without limitation, our actual results of operations or financial condition, and the development of the market in which we operate, may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and the development of the market in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. New factors emerge from time to time that may cause our business not to develop as we expect, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. Factors that could cause actual results and outcomes to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

 

    Adverse conditions in the global capital markets and the economy, including equity market declines, interest rate fluctuations and market conditions, and the ability to meet our liquidity needs;

 

    GMxB features within certain of our products;

 

    Inadequacy of our reinsurance and hedging programs to protect us against the full extent of the exposure or losses we seek to mitigate;

 

    Competition from other insurance companies, banks, asset managers and other financial institutions;

 

    The failure of our new business strategy in accomplishing our objectives;

 

    Risks related to our Investment Management and Research business, including significant fluctuations in AB’s AUM, the industry-wide shift from actively-managed investment services to passive services, termination of investment advisory agreement, inability to deliver consistent performance, the quantitative models AB uses in certain of its investment services containing errors, and fluctuations in exchange rates;

 

    Inability to recruit, motivate and retain key employees and experienced and productive financial professionals;

 

    The amount of statutory capital we have and must hold to meet our statutory capital requirements and our financial strength and credit ratings varying significantly from time to time;

 

    Holdings’ dependence on the ability of its subsidiaries to transfer funds to it to meet its obligations;

 

    The ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends and other distributions to Holdings, and the failure of our insurance subsidiaries to generate sufficient statutory earnings or have sufficient statutory surplus to enable them to pay ordinary dividends;

 

    We expect to incur indebtedness in connection with the Recapitalization, and the degree to which we will be leveraged following completion of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering;

 

83


Table of Contents
    Operational failures, failure of information systems or failure to protect the confidentiality of customer information, including by service providers, or losses due to defaults, errors or omissions by third parties and affiliates;

 

    Risks related to strategic transactions;

 

    The occurrence of a catastrophe, including natural or man-made disasters and failure of insurance that we maintain to fully cover all potential exposures;

 

    Failure to protect our intellectual property and infringement claims by a third party;

 

    Our investment advisory agreements with clients, and selling and distribution agreements with various financial intermediaries and consultants, being subject to termination or non-renewal on short notice;

 

    Various international risks and increased compliance and regulatory risks and costs due to certain of our administrative operations and offices being located internationally;

 

    Our counterparties’ requirements to pledge collateral or make payments related to declines in estimated fair value of specified assets and changes in the actual or perceived soundness or condition of other financial institutions and market participants;

 

    Gross unrealized losses on fixed maturity and equity securities, illiquid investments and defaults on investments, including mortgage loans;

 

    Changes to policyholder behavior assumptions under the contracts reinsured to our affiliated captives, the performance of their hedging program, their liquidity needs, their overall financial results and changes in regulatory requirements regarding the use of captives;

 

    The failure to administer or meet any of the complex product and regulatory requirements of our retirement and protection products;

 

    Changes in statutory reserve or other requirements;

 

    A downgrade in our financial strength and claims-paying ratings;

 

    Consolidation of or a loss of, or significant change in, key product distribution relationships;

 

    The failure of our risk management policies and procedures to be adequate to identify, monitor and manage risks, which may leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks;

 

    Inadequate reserves due to differences between our actual experience and management’s estimates and assumptions;

 

    Mortality, longevity and morbidity rates or persistency rates differing significantly from our pricing expectations;

 

    The acceleration of the amortization of DAC;

 

    Financial models that rely on a number of estimates, assumptions and projections that are inherently uncertain and which may contain errors;

 

    Subjective determination of the amount of allowances and impairments taken on our investments;

 

    Changes in the partnership structure of AB Holding and ABLP or changes in the tax law governing partnerships;

 

    U.S. federal and state legislative and regulatory action affecting financial institutions and changes in supervisory and enforcement policies;

 

    The Tax Reform Act could have adverse or uncertain impacts on some aspects of our business, results of operations or financial condition;

 

    Future changes in U.S. tax laws and regulations or interpretations thereof;

 

84


Table of Contents
    Adverse outcomes of legal or regulatory actions;

 

    Conflicts of interest that arise because our controlling stockholder and its affiliates have continuing agreements and business relationships with us; and

 

    If our remediation of the two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we may not be able to report our financial condition or results of operations accurately or on a timely basis and the price of our common stock may be materially adversely affected.

You should read this prospectus completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from expectations. All forward-looking statements made in this prospectus are qualified by these cautionary statements. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not undertake any obligation, other than as may be required by law, to update or revise any forward-looking or cautionary statements to reflect changes in assumptions, the occurrence of events, unanticipated or otherwise, and changes in future operating results over time or otherwise.

Other risks, uncertainties and factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors,” could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements we make. Readers should read carefully the factors described in “Risk Factors” to better understand the risks and uncertainties inherent in our business and underlying any forward-looking statements.

 

85


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The selling stockholder is selling all of the shares of common stock in this offering, and we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the common stock in the offering.

 

86


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Dividend Policy

We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock at an initial amount of approximately $0.13 per share, although any declaration of dividends will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, regulatory constraints, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by Delaware law, general business conditions and any other factors that the Board deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends.

We may consider share repurchase programs in the future to supplement our dividend policy. Our Board will need to approve any share repurchase program in the future, and it has not approved any such program at this time.

Delaware law requires that dividends be paid only out of “surplus,” which is defined as the fair market value of our net assets, minus our stated capital; or out of the current or the immediately preceding year’s earnings. Holdings is a holding company and has no direct operations. All of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. The states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled impose certain restrictions on our insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to their parent companies. These restrictions are based in part on the prior year’s statutory income and surplus, as well as earned surplus. Such restrictions, or any future restrictions adopted by the states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, could have the effect, under certain circumstances, of significantly reducing dividends or other amounts payable by our subsidiaries without affirmative approval of state regulatory authorities. For more details, see “Business—Regulation—Holding Company and Shareholder Dividend Regulation” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Consolidated Business—Risks Relating to Our Operations—As a holding company, Holdings depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to transfer funds to it to meet its obligations.”

 

87


Table of Contents

THE REORGANIZATION TRANSACTIONS

Summary of Reorganization

We have undertaken a reorganization prior to this offering, as described generally below. The Reorganization’s primary goals are to ensure that, prior to the settlement of this offering, (i) we will hold all of AXA’s U.S. retirement and protection businesses and AXA’s interests in AB and (ii) certain AXA U.S. P&C business will be extracted from us and held by AXA outside of us. As part of the Reorganization Transactions, we also effected an unwind of the reinsurance provided to AXA Equitable Life by AXA RE Arizona for certain variable annuities with GMxB features (the “GMxB Reinsurance”).

The Reorganization was subject to approval from various state insurance regulators. All required regulatory approvals have been received.

In April 2018, we completed the Reorganization.

Transfer of AXA Financial Shares

AXA Financial indirectly owns a number of subsidiaries that comprise AXA’s U.S. retirement and protection businesses. Holdings currently owns 100% of the shares in AXA Financial. Until January 2018, approximately 0.5% was held by Coliseum Reinsurance Company, an indirect subsidiary of AXA (“Coliseum Re”), and AXA Belgium S.A., an indirect subsidiary of AXA (“AXA Belgium”). As part of the Reorganization, AXA Belgium transferred its approximate 0.47% interest in AXA Financial to AXA in January 2018 and Coliseum Re transferred its approximate 0.03% interest in AXA Financial to AXA in March 2018. AXA then contributed the entire approximate 0.5% interest to Holdings (the “AXA Financial Transfer”) in March 2018.

Extraction of U.S. Property and Casualty Insurance Business

Holdings formerly held 78.99% of the shares of AXA America Corporate Solutions, Inc. (“AXA CS”), which holds certain AXA U.S. P&C business. As part of the Reorganization, Holdings sold its shares of AXA CS to AXA so that AXA CS and its subsidiaries are no longer a part of the Company. Holdings’ repayment obligation to AXA in respect of a $622 million loan made by AXA to Holdings in December 2017 was set off against AXA’s payment obligation to Holdings with respect to the sale of AXA CS shares and AXA paid Holdings the balance of the purchase price in cash. Note that AXA CS and its subsidiaries have been excluded from the historical financial statements of Holdings because their businesses (i) are demonstrably distinct from the other business of Holdings, (ii) have been managed and financed historically autonomously, (iii) have no more than incidental common facilities and costs with the other business of Holdings, (iv) are operated and financed autonomously following the disposition and (v) do not have material financial commitments, guarantees or contingent liabilities to or from Holdings following the disposition.

Transfer of AXA’s Interests in AB

Prior to the Reorganization, AXA’s interests in AB consisted of (i) approximately 15% held by AXA-IM Holding US Inc., a wholly owned, indirect subsidiary of AXA (“AXA IM Holding US”), approximately 3% held by Coliseum Re and approximately 47% currently held by the Company and (ii) the General Partner, 100% of which is held by us. As part of the Reorganization, in April 2018 Holdings acquired (i) 100% of the shares of AXA IM Holding US for approximately $873 million, representing the fair value of AXA IM Holding US’s interests in AB, net of other transferred assets and liabilities of AXA IM Holding US (AXA IM Holding US did not carry on any substantive business activity at the time of the transfer), and (ii) all of the AB Units held by Coliseum Re for approximately $217 million, so that all of AXA’s interests in AB are now held entirely by the Company. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information.”

 

88


Table of Contents

Unwind of GMxB Reinsurance

In April 2018, AXA Equitable Life effected an unwind of the GMxB Reinsurance (the “GMxB Unwind”) to mitigate the impact of any restrictions on the use of captive reinsurers to reinsure variable annuities that could be adopted by insurance regulators by reducing its use of such reinsurance. In addition, AXA Equitable Life undertook the GMxB Unwind in response to its agreement with the NYDFS that required us to provide the NYDFS with notice and the opportunity to disapprove any ordinary shareholder dividend until AXA Equitable Life fully implemented a plan with respect to the management of its variable annuity business ceded to AXA RE Arizona. We expect that the GMxB Unwind will provide increased transparency relative to our variable annuity risk management. The GMxB Unwind has no impact on our financial position or results of operations because the GMxB Reinsurance is between two wholly owned subsidiaries and is therefore eliminated in our U.S. GAAP consolidated financial statements. As a result of the GMxB Unwind and based on information available as of December 31, 2017, we estimate that, the statutory TAC of our insurance company subsidiaries increased by $0.7 billion, which, if such unwind had occurred on or prior to December 31, 2017, would have resulted in an increase in our Combined RBC Ratio of 50 percentage points to approximately 700% as of December 31, 2017.

The GMxB Unwind was accomplished by AXA RE Arizona first transferring certain risks that are not part of the GMxB Unwind to a newly formed subsidiary, EQ AZ Life Re. Following the transfer of that business to EQ AZ Life Re, AXA RE Arizona merged with and into AXA Equitable Life to complete the GMxB Unwind. Following AXA RE Arizona’s merger with and into AXA Equitable Life, the GMxB Business will not be subject to any new internal or third-party reinsurance arrangements, though in the future AXA Equitable Life may reinsure the GMxB Business with third parties. For more detail regarding the risks associated with the GMxB Unwind, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Retirement and Protection Businesses—Risks Relating to Our Reinsurance and Hedging Programs—Our reinsurance arrangements with affiliated captives may be adversely impacted by changes to policyholder behavior assumptions under the reinsured contracts, the performance of their hedging program, their liquidity needs, their overall financial results and changes in regulatory requirements regarding the use of captives.”

 

89


Table of Contents

Organizational Structure

The following charts illustrate our ownership and organizational structure prior to the Reorganization Transactions and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder. The charts reflect only certain of our subsidiaries and have been simplified for illustrative purposes.

Organizational Structure Prior to Settlement of this Offering and

Completion of the Reorganization Transactions

 

 

LOGO

 

(1) As of December 31, 2017, the Company held an economic interest in AB of approximately 47%. For details on our economic ownership and general partnership interest in AB following this offering, see “Prospectus Summary—Organizational Structure—Ownership Structure of AB Following Settlement of this Offering and Completion of the Reorganization Transactions.”

 

90


Table of Contents

Organizational Structure Following Settlement of this Offering and Completion of the Reorganization Transactions

 

 

LOGO

 

(1) We intend to merge AXA Financial into Holdings after settlement of this offering.
(2) For details on our economic ownership and general partnership interest in AB following this offering, see “Prospectus Summary—Organizational Structure—Ownership Structure of AB Following Settlement of this Offering and Completion of the Reorganization Transactions.”

 

91


Table of Contents

RECAPITALIZATION

We have historically operated with a capital structure that reflected our status as a wholly owned subsidiary of AXA. To prepare for this offering and operation as a stand-alone public company, we will undertake various recapitalization initiatives to align our capital structure—both at Holdings and on a consolidated basis—more closely with other U.S. public companies (the “Recapitalization”). In undertaking the Recapitalization, we are focused on several goals:

 

    Maintaining and strengthening our credit ratings;

 

    Having a debt-to-capital ratio of approximately 26% at the time of this offering and maintaining a mid-20s% debt-to-capital ratio going forward;

 

    Maintaining our target asset level for all variable annuities at or above a CTE98 level under most economic scenarios and an RBC ratio of 350-400% for our non-variable annuity insurance liabilities;

 

    Replacing financing that is provided or guaranteed by AXA and its affiliates with financing that is supported solely on the basis of our stand-alone credit, and entering into new financing arrangements only on that basis;

 

    Purchasing AB Units from AXA as described in “The Reorganization Transactions”; and

 

    Maintaining a cash position of approximately $500 million at Holdings.

On December 8, 2017, we received (i) a capital contribution of $318 million and (ii) a short-term loan of $622 million from AXA, which was set off against AXA’s payment obligation to Holdings with respect to the sale of AXA CS shares. See “The Reorganization Transactions” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information.”

In February 2018, we entered into the Credit Facilities, consisting of a $3.9 billion two-year senior unsecured delayed draw term loan agreement, a $500 million three-year senior unsecured delayed draw term loan agreement and a $2.5 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks. The revolving credit facility provides for borrowings of up to $2.5 billion or the issuance of letters of credit within a sublimit of $1.5 billion to support our life insurance business reinsured to EQ AZ Life Re following the GMxB Unwind and to support the third-party GMxB variable annuity business reinsured by CS Life RE. The revolving credit facility is available for general corporate purposes. The term loan agreements provide for borrowings, which may only be drawn prior to the settlement of this offering, of up to $4.4 billion for general corporate purposes, including to replace financing that is provided by or guaranteed by AXA and its affiliates (the “AXA Refinancing”). In April 2018, we terminated the two-year term loan agreement, and, in May 2018, we intend to borrow $300 million under the three-year term loan agreement. In addition to the Credit Facilities, we entered into letter of credit facilities with an aggregate principal amount of approximately $1.9 billion, primarily to be used to support our life insurance business reinsured to EQ AZ Life Re following the GMxB Unwind. See “Anticipated Financing Activities Prior to Settlement of this Offering” below.

In order to finance the Reorganization Transactions, on April 20, 2018, we issued $800 million aggregate principal amount of 3.900% Senior Notes due 2023, $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.350% Senior Notes due 2028 and $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.000% Senior Notes due 2048. In April 2018, we used the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes, together with an intercompany loan of $800 million from AXA Equitable Life, to (i) repay financing provided by AXA and its affiliates, (ii) purchase 100% of the shares of AXA IM Holdings and (iii) purchase the AB Units held by Coliseum Re. The remaining proceeds, together with $300 million to be borrowed under our three-year term loan agreement, will be used to repay the outstanding commercial paper program of AXA Financial currently guaranteed by AXA.

In April 2018, we entered into waiver letter agreements with the lenders under each of our Credit Facilities and the letter of credit facilities, pursuant to which the lenders waived certain defaults or events of default under

 

92


Table of Contents

such facilities resulting from the restatement of our annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, the restatement of our interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, the failure to furnish audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 on a timely basis as required by such facilities and related matters. There can be no assurance that our lenders will provide such waivers in the future. For a discussion of the restatement to our 2016 financial statements, see note 1 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. For a discussion of the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and This Offering—During the course of preparing our U.S. GAAP financial statements for this offering, we identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of these material weaknesses is not effective, we may not be able to report our financial condition or results of operations accurately or on a timely basis, which could materially and adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the price of our common stock.” For a discussion of waivers under our Credit Facilities and letter of credit facilities, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Operations—A violation or breach of the representations, warranties or covenants contained in any of our Credit Facilities or letter of credit facilities could result in a default or event of default, which would require a waiver or amendment with the consent of our lenders. The failure to obtain any such waiver or amendment would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.”

In March 2018, AXA Equitable Life sold its interest in two real estate joint ventures to AXA France for a total purchase price of approximately $143 million, which resulted in the elimination of $203 million of long-term debt on Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet for the first quarter of 2018 and a corresponding reduction of our debt-to-capital ratio.

Anticipated Financing Activities Prior to Settlement of this Offering

Prior to the settlement of this offering, we intend to terminate AXA Financial’s commercial paper program.

Indebtedness Remaining Outstanding Following this Offering

AXA Financial

As of December 31, 2017, AXA Financial had outstanding $349 million aggregate principal amount of 7% Senior Debentures due 2028 (the “Senior Debentures”). The Senior Debentures are the unsecured, senior indebtedness of AXA Financial. The Senior Debentures contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including a limitation on liens and a limit on AXA Financial’s ability to consolidate, merge or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets. The Senior Debentures also include customary events of default (with customary grace periods, as applicable), including provisions under which, upon the occurrence of an event of default, all outstanding Senior Debentures may be accelerated.

AB

AB’s existing indebtedness that will remain outstanding following this offering is described below. Historically, AB has been self-reliant for its financing and will remain so in its financing activities going forward. Accordingly, we do not anticipate any changes to AB’s existing indebtedness in connection with this offering.

As of December 31, 2017, AB had $491 million in commercial paper outstanding with a weighted average interest rate of approximately 1.6%. The commercial paper is short term in nature, and as such, the recorded value is estimated to approximate fair value. Average daily borrowings of commercial paper during 2017 were $482.2 million, with a weighted average interest rate of approximately 1.2%.

AB has a $1.0 billion committed, unsecured senior revolving credit facility (the “AB Credit Facility”) with a group of commercial banks and other lenders, which matures on October 22, 2019. The AB Credit Facility

 

93


Table of Contents

provides for possible increases in the principal amount by up to an aggregate incremental amount of $250 million, any such increase being subject to the consent of the affected lenders. The AB Credit Facility is available for AB’s and SCB LLC’s business purposes, including the support of AB’s $1.0 billion commercial paper program. Both AB and SCB LLC can draw directly under the AB Credit Facility and AB management expects to draw on the AB Credit Facility from time to time. AB has agreed to guarantee the obligations of SCB LLC under the AB Credit Facility.

The AB Credit Facility contains affirmative, negative and financial covenants, which are customary for facilities of this type, including, among other things, restrictions on dispositions of assets, restrictions on liens, a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2017, AB was in compliance with these covenants. The AB Credit Facility also includes customary events of default (with customary grace periods, as applicable), including provisions under which, upon the occurrence of an event of default, all outstanding loans may be accelerated and/or lender’s commitments may be terminated. Also, under such provisions, upon the occurrence of certain insolvency- or bankruptcy-related events of default, all amounts payable under the AB Credit Facility would automatically become immediately due and payable, and the lender’s commitments would automatically terminate.

As of December 31, 2017, AB and SCB LLC had no amounts outstanding under the AB Credit Facility. During 2017, AB and SCB LLC did not draw upon the AB Credit Facility.

AB has a $200.0 million, unsecured 364-day senior revolving credit facility (the “AB Revolver”) with a leading international bank and the other lending institutions that may be party thereto. The AB Revolver is available for AB’s and SCB LLC’s business purposes, including the provision of additional liquidity to meet funding requirements primarily related to SCB LLC’s operations. Both AB and SCB LLC can draw directly under the AB Revolver and management expects to draw on the AB Revolver from time to time. AB has agreed to guarantee the obligations of SCB LLC under the AB Revolver. The AB Revolver contains affirmative, negative and financial covenants that are identical to those of the AB Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2017, there was $75.0 million outstanding under the AB Revolver with an interest rate of 2.4%. Average daily borrowing of the AB Revolver for 2017 was $21.4 million, with a weighted average interest rate of approximately 2.0%.

In addition, SCB LLC has three uncommitted lines of credit with three financial institutions. Two of these lines of credit permit AB and SCB LLC to borrow up to an aggregate of approximately $175.0 million, with AB named as an additional borrower, while one line has no stated limit. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, SCB LLC had no bank loans outstanding. Average daily borrowings of bank loans for 2017 was $4.5 million, with a weighted average interest rate of approximately 1.4%.

 

94


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization on a consolidated basis and on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2017. The selling stockholder is selling all of the shares of common stock in this offering, and we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares.

You should read this table in conjunction with “Recapitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Actual   Pro Forma
     As of
December 31, 2017
  As of
December 31, 2017
     (in millions)

Cash and cash equivalents

     $ 4,814       $ 4,584  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Short-term debt

        

AXA Financial commercial paper

       1,290         —    

AB commercial paper

       491         491  

AB revolving credit facility

       75         75  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total short-term debt

     $ 1,856       $ 566  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Long-term debt

        

Long-term debt

     $ 552     $ 4,652

Intercompany Debt

        

Loans from affiliates

       3,622       —    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     $ 4,174     $ 4,652
    

 

 

     

 

 

 
Equity         

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 2,000,000,000 shares authorized, 561,000,000 shares issued and outstanding

     $ 6       $ 6  

Capital in excess of par value

       1,298         2,003  

Retained earnings

       12,289         12,286  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

       (108 )       (108 )
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to Holdings

       13,485         14,187  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest

       3,097         1,514  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total equity

       16,582         15,701  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total capitalization

       22,612         20,919  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data have been derived from the Company’s audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements. The financial information for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 has been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial information as of December 31, 2015 and as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014, and 2013 has been derived from unaudited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 have been restated and the selected financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 have been revised, in each case from the Company’s Form S-1 registration statement filed on February 14, 2018. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,  
     2017     2016
(as restated)
    2015     2014     2013  
     (in millions, except per share data)  

Statements of Income (Loss) Data :

          

Revenues

          

Policy charges and fee income

   $ 3,733     $ 3,762     $ 3,653     $ 3,487     $ 3,560  

Premiums

     1,124       1,083       1,070       1,098       1,335  

Net derivative gains (losses)

     228       (1,722     (1,393     829       (3,458

Net investment income (loss)

     3,082       2,665       2,450       3,395       2,455  

Investment gains (losses), net

          

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

     (15     (68     (42     (82     (82

Other investment gains (losses), net

     (176     2,051       27       40       439  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment gains (losses), net

     (191     1,983       (15     (42     357  

Investment management and service fees

     4,093       3,749       3,895       3,892       3,727  

Other income

     445       402       419       420       364  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 12,514     $ 11,922     $ 10,079     $ 13,079     $ 8,340  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefits and Other Deductions

          

Policyholders’ benefits

   $ 4,354     $ 3,343     $ 3,505     $ 4,369     $ 3,201  

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

     1,108       1,091       946       952       1,038  

Compensation and benefits (includes $156, $154, $157, $154 and $160 of deferred acquisition costs)

     2,137       2,119       2,165       2,109       2,215  

Commissions and distribution related payments (includes $523, $536, $559, $569 and $546 of deferred acquisition costs)

     1,604       1,536       1,586       1,585       1,583  

Interest expense

     160       174       136       389       404  

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, net (net of capitalization of $687, $697, $723, $707 and $736)

     (239     89       (285     (352     73  

Other operating costs and expenses (includes $8, $7, $7, $8 and $7 of deferred acquisition costs)

     2,076       1,516       1,585       1,594       1,789  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefits and other deductions

   $ 11,200     $ 9,868     $ 9,638     $ 10,646     $ 10,303  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations, before income taxes

   $ 1,314     $ 2,054     $ 441     $ 2,433     $ (1,963

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (41     (387     217       (477     847  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     1,273       1,667       658       1,956       (1,116

Less: net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     (423     (395     (325     (317     (281
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 850     $ 1,272     $ 333     $ 1,639     $ (1,397
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share

          

Earnings per share—common stock

          

Basic

   $ 1.52     $ 2.27     $ 0.59     $ 2.92     $ (2.49

Diluted

   $ 1.51     $ 2.27     $ 0.59     $ 2.92     $ (2.49

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     561.0       561.0       561.0       561.0       561.0  

 

96


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,  
     2017      2016
(as restated)
     2015      2014      2013  
     (in millions)  

Balance Sheet Data (at period end) :

              

Total investments

   $ 81,782      $ 72,318      $ 64,755      $ 64,426      $ 58,086  

Separate Account assets

     124,552        113,150        109,198        112,886        110,696  

Total assets

     235,648        216,614        205,481        207,716        198,996  

Policyholders’ account balances

     47,171        41,956        35,821        34,530        32,938  

Future policy benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities

     30,299        30,278        29,946        28,451        24,679  

Short-term and long-term debt

     2,408        1,605        1,786        1,963        2,028  

Loans from affiliates

     3,622        2,904        4,665        5,447        6,430  

Separate Account liabilities

     124,552        113,150        109,198        112,886        110,696  

Total liabilities

     218,440        201,614        191,923        193,608        187,683  

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

     626        403        13        17        —    

Total equity attributable to Holdings

     13,485        11,455        10,437        10,940        8,207  

Total equity attributable to Holdings, excluding Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     13,593        12,376        11,114        10,702        9,009  

Noncontrolling interest

     3,097        3,142        3,108        3,151        3,106  

Total equity

     16,582        14,597        13,545        14,091        11,313  

 

97


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information consists of the unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 and the unaudited pro forma condensed statement of income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the notes thereto. The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information should be read in conjunction with the information included under the headings “The Reorganization Transactions,” “Recapitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2017 has been prepared to give effect to certain of the Reorganization Transactions described below as if these transactions had occurred on January 1, 2017. The unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 gives effect to these transactions as if they had occurred on December 31, 2017. The pro forma adjustments that were made represent only those transactions which are directly attributable to this offering, factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact on our results of operations.

The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information is presented for informational purposes only, and does not purport to represent our financial condition or our results of operations had these transactions occurred on or as of the dates noted above or to project the results for any future date or period. The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information has been prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X. Actual results may differ from the pro forma adjustments.

The pro forma adjustments include the following items:

Legal entity and capital adjustments. As part of the Reorganization Transactions, AXA Belgium transferred its approximate 0.47% interest in AXA Financial to AXA in January 2018. Also, in March 2018 Coliseum Re transferred its approximate 0.03% interest in AXA Financial to AXA. AXA then contributed the entire approximate 0.5% minority interest in AXA Financial to Holdings in March 2018. As a result of the AXA Financial Transfer, AXA Financial is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings. As part of the Reorganization Transactions, Holdings sold its shares of AXA CS to AXA so that AXA CS and its subsidiaries, which have been excluded from our historical financial statements, are no longer a part of the Company. To anticipate the funding of this transfer AXA made a short-term loan of $622 million to Holdings in fourth quarter of 2017. Holdings’ repayment obligation to AXA in respect of this loan was set off against AXA’s payment obligation to Holdings with respect to the sale of AXA CS shares and AXA paid Holdings the balance of the purchase price in cash.

AB Transfer. As part of the Reorganization Transactions, in April 2018 we acquired for fair value the AB Units held by AXA IM Holding US and Coliseum Re such that AXA’s interests in AB are now held entirely by the Company. As part of the transfer of the AB Units held by AXA IM Holding US, Holdings acquired AXA IM Holding US, a holding entity without any other substantive business for approximately $873 million. Therefore, the pro forma adjustments also reflect the transfer of the other assets and liabilities of AXA IM Holding US which mainly include an income tax payable of approximately $57 million and a loan from AXA Financial for an amount of $185 million.

Unwind of current financing. As part of the Recapitalization, we have settled all the current outstanding financing balances with AXA and its affiliates, and we will remove AXA’s guarantee of AXA Financial’s obligations under AXA Financial’s commercial paper program in which case we estimate the amount borrowed by AXA Financial under this program would be reduced to zero. Other borrowings from external parties are expected to remain in place.

New external financing. As part of the Recapitalization, we have incurred $3.8 billion of new indebtedness through the issuance of the Notes which the Company has used to repay current financing and fund the Reorganization, and expect to incur $300 million of term loan borrowings.

 

98


Table of Contents

The unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet has been prepared as though the transactions described above had occurred on December 31, 2017.

 

    As
Reported
     Legal Entity
and Capital
Adjustments
    AB Transfer     Unwind of
Current
Financing
    New External
Financing
    Pro
Forma
 
    (in millions)  

Total investments

  $ 81,782      $                $                $                    $                $ 81,782  

Cash and cash equivalents and Securities segregated, at fair value

    5,639        8       [A1     (1,090     [B1     (3,248     [C1     4,100       [D1     5,409  

Loans to affiliates

    1,230            (185     [B2     (1,045     [C2         —    

Current and deferred income taxes

    67            (232     [B3             (165

Other assets

    22,378                        22,378  

Separate Account assets

    124,552                        124,552  
 

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

    235,648        8         (1,507       (4,293       4,100         233,956  
 

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Future policy benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities

    30,299                        30,299  

Policyholders’ account balances

    47,171                        47,171  

Short-term and long-term debt

    2,408                (1,290     [C3     4,100       [D1     5,218  

Loans from affiliates

    3,622        (622     [A2         (3,000     [C3         —    

Other liabilities

    10,388            1                 10,389  

Separate Account liabilities

    124,552                        124,552  
 

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    218,440        (622       1         (4,290       4,100         217,629  
 

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

    626                        626  

Total equity attributable to Holdings

    13,485        688         17         (3           14,187  
 

 

 

                    

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest

    3,097        (58     [A3     (1,525     [B4             1,514  

Total equity

    16,582        630         (1,508       (3       —           15,701  
 

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities, noncontrolling interest and equity

  $ 235,648      $ 8         (1,507     $ (4,293     $ 4,100         233,956  
 

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2017 has been prepared as though the transactions described above had occurred on January 1, 2017.

 

Year ended December 31, 2017

   As
Reported
    Legal Entity
and Capital
Adjustments
    AB Transfer     Unwind of
Current
Financing
    New External
Financing
    Pro
Forma
 
     (in millions)  

Premiums

   $ 1,124     $                $                $                $                    $ 1,124  

Policy charges and fee income

     3,733                       3,733  

Net investment income (loss) and Net derivative gains (losses)

     3,310           (5     [B5     (58     [C4         3,247  

Total investment gains (losses), net

     (191                     (191

Investment management fees and other income

     4,538                       4,538  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total revenues

     12,514       —           (5       (58       —           12,451  

Policyholders’ benefits

     4,354                       4,354  

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

     1,108                       1,108  

Commissions and distribution related payments

     1,604                       1,604  

Compensation and benefits

     2,137                       2,137  

Operating costs and other expenses

     2,076                       2,076  

Amortization of DAC, net

     (239                     (239

Interest expense

     160       (1           (90     [C5     182       [D2     251  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total benefits and other deductions

     11,200       (1       —             (90       182         11,291  

Income (loss) from operations, before income taxes

     1,314       1         (5       32         (182       1,160  

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (41         (56       (11       64         (44
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     1,273       1         (61       21         (118       1,116  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Less: net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     (423     3       [A4     144       [B6             (276
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 850     $ 4       $ 83       $ 21       $ (118     $ 840  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information

 

[A1] Represents the price adjustment related to the sale of AXA CS to AXA. As part of the Reorganization Transactions, Holdings sold its shares of AXA CS to AXA so that AXA CS and its subsidiaries, which have been excluded from our historical financial statements, are no longer a part of the Company. The sale price of our AXA CS shares was $630 million. To anticipate this transfer, AXA made a short-term loan of $622 million in the fourth quarter of 2017. Holdings’ repayment obligation to AXA in respect of this loan was set off against AXA’s payment obligation to Holdings with respect to the sale of AXA CS shares, and AXA paid Holdings the balance of the purchase price in cash, resulting in a price adjustment of $8 million. The $630 million proceeds from the sale of AXA CS shares is presented as an increase to Total equity attributable to Holdings because AXA CS and its subsidiaries have been excluded from the historical consolidated financial statements of Holdings as described in “The Reorganization Transactions—Extraction of U.S. Property and Casualty Insurance Business.”

 

[A2] Represents the set off of the $622 million loan made by AXA to us in the fourth quarter of 2017 to anticipate the funding of the sale of AXA CS from us to AXA.

 

[A3] Represents the contribution of approximately 0.5% minority ownership interest of AXA Financial from AXA to Holdings resulting in approximately $58 million increase in the retained interest in AXA Financial.

 

[A4] Represents the decrease in net income attributable to noncontrolling interest following the transfer of AXA Financial shares.

 

[B1] Represents the cash payment made by Holdings to acquire AXA IM Holding US (approximately $873 million, representing the fair value of its approximately 15% economic interest in AB net of other transferred assets and liabilities of AXA IM Holding US) and approximately a 3% economic interest in AB from Coliseum Re (approximately $217 million).

 

[B2] Represents the elimination of the loan from AXA Financial to AXA IM Holding US on the consolidated financial statements of Holdings after the purchase by Holdings of AXA IM Holding US.

 

[B3] As a result of the Tax Reform Act, the unaudited pro forma condensed financial information reflects an assumed federal income tax rate of 21%. The adjustments herein mainly represent the net impact of (i) income tax payable of approximately $57 million at AXA IM Holding US and the deferred tax liability of approximately $193 million which is expected to be generated by the purchase by Holdings of AXA IM Holding US, due to the difference between the book value of AB Units held by AXA IM Holding US and their tax basis, and (ii) the deferred tax asset of approximately $18 million which is expected to be generated by the purchase by Holdings of the AB Units from Coliseum Re, due to the difference between the book value of AB Units purchased and their tax basis.

 

[B4] Represents the decrease of approximately $1,525 million in noncontrolling interest following the transfer of AB Units.

 

[B5] Represents the elimination of the interest earned on the loan from AXA Financial to AXA IM Holding US due to the elimination of this loan on the consolidated financial statements of Holdings after the purchase by Holdings of AXA IM Holding US.

 

[B6] Represents the decrease in net income by $144 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 which is attributable to noncontrolling interest following the transfer of AB Units.

 

[C1] Represents the anticipated net cash impact of the repayment of current intercompany financing arrangements as described above.

 

101


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information

 

[C2] Represents the settlement of existing loans between AXA and its affiliates and Holdings and its affiliates prior to the settlement of this offering as described above.

 

[C3] Represents the settlement of approximately $1,290 million issued under AXA Financial commercial paper program guaranteed by AXA, and the settlement of existing loans of approximately $3,000 million by Holdings and its affiliates to AXA and its affiliates prior to the settlement of this offering.

 

[C4] Represents the decrease in investment income by $58 million for the year ending December 31, 2017 due to the settlement of existing loans by AXA and its affiliates to Holdings and its affiliates prior to the settlement of this offering.

 

[C5] Represents the decrease in interest expense due to (i) the settlement of AXA Financial’s commercial paper program and guaranteed by AXA; and (ii) the settlement of existing loans by Holdings and its affiliates to AXA and its affiliates prior to the settlement of this offering.

 

[D1] Represents $4.1 billion in new external indebtedness incurred by Holdings prior to the settlement of this offering.

 

[D2] Represents an annualized interest expense of $182 million, including approximately $171 million interest expense related to our $3.8 billion aggregate principal amount of Notes issued in April 2018 and approximately $10 million of estimated interest expense on $0.3 billion term loan borrowings under our three-year term loan agreement.

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2017
 
     (in millions; except
per share data)
 

Net income (loss), as reported

   $ 1,273  

Adjustments:

  

Pro forma adjustments before income tax

     (154

Income tax impact

     (3

Pro forma adjustments, net of income tax

     (157

Pro forma net income (loss)

   $ 1,116  

Less: Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     (276
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 840  

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings common shareholders per common share:

  

Basic:

     1.52  

Diluted:

     1.51  

Common shares outstanding (in millions)

     561  

Pro forma earnings per share - basic (1)

     1.50  

Pro forma earnings per share - diluted (1)

     1.50  

 

(1) The calculation of pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share and average shares outstanding are based on the average number of shares of Holdings common stock outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2017, after giving retroactive effect to the 459.4752645-for-1 stock split of the common stock of Holdings effected on April 24, 2018.

 

102


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” and our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical data, this discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business, operations and financial performance based on current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. Factors that could or do contribute to these differences include those factors discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under the captions “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information.”

Executive Summary

Overview

We are one of America’s leading financial services companies, providing (i) advice and solutions for helping Americans set and meet their retirement goals and protect and transfer their wealth across generations and (ii) a wide range of investment management insights, expertise and innovations to drive better investment decisions and outcomes for clients worldwide.

We manage our business through four segments: Individual Retirement, Group Retirement, Investment Management and Research, and Protection Solutions. We report certain activities and items that are not included in these segments in Corporate and Other. See “Business—Segment Information” and note 18 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information on the Company’s segments.

We benefit from our complementary mix of businesses. This business mix provides diversity in our earnings sources, which helps offset fluctuations in market conditions and variability in business results, while offering growth opportunities.

Revenues

Our revenues come from three principal sources:

 

    fee income derived from our retirement and protection products and our investment management and research services;

 

    premiums from our traditional life insurance and annuity products; and

 

    investment income from our General Account investment assets (“GAIA”).

Our fee income varies directly in relation to the amount of the underlying AV or benefit base of our retirement and protection products and the amount of AUM of our Investment Management and Research business. AV and AUM are influenced by changes in economic conditions, primarily equity market returns, as well as net flows. Our premium income is driven by the growth in new policies written and the persistency of our in-force policies, both of which are influenced by a combination of factors, including our efforts to attract and retain customers and market conditions that influence demand for our products. Our investment income is driven by the yield on our portfolio of General Account investment assets and is impacted by the prevailing level of interest rates as we reinvest cash associated with maturing investments and net flows to the portfolio.

Benefits and Other Deductions

Our primary expenses are:

 

    policyholders’ benefits and interest credited to policyholders’ account balances;

 

103


Table of Contents
    sales commissions and compensation paid to intermediaries and advisors that distribute our products and services; and

 

    compensation and benefits provided to our employees and other operating expenses.

Policyholders’ benefits are driven primarily by customer withdrawals and surrenders which change in response to changes in capital market conditions. In addition, some of our policyholders’ benefits are directly tied to the AV and benefit base of our variable annuity products. Interest credited to policyholders varies in relation to the amount of the underlying AV or benefit base. Sales commissions and compensation paid to intermediaries and advisors vary in relation to premium and fee income generated from these sources, whereas compensation and benefits to our employees are more constant and decline with increases in efficiency. Our ability to manage these expenses across various economic cycles and products is critical to the profitability of our company.

Net Income Volatility

We have offered and continue to offer variable annuity products with GMxB features. The future claims exposure on these features is sensitive to movements in the equity markets and interest rates. Accordingly, we have implemented hedging and reinsurance programs designed to mitigate the economic exposure to us from these features due to equity market and interest rate movements. Changes in the values of the derivatives associated with these programs due to equity market and interest rate movements are recognized in the periods in which they occur while corresponding changes in offsetting liabilities are recognized over time. This results in net income volatility as further described below. See “—Significant Factors Impacting Our Results—Impact of Hedging and GMIB Reinsurance on Results.”

In addition to our dynamic hedging strategy, we have recently implemented static hedge positions designed to mitigate the adverse impact of changing market conditions on our statutory capital. We believe this program will continue to preserve the economic value of our variable annuity contracts and better protect our target variable annuity asset level. However, these new static hedge positions increase the size of our derivative positions and may result in higher net income volatility on a period-over-period basis.

Due to the impacts on our net income of equity market and interest rate movements and other items that are not part of the underlying profitability drivers of our business, we evaluate and manage our business performance using Non-GAAP Operating Earnings, a non-GAAP financial measure that is intended to remove these impacts from our results. See “—Key Operating Measures—Non-GAAP Operating Earnings.”

Significant Factors Impacting Our Results

The following significant factors have impacted, and may in the future impact, our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Impact of Hedging and GMIB Reinsurance on Results

We have offered and continue to offer variable annuity products with GMxB features. The future claims exposure on these features is sensitive to movements in the equity markets and interest rates. Accordingly, we have implemented hedging and reinsurance programs designed to mitigate the economic exposure to us from these features due to equity market and interest rate movements. These programs include:

 

   

Variable annuity hedging programs. We use a dynamic hedging program (within this program, we reevaluate our economic exposure at least daily and rebalance our hedge positions accordingly) to mitigate certain risks associated with the GMxB features that are embedded in our liabilities for our variable annuity products. This program utilizes various derivative instruments that are managed in an effort to reduce the economic impact of unfavorable changes in GMxB features’ exposures attributable to movements in the equity markets and interest rates. Although this program is designed to provide a

 

104


Table of Contents
 

measure of economic protection against the impact of adverse market conditions, it does not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Accordingly, changes in value of the derivatives will be recognized in the period in which they occur with offsetting changes in reserves partially recognized in the current period, resulting in net income volatility. In addition to our dynamic hedging program, in the fourth quarter of 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we implemented a new hedging program using static hedge positions (derivative positions intended to be held to maturity with less frequent rebalancing) to protect our statutory capital against stress scenarios. The implementation of this new program in addition to our dynamic hedge program is expected to increase the size of our derivative positions, resulting in an increase in net income volatility. The impacts are most pronounced for variable annuity products in our Individual Retirement segment. See Business—Segment Information Individual Retirement.”

 

    GMIB reinsurance contracts. Historically, GMIB reinsurance contracts were used to cede to non-affiliated reinsurers a portion of our exposure to variable annuity products that offer a GMIB feature. We account for the GMIB reinsurance contracts as derivatives and report them at fair value. Gross reserves for GMIB reserves are calculated on the basis of assumptions related to projected benefits and related contract charges over the lives of the contracts. Accordingly, our gross reserves will not immediately reflect the offsetting impact on future claims exposure resulting from the same capital market or interest rate fluctuations that cause gains or losses on the fair value of the GMIB reinsurance contracts. Because changes in the fair value of the GMIB reinsurance contracts are recorded in the period in which they occur and a majority of the changes in gross reserves for GMIB are recognized over time, net income will be more volatile.

Effect of Assumption Updates on Operating Results

Most of the variable annuity products, variable universal life insurance and universal life insurance products we offer maintain policyholder deposits that are reported as liabilities and classified within either Separate Account liabilities or policyholder account balances. Our products and riders also impact liabilities for future policyholder benefits and unearned revenues and assets for DAC and deferred sales inducements. The valuation of these assets and liabilities (other than deposits) are based on differing accounting methods depending on the product, each of which requires numerous assumptions and considerable judgment. The accounting guidance applied in the valuation of these assets and liabilities includes, but is not limited to, the following: (i) traditional life insurance products for which assumptions are locked in at inception; (ii) universal life insurance and variable life insurance secondary guarantees for which benefit liabilities are determined by estimating the expected value of death benefits payable when the account balance is projected to be zero and recognizing those benefits ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments; (iii) certain product guarantees for which benefit liabilities are accrued over the life of the contract in proportion to actual and future expected policy assessments; and (iv) certain product guarantees reported as embedded derivatives at fair value.

Our actuaries oversee the valuation of these product liabilities and assets and review underlying inputs and assumptions. We review the actuarial assumptions underlying these valuations at least annually and update assumptions when appropriate. Assumptions are based on a combination of company experience, industry experience, management actions and expert judgment and reflect our best estimate as of the date of each financial statement. Changes in assumptions can result in a significant change to the carrying value of product liabilities and assets and, consequently, the impact could be material to earnings in the period of the change. For further details of our accounting policies and related judgments pertaining to assumption updates, see note 2 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and “—Summary of Critical Accounting Policies—Liability for Future Policy Benefits.”

Macroeconomic and Industry Trends

Our business and consolidated results of operations are significantly affected by economic conditions and consumer confidence, conditions in the global capital markets and the interest rate environment.

 

105


Table of Contents

Economic Conditions and Consumer Confidence

A wide variety of factors continue to impact economic conditions and consumer confidence. These factors include, among others, concerns over economic growth in the United States, continued low interest rates, falling unemployment rates, the U.S. Federal Reserve’s plans to further raise short-term interest rates, fluctuations in the strength of the U.S. dollar, the uncertainty created by what actions the current administration may pursue, changes in tax policy, global economic factors, including programs by the European Central Bank and the United Kingdom’s vote to exit from the European Union, and other geopolitical issues. Additionally, many of the products and solutions we sell are tax-advantaged or tax-deferred. If U.S. tax laws were to change, such that our products and solutions are no longer tax-advantaged or tax-deferred, demand for our products could materially decrease. See “Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—Future changes in U.S. tax laws and regulations or interpretations thereof could reduce our earnings and negatively impact our business, results of operations or financial condition, including by making our products less attractive to consumers.”

Capital Market Conditions

Although extraordinary monetary accommodation has mitigated volatility in interest rate and credit and domestic equity markets for an extended period, global central banks may now be past peak accommodation as the U.S. Federal Reserve continues its gradual pace of policy normalization. As global monetary policy becomes less accommodating, an increase in market volatility could affect our business, including through effects on the yields we earn on invested assets, changes in required reserves and capital and fluctuations in the value of our AUM, AV or AUA. These effects could be exacerbated by uncertainty about future fiscal policy, changes in tax policy, the scope of potential deregulation and levels of global trade.

In the short- to medium-term, the potential for increased volatility, coupled with prevailing interest rates remaining below historical averages, could pressure sales and reduce demand for our products as consumers consider purchasing alternative products to meet their objectives. In addition, this environment could make it difficult to consistently develop products that are attractive to customers. Financial performance can be adversely affected by market volatility and equity market declines as fees driven by AV and AUM fluctuate, hedging costs increase and revenues decline due to reduced sales and increased outflows.

We monitor the behavior of our customers and other factors, including mortality rates, morbidity rates, annuitization rates and lapse rates, which change in response to changes in capital market conditions, to ensure that our products and solutions remain attractive and profitable. For additional information on our sensitivity to interest rates and capital market prices, see “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Interest Rate Environment

We believe the interest rate environment will continue to impact our business and financial performance in the future for several reasons, including the following:

 

    Our GAIA portfolio consists predominantly of fixed income investments. In the near term, and absent further material change in yields available on investments, we expect the yield we earn on new investments will be lower than the yields we earn on maturing investments, which were generally purchased in environments where interest rates were higher than current levels. If interest rates were to rise, we expect the yield on our new money investments would also rise and gradually converge toward the yield of those maturing assets.

 

    Certain of our variable annuity and life insurance products pay guaranteed minimum interest crediting rates. We are required to pay these guaranteed minimum rates even if earnings on our investment portfolio decline, with the resulting investment margin compression negatively impacting earnings. In addition, we expect more policyholders to hold policies with comparatively high guaranteed rates longer (lower lapse rates) in a low interest rate environment. Conversely, a rise in average yield on our investment portfolio should positively impact earnings. Similarly, we expect policyholders would be less likely to hold policies with existing guaranteed rates (higher lapse rates) as interest rates rise.

 

106


Table of Contents
    A prolonged low interest rate environment also may subject us to increased hedging costs or an increase in the amount of statutory reserves that our insurance subsidiaries are required to hold for GMxB features, lowering their statutory surplus, which would adversely affect their ability to pay dividends to us. In addition, it may also increase the perceived value of GMxB features to our policyholders, which in turn may lead to a higher rate of annuitization and higher persistency of those products over time. Finally, low interest rates may continue to cause an acceleration of DAC amortization or reserve increase due to loss recognition for interest sensitive products, primarily for our Protection Solutions segment.

Regulatory Developments

Our life insurance subsidiaries are regulated primarily at the state level, with some policies and products also subject to federal regulation. On an ongoing basis, regulators refine capital requirements and introduce new reserving standards. Regulations recently adopted or currently under review can potentially impact our statutory reserve and capital requirements.

 

    NAIC . The NAIC is currently considering a proposal, which if adopted, could materially change the sensitivity of variable annuity reserves and capital requirements to capital markets including interest rate, equity markets and volatility as well as prescribed assumptions for policyholder behavior. In addition, the NAIC E Committee has established a working group to study and address, as appropriate, regulatory issues resulting from variable annuity captive reinsurance transactions, including reforms that would improve the current reserve and capital framework for insurance companies that sell variable annuity products.

 

    Department of Labor (“DOL”). In April 2016, the DOL issued the Rule, which significantly expanded the range of activities considered to be fiduciary investment advice under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) when our advisors and our employees provide investment-related information and support to retirement plan sponsors, participants and individual retirement account (“IRA”) holders. In February 2017, the DOL was directed by memorandum (the “President’s Memorandum”) to review the Rule and determine whether the Rule should be rescinded or revised, in light of the new administration’s policies and orientations. The Rule was partially implemented on June 9, 2017, with a special transition period for certain requirements that are due to take effect on January 1, 2018. On November 29, 2017, the DOL finalized a delay in implementing certain portions of the Rule from January 1, 2018 to July 1, 2019. On March 15, 2018 a federal appeals court issued a decision vacating the Rule. A final mandate has not been issued as of the date of this prospectus, and there is a possibility that the DOL may ask for a rehearing or appeal this decision. At this time, we do not currently plan any immediate changes to our approach to selling products and providing services to ERISA plans and IRAs. If the Rule remains in effect, we may need to make adverse changes to the level and type of services we provide as well as the nature and amount of compensation and fees that we and our affiliated advisors and firms receive for investment-related services to retirement plans and IRAs. See “Business—Regulation—ERISA Considerations.”

Impact of the Tax Reform Act

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Reform Act, a broad overhaul of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code that changes long-standing provisions governing the taxation of U.S. corporations, including life insurance companies.

The Tax Reform Act reduces the federal corporate income tax rate to 21% beginning in 2018 and repeals the corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) while keeping existing AMT credits. It also contains measures affecting our insurance companies, including changes to the DRD, insurance reserves and tax DAC, and measures affecting our international operations, such as a one-time transitional tax on some of the accumulated earnings of our foreign subsidiaries.

 

107


Table of Contents

As a result of the Tax Reform Act, we expect our Non-GAAP Operating Earnings to improve on a recurring basis due to the reduction in the effective tax rate. Our new effective tax rate is expected to be approximately 19%, driven mainly by the new federal corporate tax rate of 21% and the DRD benefit.

We expect the Tax Reform Act to have both positive and negative impacts on our balance sheet. On the one hand, as a one-time effect, the lower tax rate resulted in a reduction to the value of our deferred tax assets. On the other hand, the Tax Reform Act repeals the corporate AMT and, subject to certain limitations, allows us to use our AMT credits going forward, which we expect will result in a reduction of our tax liability. We recorded a $3 million one-time benefit in 2017 as a result of the estimated change in value of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and the expected utilization of our AMT credits.

In 2017, on a statutory basis, we recorded a moderate increase to our Combined RBC Ratio as a result of the Tax Reform Act. Specifically, this was driven mainly by the benefit of the corporate AMT repeal, but partially offset by a lower statutory deferred tax asset valuation.

We expect the tax liability on the earnings of our foreign subsidiaries will decrease going forward. In 2017, we recorded a one-time decrease to net income of $23 million due to the estimated transitional tax on some of the accumulated earnings of these subsidiaries.

Overall, we expect the Tax Reform Act to have a net positive economic impact on us. We continue to evaluate this new and complicated piece of legislation, assess the magnitude of the various impacts and monitor potential regulatory changes related to this reform.

Separation Costs

In connection with the preparation of this offering and operating as a stand-alone public company following the settlement of this offering, we expect to incur one-time and recurring expenses. These expenses primarily relate to information technology, compliance, internal audit, finance, risk management, procurement, client service, human resources and other support services. The process of replicating and replacing functions, systems and infrastructure provided by AXA or certain of its affiliates in order to operate on a stand-alone basis is currently underway and we expect that it will continue following the settlement of this offering.

We estimate that the aggregate amount of the one-time expenses described above will be between approximately $300 million and $350 million, of which $93 million was incurred in 2017 and approximately $150 million is expected to be incurred in 2018. Additional one-time expenses will be incurred when AXA ceases to own at least a majority of our outstanding common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Controlling Stockholder—Following the settlement of this offering, we may fail to replicate or replace functions, systems and infrastructure provided by AXA or certain of its affiliates (including through shared service contracts) or lose benefits from AXA’s global contracts, and AXA and its affiliates may fail to perform the services provided for in the Transitional Services Agreement” and “—Costs associated with any rebranding that we expect to undertake after AXA ceases to own at least a majority of our outstanding common stock could be significant.”

Restatements of Historical Financial Statements

As a result of misstatements in our previously issued annual and interim financial statements due to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we have:

 

    restated the annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016,

 

    restated the interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017,

 

    revised the annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 and

 

108


Table of Contents
    revised the interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016,

in each case that were reported in the preliminary prospectus included in the first amendment of our registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on February 14, 2018. Following settlement of this offering, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2018 and for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2018 will contain fully restated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively. See note 1 to the notes to the annual financial statements for a discussion of the restatement of the annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the revision of the annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015. See page F-131 for further information on the restatement of the interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the revision of the interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

Key Operating Measures

In addition to our results presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we plan to report Non-GAAP Operating Earnings and Non-GAAP Operating ROE as well as Non-GAAP Operating ROC by segment for our Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and Protection Solutions segments, each of which is a measure that is not determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Management believes that the use of these non-GAAP financial measures, together with relevant U.S. GAAP measures, provides a better understanding of our results of operations and the underlying profitability drivers and trends of our business. These non-GAAP financial measures are intended to remove from our results of operations the impact of market changes (other than with respect to equity method investments) as well as certain other expenses which are not part of our underlying profitability drivers or likely to re-occur in the foreseeable future, as such items fluctuate from period-to-period in a manner inconsistent with these drivers. These measures should be considered supplementary to our results that are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and should not be viewed as a substitute for the U.S. GAAP measures. Other companies may use similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures that are calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures. Consequently, our non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies.

We also discuss certain operating measures, including AUM, AUA and AV and certain other operating measures, which management believes provide useful information about our businesses and the operational factors underlying our financial performance.

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings is an after-tax non-GAAP financial measure used to evaluate our financial performance on a consolidated basis. The most significant of such adjustments relates to our derivative positions, which protect economic value and statutory capital, and are more sensitive to changes in market conditions than the variable annuity product liabilities as valued under U.S. GAAP. This is a large source of volatility in net income. Non-GAAP Operating Earnings equals our consolidated after-tax net income attributable to Holdings adjusted to eliminate the impact of the following items:

 

    Items related to GMxB features, which include changes in the fair value of the derivatives we use to hedge our GMxB features within our variable annuity products, the effect of benefit ratio unlock adjustments and changes in the fair value of the embedded derivatives of our GMxB riders reflected within variable annuity products net derivative results;

 

    Investment (gains) losses, which includes other-than-temporary impairments of securities, sales or disposals of securities/investments, realized capital gains/losses and valuation allowances;

 

   

Investment (income) loss from certain derivative instruments, which includes net derivative (gains) losses, excluding derivative instruments used to hedge risks associated with interest margins on interest sensitive life and annuity contracts, replicate credit exposure of fixed maturity securities, replicate a

 

109


Table of Contents
 

dollar-denominated fixed-coupon cash bonds, Separate Accounts fee hedges, and freestanding and embedded derivatives associated with products with GMxB features;

 

    Net actuarial (gains) losses, which includes actuarial gains and losses as a result of differences between actual and expected experience on pension plan assets or projected benefit obligation during a given period related to pension and other postretirement benefit obligations;

 

    Other adjustments, which includes restructuring costs related to severance, lease write-offs related to non-recurring restructuring activities and write-downs of goodwill; and

 

    Income tax expense (benefit) related to the above items and non-recurring tax items, which includes release of tax positions for a given audit period, goodwill impairment, state taxes on the sale of real estate and, for 2017, the impact related to the Tax Reform Act.

Because Non-GAAP Operating Earnings excludes the foregoing items that can be distortive or unpredictable, management believes that this measure enhances the understanding of the Company’s underlying drivers of profitability and trends in our business, thereby allowing management to make decisions that will positively impact our business.

We use our prevailing corporate federal income tax rate of 35%, which was in effect on December 31, 2017, while taking into account any non-recurring differences for events recognized differently in our financial statements and federal income tax returns when reconciling Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings to Non-GAAP Operating Earnings.

The table below presents a reconciliation of Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings to Non-GAAP Operating Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 850     $ 1,272     $ 333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments related to:

      

GMxB features

     1,244       2,068       1,697  

Investment (gains) losses

     191       (1,983     15  

Investment income from certain derivative instruments

     18       6       (104

Net actuarial (gains) losses related to pension and other postretirement benefit obligations

     135       140       137  

Goodwill impairment

     369       —         —    

Other adjustments

     89       12       (11

Income tax expense (benefit) related to above adjustments

     (699     (76     (592

Non-recurring tax items

     (76     (63     (103
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings

   $ 2,121     $ 1,376     $ 1,372  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Operating ROE and Non-GAAP Operating ROC by Segment

We plan to report Non-GAAP Operating ROE as well as Non-GAAP Operating ROC by segment for our Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and Protection Solutions segments, each of which is a non-GAAP financial measure used to evaluate our recurrent profitability on a consolidated basis and by segment, respectively. We calculate Non-GAAP Operating ROE by dividing Non-GAAP Operating Earnings by consolidated average equity attributable to Holdings, excluding Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) and Non-controlling interest (“NCI”). We calculate Non-GAAP Operating ROC by segment by dividing operating earnings (loss) on a segment basis by average capital on a segment basis, excluding AOCI and NCI, as described below. AOCI fluctuates period-to-period in a manner inconsistent with our underlying

 

110


Table of Contents

profitability drivers as the majority of such fluctuation is related to the market volatility of the unrealized gains and losses associated with our available for sale (“AFS”) securities. Therefore, we believe excluding AOCI is more effective in analyzing the trends of our operations. We do not calculate Non-GAAP Operating ROC by segment for our Investment Management & Research segment because we do not manage that segment from a return of capital perspective. Instead, we use metrics more directly applicable to an asset management business, such as AUM, to evaluate and manage that segment. For Non-GAAP Operating ROC by segment, capital components pertaining directly to specific segments such as DAC and goodwill along with targeted capital are directly attributed to these segments. Targeted capital for each segment is established using assumptions supporting statutory capital adequacy levels necessary to be considered a going concern. To enhance the ability to analyze these measures across periods, interim periods are annualized. Non-GAAP Operating ROE and Non-GAAP Operating ROC by segment should not be used as substitutes for ROE.

The following table sets forth Non-GAAP Operating ROC by segment for our Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and Protection Solutions segments for the year ended December 31, 2017.

     Year Ended December 31, 2017  
     Individual
Retirement
    Group
Retirement
    Protection
Solutions
 

Operating earnings

   $ 1,287     $ 283     $ 536  

Average capital (1)

   $ 6,740     $ 1,254     $ 2,623  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Operating ROC

     19.1     22.6     20.4

 

(1) For average capital amounts by segment, capital components pertaining directly to specific segments such as DAC and goodwill along with targeted capital are directly attributed to these segments. Targeted capital for each segment is established using assumptions supporting statutory capital adequacy levels necessary to be considered a going concern.

Assets Under Management (“AUM”)

AUM means investment assets that are managed by one of our subsidiaries and includes: (i) assets managed by AB, (ii) the assets in our GAIA portfolio and (iii) the Separate Account assets of our Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and Protection Solutions businesses. Total AUM reflects exclusions between segments to avoid double counting.

Assets Under Administration (“AUA”)

AUA includes non-insurance client assets that are invested in our savings and investment products or serviced by our AXA Advisors platform. We provide administrative services for these assets and generally record the revenues received as distribution fees.

Account Value (“AV”)

AV generally equals the aggregate policy account value of our retirement and protection products. General Account AV refers to account balances in investment options that are backed by the General Account while Separate Account AV refers to Separate Account investment assets.

Protection Solutions Reserves

Protection Solutions Reserves equals the aggregate value of Policyholders’ account balances and Future policy benefits for policies in our Protection Solutions segment.

 

111


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations

Our consolidated results of operations are significantly affected by conditions in the capital markets and the economy because we offer variable annuity products with GMxB features. These products have been a significant driver of our results of operations. Because the future claims exposure on these products is sensitive to movements in the equity markets and interest rates, we have in place various hedging and reinsurance programs that are designed to mitigate the economic risks of movements in the equity markets and interest rates. The volatility in our net income attributable to Holdings for the periods presented below results from the mismatch between (i) the change in carrying value of the reserves for GMDB and certain GMIB features that do not fully and immediately reflect the impact of equity and interest market fluctuations and (ii) the change in fair value of products with the GMIB feature that have a no-lapse guarantee, and our hedging and reinsurance programs.

As of December 31, 2017, our economic interest in AB was approximately 47%. As of the time of this offering and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, our economic interest in AB will be approximately 65%. Our indirect, wholly owned subsidiary, AllianceBernstein Corporation, is the General Partner of AB. Accordingly, AB is consolidated in our financial statements, and its results are fully reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 have been restated and the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 have been revised, primarily for the correction of errors in the calculation of policyholders’ benefit reserves and embedded derivatives for the Company’s variable annuity products and the calculation of DAC amortization for certain variable and interest sensitive products.

 

112


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our consolidated statements of income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016
(as restated)
    2015  
     (in millions)  

REVENUES

      

Policy charges and fee income

   $ 3,733     $ 3,762     $ 3,653  

Premiums

     1,124       1,083       1,070  

Net derivative gains (losses)

     228       (1,722     (1,393

Net investment income

     3,082       2,665       2,450  

Investment gains (losses), net:

      

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

     (15     (68     (42

Other investment gains (losses), net

     (176     2,051       27  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment gains (losses), net

   $ (191   $ 1,983     $ (15

Investment management and service fees

     4,093       3,749       3,895  

Other income

     445       402       419  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 12,514     $ 11,922     $ 10,079  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BENEFITS AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS

      

Policyholders’ benefits

     4,354       3,343       3,505  

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

     1,108       1,091       946  

Compensation and benefits (includes $156, $154 and $157 of deferred acquisition costs)

     2,137       2,119       2,165  

Commissions and distribution related payments (includes $523, $536 and $559 of deferred acquisition costs)

     1,604       1,536       1,586  

Interest expense

     160       174       136  

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, net (net of capitalization of $687, $697 and $723)

     (239     89       (285

Other operating costs and expenses (includes $8, $7 and $7 of deferred acquisition costs) (see note 11 for related party information)

     2,076       1,516       1,585  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefits and other deductions

   $ 11,200     $ 9,868     $ 9,638  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations, before income taxes

     1,314       2,054       441  

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (41     (387     217  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,273     $ 1,667     $ 658  

Less: net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     (423     (395     (325
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 850     $ 1,272     $ 333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings

   $ 2,121     $ 1,376     $ 1,372  

The following discussion compares the results for the year ended December 31, 2017 to the year ended December 31, 2016 and the results for the year ended December 31, 2016 to the year ended December 31, 2015.

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

Net Income Attributable to Holdings

The $422 million decrease in net income attributable to Holdings to $850 million for the year ended 2017 from $1,272 million for the year ended 2016 was primarily driven by the following notable items:

 

   

Lower investment gains of $2.2 billion mainly due to a non-recurring $1.9 billion realized gain on the sale of two real estate properties in New York City for the year ended 2016, and losses of $0.2 billion

 

113


Table of Contents
 

in 2017 mainly due to the disposal of our commercial-mortgage backed securities portfolio and the sale of U.S. treasury securities.

 

    Increase in Policyholders’ benefits of $1.0 billion due to reserve increases of $1.5 billion for our Individual Retirement products mainly driven by policyholder behavior benefit ratio unlock adjustments, partially offset by $499 million in our Protection Solutions segment mainly driven by $700 million positive impact in 2017 from assumption updates and model changes compared to $117 million in 2016 and $27 million from other routine updates partially offset by a $187 million increase in net death claims. 2017 included the full reserve release of $677 million following assumption updates and model changes in the fourth quarter of 2017 and $92 million from a change in premium funding assumptions, partially offset by $70 million from a mortality table update. 2016 was mainly driven by a $106 million change in premium funding assumptions.

 

    Increase in Compensation and benefits and Other operating costs and expenses of $578 million mainly reflecting the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge, reflected in Other operating costs and expenses, of $369 million in 2017 due to the Company’s early adoption on January 1, 2017 of new accounting guidance for goodwill, and $165 million from our Investment Management and Research segment reflecting higher compensation and benefits, as well as higher operating expenses.

Partially offsetting this decrease were the following notable items:

 

    An increase in Net derivative gains (losses) of $2.0 billion mainly due to $1.7 billion increased gains due to our GMxB liability carried at fair value, and $0.4 billion from GMxB derivatives reflecting gains on Interest rate partially offset by higher equity return leading to higher losses.

 

    Increase in Net investment income of $417 million primarily due to an increase of $409 million in income relating to trading securities driven primarily by increased SCS holdings and AB trading activity.

 

    Higher Investment management and service fees of $344 million driven by $284 million increase in our Investment Management and Research segment primarily due to higher base fees of $205 million in Retail, Institutions and Private Wealth Management, reflecting an increase in average AUM and the impact of a shift in distribution channel mix from Institutions to Retail and Private Wealth Management, which generally have higher fees, and an increase in performance fees of $62 million.

 

    Increase in Other income of $43 million primarily due to an increase of $47 million in distribution revenue from AXA Advisors broker-dealer business.

 

    Increase in Premiums of $41 million, primarily from our Individual Retirement segment driven by higher income benefit elections, partially offset by a decrease from our Protection Solution segment, mainly driven by a decrease in term life premiums.

 

   

Lower Amortization of DAC, net of $328 million in 2017 driven by a decrease across all segments. Our Protection Solutions segment decreased by $235 million as a result of a decrease of $228 million in amortization of DAC before capitalization. This decrease was mainly due the impact of assumptions updates and model changes of $224 million (a $23 million decrease in 2017 compared to a $201 million increase in 2016). In 2017, the $23 million decrease included (i) a $204 million positive impact from a mortality table update, (ii) a $54 million decrease from a maintenance expense assumption update to reflect actual experience, partially offset by (iii) a $192 million DAC write-off related to our loss recognition testing of certain permanent life products due to low interest rates, and (iv) $61 million from the update of General Account spread and yield assumption. In 2016, the $201 million increase included (i) a $182 million increase from lower interest rates, and (ii) a $28 million increase from an update in premium funding assumptions. Individual Retirement decreased by $16 million mainly due to $36 million lower Amortization of DAC primarily due to an update of our lapse and withdrawal assumptions for our variable annuity products. Group Retirement was $29 million lower mainly due to $24 million lower Amortization of DAC reflecting assumption updates to reflect higher persistency.

 

114


Table of Contents
 

Corporate and Other decreased by $48 million primarily driven by Closed Block amortization of DAC decreasing by $36 million, primarily reflecting reactivity to lower gross margin in 2017.

 

    Decrease of $346 million in income tax expense primarily driven by lower pre-tax income and the impact of a $228 million tax benefit related to the conclusion of an IRS audit for tax years 2008 and 2009 in the second quarter of 2017.

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings

Our consolidated Non-GAAP Operating Earnings was favorably impacted during the period by several discrete actuarial assumption updates and model changes in our Protection Solutions segment.

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings increased $745 million to $2,121 million during 2017 from $1,376 million

in 2016, primarily driven by the following notable items:

 

    Increase in Net derivative gains of $343 million primarily due to GMxB derivative gains due to decreasing interest rates in 2017 compared to 2016.

 

    Increase in Investment management and service fees of $344 million mainly driven by $283 million in our Investment Management and Research segment primarily due to higher base fees of $205 million reflecting an increase in average AUM and the impact of a shift in distribution channel mix from Institutions to Retail and Private Wealth Management, which generally have higher fees, and an increase in performance fees of $62 million.

 

    Decrease in Amortization of DAC, net of $335 million in 2017 driven by a decrease across all segments. Our Protection Solutions segment decreased by $235 million as a result of a decrease of $228 million in amortization of DAC before capitalization. This decrease was mainly due the impact of assumptions updates and model changes of $224 million (a $23 million decrease in 2017 compared to a $201 million increase in 2016). In 2017, the $23 million decrease included (i) a $204 million positive impact from a mortality table update, (ii) a $54 million decrease from a maintenance expense assumption update to reflect actual experience, partially offset by (iii) a $192 million DAC write-off related to our loss recognition testing of certain permanent life products due to low interest rates, and (iv) $61 million from the update of General Account spread and yield assumption. In 2016, the $201 million increase included (i) a $182 million increase from lower interest rates, and (ii) a $28 million increase from an update in premium funding assumptions. Individual Retirement decreased by $22 million mainly due to $43 million lower Amortization of DAC primarily due to an update of our lapse and withdrawal assumptions for our variable annuity products. Group Retirement was $30 million lower mainly due to $25 million lower Amortization of DAC reflecting assumption updates to reflect higher persistency. Corporate and Other decreased by $48 million primarily driven by Closed Block amortization of DAC decreasing by $36 million, primarily reflecting reactivity to lower gross margin in 2017.

 

    Increase in Net investment income of $190 million mainly due to higher equity method investments and higher asset base.

 

    Increase in Premiums of $41 million, primarily from our Individual Retirement segment driven by higher IB elections, partially offset by a decrease from our Protection Solutions segment, mainly driven by a decrease in term life premiums.

 

    Increase in Other income of $42 million due to an increase of $47 million in distribution revenue from AXA Advisors broker-dealer business.

Partially offsetting this increase were the following notable items:

 

   

Increase in Policyholders’ benefits of $32 million mainly driven by a $536 million increase in GMxB policyholder benefits, partially offset by a $499 million decrease in our Protection Solutions segment,

 

115


Table of Contents
 

mainly driven by a $700 million positive impact in 2017 from assumption updates and model changes (compared to $117 million in 2016) and $27 million from other routine updates, partially offset by a $187 million increase in net death claims. 2017 included the full reserve release of $677 million following assumption updates and model changes in the fourth quarter of 2017 and $92 million from a change in premium funding assumptions, partially offset by $70 million from a mortality table update. 2016 was mainly driven by a $106 million change in premium funding assumptions.

 

    Higher Compensation and benefits and Other operating costs and expenses of $66 million mainly driven by business growth in our Investment Management and Research segment.

 

    Increase of $292 million in income tax expense primarily driven by higher pre-tax income.

Year ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Holdings

The $939 million increase in net income attributable to Holdings to $1,272 million in 2016 from $333 million in 2015 was primarily driven by the following notable items:

 

    Higher investment gains of $2.0 billion due to a $1.9 billion realized gain on the sale of two New York City real estate properties in 2016.

 

    Increase of $215 million of Net investment income mainly due to unrealized gains on trading securities and higher commercial mortgage prepayments, partially offset by lower income from equity method investments.
    Increase of $109 million in Policy charges and fee income mainly due to higher Separate Account fee income driven by higher average AV.

Partially offsetting this increase were the following notable items:

 

    Increase in Amortization of DAC, net of $374 million primarily driven by an increase of $368 million in our Protection Solutions segment, reflecting an increase of $334 million in amortization of DAC before capitalization. This increase was mainly due to the impact of model changes and assumptions updates for $300 million ($201 million increase in 2016 compared to a $99 million decrease in 2015), and an increase of $34 million mainly due to $77 million from other routine model updates to reflect actual experience such as the update of the cost of the cap and floor of our equity indexed universal life products. In 2016, assumption updates and model changes increased amortization of DAC by $201 million reflecting $182 million from lower interest rates and $28 million from premium funding assumptions, compared to a decrease of $99 million in 2015 mainly due to an update in RTM assumptions.

 

    Decrease in Investment management and service fees of $146 million primarily due to a decrease in Retail and Institutions base fees from a shift in product mix and lower Bernstein Research Service fees due to lower market values.

 

    Higher income tax expense of $604 million in 2016 also contributed to a decrease in our overall results.

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings increased $4 million to $1,376 million in 2016 from $1,372 million in

2015, primarily driven by the following notable items:

 

    Increase in Net derivative gains of $478 million mainly driven by GMxB derivatives gains in Individual Retirement.

 

    Increase of $122 million in Policy charges and fee income and premiums mainly due to the impact of assumption changes and higher cost of insurance charges in our Protection Solutions segment, as well as higher premiums primarily in Individual Retirement, partly offset by the decrease in Protection Solutions premiums.

 

116


Table of Contents
    Decrease in Compensation and benefits and Other operating costs and expenses of $144 million mainly driven by lower Compensation and benefits in Investment Management and Research, as well as other operating efficiencies.

Partially offsetting this increase were the following notable items:

 

    Higher Amortization of DAC, net of $376 million primarily driven by $368 million in our Protection Solutions segment, reflecting an increase of $334 million in amortization of DAC before capitalization. This increase was mainly due to the impact of model changes and assumptions updates for $300 million ($201 million increase in 2016 compared to a $99 million decrease in 2015), and an increase of $34 million mainly due to $77 million from other routine model updates to reflect actual experience such as the update of the cost of the cap and floor of our equity indexed universal life products. In 2016, assumption updates and model changes increased amortization of DAC by $201 million reflecting $182 million from lower interest rates and $28 million from premium funding assumptions, compared to a decrease of $99 million in 2015 mainly due to an update in RTM assumptions.

 

    Increase of $157 million in Policyholders’ benefits mainly due to Individual Retirement (partially offsetting GMxB derivative gains).

 

    Decrease in investment management and service fees of $146 million primarily due to a decrease in Retail and Institutions base fees from a shift in product mix and lower Bernstein Research Service fees due to lower market values.

 

    Increase of $47 million in income tax expense primarily driven by higher pre-tax income.

Results of Operations by Segment

We manage our business through the following four segments: Individual Retirement, Group Retirement, Investment Management and Research and Protection Solutions. We report certain activities and items that are not included in our four segments in Corporate and Other. The following section presents our discussion of operating earnings (loss) by segment and AUM and AV by segment, as applicable. Consistent with U.S. GAAP guidance for segment reporting, operating earnings (loss) is our U.S. GAAP measure of segment performance. See note 18 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information on the Company’s segments.

The following table summarizes operating earnings (loss) by segment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016
(as restated)
    2015  
           (in millions)        

Operating earnings (loss) by segment:

      

Individual Retirement

   $ 1,287     $ 1,153     $ 1,060  

Group Retirement

     283       167       167  

Investment Management and Research

     211       161       173  

Protection Solutions

     536       79       113  

Corporate and Other

     (196     (184     (141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings

   $ 2,121     $ 1,376     $ 1,372  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Individual Retirement

The Individual Retirement segment includes our variable annuity products which primarily meet the needs of individuals saving for retirement or seeking retirement income.

 

117


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes operating earnings of our Individual Retirement segment for the periods presented:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Operating earnings

   $ 1,287     $ 1,153     $ 1,060  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Key components of operating earnings are:

      

REVENUES

      

Policy charges, fee income and premiums

   $ 2,156     $ 2,014     $ 1,968  

Net investment income

     736       617       627  

Investment gains (losses), net including derivative gains (losses)

     725       400       (129

Investment Management, service fees and other income

     739       700       738  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment revenues

   $ 4,356     $ 3,731     $ 3,204  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BENEFITS AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS

      

Policyholders’ benefits

   $ 1,563     $ 1,021     $ 656  

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

     214       221       227  

Commissions and distribution related payments

     609       611       617  

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, net

     (302     (280     (292

Compensation, benefits, interest expense and other operating costs and expenses

     523       552       559  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment benefits and other deductions

   $ 2,607     $ 2,125     $ 1,767  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes AV for our Individual Retirement segment as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

AV

        

General Account

   $ 19,059      $ 15,384      $ 12,187  

Separate Accounts

     84,364        78,220        76,170  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AV

   $ 103,423      $ 93,604      $ 88,357  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes a roll forward of AV for our Individual Retirement segment for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ 93,604     $ 88,357     $ 90,018  

Gross premiums

     7,786       7,960       7,460  

Surrenders, withdrawals and benefits

     (7,854     (6,780     (6,354
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net flows

     (68     1,180       1,106  

Investment performance, interest credited and policy charges

     9,887       4,067       (2,767
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ 103,423     $ 93,604     $ 88,357  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016 for the Individual Retirement Segment

Operating earnings

Operating earnings increased $134 million to $1.3 billion in 2017 from $1.2 billion in 2016 primarily attributable to the following:

 

    Increase in Policy charges, fee income and premiums and investment management fees of $176 million due to higher AV from higher equity market performance in 2017 and higher premium income from payout annuities.

 

    Increase in Net investment income, consisting primarily of an $84 million increase related to equity method investments and higher assets.

 

    Decrease in DAC amortization, net of $43 million due primarily to an update of our lapse and withdrawal assumptions for our variable annuity products with GMxB features in 2017.

 

    Increase of $40 million in operating earnings due to higher SCS AV driven by higher gross premiums.

 

    Decrease in operating expenses of $29 million due to company-wide efficiency actions.

The increase was partially offset by:

 

    Net decrease of $233 million in operating earnings, consisting of a $536 million increase in GMxB Policyholders’ benefits partially offset by a $303 million increase in GMxB derivative gains. 2016 Policyholders’ benefits were below normal levels due to (i) an assumption update on our in-force block related to buyout offers that reduced future benefits and (ii) favorable withdrawal activity relative to expectations that did not recur in 2016.

 

    Increase in income tax expense of $7 million due to higher pre-tax operating earnings.

Net Flows and AV

 

    Net flows were $(68) million, a $1,248 million decrease in 2017, driven by a $1,074 million increase in surrenders, withdrawals and benefits mainly coming from our fixed-rate GMxB business, and a $174 million decrease in gross premiums mainly due to the DOL Rule’s impact on sales by certain third party firms.

 

    Increase in AV of $9.8 billion year-over-year driven primarily by equity market performance.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015 for the Individual Retirement Segment

Operating earnings

Operating earnings increased $93 million in 2016 from $1.1 billion in 2015 primarily attributable to a net increase of $164 million as net derivative gains of $529 million more than offset the increase in Policyholders’ benefits of $365 million. In 2016, Policyholders’ benefits were positively impacted by $222 million due to assumption changes made on our in-force block from buyout offers. The increase was partially offset by an increase in income tax expense of $76 million due to an increase in pre-tax operating earnings.

Net Flows and AV

 

    Net flows of $1.2 billion during 2016 were $74 million higher than the net flows of $1.1 billion during 2015 due mostly to a $500 million increase in gross premiums, offset by an increase of $426 million in surrenders, benefits and other charges.

 

119


Table of Contents
    Increase in AV of $5.2 billion during 2016 was $6.9 billion higher than the $1.7 billion decrease in AV during 2015 driven by an increase in interest credited and investment performance of $6.9 billion to $5.2 billion for 2016 from $(1.7) billion for 2015.

Group Retirement

The Group Retirement segment offers tax-deferred investment and retirement plans sponsored by educational entities, municipalities and not-for-profit entities as well as small and medium-sized businesses.

The following table summarizes operating earnings of our Group Retirement segment for the periods presented:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Operating earnings

   $ 283     $ 167     $ 167  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Key components of operating earnings are:

      

REVENUES

      

Policy charges, fee income and premiums

   $ 248     $ 217     $ 220  

Net investment income

     528       444       421  

Investment gains (losses), net including derivative gains (losses)

     (3     (10     3  

Investment Management, service fees and other income

     174       150       150  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment revenues

   $ 947     $ 801     $ 794  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BENEFITS AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS

      

Policyholders’ benefits

     —       $ 1       —    

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

     284       271       261  

Commissions and distribution related payments

     93       88       83  

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, net

     (63     (33     (28

Compensation, benefits, interest expense and other operating costs and expenses

     261       261       265  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment benefits and other deductions

   $ 575     $ 588     $ 581  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables summarize AV for our Group Retirement segment as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  

AV

     (in millions)  

General Account

   $ 11,319      $ 10,999      $ 10,232  

Separate Accounts

     22,587        19,139        17,525  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AV

   $ 33,906      $ 30,138      $ 27,757  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes a roll-forward of AV for our Group Retirement segment for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016     2015  
    

(in millions)

 

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ 30,138     $ 27,757     $ 27,607  

Gross premiums

     3,205       3,137       2,858  

Surrenders, withdrawals and benefits

     (2,938     (2,458     (2,507
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net flows

     267       679       351  

Investment performance, interest credited and policy charges

     3,501       1,702       (201
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ 33,906     $ 30,138     $ 27,757  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016 for the Group Retirement Segment

Operating earnings

Operating earnings increased by $116 million to $283 million in 2017 from $167 million in 2016.

The increase is primarily attributable to the following:

 

    Higher fee income from policy charges and investment management of $57 million due to positive net flows of $267 million and equity market performance in 2017.

 

    Increase in Net investment income of $84 million due to higher income from equity method investments and higher assets.

 

    Decrease of $30 million in DAC amortization, net due to the adjustment of our assumptions for DAC amortization, lengthening the amortization period due to higher persistency.

This increase was partially offset by the following:

 

    Higher Interest credited to policyholder account balances of $13 million due to higher average general account AV.

 

    Higher taxes of $41 million driven by higher pre-tax operating income.

Net Flows and AV

 

    Net flows were $267 million, a $412 million decrease in 2017 from 2016, driven primarily by a $480 million increase in surrenders, withdrawals and benefits, partially offset by a $68 million increase in gross premiums in the 403(b) market through AXA Advisors’ distribution network.

 

    Increase in AV of $3.8 billion year-over-year driven primarily by equity market performance.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015 for the Group Retirement Segment

Operating earnings

Operating earnings remain unchanged at $167 million in 2016 from 2015 primarily attributable to the following offsetting increases and decreases:

 

    Higher Net investment income of $23 million due to higher asset balances partially offset by lower income from equity method investments.

 

121


Table of Contents
    Reduction in other operating expenses of $8 million reflecting operating efficiency.

 

    Higher derivative losses of $13 million driven by separate account hedge losses from higher equity markets after the first quarter of 2016.

 

    Higher Interest credited of $10 million due to an increase in our average General Account AV.

 

    Despite higher average AV in 2016, the market downturn in the first quarter of 2016 resulted in a decline in fees relative to 2015.

Net Flows and AV

 

    Net flows of $679 million during 2016 were $328 million higher than the net flows of $351 million during 2015, primarily driven by higher sales and strong in-force management.

 

    Increase of $2.4 billion in AV during 2016 was $2.2 billion higher than the $150 million increase during 2015, primarily driven by strong investment performance.

Investment Management and Research

The Investment Management and Research segment provides diversified investment management, research and related services to a broad range of clients around the world. Operating earnings (loss) presented here represents our current economic interest, net of tax, in AB of approximately 47%. Giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, our economic interest in AB will increase to approximately 65%.

The following table summarizes operating earnings of our Investment Management and Research segment for the periods presented:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2017             2016             2015      
     (in millions)  

Operating earnings

   $ 211     $ 161     $ 173  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Key components of operating earnings are:

      

REVENUES

      

Policy charges, fee income and premiums

                  

Net investment income

   $ 60     $ 52     $ 13  

Investment gains (losses), net including derivative gains (losses)

     (24     (16     15  

Investment Management, service fees and other income

     3,180       2,897       2,996  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment revenues

   $ 3,216     $ 2,933     $ 3,024  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BENEFITS AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS

      

Policyholders’ benefits

                  

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

                  

Commissions and distribution related payments

   $ 415     $ 372     $ 394  

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, net

                  

Compensation, benefits, interest expense and other operating costs and expenses

     2,042       1,936       2,006  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment benefits and other deductions

   $ 2,457     $ 2,308     $ 2,400  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents

Changes in AUM in the Investment Management and Research segment for the periods presented were as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31  
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in billions)  

Balance as of beginning of period

   $ 480.2     $ 467.4     $ 474.0  

Long-term flows:

      

Sales/new accounts

     78.7       73.0       75.4  

Redemptions/terminations

     (60.7     (65.8     (61.4

Cash flow/unreinvested dividends

     (4.8     (17.0     (10.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net long-term (outflows) inflows

     13.2       (9.8     3.2  

Acquisition

     —         2.5       —    

AUM adjustment (1)

     —         (3.0     —    

Market appreciation (depreciation)

     61.1       23.1       (9.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change

     74.3       12.8       (6.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ 554.5     $ 480.2     $ 467.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) During the second quarter of 2016, we removed $3.0 billion of Customized Retirement Solutions assets from AUM as our investment management services transitioned to consulting services. In addition, we previously made minor adjustments to reported AUM for reporting methodology changes that do not represent inflows or outflows.

Average AUM in the Investment Management and Research segment for the periods presented by distribution channel and investment services were as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in billions)  

Distribution Channel

        

Institutions

   $ 253.8      $ 243.4      $ 242.9  

Retail

     177.5        157.7        160.6  

Private Wealth Management

     86.7        78.9        77.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 518.0      $ 480.0      $ 480.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment Service

        

Equity Actively Managed

   $ 125.6      $ 109.4      $ 113.2  

Equity Passively Managed (1)

     50.8        46.5        49.3  

Fixed Income Actively

        

Managed—Taxable

     236.3        221.5        217.7  

Fixed Income Actively

        

Managed—Tax-exempt

     38.8        36.3        32.6  

Fixed Income Passively

        

Managed (1)

     10.3        11.0        10.1  

Other (2)

     56.2        55.3        57.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 518.0      $ 480.0      $ 480.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes index and enhanced index services.
(2) Includes multi-asset solutions and services, and certain alternative investments.

 

123


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016 for the Investment Management and Research Segment

Operating earnings

Operating earnings increased $50 million in 2017 to $211 million from $161 million in 2016 primarily attributable to the following:

 

    Increase in investment management service fees and other income of $283 million primarily due to higher base fees of $205 million resulting from increases in Retail, Institutions and Private Wealth Management base fees due to a 7.9% increase in average AUM and the impact of a shift in distribution channel mix from Institutions to Retail and Private Wealth Management, which generally have higher fees. Performance fees increased by $62 million.

 

    Increase in investment advisory fees was partially offset by a decrease in Bernstein Research Services revenues of $30 million primarily due to a decline in our clients’ trading activity in the United States and a volume mix shift to electronic trading in Europe, partially offset by increased client activity in Asia.

This increase in operating earnings was partially offset by an increase in total segment benefits and other deductions of $149 million due to:

 

    Higher compensation and benefit expenses of $74 million, primarily attributable to higher incentive compensation of $68 million and higher base compensation of $5 million, which resulted from higher severance and higher commissions of $5 million.

 

    Higher distribution plan payments of $43 million.

 

    Higher other operating costs and expenses of $41 million. The increase is primarily due to a vendor termination payment of $20 million and higher expenses related to consolidated company-sponsored investment funds.

 

    Increase in income tax expense of $15 million due to an increase in pre-tax operating earnings.

Long-Term Net Flows and AUM

 

    Total AUM as of December 31, 2017 was $554.5 billion, up $74.3 billion, or 15.5%, during 2017. The increase was driven by market appreciation of $61.1 billion and net flows of $13.2 billion (primarily due to Retail and Institutional inflows of $8.9 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively).

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015 for the Investment Management and Research Segment

Operating earnings

Operating earnings decreased $12 million to $161 million in 2016 from $173 million in 2015 primarily attributable to the following:

 

    Decrease in investment advisory and services base fees of $99 million primarily due to a decrease in Retail and Institutions base fees due to a shift in product mix to services generating lower fees and lower Retail average AUM in 2016, as compared to 2015. This was partially offset by an increase in Private Wealth Management base fees.

 

    Decrease in Bernstein Research Services revenues of $14 million due to lower market values and volumes in Europe and Asia and the discontinuation of Equity Capital Market Services.

 

    Increase in net distribution costs of $22 million, driven by a larger decrease in distribution revenue than the corresponding decrease in distribution plan payments and amortization of deferred sales commissions.

 

    Higher income taxes of $11 million due to higher taxes on foreign earnings.

 

124


Table of Contents

This decrease was partially offset by the following:

 

    Decrease in compensation and benefit expenses of $45 million, primarily attributable to lower incentive compensation of $34 million. In addition, there was a decrease in commissions and fringe benefits and other costs of $19 million, partially offset by an increase in base compensation of $10 million, reflecting higher severance costs.

 

    Lower marketing, travel and entertainment and other expenses of $15 million.

 

    Higher performance fees of $9 million, with an increase in Private Client performance fees and Institutions performance fees partially offset by lower Retail performance fees.

Long-Term Net Flows and AUM

 

    Total AUM as of December 31, 2016 were $480.2 billion, up $12.8 billion, or 2.7%, during 2016. The increase was driven by market appreciation of $23.1 billion, offset by net outflows of $9.8 billion, reflecting Institutional outflows of $5.4 billion and Retail outflows of $4.8 billion, partially offset by Private Wealth Management inflows of $0.4 billion.

Protection Solutions

The Protection Solutions segment includes our life insurance and employee benefits businesses. We provide a targeted range of products aimed at serving the financial needs of our clients throughout their lives, including VUL, IUL and term life products. In 2015, we entered the employee benefits market and currently offer a suite of dental, vision, life, as well as short- and long-term disability insurance products to small and medium-sized businesses.

Our Protection Solutions segment was impacted during the period by several discrete items, including actuarial assumption updates and model changes, a maintenance expense assumption update, a mortality table update and loss recognition testing. In recent years, we have refocused our product offering and distribution towards less capital intensive, higher return accumulation and protection products. Excluding the non-recurring items noted above, we plan to improve our operating earnings over time through earnings generated from sales of our repositioned product portfolio and by proactively managing and optimizing our in-force book.

 

125


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes operating earnings (loss) of our Protection Solutions segment for the periods presented:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Operating earnings

   $ 536     $ 79     $ 113  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Key components of operating earnings are:

      

REVENUES

      

Policy charges, fee income and premiums

   $ 1,995     $ 2,156     $ 2,025  

Net investment income

     850       761       740  

Investment gains (losses), net including derivative gains (losses)

     (11     (3     (2

Investment Management, service fees and other income

     212       210       209  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment revenues

   $ 3,046     $ 3,124     $ 2,972  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BENEFITS AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS

      

Policyholders’ benefits

   $ 956     $ 1,455     $ 1,591  

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

     455       479       453  

Commissions and distribution related payments

     274       285       315  

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, net

     128       363       (5

Compensation, benefits, interest expense and other operating costs and expenses

     443       444       472  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment benefits and other deductions

   $ 2,256     $ 3,026     $ 2,826  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes Protection Solutions Reserves for our Protection Solutions segment for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Protection Solutions Reserves (1)

        

General Account

   $ 16,007      $ 16,420      $ 16,014  

Separate Accounts

     12,643        11,251        10,907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 28,650      $ 27,671      $ 26,921  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Does not include Protection Solutions Reserves for our employee benefits business as it is a start-up business and therefore has immaterial in-force policies.

 

126


Table of Contents

The following table presents our in-force face amounts for the periods indicated, respectively, for our individual life insurance products:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in billions)  

In-force face amount by product (1)

        

Universal Life (2)

   $ 59.0      $ 61.7      $ 64.0  

Indexed Universal Life

  

 

20.5

 

     18.4        16.6  

Variable Universal Life (3)

  

 

128.9

 

     130.3        132.7  

Term

  

 

235.9

 

     237.0        238.9  

Whole Life

  

 

1.6

 

     1.7        1.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total in-force face amount

   $ 445.9      $ 449.1      $ 454.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes individual life insurance and does not include employee benefits as it is a start-up business and therefore has immaterial in-force policies.
(2) Universal Life includes Guaranteed Universal Life.
(3) Variable Universal Life includes VL and COLI.

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016 for the Protection Solutions Segment

Operating earnings

Operating earnings increased $457 million in 2017 to $536 million from $79 million in 2016 primarily attributable to the following:

 

    Decrease of $499 million in Policyholders’ benefits mainly driven by a $700 million positive impact in 2017 from assumption updates and model changes (compared to $117 million in 2016) and $27 million from other routine updates, partially offset by $187 million increase in net death claims. 2017 included the full reserve release of $677 million following assumption updates and model changes in the fourth quarter of 2017, $92 million from a change in premium funding assumptions, partially offset by $70 million from a mortality table update. 2016 was mainly driven by $106 million change in premium funding assumptions.

 

    Decrease of $235 million in Amortization of DAC, net as a result of a decrease of $228 million in amortization of DAC before capitalization. This decrease was mainly due the impact of model changes and assumptions updates for $224 million (a $23 million decrease in 2017 compared to a $201 million increase in 2016). In 2017, the $23 million decrease included (i) $204 million positive impact from a mortality table update, (ii) $54 million decrease from a maintenance expense assumption update to reflect actual experience, partially offset by (iii) a $192 million DAC write-off related to our loss recognition testing of certain permanent life products due to low interest rates, and (iv) $61 million from the update of General Account spread and yield assumption. In 2016, the $201 million increase included (i) $182 million from lower interest rates, and (ii) $28 million from an update in premium funding assumptions.

 

    Increase in Net investment income of $89 million due to higher income on equity method investments and higher asset balances.

 

127


Table of Contents

This increase was partially offset by the following:

 

    Decrease in policy charges, fee income and premiums of $161 million mainly driven by a decrease of $69 million due to a change in the mortality table and $54 million primarily due to model updates, compared to positive impact of model updates in 2016, $30 million lower premiums primarily due to lower term sales and renewals, and an adverse impact to fee income of $17 million reflecting maintenance expense assumption update.

 

    Increase in income tax expense of $234 million due to an increase in pre-tax operating earnings.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015 for the Protection Solutions Segment

Operating earnings

Operating earnings decreased $34 million to $79 million in 2016 from $113 million in 2015 primarily attributable to the following:

 

    Increase of $368 million in Amortization of DAC, net primarily reflected a $334 million increase in amortization of DAC before capitalization. This increase was mainly due to the impact of model changes and assumptions updates for $300 million ($201 million increase in 2016 compared to a $99 million decrease in 2015), and an increase of $34 million mainly due to $77 million from other routine model updates to reflect actual experience such as the update of the cost of the cap and floor of our equity indexed universal life products. In 2016, assumption updates and model changes increased amortization of DAC by $201 million reflecting $182 million from lower interest rates and $28 million from premium funding assumptions, compared to a decrease of $99 million in 2015 mainly due to an update in RTM assumptions.

This decrease was partially offset by the following:

 

    Increase of $131 million in Policy charges, fee income and premiums mainly due to an increase of $69 million due to several assumption updates and model changes, $79 million higher cost of insurance charges on certain universal life policies and other policy fees, partially offset by $17 million decrease in premiums mainly due to term products.

 

    Decrease of $136 million in Policyholders’ benefits mainly due $114 million positive impact of several assumption updates and model changes.

 

    Increase of $21 million in net investment income due to higher asset balances, partially offset by lower income on equity method investments.

 

    Decrease of $28 million in operating expenses primarily due to efficiency efforts.

 

    Decrease in income tax expense of $14 million due to lower pre-tax operating earnings.

Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other includes certain of our financing and investment expenses. It also includes: AXA Advisors broker-dealer business, the Closed Block, run-off variable annuity reinsurance business, run-off group pension business, run-off health business, benefit plans for our employees, certain strategic investments and certain unallocated items, including capital and related investments, interest expense and corporate expense. AB’s results of operations are reflected in the Investment Management and Research segment. Accordingly, Corporate and Other does not include any items applicable to AB.

 

128


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes operating earnings (loss) of Corporate and Other for the periods presented:

 

     Years Ended December 31  
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Operating earnings (loss)

   $ (196   $ (184   $ (141

General Account Investment Assets Portfolio

The GAIA portfolio and investment results support the insurance and annuity liabilities of our Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and Protection Solutions businesses. Our GAIA portfolio investment strategy seeks to achieve sustainable risk-adjusted returns by focusing on principal preservation, investment return, duration and liquidity requirements by product class and the diversification of risks. Investment activities are undertaken according to investment policy statements that contain internally established guidelines and are required to comply with applicable laws and insurance regulations. Risk tolerances are established for credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk and concentration risk across types of issuers and asset classes that seek to mitigate the impact of cash flow variability arising from these risks.

The GAIA portfolio consists largely of investment grade fixed maturities and short-term investments, commercial and agricultural mortgage loans, below investment grade fixed maturities, alternative investments and other instruments. Fixed maturities include publicly issued corporate bonds, government bonds, privately placed notes and bonds, bonds issued by states and municipalities, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities.

As part of our asset and liability management strategies, we maintain a weighted average duration for our GAIA portfolio that is within an acceptable range of the estimated duration of our liabilities given our risk appetite and hedging programs. The GAIA portfolio includes credit derivatives to replicate exposure to individual securities or pools of securities as a means of achieving credit exposure similar to bonds of the underlying issuer(s) more efficiently. In addition, from time to time we use derivatives for hedging purposes to reduce our exposure to equity markets, interest rates and credit spreads.

Investment portfolios are primarily managed by legal entity with dedicated portfolios for certain blocks of business. For portfolios that back multiple product groups, investment results are allocated to business segments.

 

129


Table of Contents

The following tables reconcile the consolidated balance sheet asset and liability amounts to GAIA.

General Account Investment Assets

December 31, 2017

 

Balance Sheet Captions:

   GAIA     Other (1)      Balance
Sheet Total
 
     (in millions)  

Fixed maturities, available for sale, at fair value

   $ 45,751     $ 1,190      $ 46,941  

Mortgage loans on real estate

     10,952       —          10,952  

Policy loans

     3,819       —          3,819  

Real Estate held for the production of income

     390       —          390  

Other equity investments

     1,264       128        1,392  

Other invested assets

     25       4,093        4,118  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal investment assets

   $ 62,201     $ 5,411      $ 67,612  

Trading securities

     12,050 (2)       2,120        14,170  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 74,251     $ 7,531      $ 81,782  

Cash and cash equivalents

     4,539       275        4,814  

Repurchase and funding agreements (3)

     (4,382     —          (4,382
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 74,408     $ 7,806      $ 82,214  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Assets listed in the “Other” category principally consist of our loans to affiliates and other miscellaneous assets or liabilities related to GAIA that are reclassified from various balance sheet lines held in portfolios other than the General Account and which are not managed as part of GAIA, including: (i) related accrued income or expense, (ii) certain reclassifications and intercompany adjustments, (iii) certain trading securities that are associated with hedging programs for variable annuity products with guarantee features, (iv) assets and income of AB and (v) for fixed maturities, the reversal of net unrealized gains (losses). The “Other” category is deducted in arriving at GAIA.
(2) Primarily related to SCS and consists of corporate bonds (83%), U.S. Treasury securities (8%), other government securities (8%) and other trading securities (1%).
(3) Includes Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Federal Home Loan Bank funding agreements which are reported in policyholders’ account balances.

 

130


Table of Contents

General Account Investment Assets

December 31, 2016

 

Balance Sheet Captions:

   GAIA     Other (1)      Balance
Sheet Total
 
     (in millions)  

Fixed maturities, available for sale, at fair value

   $ 42,302     $ (423    $ 41,879  

Mortgage loans on real estate

     9,729       45        9,774  

Policy Loans

     3,823       32        3,855  

Real estate held for the production of Income

     56       —          56  

Other equity investments

     1,236       109        1,345  

Other invested assets

     34       3,290        3,324  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal Investment Assets

     57,180       3,053        60,233  

Trading securities

     8,671 (2)       3,414        12,085  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     65,851       6,467        72,318  

Cash and cash equivalents

     4,679       975        5,654  

Repurchase and funding agreements (3)

     (3,730     —          (3,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 66,800     $ 7,442      $ 74,242  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Assets listed in the “Other” category principally consist of our loans to affiliates and other miscellaneous assets or liabilities related to GAIA that are reclassified from various balance sheet lines held in portfolios other than the General Account and which are not managed as part of GAIA, including: (i) related accrued income or expense, (ii) certain reclassifications and intercompany adjustments, (iii) certain trading securities that are associated with hedging programs for variable annuity products with guarantee features, (iv) assets and income of AB and (v) for fixed maturities, the reversal of net unrealized gains (losses). The “Other” category is deducted in arriving at GAIA.
(2) Primarily related to SCS and consists of corporate bonds (70%), U.S. Treasury securities (20%), other government securities (6%) and other trading securities (3%).
(3) Includes Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal name Loan Bank funding agreements which are reported in policyholders’ account balances.

 

131


Table of Contents

Investment Results of General Account Investment Assets

The following table summarizes investment results by asset category for the periods indicated.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016     2015  
     Yield     Amount      Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount  
    

(Dollars in millions)

 

Fixed Maturities (1) :

             

Investment grade

             

Income (loss)

     3.64   $ 1,515        4.06   $ 1,655       3.99   $ 1,548  

Ending assets

       44,384          40,661         38,454  

Below investment grade

             

Income

     7.23     113        7.17     115       7.43     116  

Ending assets

       1,367          1,641         1,389  

Mortgages:

             

Income (loss)

     4.38     454        5.52     463       5.05     354  

Ending assets

       10,952          9,729         7,478  

Real Estate Held For the Production of Income:

             

Income (loss)

     1.30     2        —       —         —       —    

Ending assets

       390          56         —    

Other Equity Investments: (2)

             

Income (loss)

     14.37     169        4.98     62       5.59     74  

Ending assets

       1,289          1,270         1,272  

Policy Loans:

             

Income

     5.77     221        5.90     225       5.95     228  

Ending assets

       3,819          3,823         3,853  

Cash and Short-term Investments:

             

Income

     0.65     32        0.41     22       0.07     4  

Ending assets

       4,539          4,679         5,867  

Repurchase and funding agreements:

             

Interest expense and other

       (21        (13       (7

Ending assets (liabilities)

       (4,382        (3,730       (1,810

Total Invested Assets:

             
    

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income

     4.18     2,485        4.35     2,529       4.15     2,317  

Ending Assets

       62,358          58,129         56,503  

Trading Securities:

             

Income

     2.19   $ 231        0.77     57       0.84     46  

Ending assets

       12,050          8,671         6,375  

Total:

             
    

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Investment income

     3.88   $ 2,716        3.95     2,586       3.85     2,363  

Less: investment fees

     (0.10 )%      (68      (.09 )%      (62     (0.09 )%      (57
    

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Investment Income, Net

     3.78     2,648        3.86   $ 2,524       3.76   $ 2,306  
    

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Ending Net Assets

       $74,408        $ 66,800       $ 62,878  
    

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Fixed Maturities Investment Grade and Below Investment Grade are based on Moody’s Equivalent ratings.
(2) Includes, as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, $25 million, $34 million, and $0 million of other invested assets.

 

132


Table of Contents

Fixed Maturities

The fixed maturity portfolio consists largely of investment grade corporate debt securities and includes significant amounts of U.S. government and agency obligations. The limited below investment grade securities in the GAIA portfolio consist of “fallen angels,” originally purchased as investment grade, as well as short duration public high yield and loans to middle market companies. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, 81.1% and 79.7% of the fixed maturity portfolio was publicly traded. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, the General Account had a $2.4 million and $2.4 million exposure to the sovereign debt of Italy, a $0.7 million and $1.2 million exposure to Puerto Rico and no exposure to the sovereign debt of Greece, Portugal, Spain and the Republic of Ireland.

Fixed Maturities by Industry

The following table sets forth these fixed maturities by industry category as of the dates indicated along with their associated gross unrealized gains and losses.

Fixed Maturities by Industry (1)

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value      Percentage
of Total
(%)
 
     (in millions)         

At December 31, 2017

              

Corporate Securities:

              

Finance

   $ 5,824      $ 200      $ 7      $ 6,017        13

Manufacturing

     7,546        289        15        7,820        17

Utilities

     4,032        210        13        4,229        9

Services

     3,307        130        15        3,422        7

Energy

     1,980        101        9        2,072        4

Retail and wholesale

     1,404        36        3        1,437        3

Transportation

     957        58        3        1,012        2

Other

     128        7        —          135       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate securities

     25,178        1,031        65        26,144        55
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. government

     17,744        1,000        251        18,493        39

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —          —          —          —         

Residential mortgage-backed (2)

     797        22        1        818        2

Preferred stock

     470        43        1        512        1

State & municipal

     422        67        —          489        1

Foreign governments

     395        29        5        419        1

Asset-backed securities

     745        5        1        749        1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,751      $ 2,197      $ 324      $ 47,624        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

133


Table of Contents
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value      Percentage
of Total
(%)
 
     (in millions)         

At December 31, 2016

              

Corporate Securities:

              

Finance

   $ 5,371      $ 162      $ 24      $ 5,509        13

Manufacturing

     6,892        285        48        7,129        17

Utilities

     3,917        217        27        4,107        10

Services

     3,557        147        25        3,679        9

Energy

     1,705        78        18        1,765        4

Retail and wholesale

     1,392        42        10        1,424        3

Transportation

     849        54        7        896        2

Other

     82        3        1        84        —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate securities

     23,765        988        160        24,593        58
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

U.S. government

     15,169        405        755        14,819        35

Commercial mortgage-backed

     472        31        108        395        1

Residential mortgage-backed (2)

     979        27        2        1,004        2

Preferred stock

     532        45        11        566        1

State & municipal

     441        64        2        503        1

Foreign governments

     385        30        14        401        1

Asset-backed securities

     273        10        1        282        1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 42,016      $ 1,600      $ 1,053      $ 42,563        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Investment data has been classified based on standard industry categorizations for domestic public holdings and similar classifications by industry for all other holdings.
(2) Includes publicly traded agency pass-through securities and collateralized obligations.

Fixed Maturities Credit Quality

The Securities Valuation Office (“SVO”) of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), evaluates the investments of insurers for regulatory reporting purposes and assigns fixed maturity securities to one of six categories (“NAIC Designations”). NAIC Designations of “1” or “2” include fixed maturities considered investment grade, which include securities rated Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s. NAIC Designations of “3” through “6” are referred to as below investment grade, which include securities rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s and BB+ or lower by Standard & Poor’s. As a result of time lags between the funding of investments and the completion of the SVO filing process, the fixed maturity portfolio typically includes securities that have not yet been rated by the SVO as of each balance sheet date. Pending receipt of SVO ratings, the categorization of these securities by NAIC designation is based on the expected ratings indicated by internal analysis.

The amortized cost of the General Account’s public and private below investment grade fixed maturities totaled $1.1 billion, or 2.5% of the total fixed maturities at December 31, 2017 and $1.2 billion, or 2.8%, of the total fixed maturities at December 31, 2016. Gross unrealized losses on public and private fixed maturities decreased from $1.1 billion in 2016 to $324 million in 2017. Below investment grade fixed maturities represented 5.6% and 5.3% of the gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

134


Table of Contents

Public Fixed Maturities Credit Quality . The following table sets forth the General Account’s public fixed maturities portfolio by NAIC rating at the dates indicated.

Public Fixed Maturities

 

NAIC

Designation (1)

  

Rating Agency Equivalent

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  
          (in millions)  

As of December 31, 2017

              

1

   Aaa, Aa, A    $ 29,137      $ 1,506      $ 274      $ 30,369  

2

   Baa      7,521        434        10        7,945  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Investment grade

     36,658        1,940        284        38,314  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3

   Ba      304        5        6        303  

4

   B      119        —          1        118  

5

   Caa      3        —          —          3  

6

   Ca, C      9        —          —          9  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Below investment grade

     435        5        7        433  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Public Fixed Maturities

   $ 37,093      $ 1,945      $ 291      $ 38,747  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

              

1

   Aaa, Aa, A    $ 25,628      $ 910      $ 847      $ 25,691  

2

   Baa      7,373        396        47        7,722  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Investment grade

     33,001        1,306        894        33,413  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3

   Ba      354        6        1        359  

4

   B      132        1        1        132  

5

   Caa      —          —          —          —    

6

   Ca, C      16        1        1        16  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Below investment grade

     502        8        3        507  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Public Fixed Maturities

   $ 33,503      $ 1,314      $ 897      $ 33,920  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes, as of December 31, 2017, 2 securities with amortized cost of $14 million (fair value, $14 million). At December 31, 2016, no securities had been categorized based on expected NAIC designation pending receipt of SVO ratings.

 

135


Table of Contents

Private Fixed Maturities Credit Quality . The following table sets forth the General Account’s private fixed maturities portfolio by NAIC rating at the dates indicated:

Private Fixed Maturities

 

NAIC

Designation (1)

  

Rating Agency Equivalent

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  
          (in millions)  

As of December 31, 2017

              

1

   Aaa, Aa, A    $ 4,356      $ 122      $ 12      $ 4,466  

2

   Baa      3,610        123        10        3,723  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Investment grade

     7,966        245        22        8,189  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3

   Ba      358        2        4        356  

4

   B      315        2        7        310  

5

   Caa      17        1        —          18  

6

   Ca, C      2        2        —          4  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Below investment grade

     692        7        11        688  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Private Fixed Maturities

   $ 8,658      $ 252      $ 33      $ 8,877  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

              

1

   Aaa, Aa, A    $ 4,075      $ 155      $ 78      $ 4,152  

2

   Baa      3,758        125        25        3,858  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Investment grade

     7,833        280        103        8,010  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3

   Ba      491        3        14        480  

4

   B      137        1        17        121  

5

   Caa      35        —          11        24  

6

   Ca, C      17        2        11        8  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Below investment grade

     680        6        53        633  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Private Fixed Maturities

   $ 8,513      $ 286      $ 156      $ 8,643  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, 24 securities with amortized cost of $541 million (fair value, $543 million) and 12 securities with amortized cost of $195 million (fair value, $185 million) that were categorized based on expected NAIC designation pending receipt of SVO ratings.

 

136


Table of Contents

Corporate Fixed Maturities Credit Quality

The following table sets forth the General Account’s holdings of public and private corporate fixed maturities by NAIC rating at the dates indicated:

Corporate Fixed Maturities

 

NAIC

Designation

  

Rating Agency Equivalent

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  
          (in millions)  

As of December 31, 2017

              

1

   Aaa, Aa, A    $ 13,517      $ 508      $ 29      $ 13,996  

2

   Baa      10,543        510        19        11,034  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Investment grade      24,060        1,018        48        25,030  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3

   Ba      660        7        9        658  

4

   B      432        3        8        427  

5

   Caa      19        —          —          19  

6

   Ca, C      7        3        —          10  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Below investment grade

     1,118        13        17        1,114  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Corporate Fixed Maturities

   $ 25,178      $ 1,031      $ 65      $ 26,144  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

              

1

   Aaa, Aa, A    $ 12,153      $ 498      $ 88      $ 12,563  

2

   Baa      10,542        477        57        10,962  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Investment grade

     22,695        975        145        23,525  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3

   Ba      836        9        14        831  

4

   B      214        2        1        215  

5

   Caa      19        —          —          19  

6

   Ca, C      1        2        —          3  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Below investment grade

     1,070        13        15        1,068  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Corporate Fixed Maturities

   $ 23,765      $ 988      $ 160      $ 24,593  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, 25 securities with amortized cost of $484 million (fair value, $484 million) and 12 securities with amortized cost of $195 million (fair value, $185 million) that were categorized based on expected NAIC designation pending receipt of SVO ratings.

Asset-backed Securities

As of December 31, 2017 the amortized cost and fair value of asset-backed securities held were $745 million and $749 million, respectively; as of December 31, 2016, the amortized cost and fair value of asset-backed securities held were $273 million and $282 million, respectively.

Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities

At December 31, 2017, there were no General Account commercial mortgage-backed securities outstanding. At December 31, 2016, the amortized cost and fair value of the General Account’s commercial mortgage-backed securities were $472 million and $395 million, respectively.

 

137


Table of Contents

Mortgages

Investment Mix

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, approximately 12.7% and 12.5%, respectively, of invested assets were in commercial and agricultural mortgage loans. The table below shows the composition of the commercial and agricultural mortgage loan portfolio, before the loss allowance, as of the dates indicated.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 8,386      $ 7,281  

Agricultural mortgage loans

     2,574        2,501  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Loans

   $ 10,960      $ 9,782  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The investment strategy for the mortgage loan portfolio emphasizes diversification by property type and geographic location with a primary focus on asset quality. The tables below show the breakdown of the amortized cost of the General Account’s investments in mortgage loans by geographic region and property type as of the dates indicated.

Mortgage Loans by Region and Property Type

 

     As of December 31, 2017     As of December 31, 2016  
     Amortized Cost      % of Total     Amortized Cost      % of Total  
     (in millions)  

By Region:

          

U.S. Regions:

          

Pacific

   $ 3,264        29.8   $ 2,760        28.2

Middle Atlantic

     2,958        27.0       2,688        27.5  

South Atlantic

     1,096        10.0       1,069        10.9  

East North Central

     917        8.4       818        8.4  

Mountain

     800        7.3       725        7.4  

West North Central

     778        7.1       713        7.3  

West South Central

     499        4.5       448        4.6  

New England

     460        4.2       371        3.8  

East South Central

     188        1.7       190        1.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Loans

   $ 10,960        100.0   $ 9,782        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

By Property Type:

          

Office

   $ 3,639        33.2   $ 3,249        33.2

Multifamily

     3,014        27.5       2,456        25.1  

Agricultural loans

     2,574        23.5       2,501        25.6  

Retail

     647        5.9       585        6.0  

Industrial

     326        3.0       453        4.6  

Hospitality

     417        3.8       416        4.3  

Other

     343        3.1       122        1.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Loans

   $ 10,960        100.0   $ 9,782        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the General Account investments in commercial mortgage loans had a weighted average loan-to-value ratio of 59% and 60%, respectively, while the agricultural mortgage loans weighted average loan-to-value ratio was 46% and 46%, respectively.

 

138


Table of Contents

The following tables provide information relating to the loan-to-value and debt service coverage ratios for commercial and agricultural mortgage loans as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The values used in these ratio calculations were developed as part of the periodic review of the commercial and agricultural mortgage loan portfolio, which includes an evaluation of the underlying collateral value.

Mortgage Loans by Loan-to-Value and Debt Service Coverage Ratios

December 31, 2017

 

     Debt Service Coverage Ratio (1)  

Loan-to-Value Ratio

   Greater
than 2.0x
     1.8x to
2.0x
     1.5x to
1.8x
     1.2x to
1.5x
     1.0x to
1.2x
     Less
than
1.0x
     Total
Mortgage
Loans
 
     (in millions)  

0% - 50%

   $ 1,031      $ 149      $ 595      $ 589      $ 316      $ 30      $ 2,710  

50% - 70%

     4,199        728        1,293        787        366        49        7,422  

70% - 90%

     169        110        196        276        50        —          801  

90% plus

     —          —          27        —          —          —          27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial and Agricultural Mortgage Loans

   $ 5,399      $ 987      $ 2,111      $ 1,652      $ 732      $ 79      $ 10,960  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

     Debt Service Coverage Ratio (1)  

Loan-to-Value Ratio

   Greater
than 2.0x
     1.8x to
2.0x
     1.5x to
1.8x
     1.2x to
1.5x
     1.0x to
1.2x
     Less
than
1.0x
     Total
Mortgage
Loans
 
     (in millions)  

0% - 50%

   $ 1,009      $ 233      $ 355      $ 524      $ 286      $ 49      $ 2,456  

50% - 70%

     3,358        487        882        1,433        295        45        6,500  

70% - 90%

     282        65        231        131        28        46        783  

90% plus

     —          —          28        15        —          —          43  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial and Agricultural Mortgage Loans

   $ 4,649      $ 785      $ 1,496      $ 2,103      $ 609      $ 140      $ 9,782  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The debt service coverage ratio is calculated using actual results from property operations.

The tables below show the breakdown of the commercial and agricultural mortgage loans by year of origination as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Mortgage Loans by Year of Origination

December 31, 2017

 

Year of Origination

   Amortized Cost      % of Total  
     (in millions)  

2017

   $ 2,026        18.5

2016

     3,298        30.1  

2015

     1,551        14.2  

2014

     1,170        10.7  

2013

     1,485        13.5  

2012 and prior

     1,430        13.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Loans

   $ 10,960        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

139


Table of Contents

Mortgage Loans by Year of Origination

December 31, 2016

 

Year of Origination

   Amortized Cost      % of Total  
     (in millions)  

2016

   $ 3,325        33.9

2015

     1,437        14.7  

2014

     1,331        13.6  

2013

     1,642        16.8  

2012

     945        9.7  

2011 and prior

     1,102        11.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Loans

   $ 9,782        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, $49 million and $6 million, respectively, of mortgage loans were classified as problem loans while $0 million and $60 million were classified as potential problem loans. During 2017, the Company sold the property previously considered a Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”) mortgage loan. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were $0 million and $15 million, respectively, of troubled debt restructuring related to mortgage loans.

Valuation allowances for the commercial mortgage loan portfolio were related to loan specific reserves. The following table sets forth the change in valuation allowances for the commercial mortgage loan portfolio as of the dates indicated. There were no valuation allowances for agricultural mortgages at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

     Commercial Mortgage Loans  
     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Allowance for credit losses:

     

Beginning Balance, January 1,

   $ 8      $ 6  

Charge-offs

     —          —    

Recoveries

     —          (2

Provision

     —          4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance, December 31,

   $ 8      $ 8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance, December 31,

     

Individually Evaluated for Impairment

   $ 8      $ 8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Equity Investments

As of December 31, 2017, private equity partnerships, hedge funds and real-estate related partnerships were 87.5% of total other equity investments. These interests, which represent 1.5% of GAIA, consist of a diversified portfolio of LBO mezzanine, venture capital and other alternative limited partnerships, diversified by sponsor, fund and vintage year. The portfolio is actively managed to control risk and generate investment returns over the long term. Portfolio returns are sensitive to overall market developments.

 

140


Table of Contents

Other Equity Investments—Classifications

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Common stock

   $ 158      $ 113  

Joint ventures and limited partnerships

     

Private equity

     927        902  

Hedge funds

     179        221  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other Equity Investments

   $ 1,264      $ 1,236  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives

We use derivatives as part of our overall asset/liability risk management primarily to reduce exposures to equity market and interest rate risks. Derivative hedging strategies are designed to reduce these risks from an economic perspective and are all executed within the framework of a Derivative Use Plan (“DUP”) approved by applicable states’ insurance law. Derivatives are generally not accounted for using hedge accounting Operation of these hedging programs is based on models involving numerous estimates and assumptions, including, among others, mortality, lapse, surrender and withdrawal rates, election rates, fund performance, market volatility and interest rates. A wide range of derivative contracts are used in these hedging programs, including exchange traded equity, currency and interest rate futures contracts, total return swaps on equity, bond and Treasury indices, total return swaps on single U.S. Treasury Securities, interest rate swaps bond and bond-index total return swaps, swaptions, variance swaps, equity options, credit and foreign exchange derivatives, as well as bond and repo transactions to support the hedging.

Derivatives used to hedge exposure to variable annuity products with GMxB features

We have issued and continue to offer certain variable annuity products with GMxB features. The risk associated with the GMDB feature is that under-performance of the financial markets could result in GMDB benefits, in the event of death, being higher than what accumulated policyholders’ account balances would support. The risk associated with the GMLB features is that under-performance of the financial markets could result in the GMLB features’ benefits being higher than what accumulated policyholders’ account balances would support.

For GMxB features, we retain certain risks including basis, credit spread and some volatility risk and risk associated with actual versus expected actuarial assumptions for mortality, lapse and surrender, withdrawal, policyholder election rates and other behaviors. The derivative contracts are managed to correlate with changes in the value of the GMxB features that result from financial markets movements. A portion of exposure to realized equity volatility is hedged using equity options and variance swaps and a portion of exposure to credit risk is hedged using total return swaps on fixed income indices. Additionally, we are party to total return swaps for which the reference U.S. Treasury securities are contemporaneously purchased from the market and sold to the swap counterparty. As these transactions result in a transfer of control of the U.S. Treasury securities to the swap counterparty, we derecognize these securities with consequent gain or loss from the sale. We have also purchased reinsurance contracts to mitigate the risks associated with GMDB features and the impact of potential market fluctuations on future policyholder elections of GMIB features contained in certain annuity contracts issued by us.

Derivatives used to hedge crediting rate exposure on SCS, SIO, MSO and IUL products/investment options

We hedge crediting rates in SCS, SIO in the EQUI-VEST variable annuity product series, MSO in the variable life insurance products and IUL insurance products. These products permit the contract owner to

 

141


Table of Contents

participate in the performance of an index, ETF or commodity price movement up to a cap for a set period of time. They also contain a protection feature, in which we will absorb, up to a certain percentage, the loss of value in an index, ETF or commodity price, which varies by product segment.

In order to support the returns associated with these features, we enter into derivative contracts whose payouts, in combination with fixed income investments, emulate those of the index, ETF or commodity price, subject to caps and buffers.

Other derivatives based hedges

From time to time and depending on market and other conditions we hedge additional risks not otherwise covered by our variable annuity product hedge programs. Such hedge programs include:

 

    the net duration of our General Account economic liability and assets;

 

    expected income from fees on Separate Account AUM against declines in equity markets;

 

    the economic impact of lower interest-rates on expected variable annuity product sales;

 

    the equity exposure of General Account assets; and

 

    the credit exposure of General Account assets.

Derivatives utilized for General Account investment portfolio

We maintain a strategy in our General Account investment portfolio to replicate the exposure of fixed maturity securities otherwise permissible for investment under our investment guidelines. Examples include corporate bond exposure replicated through the sale of credit default swaps together with the purchase of a Treasury bond and Treasury bond exposure replicated through the sale of an asset swap and the purchase the bond referenced in the asset swap.

These asset swaps, when considered in combination with the bonds, result a yield higher than a term-equivalent U.S. Treasury bond.

 

142


Table of Contents

The tables below present quantitative disclosures about the Company’s derivative instruments, including those embedded in other contracts required to be accounted for as derivative instruments.

Derivative Instruments by Category

At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

            Fair Value      Gains (Losses)
Reported in
Net Earnings
(Loss)
 
   Notional
Amount
     Asset
Derivatives
     Liability
Derivatives
    
     (in millions)  

Freestanding Investment Derivatives

           

Equity contracts: (1)

           

Futures

   $ 6,552      $ —        $ —        $ (1,282

Swaps

     7,555        3        200        (1,407

Options

     22,223        3,456        1,457        1,265  

Interest rate contracts: (1)

           

Floors

     —          —          —          —    

Swaps

     26,725        603        192        863  

Futures

     20,675        —          —          293  

Credit contracts: (1)

           

Credit default swaps

     2,057        34        2        21  

Other freestanding contracts: (1)

           

Foreign currency Contracts

     1,297        11        2        (38

Margin

        18        4     

Collateral

        4        2,123     

Embedded and Freestanding Insurance Derivatives

           

GMIB reinsurance contracts (6)

        1,894           174  

GMxB derivative features liability (3,6)

           4,358        1,553  

SCS, SIO, MSO and IUL indexed features liability (5,6)

           1,786        (1,190
           

 

 

 

Net derivative investment gains (loss)

              252  

Cross currency swaps (2,4)

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

   $ 87,084      $ 6,023      $ 10,124      $ 252  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reported in Other invested assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
(2) Reported in Other assets or Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(3) Reported in Future policy benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(4) Reported in Other income in the consolidated statements of income (loss).
(5) SCS and SIO indexed features are reported in Policyholders’ account balances; MSO and IUL indexed features are reported in Future policyholders’ benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(6) Reported in Net derivative gains (losses) in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

 

143


Table of Contents

Derivative Instruments by Category

As of or For the Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

            Fair Value      Gains (Losses)
Reported in
Net Earnings
(Loss)
 
   Notional
Amount
     Asset
Derivatives
     Liability
Derivatives
    
     (in millions)  

Freestanding Investment Derivatives

           

Equity contracts: (1)

           

Futures

   $ 9,028      $ —        $ —        $ (1,442

Swaps

     5,843        22        116        (450

Options

     12,241        2,190        1,174        746  

Interest rate contracts: (1)

           

Floors

     1,500        11        —          4  

Swaps

     26,092        513        1,442        (197

Futures

     14,818        —          —          156  

Swaptions

     —          —          —          —    

Credit contracts: (1)

           

Credit default swaps

     2,712        19        14        16  

Other freestanding contracts: (1)

           

Foreign currency Contracts

     549        48        1        47  

Margin

     —          115        6        —    

Collateral

     —          934        908        —    

Embedded and Freestanding Insurance Derivatives

           

GMIB reinsurance contracts (6)

     —          1,735        —          (77

GMxB derivative features liability (3, 6)

     —          —          5,580        138  

SCS, SIO, MSO and IUL indexed features liability (5, 6)

     —          —          940        (647
           

 

 

 

Net derivative investment gains (loss)

              (1,706

Cross currency swaps (2, 4)

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

   $ 72,783      $ 5,587      $ 10,181      $ (1,706
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reported in Other invested assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
(2) Reported in Other assets or Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(3) Reported in Future policy benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(4) Reported in Other income in the consolidated statements of income (loss).
(5) SCS and SIO indexed features are reported in Policyholders’ account balances; MSO and IUL indexed features are reported in Future policyholders’ benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(6) Reported in Net derivative gains (losses) in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

Realized Investment Gains (Losses)

Realized investment gains (losses) are generated from numerous sources, including the sale of fixed maturity securities, equity securities, investments in limited partnerships and other types of investments, as well as adjustments to the cost basis of investments for OTTI. Realized investment gains (losses) are also generated from prepayment premiums received on private fixed maturity securities, recoveries of principal on previously impaired securities, provisions for losses on commercial mortgage and other loans, fair value changes on commercial mortgage loans carried at fair value, and fair value changes on embedded derivatives and free-standing derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment.

 

144


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth “Realized investment gains (losses), net,” for the periods indicated:

Realized Investment Gains (Losses), Net

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Fixed maturities

   $ (194    $ 83      $ (9

Other equity investments

     2        —          —    

Other

     1        (2      (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (191    $ 81      $ (10
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table further describes realized gains (losses), net for Fixed maturities for the periods indicated:

Fixed Maturities

Realized Investment Gains (Losses), Net

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Gross realized investment gains:

        

Gross gains on sales and maturities

   $ 126      $ 242      $ 56  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross realized investment gains

     126        242        56  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross realized investment losses:

        

Other-than-temporary impairments recognized in earnings (loss)

     (15      (68      (42

Gross losses on sales and maturities

     (305      (91      (23
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross realized investment losses

     (320      (159      (65
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (194    $ 83      $ (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the composition of other-than-temporary impairments recorded in net income (loss) by asset type for the periods indicated:

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments Recorded in Earnings (Losses)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Fixed Maturities:

        

Public fixed maturities

   $ (1    $ (45    $ (22

Private fixed maturities

     (14      (23      (20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities securities

     (15      (68      (42
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity securities

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (15    $ (68    $ (42
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

145


Table of Contents

OTTI on fixed maturities recorded in net income (loss) in 2016 and 2015 were due to credit events or adverse conditions of the respective issuer. In these situations, management believes such circumstances have caused, or will lead to, a deficiency in the contractual cash flows related to the investment. The amount of the impairment recorded in net income (loss) is the difference between the amortized cost of the debt security and the net present value of its projected future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate implicit in the debt security prior to impairment.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity refers to our ability to generate adequate amounts of cash from our operating, investment and financing activities to meet our cash requirements with a prudent margin of safety. Capital refers to our long-term financial resources available to support business operations and future growth. Our ability to generate and maintain sufficient liquidity and capital is dependent on the profitability of our businesses, timing of cash flows related to our investments and products, our ability to access the capital markets, general economic conditions and the alternative sources of liquidity and capital described herein. When considering our liquidity and cash flows, it is important to distinguish between the needs of Holdings and the needs of our insurance and non-insurance subsidiaries. We also distinguish and separately manage the liquidity and capital resources of our retirement and protection businesses, including our Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and Protection Solutions segments, and our Investment Management and Research segment.

Sources and Uses of Liquidity and Capital Position of Holdings

As a holding company with no business operations of its own, Holdings primarily derives cash flows from dividends and interest payments from its insurance subsidiaries and distributions related to its economic interest in AB, more than half of which will be held outside our insurance company subsidiaries, after giving effect to the Reorganization. These principal sources of liquidity are augmented by cash and short-term investments held by Holdings and access to bank lines of credit and the capital markets. The main uses of liquidity for Holdings are interest payments and debt repayment, payment of dividends and other distributions to stockholders, which may include stock repurchases, and capital contributions, if needed, to our insurance subsidiaries. Our principal sources of liquidity and our capital position following this offering are described in the following paragraphs.

Historical Distributions from Our Subsidiaries

From 2014 to 2016, Holdings and AXA Financial received net distributions from our subsidiaries of $2.6 billion. These net distributions comprised dividends and principal payments on surplus notes from our insurance subsidiaries ($1.2 billion, $1.0 billion and $1.1 billion in 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively), distributions from AB ($70 million, $72 million and $85 million in 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively) and distributions from AXA Advisors ($30 million, $30 million and $33 million in 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively), partially offset by a contribution by AXA Financial to AXA RE Arizona to enhance its balance sheet and liquidity position. In addition, AXA Financial also received dividends of $85 million in 2015 related to certain real estate assets. During this period, we also received $1.9 billion of net proceeds from the sale of certain real estate assets by AXA Financial. In 2017, in accordance with our agreement with the NYDFS and in preparation for this offering, Holdings and AXA Financial collectively made $2.3 billion in aggregate capital contributions to AXA Equitable Life and AXA RE Arizona, and AXA Financial received a $0.1 billion distribution on AB Units held by it and a $0.1 billion distribution from AXA Advisors and USFL.

Distributions from Insurance Subsidiaries

Our insurance companies are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends and other transfers of funds to Holdings and other affiliates under applicable insurance law and regulation. Also, more generally, the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends can be affected by market conditions and other factors beyond our control.

 

146


Table of Contents

Under New York insurance law applicable to AXA Equitable Life, a domestic stock life insurer may not, without prior approval of the NYDFS, pay a dividend to its stockholders exceeding an amount calculated under either the Earned Surplus Standard or the Alternative Standard. Dividends exceeding these prescribed limits require the insurer to file a notice of its intent to declare the dividends with the NYDFS and prior approval or non-disapproval from the NYDFS.

Applying the formulas under these standards and the definition of earned surplus used in the Earned Surplus Standard, AXA Equitable Life could pay ordinary dividends of up to approximately $1.2 billion during 2018 and could have paid ordinary dividends of up to approximately $1.2 billion during 2017. However, in 2016, the NYDFS issued a circular letter to its regulated insurance companies stating that ordinary dividends which exceed an insurer’s positive unassigned funds (as reported on the insurer’s most recent annual statement) may fail one of the qualitative tests imposed by the Earned Surplus Standard. Given the circular letter, it is possible that the NYDFS could limit the amount of ordinary dividends declared by AXA Equitable Life under the Earned Surplus Standard to the amount of AXA Equitable Life’s positive unassigned funds. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, AXA Equitable Life’s unassigned funds reported on its statutory financial statements were approximately $1.9 billion and $0.9 billion, respectively.

In the second quarter of 2017, AXA Equitable Life agreed with the NYDFS that until the DFS Conditions are met, it will pay ordinary dividends only under the Earned Surplus Standard.

We have confirmed that the completion of the GMxB Unwind, which occurred on April 12, 2018, satisfied the DFS Conditions, and that, going forward, satisfaction of either the Earned Surplus Standard or Alternative Standard will determine AXA Equitable Life’s ability to pay ordinary dividends. Our other insurance subsidiaries that reside outside of New York are subject to legal restrictions on dividends similar to those described above under New York law, though the specifics of such rules vary from state to state.

Distributions from AllianceBernstein

ABLP and AB Holding are required to distribute all of their Available Cash Flow, as defined in the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of ABLP and the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of AB Holding, respectively, to holders of AB Units and AB Holdings Units, respectively. Available Cash Flow for ABLP is defined as net cash provided from operations minus such amounts as the General Partner determines, in its sole discretion, should be retained by ABLP for use in its business, or plus such amounts as the General Partner determines, in its sole discretion, should be released from previously retained cash flow. Distributions by ABLP are made 1% to the General Partner and 99% among the limited partners. Available Cash Flow for AB Holding is defined as the cash distributions that AB Holding receives from ABLP minus such amounts as the General Partner determines, in its sole discretion, should be released from previously retained cash flow. AB Holding is dependent on the quarterly cash distributions it receives from ABLP, which is subject to the performance of capital markets and other factors beyond our control. Distributions from AB Holding are made pro rata based on the holder’s percentage ownership interest in AB Holding.

Following the Reorganization Transactions, Holdings and AXA Financial and AXA IM Holdings US, non-insurance company subsidiaries, now hold 93.1 million AB Units and 2.3 million AB Holding Units directly, while 77.0 million AB Units, 1.4 million AB Holding Units and the 1% General Partnership interest in AB are now held by AXA Equitable Life and MLOA, two of our insurance company subsidiaries. Because AXA Equitable Life and MLOA are subject to regulatory restrictions on dividends, distributions they receive from AB may not be distributable to Holdings.

Capital Position Following the Offering

We manage our capital position to maintain financial strength and credit ratings that facilitate the distribution of our products and provide our desired level of access to the bank and public financing markets. Our

 

147


Table of Contents

capital position is supported by the ability of our subsidiaries to generate cash flows and distribute cash to us and our ability to effectively manage the risk of our businesses and to borrow funds and raise capital to meet our operating and growth needs.

We have historically operated with a capital structure that reflected our status as a wholly owned subsidiary of AXA, including relying on financing provided or guaranteed by AXA and its affiliates. To meet our target capitalization at the time of this offering, we have taken or intend to take certain significant actions that will impact our liquidity and capital position prior to the settlement of this offering and that will align our capital structure more closely with other U.S. public companies. These actions include:

 

    issuing debt securities to third party investors: (i) $800 million aggregate principal amount of 3.900% Senior Notes due 2023, (ii) $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.350% Senior Notes due 2028 and (iii) $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.000% Senior Notes due 2048, to replace intercompany financing that is provided or guaranteed by AXA and its affiliates, among other things;

 

    arranging additional contingent financing facilities, including (i) letter of credit facilities with an aggregate principal amount of $1.9 billion, primarily to be used to support our life insurance business reinsured to EQ AZ Life Re following the GMxB Unwind, (ii) a five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility for an amount of approximately $2.5 billion, and (iii) a three-year senior unsecured term loan facility of up to $500 million;

 

    borrowing $300 million under our three-year term loan agreement;

 

    terminating the current outstanding balance issued under AXA Financial’s commercial paper program;

 

    (i) a capital contribution of $318 million and (ii) a short-term loan of $622 million from AXA, which was set off against AXA’s payment obligation to Holdings with respect to the sale of AXA CS shares as described in “The Reorganization Transactions”;

 

    increasing the statutory capital and reserves of our retirement and protection businesses by approximately $2.3 billion in 2017;

 

    selling AXA Equitable Life’s interest in two real estate joint ventures to AXA France for a total purchase price of $143 million, which resulted in the elimination of $203 million of long-term debt on Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet for the first quarter of 2018 and a corresponding reduction of our debt-to-capital ratio; and

 

    implementing the Reorganization Transactions which include the direct or indirect acquisition of an additional 18.7% economic interest in AB and the GMxB Unwind.

Waiver Letter Agreements

In April 2018, we entered into waiver letter agreements with the lenders under each of our Credit Facilities and the letter of credit facilities, pursuant to which the lenders waived certain defaults or events of default under such facilities resulting from the restatement of our annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, the restatement of our interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, the failure to furnish audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 on a timely basis as required by such facilities and related matters. There can be no assurance that our lenders will provide such waivers in the future. For a discussion of the restatement to our 2016 annual financial statements, see note 1 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. For a discussion of the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and This Offering—During the course of preparing our U.S. GAAP financial statements for this offering, we identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of these material weaknesses is not effective, we may not be able to report our financial condition or results of operations accurately or on a timely basis, which could materially and

 

148


Table of Contents

adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the price of our common stock.” For a discussion of waivers under our Credit Facilities and letter of credit facilities, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Operations—A violation or breach of the representations, warranties or covenants contained in any of our Credit Facilities or letter of credit facilities could result in a default or event of default, which would require a waiver or amendment with the consent of our lenders. The failure to obtain any such waiver or amendment would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.”

Capital Management

Historically, as a wholly owned subsidiary of AXA, we adopted and abided by capital management policies determined by AXA and managed by AXA on a worldwide basis. Our Board and senior management are directly involved in the development of our future capital management policies to be adopted prior to the settlement of this offering. Following the settlement of this offering, capital actions, including proposed changes to the annual capital plan, capital targets and capital policies, will be approved by the Board.

Sources and Uses of Liquidity of Our Insurance Subsidiaries

The principal sources of liquidity for our insurance subsidiaries are premiums, investment and fee income, deposits associated with our insurance and annuity operations, cash and invested assets, as well as internal borrowings. The principal uses of that liquidity include benefits, claims and dividends paid to policyholders and payments to policyholders in connection with surrenders and withdrawals. Other uses of liquidity include commissions, general and administrative expenses, purchases of investments, the payment of dividends to Holdings and hedging activity. Certain of our insurance subsidiaries’ principal sources and uses of liquidity are described in the paragraphs that follow.

We manage the liquidity of our insurance subsidiaries with the objective of ensuring that they are able to meet payment obligations linked to our Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and Protection Solutions businesses and to their outstanding debt and derivative positions, including in our hedging programs, without support from Holdings. We employ an asset/liability management approach specific to the requirements of each of our insurance businesses. We measure liquidity against internally-developed benchmarks that consider the characteristics of our asset portfolio and the liabilities that it supports. We consider attributes of the various categories of our liquid assets (for example, type of asset and credit quality) in calculating internal liquidity indicators for our insurance and reinsurance operations. Our liquidity benchmarks are established for various stress scenarios and durations, including company-specific and market-wide events. The scenarios we use to evaluate the liquidity of our subsidiaries are defined to allow operating entities to operate without support from Holdings.

Liquid Assets

The investment portfolios of our insurance subsidiaries are a significant component of our overall liquidity. Liquid assets include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, U.S. Treasury fixed maturities, fixed maturities that are not designated as held-to-maturity and public equity securities. We believe that our business operations and the liquidity profile of our assets provide sufficient liquidity under reasonably foreseeable stress scenarios for each of our insurance subsidiaries.

See “—General Account Investment Assets Portfolio” for a description of our retirement and protection businesses’ portfolio of liquid assets.

Hedging Activities

Because the future claims exposure on our insurance products, and in particular our variable annuity products with GMxB features, is sensitive to movements in the equity markets and interest rates, we have in

 

149


Table of Contents

place various hedging and reinsurance programs that are designed to mitigate the economic risks of movements in the equity markets and interest rates. We use derivatives as part of our overall asset/liability risk management program primarily to reduce exposures to equity market and interest rate risks. In addition, we use credit derivatives to replicate exposure to individual securities or pools of securities as a means of achieving credit exposure similar to bonds of the underlying issuer(s) more efficiently. The derivative contracts are an integral part of our risk management program, especially for the management of our variable annuities program, and are collectively managed to reduce the economic impact of unfavorable movements in capital markets. These derivative transactions require liquidity to meet payment obligations such as payments for periodic settlements, purchases, maturities and terminations as well as liquid assets pledged as collateral related to any decline in the net estimated fair value. Collateral calls represent one of our biggest drivers for liquidity needs for our insurance subsidiaries. Historically, we have managed our liquidity needs related to our derivative portfolio at AXA Financial and AXA RE Arizona on a combined basis. Due to the limited size of the AXA RE Arizona investment portfolio, we have historically supported its collateral funding needs through AXA Financial’s commercial paper program. Following the GMxB Unwind, which was effected on April 12, 2018, our derivatives contracts reside primarily within AXA Equitable Life. As AXA Equitable Life has a significantly larger investment portfolio than AXA RE Arizona had, we anticipate a reduced need for overall liquidity going forward.

FHLB Membership

AXA Equitable Life is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”), which provides AXA Equitable Life with access to collateralized borrowings and other FHLBNY products. At December 31, 2017, we had $500 million of outstanding short-term funding agreements and $2.5 billion of long-term outstanding funding agreements issued to the FHLBNY and had posted $4.5 billion securities as collateral for funding agreements. MLOA also became a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco in February 2018.

Sources and Uses of Liquidity of our Investment Management and Research Segment

The principal sources of liquidity for our Investment Management and Research segment include investment management fees and borrowings under its revolving credit facility and commercial paper program. The principal uses of liquidity include general and administrative expenses, business financing and distributions to holders of AB Units and AB Holdings Units plus interest and debt service. The primary liquidity risk for our fee-based Investment Management and Research segment is its profitability, which is impacted by market conditions and our investment management performance.

AB has a $1.0 billion committed, unsecured senior revolving credit facility with a group of commercial banks and other lenders, which matures on October 22, 2019. The credit facility provides for possible increases in the principal amount by up to an aggregate incremental amount of $250 million. Any such increase is subject to the consent of the affected lenders. The AB Credit Facility is available for AB and SCB LLC, for business purposes, including the support of AB’s $1.0 billion commercial paper program. Borrowings under the AB Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum, which will be, at our option, a rate equal to an applicable margin, which is subject to adjustment based on the credit ratings of AB, plus one of the following indices: London Interbank Offered Rate, a floating base rate or the Federal Funds rate. See “Recapitalization—Indebtedness Remaining Outstanding Following this Offering—AB” for additional details on the AB Credit Facility.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, AB and SCB LLC had no amounts outstanding under the AB Credit Facility. During 2017 and 2016, AB and SCB LLC did not draw upon the AB Credit Facility.

AB has a $200 million, unsecured 364-day senior revolving credit facility (the “AB Revolver”) with a leading international bank and the other lending institutions that may be party thereto. The AB Revolver is available for AB’s and SCB LLC’s business purposes, including the provision of additional liquidity to meet funding requirements primarily related to SCB LLC’s operations. Both AB and SCB LLC can draw directly

 

150


Table of Contents

under the AB Revolver and management expects to draw on the AB Revolver from time to time. AB has agreed to guarantee the obligations of SCB LLC under the AB Revolver. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, AB had $75.0 million and $0 million, respectively, outstanding under the AB Revolver. Average daily borrowing of the AB Revolver for 2017 and 2016 were $21.4 million and $7.3 million, respectively, with weighted average interest rates of approximately 2.0% and 1.6%, respectively.

In addition, SCB LLC also has three uncommitted lines of credit with three financial institutions. Two of these lines of credit permit us to borrow up to an aggregate of $175 million, with AB named as an additional borrower, while one line has no stated limit. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, SCB LLC had no bank loans outstanding.

Consolidated Cash Flow Analysis

We believe that cash flows from our operations on a consolidated basis are adequate to satisfy current liquidity requirements. The continued adequacy of our liquidity will depend upon factors such as future market conditions, changes in interest rate levels, policyholder perceptions of our financial strength, policyholder behavior, the effectiveness of our hedging programs, catastrophic events and the relative safety and attractiveness of competing products. Changes in any of these factors may result in reduced or increased cash outflows. Our insurance subsidiaries’ cash flows from investment activities result from repayments of principal, proceeds from maturities and sales of invested assets and investment income, net of amounts reinvested. The primary liquidity risks with respect to these cash flows are the risk of default by debtors or bond insurers, our counterparties’ willingness to extend repurchase agreements, commitments to invest and market volatility. We closely manage these risks through our asset/liability management process and regular monitoring of our liquidity position.

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
        2017             2016             2015      
    (in billions)  

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period

  $ 5.7     $ 6.6     $ 6.0  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    1.0       (0.2     (0.2

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (9.7     (5.8     (2.1

Net cash provided by financing activities

    7.8       5.1       2.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period

  $ 4.8     $ 5.7     $ 6.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2017 were $4.8 billion, a decrease of $0.9 billion from cash and cash equivalents of $5.7 billion at December 31, 2016.

Cash inflows from operating activities were $1.0 billion in 2017 and cash outflows from operating activities were $0.2 billion in 2016.

Net cash used in investing activities were $9.7 billion in 2017, an increase of $3.9 billion from 2016, primarily related to $6.5 billion higher net purchase of investments mainly to support net deposits to policyholders’ account balances and $2.0 billion higher cash outflow from the settlement of derivatives, which was partially offset by an increase of $4.6 billion of proceeds from the sale and settlement of investments.

Net cash provided by financing activities were $7.8 billion in 2017, an increase of $2.7 billion in 2016. The increase was primarily driven by $0.6 billion higher net deposits to policyholders’ account balances ($10.6 billion in 2017 compared to $10.0 billion in 2016) and $2.4 billion lower cash outflows from net repayments of loans from affiliates (net proceeds of $0.7 billion in 2017 compared to net repayments of $1.8 billion in 2016).

 

151


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2016 were $5.7 billion, a decrease of $0.9 billion from cash and cash equivalents of $6.6 billion at December 31, 2015.

Cash outflows from operating activities were $0.2 billion in 2016 and 2015.

Net cash used in investing activities were $5.8 billion in 2016, an increase of $3.7 billion from 2015, primarily related to $3.2 billion higher net purchase of investments mainly to support net deposits to policyholders’ account balances and $0.8 billion lower cash inflow from the settlement of derivatives (cash outflows of $0.2 billion in 2016 compared to $0.6 billion of cash inflows in 2015).

Net cash provided by financing activities were $5.1 billion in 2016, an increase of $2.2 billion in 2016. The increase was primarily driven by $4.7 billion higher net deposits to policyholders’ account balances ($10 billion in 2016 compared to $5.3 billion in 2015). Partially offsetting the net cash inflows from net deposits were $0.3 billion higher cash outflows from net repayments of loans from affiliates (repayments of $1.8 billion in 2016 compared to net repayments of $1.5 billion in 2015) and $1.0 billion higher net cash outflows from change in collateralized pledged assets ($1.0 billion in 2016 compared to $0.0 billion in 2015).

Statutory Capital of Our Insurance Subsidiaries

Our capital management framework is primarily based on statutory RBC standards and the CTE asset standard for our variable annuity business.

RBC requirements are used as minimum capital requirements by the NAIC and the state insurance departments to evaluate the capital condition of regulated insurance companies. RBC is based on a formula calculated by applying factors to various asset, premium, claim, expense and statutory reserve items. The formula takes into account the risk characteristics of the insurer, including asset risk, insurance risk, interest rate risk, market risk and business risk and is calculated on a quarterly basis and made public on an annual basis. The formula is used as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possible inadequately capitalized insurers for purposes of initiating regulatory action, and not as a means to rank insurers generally. These rules apply to our insurance company subsidiaries and not to Holdings. State insurance laws provide insurance regulators the authority to require various actions by, or take various actions against, insurers whose total adjusted capital does not meet or exceed certain RBC levels. At the date of the most recent annual statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the total adjusted capital of each of these insurance company subsidiaries subject to these requirements was in excess of each of those RBC levels.

CTE is a statistical measure of tail risk which quantifies the total asset requirement to sustain a loss if an event outside a given probability level has occurred. In the case of our analysis of variable annuity guarantees, CTE98 denotes the financial resources a company would need to cover the average of the worst 2% of scenarios.

We target to maintain an asset level for all variable annuity products at or above a CTE98 level under most economic scenarios. For our non-variable annuity insurance liabilities, we target to maintain a RBC ratio of 350-400%.

Captive Reinsurance Companies

We use captive reinsurance companies to more effectively manage our reserves and capital on an economic basis and to enable the aggregation and transfer of risks. Our captive reinsurance companies assume business from affiliates only and are closed to new business. All of our captive reinsurance companies are wholly owned subsidiaries and are located in the United States. In addition to state insurance regulation, our captives are subject to internal policies governing their activities. We continue to analyze the use of our existing captive reinsurance

 

152


Table of Contents

structures, as well as additional third-party reinsurance arrangements. On April 12, 2018, we effected an unwind of certain of our existing captive reinsurance structures. See “The Reorganization Transactions—Unwind of GMxB Reinsurance.”

Description of Certain Indebtedness

Historically, our insurance companies have relied on AXA for most of our financing, either through internal loans or guarantees. As described above, we have put in place a stand-alone financing strategy at Holdings targeting an overall indebtedness level in line with our U.S. public company peers. AB historically has been self-reliant for its financing, and we expect AB will remain so in its financing activities going forward. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, our total short-term and long-term external debt on a consolidated basis was $2.4 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively. The following table sets forth our total consolidated borrowings as of the dates indicated. Our financial strategy going forward will remain subject to market conditions and other factors.

 

    As of December 31, 2017     As of December 31, 2016  
    Holdings
and
AXA
Financial
    AXA
Equitable
Life (1)
    AB     Consolidated     Holdings
and
AXA
Financial
    AXA
Equitable
Life
    AB     Consolidated  
    (in millions)  

Short-term and long-term debt

               

Commercial paper

  $ 1,290     $ —       $ 491     $ 1,781     $ 743     $ —       $ 513     $ 1,256  

AB Revolver

    —         —         75       75       —         —         —         —    

Long-term debt

    349       203       —         552       349       —         —         349  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total short-term and long-term debt

    1,639       203       566       2,408       1,092       —         513       1,605  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans from affiliates

               

Loans from affiliates

    3,622       —         —         3,622       2,904       —         —         2,904  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

  $ 5,261     $ 203     $ 566     $ 6,030     $ 3,996     $ —       $ 513     $ 4,509  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   In March 2018, AXA Equitable Life sold its interest in two real estate joint ventures to AXA France for a total purchase price of approximately $143 million, which resulted in the elimination of the $203 million long-term debt shown in this column on Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet for the first quarter of 2018.

In February 2018, we entered into a $3.9 billion two-year senior unsecured delayed draw term loan agreement, a $500 million three-year senior unsecured delayed draw term loan agreement and a $2.5 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility, which may provide significant support to our liquidity position when alternative sources of credit are limited. The Credit Facilities contain certain administrative, reporting, legal and financial covenants, including requirements to maintain a specified minimum consolidated net worth and to maintain a ratio of indebtedness to total capitalization not in excess of a specified percentage, and limitations on the dollar amount of indebtedness that may be incurred by our subsidiaries and the dollar amount of secured indebtedness that may be incurred by the Company, which could restrict our operations and use of funds. Borrowings under the term loan agreements may be made only prior to this offering. In April 2018, we terminated the two-year term loan agreement, and, in May 2018, we intend to borrow $300 million under the three-year term loan agreement. In addition to the Credit Facilities, we entered into letter of credit facilities with an aggregate principal amount of approximately $1.9 billion, primarily to be used to support our life insurance business reinsured to EQ AZ Life Re following the GMxB Unwind. In April 2018, we also issued $3.8 billion in aggregate principal amount of the Notes to third party investors. See “Recapitalization.”

The right to borrow funds under the Credit Facilities is subject to the fulfillment of certain conditions, including compliance with all covenants, and the ability to borrow thereunder is also subject to the continued

 

153


Table of Contents

ability of the lenders that are or will be parties to the Credit Facilities to provide funds. For additional information regarding the covenants in our Credit Facilities and the conditions to borrowing thereunder, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Operations—We expect to incur indebtedness in connection with the Recapitalization, which will increase our costs, and the degree to which we will be leveraged following completion of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.” For a discussion of the consequences of violating or breaching any covenants in our Credit Facilities and obtaining waivers thereunder, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Operations—A violation or breach of the representations, warranties or covenants contained in any of our Credit Facilities or letter of credit facilities could result in a default or event of default, which would require a waiver or amendment with the consent of our lenders. The failure to obtain any such waiver or amendment would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.”

Ratings

Financial strength ratings (which are sometimes referred to as “claims-paying” ratings) and credit ratings are important factors affecting public confidence in an insurer and its competitive position in marketing products. Our credit ratings are also important for our ability to raise capital through the issuance of debt and for the cost of such financing.

A downgrade of our debt ratings could affect our ability to raise additional debt with terms and conditions similar to our current debt, and accordingly, likely increase our cost of capital. In addition, a downgrade of these ratings could make it more difficult to raise capital to refinance any maturing debt obligations, to support business growth at our insurance subsidiaries and to maintain or improve the current financial strength ratings of our principal insurance subsidiaries. Upon announcement of AXA’s plan to pursue this offering and the filing of our initial Form S-1 on November 13, 2017, AXA Equitable Life’s and AXA Financial’s ratings were downgraded by AM Best, S&P and Moody’s. The downgrades reflected the removal of the uplift associated with assumed financial support from AXA.

Financial strength ratings represent the opinions of rating agencies regarding the financial ability of an insurance company to meet its obligations under an insurance policy. Credit ratings represent the opinions of rating agencies regarding an entity’s ability to repay its indebtedness. The following table summarizes the ratings for Holdings and certain of its subsidiaries. S&P and Moody’s financial strength and credit ratings have a stable outlook while AM Best ratings are currently under review with developing implications.

 

     AM
Best
     S&P      Moody’s  
Last review date    3/7/2018      3/6/2018      4/11/2018  

Financial Strength Ratings:

        

AXA Equitable Life

     A        A+        A2  

MLOA

     A        A+        A2  

Credit Ratings:

        

Holdings

     —          BBB+        Baa2  

AXA Financial

     bbb+        BBB+        Baa2  

AB (1)

     —          A        A2  

 

(1)   Last review date 5/10/2017

Contractual Obligations

The table below summarizes the future estimated cash payments related to certain contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017. The estimated payments reflected in this table are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about these obligations. Because these estimates and assumptions are necessarily subjective, the

 

154


Table of Contents

actual cash outflows in future periods will vary, possibly materially, from those reflected in the table. In addition, we do not believe that our cash flow requirements can be adequately assessed based solely upon an analysis of these obligations, as the table below does not contemplate all aspects of our cash inflows, such as the level of cash flow generated by certain of our investments, nor all aspects of our cash outflows.

 

     Estimated Payments Due by Period (2)  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1 - 3 years      4 - 5 years      Over 5
years
 
     (in millions)  

Contractual Obligations

              

Policyholders’ liabilities (1)

   $ 102,333      $ 2,230      $ 5,650      $ 7,159      $ 87,294  

FHLBNY funding agreements

     3,000        500        208        1,413        879  

Interest on FHLBNY funding agreements

     315        57        117        75        66  

AB commercial paper

     491        491        —          —          —    

AB Revolver

     75        75        —          —          —    

AXA Financial commercial paper

     1,290        1,290        —          —          —    

Operating leases

     1,256        214        384        324        334  

Long-term debt

     552        —          —          82        470  

Interest on long-term debt

     319        33        65        64        157  

Loans from affiliates

     3,622        1,092        770        366        1,394  

Interest on loans from affiliates

     618        96        188        145        189  

Employee benefits

     5,902        284        564        540        4,514  

AB funding commitments

     22        9        6        3        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Contractual Obligations

   $ 119,795      $ 6,371      $ 7,952      $ 10,171      $ 95,301  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Policyholders’ liabilities represent estimated cash flows out of the General Account related to the payment of death and disability claims, policy surrenders and withdrawals, annuity payments, minimum guarantees on Separate Account funded contracts, matured endowments, benefits under accident and health contracts, policyholder dividends and future renewal premium-based and fund-based commissions offset by contractual future premiums and deposits on in-force contracts. These estimated cash flows are based on mortality, morbidity and lapse assumptions comparable with the Company’s experience and assume market growth and interest crediting consistent with actuarial assumptions used in amortizing DAC. These amounts are undiscounted and, therefore, exceed the policyholders’ account balances and future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheet included elsewhere in this prospectus. They do not reflect projected recoveries from reinsurance agreements. Due to the use of assumptions, actual cash flows will differ from these estimates, see “—Summary of Critical Accounting Policies—Liability for Future Policy Benefits.” Separate Account liabilities have been excluded as they are legally insulated from General Account obligations and will be funded by cash flows from Separate Account assets.
(2) Without giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions.

Unrecognized tax benefits of $477 million, including $8 million related to AB, were not included in the above table because it is not possible to make reasonably reliable estimates of the occurrence or timing of cash settlements with the respective taxing authorities.

In addition, the below items are included as part of AB’s aggregate contractual obligations:

 

    At year-end 2017, AB had a $246 million accrual for compensation and benefits, of which $154 million is expected to be paid in 2018, $45 million in 2019 and 2020, $20 million in 2021-2022 and the rest thereafter. Further, AB expects to make contributions to its qualified profit sharing plan of $14 million in each of the next four years.

 

   

In addition, the Company has obligations under contingent commitments at December 31, 2017, including: the AB Credit Facility and AB’s commercial paper program; the Company’s $4,489 million

 

155


Table of Contents
 

undrawn letters of credit; the Company’s $756 million and $636 million commitments under equity financing arrangements to certain limited partnership and existing mortgage loan agreements, respectively. Information on these contingent commitments can be found in notes 10, 16 and 17 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    During 2010, as general partner of AllianceBernstein U.S. Real Estate L.P. (“Real Estate Fund”), AB committed to invest $25.0 million in the Real Estate Fund. As of December 31, 2017, AB had funded $22.4 million of this commitment. During 2014, as general partner of AllianceBernstein U.S. Real Estate II L.P. (“Real Estate Fund II”), AB committed to invest $28.0 million, as amended in 2015, in the Real Estate Fund II. As of December 31, 2017, AB had funded $10.4 million of this commitment.

 

    During 2012, AB entered into an investment agreement under which it committed to invest up to $8 million in an oil and gas fund over a three-year period. As of December 31, 2017, AB had funded $6 million of this commitment.

 

    During 2009, AB entered into a subscription agreement under which it committed to invest up to $35 million, as amended in 2011, in a venture capital fund over a six-year period. As of December 31, 2017, AB had funded all of this commitment.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December 31, 2017, the Company was not a party to any off-balance sheet transactions other than those guarantees and commitments described in note 10 and note 16 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Summary of Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to adopt accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein. For a discussion of our significant accounting policies, see note 2 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The most critical estimates include those used in determining:

 

    liabilities for future policy benefits;

 

    accounting for reinsurance;

 

    capitalization and amortization of DAC;

 

    estimated fair values of investments in the absence of quoted market values and investment impairments;

 

    estimated fair values of freestanding derivatives and the recognition and estimated fair value of embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation;

 

    goodwill and related impairment;

 

    measurement of income taxes and the valuation of deferred tax assets; and

 

    liabilities for litigation and regulatory matters.

In applying our accounting policies, we make subjective and complex judgments that frequently require estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. Many of these policies, estimates and related judgments are common in the insurance and financial services industries while others are specific to our business and operations. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

During the course of preparing our U.S. GAAP financial statements for this offering, we identified two material weaknesses in the design and operation of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management

 

156


Table of Contents

has concluded that we do not (1) maintain effective controls to timely validate that actuarial models are properly configured to capture all relevant product features and to provide reasonable assurance that timely reviews of assumptions and data have occurred; and (2) maintain sufficient experienced personnel to prepare Holdings’ consolidated financial statements and to verify that consolidating and adjusting journal entries were completely and accurately recorded to the appropriate accounts or segments. We are currently in the process of remediating these material weaknesses by taking steps to (i) validate all existing actuarial models and valuation systems as well as to improve controls and process around our assumption and data process and (ii) strengthen the control function related to the financial closing process. Although we plan to complete these remediation processes as quickly as possible, we cannot at this time estimate when the remediations will be completed. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock—During the course of preparing our U.S. GAAP financial statements for this offering, we identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of these material weaknesses is not effective, we may not be able to report our financial condition or results of operations accurately or on a timely basis, which could materially and adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the price of our common stock.”

Liability for Future Policy Benefits

We establish reserves for future policy benefits to, or on behalf of, policyholders in the same period in which the policy is issued or acquired, using methodologies prescribed by U.S. GAAP. The assumptions used in establishing reserves are generally based on the Company’s experience, industry experience or other factors, as applicable. At least annually we review our actuarial assumptions, such as mortality, morbidity, retirement and policyholder behavior assumptions, and update assumptions when appropriate. Generally, we do not expect trends to change significantly in the short-term and, to the extent these trends may change, we expect such changes to be gradual over the long-term.

The reserving methodologies used include the following:

 

    Universal life (“UL”) and investment-type contract policyholder account balances are equal to the policy AV. The policy AV represent an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals.

 

    Participating traditional life insurance future policy benefit liabilities are calculated using a net level premium method on the basis of actuarial assumptions equal to guaranteed mortality and dividend fund interest rates.

 

    Non-participating traditional life insurance future policy benefit liabilities are estimated using a net level premium method on the basis of actuarial assumptions as to mortality, persistency and interest.

For most long-duration contracts, we utilize best estimate assumptions as of the date the policy is issued or acquired with provisions for the risk of adverse deviation, as appropriate. After the liabilities are initially established, we perform premium deficiency tests using best estimate assumptions as of the testing date without provisions for adverse deviation. If the liabilities determined based on these best estimate assumptions are greater than the net reserves ( i.e. , U.S. GAAP reserves net of any DAC, DSI or VOBA asset), the existing net reserves are adjusted by first reducing the DAC, DSI or VOBA assets by the amount of the deficiency or to zero through a charge to current period earnings. If the deficiency is more than these asset balances for insurance contracts, we then increase the net reserves by the excess, again through a charge to current period earnings. If a premium deficiency is recognized, the assumptions as of the premium deficiency test date are locked in and used in subsequent valuations and the net reserves continue to be subject to premium deficiency testing.

For certain reserves, such as those related to GMDB and GMIB features, we use current best estimate assumptions in establishing reserves. The reserves are subject to adjustments based on periodic reviews of assumptions and quarterly adjustments for experience, including market performance, and the reserves may be adjusted through a benefit or charge to current period earnings.

 

157


Table of Contents

For certain GMxB features in our Individual Retirement segment, the benefits are accounted for as embedded derivatives, with fair values calculated as the present value of expected future benefit payments to contractholders less the present value of assessed rider fees attributable to the embedded derivative feature. Under U.S. GAAP, the fair values of these benefit features are based on assumptions a market participant would use in valuing these embedded derivatives. Changes in the fair value of the embedded derivatives are recorded quarterly through a benefit or charge to current period earnings.

The assumptions used in establishing reserves are generally based on the Company’s experience, industry experience and/or other factors, as applicable. We typically update our actuarial assumptions, such as mortality, morbidity, retirement and policyholder behavior assumptions, annually, unless a material change is observed in an interim period that we feel is indicative of a long-term trend. Generally, we do not expect trends to change significantly in the short-term and, to the extent these trends may change, we expect such changes to be gradual over the long-term. In a sustained low interest rate environment, there is an increased likelihood that the reserves determined based on best estimate assumptions may be greater than the net liabilities.

See note 8 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information on our accounting policy relating to GMxB features and liability for future policy benefits and note 2 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for future policyholder benefit liabilities.

Sensitivity of Future Rate of Return Assumptions on GMDB/GMIB Reserves

The Separate Account future rate of return assumptions that are used in establishing reserves for GMxB features are set using a long term-view of expected average market returns by applying a RTM approach, consistent with that used for DAC amortization. For additional information regarding the future expected rate of return assumptions and the reversion to the mean approach, see “—DAC”.

The GMDB/GMIB reserve balance before reinsurance ceded was $9.0 billion at December 31, 2017. The following table provides the sensitivity of the reserves GMxB features related to variable annuity contracts relative to the future rate of return assumptions by quantifying the adjustments to these reserves that would be required assuming both a 1% increase and decrease in the future rate of return. This sensitivity considers only the direct effect of changes in the future rate of return on operating results due to the change in the reserve balance before reinsurance ceded and not changes in any other assumptions such as persistency, mortality, or expenses included in the evaluation of the reserves, or any changes on DAC or other balances including hedging derivatives and the GMIB reinsurance asset.

GMDB/GMIB Reserves

Sensitivity - Rate of Return

December 31, 2017

 

     Increase/(Decrease) in
GMDB/GMIB Reserves
 
     (in millions)  

1% decrease in future rate of return

   $ 1,355  

1% increase in future rate of return

   $ (1,443

Traditional Annuities

The reserves for future policy benefits for annuities include group pension and payout annuities, and, during the accumulation period, are equal to accumulated policyholders’ fund balances and, after annuitization, are

 

158


Table of Contents

equal to the present value of expected future payments based on assumptions as to mortality, retirement, maintenance expense, and interest rates. Interest rates used in establishing such liabilities range from 1.6% to 5.5% (weighted average of 4.2%). If reserves determined based on these assumptions are greater than the existing reserves, the existing reserves are adjusted to the greater amount.

Health

Individual health benefit liabilities for active lives are estimated using the net level premium method and assumptions as to future morbidity, withdrawals and interest. Benefit liabilities for disabled lives are estimated using the present value of benefits method and experience assumptions as to claim terminations, expenses and interest.

Reinsurance

Accounting for reinsurance requires extensive use of assumptions and estimates, particularly related to the future performance of the underlying business and the potential impact of counterparty credit risk with respect to reinsurance receivables. We periodically review actual and anticipated experience compared to the aforementioned assumptions used to establish assets and liabilities relating to ceded and assumed reinsurance and evaluate the financial strength of counterparties to our reinsurance agreements using criteria similar to those evaluated in our security impairment process. See “—Estimated Fair Value of Investments.” Additionally, for each of our reinsurance agreements, we determine whether the agreement provides indemnification against loss or liability relating to insurance risk, in accordance with applicable accounting standards. We review all contractual features, including those that may limit the amount of insurance risk to which the reinsurer is subject or features that delay the timely reimbursement of claims. If we determine that a reinsurance agreement does not expose the reinsurer to a reasonable possibility of a significant loss from insurance risk, we record the agreement using the deposit method of accounting.

For reinsurance contracts other than those covering GMIB exposure, reinsurance recoverable balances are calculated using methodologies and assumptions that are consistent with those used to calculate the direct liabilities. GMIB reinsurance contracts are used to cede affiliated and non-affiliated reinsurers a portion of the exposure on variable annuity products that offer the GMIB feature. The GMIB reinsurance contracts are accounted for as derivatives and are reported at fair value. Gross reserves for GMIB, on the other hand, are calculated on the basis of assumptions related to projected benefits and related contract charges over the lives of the contracts, therefore, will not immediately reflect the offsetting impact on future claims exposure resulting from the same capital market and/or interest rate fluctuations that cause gains or losses on the fair value of the GMIB reinsurance contracts.

See note 9 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information on our reinsurance agreements.

DAC

We incur significant costs in connection with acquiring new and renewal insurance business. Costs that relate directly to the successful acquisition or renewal of insurance contracts, are deferred as DAC. In addition to commissions, certain direct-response advertising expenses and other direct costs, other deferrable costs include the portion of an employee’s total compensation and benefits related to time spent selling, underwriting or processing the issuance of new and renewal insurance business only with respect to actual policies acquired or renewed. We utilize various techniques to estimate the portion of an employee’s time spent on qualifying acquisition activities that result in actual sales, including surveys, interviews, representative time studies and other methods. These estimates include assumptions that are reviewed and updated on a periodic basis or more frequently to reflect significant changes in processes or distribution methods.

 

159


Table of Contents

Amortization Methodologies

Participating Traditional Life Policies

For participating traditional life policies (substantially all of which are in the Closed Block), DAC is amortized over the expected total life of the contract group as a constant percentage based on the present value of the estimated gross margin amounts expected to be realized over the life of the contracts using the expected investment yield.

At December 31, 2017, the average investment yields assumed (excluding policy loans) were 4.7% grading to 4.3% in 2024. Estimated gross margins include anticipated premiums and investment results less claims and administrative expenses, changes in the net level premium reserve and expected annual policyholder dividends. The effect on the accumulated amortization of DAC of revisions to estimated gross margins is reflected in earnings in the period such estimated gross margins are revised. The effect on the DAC assets that would result from realization of unrealized gains (losses) is recognized with an offset to AOCI in consolidated equity as of the balance sheet date. Many of the factors that affect gross margins are included in the determination of the Company’s dividends to these policyholders. DAC adjustments related to participating traditional life policies do not create significant volatility in results of operations as the Closed Block recognizes a cumulative policyholder dividend obligation expense in “Policyholders’ dividends,” for the excess of actual cumulative earnings over expected cumulative earnings as determined at the time of demutualization.

Non-participating Traditional Life Insurance Policies

DAC associated with non-participating traditional life policies is amortized in proportion to anticipated premiums. Assumptions as to anticipated premiums are estimated at the date of policy issue and are consistently applied during the life of the contracts. Deviations from estimated experience are reflected in earnings (loss) in the period such deviations occur. For these contracts, the amortization periods generally are for the total life of the policy.

Universal Life and Investment-type Contracts

DAC associated with certain variable annuity products is amortized based on estimated assessments, with the remainder of variable annuity products, UL and investment-type products amortized over the expected total life of the contract group as a constant percentage of estimated gross profits arising principally from investment results, Separate Account fees, mortality and expense margins and surrender charges based on historical and anticipated future experience, updated at the end of each accounting period. When estimated gross profits are expected to be negative for multiple years of a contract life, DAC is amortized using the present value of estimated assessments. The effect on the amortization of DAC of revisions to estimated gross profits or assessments is reflected in net income (loss) in the period such estimated gross profits or assessments are revised. A decrease in expected gross profits or assessments would accelerate DAC amortization. Conversely, an increase in expected gross profits or assessments would slow DAC amortization. The effect on the DAC assets that would result from realization of unrealized gains (losses) is recognized with an offset to AOCI in consolidated equity as of the balance sheet date.

Quarterly adjustments to the DAC balance are made for current period experience and market performance related adjustments, and the impact of reviews of estimated total gross profits. The quarterly adjustments for current period experience reflect the impact of differences between actual and previously estimated expected gross profits for a given period. Total estimated gross profits include both actual experience and estimates of gross profits for future periods. To the extent each period’s actual experience differs from the previous estimate for that period, the assumed level of total gross profits may change. In these cases, cumulative adjustment to all previous periods’ costs is recognized.

During each accounting period, the DAC balances are evaluated and adjusted with a corresponding charge or credit to current period earnings for the effects of the Company’s actual gross profits and changes in the

 

160


Table of Contents

assumptions regarding estimated future gross profits. A decrease in expected gross profits or assessments would accelerate DAC amortization. Conversely, an increase in expected gross profits or assessments would slow DAC amortization. The effect on the DAC assets that would result from realization of unrealized gains (losses) is recognized with an offset to AOCI in consolidated equity as of the balance sheet date.

For the variable and UL policies a significant portion of the gross profits is derived from mortality margins and therefore, are significantly influenced by the mortality assumptions used. Mortality assumptions represent the Company’s expected claims experience over the life of these policies and are based on a long-term average of actual company experience. This assumption is updated periodically to reflect recent experience as it emerges. Improvement of life mortality in future periods from that currently projected would result in future deceleration of DAC amortization. Conversely, deterioration of life mortality in future periods from that currently projected would result in future acceleration of DAC amortization.

Loss Recognition Testing

After the initial establishment of reserves, loss recognition tests are performed using best estimate assumptions as of the testing date without provisions for adverse deviation. When the liabilities for future policy benefits plus the present value of expected future gross premiums for the aggregate product group are insufficient to provide for expected future policy benefits and expenses for that line of business ( i.e. , reserves net of any DAC asset), DAC is first written off, and thereafter a premium deficiency reserve is established by a charge to earnings.

In 2017, we determined that we had a loss recognition in certain of our variable interest sensitive life insurance products due to low interest rates. As of December 31, 2017, we wrote off $192 million of the DAC balance through accelerated amortization.

In addition, we are required to analyze the impacts from net unrealized investment gains and losses on our available-for-sale investment securities backing insurance liabilities, as if those unrealized investment gains and losses were realized. This may result in the recognition of unrealized gains and losses on related insurance assets and liabilities in a manner consistent with the recognition of the unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investment securities within the statements of comprehensive income and changes in equity. Changes to net unrealized investment (gains) losses may increase or decrease the ending DAC balance. Similar to a loss recognition event, when the DAC balance is reduced to zero, additional insurance liabilities are established if necessary. Unlike a loss recognition event, which is based on changes in net unrealized investment (gains) losses, these adjustments may reverse from period to period. In 2017, due primarily to the release of life reserves, we wrote-off $184 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 of our DAC balance, and a cumulative decrease in the accumulated effect of net unrealized investment gains of approximately $238 million as of December 31, 2017 with an offsetting amount recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). There was no impact to net income (loss).

Sensitivity of DAC to Changes in Future Mortality Assumptions

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity of the DAC balance relative to future mortality assumptions by quantifying the adjustments that would be required, assuming an increase and decrease in the future mortality rate by 1.0%. This information considers only the direct effect of changes in the mortality assumptions on the DAC balance and not changes in any other assumptions used in the measurement of the DAC balance and does not assume changes in reserves.

 

161


Table of Contents

DAC Sensitivity - Mortality

December 31, 2017

 

     Increase/(Decrease)
in DAC
 
     (in millions)  

Decrease in future mortality by 1%

   $ 34  

Increase in future mortality by 1%

   $ (34

Sensitivity of DAC to Changes in Future Rate of Return Assumptions

A significant assumption in the amortization of DAC on variable annuity products and, to a lesser extent, on variable and interest-sensitive life insurance relates to projected future Separate Account performance. Management sets estimated future gross profit or assessment assumptions related to Separate Account performance using a long-term view of expected average market returns by applying a RTM approach, a commonly used industry practice. This future return approach influences the projection of fees earned, as well as other sources of estimated gross profits. Returns that are higher than expectations for a given period produce higher than expected account balances, increase the fees earned resulting in higher expected future gross profits and lower DAC amortization for the period. The opposite occurs when returns are lower than expected.

In applying this approach to develop estimates of future returns, it is assumed that the market will return to an average gross long-term return estimate, developed with reference to historical long-term equity market performance. In second quarter 2015, based upon management’s then-current expectations of interest rates and future fund growth, the Company updated its reversion to the mean assumption from 9.0% to 7.0%. The average gross long-term return measurement start date was also updated to December 31, 2014. Management has set limitations as to maximum and minimum future rate of return assumptions, as well as a limitation on the duration of use of these maximum or minimum rates of return. At December 31, 2017, the average gross short-term and long-term annual return estimate on variable and interest-sensitive life insurance and variable annuity products was 7.0% (4.7% net of product weighted average Separate Account fees), and the gross maximum and minimum short-term annual rate of return limitations were 15.0% (12.7% net of product weighted average Separate Account fees) and 0.0% ((2.3)% net of product weighted average Separate Account fees), respectively. The maximum duration over which these rate limitations may be applied is 5 years. This approach will continue to be applied in future periods. These assumptions of long-term growth are subject to assessment of the reasonableness of resulting estimates of future return assumptions.

If actual market returns continue at levels that would result in assuming future market returns of 15.0% for more than 5 years in order to reach the average gross long-term return estimate, the application of the five-year maximum duration limitation would result in an acceleration of DAC amortization. Conversely, actual market returns resulting in assumed future market returns of 0.0% for more than 5 years would result in a required deceleration of DAC amortization. At December 31, 2017, current projections of future average gross market returns assume a 1.6% annualized return for the next two quarters, followed by 7.0% thereafter.

Other significant assumptions underlying gross profit estimates for UL and investment type products relate to contract persistency and General Account investment spread.

The following table provides an example of the sensitivity of the DAC balance of variable annuity products and variable and interest-sensitive life insurance relative to future return assumptions by quantifying the adjustments to the DAC balance that would be required assuming both an increase and decrease in the future rate of return by 1.0%. This information considers only the effect of changes in the future Separate Account rate of return and not changes in any other assumptions used in the measurement of the DAC balance.

 

162


Table of Contents

DAC Sensitivity - Rate of Return

December 31, 2017

 

     Increase/(Decrease)
in DAC
 
     (in millions)  

Decrease in future rate of return by 1%

   $ (123 )         

Increase in future rate of return by 1%

   $ 143  

Estimated Fair Value of Investments

The Company’s investment portfolio principally consists of public and private fixed maturities, mortgage loans, equity securities and derivative financial instruments, including exchange traded equity, currency and interest rate futures contracts, total return and/or other equity swaps, interest rate swap and floor contracts, swaptions, variance swaps as well as equity options used to manage various risks relating to its business operations.

Fair Value Measurements

Investments reported at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets of the Company include fixed maturity and equity securities classified as available-for-sale, trading securities and certain other invested assets, such as freestanding derivatives. In addition, reinsurance contracts covering GMIB exposure and the liabilities in the SCS variable annuity products, SIO in the EQUI-VEST variable annuity product series, MSO in the variable life insurance products, IUL insurance products and the GMAB, GIB, GMWB and GWBL feature in certain variable annuity products issued by the Company are considered embedded derivatives and reported at fair value.

When available, the estimated fair value of securities is based on quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly obtainable; these generally are the most liquid holdings and their valuation does not involve management judgment. When quoted prices in active markets are not available, the Company estimates fair value based on market standard valuation methodologies. These alternative approaches include matrix or model pricing and use of independent pricing services, each supported by reference to principal market trades or other observable market assumptions for similar securities. More specifically, the matrix pricing approach to fair value is a discounted cash flow methodology that incorporates market interest rates commensurate with the credit quality and duration of the investment. For securities with reasonable price transparency, the significant inputs to these valuation methodologies either are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. When the volume or level of activity results in little or no price transparency, significant inputs no longer can be supported by reference to market observable data but instead must be based on management’s estimation and judgment. Substantially the same approach is used by the Company to measure the fair values of freestanding and embedded derivatives with exception for consideration of the effects of master netting agreements and collateral arrangements as well as incremental value or risk ascribed to changes in own or counterparty credit risk.

As required by the accounting guidance, we categorize our assets and liabilities measured at fair value into a three-level hierarchy, based on the priority of the inputs to the respective valuation technique, giving the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). For additional information regarding the key estimates and assumptions surrounding the determinations of fair value measurements, see note 7 to the notes of our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Impairments and Valuation Allowances

The assessment of whether OTTIs have occurred is performed quarterly by our Investments Under Surveillance (“IUS”) Committee, with the assistance of its investment advisors, on a security-by-security basis

 

163


Table of Contents

for each available-for-sale fixed maturity and equity security that has experienced a decline in fair value for purpose of evaluating the underlying reasons. The analysis begins with a review of gross unrealized losses by the following categories of securities: (i) all investment grade and below investment grade fixed maturities for which fair value has declined and remained below amortized cost by 20% or more; (ii) below-investment-grade fixed maturities for which fair value has declined and remained below amortized cost for a period greater than 12 months; and (iii) equity securities for which fair value has declined and remained below cost by 20% or greater or remained below cost for a period of 6 months or greater. Integral to the analysis is an assessment of various indicators of credit deterioration to determine whether the investment security is expected to recover, including, but not limited to, consideration of the duration and severity of the unrealized loss, failure, if any, of the issuer of the security to make scheduled payments, actions taken by rating agencies, adverse conditions specifically related to the security or sector, the financial strength, liquidity and continued viability of the issuer and, for equity securities only, the intent and ability to hold the investment until recovery, resulting in identification of specific securities for which OTTI is recognized.

If there is no intent to sell or likely requirement to dispose of the fixed maturity security before its recovery, only the credit loss component of any resulting OTTI is recognized in earnings and the remainder of the fair value loss is recognized in OCI. The amount of credit loss is the shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected as compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. The present value is calculated by discounting management’s best estimate of projected future cash flows at the effective interest rate implicit in the debt security at the date of acquisition. Projections of future cash flows are based on assumptions regarding probability of default and estimates regarding the amount and timing of recoveries. These assumptions and estimates require use of management judgment and consider internal credit analyses as well as market observable data relevant to the collectability of the security. For mortgage- and asset-backed securities, projected future cash flows also include assumptions regarding prepayments and underlying collateral value.

Mortgage loans are stated at unpaid principal balances, net of unamortized discounts and valuation allowances. Valuation allowances are based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate or on its collateral value if the loan is collateral dependent. However, if foreclosure is or becomes probable, the collateral value measurement method is used.

For commercial and agricultural mortgage loans, an allowance for credit loss is typically recommended when management believes it is probable that principal and interest will not be collected according to the contractual terms. Factors that influence management’s judgment in determining allowance for credit losses include the following:

 

    Loan-to-value ratio—Derived from current loan balance divided by the fair market value of the property. An allowance for credit loss is typically recommended when the loan-to-value ratio is in excess of 100%. In the case where the loan-to-value is in excess of 100%, the allowance for credit loss is derived by taking the difference between the fair market value (less cost of sale) and the current loan balance.

 

    Debt service coverage ratio—Derived from actual operating earnings divided by annual debt service. If the ratio is below 1.0x, then the income from the property does not support the debt.

 

    Occupancy—Criteria varies by property type but low or below market occupancy is an indicator of sub-par property performance.

 

    Lease expirations—The percentage of leases expiring in the upcoming 12 to 36 months are monitored as a decline in rent and/or occupancy may negatively impact the debt service coverage ratio. In the case of single-tenant properties or properties with large tenant exposure, the lease expiration is a material risk factor.

 

    Maturity—Mortgage loans that are not fully amortizing and have upcoming maturities within the next 12 to 24 months are monitored in conjunction with the capital markets to determine the borrower’s ability to refinance the debt and/or pay off the balloon balance.

 

164


Table of Contents
    Borrower/tenant related issues—Financial concerns, potential bankruptcy, or words or actions that indicate imminent default or abandonment of property.

 

    Payment status—current vs. delinquent—A history of delinquent payments may be a cause for concern.

 

    Property condition—Significant deferred maintenance observed during the lenders annual site inspections.

 

    Other—Any other factors such as current economic conditions may call into question the performance of the loan.

Mortgage loans also are individually evaluated quarterly by the IUS Committee for impairment on a loan-by-loan basis, including an assessment of related collateral value. Commercial mortgages 60 days or more past due and agricultural mortgages 90 days or more past due, as well as all mortgages in the process of foreclosure, are identified as problem mortgages. Based on its monthly monitoring of mortgages, a class of potential problem mortgages also is identified, consisting of mortgage loans not currently classified as problems but for which management has doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan payment terms and which may result in the loan becoming a problem or being restructured. The decision whether to classify a performing mortgage loan as a potential problem involves significant subjective judgments by management as to likely future industry conditions and developments with respect to the borrower or the individual mortgaged property.

For problem mortgage loans a valuation allowance is established to provide for the risk of credit losses inherent in the lending process. The allowance includes loan specific reserves for loans determined to be non-performing as a result of the loan review process. A non-performing loan is defined as a loan for which it is probable that amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected. The loan specific portion of the loss allowance is based on the Company’s assessment as to ultimate collectability of loan principal and interest. Valuation allowances for a non-performing loan are recorded based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or based on the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The valuation allowance for mortgage loans can increase or decrease from period to period based on such factors.

Impaired mortgage loans without provision for losses are mortgage loans where the fair value of the collateral or the net present value of the expected future cash flows related to the loan equals or exceeds the recorded investment. Interest income earned on mortgage loans where the collateral value is used to measure impairment is recorded on a cash basis. Interest income on mortgage loans where the present value method is used to measure impairment is accrued on the net carrying value amount of the loan at the interest rate used to discount the cash flows. Changes in the present value attributable to changes in the amount or timing of expected cash flows are reported as investment gains or losses.

Mortgage loans are placed on nonaccrual status once management believes the collection of accrued interest is doubtful. Once mortgage loans are classified as nonaccrual mortgage loans, interest income is recognized under the cash basis of accounting and the resumption of the interest accrual would commence only after all past due interest has been collected or the mortgage loan on real estate has been restructured to where the collection of interest is considered likely.

See notes 2 and 3 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information relating to our determination of the amount of allowances and impairments.

Derivatives

We use freestanding derivative instruments to hedge various capital market risks in our products, including: (i) certain guarantees, some of which are reported as embedded derivatives; (ii) current or future changes in the

 

165


Table of Contents

fair value of our assets and liabilities; and (iii) current or future changes in cash flows. All derivatives, whether freestanding or embedded, are required to be carried on the balance sheet at fair value with changes reflected in either net income (loss) or in other comprehensive income, depending on the type of hedge. Below is a summary of critical accounting estimates by type of derivative.

Freestanding Derivatives

The determination of the estimated fair value of freestanding derivatives, when quoted market values are not available, is based on market standard valuation methodologies and inputs that management believes are consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing such instruments. Derivative valuations can be affected by changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, financial indices, credit spreads, default risk, nonperformance risk, volatility, liquidity and changes in estimates and assumptions used in the pricing models. See note 8 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere herein for additional details on significant inputs into the OTC derivative pricing models and credit risk adjustment.

Embedded Derivatives

We issue variable annuity products with guaranteed minimum benefits, some of which are embedded derivatives measured at estimated fair value separately from the host variable annuity product, with changes in estimated fair value reported in net derivative gains (losses). We also have assumed from an affiliate the risk associated with certain guaranteed minimum benefits, which are accounted for as embedded derivatives measured at estimated fair value. The estimated fair values of these embedded derivatives are determined based on the present value of projected future benefits minus the present value of projected future fees attributable to the guarantee. The projections of future benefits and future fees require capital markets and actuarial assumptions, including expectations concerning policyholder behavior. A risk neutral valuation methodology is used under which the cash flows from the guarantees are projected under multiple capital market scenarios using observable risk-free rates.

Market conditions, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity indices, market volatility and variations in actuarial assumptions, including policyholder behavior, mortality and risk margins related to non-capital market inputs, as well as changes in our nonperformance risk adjustment may result in significant fluctuations in the estimated fair value of the guarantees that could materially affect net income. Changes to actuarial assumptions, principally related to contract holder behavior such as annuitization utilization and withdrawals associated with GMIB riders, can result in a change of expected future cash outflows of a guarantee between the accrual-based model for insurance liabilities and the fair-value based model for embedded derivatives. See note 1 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere herein for additional information relating to the determination of the accounting model. Risk margins are established to capture the non-capital market risks of the instrument which represent the additional compensation a market participant would require to assume the risks related to the uncertainties in certain actuarial assumptions. The establishment of risk margins requires the use of significant management judgment, including assumptions of the amount and cost of capital needed to cover the guarantees.

With respect to assumptions regarding policyholder behavior, we have recorded charges, and in some cases benefits, in prior years as a result of the availability of sufficient and credible data at the conclusion of each review.

We ceded the risk associated with certain of the variable annuity products with GMxB features described in the preceding paragraphs. The value of the embedded derivatives on the ceded risk is determined using a methodology consistent with that described previously for the guarantees directly written by us with the exception of the input for nonperformance risk that reflects the credit of the reinsurer. However, because certain of the reinsured guarantees do not meet the definition of an embedded derivative and, thus are not accounted for at fair value, significant fluctuations in net income may occur when the change in the fair value of the

 

166


Table of Contents

reinsurance recoverable is recorded in net income without a corresponding and offsetting change in fair value of the directly written guaranteed liability.

Nonperformance Risk Adjustment

The valuation of our embedded derivatives includes an adjustment for the risk that we fail to satisfy our obligations, which we refer to as our nonperformance risk. The nonperformance risk adjustment, which is captured as a spread over the risk-free rate in determining the discount rate to discount the cash flows of the liability, is determined by taking into consideration publicly available information relating to spreads on corporate bonds in the secondary market comparable to Holdings’ financial strength rating.

The table below illustrates the impact that a range of reasonably likely variances in credit spreads would have on our consolidated balance sheet, excluding the effect of income tax, related to the embedded derivative valuation on certain variable annuity products measured at estimated fair value. Even when credit spreads do not change, the impact of the nonperformance risk adjustment on fair value will change when the cash flows within the fair value measurement change. The table only reflects the impact of changes in credit spreads on our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein and not these other potential changes. In determining the ranges, we have considered current market conditions, as well as the market level of spreads that can reasonably be anticipated over the near term. The ranges do not reflect extreme market conditions such as those experienced during the 2008-2009 financial crisis as we do not consider those to be reasonably likely events in the near future.

 

     Future
policyholders’
benefits and
other
policyholders’

liabilities
 
     (in billions)  

100% increase in Holdings’ credit spread

   $ 3.8  

As reported

     4.4  

50% decrease in Holdings’ credit spread

   $ 4.7  

See note 3 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information on our derivatives and hedging programs.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the estimated fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. The Company tests goodwill for recoverability each annual reporting period at December 31 and at interim periods if facts or circumstances are indicative of potential impairment. As further described in notes 2 and 4 to the Company’s annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, during the first quarter of 2017, the Company early adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-04 (“ASU 2017-04”), Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The new guidance eliminates Step 2 goodwill impairment testing that requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation to assess goodwill recoverability when the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value and continues to limit the measure of impairment loss to the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The Company’s early adoption of ASU 2017-04 resulted in recognition of an impairment loss of $369 million during first quarter 2017, representing all of the goodwill attributed to its Financial/Advisory Insurance segment. As application of the new guidance is required prospectively, prior reporting periods were not restated for the impact of adoption. As further described in notes 4 and 18 to the Company’s annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, in the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recast its operating segments to align with the reorganization of its reporting structure, thereby resulting in identification of new reporting units and the reassignment of goodwill related to those affected. At December 31, 2017, the Company’s $4.6 billion of

 

167


Table of Contents

goodwill results solely from its investment in AB and is attributed to the Investment Management and Research segment, also deemed a reporting unit for purpose of assessing the recoverability of that goodwill.

Estimating the fair value of reporting units for the purpose of goodwill impairment testing is a subjective process that involves the use of significant judgements by management. Estimates of fair value are inherently uncertain and represent management’s reasonable expectation regarding future developments, giving consideration to internal strategic plans and general market and economic forecasts. The company uses a discounted cash flow approach as its primary valuation methodology and validates the fair value to market comparables and industry metrics. Determining estimated fair value using a discounted cash flow valuation technique consists of applying business growth rate assumptions over the estimated life of the goodwill asset and then discounting the resulting expected cash flows using an estimated weighted average cost of capital of market participants to arrive at a present value amount that approximates fair value. Key inputs and assumptions include projected cash flows, the level of economic capital required to support the business mix, growth of the existing business, projections of renewed business and margins on such business, interest rates, credit spreads, equity market levels, and the discount rate.

Litigation Contingencies

We are a party to a number of legal actions and are involved in a number of regulatory investigations. Given the inherent unpredictability of these matters, it is difficult to estimate the impact on our financial position.

Liabilities are established when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. On a quarterly and annual basis, we review relevant information with respect to liabilities for litigation, regulatory investigations and litigation-related contingencies to be reflected in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.

See note 16 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information regarding our assessment of litigation contingencies.

Income Taxes

Income taxes represent the net amount of income taxes that the Company expects to pay to or receive from various taxing jurisdictions in connection with its operations. The Company provides for Federal and state income taxes currently payable, as well as those deferred due to temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the balance sheet date using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryforward periods under the tax law in the applicable jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when management determines, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management considers all available evidence including past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent years, forecasted earnings, future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. The Company’s accounting for income taxes represents management’s best estimate of the tax consequences of various events and transactions.

Significant management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and deferred tax assets and liabilities, and in evaluating the Company’s tax positions including evaluating uncertainties under the guidance for Accounting for Uncertainty in Income taxes. Under the guidance, the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recorded in the financial statements. Tax positions are then measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement.

The Company’s tax positions are reviewed quarterly and the balances are adjusted as new information becomes available.

 

168


Table of Contents

Profits Followed by Losses (“PFBL”)

Certain policyholder liability balances for a particular line of business may not be deficient in the aggregate to trigger loss recognition; however, the pattern of earnings may be such that profits are expected to be recognized in earlier years and then followed by losses in later years. In these situations, accounting standards require that an additional PFBL liability be recognized by an amount necessary to sufficiently offset the losses that would be recognized in later years. The PFBL liability is based on current estimate of the present value of the amount necessary to offset losses anticipated in future periods.

Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements

See note 2 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a complete discussion of newly issued accounting pronouncements.

 

169


Table of Contents

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our businesses are subject to financial, market, political and economic risks, as well as to risks inherent in its business operations. The discussion that follows provides additional information on market risks arising from its insurance asset/liability management and investment management activities. Such risks are evaluated and managed by each business on a decentralized basis. Primary market risk exposure results from interest rate fluctuations, equity price movements and changes in credit quality.

Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and Protection Solutions Segments

Our results significantly depend on profit margins or “spreads” between investment results from assets held in the GAIA and interest credited on individual insurance and annuity products. Management believes its fixed rate liabilities should be supported by a portfolio principally composed of fixed rate investments that generate predictable, steady rates of return. Although these assets are purchased for long-term investment, the portfolio management strategy considers them available for sale in response to changes in market interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, changes in relative values of asset sectors and individual securities and loans, changes in credit quality outlook and other relevant factors. See the “Investments” section of note 2 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for the accounting policies for the investment portfolios. The objective of portfolio management is to maximize returns, taking into account interest rate and credit risks. Insurance asset/liability management includes strategies to minimize exposure to loss as interest rates and economic and market conditions change. As a result, the fixed maturity portfolio has modest exposure to call and prepayment risk and the vast majority of mortgage holdings are fixed rate mortgages that carry yield maintenance and prepayment provisions.

Investments with Interest Rate Risk—Fair Value

Assets with interest rate risk include available-for-sale and trading fixed maturities and mortgage loans that make up 80.6% and 77.1% of the carrying value of General Account Investment Assets at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. As part of our asset/liability management, quantitative analyses are used to model the impact various changes in interest rates have on assets with interest rate risk. The table that follows shows the impact an immediate 1% increase/decrease in interest rates at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 would have on the fair value of fixed maturities and mortgage loans:

Interest Rate Risk Exposure

 

     December 31, 2017      December 31, 2016  
     Fair
Value
     Impact
of +1%

Change
    Impact
of -1%
Change
     Fair
Value
     Impact
of +1%

Change
    Impact
of -1%
Change
 
     (in millions)  

Fixed Income Investments

               

Available-for-sale:

               

Fixed rate

   $ 44,899      $ (4,375   $ 5,293      $ 40,428      $ (3,795   $ 4,658  

Floating rate

     2,022        (2     2        1,431        (2     2  

Trading securities:

               

Fixed rate

     11,404        (283     294        8,127        (178     185  

Floating rate

     541        (1     1        377        (1     1  

Mortgage loans

   $ 10,912      $ (596   $ 432      $ 9,624      $ (547   $ 460  

A 1% increase/decrease in interest rates is a hypothetical rate scenario used to demonstrate potential risk; it does not represent management’s view of future market changes. While these fair value measurements provide a representation of interest rate sensitivity of fixed maturities and mortgage loans, they are based on various

 

170


Table of Contents

portfolio exposures at a particular point in time and may not be representative of future market results. These exposures will change as a result of ongoing portfolio activities in response to management’s assessment of changing market conditions and available investment opportunities.

Investments with Equity Price Risk—Fair Value

The investment portfolios also have direct holdings of public and private equity securities. The following table shows the potential exposure from those equity security investments, measured in terms of fair value, to an immediate 10% increase/decrease in equity prices from those prevailing at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

Equity Price Risk Exposure

 

     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
     Fair
Value
     Impact
of +10%
Equity
Price

Change
     Impact
of -10%
Equity
Price
Change
    Fair
Value
     Impact
of +10%
Equity
Price

Change
     Impact
of -10% 
Equity
Price 
Change
 
     (in millions)  

Equity Investments

                

Available-For-Sale

   $ 158      $ 16      $ (16   $ 113      $ 11      $ (11

A 10% decrease in equity prices is a hypothetical scenario used to calibrate potential risk and does not represent management’s view of future market changes. The fair value measurements shown are based on the equity securities portfolio exposures at a particular point in time and these exposures will change as a result of ongoing portfolio activities in response to management’s assessment of changing market conditions and available investment opportunities.

Liabilities with Interest Rate Risk—Fair Value

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the aggregate carrying values of insurance contracts with interest rate risk net of reinsurance were $5.1 billion and $4.5 billion, respectively. The aggregate fair value of such liabilities at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were $5.2 billion and $4.5 billion, respectively. The impact of a relative 1% decrease in interest rates would be an increase in the fair value of those liabilities of $0.2 billion and $0.2 billion, respectively. While these fair value measurements provide a representation of the interest rate sensitivity of insurance liabilities, they are based on the composition of such liabilities at a particular point in time and may not be representative of future results.

Asset/liability management is integrated into many aspects of the Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and Protection Solutions segments’ operations, including investment decisions, product development and determination of crediting rates. As part of our risk management process, numerous economic scenarios are modeled, including cash flow testing required for insurance regulatory purposes, to determine if existing assets would be sufficient to meet projected liability cash flows. Key variables include policyholder behavior, such as persistency, under differing crediting rate strategies.

Derivatives and Interest Rate and Equity Risks—Fair Value

We primarily use derivative contracts for asset/liability risk management, to mitigate our exposure to equity market decline and interest rate risks and for hedging individual securities. In addition, we periodically enter into forward, exchange-traded futures and interest rate swap, swaptions and floor contracts to reduce the economic impact of movements in the equity and fixed income markets, including the program to hedge certain risks associated with the GMxB features. As more fully described in notes 2 and 3 to the notes to our annual financial

 

171


Table of Contents

statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, various traditional derivative financial instruments are used to achieve these objectives. To minimize credit risk exposure associated with its derivative transactions, each counterparty’s credit is appraised and approved and risk control limits and monitoring procedures are applied. Credit limits are established and monitored on the basis of potential exposures that take into consideration current market values and estimates of potential future movements in market values given potential fluctuations in market interest rates. To reduce credit exposures in OTC derivative transactions, we enter into master agreements that provide for a netting of financial exposures with the counterparty and allow for collateral arrangements. We further control and minimize counterparty exposure through a credit appraisal and approval process. Under the ISDA Master Agreement, we have executed a Credit Support Annex (“CSA”) with each of our OTC derivative counterparties that require both posting and accepting collateral either in the form of cash or high-quality securities, such as U.S. Treasury securities or those issued by government agencies.

Mark to market exposure is a point-in-time measure of the value of a derivative contract in the open market. A positive value indicates existence of credit risk for us because the counterparty would owe money to us if the contract were closed. Alternatively, a negative value indicates we would owe money to the counterparty if the contract were closed. If there is more than one derivative transaction outstanding with a counterparty, a master netting arrangement exists with the counterparty. In that case, the market risk represents the net of the positive and negative exposures with the single counterparty. In management’s view, the net potential exposure is the better measure of credit risk.

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the net fair values of our derivatives were $150 million and $191 million, respectively. The table that follows shows the interest rate or equity sensitivities of those derivatives, measured in terms of fair value. These exposures will change as a result of ongoing portfolio and risk management activities.

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

                   Interest Rate Sensitivity  
     Notional
Amount
     Weighted
Average
Term
(Years)
     Impact of
-1%
Change
    Fair
Value
    Impact of
+1%
Change
 
     (in millions, except for Weighted Average Term)  

December 31, 2017

            

Floors

   $ —           $ —       $ —       $ —    

Swaps

     26,725        6        3,443       411       (2,562

Futures

     20,675           121       —         (91

Credit Default Swaps

     2,057        3        —         33       —    
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 49,457         $ 3,564     $ 444     $ (2,653
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

            

Floors

   $ 1,500         $ 11     $ 11     $ 11  

Swaps

     26,092        5        1,332       (929     (2,799

Futures

     14,818           (35     —         103  

Credit Default Swaps

     2,712        4        5       5       5  
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,122         $ 1,313     $ (913   $ (2,680
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

172


Table of Contents
                   Equity Sensitivity  
     Notional
Amount
     Weighted
Average
Term
(Years)
     Fair
Value
    Balance after
-10% Equity
Price Shift
 
     (in millions, except for Weighted Average Term)  

December 31, 2017

          

Futures

   $ 6,552         $ —       $ 621  

Swaps

     7,555        1        (197     652  

Options

     22,223        2        1,999       1,452  
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,330         $ 1,802     $ 2,725  
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

          

Futures

   $ 9,028         $ —       $ 867  

Swaps

     5,843        1        (95     447  

Options

     12,241        2        1,016       521  
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 27,112         $ 921     $ 1,835  
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition to the freestanding derivatives discussed above, we have entered into reinsurance contracts to mitigate the risk associated with the impact of potential market fluctuations on future policyholder elections of GMIB features contained in certain annuity contracts. These reinsurance contracts are considered derivatives under the guidance on derivatives and hedging and were reported at their fair values of $1.9 billion and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The potential fair value exposure to an immediate 10% drop in equity prices from those prevailing at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, would increase the balances of the reinsurance contract asset by $0.2 billion and $0.2 billion. Also, the GMxB feature’s liability associated with certain annuity contracts is similarly considered to be a derivative for accounting purposes and was reported at its fair value. The liability for embedded derivative liability features was $4.4 billion and $5.6 billion at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The potential fair value exposure to an immediate 10% drop in equity prices from those prevailing as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, would be to increase the liability balance by $0.7 billion and $0.7 billion.

Investment Management and Research

The investments of our Investment Management and Research segment consist of trading and available-for-sale investments and other investments. AB’s trading and available-for-sale investments include U.S. Treasury bills and equity and fixed income mutual funds’ investments. Trading investments are purchased for short-term investment, principally to fund liabilities related to deferred compensation plans and to seed new investment services. Although available-for-sale investments are purchased for long-term investment, the portfolio strategy considers them available-for-sale from time to time due to changes in market interest rates, equity prices and other relevant factors. Other investments include investments in hedge funds sponsored by AB and other private investment vehicles.

 

173


Table of Contents

Investments with Interest Rate Risk—Fair Value

The table below provides AB’s potential exposure with respect to its fixed income investments, measured in terms of fair value, to an immediate 1% increase in interest rates at all maturities from the levels prevailing at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

Interest Rate Risk Exposure

 

     December 31, 2017      December 31, 2016  
     Fair
Value
     Balance
After
-1%
Change
     Balance
After
+1%
Change
     Fair
Value
     Balance
After
-1%
Change
     Balance
After
+1%
Change
 
     (in millions)  

Fixed Income Investments:

                 

Trading

   $ 137      $ 147      $ 128      $ 120      $ 129      $ 113  

Such a fluctuation in interest rates is a hypothetical rate scenario used to calibrate potential risk and does not represent AB management’s view of future market changes. Although these fair value measurements provide a representation of interest rate sensitivity of its investments in fixed income mutual funds and fixed income hedge funds, they are based on AB’s exposures at a particular point in time and may not be representative of future market results. These exposures will change as a result of ongoing changes in investments in response to AB management’s assessment of changing market conditions and available investment opportunities.

Investments with Equity Price Risk—Fair Value

AB’s investments include investments in equity mutual funds and equity hedge funds. The following table presents AB’s potential exposure from its equity investments, measured in terms of fair value, to an immediate 10% drop in equity prices from those prevailing at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

Equity Price Risk Exposure

 

    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
    Fair
Value
    Balance
After
+10% 
Equity
Price
Change
    Balance
After
-10%

Equity
Price
Change
    Fair
Value
    Balance
After
+10% 
Equity
Price
Change
    Balance
After

-10%
Equity
Price
Change
 
    (in millions)  

Equity Investments:

           

Trading

  $ 214     $ 236     $ 193     $ 180     $ 198     $ 162  

Available-for-sale and other investments

    92       102       83       163       179       147  

A 10% decrease in equity prices is a hypothetical scenario used to calibrate potential risk and does not represent AB management’s view of future market changes. While these fair value measurements provide a representation of equity price sensitivity of AB’s investments in equity mutual funds and equity hedge funds, they are based on AB’s exposure at a particular point in time and may not be representative of future market results. These exposures will change as a result of ongoing portfolio activities in response to AB management’s assessment of changing market conditions and available investment opportunities.

 

174


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are one of America’s leading financial services companies and have helped clients prepare for their financial future with confidence since 1859. Our approximately 12,200 employees and advisors are entrusted with more than $670 billion of assets under management through two complementary and well-established principal franchises, AXA Equitable Life and AllianceBernstein, providing:

 

    Advice and solutions for helping Americans set and meet their retirement goals and protect and transfer their wealth across generations; and

 

    A wide range of investment management insights, expertise and innovations to drive better investment decisions and outcomes for clients and institutional investors worldwide.

We aim to be a trusted partner to our clients by providing advice, products and services that help them navigate complex financial decisions. Our financial strength and the quality of our people, their ingenuity and the service they provide help us build relationships of trust with our clients.

We believe that the growing and aging U.S. population, shift of responsibility for retirement planning from employers to individuals and overall growth in total investable assets will drive significant demand for our products and services going forward. Throughout our long history, we have embraced change and looked to the future, and we continue to see significant opportunities to find new solutions and new ways to deliver service to clients within our target markets.

We have a leading position at the intersection of advice, asset management and financial protection that we believe provides our clients with products and solutions that meet their long-term financial needs and our stockholders with attractive growth prospects. We have market-leading positions in our four segments:

 

    Individual Retirement —We are a leading provider of variable annuity products, which primarily meet the needs of individuals saving for retirement or seeking retirement income by allowing them to invest in various markets through underlying investment options. As of December 31, 2017, we had more than 900,000 variable annuity policies in force, representing $103.4 billion of account value, or AV.

 

    Group Retirement —We offer tax-deferred investment and retirement plans sponsored by educational entities, municipalities and not-for-profit entities as well as small and medium-sized businesses. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately $33.9 billion of AV. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we were the #1 provider by gross premiums of retirement plans to the K-12 education market.

 

    Investment Management and Research —We are a leading provider of diversified investment management, research and related services to a broad range of clients around the world. As of December 31, 2017, our Investment Management and Research segment had approximately $554 billion in AUM consisting of 35% equities, 54% fixed income and 11% multi-asset class solutions, alternatives and other assets.

 

    Protection Solutions —We focus on attractive protection segments such as VUL insurance, where for 2017 we ranked fourth in sales overall and first in the retail channel, and IUL insurance, where we ranked second in the retail channel in the same period, according to LIMRA. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 900,000 outstanding policies with a face value of $446 billion. This business provides capital diversification benefits alongside the longevity profile of our retirement businesses.

We manage our segments in a complementary way. We strive to create value for our clients and stockholders by pricing and managing risks on the liability side of our balance sheet and by generating attractive risk-adjusted investment returns on the asset side. We leverage our underwriting, risk management and investment management skills across our segments, General Account and Separate Accounts.

 

175


Table of Contents

We distribute our products through a premier affiliated and third-party distribution platform with a successful track record of marketing our innovative and less capital intensive products and solutions allowing us to respond to our clients’ evolving needs and manage our capital and risks responsibly, consisting of:

 

    Affiliated Distribution:

 

    Our affiliated retail sales force, AXA Advisors, which has approximately 4,700 licensed financial professionals who advise on retirement, protection and investment advisory solutions;

 

    Nearly 200 Bernstein Financial Advisors, who are responsible for the sale of investment products and solutions to Private Wealth Management clients;

 

    Third-Party Distribution:

 

    Distribution agreements with more than 1,000 third-party firms including broker-dealers, banks, insurance partners and brokerage general agencies, giving us access to more than 150,000 financial professionals to market our retirement, protection and investment solutions; and

 

    An AB global distribution team of more than 500 professionals, who engage with our approximately 4,900 retail distribution partners and more than 500 institutional clients.

Our product approach is to ensure that design characteristics are attractive to both our customers and our stockholders. We currently focus on products across our businesses that expose us to less market and customer behavior risk, are more easily hedged and, overall, are less capital intensive than many traditional products. For example, in our Individual Retirement segment, we have evolved our variable annuity products to promote products with only a return of premium death benefit) (such as index-linked and investment only annuities) and have restructured products that provide GMxB features. We believe these efforts have been successful with our customers—approximately 65% of our variable annuity product sales in 2017 had no GMxB feature—and for our stockholders—we hold less capital and reserves and do less hedging than would be needed when compared with variable annuity products with GMxB features. Many of our other products, such as those sold in our Group Retirement and Investment Management and Research segments, by their very nature, require little to no incremental capital over the product lifecycle. We also apply this approach to our most capital-intensive segment—Protection Solutions. We do so by focusing on products such as VUL and IUL insurance (which collectively accounted for 89% of our 2017 sales in the Protection Solutions segment), which require substantially less up-front capital relative to other types of life insurance (such as whole life insurance and traditional universal life insurance). In addition, by providing diversification to our more market-oriented products, the Protection Solutions segment helps improve our overall capital efficiency.

We are confident that our market leading positions, premier distribution platform, competitive products and investment expertise position us well to continue to generate a diversified and growing stream of earnings, maintain stability through market cycles and generate attractive returns and strong cash flows for our stockholders.

Our History

We are, and until the settlement of this offering will continue to be, a wholly owned subsidiary of AXA, a worldwide leader in life, property and casualty and health insurance and asset management. AXA is headquartered in France, with operations in 64 countries and more than 165,000 employees, including our operations and employees. AXA operates primarily in Europe, North America, the Asia/Pacific region and, to a lesser extent, in other regions including the Middle East, Africa and Latin America. Neither AXA nor any affiliate of AXA will have any obligation to provide additional capital or credit support to us following the settlement of this offering.

Founded in 1859, our retirement and protection businesses distribute products to individuals and business owners through our affiliated distribution channel, AXA Advisors, and to the financial services market through our wholesalers serving third-party firms.

 

176


Table of Contents

Our business also includes AB, of which we own an approximate 65% economic interest following the Reorganization Transactions. Our economic interest consists of approximately 64% of the AB Units and approximately 4% of the AB Holding Units (representing an approximate 1% economic interest in ABLP). Our indirect, wholly owned subsidiary, AllianceBernstein Corporation, is the General Partner of AB with the authority to manage and control AB, and accordingly, AB is consolidated in our financial statements. AB has been in the investment management and research business for more than 50 years. ABLP is the operating partnership for the AB business, and AB Holding’s activities consist of owning AB Units and engaging in related activities. AB Holding Units trade on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “AB”. AB Units do not trade publicly.

Our Organizational Structure

After the settlement of this offering, we expect that AXA will hold approximately 75.5% of our common stock (or 71.9% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder). As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of NYSE rules, following the settlement of this offering. This status will allow us to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements otherwise applicable to NYSE-listed companies. See “Management—Corporate Governance.”

We are a holding company incorporated in Delaware in May 2003. We operate our businesses through a number of direct and indirect subsidiaries. For details on our overall corporate organizational structure, see “Prospectus Summary—Organizational Structure—Organizational Structure Following Settlement of this Offering and Completion of the Reorganization Transactions.”

Market Opportunities

Global asset accumulation markets continued their strong recent growth trend with total AUM reaching $81 trillion, up 6% year over year, including in the North American market, where total AUM increased by 8% year-over-year to $47 trillion as of December 31, 2016, according to Willis Towers Watson. In addition, the United States has experienced a decline in the traditional employer-based defined benefit retirement plan system which has raised concerns about the sustainability of safety nets historically provided by governments such as Social Security and employer-sponsored defined benefit plans. These trends have increased the need for Americans to prepare and plan for their own long-term financial security. Our complementary businesses are designed to provide affluent and high net worth Americans with the guidance, products and solutions they need to achieve their wealth accumulation and retirement income goals. We believe the following long-term trends will continue to favorably impact our business over time.

Continued rapid growth in the retirement-aged U.S. population . Technological advances and improvements in healthcare are projected to continue to contribute to increasing average life expectancy, and aging individuals must be prepared to fund retirement periods that will last longer than previously anticipated. The U.S. Census Bureau estimated that approximately 15% of the population was 65 years of age or older in 2016, compared to approximately 9% in 1960. This segment of the population is estimated to double from approximately 49 million in 2016 to more than 98 million by 2060, and it is expected to represent approximately 24% of the overall population, as the youngest members of the “baby boomer” generation continue to reach retirement age.

Shifting retirement savings landscape . The Employee Benefit Research Institute estimates that the proportion of private sector workers participating in a defined benefit plan declined from 28% in 1979 to 2% in 2014. Increased life expectancy, coupled with this transition away from defined benefit plans has shifted the responsibility for retirement savings and income planning from employers to individuals. We expect that this shift in responsibility will drive demand for our products and services including wealth accumulation, income producing investments and financial advice.

 

177


Table of Contents

Expected growth in retirement assets . U.S. retirement assets are estimated to increase by 5.2% per year from 2016 through 2021 to $29 trillion with assets in the not-for-profit/governmental defined contribution sector projected to grow slightly faster at 6.6% for the same period. We believe that our retirement focused asset accumulation business will continue to benefit from this trend.

Strong need for financial planning advice . According to a recent McKinsey & Co. survey, roughly half of U.S. consumers with more than $100,000 in liquid financial assets surveyed said that they would prefer to purchase life insurance through an agent or advisor, even if they may start their research online. We believe that due to the complexity of financial planning, many consumers will continue to seek advice in connection with the purchase of these products, providing companies with broad distribution platforms and in-house advice capabilities a competitive advantage.

We believe that these trends, together with our competitive strengths and strategy discussed below, provide us an opportunity to increase the value of our business.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our two well-established principal franchises, AXA Equitable Life and AllianceBernstein, have a history of agility and innovation . At a time of significant challenges for investors—increased regulation, new technologies and a likely continued low yield environment—the ability to develop new creative solutions is critical for meeting clients’ needs and growing our businesses. Our company has a long history of developing innovative solutions, including introducing variable life insurance to the U.S. market, being one of the pioneers in performance fees for actively managed funds and launching our SCS product. Through Bernstein Research, we have a strong reputation for demonstrating that deeper research results in greater investment value.

Our strong balance sheet provides confidence for the future . We believe the strength of our balance sheet and the statutory capitalization of our insurance companies provide confidence to our clients and business partners and help position us for continued growth. In particular:

 

    In 2017, we increased the statutory capital and reserves of our retirement and protection businesses by approximately $2.3 billion, improving our ability to withstand adverse economic scenarios. As of December 31, 2017, our insurance company subsidiaries had statutory TAC of approximately $8.7 billion, resulting in a Combined RBC Ratio of approximately 650%;

 

    Additionally, on April 12, 2018, we effected an unwind of the reinsurance provided to AXA Equitable Life by AXA RE Arizona for certain variable annuities with GMxB features. As a result of the unwind and based on information available as of December 31, 2017, we estimate that the statutory TAC of our insurance company subsidiaries increased by $0.7 billion, which, if such unwind had occurred on or prior to December 31, 2017, would have resulted in an increase in our Combined RBC Ratio of 50 percentage points to approximately 700% as of December 31, 2017;

 

    We target maintaining an asset level for all variable annuities at or above a CTE98 level under most economic scenarios and an RBC ratio of 350-400% for non-variable annuity insurance liabilities, which, combined with the variable annuity capital, would result in a Combined RBC Ratio in excess of 500%; and

 

    We have a diversified, high quality $82 billion investment portfolio as of December 31, 2017, including $47 billion in fixed maturities classified as available-for-sale, of which 97% are investment grade rated.

Our business generates significant cash and we have in place a hedging program to protect our cash flows even in adverse economic scenarios. Our two principal operating companies are well established and have been generating, and are expected to continue to generate, significant cash, enabling us to pay dividends beginning in 2018, provide capital needed to support our business and service our debt over time. From 2014 to

 

178


Table of Contents

2016, Holdings and AXA Financial received net distributions from our subsidiaries of $2.6 billion. In 2017, in accordance with our agreement with the NYDFS and in preparation for this offering, Holdings and AXA Financial collectively made $2.3 billion in aggregate capital contributions to AXA Equitable Life and AXA RE Arizona. In addition, we have implemented a hedging program intended to protect our variable annuity assets and statutory capital in the event of adverse economic scenarios.

The projected cumulative distributable earnings of our in-force variable annuity portfolio from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2020 and the estimated present value of our in-force portfolio over its lifetime demonstrate resiliency across a range of scenarios. Based on the assumptions underlying our base case scenario, we expect cumulative distributable variable annuity earnings of our in-force portfolio over the three-year period to be $4.1 billion, while in upside, downside, extreme and downside and lapse sensitivity scenarios, we expect cumulative distributable variable annuity earnings to be $4.3 billion, $3.1 billion, $1.6 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively. In addition, assuming a 4% discount rate, we estimate the present value of our in-force variable annuity portfolio over its lifetime to be $12.9 billion in our base case scenario and $17.5 billion, $9.2 billion, $6.3 billion and $8.6 billion in upside, downside, extreme and downside and lapse sensitivity scenarios, respectively. The projected cumulative distributable earnings of our in-force variable annuity portfolio and the estimated present value of our in-force portfolio over its lifetime are based on certain actuarial assumptions. Our actual future results may differ from those in our projections and no assurance can be given that future experience will be in line with our assumptions. For additional information, see “—Segment Information—Individual Retirement—Supplemental Information on Our In-Force Variable Annuity Business.”

Our leading retirement businesses are well-positioned to grow . There is a growing need for financial products that provide retirement income as well as a measure of protection against equity market volatility. In both the affluent and high net worth markets and in the K-12 education market, we believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from the growing and aging U.S. population and the continued shift away from defined benefit plans.

 

    For affluent and high net worth clients approaching retirement, our individual retirement products offer customers protection against market volatility and help instill confidence that their income needs will be satisfied in their retirement years.

 

    In our Group Retirement business, we are the leading provider of retirement products and related solutions for the growing 403(b) K-12 education market. Our nationwide footprint of advisors provides valuable advisory services to a wide range of clients in the education market saving for retirement.

Our Investment Management and Research business is strategically positioned to grow . We believe our Investment Management and Research business is well-positioned to navigate an evolving environment in which growth in passive strategies is pressuring fees for many active asset managers. We sell products and solutions that are difficult to replicate through passive mechanisms, including many of our credit, multi-asset and alternative strategies. We are present in markets worldwide, many of which have been less affected by the growth of passive investment options, such as parts of Asia. Additionally, a significant majority of our active equity and fixed income assets are in services that regularly exceed their benchmarks for the three-year performance period. The combination of relevance and performance has resulted in an annual organic growth rate for AB that has exceeded the average of AB’s closest asset manager peers for the past three years.

Our Protection Solutions business is well established and has growth potential in select segments . We are one of the leading life insurance providers in the United States, specifically with respect to VUL and IUL, and are committed to disciplined underwriting. Our in-force portfolio provides diversification on our statutory capital base and attractive cash flows. Over the years, much of this market has become commoditized, and we now selectively focus on the less capital intensive VUL and IUL accumulation segments of the market.

Our focus on less capital intensive fee-based products results in lower capital needs . Our ability to create less capital intensive products and solutions that meet the evolving needs of our clients, while still achieving our

 

179


Table of Contents

risk-adjusted return targets, has allowed us in recent years to capture increased market share, particularly in the variable annuity market. In the fourth quarter of 2017, both the profitability and volume of the sales of our products exceeded those of a majority of our industry peers, based on a report of an industry source. Our Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and Investment Management and Research segments’ earnings are predominantly fee-based.

Our premier affiliated retail and institutional distribution platform differentiates us from competitors. We benefit from a broad reach across affiliated and third-party channels. Our affiliated retail distribution platform consists of our nearly 4,700 licensed AXA Advisors as well as a direct network of nearly 200 Bernstein Financial Advisors serving approximately 15,000 high net worth clients as of December 31, 2017. The institutional platform in our retirement and protection segments is broad with more than 1,000 third-party relationships providing access to an additional approximately 150,000 financial professionals, while AB’s global distribution team of more than 500 professionals reach approximately 4,900 distribution partners and more than 500 institutional clients. We believe that our close alignment with our affiliated distribution platform, in conjunction with our extensive and growing network of third-party relationships, differentiates us from our competitors and allows us to effectively distribute our products and write high-quality new business.

Our disciplined risk management framework protects our balance sheet . We have well-developed technical risk management capabilities which are embedded throughout our business. Our decisions are driven by an internal economic model designed to ensure that we protect our solvency, honor our obligations to our clients and provide attractive risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders. For example, our variable annuity hedging strategy is focused on protecting the economic value of our liabilities while allowing us to return cash to our stockholders through dividends and share repurchases across a variety of economic scenarios.

Our highly experienced management team brings strong capabilities . We are led by well-respected industry veterans who bring diverse U.S. and global experiences with long-standing experience in the financial services industry.

Our Strategy

Our overarching objective is to position the Company as the most trusted partner to clients by providing advice, products and services that help them navigate complex financial situations. We believe we are well-positioned to use our competitive strengths to grow our earnings base, actively manage our capital and generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders. We have identified specific initiatives that are designed to grow our business, enhance productivity and optimize our capital. Underpinning this strategy is our commitment to disciplined risk management and a sound people strategy.

Growth Strategies

Deliver organic growth by focusing on attractive market segments . We intend to continue to innovate across our businesses, enhancing existing products and creating new products to service the needs of our retail and institutional clients.

Individual Retirement —We plan to further build on our market-leading position in the variable annuity market through continued innovation in our product portfolio to address evolving customer preferences and will seek opportunities to continue to expand our distribution network by deepening relationships with existing partners and developing relationships with new partners and channels. A key component of our strategy is to ensure that we maintain an “all-weather” portfolio to meet the needs and risk appetites of consumers through different market cycles. An example of this is the significant success we have had with SCS, which is designed to meet consumers’ preference for some downside protection while sharing in the potential for market upside.

Group Retirement —We will take advantage of our market-leading position in the K-12 education market where we expect attractive growth prospects through our more than 1,000 dedicated advisors serving clients in

 

180


Table of Contents

more than 8,800 public school plans as of December 31, 2017. We see further growth opportunities through expansion of our distribution capabilities and plan to use our new mutual fund platform to retain existing clients and expand our client base. We will continue to leverage technology through our direct marketing and online enrollment program, which provides an omni-channel capability to augment our proven advisor model.

Investment Management and Research —We will continue to build on AB’s heritage of research excellence and ingenuity to develop new actively managed solutions for which investors see value and are willing to pay a price premium over passively managed alternatives.

AB has a suite of actively managed, differentiated equity and fixed income services, delivering strong risk-adjusted returns. For instance, 91% of our fixed income services and 85% of our equity services have outperformed their benchmarks over the three-year period ended December 31, 2017.

In addition, our Multi-Asset Solutions group develops outcome-oriented services for institutional and retail clients, including innovative offerings such as our multi-manager target-date funds and our hedge fund replication strategies. We also have a diverse offering of alternative strategies with strong emerging track records that we expect to commercialize and grow over the next three years.

Protection Solutions —We will focus our strategy on asset accumulation segments that are less capital intensive, such as VUL and IUL insurance which offer attractive risk-adjusted returns. We plan to improve our Non-GAAP Operating ROC by segment and operating earnings over time through earnings generated from sales of our repositioned product portfolio and by proactively managing and optimizing our in-force book.

In 2015, we entered the employee benefits market and have been focused on growing our capabilities. Using our strong presence in the small and medium-sized businesses market, we have developed a differentiated value proposition for employers where margins remain attractive.

Continue to expand and deepen our distribution channels . Over the last three years, we have had strong sales growth while maintaining attractive risk-adjusted returns. The combination of a strong affiliated sales force, symbiotic third-party relationships, financial strength and innovative product design has allowed us to achieve this while shifting our mix of business towards less capital intensive products.

We see opportunities for continued growth by expanding our affiliated and third-party distribution channels. We plan to expand our third-party distribution footprint with select partners and grow our footprint in the fee-based registered investment adviser channel. We have a track record in building new channels such as selling retirement products through insurance partners, which commenced in 2011 and accounted for approximately $674 million of FYP in 2017.

We plan to enhance sales delivery through investments in automation, analytics and digital capabilities. In recent years, we have upgraded our financial planning tool software for our advisers, and built new distribution capabilities alongside our affiliated sales force such as our outbound customer relations unit.

At AB, we are investing in our distribution capabilities to accelerate growth of well-performing products in U.S. and European retail channels. We are building our institutional sales capability to drive increased penetration of Multi-Asset Solutions and alternatives and deploying digital technologies to accelerate growth in our Private Wealth Management division. In addition, we will continue to leverage AB’s leading position in certain Asian markets to distribute our differentiated equity and fixed income solutions.

Productivity Strategies

Enhance profitability through diligent focus on managing expenses while still delivering a best-in-class customer experience . Over the last five years, we have delivered more than $350 million in productivity and

 

181


Table of Contents

efficiency gains, principally through right-sizing our organization, selectively outsourcing certain functions, reducing our real estate footprint and implementing information technology productivity measures. We see additional opportunities to improve profitability across our businesses through operating expense reductions, without impacting our ability to serve our existing clients and grow our businesses. In particular, we plan to:

 

    Shift our real estate footprint away from the New York metropolitan area to provide space efficiencies and lower labor costs and, where possible, take advantage of state and local tax incentives;

 

    Replace costly technology infrastructure with more efficient and more up-to-date alternatives, including cloud-based solutions, and use lean management and agile practices to both enhance service and reduce infrastructure cost;

 

    Leverage new technologies to further drive productivity, including accelerating our eDelivery, self-service and paperless initiatives to both improve service and reduce operating costs; and

 

    Expand existing outsourcing arrangements (currently several hundred roles supporting service and finance) to further improve cost competitiveness.

Capital Optimization

Optimize our General Account portfolio . Currently, we have an outsized position in U.S. Treasury bonds when compared to many of our principal competitors in the United States and a relatively short credit portfolio duration. Over time, we expect to gradually transition our portfolio to be in line with our economic liabilities and better optimize our capital under a U.S. framework. Principally, we plan to transition a portion of our investment portfolio from U.S. Treasury bonds to high quality investment grade corporate bonds, as well as extend our investment portfolio’s credit duration, resulting in a meaningful increase in the yield on our General Account assets.

Proactively manage our business portfolio . One of our primary objectives is to improve our financial performance. In addition to driving operating earnings, we plan to continue to proactively manage our in-force portfolio to ensure we optimize equity invested in our businesses. This includes market transactions, reinsurance and exercising contractual rights as appropriate. Underpinning this is our strong experience in managing our various portfolios through actions such as buyouts, fund substitutions and portfolio sales.

Return capital to stockholders . We will focus on returning excess capital to stockholders actively and prudently. Our expected sources of excess capital generation over the course of the next several years include cash flow generated by earnings associated with our diverse, seasoned portfolio of retirement and protection businesses and quarterly unitholder distributions from our economic interest in AB, of which more than half will be held outside of our insurance company subsidiaries after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions.

Risk Management Strategy

Maintain risk management discipline . The goal of our risk management strategy is to protect capital, enable growth and achieve profitable results across various market cycles. For our variable annuity business, we use a dynamic hedging strategy to offset changes in the economic liability of our GMxB features due to changes in equity markets and interest rates. In addition to our dynamic hedging strategy, in the fourth quarter of 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we implemented static hedge positions to maintain a target asset level for all variable annuities at or above a CTE98 level under most economic scenarios, and to maintain a CTE95 level even in extreme scenarios. We expect to adjust from time to time our static equity hedge positions to maintain our target level of CTE protection over time. For our non-variable annuity insurance businesses, we aim to maintain a 350-400% RBC ratio which, combined with the variable annuity capital, would result in a Combined RBC Ratio in excess of 500%.

In addition, we expect that our diverse, seasoned in-force book of business should continue to generate statutory earnings further bolstering our statutory capital position. We expect to have a debt-to-capital ratio of

 

182


Table of Contents

approximately 26% at the time of this offering, which we believe supports strong financial strength ratings. In addition, we expect to maintain a mid-20s% debt-to-capital ratio going forward.

We have enhanced our internal economic model to orient the company more toward U.S. regulatory and capital frameworks. Product pricing, new portfolio investments and capital distribution decisions are driven by this economic model and are designed to protect our economic solvency, honor our obligations to our clients and provide attractive risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders.

People Strategy

Raising likelihood of success through our people strategy . We understand that to execute our plan successfully we need not only a sound business strategy but an equally well-developed people strategy. In addition to ensuring strong alignment across our organization to our goals and strategies, we will continue our long-standing commitment to building a culture of inclusion, professional excellence and continuous learning. We are very pleased to have been recognized as a “Great Place to Work” in 2016 and 2017 by the Great Place to Work ® Institute, an independent workplace authority. Professional development has always been a key part of our philosophy. For example, we were a founding partner with The American College of Financial Services in developing the Chartered Life Underwriter designation, which remains the industry standard. In addition to investing in our people’s development, we continually look for opportunities to bring in fresh talent to augment our team.

Financial Goals

We have designed our financial goals to maintain a strong balance sheet while delivering disciplined profitable growth. We have established the following financial goals which we believe best measure the execution of our business strategy and align with our stockholders’ interests:

 

    Target asset level for all variable annuities at or above a CTE98 and an RBC ratio of 350-400% for our non-variable annuity insurance liabilities;

 

    Return of capital to stockholders equal to at least 40-60% of our Non-GAAP Operating Earnings on an annualized basis starting in 2018, including payment of a dividend;

 

    Target a compound annual growth rate in our Non-GAAP Operating Earnings of 5-7% through 2020, subject to market conditions; and

 

    We expect that the target growth in Non-GAAP Operating Earnings combined with our target return of capital to stockholders will result in Non-GAAP Operating ROE in the mid-teens by 2020.

We focus on Non-GAAP Operating ROE, which is a measure of our Non-GAAP Operating Earnings divided by our Total equity attributable to Holdings, excluding AOCI, as a key measure of profitability for our Company. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Measures—Non-GAAP Operating ROE and Non-GAAP Operating ROC by Segment.” Giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, we had Pro Forma Non-GAAP Operating ROE of 15.2% for the year ended December 31, 2017. We believe this level of Pro Forma Non-GAAP Operating ROE demonstrates the strength and profitability of our business today.

Beginning in 2018, we expect to benefit from the Tax Reform Act which we expect will reduce our effective tax rate on Non-GAAP Operating Earnings to be approximately 19%. This is expected to result in an improvement to Non-GAAP Operating Earnings of approximately $150 million per annum based on 2017 pre-tax income.

In addition to the favorable change in tax rate, we anticipate that the following key initiatives will assist us in increasing our Non-GAAP Operating ROE to our stated goal:

 

   

General Account Optimization : We have begun to transition $5 billion of our General Account investment portfolio from U.S. Treasury bonds to high quality investment grade corporate bonds and

 

183


Table of Contents
 

$2 billion of our General Account investment portfolio from shorter duration, high quality investment grade corporate bonds to longer duration, high quality investment grade corporate bonds. We expect this transition to increase the yield on the reallocated portion of our investment portfolio. At current market rates and corporate spreads over U.S. Treasury bonds, once the transition and other investment actions are completed, we estimate an improvement to Non-GAAP Operating Earnings of approximately $160 million per annum on our General Account investments by 2020. We do not expect the change in our investment allocation to have a meaningful impact on our RBC ratio.

 

    AB’s Margin Target Expansion : AB has adopted a goal of increasing AB’s consolidated adjusted operating margin to 30% by 2020. AB’s adjusted operating margin is a financial measure that is not comparable to our Non-GAAP Operating Earnings measure. Adjusted operating margin is a non-GAAP financial measure used by AB’s management in evaluating AB’s financial performance on a standalone basis and to compare its performance, as reported by AB, in its periodic reports. In setting this goal, AB made a number of significant assumptions, including with respect to levels of positive net flows into its investment services, the growth in its alternative products business, rates of increase in fixed costs as well as transitional costs associated with establishing a second principal U.S. location outside of the New York City metropolitan area, including employee relocation, severance, recruitment and duplicative occupation and occupancy costs, and the timing of such costs, its success in achieving planned cost reductions and the timing of such cost reductions, investments it makes in its business and general market conditions.

 

    Productivity Strategies : We expect to continue to build upon our recent productivity improvements, through which we have delivered more than $350 million in efficiency improvements over the last five years. We have identified several additional initiatives, including reallocating some of our real estate footprint away from New York, replacing or updating less efficient legacy technology infrastructure and expanding existing outsourcing arrangements, that we believe will reduce costs and improve productivity. We anticipate that the savings from these strategies should offset any incremental ongoing expenses we incur as a standalone company and we expect these initiatives to improve our operating leverage, increasing our Non-GAAP Operating Earnings by approximately $75 million per annum by 2020.

 

    Capital Optimization : We plan to return capital to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases, which we expect, in aggregate, will represent at least 40-60% of our Non-GAAP Operating Earnings. We also plan to opportunistically manage our in-force portfolio through potential market transactions, reinsurance and the exercise of our contractual rights.

 

    Growth Strategies : We plan to continue to grow our core business through further refinement of our product offerings, expansion of our third-party distribution network and our AXA Advisors affiliated salesforce and increased penetration of our target markets.

These goals are based on our baseline business plan scenario, which we refer to as our “Base Case Scenario.” Our Base Case Scenario assumes 6.25% annual equity market returns, the yield on the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rising ratably over the next 10 years to 2.8% and policyholder behavior based on our current best estimate assumptions which include dynamic variables to reflect the impact of a change in market levels. Actual results related to these targets may vary depending on various factors, including actual capital market outcomes, changes in actuarial models or emergence of actual experience, changes in regulation as well as other risks and factors discussed in “Business—Financial Goals” and “Risk Factors.” Non-GAAP Operating ROE and Non-GAAP Operating Earnings are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Measures.”

In setting the targets described above, we have made significant assumptions with respect to, among other things:

 

    our amount of new sales of individual retirement, group retirement and protection solutions products;

 

184


Table of Contents
    net flows at AB and the amount of distributions from AB;

 

    the absence of new regulation such as NAIC variable annuity reserve and capital reform;

 

    effective tax rates of approximately 19%;

 

    our degree of leverage following the Recapitalization due to indebtedness incurred in connection with the Recapitalization or following the settlement of this offering;

 

    limited differences between actual experience and existing actuarial assumptions, including assumptions for which existing experience is limited and experience will emerge over time;

 

    the efficacy and maturity of existing actuarial models to appropriately reflect all aspects of our existing and in-force businesses;

 

    the effectiveness and cost of our proposed hedging program, the timing of its implementation and the impact of our hedging strategy on net income volatility and possible negative effects on our statutory capital;

 

    completion of the Reorganization Transactions, and our ability to implement our business strategy, including optimizing our General Account portfolio and reducing expenses;

 

    new regulations previously issued by the DOL that we expect will be fully effective sometime during the planning timeframe, and that such regulations will be consistent with the proposals at the time of this filing;

 

    the successful implementation of our key initiatives outlined above;

 

    our access to capital; and

 

    general conditions of the markets in which our businesses operate.

While these targets are presented with numerical specificity, and we believe such targets to be reasonable as of the date of this prospectus, given the uncertainties surrounding such assumptions, there are significant risks that these assumptions may not be realized and as a result, the financial goals may not be achieved. In calculating these goals, we exclude several significant impacts to our Protection Solutions segment in 2017 including actuarial assumption updates and model changes, a maintenance expense assumption update, a mortality table update and loss recognition testing. For further information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations by Segment—Protection Solutions.” We also exclude the anticipated beneficial impact of tax reform on Non-GAAP Operating Earnings. Accordingly, our actual results may differ from these financial goals and the differences may be material and adverse, particularly if actual events adversely differ from one or more of our key assumptions. The financial goals and their underlying assumptions are forward-looking statements and can be affected by any of the factors discussed in “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information.” We strongly caution investors not to place undue reliance on any of these assumptions or financial goals. Except as may be required by applicable securities laws, we are not under any obligation and expressly disclaim any obligation to update or alter any assumptions, estimates, financial goals, projections or other related statements that we may make.

Segment Information

We are organized into four segments: Individual Retirement, Group Retirement, Investment Management and Research, and Protection Solutions. We report certain activities and items that are not included in our segments in Corporate and Other.

 

185


Table of Contents

The following table presents operating earnings (loss) by segment and Corporate and Other for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016
(as restated)
    2015  
           (in millions)        

Operating Earnings

      

Individual Retirement

   $ 1,287     $ 1,153     $ 1,060  

Group Retirement

     283       167       167  

Investment Management and Research

     211       161       173  

Protection Solutions

     536       79       113  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate and Other

     (196     (184     (141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings

   $ 2,121     $ 1,376     $ 1,372  

For additional financial information on segments, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations by Segment” and note 18 of the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Individual Retirement

Our Individual Retirement segment is a leading provider of individual variable annuity products, which are primarily sold to affluent and high net worth individuals saving for retirement or seeking guaranteed retirement income. We have a long history of innovation, as one of the first companies, in 1968, to enter the variable annuity market, as the first company, in 1996, to provide variable annuities with living benefits, and as the first company, in 2010, to bring to market an index-linked variable annuity product. Our Individual Retirement business is an important source of earnings and cash flow for our company, and we believe our hedging strategy preserves a substantial portion of these cash flows across a wide range of risk scenarios. The primary sources of revenue for our Individual Retirement segment include fee revenue and investment income. As of December 31, 2017, we had more than 900,000 variable annuity contracts in force, representing approximately $103.4 billion of AV.

We principally focus on selling three variable annuity products, each of which provides policyholders with distinct benefits, features and return profiles. We continue to innovate our offering, periodically updating our product benefits and introducing new variable annuity products to meet the evolving needs of our clients while managing the risk and return of these variable annuity products to our company. Due to our innovation, our product mix has evolved considerably since the financial crisis. The majority of our sales in 2017 consisted of products without GMxB features (other than the return of premium (“ROP”) death benefit), and 1% of 2017 FYP was attributable to products with fixed rate guarantees. We believe that our current portfolio of less capital intensive products offers a range of solutions for our clients and provides us with attractive risk-adjusted returns.

We sell our variable annuity products through AXA Advisors and a wide network of approximately 600 third-party firms, including banks, broker-dealers and insurance partners, reaching more than 100,000 advisors. This differentiated distribution network, along with our diverse product portfolio, has enabled us to rank among the industry leaders in sales of variable annuity products. As of December 31, 2017, we ranked third in variable annuity market share based on sales, according to Morningstar, and our wholesalers serving third-party firms ranked second in variable annuity sales productivity in the third-party channel, according to preliminary data from Market Metrics. As of December 31, 2017, our in-force block ranked fifth based on variable annuity net assets, according to Morningstar.

We believe that our current portfolio of less capital intensive products offers a range of solutions for our clients and provides us with attractive risk-adjusted returns. To further our growth, we plan to continue to innovate our product portfolio, expand and deepen our distribution channels and effectively manage risk in our business.

 

186


Table of Contents

Product Innovation. We have created a diverse portfolio of variable annuity products that are designed to be attractive in different market scenarios and economic conditions. We will seek opportunities to expand our product line-up in new segments of the individual variable annuity market that leverage our product design, risk management and distribution capabilities and provide additional growth opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. For affluent and high net worth clients approaching retirement, our individual retirement products offer customers protection against market volatility and help instill confidence that their income needs will be satisfied in their retirement years.

Distribution Expansion. We have a large and differentiated distribution network that includes AXA Advisors and a wide range of financial services firms including broker-dealers, banks, insurance partners and brokerage general agencies. We have had considerable success in evolving our third-party distribution network by growing in the bank, broker-dealer and insurance partner channels and will seek opportunities to continue to expand our distribution network by deepening relationships with existing partners and developing relationships with new partners and channels.

Risk Management. We have taken a multi-pronged approach to actively manage the economic risks associated with our in-force variable annuity products. We use a dynamic hedging strategy to offset changes in the economic liability of our GMxB features due to changes in equity markets and interest rates (within this strategy we reevaluate our economic exposure at least daily and rebalance our hedge positions accordingly). Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2017, we supplemented this dynamic strategy with additional static hedge positions (derivatives positions intended to be held to maturity with less frequent rebalancing) to maintain a target asset level for all variable annuities at a CTE98 level under most economic scenarios, and to maintain a CTE95 level even in extreme scenarios. In addition to these hedging strategies, we employ various other methods to manage the risks of our in-force variable annuity products, including asset-liability matching, volatility management tools within the Separate Accounts, and an active in-force management program, including buyout offers.

Variable Annuities Policy Feature Overview

Variable annuities allow the policyholder to make deposits into accounts offering variable investment options. For deposits allocated to Separate Accounts, the risks associated with the investment options are borne entirely by the policyholder, except where the policyholder elects GMxB features in certain variable annuities, for which additional fees are charged. Additionally, certain variable annuity products permit policyholders to allocate a portion of their account to investment options backed by the General Account and are credited with interest rates that we determine, subject to certain limitations. As of December 31, 2017, the total AV of our variable annuity products was $103.4 billion, consisting of $84.4 billion of Separate Account AV and $19.0 billion of General Account AV.

Certain variable annuity products offer one or more GMxB features in addition to the standard return of premium death benefit guarantee. GMxB features (other than the return of premium death benefit guarantee) provide the policyholder a minimum return based on their initial deposit adjusted for withdrawals ( i.e. , the benefit base), thus guarding against a downturn in the markets. The rate of this return may increase the specified benefit base at a guaranteed minimum rate ( i.e. , a fixed roll-up rate) or may increase the benefit base at a rate tied to interest rates ( i.e. , a floating roll-up rate). GMxB riders must be chosen by the policyholder no later than at the issuance of the contract.

 

187


Table of Contents

The following table presents our variable annuity AV by GMxB feature for our variable annuity business in our Individual Retirement segment as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     (in millions)  

Account Value

        

Non-GMxB

   $ 22,428      $ 17,433      $ 13,060  

ROP Death Benefit Only

     9,560        9,309        9,475  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-GMxB & ROP Death Benefit Only

   $ 31,988      $ 26,742      $ 22,535  

Floating Rate GMxB

     21,599        18,768        16,217  

Fixed Rate GMxB

     49,836        48,094        49,605  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Variable Annuity AV

   $ 103,423      $ 93,604      $ 88,357  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents our variable annuity benefit base by GMxB feature for the Individual Retirement segment as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Many of our variable annuity contracts offer more than one type of GMxB feature such that the amounts listed below are not mutually exclusive. Thus, the benefit base cannot be totaled.

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     (in millions)  

Benefit Base

        

ROP Death Benefit Only

   $ 6,260      $ 6,640      $ 7,084  

Floating Rate GMxB

        

GMDB

     20,628        18,948        16,635  

GMIB

     18,412        16,211        13,396  

Fixed Rate GMxB

        

GMDB

     62,723        63,926        65,650  

GMIB

     65,758        66,310        67,010  

The guaranteed benefit received by a policyholder pursuant to a GMxB feature is calculated based on the benefit base. The benefit base is defined as a hypothetical amount ( i.e. , not actual cash value) used to calculate the policyholder’s optional benefits within a variable annuity. A benefit base cannot be withdrawn for cash and is used solely to calculate the variable annuity’s optional guarantees. Generally, the benefit base is not subject to a cap on the value. However, the benefit base stops increasing after a defined time period or at a maximum age, usually age 85 or 95, as defined in the contract.

The calculation of the benefit base varies by benefit type and may differ in value from the policyholder’s AV for the following reasons:

 

    The benefit base is defined to exclude the effects of a decline in the market value of the policyholder’s AV. Accordingly, actual claim payments to be made in the future to the policyholder will be determined without giving effect to market declines.

 

    The terms of the benefit base may allow it to increase at a guaranteed rate irrespective of the rate of return on the policyholder’s AV.

We currently offer GMxB riders. Their principal features are as follows:

 

    GMDBs provide that in the event of the death of the policyholder, the beneficiary will receive the higher of the current contract account balance or the benefit base upon the death of the owner (or annuitant).

 

188


Table of Contents
    GMIBs provide, if elected by the policyholder after a stipulated waiting period from contract issuance, guaranteed minimum annual lifetime payments based on predetermined guaranteed annuity purchase factors that may exceed what the contract AV can purchase at then-current annuity purchase rates.

For a detailed discussion of GMxB riders, see “—Overview of GMxB Features.”

Products

We primarily sell three variable annuity products, each providing policyholders with distinct features and return profiles. We believe these products offer us attractive risk-adjusted returns. Our current primary product offering, ordered below according to sales volume for the year ended December 31, 2017, includes:

SCS . Our index-linked variable annuity product allows the policyholder to invest in various investment options, whose performance is tied to one or more securities indices, commodities indices or ETFs, subject to a performance cap, over a set period of time. The risks associated with such investment options are borne entirely by the policyholder, except the portion of any negative performance that we absorb (a buffer) upon investment maturity. This variable annuity does not offer GMxB features, other than an optional return of premium death benefit that we have introduced on some versions.

Retirement Cornerstone . Our Retirement Cornerstone product offers two platforms: (i) RC Performance, which offers access to over 100 funds with annuitization benefits based solely on non-guaranteed account investment performance and (ii) RC Protection, which offers access to a focused selection of funds and an optional floating-rate GMxB feature providing guaranteed income for life, with a choice between two floating roll-up rate options.

Investment Edge . Our investment-only variable annuity is a wealth accumulation variable annuity that defers current taxes during accumulation and provides tax-efficient distributions on non-qualified assets through scheduled payments over a set period of time with a portion of each payment being a return of cost basis, thus excludable from taxes. Investment Edge does not offer any GMxB feature other than an optional return of premium death benefit.

Other products . We offer other products which offer optional GMxB benefits. These other products do not contribute significantly to our sales.

 

189


Table of Contents

Our variable annuity portfolio is mature with gross premiums for our fixed rate GMxB products, ranging from $8.5 billion to $11.3 billion from 2005 to 2008. Since 2009, gross premiums for these products have decreased substantially. Over this period, we shifted our business from selling variable annuity products with GMxB features with fixed roll-up rates, to predominantly (i) variable annuity products without GMxB features (other than the return of premium death benefit in some cases) and (ii) variable annuity products with GMxB features with floating roll-up rates. We had a total of $11 billion of FYP for our entire variable annuity portfolio in 2008. Based on FYP, we have shifted our portfolio from 90% fixed rate GMxB products in 2008 to 95% floating rate GMxB products and non-GMxB products in 2017. In addition, AV has shifted from 77% Fixed Rate GMxB products in 2008 to 48% in 2017.

LOGO

The following tables present the relative contribution to FYP of each of the above products and GMxB features for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

FYP by Product

  Years Ended  
  December 31,
2017
    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
    (in millions)  

SCS

  $ 3,781     $ 3,424     $ 1,449  

Retirement Cornerstone

    2,522       3,042       4,687  

Investment Edge

    418       408       412  

Other

    374       470       532  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total FYP

  $ 7,095     $ 7,344     $ 7,080  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Years Ended  
FYP by Guarantee Feature   December 31,
2017
    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
    (in millions)  

Non-GMxB

  $ 4,622     $ 4,265     $ 2,769  

ROP Death Benefit Only

    276       271       323  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-GMxB & ROP Death Benefit Only

  $ 4,898     $ 4,536     $ 3,092  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Floating Rate GMxB

    2,108       2,600       3,754  

Fixed Rate GMxB

    89       208       234  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total GMxB

  $ 2,197     $ 2,808     $ 3,988  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total FYP

  $ 7,095     $ 7,344     $ 7,080  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our sales for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 further demonstrate the result of our product sales evolution, as 65%, 58% and 39% of FYP, respectively, came from variable annuity products that do

 

190


Table of Contents

not contain GMxB riders, and of the GMxB riders sold, they overwhelmingly featured floating, as opposed to fixed, roll-up rates.

Our Individual Retirement segment works with AXA Equitable FMG to identify and include appropriate underlying investment options in its products, as well as to control the costs of these options and increase profitability of the products. AXA Equitable FMG also offers our product designers access to initial due diligence and contract negotiations for outside variable investment portfolios that may be offered within the product. For a discussion of AXA Equitable FMG, see below “—AXA Equitable FMG.”

Markets

For our Individual Retirement segment, we target sales of our products to affluent and high net worth individuals and families saving for retirement or seeking retirement income. As the retirement age population in the United States continues to grow and employers continue to shift away from defined benefit plans, we expect the need for these retirement savings and income products to expand.

Within our target customer base, customers prioritize certain features based on their life-stage and investment needs. In addition, our products offer features designed to serve different market conditions. SCS targets clients with investable assets who want exposure to equity markets, but also want to guard against a market correction. Retirement Cornerstone targets clients who want growth potential and guaranteed income with increases in a rising interest rate environment. Investment Edge targets clients concerned about rising taxes.

Distribution

We distribute our variable annuity products through AXA Advisors, and through third-party distribution channels. For the year ended December 31, 2017, AXA Advisors represented 37% of our variable annuity FYP in this segment, while our third-party distribution channel represented 63% of our variable annuity FYP in this segment. We employ 150 external and internal wholesalers who distribute our variable annuity products across both channels. Our wholesalers serving third-party firms ranked second in third-party variable annuity wholesale productivity for the year ended December 31, 2017, according to preliminary data from Market Metrics.

Affiliated Distribution . We offer our variable annuity products on a retail basis through our affiliated retail sales force of financial professionals, AXA Advisors. These financial professionals have access to and offer a broad array of variable annuity, life insurance, employee benefits and investment products and services from affiliated and unaffiliated insurers and other financial service providers.

Third-Party Distribution . We have shifted the focus of our third-party distribution significantly over the last decade, growing our distribution in the bank, broker-dealer and insurance partner channels and providing us access to more than 100,000 financial professionals. For example, in 2011, we began distributing our variable annuity products to insurance partners. Today, we work with some of the country’s largest insurance partners and our sales through this channel have grown to comprise 10% of our total FYP for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

191


Table of Contents

The table below presents the contributions to and percentage of FYP of our variable annuity products by distribution channel for the year ended December 31, 2017.

LOGO

Other than AXA Advisors, no single distribution firm contributed more than 10% of our sales in 2017.

Competition

Our Individual Retirement business competes with traditional life insurers, as well as banks, mutual fund companies and other investment managers. The variable annuities market is highly competitive, with no single provider dominating the market across products. The main factors that distinguish competitors to clients include product features, access to capital, access to diversified sources of distribution, financial and claims-paying ratings, investment options, brand recognition, quality of service, technological capabilities and tax-favored status of certain products. Competition may affect, among other matters, both the growth of our business and the pricing and features of our products.

Underwriting and Pricing

We generally do not underwrite our variable annuity products on an individual-by-individual basis. Instead, we price our products based upon our expected investment returns and assumptions regarding mortality, longevity and persistency for our policyholders collectively, while taking into account historical experience. We price annuities by analyzing longevity and persistency risk, volatility of expected earnings on our AV and the expected time to retirement. Our product pricing models also take into account capital requirements, hedging costs and operating expenses. Investment-oriented products are priced based on various factors, which may include investment return, expenses, persistency and optionality.

Our variable annuity products generally include penalties for early withdrawals. From time to time, we reevaluate the type and level of GMxB and other features we offer. We have previously changed the nature and pricing of the features we offer and will likely do so from time to time in the future as the needs of our clients, the economic environment and our risk appetite evolve.

Fees on AV, Fund Assets, Benefit Base and Investment Income

We earn various types of fee revenue based on AV, fund assets and benefit base. In general, fees from GMxB features that are calculated based on the benefit base are more stable compared to fees calculated based on the AV.

Mortality  & Expense, Administrative Charges and Distribution Charges. We deduct a daily charge from the net assets in each variable investment option to compensate us for mortality risks, administrative expenses and a portion of our sales expenses under the variable annuity contract. These charges are calculated based on the portion of the policyholder’s AV allocated to the Separate Accounts and are expressed as an annual percentage.

 

192


Table of Contents

Withdrawal Charges. Some variable annuity contracts may also impose charges on withdrawals for a period after the purchase, and in certain products for a period after each subsequent contribution, also known as the withdrawal charge period. A withdrawal charge is calculated as a percentage of the contributions withdrawn. The percentage of the withdrawal charge that applies to each contribution depends on how long each contribution had been invested in the contract. Withdrawal charges generally decline gradually over the withdrawal charge period, which can range from zero to 12 years depending on the product and share class. Our variable annuity contracts typically permit policyholders to withdraw up to 10% of their AV each year without any withdrawal charge, although their guarantees may be significantly negatively impacted by such withdrawals. Contracts may also specify circumstances when no surrender charges apply (for example, upon payment of a death benefit or due to disability, terminal illness or confinement to a nursing home).

Investment Management Fees. We charge investment management fees for the proprietary funds managed by AXA Equitable FMG that are offered as investments under the variable annuities. Investment management fees are also paid on the non-proprietary funds managed by investment advisers unaffiliated with us to the unaffiliated investment advisers. Investment management fees differ by fund. A portion of the investment management fees charged on funds managed by subadvisers unaffiliated with us are paid by us to the subadvisers. Investment management fees reduce the net returns on the variable annuity investments.

12b-1 Fees and Other Revenue. 12b-1 fees are paid by the mutual funds which our policyholders chose to invest in and are calculated based on the net assets of the funds allocated to our subaccounts. These fees reduce the returns policyholders earn from these funds. Additionally, mutual fund companies with funds that are available to policyholders through the variable annuity subaccounts pay us fees consistent with the terms of administrative service agreements. These fees are funded from the fund companies’ net revenues.

Death Benefit Rider Charges. We deduct a charge annually from the policyholders’ AV on each contract date anniversary for most of our optional death benefits. This charge is in addition to the base mortality and expense charge for promising to pay the GMDB. The charges earned vary by generation and rider type. For some death benefits, the charges are calculated based on AV, but for enhanced death benefits, the charges are normally calculated based on the benefit base.

Living Benefit Riders Charges. We deduct a charge annually from the policyholders’ AV on each contract date anniversary. We earn these fees for promising to pay guaranteed benefits while the policyholder is alive, such as for any type of GMLB (including GMIB, GWBL, GMWB and GMAB). The fees earned vary by generation and rider type and are calculated based on the benefit base.

Investment Income. We earn revenue from investment income on our General Account investments.

Risk Management

We approach risk management of our variable annuity products: (i) prospectively, by assessing, and from time to time, modifying our current product offerings to manage our risk and (ii) retrospectively, by implementing actions to reduce our exposure and manage the risks associated with in-force variable annuity contracts.

Current GMxB Product Strategy

Over the last decade, we have redesigned our variable annuity product offering by introducing new variable annuities without GMxB features, discontinuing the offering of certain GMxB features and adding or adjusting other features to better enable us to manage the risk associated with these products. Through the increase in sales of our products without GMxB features, sales of our variable annuity contracts with GMxB features have decreased significantly as a percentage of our total sales. We continue to offer certain GMxB features to meet evolving consumer demand while maintaining attractive risk-adjusted returns and effectively managing our risk.

 

193


Table of Contents

Some of the features of our GMxB products have been redesigned over the past several years to better manage our risk and to meet customer demand. For example:

 

    we primarily offer floating (tied to interest rates), as opposed to fixed, roll-up rates;

 

    we offer lower risk investment options, including passive investments and bond funds with reduced credit risk if certain optional guaranteed benefits are elected; and

 

    we offer managed volatility funds, which seek to reduce the risk of large, sudden declines in AV during market downturns by managing the volatility or draw-down risk of the underlying fund holdings through re-balancing the fund holdings within certain guidelines or overlaying hedging strategies at the fund level.

To further manage our risk, features in our current GMxB products provide us with the right to make adjustments post-sale, including the ability to increase benefit charges. For more information on GMxB features contained in our current and in-force products, see below “—Overview of GMxB Features.”

In-force Variable Annuity Management

Since the financial crisis, we have implemented several actions to reduce our exposure and manage the risks associated with in-force variable annuity contracts while ensuring policyholder rights are fully respected. We manage the risks associated with our in-force variable annuity business through our dynamic hedging program, reinsurance and product design. The dynamic hedging program was implemented in the early 2000s and today is managed by a dedicated team focused on managing our total variable annuity assets to a CTE level consistent with our financial goals. In addition, we use reinsurance for the GMxB riders on our older variable annuity products (generally issued 1996-2004). We have also introduced several other risk management programs, some of which are described in this section below.

To actively manage and protect against the economic risks associated with our in-force variable annuity products, our management team has taken a multi-pronged approach. Our in-force variable annuity risk management programs include:

Hedging

We use a dynamic hedging strategy supplemented by static hedges to offset changes in our economic liability from changes in equity markets and interest rates. In addition to our dynamic hedging strategy, in the fourth quarter of 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we implemented static hedge positions to maintain a target asset level for all variable annuities at a CTE98 level under most economic scenarios, and to maintain a CTE95 level even in extreme scenarios. We expect to adjust from time to time our static equity hedge positions to maintain our target level of CTE protection over time. A wide range of derivatives contracts are used in these hedging programs, such as futures and total return swaps (both equity and fixed income), options and variance swaps, as well as, to a lesser extent, bond investments and repurchase agreements. For GMxB features, we retain certain risks including basis, credit spread and some volatility risk and risk associated with actual versus expected assumptions for mortality, lapse and surrender, withdrawal and contract-holder election rates, among other things.

Reinsurance

We have used reinsurance to mitigate a portion of the risks that we face in certain of our variable annuity products with regard to a portion of the GMxB features. Under our reinsurance arrangements, other insurers assume a portion of the obligation to pay claims and related expenses to which we are subject. However, we remain liable as the direct insurer on all risks we reinsure and, therefore, are subject to the risk that our reinsurer is unable or unwilling to pay or reimburse claims at the time demand is made. We evaluate the financial condition of our reinsurers in an effort to minimize our exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies.

 

194


Table of Contents

Non-affiliate Reinsurance . We have reinsured to non-affiliated reinsurers a portion of our exposure on variable annuity products that offer a GMxB feature issued through February 2005. At December 31, 2017, we had reinsured to non-affiliated reinsurers, subject to certain maximum amounts or caps in any one period, approximately 16.8% of our net amount at risk resulting from the GMIB feature and approximately 3.6% of our net amount at risk to the GMDB obligation on variable annuity contracts in force as of December 31, 2017.

Captive Reinsurance . In addition to non-affiliated reinsurance, AXA Equitable Life ceded to AXA RE Arizona, a captive reinsurance company, a 100% quota share of all liabilities for variable annuities with GMxB riders other than return of premium death benefit issued on or after January 1, 2006 and in-force on September 30, 2008 and a 100% quota share of all liabilities for variable annuities with GMIB riders issued on or after May 1, 1999 through August 31, 2005 in excess of the liability assumed by two unaffiliated reinsurers, which are subject to certain maximum amounts or limitations on aggregate claims (the “Excess Risks”). On April 12, 2018 we effected the GMxB Unwind. As a result of the GMxB Unwind, AXA Equitable Life assumed all of the liabilities of the GMxB Business that were previously ceded to AXA RE Arizona and the Excess Risks were novated to a newly formed captive reinsurance company. For additional information on the GMxB Unwind, see “The Reorganization Transactions—Unwind of GMxB Reinsurance.”

Other Programs

We have introduced several other programs that reduced gross reserves and reduced the risk in our in-force block and, in many cases, offered a benefit to our clients by offering liquidity or flexibility:

Investment Option Changes. We made several changes to our investment options within our variable annuity products over the years to manage risk, employ more passive strategies and offer our clients attractive risk-adjusted investment returns. To reduce the differential between hedging instruments performance and fund performance, we added many passive investment strategies and reduced the credit risk of some of the bond portfolios, which is designed to provide a better risk adjusted return to clients. We also introduced managed volatility funds in 2009. As a result, the investment strategy mix of our in-force variable annuity products with GMxB features shifted from 90% active based on AV as of December 31, 2008 to 80% passive based on AV as of December 31, 2017. Our volatility management strategy seeks to reduce the portfolio’s equity exposure during periods when certain market indicators indicate that market volatility is above specific thresholds set for the portfolio. Historically when market volatility is high, equity markets generally are trending down, and therefore this strategy is intended to reduce the overall risk of investing in the portfolio for clients. As of December 31, 2017, 57% of our in-force variable annuity products with GMxB features were invested in managed volatility assets based on AV. Coupled with our shift towards passive strategies, as of December 31, 2017, 91% of our in-force variable annuity products with GMxB features were invested in passive and/or managed volatility assets based on AV.

Optional Buyouts. Since 2012, we have implemented several successful buyout programs that benefited clients whose needs had changed since buying the initial contract and reduced our exposure to certain types of GMxB features. We have executed buyout programs since 2012, offering buyouts to contracts issued between 2002 and 2009.

Premium Suspension Programs. We have suspended the acceptance of subsequent premiums to certain GMxB contracts.

Lump Sum Option. Since 2015, we have provided certain policyholders with the optional benefit to receive a one-time lump sum payment rather than systematic lifetime payments if their AV falls to zero. This option provides the same advantages as a buyout. However, because the availability of this option is contingent on future events, their actual effectiveness will only be known over a long-term horizon.

 

195


Table of Contents

Overview of GMxB Features

We have historically offered a variety of variable annuity benefit features, including GMxB features, to our policyholders in our Individual Retirement segment.

Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefits Summary

We have historically offered GMDB features in isolation or together with GMLB features, including the following (with no additional charge unless noted):

 

    Return of Premium Death Benefit. This death benefit pays the greater of the AV at the time of a claim following the owner’s death or the total contributions to the contract (subject to adjustment for withdrawals). The charge for this benefit is usually included in the Mortality & Expense charge that is deducted daily from the net assets in each variable investment option.

 

    RMD Wealthguard Death Benefit . This death benefit features a benefit base that does not decrease by the amount of any IRS-mandated withdrawals, or “required minimum distributions” (“RMD”), from the contract. The benefit base automatically increases to equal the highest AV on the current or any prior contract anniversary until RMD withdrawals begin or until the owner reaches a specified maximum age, even if the AV is reduced by negative investment performance. The charges for this benefit is calculated based on the benefit base value and deducted annually from the AV.

 

    Annual Ratchet (also referred to as Highest Anniversary Value). This death benefit features a benefit base that is reset each year to equal the higher of total contributions to the contract or the highest AV on the current or any prior contract anniversary (subject to adjustment for withdrawals), even if the AV is reduced by negative investment performance. The charge for this benefit is calculated based on the benefit base value and deducted annually from the AV.

 

    Roll-up Death Benefit. This death benefit features a benefit base that increases (or “rolls up”) at a specified guaranteed annual rate (subject to adjustment for withdrawals), even if the AV is reduced by negative investment performance. The charge for this benefit is calculated based on the benefit base value and deducted annually from the AV. This GMxB feature was discontinued in 2003.

 

    Greater of Roll-up or Annual Ratchet . This death benefit features a benefit base that increases each year to equal the higher of the initial benefit base accumulated at a specified guaranteed rate or the highest AV on the current or any prior contract anniversary (subject to adjustment for withdrawals), even if the AV is reduced by negative investment performance. The charge for this benefit is calculated based on the benefit base value and deducted annually from the AV.

In addition, we offered two guaranteed minimum death benefits with our GWBL rider, available at issue.

 

    GWBL Standard Death Benefit. This death benefit features a benefit base that is equal to total contributions to the contract less a deduction reflecting the amount of any withdrawals made.

 

    GWBL Enhanced Death Benefit. This death benefit features a benefit base that is equal to total contributions to the contract plus the amounts of any ratchets and deferral bonus, less a deduction reflecting the amount of any withdrawals made. This benefit was available for an additional fee.

 

196


Table of Contents

The following table presents the AV and benefit base by type of guaranteed minimum death benefit. Because variable annuity contracts with GMDB features may also offer GMLB features, the GMDB amounts listed are not mutually exclusive from the GMLB amounts provided in the table below.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     Account
Value
     Benefit
Base
     Account
Value
     Benefit
Base
     Account
Value
     Benefit
Base
 
     (in millions)  

GMDB In-Force (1)

                 

ROP Death Benefit Only

   $ 9,560      $ 6,260      $ 9,309      $ 6,640      $ 9,475      $ 7,084  

Floating Rate GMDB

                 

Greater of Ratchet or Roll-up

     6,880        7,332        6,175        6,821        5,548        6,050  

All Other (2)

     14,719        13,297        12,593        12,127        10,669        10,585  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Floating Rate GMDB

   $ 21,599      $ 20,629      $ 18,768      $ 18,948      $ 16,217      $ 16,635  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed Rate GMDB

                 

Greater of Ratchet or Roll-up

     29,061        43,750        27,858        43,790        28,815        44,190  

All Other (2)

     20,775        18,973        20,236        20,136        20,790        21,460  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fixed Rate GMDB

   $ 49,836      $ 62,723      $ 48,094      $ 63,926      $ 49,605      $ 65,650  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total GMDB

   $ 80,995      $ 89,612      $ 76,171      $ 89,514      $ 75,297      $ 89,369  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See table summarizing the NAR and reserves of policyholders by type of GMxB feature for variable annuity contracts as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 under “—Net Amount at Risk.”
(2) All Other includes individual variable annuity policies with Annual Ratchet or Roll-up GMDB, either stand-alone or in conjunction with a GMLB, or with ROP GMDB in conjunction with a GMLB.

Guaranteed Living Benefits Summary

We have historically offered a variety of guaranteed living benefits to our policyholders in our Individual Retirement segment. Our block of variable annuities includes four types of guaranteed living benefit riders: GMIB, GWBL/GMWB, GMAB and GIB. Based on total AV, approximately 65% and 67% of our variable annuity block included living benefit guarantees at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

GMIB . GMIB is our largest block of living benefit guarantees based on in-force AV. Policyholders who purchase the GMIB rider will be eligible, at the end of a defined waiting period, to receive annuity payments for life that will never be less than a guaranteed minimum amount, regardless of the performance of their investment options prior to the first payment. During this waiting period, which is often referred to as the accumulation phase of the contract and is usually 10 years, policyholders can invest their contributions in a range of variable and guaranteed investment options to grow their AV on a tax-deferred basis while increasing the value of the GMIB benefit base that helps determine the minimum annuity payment amount. Policyholders may elect to continue the accumulation phase beyond the waiting period if they wish to maintain the ability to take withdrawals from their AV or continue to participate in the growth of both their AV and GMIB benefit base.

The second phase of the contract starts when the policyholder annuitizes the contract, either by exercising the GMIB or through the contract’s standard annuitization provisions. Upon exercise of their GMIB, policyholders receive guaranteed lifetime income payments that are calculated as the higher of (i) application of their GMIB benefit base to the GMIB guaranteed annuity purchase factors specified in the contract or (ii) application of their AV to our then current or guaranteed annuity purchase factors. Beginning in 2005 we started offering a no-lapse guarantee on our GMIB riders that provides for the automatic exercise of the GMIB in the event that the policyholder’s AV falls to zero and provided no “excess withdrawals” (as defined in the contract) have been taken.

 

197


Table of Contents

The charge for the GMIB is calculated based on the GMIB benefit base value and deducted annually from the AV.

GWBL . This benefit guarantees that a policyholder can take lifetime withdrawals from their contract up to a maximum amount per year without reducing their GWBL benefit base. The amount of each guaranteed annual withdrawal is based on the value of the GWBL benefit base. The GWBL benefit base is equal to the total initial contributions to the contract and will increase by subsequent contributions (where permitted), ratchets or deferral bonuses (if applicable), and will be reduced by any “excess withdrawals,” which are withdrawals that exceed the guaranteed annual withdrawal amount. The policyholder may elect one of our automated withdrawal plans or take ad hoc withdrawals. This benefit can be purchased on a single life or joint life basis. The charge for the GWBL is calculated based on the GWBL benefit base value and deducted annually from the AV. We ceased offering a stand-alone GWBL rider in 2008.

GMWB . This benefit guarantees that the policyholder can take withdrawals from their contract up to the amount of their total contributions, even if the AV subsequently falls to zero, provided that during each contract year total withdrawals do not exceed annual GMWB withdrawal amount that is calculated under the terms of the contract. The policyholder may choose either a 5% GMWB Annual withdrawal option or a 7% GMWB Annual withdrawal option. Annual withdrawal amounts are not cumulative year over year. The charge for the GMWB is calculated based on the GMWB benefit base value and deducted annually from the AV. We ceased offering GMWB riders in 2008.

GMAB . This benefit guarantees that the AV can never fall below a minimum amount for a set period, which can also include locking in capital market gains. This rider protects the policyholder from market fluctuations. Two options we offered were a 100% principal guarantee and a 125% principal guarantee. Each option limited the policyholder to specified investment options. The charge for the GMAB is calculated based on the GMAB benefit base value and deducted annually from the AV. We ceased offering GMAB riders in 2008.

GIB. This benefit provides the policyholder with a guaranteed lifetime annuity based on predetermined annuity purchase rates applied to a GIB benefit base, with annuitization automatically triggered if and when the contract AV falls to zero. The charge for the GIB is calculated based on the GIB benefit base value and deducted annually from the AV. We ceased offering the GIB in 2012.

Below are examples of policyholder benefit utilization choices that can affect benefit payment patterns and reserves:

 

    Lapse . The policyholder may lapse or exit the contract, at which time the GMIB and any other GMxB guarantees are terminated. If the policyholder partially exits, the GMIB benefit base and any other GMxB benefit bases will be reduced in accordance with the contract terms.

 

   

Dollar-for-Dollar Withdrawals . A policyholder may request a onetime withdrawal or take systematic withdrawals from his or her contract at any time. All withdrawals reduce a contract’s AV by the dollar amount of a withdrawal. However, the impact of withdrawals on the GMIB and any other guaranteed benefit bases may vary depending on the terms of the contract. Withdrawals will reduce guaranteed benefit bases on a dollar-for-dollar basis as long as the sum of withdrawals in a contract year is equal to or less than the dollar-for-dollar withdrawal threshold defined in the contract, beyond which all withdrawals are considered “excess withdrawals.” An excess withdrawal may reduce the guaranteed benefit bases on a pro rata basis, which can have a significantly adverse effect on their values. A policyholder wishing to take the maximum amount of dollar-for-dollar withdrawals on a systematic basis may sign up for our dollar-for-dollar withdrawal service at no additional charge. Withdrawals under this automated service will never result in a pro rata reduction of the guaranteed benefit bases, provided that no withdrawals are made outside the service. If making dollar-for-dollar withdrawals in combination with negative investment reduces the AV to zero, the contract may have a no-lapse guarantee that triggers the automatic exercise of the GMIB, providing the policyholder with a stream of

 

198


Table of Contents
 

lifetime annuity payments determined by the GMIB benefit base value, the age and gender of the annuitant and predetermined annuity purchase factors.

 

    Voluntary Annuitization . The policyholder may choose to annuitize their AV or exercise their GMIB (if eligible). GMIB annuitization entitles the policyholder to receive a stream of lifetime (with or without period certain) annuity payments determined by the GMIB benefit base value, the age and gender of the annuitant and predetermined annuity purchase factors. GMIB annuitization cannot be elected past the maximum GMIB exercise age as stated in the contract, generally age 85 or 95. The policyholder may otherwise annuitize the AV and choose one of several payout options.

 

    Convert to a GWBL . In some products, policyholders have the option to convert their GMIB into a GWBL to receive guaranteed income through a lifetime withdrawal feature. This choice can be made as an alternative to electing to annuitize at the maximum GMIB exercise age, and may be appealing to policyholders who would prefer the ability to withdraw higher annual dollar-for-dollar amounts from their contract than permitted under the GMIB, for as long as their AV remains greater than zero.

 

    Remain in Accumulation Phase . If the policyholder chooses to remain in the contract’s accumulation phase past the maximum GMIB exercise age—that is, by not electing annuitization or converting to a GWBL—and as long as the AV has not fallen to zero, then the GMIB will terminate and the contract will continue until the contractual maturity date. In these circumstances, depending on the GMDB elected at issue (if any) and the terms of the contract, the benefit base for the GMDB may be equal to the GMIB benefit base at the time the GMIB was terminated, may no longer increase and will be reduced by future withdrawals.

The likelihood of a policyholder choosing a particular option cannot be predicted with certainty at the time of contract issuance or thereafter. The incidents and timing of benefit elections and the amounts of resulting benefit payments may materially differ from those we anticipate at the time we issue a variable annuity contract. As we observe actual policyholder behavior, we update our assumptions at least annually with respect to future policyholder activity and take appropriate action with respect to the amount of the reserves we establish for the future payment of such benefits. Additionally, upon the death of a policyholder (or annuitant), if the sole beneficiary is a surviving spouse, they can choose to continue the contract and benefits subject to age restrictions.

The following table presents the AV and benefit base by type of guaranteed living benefit. Because variable annuity contracts with GMLB features may also offer GMDB features, the GMLB amounts listed are not mutually exclusive from the GMDB amounts provided in the table above.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     Account
Value
     Benefit
Base
     Account
Value
     Benefit
Base
     Account
Value
     Benefit
Base
 
     (in millions)  

GMLB In-Force (1)

                 

Floating Rate GMLB

                 

GMIB

   $ 17,840      $ 18,412      $ 15,039      $ 16,211      $ 12,477      $ 13,396  

Other (GIB)

     3,439        3,664        3,478        3,829        3,551        3,872  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Floating Rate GMLB

   $ 21,279      $ 22,076      $ 18,517      $ 20,040      $ 16,028      $ 17,268  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed Rate GMLB

                 

GMIB

     44,704        65,758        43,106        66,310        44,419        67,010  

All Other ( e.g. , GWBL / GMWB, GMAB, other) (2)

     977        1,288        1,003        1,371        1,075        1,437  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fixed Rate GMLB

   $ 45,681      $ 67,046      $ 44,109      $ 67,681      $ 45,494      $ 68,447  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total GMLB

   $ 66,960      $ 89,122      $ 62,626      $ 87,721      $ 61,522      $ 85,715  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) See table summarizing the NAR and reserves of policyholders by type of GMxB feature for variable annuity contracts as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 under “—Net Amount at Risk.”

 

199


Table of Contents
(2) All Other includes individual variable annuity policies with stand-alone Annual Ratchet or stand-alone Roll-up GMDB.

Net Amount at Risk

The NAR for the GMDB is the amount of death benefits payable in excess of the total AV (if any) as of the balance sheet date, net of reinsurance. It represents the amount of the claim we would incur if death claims were made on all contracts with a GMDB on the balance sheet date and includes any additional contractual claims associated with riders purchased to assist with covering income taxes payable upon death.

The NAR for the GMIB is the amount (if any) that would be required to be added to the total AV to purchase a lifetime income stream, based on current annuity rates, equal to the minimum amount provided under the GMIB. This amount represents our potential economic exposure to such guarantees in the event all policyholders were to annuitize on the balance sheet date, even though the guaranteed amount under the contracts may not be annuitized until after the waiting period of the contract.

The NAR for the GWBL, GMWB and GMAB is the actuarial present value in excess of the AVs (if any) as of the balance sheet date. The NAR assumes utilization of benefits by all policyholders as of the balance sheet date. For the GMWB and GWBL benefits, only a small portion of the benefit base is available for withdrawal on an annual basis. For the GMAB, the NAR would not be available until the GMAB maturity date.

NAR reflects the difference between the benefit base (as adjusted, in some cases, as described above) and the AV. We believe that NAR alone provides an inadequate presentation of the risk exposure of our in-force variable annuity portfolio. NAR does not take into consideration the aggregate amount of reserves and capital that we hold against our variable annuity portfolio, particularly the target asset level for all variable annuities at a CTE98 level under most economic scenarios. Additionally, the NAR calculation includes a number of assumptions that are not reflective of our actual or expected experience of the assumptions related to the reserves we hold on our variable annuity portfolio. Accordingly, we believe the projected cash flows provided in the cash flow table below represents our best estimate of the cash flow profile as well as the potential risks of our variable annuity portfolio under various market scenarios.

The NAR and reserves of contract owners by type of GMxB feature for variable annuity contracts are summarized below as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. Many of our variable annuity contracts offer more than one type of guarantee such that the GMIB amounts are not mutually exclusive to the amounts in the GMDB table.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     NAR      Reserves      NAR      Reserves      NAR      Reserves  
     (in millions)  

GMDB

                 

ROP Death Benefit Only (1)

   $ 119        N/A      $ 177        N/A      $ 299        N/A  

Floating Rate GMDB

     519        160        695        124        583        101  

Fixed Rate GMDB

     16,237        3,818        17,647        2,998        17,331        2,810  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 16,875      $ 3,978      $ 18,519      $ 3,122      $ 18,213      $ 2,911  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

200


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     NAR      Reserves      NAR      Reserves      NAR      Reserves  
     (in millions)  

GMIB

                 

Floating Rate GMIB

   $ —        $ 367      $ —        $ 351      $ 2      $ 310  

Fixed Rate GMIB

     6,032        6,603        6,348        6,907        5,955        6,739  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,032      $ 6,970      $ 6,348      $ 7,258      $ 5,957      $ 7,049  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) U.S. GAAP reserves for ROP death benefit only are not available, as U.S. GAAP reserve valuation basis applies on policy contracts grouped by issue year.

Supplemental Information on Our In-Force Variable Annuity Business

This section presents a sensitivity analysis (the “Sensitivity Analysis”) of the estimated cash flows and distributable earnings associated with our in-force variable annuity business (primarily in our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement segments) as of December 31, 2017 across five capital markets scenarios described below (the “VA Distributable Earnings Projections”). We have engaged Milliman, Inc. (“Milliman”), a third-party actuarial firm, to assist in the development of the Sensitivity Analysis under the scenarios presented in this section. The scope of Milliman’s work was consistent with and designed to meet the guidelines promulgated by the American Academy of Actuaries for actuarial opinions. In this role, Milliman relied on underlying data provided by us, relied on our assumptions and relied on our planned hedge strategy for use in its calculations, as described elsewhere in this prospectus. Based solely on the foregoing, Milliman independently developed a cash flow and distributable earnings projection model that was used to produce the Sensitivity Analysis and confirmed that the VA Distributable Earnings Projections reflect the methodologies used to calculate our statutory balance sheet. Milliman concluded that the Sensitivity Analysis and VA Distributable Earnings Projections have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted actuarial principles based on data, information and assumptions provided by us. Milliman’s scope of work did not include an audit or assessment of such data, information or assumptions.

 

Assumptions

 

Base Case Scenario

 

Upside Scenario

 

Downside Scenario

 

Extreme Scenario

 

Downside and

Lapse Sensitivity

Equity Return in 2018 onward (annualized)

  6.25%   10.00%   (25)% shock immediately after December 31, 2017, 6.25% recovery   (40)% shock immediately after December 31, 2017, 6.25% recovery   (25)% shock immediately after December 31, 2017, 6.25% recovery

Interest Rate

 

2017 Year-end 10-year U.S. Treasury rate: 2.4%

 

2027 Year-end 10-year U.S. Treasury rate: 2.8%

 

Rates increase

by 150 bps over five years relative to base case

 

Immediately after December 31, 2017, 10-year U.S. Treasury rate decreases to 1.4%

 

2027 Year-end 10-year U.S. Treasury rate: 1.6%

 

Immediately after December 31, 2017, 10-year U.S. Treasury rate decreases to 1.4%

 

2027 Year-end 10-year U.S. Treasury rate: 1.6%

 

Immediately after December 31, 2017 10-year U.S. Treasury rate decreases to 1.4%

 

2027 Year-end 10-year Treasury rate: 1.6%

Average Separate Account Returns After Shock for 2019-2027 (annualized)

  5.4%   8.6%   5.1%   4.9%   5.1%

Base Lapse

  Baseline   Baseline   Baseline   Baseline  

20% reduction to base lapse, including

lapse floor

 

201


Table of Contents

In addition to the capital markets assumptions described above, the projections also reflect assumptions pertaining to (i) actuarial and policyholder behavior experience, which are aligned to our assumptions as of December 31, 2017, except for the “Downside and Lapse Sensitivity” scenario where we apply a 20% reduction to base lapse, including lapse floor, only to variable annuity business with GMxB features; (ii) the Reorganization Transactions, which is assumed to have occurred at December 31, 2017; and (iii) the variable annuity hedging program, which had transitioned to our prospective target hedging program by January 1, 2018, and which seeks to protect assets backing the variable annuity business at or above a CTE98 level under most economic scenarios, and at a CTE95 level in extreme scenarios. The target funding level is the maximum of CTE98 and Actuarial Guideline 43, by which we are required to calculate the statutory reserves that support our variable annuity products plus $500 million. The projections include several changes resulting from the Tax Reform Act, effective for the 2018 year, including: (i) 21% tax rate, (ii) dividends received deduction and (iii) tax reserves. The projection does not assume changes to applicable regulatory frameworks. Additionally, the CTE calculations, both regulatory and our target funding level, do not reflect the impact of changes in tax rates.

The table below illustrates the projected estimated cumulative distributable earnings from our in-force variable annuity business (the “VA Distributable Earnings”) under these five scenarios for a period of three years beginning January 1, 2018 and ending December 31, 2020. For the purpose of this analysis, the VA Distributable Earnings represent the sum of (i) the statutory earnings of the in-force variable annuity business under these scenarios and (ii) the net capital release or injection required to maintain our target funding level by the end of each year.

 

January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2020

   Base Case
Scenario
     Upside
Scenario
     Downside
Scenario
     Extreme
Scenario
     Downside
and

Lapse
Sensitivity
 
     (in billions)  

VA Distributable Earnings

   $ 4.1      $ 4.3      $ 3.1      $ 1.6      $ 2.9  

The table below illustrates the estimated present value of the in-force variable annuity business under each of the five scenarios. The table represents the (i) estimated present value of the in-force variable annuity cash flows at a 4% discount rate, which includes the anticipated revenues net of assumed expenses and hedging costs, without reflecting the effect of capital and reserving requirements and the investment income on the assets backing reserve and capital and (ii) total amount of starting assets that we intend to hold for the business at the time of the settlement of this offering to meet a target asset level of CTE98 plus a $500 million buffer (excluding any additional excess assets we may have overall).

 

     Estimated as of December 31, 2017  
     Base Case
Scenario
     Upside
Scenario
     Downside
Scenario
    Extreme
Scenario
    Downside
and Lapse
Sensitivity
 
     (in billions)  

Present Value of Pre-Tax Cash Flows

   $ 0.2      $ 4.8      $ (3.4   $ (6.3   $ (4.1

Variable Annuity Assets

     12.6        12.6        12.6       12.6       12.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (including Variable Annuity Assets)

   $ 12.9      $ 17.5      $ 9.2     $ 6.3     $ 8.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The foregoing analyses illustrate the resilience of our in-force variable annuity business across a wide range of capital market scenarios, including under extreme adverse shocks to equity returns and interest rates. As our variable annuity products with fixed rate GMxB features mature, under the base case scenario, payment of benefit claims and release of prudent margins result in a decrease in assets we are required to hold to maintain our target funding level. Under the base case scenario and applying the assumptions above for all future periods, we expect to release capital over time as the variable annuity assets we are required to hold to maintain our target funding level are expected to decrease by approximately 15% by 2027 as our variable annuity portfolio matures and benefits of planned management actions are realized.

 

202


Table of Contents

The sensitivities and scenarios discussed in this section are estimates and are not intended to predict the future financial performance of our variable annuity business or to represent an opinion of market value. They were selected for illustrative purposes only and they do not purport to encompass all of the many factors that may bear upon a market value and are based on a series of assumptions as to the future. It should be recognized that actual future results will differ from those shown, on account of changes in the operating and economic environments and natural variations in experience. The results shown are presented as of December 31, 2017 and no assurance can be given that future experience will be in line with the assumptions made.

The results of the analysis are derived from our projection model which cannot entirely encompass the complexity of the evolution of financial markets and of our asset and liability portfolios. The projections are based on assumptions that we believe are reasonable based on our historical experience. However, there is no guarantee that future experience will be consistent with these assumptions, and therefore actual results could materially deviate from the results shown above. We provide below a non-comprehensive list of key assumptions from which any deviation could significantly impact the actual cash-flow generation of our in-force variable annuity business:

 

    Economic scenarios . Our economic scenarios assume annual evolution of equity and interest rates. Actual market conditions are significantly more complex than our scenarios, which will cause our actual results to deviate from our estimated results, even if the annual performance of equity and interest rates is similar to that assumed in our economic scenarios.

 

    Basis risk . Our asset allocation in investment funds is mapped to different equity or fixed income indices. The actual fund return for these funds will differ from the mapped estimates used in our modeling.

 

    Actuarial assumptions . Actuarial assumptions are based on our observed experience, and future experience will deviate from our assumptions. Our policyholder behavior assumptions include certain dynamic components, i.e ., variables which may change as a result of financial market conditions, to capture our experiences on the general trend of our policyholders’ reaction to market conditions. The actual reaction of our policyholders to market conditions may deviate from our assumptions.

 

    Hedging . To represent our prospective hedging program within the projections, we project a hedge asset portfolio, mainly comprised of derivatives, according to targets defined in our prospective strategy. The estimate of our hedging targets is based on models containing a number of simplifications which could cause the projection of targets to differ from the actual evolution of these targets over time. Additionally, we may not be able to effectively implement our intended hedging strategy due to a variety of factors including unavailability of desired instruments, excessive transaction costs, or deviations in market prices for hedge assets from our modeled assumptions.

The policyholder behavior assumptions embedded in our cash flow sensitivities represent our best estimate for our in-force business as of December 31, 2017. The following policyholder options are examples of those included in our sensitivities: lapse, partial lapse, dollar-for-dollar withdrawals and voluntary annuitizations. These assumptions are dynamic and vary depending on the NAR of the contract and our expectation of how a customer will utilize their embedded options across the various scenarios. As one of the first sellers of GMLB features, we have one of the oldest variable annuity in-force books of business with over 20 years of policyholder behavior experience from which to base our assumptions. However, a change in our cash flows will result to the extent emerging experience deviates from these policyholder option use assumptions.

The information appearing in this section, “Supplemental Information on Our In-Force Variable Annuity Business,” is considered prospective financial information. This prospective financial information has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, the Company’s management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has neither audited, reviewed, examined, compiled nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the accompanying prospective financial information, including, but not limited to, the Company’s Sensitivity Analysis and VA Distributable Earnings projections, and, accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion

 

203


Table of Contents

or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP report included in this prospectus relates to the Company’s historical financial information. It does not extend to the prospective financial information and should not be read to do so.

Group Retirement

Our Group Retirement segment, known in the market as Retirement Plan Services, offers tax-deferred investment products and related solutions to employer-sponsored retirement plans sponsored by educational and not-for-profit entities (including municipal governments), as well as small and medium-sized businesses. We operate in the 403(b), 401(k) and 457(b) markets where we sell variable annuity and mutual fund-based products. As of December 31, 2017, we had relationships with approximately 26,000 employers and served more than 1.0 million participants, of which approximately 725,000 were educators. A specialized division of AXA Advisors, RBG, is the primary distributor of our products and related solutions to the education market with more than 1,000 advisors dedicated to helping educators prepare for retirement as of December 31, 2017.

In Group Retirement, for the year ended December 31, 2017, we were the #1 provider by gross premiums of retirement plans to the K-12 education market, according to LIMRA. The tax-exempt 403(b)/457(b) market, which includes our 403(b) K-12 business, accounted for the majority of sales within the Group Retirement business for the year ended December 31, 2017 and represented 75% of Group Retirement AV, as of December 31, 2017.

The recurring nature of the revenues from our Group Retirement business makes this segment an important and stable contributor of earnings and cash flow to our business. The primary sources of revenue for the Group Retirement business include fee revenue and investment income.

To further growth of our Group Retirement segment, we plan to generate new sales by innovating our products and expanding our distribution footprint and to optimize participant contributions and client retention by providing superior client service.

Product Innovation . We continuously seek to improve our products by offering several product features that differentiate us from our competition including our index-linked investment, guaranteed income and fixed interest rate features. More recently, we launched a mutual fund-based product to complement our variable annuity products, which will enable us to accelerate growth in certain segments of the market.

Distribution Expansion . We believe that RBG is a strategic differentiator in the 403(b) market. Our nationwide footprint of advisors provides valuable services to a wide range of clients in the education market saving for retirement. For 401(k) products, we primarily focus on the under $20 million plan market, which is attractive to us because it is aligned with our affiliated advisor distribution focus on small businesses and business owners and because of the relatively high level of new plan creation and takeover opportunities in this market. We seek to grow our distribution footprint through hiring and developing new RBG advisors and expanding third-party distribution relationships.

In-force Client Engagement . Through our RBG advisors and direct education efforts, such as direct mail and email, we regularly provide our in-force clients with information to keep them on track for a secure retirement. Through this interactive client engagement model, many of our clients choose to increase the amount of contributions into our retirement plans to achieve their retirement goals.

Client Retention . Our strong retention rate in the 403(b) market, driven by our interactive client engagement model and strong customer service, places us among the top companies in the industry. We had a retention rate of 93% for 2017. Our Group Retirement business customer service team has won the DALBAR Annuity Service Award for seven straight years from 2011 to 2017. In addition to engaging with our clients through advisors as noted above, we also engage our customers digitally with our learning lab and education platform. In 2017, we

 

204


Table of Contents

launched additional retirement income readiness tools that leverage peer benchmarking and other behavioral economics strategies to drive increased contributions from existing participants in all markets. The overall objective of this and our other client retention programs is to maintain a high level of customer engagement and satisfaction and limit asset outflows.

Products

Our products offer teachers, municipal employees and corporate employees a savings opportunity that provides tax-deferred wealth accumulation coupled with industry award-winning customer service. Our innovative product offerings address all retirement phases with diverse investment options.

Variable Annuities. Our variable annuities offer defined contribution plan recordkeeping, as well as administrative and participant services combined with a variety of proprietary and non-proprietary investment options. Our variable annuity investment lineup mostly consists of proprietary variable investment options that are managed by AXA Equitable FMG. AXA Equitable FMG provides discretionary investment management services for these investment options that include developing and executing asset allocation strategies and providing rigorous oversight of sub-advisors for the investment options. This helps to ensure that we retain high quality managers and that we leverage our scale across both the Individual Retirement and Group Retirement products. In addition, our variable annuity products offer the following features:

 

    Guaranteed Interest Option (“GIO”)—Provides a fixed interest rate and guaranteed AV. 32% of Group Retirement AV is in these options.

 

    Structured Investment Option (“SIO”)—Provides upside market participation that tracks either the S&P 500, Russell 2000 or the MSCI EAFE index subject to a performance cap, with a downside buffer that limits losses in the investment over a 1, 3 or 5 year investment horizon. This option leverages our innovative SCS individual annuity offering, and we believe that we are the only provider that offers this type of guarantee in the defined contribution markets today.

 

    Personal Income Benefit—An optional GMxB feature that enables participants to obtain a guaranteed withdrawal benefit for life for an additional fee.

While GMxB features provide differentiation in the market, only approximately $69 million, or 0.2%, of our total AV is invested in products with GMxB features (other than ROP death benefits) as of December 31, 2017, and based on current utilization, we do not expect significant flows into these types of GMxB features.

Open Architecture Mutual Fund Platform. We recently launched a mutual fund-based product to complement our variable annuity products. This platform provides a similar service offering to our variable annuities from the same award-winning service team. The program allows plan sponsors to select from approximately 15,000 mutual funds. The platform also offers a group fixed annuity that operates very similarly to the GIO as an available investment option on this platform.

Services . Both our variable annuity and open architecture mutual fund products offer a suite of tools and services to enable plan participants to obtain education and guidance on their contributions and investment decisions and plan fiduciary services. Education and guidance is available on-line or in person from a team of plan relationship and enrollment specialists and/or the advisor that sold the product. Our clients’ retirement contributions come through payroll deductions, which contribute significantly to stable and recurring sources of renewals.

 

205


Table of Contents

The chart below illustrates our net flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

    Years Ended  
    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016     December 31, 2015  
    (in millions)  

Net Flows

     

Gross Premiums

  $ 3,205     $ 3,137     $ 2,858  

Surrenders, Withdrawals and Benefits

    (2,938     (2,458     (2,507
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Flows

  $ 267     $ 679     $ 351  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the gross premiums for each of our markets for the periods specified.

 

    Years Ended  
    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016     December 31, 2015  
    (in millions)  

Gross Premiums by Market

     

Tax-Exempt

  $ 872     $ 842     $ 738  

Corporate

    470       497       360  

Other

    45       34       36  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total FYP

  $ 1,387     $ 1,373     $ 1,134  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax-Exempt

    1,330       1,280       1,225  

Corporate

    293       275       288  

Other

    213       209       211  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Renewal Premiums

  $ 1,836     $ 1,764     $ 1,724  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Premiums

  $ 3,223     $ 3,137     $ 2,858  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Markets

We primarily operate in the tax-exempt 403(b)/457(b), corporate 401(k) and other markets.

Tax-exempt 403(b)/457(b) —We primarily serve employees of public school systems and have access to clients in more than 8,800 public school plans. We serve more than 725,000 educators with access to approximately 3.2 million educators in the plans where we are an approved provider. To a lesser extent, we also market to 1,100 government entities that sponsor 457(b) plans. Given that the bulk of our plans are state or local government sponsored, they are not subject to the scope of the DOL fiduciary rule.

Overall, the 403(b) and 457(b) markets represent 75% of FYP in the Group Retirement segment as of December 31, 2017. We seek to grow in these markets by increasing our presence in the school districts where we currently operate and also by potentially growing our presence in school districts where we currently do not have access.

Corporate 401(k) —We target small and medium-sized businesses with 401(k) plans that generally have under $20 million in assets. Our product offerings accommodate start up plans and plans with accumulated assets. Typically, our products appeal to companies with strong contribution flows and a smaller number of participants with relatively high average participant balances. Our corporate 401(k) business serves more than 4,500 employers and more than 69,000 participants. The under $20 million asset plan market is well aligned with our advisor distribution, which has a strong presence in the small and medium-sized business market, and complements our other products focused on this market (such as life insurance and employee benefits products aimed at this market).

Other —Our other business includes an affinity-based direct marketing program where we offer retirement and individual products to employers that are members of industry or trade associations and various other sole proprietor and small business retirement accounts.

 

206


Table of Contents

The following table presents the relative contribution of each our markets to AV for the periods specified.

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     (in millions)  

AV by Market

        

Tax-Exempt

   $ 25,383      $ 22,454      $ 20,562  

Corporate

     3,959        3,422        3,008  

Other

     4,564        4,262        4,187  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

AV

   $ 33,906      $ 30,138      $ 27,757  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Distribution

We primarily distribute our products and services to this market through AXA Advisors and third-party distribution firms. For the year ended December 31, 2017, these channels represented 88% and 12% of our sales, respectively. We also distribute through direct online sales. We employ more than 40 internal and external wholesalers to exclusively market our products through AXA Advisors and third-party firms.

AXA Advisors, through RBG, is the primary distribution channel for our products. RBG has a group of more than 1,000 advisors that specialize in the 403(b) and 457(b) markets as of December 31, 2017. The cornerstone of the RBG model is a repeatable and scalable advisor recruiting and training model that we believe is more effective than the overall industry model. RBG advisors complete several levels of training that are specific to the education market and give them the requisite skills to assess the educators’ retirement needs and how our products can help to address those needs. AXA Advisors also accounted for 92% of our 403(b) sales in 2017.

Group Retirement products are also distributed through third-party firms and directly to customers online. We are a 403(b) market leader in digital customer acquisition. Beginning in 2015, we created a digital engagement strategy to supplement our traditional advisor based model. The program uses data analysis combined with digital media to engage educators, teach them about their retirement needs and increase awareness of our products and services. Educators can then complete the process to enroll in a 403(b) product fully online, through a phone conversation or face-to-face with an advisor.

The following table presents first year premium by distribution channel for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31, 2017      December 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  
    

(in millions)

 

FYP by Distribution

        

AXA Advisors

   $ 1,226      $ 1,151      $ 1,022  

Third-Party

     161        222        112  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,387      $ 1,373      $ 1,134  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Competition

We compete with select insurance companies, asset managers, record keepers and diversified financial institutions that target similar market segments. Competition varies in all market segments with no one company dominating across all market segments. In the K-12 education market, competitors are primarily insurance-based providers that focus on school districts. In the small and medium-sized business market, the primary competitors are insurance-based providers and mutual fund companies. The main features that distinguish our offering to clients include our RBG distribution model; the product features we offer to clients, including guarantees; our financial strength and our award winning customer service.

 

207


Table of Contents

Underwriting and Pricing

We generally do not underwrite our annuity products on an individual-by-individual basis. Instead, we price our products based upon our expected investment returns and assumptions regarding mortality, longevity and persistency for our policyholders collectively, while taking into account historical experience. We price variable annuities by analyzing longevity and persistency risk, volatility of expected earnings on our AV and the expected time to retirement. Our product pricing models also take into account capital requirements, hedging costs and operating expenses. Investment-oriented products are priced based on various factors, which may include investment return, expenses, persistency and optionality.

Our variable annuity products generally include penalties for early withdrawals. From time to time, we reevaluate the type and level of guarantees and other features we offer. We have previously changed the nature and pricing of the features we offer and will likely do so from time to time in the future as the needs of our clients, the economic environment and our risk appetite evolve.

Fees

We earn various types of fee revenue based on AV, fund assets and benefit base. Fees that we collect include mortality & expense, administrative charges and distribution charges; withdrawal charges; investment management fees; 12b-1 fees; death benefit rider charges; and living benefit riders charges. For a more detailed description of these types of fees, see “—Individual Retirement—Fees on AV, Fund Assets, Benefit Base and Investment Income.”

Risk Management

We design our Group Retirement products with the goal of providing attractive features to clients that also minimize risks to us. To mitigate risks to our General Account from fluctuations in interest rates, we apply a variety of techniques that align well with a given product type. We designed our GIO to comply with the NAIC minimum rate (1% for new issues), and our 403(b) products that we currently sell include a contractual provision that enables us to limit transfers into the GIO. As most defined contribution plans allow participants to borrow against their accounts, we have made changes to our loan repayment processes to minimize participant loan defaults and to facilitate loan repayments to the participant’s current investment allocation as opposed to requiring repayments only to the GIO. In the 401(k) and 457(b) markets, we may charge a market value adjustment on the assets of the GIO when a plan sponsor terminates its agreement with us. We also prohibit direct transfers to fixed income products that compete with the GIO, which protects the principal in the General Account in a rising interest rate environment.

In the Tax-Exempt market, the benefits include a minimum guaranteed interest rate on our GIO, return of premium death benefits and limited optional GMxB features. The utilization of GMxB features is low. In the Corporate market, the products that we sell today do not offer death benefits in excess of the AV.

 

208


Table of Contents

While approximately two-thirds of our General Account AV has a minimum guaranteed rate of 3-4%, we have twice the amount of Separate Account AV. Given the growth in net flows to our newer products and the slowing in flows to older blocks due to retirement, we expect that guarantees at a rate over 3% will continue to diminish as a percentage of our overall General Account AV. The table below illustrates the guaranteed minimum rates applicable to our General Account AV for products with the GIO, as of December 31, 2017.

 

Guaranteed Minimum Interest Rate

   Total General
Account AV
 
     (in billions)  

1 – < 2%

   $ 2.4  

2 – < 3%

     1.3  

3%

     6.9  

4%

     0.2  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10.8  
  

 

 

 

We use a committee of subject matter experts and business leaders that meet periodically to set crediting rates for our guaranteed interest options. The committee evaluates macroeconomic and business factors to determine prudent interest rates in excess of the contract minimum when appropriate.

We also monitor the behavior of our clients who have the ability to transfer assets between the GIO and various Separate Account investment options. We have not historically observed a material shift of assets moving into guarantees during times of higher market volatility.

Hedging . We hedge crediting rates to mitigate certain risks associated with the SIO. In order to support the returns associated with the SIO, we enter into derivatives contracts whose payouts, in combination with fixed income investments, emulate those of the S&P 500, Russell 2000 or MSCI EAFE index, subject to caps and buffers.

Investment Management and Research

Our global Investment Management and Research business provides diversified investment management, research and related solutions to a broad range of clients around the world. We distribute our investment management products and solutions through three main client channels—Institutional, Retail and Bernstein Private Wealth Management—and distribute our institutional research products and solutions through Bernstein Research Services. AB Holding is a master limited partnership publicly listed on the NYSE. Giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, we will own an approximate 65% economic interest in AB at the time of the offering. As the general partner of AB, we have the authority to manage and control its business, and accordingly, this segment reflects AB’s consolidated financial results.

Our Investment Management and Research business had approximately $554 billion in AUM as of December 31, 2017, composed of 35% equities, 54% fixed income and 11% multi-asset class solutions, alternatives and other assets. By distribution channel, institutional clients represented 48% of AUM, while retail and private wealth management clients represented 35% and 17%, respectively, as of December 31, 2017.

AB has a suite of actively managed, differentiated equity and fixed income services, delivering strong risk-adjusted returns. For instance, 91% of our fixed income services and 85% of our equity services have outperformed their benchmarks over the three-year period ended December 31, 2017. In addition, 72% of AB’s rated U.S. retail assets were invested in funds rated four or five stars by Morningstar.

Bernstein Research Services has received top Institutional Investor rankings and Bernstein Private Wealth Management ranks among the top 20 wealth management firms in the United States, according to Barron’s .

 

209


Table of Contents

AB has a strong global distribution footprint. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 41% of AB’s revenues came from outside the United States, with a significant portion derived from retail fixed income sales in the Asia region (excluding Japan). We have strong market positions in many of the region’s largest markets. As of December 31, 2016, we had a 23% market share of total retail assets in Taiwan, and our market share was 12% in both Hong Kong and Korea and 5% in Singapore.

Additionally, over the past several years AB has significantly broadened and strengthened its product portfolio, introducing more than 100 new and enhanced offerings since 2009. These services account for 28% of AB’s AUM as of December 31, 2017. Examples include our Select Equities and U.S. and Global Concentrated Equity services, our middle markets private lending service and our real estate private equity and debt service.

We and other AXA affiliates, collectively, are AB’s largest client. We represented 17% of AB’s total AUM as of December 31, 2017 and 3% of AB’s net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017. AXA and its affiliates other than us represented 6% of AB’s total AUM as of December 31, 2017 and 2% of AB’s net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017. Additionally, AXA and its affiliates (including us) have made seed investments in various AB investment services. By letter dated March 31, 2018, AXA advised AB of its current intention to continue using AB for the foreseeable future as a preferred provider of asset management services and to continue making commercial and seed investments that suit AXA from an investment perspective, in each case (i) consistent with past practice, (ii) subject to investment performance/returns and (iii) subject to applicable fiduciary duties.

AB provides research, diversified investment management and related services globally to a broad range of clients. Its principal services include:

 

    Institutional Services—servicing its institutional clients, including private and public pension plans, foundations and endowments, insurance companies, central banks and governments worldwide, and affiliates such as AXA and its subsidiaries, by means of separately-managed accounts, sub-advisory relationships, structured products, collective investment trusts, mutual funds, hedge funds and other investment vehicles.

 

    Retail Services—servicing its retail clients, primarily by means of retail mutual funds sponsored by AB or AXA Equitable FMG, sub-advisory relationships with mutual funds sponsored by third parties, separately-managed account programs sponsored by financial intermediaries worldwide and other investment vehicles.

 

    Private Wealth Management Services—servicing its private clients, including high net worth individuals and families, trusts and estates, charitable foundations, partnerships, private and family corporations, and other entities, by means of separately-managed accounts, hedge funds, mutual funds and other investment vehicles.

 

    Bernstein Research Services—servicing institutional investors, such as pension fund, hedge fund and mutual fund managers, seeking high-quality fundamental research, quantitative services and brokerage-related services in equities and listed options.

AB also provides distribution, shareholder servicing, transfer agency services and administrative services to the mutual funds it sponsors.

Generally, AB is compensated for its investment services on the basis of investment advisory and services fees calculated as a percentage of AUM.

Products and Services

Investment Services. AB provides a broad range of investment services with expertise in:

 

    Actively-managed equity strategies, with global and regional portfolios across capitalization ranges, concentration ranges and investment strategies, including value, growth and core equities;

 

210


Table of Contents
    Actively-managed traditional and unconstrained fixed income strategies, including taxable and tax-exempt strategies;

 

    Passive management, including index and enhanced index strategies;

 

    Alternative investments, including hedge funds, fund of funds, private equity ( e.g. , direct real estate investing) and direct lending; and

 

    Multi-asset solutions and services, including dynamic asset allocation, customized target-date funds and target-risk funds.

AB’s services span various investment disciplines, including market capitalization ( e.g. , large-, mid- and small-cap equities), term ( e.g. , long-, intermediate- and short-duration debt securities) and geographic location ( e.g. , U.S., international, global, emerging markets, regional and local), in major markets around the world.

Research. AB’s high-quality, in-depth research is the foundation of its business. AB believes that its global team of research professionals, whose disciplines include economic, fundamental equity, fixed income and quantitative research, gives it a competitive advantage in achieving investment success for its clients. AB also has experts focused on multi-asset strategies, wealth management and alternative investments.

Custody. AB’s U.S.-based broker-dealer subsidiary acts as custodian for the majority of AB’s Private Wealth Management AUM and some of its Institutions AUM. Other custodial arrangements are maintained by client-designated banks, trust companies, brokerage firms or custodians.

For additional information about AB’s investment advisory fees, including performance-based fees, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Investment Management and Research Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations by Segment—Investment Management and Research.”

Markets

AB operates in major markets around the world, including the United States, EMEA (Europe, the Middle East and Africa) and Asia. Our AUM is disbursed as follows:

By Investment Service ($ in billions):

 

LOGO

 

211


Table of Contents

By Client Domicile ($ in billions):

 

LOGO

Distribution

We distribute our products and solutions through three main client channels: Institutional, Retail and Bernstein Private Wealth Management.

Institutional . AB offers to its institutional clients, which include private and public pension plans, foundations and endowments, insurance companies, central banks and governments worldwide, various of AB’s AXA affiliates, separately-managed accounts, sub-advisory relationships, structured products, collective investment trusts, mutual funds, hedge funds and other investment vehicles (“Institutional Services”).

AB manages the assets of its institutional clients pursuant to written investment management agreements or other arrangements, which generally are terminable at any time or upon relatively short notice by either party. In general, AB’s written investment management agreements may not be assigned without the client’s consent.

Retail . AB provides investment management and related services to a wide variety of individual retail investors, both in the United States and internationally, through retail mutual funds AB sponsors, mutual fund sub-advisory relationships, separately-managed account programs and other investment vehicles (“Retail Products and Services”).

AB distributes its Retail Products and Services through financial intermediaries, including broker-dealers, insurance sales representatives, banks, registered investment advisers and financial planners. These products and services include open-end and closed-end funds that are either (i) registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act or (ii) not registered under the Investment Company Act and generally not offered to U.S. persons. They also include separately-managed account programs, which are sponsored by financial intermediaries and generally charge an all-inclusive fee covering investment management, trade execution, asset allocation and custodial and administrative services. In addition, AB provides distribution, shareholder servicing, transfer agency services and administrative services for its Retail Products and Services.

Private Wealth Management . AB offers to its private clients, which include high net worth individuals and families, trusts and estates, charitable foundations, partnerships, private and family corporations and other entities, separately-managed accounts, hedge funds, mutual funds and other investment vehicles.

AB manages these accounts pursuant to written investment advisory agreements, which generally are terminable at any time or upon relatively short notice by any party and may not be assigned without the client’s consent.

Competition

AB competes in all aspects of its business with numerous investment management firms, mutual fund sponsors, brokerage and investment banking firms, insurance companies, banks, savings and loan associations

 

212


Table of Contents

and other financial institutions that often provide investment products that have similar features and objectives as those AB offers. AB’s competitors offer a wide range of financial services to the same customers that AB seeks to serve.

To grow its business, AB believes it must be able to compete effectively for AUM. Key competitive factors include (i) AB’s investment performance for clients; (ii) AB’s commitment to place the interests of its clients first; (iii) the quality of AB’s research; (iv) AB’s ability to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled, and often highly specialized, personnel; (v) the array of investment products AB offers; (vi) the fees AB charges; (vii) Morningstar/Lipper rankings for the AB Funds; (viii) AB’s ability to sell its actively-managed investment services despite the fact that many investors favor passive services; (ix) AB’s operational effectiveness; (x) AB’s ability to further develop and market its brand; and (xi) AB’s global presence.

AUM

AUM by distribution channel were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in billions)  

Institutions

   $ 269.3      $ 239.3      $ 236.2  

Retail

     192.9        160.2        154.4  

Private Wealth Management

     92.3        80.7        76.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 554.5      $ 480.2      $ 467.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

AUM by investment service are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in billions)  

Equity

        

Actively Managed

   $ 139.4      $ 111.9      $ 110.6  

Passively Managed (1)

     54.3        48.1        46.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Equity

     193.7      $ 160.0      $ 157.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed Income

        

Actively Managed

        

Taxable

     247.9        220.9        207.4  

Tax—exempt

     40.4        36.9        33.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Actively Managed

     288.3        257.8        240.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Passively Managed (1)

     9.9        11.1        10.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fixed Income

   $ 298.2      $ 268.9      $ 250.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other (2)

        

Actively Managed

   $ 61.9      $ 50.8      $ 59.1  

Passively Managed (1)

     0.7        0.5        0.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other

   $ 62.6      $ 51.3      $ 59.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 554.5      $ 480.2      $ 467.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes index and enhanced index services.
(2) Includes certain multi-asset solutions and services and certain alternative investments.

 

213


Table of Contents

Changes in AUM for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

     Distribution Channel  
     Institutions      Retail      Private
Wealth
Management
     Total  
     (in billions)  

Balance as of December 31, 2016

   $ 239.3      $ 160.2      $ 80.7      $ 480.2  

Long-term flows

           

Sales/new accounts

     13.4        53.8        11.5        78.7  

Redemptions/terminations

     (11.5      (38.6      (10.6      (60.7

Cash flow/unreinvested dividends

     1.7        (6.3      (0.2      (4.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net long-term (outflows) inflows

     3.6        8.9        0.7        13.2  

Market appreciation

     26.4        23.8        10.9        61.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change

     30.0        32.7        11.6        74.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

   $ 269.3      $ 192.9      $ 92.3      $ 554.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    Investment Service  
    Equity
Actively
Managed
    Equity
Passively
Managed (1)
    Fixed Income
Actively
Managed—

Taxable
    Fixed Income
Actively
Managed—
Tax-Exempt
    Fixed
Income
Passively
Managed (1)
    Other (2)     Total  
    (in billions)  

Balance as of December 31, 2016

  $ 111.9     $ 48.1     $ 220.9     $ 36.9     $ 11.1     $ 51.3     $ 480.2  

Long-term flows

             

Sales/new accounts

    21.9       1.1       41.1       7.9       0.1       6.6       78.7  

Redemptions/terminations

    (19.0     (1.4     (29.8     (5.9     (1.8     (2.8     (60.7

Cash flow/unreinvested dividends

    (2.1     (4.0     1.5       (0.1     —         (0.1     (4.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net long-term (outflows) inflows

    0.8       (4.3     12.8       1.9       (1.7     3.7       13.2  

Market appreciation

    26.7       10.5       14.2       1.6       0.5       7.6       61.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change

    27.5       6.2       27.0       3.5       (1.2     11.3       74.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

  $ 139.4     $ 54.3     $ 247.9     $ 40.4     $ 9.9     $ 62.6     $ 554.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes index and enhanced index services.
(2) Includes certain multi-asset solutions and services and certain alternative investments.

 

214


Table of Contents

Net long-term inflows (outflows) for actively-managed investment services as compared to passively managed investment services for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, are as follows:

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     (in billions)  

Actively Managed

        

Equity

   $ 0.8      $ (7.6    $ (2.3

Fixed Income

     14.7        9.0        (1.9

Other

     3.6        (9.5      10.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19.1      $ (8.1    $ 6.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Passively Managed

        

Equity

   $ (4.3    $ (2.5    $ (3.1

Fixed Income

     (1.7      0.7        —    

Other

     0.1        0.1        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (5.9    $ (1.7    $ (3.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net long-term inflows (outflows)

   $ 13.2      $ (9.8    $ 3.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average AUM by distribution channel and investment service were as follows:

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     (in billions)  

Distribution Channel

        

Institutions

   $ 253.8      $ 243.4      $ 242.9  

Retail

     177.5        157.7        160.6  

Private Wealth Management

     86.7        78.9        77.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 518.0      $ 480.0      $ 480.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment Service

        

Equity Actively Managed

   $ 125.6      $ 109.4      $ 113.2  

Equity Passively Managed (1)

     50.8        46.5        49.3  

Fixed Income Actively Managed—Taxable

     236.3        221.5        217.7  

Fixed Income Actively Managed—Tax-exempt

     38.8        36.3        32.6  

Fixed Income Passively Managed (1)

     10.3        11.0        10.1  

Other (2)

     56.2        55.3        57.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 518.0      $ 480.0      $ 480.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes index and enhanced index services.
(2) Includes certain multi-asset solutions and services and certain alternative investments.

 

215


Table of Contents

Fees

Generally, AB is compensated for its investment services on the basis of investment advisory and services fees calculated as a percentage of AUM. Bernstein Research Services revenue consists principally of commissions received for providing equity research and brokerage-related services to institutional investors. The components of net revenues are as follows:

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     (in millions)  

Investment advisory and services fees:

        

Institutions

        

Base fees

   $ 429.6      $ 403.5      $ 422.0  

Performance-based fees

     45.1        17.4        12.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     474.7        420.9        434.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail

        

Base fees

     922.5        805.6        847.2  

Performance-based fees

     24.2        3.3        8.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     946.7        808.9        856.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Private Wealth Management

        

Base fees

     753.6        691.6        680.9  

Performance-based fees

     25.4        12.1        2.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     779.0        703.7        683.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        

Base fees

   $ 2,105.7      $ 1,900.7      $ 1,950.1  

Performance-based fees

     94.7        32.8        23.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,200.4        1,933.5        1,973.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bernstein Research Services

     449.9        479.9        493.5  

Distribution revenues

     412.1        384.4        427.1  

Dividend and interest income

     71.2        46.9        24.9  

Investment gains (losses)

     92.1        93.3        3.5  

Other revenues

     98.0        99.9        101.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 3,323.7      $ 3,037.9      $ 3,024.0  

Less: Interest expense

     25.2        9.1        3.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 3,298.5      $ 3,028.8      $ 3,020.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Protection Solutions

Our Protection Solutions segment includes our life insurance and employee benefits businesses. We have a long history of providing life insurance products to affluent and high net worth individuals and small and medium-sized business markets. We are currently focused on the relatively less capital intensive asset accumulation segments of the market, with leading offerings in the VUL and IUL markets.

We offer a targeted range of life insurance products aimed at serving the financial needs of our clients throughout their lives. Specifically, our products are designed to help affluent and high net worth individuals as well as small and medium-sized business owners protect and transfer their wealth. Our product offerings include VUL, IUL and term life products, which represented 48%, 41% and 9% of our total life insurance annualized premium, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. Our products are distributed through AXA

 

216


Table of Contents

Advisors and select third-party firms. We benefit from a long-term, stable distribution relationship with AXA Advisors, with AXA Advisors representing approximately 79% of our total life insurance sales for the year ended December 31, 2017.

As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 900,000 outstanding life insurance policies with a face value of $446 billion. In 2017, our VUL sales ranked fourth in the total U.S. market and first in the retail channel, and our IUL sales ranked second in the retail channel, according to LIMRA.

In 2015, we entered the employee benefits market focusing on small and medium-sized businesses, a target market for our life insurance business and Group Retirement 401(k) market. We currently offer a suite of employee benefits products, including life, short- and long-term disability, dental and vision insurance products. We believe our employee benefits business will further augment our solutions for small and medium-sized businesses and is differentiated by a high quality technology platform. We sell our employee benefit products through AXA Advisors and third-party distributors, including regional, national and local brokers.

Our Protection Solutions segment provides strong cash flows generated by our in-force book and capital diversification benefits. The primary sources of revenue are premiums, investment income, asset-based fees (investment management and 12b-1 fees), and policy charges (expense loads, surrender charges, mortality charges and other policy charges), as well as fees collected from AXA Advisors non-proprietary sales through AXA Network.

To grow our Protection Solutions segment, we remain focused on the accumulation segment of the market supported by our VUL and IUL products, and are expanding our commitment to the small and medium-sized business market through our employee benefits offerings. We plan to grow our distribution footprint by maintaining our presence through AXA Advisors, and opportunistically growing our relationship with targeted third-party firms. We plan to improve our Non-GAAP Operating ROC by segment and earnings over time through earnings generated from sales of our repositioned product portfolio and by proactively managing and optimizing our in-force book.

Life Insurance

We have been serving the financial needs of our clients and their families since 1859. We have an established reputation in product innovation by pioneering the VUL market in 1976 and continuing today with our range of innovative IUL offerings. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 900,000 outstanding policies and $446 billion of life insurance face amount in-force. As of December 31, 2017, Protection Solutions Reserves for our life insurance products accounted for $13 billion in Separate Accounts and $16 billion in the General Account.

Products

Our life insurance products are primarily designed to help individuals and small and medium-sized businesses with protection, wealth accumulation and transfer, as well as corporate planning solutions. We target select segments of the life insurance market: permanent life insurance, including IUL and VUL products and term insurance. As part of a strategic shift over the past several years, we evolved our product design to be less capital-intensive and more accumulation-focused.

Permanent Life Insurance . Our permanent life insurance offerings are built on the premise that all clients expect to receive a benefit from the policy. The benefit may take the form of a life insurance death benefit paid at time of death no matter the age or duration of the policy or the form of access to cash that has accumulated in the policy on a tax-favored basis. In each case, the value to the client comes from access to a broad spectrum of investments that accumulate the policy value at attractive rates of return.

 

217


Table of Contents

We have three permanent life insurance offerings built upon a UL insurance framework: IUL, VUL and corporate-owned life insurance targeting the small and medium-sized business market, which is a subset of VUL products. Universal life policies offer flexible premiums, and generally offer the policyholder the ability to choose one of two death benefit options: a level benefit equal to the policy’s original face amount or a variable benefit equal to the original face amount plus any existing policy AV. Our universal life insurance products include single-life products and second-to-die ( i.e. , survivorship) products, which pay death benefits following the death of both insureds.

IUL. IUL uses an equity-linked approach for generating policy investment returns. The equity linked options provide upside return based on an external equity based index ( e.g. , S&P 500) subject to a cap. In exchange for this cap on investment returns, the policy provides downside protection in that annual investment returns are guaranteed to never be less than zero, even if the relevant index is down. In addition, there is an option to receive a higher cap on certain investment returns in exchange for a fee. As noted above, the performance of any universal life insurance policy also depends on the level of policy charges. For further discussion, see “—Pricing and Fees.”

VUL . VUL uses a series of investment options to generate the investment return allocated to the cash value. The subaccounts are similar to retail mutual funds: a policyholder can invest premiums in one or more underlying investment options offering varying levels of risk and growth potential. These provide long-term growth opportunities, tax-deferred earnings and the ability to make tax-free transfers among the various subaccounts. In addition, the policyholder can invest premiums in a guaranteed interest option, as well as an investment option we call the Market Stabilizer Option (“MSO”), which provides downside protection from losses in the index up to a specified percentage. We also offer corporate-owned life insurance, which is a VUL insurance product tailored specifically to support executive benefits in the small business market.

We work with AXA Equitable FMG to identify and include appropriate underlying investment options in our variable life products, as well as to control the costs of these options. AXA Equitable FMG also offers our product designers access to initial due diligence and contract negotiations for outside variable investment portfolios that may be offered within the product.

Term Life . Term life provides basic life insurance protection for a specified period of time, and is typically a client’s first life insurance purchase due to its relatively low cost. Life insurance benefits are paid if death occurs during the term period, as long as required premiums have been paid. The required premiums are guaranteed not to increase during the term period, otherwise known as a level pay or fixed premium. Our term products include competitive conversion features that allow the policyholder to convert their term life insurance policy to permanent life insurance within policy limits and the ability to add certain riders. Our term life portfolio includes 1, 10, 15 and 20-year term products.

Other Benefits. We offer a portfolio of riders to provide clients with additional flexibility to protect the value of their investments and overcome challenges. Our Long Term Care Services Rider provides an acceleration of the policy death benefit in the event of a chronic illness, and has been elected on 38% of all eligible policies and issued on 33% of new policies sold for the year ended December 31, 2017. The MSO, referred to above and offered via a policy rider on our variable life products, provides policyholders with the opportunity to manage volatility. The return of premium rider provides a guarantee that the death benefit payable will be no less than the amount invested in the policy.

 

218


Table of Contents

The following table presents individual life insurance annualized premiums for the periods indicated:

 

                                                                                               
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Annualized Premium

        

Indexed Universal Life

   $ 82      $ 90      $ 105  

Variable Universal Life

     94        86        94  

Term

     19        20        23  

Other (1)

     3        4        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 198      $ 200      $ 227  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents individual life insurance FYP and renewals by product and total gross premiums as of the dates indicated:

 

                                                                                               
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

FYP by Product Line

        

Universal Life

   $ 4      $ 5      $ 7  

Indexed Universal Life

     219        267        306  

Variable Universal Life

     163        148        155  

Term

     19        20        23  

Other (1)

     1        1        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 406      $ 441      $ 492  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Renewals by Product Line

  

Universal Life

   $ 913      $ 905      $ 840  

Indexed Universal Life

     189        145        111  

Variable Universal Life

     959        914        914  

Term

     504        549        558  

Other (1)

     27        39        41  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,592      $ 2,552      $ 2,464  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gross Premiums

   $ 2,998      $ 2,993      $ 2,956  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) For the individual life insurance in-force, other includes current assumption universal life insurance, whole life insurance and other products available for sale but not actively marketed.

Our in-force book spans four insurance companies, AXA Equitable Life, MLOA, USFL and AXA Equitable L&A. USFL and AXA Equitable L&A are closed for new business. Certain term products and permanent products riders from MLOA, USFL and AXA Equitable Life have been reinsured to our captive reinsurer EQ AZ Life Re and, prior to the GMxB Unwind, AXA RE Arizona. Our in-force portfolio is made up of core product offerings as described above, as well as past generation product offerings that include current assumption universal life insurance, whole life insurance and other products.

 

219


Table of Contents

The following table presents our in-force face amount, policy counts and AV as of the dates indicated, respectively, for the individual life insurance products we offer:

 

    As of  
        December 31,    
    2017    
         December 31,    
    2016    
         December 31,    
    2015    
 
    (in billions)  

In-force Face Amount by Product (1)

 

Universal Life (2)

  $ 59.0      $ 61.7      $ 64.0  

Indexed Universal Life

    20.5        18.5        16.7  

Variable Universal Life (3)

    128.9        130.3        132.7  

Term

    235.9        237.0        238.9  

Whole Life

    1.6        1.7        1.8  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  $ 445.9      $ 449.2      $ 454.0  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
    As of  
        December 31,    
    2017    
         December 31,    
    2016    
         December 31,    
    2015    
 
    (in thousands)  

In-force Policy Count by Product (1)

 

Universal Life (2)

    188        199        210  

Indexed Universal Life

    45        38        31  

Variable Universal Life (3)

    316        326        338  

Term

    340        346        354  

Whole Life

    20        21        22  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

    909        930        955  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
    As of  
        December 31,    
    2017    
         December 31,    
    2016    
         December 31,    
    2015    
 
    (in millions)  

Protection Solutions Reserves (4)

       

General Account

  $ 16,007      $ 16,420      $ 16,014  

Separate Account

    12,643        11,251        10,907  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  $ 28,650      $ 27,671      $ 26,921  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Does not include life insurance sold as part of our employee benefits business as it is a start-up business with a limited amount of in-force policies.
(2) Universal life includes guaranteed universal life insurance products.
(3) Variable universal life includes variable life insurance and corporate-owned life insurance.
(4) Does not include Protection Solutions Reserves for our employee benefits business as it is a start-up business and therefore has immaterial in-force policies.

 

220


Table of Contents

In order to optimize our capital efficiency and improve the profitability of new business, in 2009, we made a strategic decision to exit the guaranteed universal life (“GUL”) insurance and 30-year term life insurance markets. Over the past decade, we have refocused our offering to less capital intensive segments of the market. The following chart shows this shift in our product sales (annualized premiums) from 2008 to 2017:

 

 

LOGO

 

(1) Universal life includes GUL insurance products.

As part of our in-force management function, we monitor the performance of our life insurance portfolio against our expectations at the time of pricing of the products. It is our objective to align the performance of our portfolio to pricing expectations and take in-force actions where appropriate, in accordance with our contracts, applicable law and our governance processes. For example, in 2016, we increased the cost of insurance rates on certain universal life policies sold between 2004 and 2007 which have both issue ages of 70 and above and a current face value amount of $1 million and above. We have also increased administrative fees and have lowered interest crediting rates and persistency bonus for certain classes of our portfolio.

Markets

We are focused on targeted segments of the market, particularly affluent and high net worth individuals, as well as small and medium-sized businesses. We focus on creating value for our customers through the differentiated features and benefits we offer on our products. We distribute these products through retail advisors and third-party firms who demonstrate the value of life insurance in helping clients to accumulate wealth and protect their assets.

Distribution

We primarily distribute life insurance through two channels: AXA Advisors and third-party firms. AXA Advisors has been a long-term, stable distribution partner for our life insurance business, ranking first in VUL sales in the retail channel and second in IUL sales in the retail channel for 2017, according to LIMRA.

To supplement our sales through AXA Advisors, distribution through third-party firms provides efficient access to independent producers on a largely variable cost basis. Brokerage general agencies, producer groups, banks, wirehouses, independent broker-dealers and registered investment advisers are all important partners who distribute our products today. We also have a competitive strength serving specialty markets including professional athletes, entertainers and foreign national residents.

 

221


Table of Contents

The following table presents individual life insurance annualized premium by distribution channel for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
     December 31,
2015
 
     (in millions)  

Annualized Premium by Distribution

        

AXA Advisors

   $ 157      $ 160      $ 166  

Third-Party Firms

     41        40        61  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 198      $ 200      $ 227  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Competition

The life insurance industry consists of many companies with no single company dominating the market for all products. We selectively compete with large, well-established life insurance companies in a mature market, where product features, price and service are key drivers. We primarily compete with others based on these drivers as well as distribution channel relationships, brand recognition, financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries and financial stability. We are selective in our markets of interest and will continue to focus deeply in those areas that align to our offering.

Underwriting

Our underwriting process, built around extensive underwriting guidelines, is designed to assign prospective insureds to risk classes in a manner that is consistent with our business and financial objectives, including our risk appetite and pricing expectations.

As part of making an underwriting decision, our underwriters evaluate information disclosed as part of the application process as well as information obtained from other sources after the application. This information includes, but is not limited to, the insured’s age and sex, results from medical exams and financial information.

We continue to research and develop guideline changes to increase the efficiency of our underwriting process ( e.g. , through the use of predictive models), both from an internal cost perspective and our customer experience perspective.

We manage changes to our underwriting guidelines though a robust governance process that ensures that our underwriting decisions continue to align with our business and financial objectives, including risk appetite and pricing expectations.

With an average of more than 15 years of industry underwriting experience, our team of more than 100 underwriters and four medical directors is dedicated to making accurate, timely and competitive underwriting decisions. Our line underwriters are empowered to make decisions and receive support of underwriting managers and medical directors when needed.

Our financial due diligence team, with more than 50 years of combined insurance experience, combines legal, financial and investigative expertise to support the financial underwriting of complex cases, assist in case design and plays an important in fraud prevention.

We continuously monitor our underwriting decisions through internal audits and other quality control processes, to ensure accurate and consistent application of our underwriting guidelines.

 

222


Table of Contents

We use reinsurance to manage our mortality risk and volatility. Our reinsurer partners regularly review our underwriting practices and mortality and lapse experience through audits and experience studies, the outcome of which have consistently validated the high-quality underwriting process and decisions.

Pricing and Fees

Life insurance products are priced based upon assumptions including, but not limited to, expected future premium payments, surrender rates, mortality and morbidity rates, investment returns, hedging costs, equity returns, expenses and inflation and capital requirements. The primary source of revenue from our life insurance business is premiums, investment income, asset-based fees (including investment management and 12b-1 fees) and policy charges (expense loads, surrender charges, mortality charges and other policy charges).

Risk Management

Reinsurance

We use reinsurance to mitigate a portion of our risk and optimize the capital efficiency and operating returns of our life insurance portfolio. As part of our risk management function, we continuously monitor the financial condition of our reinsurers in an effort to minimize our exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies.

Non-affiliate Reinsurance . We generally obtain reinsurance for the portion of a life insurance policy that exceeds $10 million. We have set up reinsurance pools with highly rated unaffiliated reinsurers that obligate the pool participants to pay death claim amounts in excess of our retention limits for an agreed-upon premium.

Captive Reinsurance . Prior to April 2018, AXA RE Arizona reinsured a 90% quota share of level premium term insurance issued by AXA Equitable Life on or after March 1, 2003 through December 31, 2008, 100% quota share of level term insurance issued by USFL on or after December 31, 2004, 90% of the risk of the lapse protection riders under UL insurance policies issued by AXA Equitable Life on or after June 1, 2003 through June 30, 2007 and those issued by MLOA on or after June 1, 2003 through June 30, 2007 on a 90% quota share basis (collectively, the “Life Business”).

In April 2018, AXA RE Arizona novated the Life Business from AXA RE Arizona to a newly formed captive reinsurance company as part of the GMxB Unwind. For additional information on the GMxB Unwind, see “The Reorganization Transactions—Unwind of GMxB Reinsurance.”

Hedging

We hedge the exposure contained in our IUL products and the MSO rider we offer on our VUL products. These products and riders allow the policyholder to participate in the performance of an index price movement up to certain caps and/or protect the policyholder in a movement down to a certain buffer for a set period of time. In order to support our obligations under these investment options, we enter into derivatives contracts whose payouts, in combination with returns from the underlying fixed income investments, seek to replicate those of the index price, subject to prescribed caps and buffers.

Employee Benefits

Our employee benefits business focuses on serving small and medium-sized businesses, a priority segment for us, offering these businesses a differentiated technology platform and competitive suite of group insurance products. Though we only entered the market in 2015, we now offer coverage nationally and have more than 157,000 participants as of December 31, 2017. Leveraging our innovative technology platform, we have formed strategic partnerships with large insurance and health carriers as their primary group benefits provider. As a new entrant in the employee benefits market we were able to build a platform from the ground up, without reliance on legacy systems. This puts us in a position to embrace industry shifts quickly and provides us with an advantage over many competitors.

 

223


Table of Contents

Products

Our products are designed to provide valuable protection for employees as well as help employers attract employees and control costs. We currently offer a suite of life, short- and long-term disability, dental and vision insurance products.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, employee benefits gross premiums amounted to $26 million, mainly driven by group life insurance sales ($14 million), short- and long-term disability ($9 million) and dental ($3 million). For the year ended December 31, 2017, annualized premiums amounted to $24 million.

Markets

Our employee benefit product suite is targeted to small and medium-sized businesses seeking simple, technology-driven employee benefits management. We built the employee benefits business from the ground up based on feedback from brokers and employers, ensuring the business’ relevance to the market we address. We are committed to continuously evolving our product suite and technology platform to meet market demand.

Distribution

We distribute our employee benefits products through AXA Advisors and through a growing network of third-party firms, including private exchanges, health plans and professional employer organizations.

Competition

The employee benefits marketplace is a fast-moving, competitive environment. The main factors of competition include price, quality of customer service and claims management, technological capabilities, quality of distribution and financial strength ratings. In this market, we compete with several companies offering similar products. In addition, there is competition in attracting brokers to actively market our products. Key competitive factors in attracting brokers include product offerings and features, financial strength, support services and compensation.

Underwriting

We manage the underwriting process to facilitate quality sales and serve the needs of our customers, while supporting our financial strength and business objectives. The application of our underwriting guidelines is continuously monitored through internal underwriting audits to achieve high standards of underwriting and consistency.

Pricing and Fees

Employee benefits pricing reflects the claims experience and the risk characteristics of each group. We set appropriate plans for the group based on demographic information and, for larger groups, also evaluate the experience of the group. The claims experience is reviewed at time of policy issuance and during the renewal timeframes, resulting in periodic pricing adjustments at the group level.

Reinsurance

Group Reinsurance Plus provides reinsurance on our short and long-term disability products. Our current arrangement provides quota share reinsurance at 50% for disability products.

Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other includes certain of our financing and investment expenses. It also includes: the AXA Advisors broker-dealer business, Closed Block, run-off variable annuity reinsurance business, run-off group

 

224


Table of Contents

pension business, run-off health business, benefit plans for our employees and certain unallocated items, including capital and related investments, interest expense and corporate expense. AB’s results of operations are reflected in the Investment Management and Research segment. Accordingly, Corporate and Other does not include any items applicable to AB.

AXA Advisors Broker-Dealer Business

AXA Advisors provides financial planning and advice, insurance and savings solutions, as well as full-service brokerage services through our financial advisors who have access to a broad selection of both affiliated and non-affiliated products to help clients meet their financial needs. While the revenue from retirement and protection products sold through AXA Advisors is recognized within the Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and Protection Solutions segments, Corporate and Other includes revenue from the AUA of the AXA Advisors broker-dealer business. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the AXA Advisors broker-dealer business included $44.4 billion and $36.7 billion, respectively, in AUA.

Closed Block

In connection with the demutualization of AXA Equitable Life in 1992, the Closed Block was established for the benefit of certain classes of individual participating policies for which AXA Equitable Life had a dividend scale payable in 1991 and which were in force on that date. Assets were allocated to the Closed Block in an amount which, together with anticipated revenues from policies included in the Closed Block, was reasonably expected to be sufficient to support such business, including provisions for the payment of claims, certain expenses and taxes, and for the continuation of dividend scales payable in 1991, assuming the experience underlying such scales continues.

Assets allocated to the Closed Block inure solely to the benefit of the holders of policies included in the Closed Block and will not revert to the benefit of the Company. The plan of demutualization prohibits the reallocation, transfer, borrowing or lending of assets between the Closed Block and other portions of the General Account, any of our Separate Accounts or to any affiliate of ours without the approval of the NYDFS. Closed Block assets and liabilities are carried on the same basis as similar assets and liabilities held in the General Account. The excess of Closed Block liabilities over Closed Block assets represents the expected future post-tax contribution from the Closed Block which would be recognized in income over the period the policies and contracts in the Closed Block remain in force.

For additional information on the Closed Block, see note 5 of the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

ACS Life

ACS Life is a reinsurer that has been in run-off since 2002. It predominantly wrote reinsurance treaties on variable annuity GMxB riders for third parties, as well as a limited amount of ordinary life, structured settlements and long-term disability. All open treaties were closed to new business by December 31, 2004. Depending on the benefit reinsured, these treaties generally contain limitations on the individual and aggregate annual claims. In addition, GMIB claims are cash settled and the settlement formulas are all subject to minimum interest rates. These features, together with a dynamic hedging program, serve to protect the capital allocated to the business, particularly in adverse market scenarios.

 

225


Table of Contents

A summary of ACS Life’s exposures to GMxB features is provided in the table below.

 

     As of  
ACS Life In-Force VA    December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

GMDB

     

Policy Count (in thousands)

     215        239  

Reinsured Account Value (in billions)

   $ 9.5      $ 9.4  

Net amount at risk (in millions)

   $ 637      $ 912  

U.S. GAAP Reserves (in millions)

   $ 95      $ 121  

GMIB

     

Policy Count (in thousands)

     52        57  

Reinsured Account Value (in billions)

   $ 2.8      $ 2.7  

Net amount at risk (in millions)

   $ 281      $ 357  

U.S. GAAP Reserves (in millions)

   $ 194      $ 258  

To achieve better alignment between statutory capital requirements and economic hedging program objectives, ACS Life retrocedes a 100% quota share of its GMDB and GMIB liabilities to its captive subsidiary CS Life RE. ACS Life is entitled to a credit in its calculation of statutory reserves for amounts reinsured to CS Life RE, to the extent CS Life RE holds assets in an irrevocable trust, letters of credit or other financing acceptable to the Delaware Department of Insurance. CS Life RE meets this requirement in part through letters of credit and after this offering we expect that CS Life RE will continue to have access to letters of credit through the revolving credit facility described in “Recapitalization.”

CS Life RE employs a dynamic hedging program in order to mitigate the economic risks associated with its GMDB and GMIB reinsurance contracts. CS Life RE seeks to hedge its economic exposure to both equity markets and interest rates through the use of exchange traded equity index futures and U.S. Treasury futures as well by holding long-term bonds.

AXA Equitable FMG

AXA Equitable FMG oversees our variable funds and supports each of our retirement and protection businesses. Accordingly, AXA Equitable FMG’s results are embedded in the Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and protection solutions segments. AXA Equitable FMG helps add value and marketing appeal to our retirement and protection solutions products by bringing investment management expertise and specialized strategies to the underlying investment lineup of each product. In addition, by advising an attractive array of proprietary investment portfolios (each, a “Portfolio,” and together, the “Portfolios”), AXA Equitable FMG brings investment acumen, financial controls and economies of scale to the construction of high-quality, economical underlying investment options for our products. Finally, AXA Equitable FMG is able to negotiate favorable terms for investment services, operations, trading and administrative function for the Portfolios.

AXA Equitable FMG provides investment management and administrative services to proprietary investment vehicles sponsored by the Company, including investment companies that are underlying investment options for our variable insurance and annuity products. AXA Equitable FMG is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act. AXA Equitable FMG serves as the investment adviser to three investment companies that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended—EQAT, AXA Premier VIP Trust and 1290 Funds (each, a “Trust” and collectively, the “Trusts”)—and to two private investment trusts established in the Cayman Islands. Each of the investment companies and private investment trusts is a “series” type of trust with multiple Portfolios. AXA Equitable FMG provides discretionary investment management services to the Portfolios, including, among other things, (1) portfolio management services for the Portfolios; (2) selecting investment sub-advisers and (3) developing and executing asset allocation strategies for multi-advised Portfolios and Portfolios structured as funds-of-funds. AXA Equitable FMG also provides

 

226


Table of Contents

administrative services to the Portfolios. AXA Equitable FMG is further charged with ensuring that the other parts of the Company that interact with the Trusts, such as product management, the distribution system and the financial organization, have a specific point of contact.

AXA Equitable FMG has a variety of responsibilities for the general management and administration of its investment company clients. One of AXA Equitable FMG’s primary responsibilities is to provide clients with portfolio management and investment advisory evaluation services, principally by reviewing whether to appoint, dismiss or replace sub-advisers to each Portfolio, and thereafter monitoring and reviewing each sub-adviser’s performance through qualitative and quantitative analysis, as well as periodic in-person, telephonic and written consultations with the sub-advisers. Currently, AXA Equitable FMG has entered into sub-advisory agreements with more than 40 different sub-advisers, including AB and other AXA affiliates. Another primary responsibility of AXA Equitable FMG is to develop and monitor the investment program of each Portfolio, including Portfolio investment objectives, policies and asset allocations for the Portfolios, select investments for Portfolios (or portions thereof) for which it provides direct investment selection services, and ensure that investments and asset allocations are consistent with the guidelines that have been approved by clients. The administrative services that AXA Equitable FMG provides to the Portfolios include, among others, coordination of each Portfolio’s audit, financial statements and tax returns; expense management and budgeting; legal administrative services and compliance monitoring; portfolio accounting services, including daily net asset value accounting; risk management; and oversight of proxy voting procedures and anti-money laundering program.

Regulation

Insurance Regulation

Our insurance subsidiaries are licensed to transact insurance business, and are subject to extensive regulation and supervision by insurance regulators, in all 50 states of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and nine of Canada’s thirteen provinces and territories. The primary regulator of an insurance company, however, is located in its state of domicile. AXA Equitable Life is domiciled in New York and is primarily regulated by the NYDFS. ACS Life is domiciled in Delaware and is primarily regulated by the Commissioner of the Delaware Department of Insurance. MLOA, EQ AZ Life Re and CS Life RE are domiciled in Arizona and are primarily regulated by the Director of Insurance of the Arizona Department of Insurance. AXA Equitable L&A is domiciled in Colorado and is primarily regulated by the Commissioner of Insurance of the Colorado Division of Insurance. USFL is domiciled in Ohio and is primarily regulated by the Director of Insurance of the Ohio Department of Insurance. The extent of regulation by jurisdiction varies, but most jurisdictions have laws and regulations governing the financial aspects and business conduct of insurers. State laws in the United States grant insurance regulatory authorities broad administrative powers with respect to, among other things, licensing companies to transact business, sales practices, establishing statutory capital and reserve requirements and solvency standards, reinsurance and hedging, protecting privacy, regulating advertising, restricting the payment of dividends and other transactions between affiliates, permitted types and concentrations of investments and business conduct to be maintained by insurance companies as well as agent licensing, approval of policy forms and, for certain lines of insurance, approval or filing of rates. Insurance regulators have the discretionary authority to limit or prohibit new issuances of business to policyholders within their jurisdictions when, in their judgment, such regulators determine that the issuing company is not maintaining adequate statutory surplus or capital. Additionally, New York Insurance Law limits sales commissions and certain other marketing expenses that we may incur. For additional information on Insurance Supervision, see “Risk Factors.”

Supervisory agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which we do business may conduct regular or targeted examinations of our operations and accounts, and make requests for particular information from us. Periodic financial examinations of the books, records, accounts and business practices of insurers domiciled in their states are generally conducted by such supervisory agencies every three to five years. From time to time, regulators raise issues during examinations or audits of us that could, if determined adversely, have a material adverse

 

227


Table of Contents

effect on us. In addition, the interpretations of regulations by regulators may change and statutes may be enacted with retroactive impact, particularly in areas such as accounting or statutory reserve requirements. In addition to oversight by state insurance regulators in recent years, the insurance industry has seen an increase in inquiries from state attorneys general and other state officials regarding compliance with certain state insurance, securities and other applicable laws. We have received and responded to such inquiries from time to time. For additional information on legal and regulatory risk, see “Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks.”

Each of our insurance subsidiaries are required to file detailed annual financial statements, prepared on a statutory accounting basis or in accordance with other accounting practices permitted by the applicable regulator, with supervisory agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which we do business. The NAIC has approved a series of uniform statutory accounting principles (“SAP”) that have been adopted, in some cases with minor modifications, by all state insurance regulators. As a basis of accounting, SAP was developed to monitor and regulate the solvency of insurance companies. In developing SAP, the insurance regulators were primarily concerned with assuring an insurer’s ability to pay all its current and future obligations to policyholders. As a result, statutory accounting focuses on conservatively valuing the assets and liabilities of insurers, generally in accordance with standards specified by the insurer’s domiciliary state. The values for assets, liabilities and equity reflected in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP are usually different from those reflected in financial statements prepared under SAP. See note 17 to the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Holding Company and Shareholder Dividend Regulation . Most states, including Arizona, Colorado, Delaware, New York and Ohio, regulate transactions between an insurer and its affiliates under insurance holding company acts. The insurance holding company laws and regulations vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but generally require that all transactions affecting insurers within a holding company system be fair and reasonable and, if material, typically require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval by the state’s insurance regulator.

The insurance holding company laws and regulations generally also require a controlled insurance company (insurers that are subsidiaries of insurance holding companies) to register with state regulatory authorities and to file with those authorities certain reports, including information concerning its capital structure, ownership, financial condition, certain intercompany transactions and general business operations. States generally require the ultimate controlling person of a U.S. insurer to file an annual enterprise risk report with the lead state of the insurance holding company system identifying risks likely to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or liquidity of the insurer or its insurance holding company system as a whole.

State insurance statutes also typically place restrictions and limitations on the amount of dividends or other distributions payable by insurance company subsidiaries to their parent companies, as well as on transactions between an insurer and its affiliates. Under New York insurance law applicable to AXA Equitable Life, a domestic stock life insurer may not, without prior approval of the NYDFS, pay a dividend to its stockholders exceeding an amount calculated under either the Earned Surplus Standard or the Alternative Standard. Dividends exceeding these prescribed limits require the insurer to file a notice of its intent to declare the dividends with the NYDFS and prior approval or non-disapproval from the NYDFS.

In the second quarter of 2017, AXA Equitable Life agreed with the NYDFS that until the DFS Conditions are met, it will pay ordinary dividends only under the Earned Surplus Standard.

We have confirmed that the completion of the GMxB Unwind, which occurred on April 12, 2018, satisfied the DFS Conditions, and that, going forward, satisfaction of either the Earned Surplus Standard or Alternative Standard will determine AXA Equitable Life’s ability to pay ordinary dividends.

Other states have limitations on dividends similar to New York’s, providing that dividends in excess of prescribed limits, based on prior year’s earnings and surplus of the insurance company, established by applicable

 

228


Table of Contents

state regulation, are considered to be extraordinary dividends and require explicit approval from the applicable state regulator. As a holding company, we depend on dividends from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. For additional information on shareholder dividends, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

State insurance holding company regulations also regulate changes in control. State laws generally provide that no person, corporation or other entity may acquire control of an insurance company, or a controlling interest in any parent company of an insurance company, without the prior approval of such insurance company’s domiciliary state insurance regulator. Generally, any person acquiring, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company is presumed to have acquired “control” of the company. This statutory presumption may be rebutted by a showing that control does not exist in fact. State insurance regulators, however, may find that “control” exists in circumstances in which a person owns or controls less than 10% of voting securities.

The laws and regulations regarding acquisition of control transactions may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay or prevent a change of control involving us, including through unsolicited transactions that some of our shareholders might consider desirable.

NAIC . The mandate of the NAIC is to benefit state insurance regulatory authorities and consumers by promulgating model insurance laws and regulations for adoption by the states. The NAIC provides standardized insurance industry accounting and reporting guidance through its Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual (the “Manual”). However, statutory accounting principles have been, or may be, modified by individual state laws, regulations and permitted practices. Changes to the Manual or modifications by the various state insurance departments may impact the statutory capital and surplus of our U.S. insurance companies.

In September 2012, the NAIC adopted the Risk Management and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment Model Act (“ORSA”), which has been enacted by New York and our other domiciliary states. ORSA requires that insurers maintain a risk management framework and conduct an internal risk and solvency assessment of the insurer’s material risks in normal and stressed environments. The assessment is documented in a confidential annual summary report, a copy of which must be made available to regulators as required or upon request.

In December 2012, the NAIC approved a new valuation manual containing a principles-based approach to life insurance company reserves. Principles-based reserving is designed to better address reserving for products, including the current generation of products for which the current formulaic basis for reserve determination does not work effectively. The principles-based reserving approach became effective for new business on January 1, 2017 in the states where it has been adopted with a three-year phase-in period. The NYDFS has publicly stated its intention to implement the principles-based reserving approach beginning in January 2018, subject to a working group of the NYDFS establishing the necessary reserves safeguards, although the New York State Legislature has yet to adopt enabling legislation.

Captive Reinsurer Regulation . As described above, we use captive reinsurers as part of our capital management strategy. During the last few years, the NAIC and certain state regulators, including the NYDFS, have been scrutinizing insurance companies’ use of affiliated captive reinsurers or offshore entities.

In 2014, the NAIC considered a proposal to require states to apply NAIC accreditation standards, applicable to traditional insurers, to captive reinsurers. In 2015, the NAIC adopted such a proposal, in the form of a revised preamble to the NAIC accreditation standards (the “Standard”), with an effective date of January 1, 2016 for application of the Standard to captives that assume level premium term life insurance (“XXX”) business and universal life with secondary guarantees (“AXXX”) business. During 2014, the NAIC approved a new regulatory framework, the XXX/AXXX Reinsurance Framework, applicable to XXX/AXXX transactions. The framework requires more disclosure of an insurer’s use of captives in its statutory financial statements, and narrows the types of assets permitted to back statutory reserves that are required to support the insurer’s future obligations. The

 

229


Table of Contents

NAIC implemented the framework through an actuarial guideline (“AG 48”), which requires the actuary of the ceding insurer that opines on the insurer’s reserves to issue a qualified opinion if the framework is not followed. AG 48 applies prospectively, so that XXX/AXXX captives will not be subject to AG 48 if reinsured policies were issued prior to January 1, 2015 and ceded so that they were part of a reinsurance arrangement as of December 31, 2014, as is the case for the XXX business and AXXX business reinsured by our current and future Arizona captives. Regulation of XXX/AXXX captives is deemed to satisfy the Standard if the applicable reinsurance transaction satisfies the XXX/AXXX Reinsurance Framework requirements adopted by the NAIC. The NAIC also adopted a revised Credit for Reinsurance Model Law in January 2016 and the Term and Universal Life Insurance Reserving Financing Model Regulation in December 2016 to replace AG 48. The model regulation will generally replace AG 48 in a state upon the state’s adoption of the model regulation. The NAIC left for future action the application of the Standard to captives that assume variable annuity business.

During 2015, the E Committee established the VAIWG to oversee the NAIC’s efforts to study and address, as appropriate, regulatory issues resulting in variable annuity captive reinsurance transactions. In November 2015, upon the recommendation of the VAIWG, the E Committee adopted the VA Framework for Change which recommends charges for NAIC working groups to adjust the variable annuity statutory framework applicable to all insurers that have written or are writing variable annuity business. The VA Framework for Change contemplates a holistic set of reforms that would improve the current reserve and capital framework and address root cause issues that result in the use of captive arrangements but would not necessarily mandate recapture by insurers of VA cessions to captives. In November 2015, VAIWG engaged OW to conduct a QIS involving industry participants including the Company, of various reforms outlined in the VA Framework for Change. OW completed the QIS in July of 2016 and reported its initial findings to the VAIWG in late August 2016. The OW report proposed certain revisions to the current VA reserve and capital framework, which focused on (i) mitigating the asset-liability accounting mismatch between hedge instruments and statutory instruments and statutory liabilities, (ii) removing the non-economic volatility in statutory capital charges and the resulting solvency ratios and (iii) facilitating greater harmonization across insurers and products for greater compatibility, and recommended a second quantitative impact study be conducted so that testing can inform the proper calibration for certain conceptual and/or preliminary parameters set out in the OW proposal. Following a fourth quarter 2016 public comment period and several meetings on the OW proposal, the VAIWG determined that a QIS2 involving industry participants, including us, will be conducted by OW. The QIS2 began in February 2017 and OW issued its recommendations in December 2017. The NAIC continues to deliberate on QIS2 results. The NAIC has indicated that it expects to complete its work by the 2018 Fall NAIC Meeting. Timing for implementation of changes to the current VA reserve and capital framework remains uncertain.

We cannot predict what revisions, if any, will be made to the model laws and regulations relating to XXX/AXXX transactions, or to the Standard, if adopted for variable annuity captives, as states consider their adoption or undertake their implementation, or to the VA Framework for Change proposal as a result of QIS2 and ongoing NAIC deliberations. It is also unclear whether these or other proposals will be adopted by the NAIC, or what additional actions and regulatory changes will result from the continued captives scrutiny and reform efforts by the NAIC and other regulatory bodies. Any regulatory action that limits our ability to achieve desired benefits from the use of or materially increases our cost of using captive reinsurance and applies retroactively, including, if the Standard is adopted as proposed, without grandfathering provisions for existing captive variable annuity reinsurance entities, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. For additional information on our use of a captive reinsurance company, see “Risk Factors.”

Surplus and Capital; Risk Based Capital . Insurers are required to maintain their capital and surplus at or above minimum levels. Regulators have discretionary authority, in connection with the continued licensing of insurance companies, to limit or prohibit an insurer’s sales to policyholders if, in their judgment, the regulators determine that such insurer has not maintained the minimum surplus or capital or that the further transaction of business will be hazardous to policyholders. We report our RBC based on a formula calculated by applying factors to various asset, premium and statutory reserve items, as well as taking into account the risk characteristics of the insurer. The major categories of risk involved are asset risk, insurance risk, interest rate

 

230


Table of Contents

risk, market risk and business risk. The formula is used as a regulatory tool to identify possible inadequately capitalized insurers for purposes of initiating regulatory action, and not as a means to rank insurers generally. State insurance laws provide insurance regulators the authority to require various actions by, or take various actions against, insurers whose RBC ratio does not meet or exceed certain RBC levels. As of the date of the most recent annual statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the RBC of each of our insurance subsidiaries was in excess of each of those RBC levels.

Guaranty Associations and Similar Arrangements . Each of the states in which we are admitted to transact business require life insurers doing business within the jurisdiction to participate in guaranty associations, which are organized to pay certain contractual insurance benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed insurers. The laws are designed to protect policyholders from losses under insurance policies issued by insurance companies that become impaired or insolvent. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer is engaged. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets.

During each of the past five years, the assessments levied against us have not been material.

Broker-Dealer and Securities Regulation

We and certain policies and contracts offered by us are subject to regulation under the Federal securities laws administered by the SEC, self-regulatory organizations and under certain state securities laws. These regulators may conduct examinations of our operations, and from time to time make requests for particular information from us.

Certain of our subsidiaries, including AXA Advisors, AXA Distributors, AllianceBernstein Investments, Inc. and Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC (“SCB LLC”), are registered as broker-dealers (collectively, the “Broker-Dealers”) under the Exchange Act. The Broker-Dealers are subject to extensive regulation by the SEC and are members of, and subject to regulation by, FINRA, a self-regulatory organization subject to SEC oversight. The Broker-Dealers are subject to the capital requirements of the SEC and/or FINRA, which specify minimum levels of capital (“net capital”) that the Broker-Dealers are required to maintain and also limit the amount of leverage that the Broker-Dealers are able to employ in their businesses. The SEC and FINRA also regulate the sales practices of the Broker-Dealers. In recent years, the SEC and FINRA have intensified their scrutiny of sales practices relating to variable annuities, variable life insurance and alternative investments, among other products. In addition, the Broker-Dealers are also subject to regulation by state securities administrators in those states in which they conduct business, who may also conduct examinations and direct inquiries to the Broker-Dealers.

Certain of our Separate Accounts are registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act. Separate Account interests under certain annuity contracts and insurance policies issued by us are also registered under the Securities Act. EQAT, AXA Premier VIP Trust and 1290 Funds are registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act and shares offered by these investment companies are also registered under the Securities Act. Many of the investment companies managed by AB, including a variety of mutual funds and other pooled investment vehicles, are registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act, and, if appropriate, shares of these entities are registered under the Securities Act.

Certain subsidiaries including AXA Equitable FMG, AXA Advisors and AB and certain of its subsidiaries and affiliates are registered as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act. The investment advisory activities of such registered investment advisers are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations and to the laws in those foreign countries in which they conduct business. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict the carrying on of business for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

 

231


Table of Contents

AXA Equitable FMG is registered with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator with respect to certain portfolios and is also a member of the National Futures Association (“NFA”). AB and certain of its subsidiaries are also separately registered with the CFTC as commodity pool operators and commodity trading advisers; SCB LLC is also registered with the CFTC as a commodity introducing broker. The CFTC is a federal independent agency that is responsible for, among other things, the regulation of commodity interests and enforcement of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). The NFA is a self-regulatory organization to which the CFTC has delegated, among other things, the administration and enforcement of commodity regulatory registration requirements and the regulation of its members. As such, AXA Equitable FMG is subject to regulation by the NFA and CFTC and is subject to certain legal requirements and restrictions in the CEA and in the rules and regulations of the CFTC and the rules and by-laws of the NFA on behalf of itself and any commodity pools that it operates, including investor protection requirements and antifraud prohibitions, and is subject to periodic inspections and audits by the CFTC and NFA. AXA Equitable FMG is also subject to certain CFTC-mandated disclosure, reporting and recordkeeping obligations.

Regulators, including the SEC, FINRA, the CFTC, NFA and state attorneys general, continue to focus attention on various practices in or affecting the investment management and/or mutual fund industries, including portfolio management, valuation and the use of fund assets for distribution.

We and certain of our subsidiaries have provided, and in certain cases continue to provide, information and documents to the SEC, FINRA, the CFTC, NFA, state attorneys general, the NYDFS and other state insurance regulators, and other regulators regarding our compliance with insurance, securities and other laws and regulations regarding the conduct of our businesses. For example, we have responded to inquiries from the SEC requesting information with regard to contract language and accompanying disclosure for certain variable annuity contracts. For additional information on regulatory matters, see note 17 of the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The SEC, FINRA, the CFTC and other governmental regulatory authorities may institute administrative or judicial proceedings that may result in censure, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, trading prohibitions, the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or member, its officers, registered representatives or employees or other similar sanctions.

AB Holding is an NYSE-listed company and, accordingly, is subject to the applicable regulations promulgated by the NYSE. We will also be subject to the applicable regulations of the NYSE following settlement of this offering.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

Currently, the U.S. federal government does not directly regulate the business of insurance. While the Dodd-Frank Act does not remove primary responsibility for the supervision and regulation of insurance from the states, Title V of the Dodd-Frank Act establishes the FIO within the U.S. Treasury Department and reforms the regulation of the non-admitted property and casualty insurance market and the reinsurance market. The Dodd-Frank Act also established the FSOC, which is authorized to subject non-bank financial companies, including insurers, to supervision by the Federal Reserve and enhanced prudential standards if the FSOC determines that a non-bank financial institution could pose a threat to U.S. financial stability. The FIO has authority that extends to all lines of insurance except health insurance, crop insurance and (unless included with life or annuity components) long-term care insurance. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FIO is charged with monitoring all aspects of the insurance industry (including identifying gaps in regulation that could contribute to a systemic crisis), recommending to the FSOC the designation of any insurer and its affiliates (potentially including AXA and its affiliates) as a non-bank financial company subject to oversight by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (including the administration of stress testing on capital), assisting the Treasury Secretary in negotiating “covered agreements” with non-U.S. governments or regulatory authorities, and, with respect to state insurance laws and regulation, determining whether state insurance measures are pre-empted by such covered

 

232


Table of Contents

agreements. In addition, the FIO is empowered to request and collect data (including financial data) on and from the insurance industry and insurers (including reinsurers) and their affiliates. In such capacity, the FIO may require an insurer or an affiliate of an insurer to submit such data or information as the FIO may reasonably require. In addition, the FIO’s approval will be required to subject an insurer or a company whose largest U.S. subsidiary is an insurer to the special orderly liquidation process outside the federal bankruptcy code, administered by the FDIC pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act also reforms the regulation of the non-admitted property/casualty insurance market (commonly referred to as excess and surplus lines) and the reinsurance markets, including prohibiting the ability of non-domiciliary state insurance regulators to deny credit for reinsurance when recognized by the ceding insurer’s domiciliary state regulator.

Other aspects of our operations could also be affected by the Dodd-Frank Act. These include:

Heightened Standards and Safeguards . The FSOC may recommend that state insurance regulators or other regulators apply new or heightened standards and safeguards for activities or practices we and other insurers or other financial services companies engage in if the FSOC determines that those activities or practices could create or increase the risk that significant liquidity, credit or other problems spread among financial companies. We cannot predict whether any such recommendations will be made or their effect on our business, consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Over-The-Counter Derivatives Regulation . The Dodd-Frank Act includes a framework of regulation of the OTC derivatives markets. Regulations approved to date require clearing of previously uncleared transactions and will require clearing of additional OTC transactions in the future. In addition, recently approved regulations impose margin requirements on OTC transactions not required to be cleared. As a result of these regulations, our costs of risk mitigation have and may continue to increase under the Dodd-Frank Act. For example, margin requirements, including the requirement to pledge initial margin for OTC cleared transactions entered into after June 10, 2013 and for OTC uncleared transactions entered into after the phase-in period, which would be applicable to us in 2019, have increased. In addition, restrictions on securities that will qualify as eligible collateral will require increased holdings of cash and highly liquid securities with lower yields causing a reduction in income. Centralized clearing of certain OTC derivatives exposes us to the risk of a default by a clearing member or clearinghouse with respect to our cleared derivatives transactions. We use derivatives to mitigate a wide range of risks in connection with our business, including the impact of increased benefit exposures from certain variable annuity products that offer GMxB features. We have always been subject to the risk that our hedging and other management procedures might prove ineffective in reducing the risks to which insurance policies expose us or that unanticipated policyholder behavior or mortality, combined with adverse market events, could produce economic losses beyond the scope of the risk management techniques employed. Any such losses could be increased by higher costs of writing derivatives (including customized derivatives) and the reduced availability of customized derivatives that might result from the enactment and implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act.

Broker-Dealer Regulation . The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the SEC may promulgate rules to provide that the standard of conduct for all broker-dealers, when providing personalized investment advice about securities to retail customers (and any other customers as the SEC may by rule provide) will be the same as the standard of conduct applicable to an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act. On April 18, 2018, the SEC released a set of proposed rules that would, among other things, enhance the existing standard of conduct for broker-dealers to require them to act in the best interest of their clients; clarify the nature of the fiduciary obligations owed by registered investment advisers to their clients; impose new disclosure requirements aimed at ensuring investors understand the nature of their relationship with their investment professionals; and restrict certain broker-dealers and their financial professionals from using the terms “adviser” or “advisor”. Public comments will be accepted for 90 days following publication of the proposal in the Federal Register. Although the full impact of the proposed rules can only be measured when the implementing regulations are adopted, the intent of this provision is to authorize the SEC to impose on broker-dealers fiduciary duties to their customers similar to what applies to investment advisers under existing law. We are currently assessing these

 

233


Table of Contents

proposed rules to determine the impact they may have on our business. In addition, FINRA is also currently focusing on how broker-dealers identify and manage conflicts of interest.

Although many of the regulations implementing portions of the Dodd-Frank Act have been promulgated, we are still unable to predict how this legislation may be interpreted and enforced or the full extent to which implementing regulations and policies may affect us. Also, the Trump administration and Congressional majority have indicated that the Dodd-Frank Act will be under further scrutiny and some of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may be revised, repealed or amended. For example, President Trump has issued an executive order that calls for a comprehensive review of the Dodd-Frank Act and requires the Secretary of the Treasury to consult with the heads of the member agencies of FSOC to identify any laws, regulations or requirements that inhibit federal regulation of the financial system in a manner consistent with the core principles identified in the executive order. In addition, on June 8, 2017, the U.S. House of Representatives passed the Financial CHOICE Act of 2017, which proposes to amend or repeal various sections of the Dodd-Frank Act. There is considerable uncertainty with respect to the impact the Trump administration and Congressional majority may have, if any, on the Dodd-Frank Act, and any changes likely will take time to unfold. We cannot predict the ultimate content, timing or effect of any reform legislation or the impact of potential legislation on us.

ERISA Considerations

We provide certain products and services to employee benefit plans that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and certain provisions of the Code. As such, our activities are subject to the restrictions imposed by ERISA and the Code, including the requirement that fiduciaries must perform their duties solely in the interests of plan participants and beneficiaries, and fiduciaries may not cause or permit a covered plan to engage in certain prohibited transactions with persons (parties-in-interest) who have certain relationships with respect to such plans. The applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code are subject to enforcement by the DOL, the IRS and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

In April 2016, the DOL issued the Rule, which significantly expanded the range of activities considered to be fiduciary investment advice under ERISA when our advisors and our employees provide investment-related information and support to retirement plan sponsors, participants and IRA holders. The DOL also issued in connection with the Rule amendments to certain PTEs under ERISA, and issued a new PTE, the Best Interest Contract Exemption, that applies more onerous disclosure and contract requirements to, and increases fiduciary requirements and liability exposure in respect of, transactions involving ERISA plans, plan participants and IRAs. Implementation of the Rule was originally scheduled to be phased in starting on April 10, 2017. In February 2017, however, the DOL was directed by the President’s Memorandum to review the Rule and determine whether the Rule should be rescinded or revised, in light of the new administration’s policies and orientations. In response, in March 2017, the DOL published a notice soliciting comments on the examination described in the President’s Memorandum, which were due in April 2017. In addition, in April 2017, the DOL announced that the applicability date of the Rule was deferred from April 10, 2017 until June 9, 2017. The Rule became partially effective on June 9, 2017, with a special transition period for the remaining requirements that were due to take effect on January 1, 2018. On November 29, 2017, the DOL finalized a delay in implementing the remaining requirements of the Rule from January 1, 2018 to July 1, 2019. On March 15, 2018 a federal appeals court issued a decision vacating the Rule. A final mandate has not been issued as of the date of this prospectus, and there is a possibility that the DOL may ask for a rehearing or appeal this decision. At this time, we do not currently plan any immediate changes to our approach to selling products and providing services to ERISA plans and IRAs.

Although management continues to evaluate its potential impact on our business, the Rule, if it remains in effect, is expected to cause adverse changes to the level and type of services we provide, as well as the nature and amount of compensation and fees that we and our affiliated advisors and firms receive for investment-related services to retirement plans and IRAs, which may have a significant adverse effect on our business and consolidated results of operations. For example, a significant portion of our variable annuity sales are to IRAs.

 

234


Table of Contents

The new regulation deems advisors, including third-party distributors, who provide investment advice in connection with an IRA, IRA rollover or 401(k) plan, to be fiduciaries and prohibits them from receiving compensation unless they comply with a PTE. The relevant PTE requires advisors to comply with impartial conduct standards and will require us to exercise additional oversight of the sales process. Compliance with the PTEs will result in increased regulatory burdens on us and our third-party distribution firms, changes to our compensation practices and product offerings and increased litigation risk, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

While the extent of implementation of the Rule remains uncertain, unless it is judicially vacated, repealed or meaningfully revised it is likely to result in adverse changes to the level and type of services we provide, as well as the nature and amount of compensation and fees that we and our advisors and firms receive for investment-related services to retirement plans and IRAs, which may have a significant adverse effect on our business and consolidated results of operations. In addition, the NAIC as well as state regulators are currently considering implementing regulations that would apply an impartial conduct standard similar to the Rule to recommendations made in connection with certain annuities and life insurance policies. For example, on December 27, 2017, the NYDFS proposed regulations that would adopt a “best interest” standard for the sale of life insurance and annuity products in New York. The likelihood of enactment of these regulations is uncertain at this time, but if implemented, these regulations could also have significant adverse effects on our business and consolidated results of operations.

International Regulation

Regulators and lawmakers in non-U.S. jurisdictions are engaged in addressing the causes of the financial crisis and means of avoiding such crises in the future. On July 18, 2013, the International Association of Insurance Supervisors (“IAIS”) published an initial assessment methodology for designating GSIIs, as part of the global initiative launched by the G20 with the assistance of the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) to identify those insurers whose distress or disorderly failure, because of their size, complexity and interconnectedness, would cause significant disruption to the global financial system and economic activity.

On July 18, 2013, the FSB published its initial list of nine GSIIs, which included AXA. The GSII list is intended to be updated annually following consultation with the IAIS and respective national supervisory authorities. AXA remained on the list as updated in November 2014, 2015 and 2016. However, the FSB announced in November 2017 that it, in connection with the IAIS and national authorities, has decided not to publish a new list of GSIIs for 2017. The policy measures for GSIIs, published by the IAIS in July 2013, include (i) the introduction of new capital requirements; a “basic” capital requirement (“BCR”) applicable to all GSII activities which serves as a basis for an additional level of capital, called “Higher Loss Absorbency” (“HLA”) required from GSIIs in relation to their systemic activities, (ii) greater regulatory oversight over holding companies, (iii) various measures to promote the structural and financial “self-sufficiency” of group companies and reduce group interdependencies including restrictions on intra-group financing and other arrangements and (iv) in general, a greater level of regulatory scrutiny for GSIIs (including a requirement to establish a Systemic Risk Management Plan (“SRMP”), a Liquidity Risk Management Plan (“LRMP”) and a Recovery and Resolution Plan (“RRP”) which have entailed significant new processes, reporting and compliance burdens and costs for AXA. The contemplated policy measures include the constitution of a Crisis Management Group by the group-wide supervisor, the preparation of the above-mentioned documents (SRMP, LRMP and RRP) and the development and implementation of the BCR in 2014, while other measures are to be phased in more gradually, such as the HLA (the first version of which was endorsed by the FSB in October 2015 but which is expected to be revised before its implementation in at least 2019).

On June 16, 2016, the IAIS published an updated assessment methodology, applicable to the 2016 designation process, which is yet to be endorsed by the FSB. To support some adjustments proposed by the revised assessment methodology, the IAIS also published a paper on June 16, 2016, describing the “Systemic Features Framework” that the IAIS intends to employ in assessing whether certain contractual features and other

 

235


Table of Contents

factors are likely to expose an insurer to a greater degree of systemic risk, focusing specifically on two sets of risks: macroeconomic exposure and substantial liquidity risk. Also, the IAIS stated that the 2016 assessment methodology, along with the Systemic Features Framework, will lead to a change in HLA design and calibration. In addition, the IAIS is in the process of developing an activities-based approach to systemic risk in the insurance sector and published a consultation paper on this approach in December 2017. The development of this activities-based approach may have significant implications for the identification of GSIIs and the policy measures to which they are expected to be subject.

As part of its efforts to create a common framework for the supervision of internationally active insurance groups (“IAIGs”), the IAIS has also been developing a comprehensive, group-wide international insurance capital standard (the “ICS”) to be applied to both GSIIs and IAIGs, although it is not expected to be finalized until 2019 at the earliest, and is not expected to be fully implemented, if at all, until at least five years thereafter. AXA currently meets the parameters set forth to define an IAIG. Although the BCR and HLA are more developed than the ICS at present, the IAIS has stated that it intends to revisit both standards following development and refinement of the ICS, and that the BCR will eventually be replaced by the ICS.

These measures could have far reaching regulatory and competitive implications for AXA in the event they are implemented by its group supervisors, which in turn, to the extent we are deemed to be controlled by AXA at the time the measures are implemented, or we independently meet the criteria for being an IAIG and the measures are adopted by U.S. group supervisors, could materially affect our competitive position, consolidated results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and how we operate our business.

In addition, many of AB’s subsidiaries are subject to the oversight of regulatory authorities in jurisdictions outside of the United States in which they operate, including the European Securities and Markets Authority, the Financial Conduct Authority in the U.K., the CSSF in Luxembourg, the Financial Services Agency in Japan, the Securities & Futures Commission in Hong Kong, the Monetary Authority of Singapore, the Financial Services Commission in South Korea and the Financial Supervisory Commission in Taiwan. While these regulatory requirements often may be comparable to the requirements of the SEC and other U.S. regulators, they are sometimes more restrictive and may cause AB to incur substantial expenditures of time and money related to AB’s compliance efforts.

Federal Tax Legislation, Regulation and Administration

Although we cannot predict what legislative, regulatory, or administrative changes may or may not occur with respect to the federal tax law, we nevertheless endeavor to consider the possible ramifications of such changes on the profitability of our business and the attractiveness of our products to consumers. In this regard, we analyze multiple streams of information, including those described below.

Enacted Legislation . At present, the federal tax laws generally permit certain holders of life insurance and annuity products to defer taxation on the build-up of value within such products (commonly referred to as “inside build-up”) until payments are made to the policyholders or other beneficiaries. From time to time, Congress considers legislation that could enhance or reduce (or eliminate) the benefit of tax deferral on some life insurance and annuity products. As an example, the American Taxpayer’s Relief Act increased individual tax rates for higher-income taxpayers. Higher tax rates increase the benefits of tax deferral on inside build-up and, correspondingly, tend to enhance the attractiveness of life insurance and annuity products to consumers that are subject to those higher tax rates. The recently enacted Tax Reform Act reduced individual tax rates, which could reduce demand for our products. The modification or elimination of this tax-favored status could also reduce demand for our products. In addition, if the treatment of earnings accrued inside an annuity contract was changed prospectively, and the tax-favored status of existing contracts was grandfathered, holders of existing contracts would be less likely to surrender or rollover their contracts. These changes could reduce our earnings and negatively impact our business.

 

236


Table of Contents

The Tax Reform Act . The Tax Reform Act is a broad overhaul of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code that changes long-standing provisions governing the taxation of U.S. corporations, including life insurance companies. While we expect the Tax Reform Act to have a net positive economic impact on us, it contains measures which could have adverse or uncertain impacts on some aspects of our business, results of operations or financial condition. We are assessing the overall impact that the Tax Reform Act is expected to have on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Macroeconomic and Industry Trends—Impact of the Tax Reform Act.”

Future Changes in U.S. Tax Laws . We anticipate that, following the recently enacted Tax Reform Act, we will continue deriving tax benefits from certain items, including but not limited to the DRD, tax credits, insurance reserve deductions and interest expense deductions. However, there is a risk that interpretations of the Tax Reform Act, regulations promulgated thereunder, or future changes to federal, state or other tax laws could reduce or eliminate the tax benefits from these or other items and result in our incurring materially higher taxes.

Regulatory and Other Administrative Guidance from the Treasury Department and the IRS . Regulatory and other administrative guidance from the Treasury Department and the IRS also could impact the amount of federal tax that we pay. For example, the adoption of “principles based” approaches for calculating statutory reserves may lead the Treasury Department and the IRS to issue guidance that changes the way that deductible insurance reserves are determined, potentially reducing future tax deductions for us.

Privacy and Security of Customer Information and Cybersecurity Regulation

We are subject to federal and state laws and regulations that require financial institutions to protect the security and confidentiality of customer information, and to notify customers about their policies and practices relating to their collection and disclosure of customer information and their practices relating to protecting the security and confidentiality of that information. We have adopted a privacy policy outlining procedures and practices to be followed by members of the Company relating to the collection, disclosure and protection of customer information. As required by law, a copy of the privacy policy is mailed to customers on an annual basis. Federal and state laws generally require that we provide notice to affected individuals, law enforcement, regulators and/or potentially others if there is a situation in which customer information is intentionally or accidentally disclosed to and/or acquired by unauthorized third parties. Federal regulations require financial institutions to implement programs to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft. Federal and state laws and regulations regulate the ability of financial institutions to make telemarketing calls and to send unsolicited e-mail or fax messages to both consumers and customers, and also regulate the permissible uses of certain categories of customer information. Violation of these laws and regulations may result in significant fines and remediation costs. It may be expected that legislation considered by either the U.S. Congress and/or state legislatures could create additional and/or more detailed obligations relating to the use and protection of customer information.

On February 16, 2017, the NYDFS announced the adoption of a new cybersecurity regulation for financial services institutions, including banking and insurance entities, under its jurisdiction. The new regulation became effective on March 1, 2017 and is being implemented in stages that commenced on August 28, 2017. This new regulation requires these entities to, among other things, establish and maintain a cybersecurity policy designed to protect consumers’ private data. We have adopted a cybersecurity policy outlining our policies and procedures for the protection of our information systems and information stored on those systems that comports with the regulation. In addition to New York’s cybersecurity regulation, the NAIC adopted the Insurance Data Security Model Law in October 2017. Under the model law, companies that are compliant with the NYDFS cybersecurity regulation are deemed also to be in compliance with the model law. The purpose of the model law is to establish standards for data security and for the investigation and notification of insurance commissioners of cybersecurity events involving unauthorized access to, or the misuse of, certain nonpublic information. We expect that states will begin adopting the model law, although it cannot be predicted whether or not, or in what form or when, they will do so.

 

237


Table of Contents

Environmental Considerations

Federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations apply to our ownership and operation of real property. Inherent in owning and operating real property are the risk of environmental liabilities and the costs of any required clean-up. Under the laws of certain states, contamination of a property may give rise to a lien on the property to secure recovery of the costs of clean-up, which could adversely affect our mortgage lending business. In some states, this lien may have priority over the lien of an existing mortgage against such property. In addition, in some states and under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, or CERCLA, we may be liable, in certain circumstances, as an “owner” or “operator,” for costs of cleaning-up releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances at a property mortgaged to us. We also risk environmental liability when we foreclose on a property mortgaged to us. However, federal legislation provides for a safe harbor from CERCLA liability for secured lenders, provided that certain requirements are met. Application of various other federal and state environmental laws could also result in the imposition of liability on us for costs associated with environmental hazards.

We routinely conduct environmental assessments prior to making a mortgage loan or taking title to real estate, whether through acquisition for investment or through foreclosure on real estate collateralizing mortgages. We cannot provide assurance that unexpected environmental liabilities will not arise. However, based on information currently available to us, we believe that any costs associated with compliance with environmental laws and regulations or any clean-up of properties would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. AXA Financial has entered into a licensing arrangement with AXA concerning the use by AXA Financial Group of the “AXA” name. Since 2014, AXA Financial Group companies have been using AXA as the single brand for AXA Financial’s advice, retirement and life insurance lines of business. As a result, we have simplified our brand in the U.S. marketplace to “AXA” from AXA Equitable. We also have an extensive portfolio of trademarks and service marks that we consider important in the marketing of our products and services. We regard our intellectual property as valuable assets and protect them against infringement.

AB has also registered a number of service marks with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and various foreign trademark offices, including the mark “AllianceBernstein.” The [A/B] logo and “Ahead of Tomorrow” are service marks of AB. In January 2015, AB established two new brand identities. Although the legal names of AB did not change, the corporate entity, and its Institutions and Retail businesses now are referred to as “AB”. Private Wealth Management and Bernstein Research Services now are referred to as “AB Bernstein”. Also, AB adopted the [A/B] logo and “Ahead of Tomorrow” service marks described above. AB has acquired all of the rights and title in, and to, the Bernstein service marks, including the mark “Bernstein” and the W.P. Stewart & Co., Ltd. services marks, including the logo “WPSTEWART”.

Employees

As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 7,500 full time employees. Of these, approximately 3,500 were employed full-time by AB.

Properties

Our principal executive offices at 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York are occupied pursuant to a lease that extends to 2023. We also have the following significant office space leases in: Syracuse, NY, under a lease that expires in 2023; Jersey City, NJ, under a lease that expires in 2023, Charlotte, NC, under a lease that expires in 2028; and Secaucus, NJ, under a lease that expires in 2018.

 

238


Table of Contents

AB’s principal executive offices at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York are occupied pursuant to a lease expiring in 2024. AB also leases space at two other locations in New York City. In addition, AB leases office space in White Plains, NY under a lease expiring in 2021 with options to extend to 2031 and in San Antonio, TX under a lease expiring in 2019 (with options to extend to 2029). AB also leases space in 21 other cities in the United States and AB’s subsidiaries lease space in 28 cities outside the United States, the most significant of which are in London, England and in Tokyo, Japan.

Legal Proceedings

For information regarding certain legal proceedings pending against us, see note 16 of the notes to our annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Risk Factors—Legal and Regulatory Risks—Legal and regulatory actions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations or financial condition.”

 

239


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and executive officers. The respective age of each individual in the table below is as of March 1, 2018.

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Thomas Buberl

     44      Chairman of the Board

Mark Pearson

     59      Director; President and Chief Executive Officer

George Stansfield

     58      Director

Gérald Harlin

     62      Director

Karima Silvent

     44      Director

Bertrand Poupart-Lafarge

     50      Director

Daniel G. Kaye

     63      Director

Ramon de Oliveira

     63      Director

Charles G. T. Stonehill

     60      Director

Seth Bernstein

     55      President and Chief Executive Officer of AllianceBernstein Corporation

Dave S. Hattem

     61      Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Jeffrey J. Hurd

     51      Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Anders Malmström

     50      Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Brian Winikoff

     45      Senior Executive Vice President and Head of U.S. Life, Retirement and Wealth Management

Directors

Thomas Buberl

Mr. Buberl has been a director since September 2016 and Chairman of the Board since November 2017. Mr. Buberl has served as Chief Executive Officer of AXA since September 2016. From March 2016 to August 2016, Mr. Buberl served as Deputy Chief Executive Officer (Directeur Général Adjoint) of AXA. Prior thereto, Mr. Buberl served as Chief Executive Officer of AXA Konzern AG (May 2012 to April 2016), Chief Executive Officer for the global business line for the Health Business (March 2015 to March 2016) and Chief Executive Officer for the global business line for the Life and Savings Business (January 2016 to March 2016). From November 2008 to April 2012, Mr. Buberl served as Chief Executive Officer for Switzerland of Zurich Financial Services (“Zurich”). Prior to joining Zurich, Mr. Buberl held various management positions with Boston Consulting Group (February 2000 to October 2005) and Winterthur Group (November 2005 to October 2008). Mr. Buberl has been a director of AXA Financial, AXA Equitable Life and MLOA since May 2016.

Mr. Buberl is also Chairman of the Board of Directors of AXA Leben AG (Switzerland), AXA Versicherungen AG (Switzerland), Chairman of the Supervisory Board of AXA Konzern AG (Germany) and Member of the Management Committee of AXA ASIA (France).

Mr. Buberl is also a member of the Supervisory Board of Bertelsmann SE & Co. KGaA (Germany).

Mr. Buberl brings to the Board his extensive experience and key leadership skills developed through his service as an executive, including invaluable perspective as the Chief Executive Officer of AXA. The Board also benefits from his perspective as a member of AXA’s Management Committee.

Gérald Harlin

Gérald Harlin has been a director since September 2016, and was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from September 2016 to November 2017. Mr. Harlin has been AXA’s Deputy Chief Executive Officer (Directeur

 

240


Table of Contents

Général Adjoint) since December 1, 2017, Chief Financial Officer since 2010, a member of AXA’s Executive Committee since July 2008 and a member of AXA’s Management Committee since July 2016. He holds various directorships within AXA: Chairman & Chief Executive Officer of AXA China (France), Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Management Board of Vinci B.V. (the Netherlands), Chairman of the Board of Directors of AXA Holdings Belgium SA (Belgium) and AXA Mediterranean Holdings, S.A.U. (Spain), Chairman of AXA Oeuvres d’Art (France) and Lor Patrimoine (France) Chairman of the Management Committee of AXA ASIA (France) and a director or member of the Supervisory Board or member of the AXA Liabilities Managers (France) and AXA Real Estate Investment Managers (France). Mr. Harlin is also AXA’s permanent representative to the board of AXA Investment Managers (France). From 2003 to 2009, Mr. Harlin served as Executive Vice President, Finance & Control of AXA. From 1979 to 1990, Mr. Harlin held various positions with the Total Group. He was Head of Corporate Finance Department for North America, Mining & Chemical Subsidiaries from 1989 to 1990.

Mr. Harlin brings to the Board his extensive experience and key leadership skills developed through his service as an executive, including invaluable perspective as the Chief Financial Officer of AXA. The Board also benefits from his perspective as a member of AXA’s Management Committee.

Mark Pearson, President and Chief Executive Officer

Mr. Pearson has been a director since January 2011 and currently serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Pearson has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of AXA Financial since February 2011, has been a director of AXA Equitable Life since January 2011 and has been a member of the Executive Committee of AXA since 2008. From February 2011 through September 2013, Mr. Pearson served as AXA Equitable Life’s Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. From 2008 to 2011, he was the President and Chief Executive Officer of AXA Japan Holding Co. Ltd. (“AXA Japan”). Mr. Pearson joined AXA in 1995 with the acquisition of National Mutual Holdings and was appointed Regional Chief Executive of AXA Asia Life in 2001. Before joining AXA, Mr. Pearson spent approximately 20 years in the insurance sector, assuming several senior manager positions at Hill Samuel, Schroders, National Mutual Holdings and Friends Provident. Mr. Pearson is a Fellow of the Chartered Association of Certified Accountants and is a member of the Board of Directors of the American Council of Life Insurers. Mr. Pearson is also a director of AXA Financial (since January 2011), MONY America (since January 2011) and AllianceBernstein Corporation (since February 2011).

Mr. Pearson brings to the Board diverse financial services experience developed though his service as an executive, including as a Chief Executive Officer, to AXA Financial, AXA Japan and other AXA affiliates.

George Stansfield

Mr. Stansfield has been a director since November 2017. Since December 1, 2017, Mr. Stansfield has been Deputy Chief Executive Officer (Directeur Général Adjoint) of AXA, and since July 1, 2016, Mr. Stansfield has been Group General Secretary and a member of AXA’s Management Committee. Mr. Stansfield was previously Head of AXA’s Group Human Resources from 2010 to 2016 and was AXA’s Group General Counsel from 2004 to 2016. Prior to 2004, Mr. Stansfield was an attorney in the legal department of AXA Equitable Life for 11 years. Mr. Stansfield holds various directorships within AXA: Chairman of the Supervisory Board of AXA Liabilities Managers (France), GIE AXA (France) and Kamet (France), Chairman of the Management Committee of AXA Venture Partners (France) and director or Management Committee member of AXA ASIA (France) and AXA Life Insurance Co Ltd. (Japan). Mr. Stansfield is also AXA’s permanent representative to the board of AXA Millésimes Finance, Château Petit Village, Château Pichon Longueville, SCI de L’Arlot and Société Belle Hélène. Mr. Stansfield has also served as a director of AXA Equitable Life, AXA Financial and MLOA since May 2017.

 

241


Table of Contents

Mr. Stansfield is also a Trustee of the American Library of Paris, a non-profit organization and the largest English language lending library on the European mainland.

Mr. Stansfield brings to the Board his extensive experience and knowledge and key leadership skills developed through his service as an executive, including his experience as Group General Secretary and his perspective as a member of AXA’s Management Committee.

Karima Silvent

Mrs. Silvent has been a director since April 2018. Mrs. Silvent has served as HR Director of AXA France since July 2016 and Global Head of HR for AXA Group since November 2017. In April 2012, she joined GIE AXA as Global HR Business Partner for Chief Operating Office functions (Operations, IT, Marketing and Distribution) and, in September 2013, she was appointed Global HR Director in charge of workforce transformation, culture, employer brand and recruiting and also in charge of talent and executive career management for support functions professional families (Finance, Legal & Compliance, IT, Marketing & Distribution, Operations, HR and Communication). Prior to that, in 2007, Mrs. Silvent joined Korian, a private health group (clinics, retirement homes), first as Group HR Director and in 2011 as Chief Operating Officer for the French Business Line. Previously, in 2002, she was Deputy Human Resources Director at the French, state-owned Health Service (Hôpitaux de Paris), with approximately 90,000 employees. In 1997, Mrs. Silvent was Deputy and then Head of the National Fund for Employment the French Ministry of Employment and Health, where she worked on employment reforms as well as helped private companies implement HR policies.

Mrs. Silvent will bring to the Board her extensive experience, knowledge and key leadership skills, developed through her service in both the government and private sectors, in implementing and managing human resources and employment matters, including her experience as Global Head of HR for AXA Group and HR Director of AXA France.

Bertrand Poupart-Lafarge

Mr. Poupart-Lafarge has been a director since April 2018. Mr. Poupart-Lafarge was appointed Group Chief Financial Officer of AXA UK in September 2013, and, since April 2018, he has also acted as interim Chief Executive Officer of AXA UK. Mr. Poupart-Lafarge has been with AXA UK since September 2012 when he served as Deputy CFO (with responsibility for financial controls; planning, budgeting, reporting and tax; business intelligence; and finance projects). He also previously held the roles of Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer of AXA Equitable Inc. in New York and, prior to that, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of AXA Canada. He has also held various roles in AXA France in Paris since 1997.

Mr. Poupart-Lafarge will bring to the Board his extensive experience, knowledge and key leadership skills, developed through his service as an executive, including his experience as Group Chief Financial Officer of AXA UK.

Daniel G. Kaye

Mr. Kaye has been a director since April 2018. From January 2013 to May 2014, Mr. Kaye served as Interim Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of HealthEast Care System (“HealthEast”). Prior to joining HealthEast, Mr. Kaye spent 35 years with Ernst & Young LLP (“Ernst & Young”) from which he retired in 2012. Throughout his time at Ernst & Young, where he was an audit partner for 25 years, Mr. Kaye enjoyed a track record of increasing leadership and responsibilities, including serving as the New England Managing Partner and the Midwest Managing Partner of Assurance. Mr. Kaye was a member of the Board of Directors of Ferrellgas Partners L.P. (“Ferrellgas”) from August 2012 to November 2015 where he served on the Audit Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee (Chair). Mr. Kaye is a Certified Public Accountant and National Association of Corporate Directors (NACD) Board Leadership Fellow. Mr. Kaye is also a director of

 

242


Table of Contents

AXA Financial, AXA Equitable Life and MONY America since September 2015, AllianceBernstein Corporation since May 2017 and AXA Insurance Company since April 2017. Mr. Kaye currently serves as the Chairman of the Audit Committee of AllianceBernstein Corporation.

Mr. Kaye will bring to the Board invaluable expertise as an audit committee financial expert, and extensive financial services and insurance industry experience and his general knowledge and experience in financial matters developed through his roles at Ernst & Young and HealthEast. The Board will also benefit from his experience as a director of Ferrellgas, AllianceBernstein Corporation and AXA Insurance Company.

Ramon de Oliveira

Mr. de Oliveira has been a director since April 2018. Mr. de Oliveira has been a member of AXA’s Board of Directors since April 2010, where he serves on the Finance Committee (Chair) and Audit Committee, and from April 2009 to May 2010, he was a member of AXA’s Supervisory Board. He is currently the Managing Director of the consulting firm Investment Audit Practice, LLC, based in New York, NY. From 2002 to 2006, Mr. de Oliveira was an adjunct professor of Finance at Columbia University. Prior thereto, starting in 1977, he spent 24 years at JP Morgan & Co. where he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of JP Morgan Investment Management and was also a member of the firm’s Management Committee since its inception in 1995. Upon the merger with Chase Manhattan Bank in 2001, Mr. de Oliveira was the only executive from JP Morgan & Co. asked to join the Executive Committee of the new firm with operating responsibilities. Mr. de Oliveira is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Fonds de Dotation du Louvre. Previously he was a Director of JP Morgan Suisse, American Century Company, Inc., SunGard Data Systems, JACCAR Holdings and The Hartford Insurance Company. Mr. de Oliveira is also a director of AXA Financial, AXA Equitable Life and MONY America since May 2011 and AllianceBernstein Corporation since May 2017.

Mr. de Oliveira will bring to the Board extensive financial services experience, and key leadership and analytical skills developed through his roles within the financial services industry and academia. The Board also will benefit from his perspective as a director of AXA and as a former director of other companies.

Charles G.T. Stonehill

Mr. Stonehill has been a director since April 2018. Mr. Stonehill is Founding Partner of Green & Blue Advisors LLC. He also serves as nonexecutive Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of Julius Baer Group Ltd. Mr. Stonehill is a member of the Board of Directors of CommonBond, LLC, and of PlayMagnus A/S. During his financial services career, Mr. Stonehill served as the Managing Director of Lazard Frères & Co., LLC, and global head of Lazard Capital Markets from 2002 to 2004. He served as Head of Investment Banking for the Americas of Credit Suisse First Boston from 1997 to 2002 and as Head of European Equities and Equity Capital Markets at Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc., from 1984 to 1997. Mr. Stonehill began his career at JP Morgan in the oil and gas investment banking group, where he worked from 1978 to 1984. Mr. Stonehill is also a director of AXA Financial, AXA Equitable Life and MONY America since November 2017.

Mr. Stonehill will bring to the Board his expertise and distinguished track record of success in the financial services industry and over 30 years’ experience in energy markets, investment banking and capital markets.

Executive Officers

The current executive officers (other than our President and Chief Executive Officer, whose biography is included above in the Directors information) are as follows:

Seth Bernstein, President and Chief Executive Officer of AllianceBernstein Corporation

Mr. Bernstein has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of AllianceBernstein Corporation since May 2017. Mr. Bernstein is also a director of AllianceBernstein Corporation. From 2014 to 2017, Mr. Bernstein

 

243


Table of Contents

was Managing Director and Global Head of Managed Solutions and Strategy at JPMorgan Asset Management. In this role, he was responsible for the management of all discretionary assets within the Private Banking client segment. From 2012 to 2014, Mr. Bernstein was Managing Director and Global Head of Asset Management Solutions for JPMorgan Chase & Co. Among other roles, Mr. Bernstein was Managing Director and Global Head of Fixed Income & Currency from 2002 to 2012. Previously, Mr. Bernstein served as Chief Financial Officer at JPMorgan Chase’s investment management and private banking division. He is a member of the Board of Managers of Haverford College.

Dave S. Hattem, Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Mr. Hattem is responsible for the oversight of the Law Department, including the compliance, government relations and corporate secretary’s functions, helping the Company navigate the legal and regulatory environment to achieve its strategic goals. Mr. Hattem has been the Senior Executive Director and General Counsel of AXA Equitable Life since 2012. Prior to his election as General Counsel in 2010, he served as Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of AXA Equitable Life from 2004 to 2010. Prior to joining AXA Equitable Life in 1994, Mr. Hattem served in several senior management positions in the Office of the United States Attorney for the Eastern District of New York. Mr. Hattem began his professional legal career as an Associate in the Litigation Department of Barrett Smith Schapiro Simon & Armstrong. Mr. Hattem is Chairman of the Board of Directors of The Life Insurance Council of New York.

Jeffrey J. Hurd, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Mr. Hurd is responsible for overseeing the human resources, information technology and transformation office functions. The transformation office encompasses operations, data and analytics, procurement and oversight of strategic taskforces. Prior to joining us on January 8, 2018, Mr. Hurd held various positions at American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”), where he most recently served as executive vice president and chief operating officer. Mr. Hurd joined AIG in 1998 and served in various leadership positions there, including AIG deputy general counsel, general counsel and chief administrative officer of asset management, AIG chief administrative officer and executive vice president and chief human resources officer.

Anders Malmström, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Malmström is responsible for all actuarial and investment functions, with oversight of the controller, tax, expense management and distribution finance areas. Mr. Malmström has been the Senior Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer of AXA Equitable Life since 2012. Prior to joining AXA Equitable Life, Mr. Malmström was a member of the Executive Board and served as the Head of the Life Business at AXA Winterthur. Prior to joining AXA Winterthur in January 2009, Mr. Malmström was a Senior Vice President at Swiss Life, where he was also a member of management. Mr. Malmström joined Swiss Life in 1997, and held several positions of increasing responsibility during his tenure. Mr. Malmström was appointed a Director of AB in 2017.

Brian Winikoff, Senior Executive Vice President and Head of U.S. Life, Retirement and Wealth Management

Mr. Winikoff is responsible for our Individual Retirement, Group Retirement and Protection Solutions businesses along with AXA Advisors and AXA Equitable FMG. Mr. Winikoff has been the Senior Executive Director and Head of U.S. Life, Retirement and Wealth Management at AXA Equitable Life since 2016. Prior to joining AXA Equitable Life, Mr. Winikoff served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Crump Life Insurance Services, Inc. (“Crump”) from 2008 to 2016. Prior thereto, Mr. Winikoff served in multiple roles at Crump from 2002 to 2008, including as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President, Investor Relations and Corporate Finance. Prior to joining Crump, Mr. Winikoff was Vice President of Finance for LoudCloud, Inc. and an investment banking analyst at Salomon Brothers.

 

244


Table of Contents

Corporate Governance

Board Composition and Director Independence

Our Board is composed of nine directors. Our directors will be elected annually to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The Shareholder Agreement with AXA will provide AXA with certain rights relating to the composition of our Board. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with AXA Following this Offering—Shareholder Agreement.”

The number of members on our Board may be fixed by majority vote of the members of our Board. Any vacancy in the Board that results from (x) the death, disability, resignation or disqualification of any director shall be filled by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and (y) an increase in the number of directors or the removal of any director shall be filled (a) until the first date on which AXA ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of common stock, solely by an affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in an election of directors and (b) from and after the first date on which AXA ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of common stock, by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Our Board has determined that Daniel G. Kaye, Ramon de Oliveira and Charles G. T. Stonehill are “independent” as defined under the NYSE rules and the Exchange Act rules and regulations.

Controlled Company

After the settlement of this offering, AXA will control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. AXA will own approximately 75.5% of our common stock after the settlement of this offering (or approximately 71.9% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder). Accordingly, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance standards, including:

 

    the requirement that a majority of the Board consist of independent directors;

 

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors;

 

    the requirement that our nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we will use these exemptions. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance rules and requirements. The “controlled company” exception does not modify audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and NYSE rules.

Board Committees

Upon the listing of our common stock, our Board will maintain an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, an Executive Committee and a Finance and

 

245


Table of Contents

Risk Committee. Under NYSE rules, our Audit Committee will be required to be composed entirely of independent directors within one year from the date of this prospectus. As a controlled company, we are not required to have independent Compensation or Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees. The following is a brief description of our committees.

Audit Committee

The primary purposes of the Audit Committee will be to: (i) to assist the Board in overseeing (a) the quality and integrity of our financial statements, (b) the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditor, (c) our accounting, financial and external reporting policies and practices, (d) the performance of our internal audit function and (e) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, including without limitation any requirements promulgated by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the Financial Accounting Standards Board; and (ii) to prepare the report of the Audit Committee required to be included in our annual proxy statement. The charter of our Audit Committee will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon the listing of our common stock.

Prior to the settlement of this offering, we expect the members of our Audit Committee to be Gérald Harlin, Daniel G. Kaye (Chair), Ramon de Oliveira and Charles G. T. Stonehill. Our Board has designated Gérald Harlin, Daniel G. Kaye, Ramon de Oliveira and Charles G. T. Stonehill as “audit committee financial experts,” and each of Gérald Harlin, Daniel G. Kaye, Ramon de Oliveira and Charles G. T. Stonehill has been determined to be “financially literate” under NYSE rules. Our Board has also determined that Daniel G. Kaye, Ramon de Oliveira and Charles G. T. Stonehill are “independent” as defined under NYSE and Exchange Act rules and regulations.

Compensation Committee

The primary purpose of the Compensation Committee will be to: (i) be responsible for general oversight of compensation and compensation related matters; (ii) prepare any report on executive compensation required by the rules and regulations of the SEC for inclusion in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K; and (iii) take such other actions relating to our compensation and benefits structure as the Compensation Committee deems necessary or appropriate. The charter of our Compensation Committee will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon the listing of our common stock.

Prior to the settlement of this offering, we expect the members of our Compensation Committee to be Daniel G. Kaye, George Stansfield (Chair) and Charles G. T. Stonehill. Our Board has also determined that Daniel G. Kaye and Charles G. T. Stonehill are “independent” as defined under NYSE and Exchange Act rules and regulations. In light of our status as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE following this offering, we are exempt from the requirement that our Compensation Committee be composed entirely of independent directors under listing standards applicable to membership on the Compensation Committee. We intend to establish a sub-committee of our Compensation Committee consisting of Daniel G. Kaye and Charles G. T. Stonehill for purposes of approving any equity-based compensation that we may wish to qualify for the exemption provided under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible, among its other duties and responsibilities, for: (i) identifying individuals qualified and suitable to become Board members and recommending to the Board the director nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders; (ii) developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance principles applicable to us; and (iii) otherwise taking a leadership role in shaping our corporate governance policies. The charter of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon the settlement of this offering.

 

246


Table of Contents

Prior to the settlement of this offering, we expect the members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to be Daniel G. Kaye, George Stansfield (Chair) and Charles G. T. Stonehill. Our Board has also determined that Daniel G. Kaye and Charles G. T. Stonehill are “independent” as defined under NYSE and Exchange Act rules and regulations. In light of our status as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE following this offering, we are exempt from the requirement that our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee be composed entirely of independent directors.

Executive Committee

The function of the Executive Committee is to exercise the authority of the Board in the management of Holdings between meetings of the Board with specified exceptions.

Prior to the settlement of this offering, we expect the members of our Executive Committee to be Thomas Buberl (Chair), Mark Pearson, George Stansfield and Charles G. T. Stonehill.

Finance and Risk Committee

The primary purpose of the Finance and Risk Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight of management’s responsibilities with respect to financial and capital matters, including strategies that bear upon our long-term financial sustainability. In addition, the Finance and Risk Committee oversees the governance of significant risks throughout the Company and the establishment and ongoing monitoring of the Company’s risk profile, risk capacity and risk appetite.

Prior to the settlement of this offering, we expect the members of our Finance and Risk Committee to be Daniel G. Kaye, Ramon de Oliveira and Charles G. T. Stonehill (Chair).

Code of Ethics

We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees and financial professionals. Upon the settlement of this offering, we expect to have a Financial Code of Ethics that applies to the CEO, CFO and CAO, or persons performing similar functions, and other designated officers and associates. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics addresses, and we expect that the Financial Code of Ethics will address, matters such as conflicts of interest, confidentiality, fair dealing and compliance with laws and regulations. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the Financial Code of Ethics will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon settlement of this offering.

Corporate Governance of AB

AB’s activities are managed and controlled by the General Partner of AB Holding and ABLP. The Board of the General Partner acts as the Board of each of AB Holding and ABLP. Neither ABLP Unitholders nor AB Holding Unitholders have any rights to manage or control AB Holding or ABLP or to elect directors of the General Partner. The General Partner is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings.

The General Partner does not receive any compensation from ABLP and AB Holding for services rendered to them as their general partner. The General Partner holds a 1% general partnership interest in ABLP and 100,000 units of general partnership interest in AB Holding. Each general partnership unit in AB Holding is entitled to receive distributions equal to those received by each AB Holding Unit.

The General Partner is entitled to reimbursement for any expenses it incurs in carrying out its activities as general partner of ABLP and AB Holding, including compensation paid by the General Partner to its directors and officers (to the extent such persons are not compensated directly by AB).

 

247


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

INTRODUCTION

In 2017, Holdings was an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of AXA and executive officers of AXA Equitable Life and the Chief Executive Officer of AB served as executive officers of Holdings. As a result, decisions regarding the 2017 compensation of the executive officers of AXA Equitable Life who were our named executive officers in 2017 (the “EQ Named Executive Officers”) were made by the AXA Equitable Life Board of Directors and its Organization and Compensation Committee with the input of AXA as discussed in greater detail below in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—EQ Named Executive Officers.” Similarly, decisions regarding the 2017 compensation of the Chief Executive Officer of AB were made by the AB Board of Directors and its Compensation Committee with the input of AXA as discussed in greater detail below in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Mr. Bernstein.”

Going forward, the Compensation Committee will determine the appropriate philosophy, objectives and design for our executive compensation program and the compensation of our executive officers. The committee will retain a compensation consultant to provide advice and support to the committee in the design and implementation of our executive compensation program, as it deems necessary or appropriate. For a description of the compensation plans that will be provided to our executives following this offering, please see “Post-Offering Executive Compensation Information” below.

2017 NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following individuals are our 2017 Named Executive Officers:

 

 

Mark Pearson, President and Chief Executive Officer    

 

Anders Malmström, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    

  Brian Winikoff, Senior Executive Director and Head of U.S. Life, Retirement and Wealth Management of AXA Equitable Life
  Dave Hattem, Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel
  Seth Bernstein, Chief Executive Officer of AB
  Gérald Harlin, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (through November 6, 2017)

During 2017, all of the executive officers listed above other than Mr. Harlin were employees of AXA Equitable Life or AB and received no compensation directly from Holdings for services performed. Rather, their compensation was paid by AXA Equitable Life or AB. Accordingly, this Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview of the philosophy, goals and principal components of AXA Equitable Life’s and AB’s 2017 executive compensation programs.

Mr. Harlin did not receive any compensation from Holdings or any of its subsidiaries for services performed for Holdings during 2017. Accordingly, none of the discussion that follows includes any information regarding Mr. Harlin and all references to our “Named Executive Officers” below relate solely to the other executive officers listed above.

The details of each Named Executive Officer’s compensation may be found in the Summary Compensation Table and other compensation tables included below.

 

248


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS—EQ NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Compensation Program Overview

Goal

The overriding goal of AXA Equitable Life’s 2017 executive compensation program was to attract, retain and motivate top-performing executive officers dedicated to the long-term financial and operational success of AXA Equitable Life, AXA Financial and AXA Financial Group’s retirement and protection related businesses (“AXA Financial R&P Operations”) as well as AXA. Accordingly, as further described below, the program incorporated metrics to measure that success.

Philosophy and Strategy

To achieve its goal, AXA Equitable Life’s 2017 executive compensation program was structured to foster a pay-for-performance management culture by:

 

    providing total compensation opportunities competitive with the levels of total compensation available at the large diversified financial services companies with which the AXA Financial Group most directly competes in the marketplace;

 

    making performance-based variable compensation the principal component of executive pay to drive superior performance by basing a significant portion of the executive officers’ financial success on the financial and operational success of AXA Financial R&P Operations and AXA;

 

    setting performance objectives and targets for variable compensation arrangements that provided individual executives with the opportunity to earn above-median compensation by achieving above-target results;

 

    establishing equity-based arrangements that aligned the executives’ financial interests with those of AXA by ensuring the executives had a material financial stake in the rising equity value of AXA and the business success of its affiliates; and

 

    structuring compensation packages and outcomes to foster internal equity.

Compensation Components

To support this pay-for-performance strategy, AXA Equitable Life’s 2017 Total Compensation Program provided a mix of fixed and variable compensation components that based the majority of each executive’s compensation on the success of AXA Financial R&P Operations and AXA as well as an assessment of each executive’s overall contribution to that success.

The fixed and variable components provided a mix of cash and non-cash compensation and short-term and long-term incentive compensation awards. The particular mix of cash and non-cash and short-term and long-term compensation was based on market practice determined in accordance with AXA Equitable Life’s benchmarking practices described below in “—Use of Competitive Compensation Data .

Fixed Component

The fixed compensation component of AXA Equitable Life’s 2017 Total Compensation Program, base salary, fell within the market median of the large diversified financial services companies that are the AXA Financial Group’s major competitors and was meant to fairly and competitively compensate executives for their positions and the scope of their responsibilities.

 

249


Table of Contents

Variable Components

The variable compensation components of AXA Equitable Life’s 2017 Total Compensation Program, the short-term incentive compensation program and equity-based awards, gave executives the opportunity to receive compensation at the median of the market if they met various corporate and individual financial and operational goals and to receive compensation above the median if they exceeded their goals. The variable compensation components measured and rewarded performance with short-term and long-term focuses.

The short-term incentive compensation program focused executives on annual corporate and business unit goals that, when attained, drive AXA’s global success. It also served as the primary means for differentiating, recognizing and most directly rewarding individual executives for their personal achievements and leadership based on both qualitative and quantitative results.

Equity-based awards were structured to reward long-term value creation. AXA performance share awards granted in 2017 will vest after four years. AXA stock options awarded in 2017 were intended to focus executives on a longer time horizon. They were granted with vesting schedules of five years and terms of 10 years to effectively align a portion of each executive’s compensation with the long-term financial success of AXA. AXA Equitable Life granted these awards because it was confident that the direct alignment of the long-term interests of the executives with those of AXA, combined with the multi-year vesting and performance periods of its equity-based awards, would promote executive retention, focus executives on gearing their performances to long-term value-creation strategies and discourage excessive risk-taking.

How 2017 Compensation Decisions Were Made

Role of the AXA Board of Directors

The global framework governing the 2017 executive compensation policies for AXA and its U.S. subsidiaries, including AXA Equitable Life, were set and administered at the AXA level by AXA’s Board of Directors. The AXA Board of Directors (i) reviewed the compensation policies applicable to executives of AXA worldwide, which were then adapted to local law, conditions and practices by the boards of directors and compensation committees of AXA’s subsidiaries, (ii) reviewed and approved all AXA equity-based compensation programs prior to their implementation and (iii) approved individual grants of equity-based awards.

The Compensation and Governance Committee of the AXA Board of Directors reviews annually the compensation of members of the AXA Management Committee, including Mr. Pearson. The Compensation and Governance Committee also recommended to the AXA Board of Directors the amount of equity-based awards to be granted to the AXA Management Committee members in 2017. The Compensation and Governance Committee is exclusively composed of directors determined to be independent by the AXA Board of Directors in accordance with the criteria set forth in the Corporate Governance Code for French listed companies.

Role of the Organization and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of AXA Equitable Life

Within the global framework of executive compensation policies that AXA established, direct responsibility for overseeing the development and administration of the 2017 executive compensation program for AXA Equitable Life fell to the Organization and Compensation Committee of the AXA Equitable Life Board of Directors (the “EQ OCC”). The EQ OCC consists of three members, all of whom were determined to be independent directors by the AXA Equitable Life Board of Directors under New York Stock Exchange standards as of February 15, 2018. In implementing AXA’s global compensation program at the entity level, the EQ OCC was aided by the Chief Executive Officer of AXA who, while not a formal member of the EQ OCC, is a member of the AXA Equitable Life Board of Directors and participates in the EQ OCC’s deliberations related to compensation issues and assists in ensuring coordination with AXA’s global compensation policies.

 

250


Table of Contents

The EQ OCC is primarily responsible for general oversight of compensation and compensation related matters, including reviewing new benefit plans, equity-based plans and the compensation practices of AXA Equitable Life to ensure they support AXA Equitable Life’s business strategy and meet the objectives set by AXA for its global compensation policy. Also, in accordance with New York Insurance Law, the EQ OCC is responsible for evaluating the performance of AXA Equitable Life’s principal officers and comparably paid employees (as determined under New York Insurance Law) and recommending their compensation, including their salaries and variable compensation, to the Board of Directors of AXA Equitable Life for its discussion and approval. As of February 15, 2018, Mr. Pearson, Mr. Malmström and Mr. Winikoff were principal officers and Mr. Hattem was a comparably paid employee.

The EQ OCC is also responsible for:

 

    reviewing all other AXA Equitable Life senior executive compensation arrangements;

 

    receiving reports on succession planning for AXA Equitable Life executive management;

 

    supervising the policies relating to compensation of AXA Equitable Life officers and employees; and

 

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives included in variable compensation arrangements and evaluating AXA Equitable Life executive management performance in light of those goals and objectives.

Role of the Chief Executive Officer

As Chief Executive Officer of AXA Equitable Life, Mr. Pearson assisted the EQ OCC in its review of the 2017 total compensation of all the EQ Named Executive Officers except himself. Mr. Pearson provided the EQ OCC with his assessment of the performance of each EQ Named Executive Officer relative to the corporate and individual goals and other expectations set for the EQ Named Executive Officer for 2017. Based on these assessments, he then provided his recommendations for each EQ Named Executive Officer’s total compensation and the appropriate goals for each in 2018. However, the EQ OCC was not bound by his recommendations.

Other than the Chief Executive Officer, no Named Executive Officer played or will play a decision-making role in determining the 2017 compensation of any other Named Executive Officer.

Role of AXA Equitable Life Human Resources

AXA Equitable Life Human Resources supports the EQ OCC’s work on executive compensation matters and is responsible for many of the organizational and administrative tasks that underlie the compensation review and determination process and making presentations on various topics. Human Resources’ efforts in 2017 included, among other things:

 

    evaluating the compensation data from peer groups, national executive pay surveys and other sources for the EQ Named Executive Officers and other officers as appropriate;

 

    gathering and correlating performance ratings and reviews for individual executive officers, including the EQ Named Executive Officers;

 

    reviewing executive compensation recommendations against appropriate market data and for internal consistency and equity; and

 

    reporting to, and answering requests for information from, the EQ OCC.

Human Resources officers also coordinate and share information with their counterparts at AXA and provide input into AXA’s comprehensive review of the 2017 total compensation of AXA’s executives worldwide.

 

251


Table of Contents

Role of Compensation Consultant

Towers Watson was retained by AXA Equitable Life to serve as an executive compensation consultant in 2017. Towers Watson provided various services, including advising AXA Equitable Life management on issues relating to AXA Equitable Life’s executive compensation practices and providing market information and analysis regarding the competitiveness of AXA Equitable Life’s Total Compensation Program.

During 2017, Towers Watson performed the following specific services for AXA Equitable Life management:

 

    provided periodic updates on legal, accounting and other developments and trends affecting compensation and benefits generally and executive compensation specifically;

 

    offered a competitive review of total compensation (including base salary, targeted and actual annual incentives, annualized value of long-term incentives, welfare and retirement benefits) against selected peer companies, covering specific groups of executive positions; and

 

    assisted in analyzing general reports published by third-party national compensation consultants on corporate compensation and benefits.

Also, during 2016, Towers Watson prepared a comparative review of the total compensation of Mr. Pearson against that received by chief executive officers at peer companies that was used in determining his 2017 target compensation.

Although AXA Equitable Life management has full authority to approve all fees paid to Towers Watson, determine the nature and scope of its services, evaluate its performance and terminate its engagement, the EQ OCC reviewed the services to be provided by Towers Watson in 2017 as well as the related fees. The total amount of fees paid to Towers Watson by AXA Equitable Life in 2017 for executive compensation services was approximately $11,958. We may also pay fees to Towers Watson from time to time for actuarial or other services unrelated to our compensation programs. During 2017, these fees totaled $1,457,407. AXA and other AXA affiliates may also pay fees to Towers Watson for various services. Specifically, AXA pays fees for services in connection with its comprehensive review of executive officer compensation.

Use of Competitive Compensation Data

Because AXA Equitable Life competes most directly for executive talent with large diversified financial services companies, AXA Equitable Life regards it as essential to regularly review the competitiveness of its Total Compensation Program for its executives to ensure that they are provided compensation opportunities that compare favorably with the levels of total compensation offered to similarly situated executives by peer companies. A variety of sources of compensation information are used to benchmark the competitive market for AXA Equitable Life executives.

 

252


Table of Contents

Primary Compensation Data Source

For all executives, AXA Equitable Life relies primarily on the Towers Watson U.S. Diversified Insurance Study of Executive Compensation (the “DIS”) for information to compare their total compensation to the total compensation reported for equivalent executive officer positions at peer companies. For the 2016 study (which was used in determining 2017 target compensation), the companies included:

 

Aflac

  

Lincoln Financial

  

Principal Financial Group

Allstate

  

Massachusetts Mutual

  

Prudential Financial

AXA Equitable Life

  

MetLife

  

Securian Financial Group

CIGNA

  

Nationwide

  

Thrivent Financial for

Lutherans

CNO Financial

  

New York Life

  

Genworth Financial

  

Northwestern Mutual

  

TIAA-CREF

Guardian Life

  

OneAmerica Financial Partners

  

Transamerica

Hartford Financial Services

  

Pacific Life

  

Unum Group

John Hancock

  

Phoenix Companies

  

Voya Financial Services

Other Compensation Data Sources

The information in the DIS is supplemented with additional information from general surveys of corporate compensation and benefits published by various national compensation consulting firms. AXA Equitable Life also participates in surveys conducted by Mercer, McLagan Partners, Towers Watson and LOMA Executive Survey to benchmark both its executive and non-executive compensation programs.

All these information sources are employed to measure and compare actual pay levels not only on a total compensation basis but also by breaking down the Total Compensation Program component by component to review and compare specific compensation elements as well as the particular mixes of fixed versus variable, short-term versus long-term and cash versus equity-based compensation at peer companies. This information, as collected and reviewed by Human Resources, is submitted to the EQ OCC for review and discussion.

Pricing Philosophy

AXA Equitable Life’s compensation practices are designed with the aid of the market data to set the total target compensation of each executive at the median for total compensation with respect to the pay for comparable positions at peer companies. The analysis takes into account certain individual factors such as the specific characteristics and responsibilities of a particular executive’s position as compared to similarly situated executives at peer companies. Differences in the amounts of total compensation for the EQ Named Executive Officers in 2017 resulted chiefly from differences in each executive’s level of responsibilities, tenure, performance and appropriate benchmark data as well as general considerations of internal consistency and equity.

Components of The Total Rewards Program

AXA Equitable Life’s Total Rewards Program for executives in 2017 consisted of six components. These components included the three components of the Total Compensation Program ( i.e. , base salary, short-term incentive compensation and equity-based awards) as well as: (i) retirement, financial protection and other compensation and benefit programs, (ii) severance and change-in-control benefits and (iii) perquisites.

Base Salary

For executives, AXA Equitable Life believes that the primary purpose of base salary is to compensate the executives fairly based on the position held, the executive’s career experience, the scope of the position’s

 

253


Table of Contents

responsibilities and the executive’s own performance, all of which are reviewed with the aid of market survey data. Using this data, a 50th percentile pricing philosophy is maintained, comparing base salaries against the median for comparable salaries at peer companies, unless exceptional conditions require otherwise (for example, a base salary may include an additional amount in lieu of a housing or education allowance) or an executive’s experience and tenure warrant a lower initial salary with an adjustment to market over time. Once set, base salaries for executives are typically not increased, except to reflect a change in job responsibility, a sustained change in the market compensation for the position or a market adjustment for an executive whose initial base salary was set below the 50th percentile.

Mr. Pearson is the only EQ Named Executive Officer with an employment agreement. Under this agreement, Mr. Pearson’s employment will continue until he is age 65 unless the employment agreement is terminated earlier by either party on 30 days’ prior written notice. Mr. Pearson is entitled to a minimum rate of base salary of $1,225,000 per year, except that his rate of base salary may be decreased in the case of across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all AXA Equitable Life officers with the title of Executive Director or higher.

Other than Mr. Winikoff, none of the EQ Named Executive Officers received an increase in their annual rate of base salary in 2017. Mr. Winikoff received a salary increase of $40,000 to reflect the elimination of a fringe benefit. The amount of base salary earned by each EQ Named Executive Officer in 2017 was:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Base Salary  

Mr. Pearson

   $ 1,250,114  

Mr. Malmström

   $ 658,228  

Mr. Winikoff

   $ 737,246  

Mr. Hattem

   $ 609,333  

The base salaries earned by the EQ Named Executive Officers in 2017, 2016 and 2015 are reported in the Summary Compensation Table included below.

Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program

Variable cash awards were available in 2017 for executives under the AXA Equitable Life Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program (the “STIC Program”).

The purpose of the STIC Program is to:

 

    align incentive awards with corporate strategic objectives and reward participants based on both company and individual performance;

 

    enhance the performance assessment process with a focus on accountability;

 

    establish greater compensation differentiation based on performance;

 

    provide competitive total compensation opportunities; and

 

    attract, motivate and retain top performers.

The STIC Program awards are typically paid in March of each year, following review of each participant’s performance and achievements over the course of the preceding fiscal year. Awards can vary from year to year, and differ by participant, depending primarily on the business and operational results of AXA Financial R&P Operations, as measured by the performance objectives under the STIC Program, as well as the participant’s individual contributions to those results. No individual is guaranteed any award under the STIC Program, except for certain limited guarantees for new hires.

 

254


Table of Contents

Individual Targets

Initially, individual award targets of fixed dollar amounts are assigned to each STIC Program participant based on evaluations of competitive market data for his or her position. These individual award targets are reviewed each year and may be increased or decreased, but generally remain constant from year to year unless there has been a significant change in the level of the participant’s responsibilities or a proven and sustained change in the market compensation for the position.

Individual Payout Calculation

The amount of an EQ Named Executive Officer’s individual award under the 2017 STIC Program is determined by multiplying his STIC Program award target by a funding percentage based on the performance of both AXA and AXA Financial R&P Operations (the “Funding Percentage”) and by his “Individual Assessment Percentage” as further described below. The calculation is as follows:

Award Target * Funding Percentage * Individual Assessment Percentage = 2017 STIC Program Award

Funding Percentage— The Funding Percentage is determined by combining the individual performance percentages for AXA Financial R&P Operations and AXA which measure their performance against certain financial and other targets. For all of the EQ Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Pearson, the performance percentage for AXA Financial R&P Operations is weighted 90% and the performance percentage for AXA is weighted 10%. For Mr. Pearson, the performance percentage for AXA Financial R&P Operations is weighted 70% and the performance percentage for AXA is weighted 30%, reflecting his broader range of performance responsibilities within AXA worldwide as a member of the AXA Management Committee.

AXA Financial R&P Operations —To determine the performance percentage for AXA Financial R&P Operations, various performance objectives are established for AXA Financial R&P Operations, and a target is set for each one. Other than underlying earnings, each performance objective is separately subject to a 150% cap and a 50% cliff. For example, if a particular performance objective is weighted 15% for AXA Financial R&P Operations, 15% will be added to the overall performance percentage for AXA Financial R&P Operations if that target is met, regardless of AXA Financial R&P Operations’ performance on its other objectives. If the target for that performance objective is exceeded, the amount added to the overall performance percentage for AXA Financial R&P Operations will be increased up to a maximum of 22.5% (150% x 15%). If the target for the performance objective is not met, the amount added to the performance percentage will be decreased down to a threshold of 7.5% (50% x 15%). If performance is below the threshold for a performance objective, 0% will be added to AXA Financial R&P Operations’ overall performance percentage. Underlying earnings is subject to a 175% cap and 25% cliff, allowing for a wider range of results before hitting the cliff or cap. The performance objectives and targets are approved by the EQ OCC.

The following grid presents the targets and actual results for each of the performance objectives used to measure the performance of AXA Financial R&P Operations in 2017, along with their relative weightings. The performance objectives for AXA Financial R&P Operations and their relative weightings are standardized for AXA R&P companies in mature markets worldwide and, accordingly, are not measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

AXA Financial R&P Operations Performance Objectives

   Weighting     Target (1)     Actual  

Underlying Earnings (2)

     25.0     936       962  

Gross Written Premiums (3)

     20.0     3,317       3,303  

New Business Value (4)

     20.0     426       475  

Gross Expenses (5)

     20.0     1,276       1,274  

Net Promoter Score Gap (6)

      

Retirement

     7.5     13.8     13.1

Life

     7.5     6.5     5.7

 

255


Table of Contents

 

(1) All numbers other than those stated in percentages are in millions of U.S. dollars.
(2) Underlying earnings ” means adjusted earnings excluding net capital gains or losses attributable to stockholders. “Adjusted earnings” means net income before the impact of exceptional and discontinued operations, certain integration and restructuring costs, goodwill and other related intangibles and profit or loss on financial assets accounted for under the fair value option and derivatives. Underlying earnings and adjusted earnings are measured using International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) since AXA uses IFRS as its principal method of accounting. Note that, in addition to the underlying earnings of AXA Financial R&P Operations, this performance objective also includes the underlying earnings of ACS Life (since it is managed by AXA Equitable Life personnel) and AXA Financial.
(3) Gross Written Premiums ” means gross premiums (first-year premiums plus renewal premiums) for pure life insurance protection business.
(4) New Business Value ” means the value of new contracts issued during 2017. It consists of the present value of future profits after the costs of acquiring the business, after allowing for the time value of financial options and guarantees and the cost of capital and non-financial risks. It is calculated net of tax.
(5) Gross Expenses ” means the total operating expenses of AXA Financial and AXA Financial R&P Operations excluding deferred acquisition costs, commissions and restructuring/exception items. Operating expenses include compensation (including equity plans), benefits and other expenses necessary to manage the business.
(6) Net Promoter Score Gap ” means the excess of the Net Promoter Score for our retirement and life insurance businesses over the average Net Promoter Score of seven main competitors. Net Promoter Score is an industry standard metric established by a leading management consulting firm and is determined based on customer surveys that classify customers as “promoters” or “detractors” based on their answer to a question asking how likely they are to recommend their current provider to friends or family on a scale of 0-10.

Since the performance objectives under the STIC Program are meant to cover only the key performance indicators for a year, there are generally no more than five objectives. The performance objectives and their relative weightings are determined based on AXA’s strategy and focus and they may change from year to year as different metrics may become more relevant. Underlying earnings is generally the most highly weighted performance objective, however, reflecting AXA’s belief that it is the strongest indicator of performance for a year.

Once set, the targets for each performance objective may not change during the course of the year except for exceptional circumstances, as determined by the AXA Management Committee. No adjustments will be made for large losses related to terrorist attacks or natural catastrophes or for market and regulatory changes.

AXA - AXA’s performance percentage is primarily based on underlying earnings per share (55%). Adjusted return on equity (15%), Gross Revenues-Protection and Health (15%) and customer experience tracking (15%) are also considered. For this purpose, “adjusted return on equity” means adjusted earnings (as defined above) divided by average stockholder’s equity excluding undated subordinated debt and other comprehensive income.

The following grid presents the targets and actual results for each of the performance objectives used to measure AXA’s performance in 2017.

 

    

Target

  

Actual

Underlying Earnings Per Share

   2.33 euro    2.40 euro

Adjusted Return on Equity

   13.3%    14.5%

Gross Revenues – Protection and Health

   49,946 million euro    49,907 million euro

Customer Experience Tracking

   .9 – 2.9    1.4

Individual Assessment Percentage— An EQ Named Executive Officer’s Individual Assessment Percentage will be based on their individual performance and demonstrated leadership behaviors. As stated above, no

 

256


Table of Contents

participant is guaranteed his or her target award or any award under the STIC Program except for certain limited guarantees for new hires.

The EQ OCC reviewed the 2017 performance of each EQ Named Executive Officer as well as Management’s recommendations for each such EQ Named Executive Officer’s Individual Assessment Percentage and STIC Program award. Based on its subjective determination of each EQ Named Executive Officer’s performance, the EQ OCC made its recommendations as to the maximum STIC Program award for each EQ Named Executive Officer to the AXA Equitable Life Board of Directors. The AXA Equitable Life Board of Directors approved the final maximum award amounts for the EQ Named Executive Officers and delegated authority to the Chief Executive Officer of AXA to determine the final award amount for Mr. Pearson and to Mr. Pearson to determine the final award amounts for the other EQ Named Executive Officers.

In making its recommendations, the EQ OCC took into account the factors that it deemed relevant, including the accomplishments achieved in 2017 by the EQ Named Executive Officers and the Funding Percentage. Since the EQ Named Executive Officers are responsible for the success of each of AXA Equitable Life, AXA Financial and AXA Financial R&P Operations, the EQ OCC considered all related 2017 accomplishments. The EQ OCC also considered the EQ Named Executive Officers’ contributions to AXA worldwide. The accomplishments and contributions considered included:

 

Named Executive Officer

  

Accomplishments

Mark Pearson   

•  Provided overall leadership for company strategy and activities related to this offering.

 

•  Delivered on key financial goals, including earnings and productivity savings while continuing to set strong tone at the top for disciplined risk management.

 

•  Drove favorable outcomes regarding industry regulatory matters including federal taxation, the DOL Rule and capital adequacy through service on Board of Directors of American Council of Life Insurers.

 

•  Restructured Management governance framework and implemented executive management changes, including addition of the Implementation Management Office to oversee investments and strategic projects.

 

•  Led company efforts to achieve customer satisfaction of 4.4 out of 5.0 across all business segments, resulting in the company’s receipt of the DALBAR Annuity Service Award in recognition of superior service for the seventh consecutive year.

 

•  Continued to build a culture of inclusion, professional excellence and continuous learning, resulting in external recognitions for consecutive years from the Great Place to Work Institute, Human Rights Campaign and the Disability Equality Index.

Anders Malmström   

•  Provided leadership for Finance strategy and activities related to this offering, including overseeing the preparation of historical and pro forma GAAP financials for Holdings and the development of non-GAAP reporting measures and serving as liaison to underwriters, ratings agencies and other external parties.

 

•  Supervised several key initiatives to enhance existing Finance practices, including the development of a new hedging strategy, economic model and risk framework and the creation of new investment income, expense and equity allocation methodologies to better reflect business performance.

 

•  Played key role in company’s efforts related to regulatory initiatives such as tax reform and the NAIC reserve and capital framework as well as efforts related to closing significant regulatory exams.

 

257


Table of Contents
  

•  Successfully led the strategic planning process in 2017, providing insight on margin and revenue streams for each business area, identifying mitigating actions to close the gap to targets and driving conversations with executive management and the Board of Directors.

Brian Winikoff   

•  Drove strong 2017 sales performance, increasing year-over-year growth and outperforming budget and the industry in key markets.

 

•  Created a clear business strategy and implemented focused plans and processes across all business areas, resulting in successful execution of key initiatives.

 

•  Successfully implemented several executive management changes, including consolidation of business leader functions, addition of talent in key areas and enhanced alignment of business support areas.

 

•  Provided thought-leadership on short and long-term manufacturing and distribution strategies that will further improve sales and profitability while maintaining our position as a leader in key markets.

 

•  Played a key role in leading the company’s and industry’s efforts through various regulatory changes, including cross-functional actions to prepare for the DOL Rule.

Dave Hattem   

•  Provided leadership for the Law Department’s strategy and activities related to this offering, including drafting of the registration statement and amendments, obtaining required regulatory approvals and analysis and implementation of related corporate restructuring.

 

•  Drove company strategy regarding significant regulatory proposals, including tax reform, the DOL Rule and the NAIC and NYDFS cyber initiatives and, as appropriate, developed compliance programs to comport with new rules (particularly the DOL Rule).

 

•  Provided leadership on the company strategy related to the NYDFS Quinquennial and other regulatory examinations, none of which resulted in any significant adverse findings or enforcement proceedings.

 

•  Oversaw the creation of the Financial Intelligence Unit within the Law Department, combining the Financial Crimes Office responsible for our anti-money laundering, anti-bribery and sanctions programs and the Financial Security Office responsible for the detection and prevention of external fraud, while providing leadership for the Law Department’s efficiencies efforts and relocation of positions strategy.

 

•  Served as key advisor to Mr. Pearson regarding this offering and other strategic initiatives and Management Committee, corporate governance and Board matters.

No specific weight was assigned to any particular factor and all were evaluated in the aggregate to arrive at the recommended STIC Program award for each of the Named Executive Officers. Mr. Malmström and Mr. Hattem each received a percentage of their STIC Program award target that was greater than the Funding Percentage while Mr. Winikoff received a percentage of his STIC Program award target that was less than the Funding Percentage. Mr. Pearson received a STIC Program award equal to approximately 119% of his STIC Program award target.

 

258


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the 2017 STIC Program award targets and actual STIC Program awards for the EQ Named Executive Officers:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target Award      Actual Award  

Mr. Pearson

   $ 2,128,400      $ 2,526,000  

Mr. Malmström

   $ 800,000      $ 1,047,248  

Mr. Winikoff

   $ 900,000      $ 936,729  

Mr. Hattem

   $ 650,000      $ 788,119  

The STIC Program awards and bonuses earned by the EQ Named Executive Officers in 2017, 2016 and 2015 are reported in the Summary Compensation Table included below.

Equity-Based Awards

The purpose of equity-based awards granted to AXA Equitable Life’s executives in 2017 and prior years was to:

 

    align strategic interests of award recipients with those of AXA;

 

    provide competitive total compensation opportunities;

 

    focus on achievement of long-term strategic business objectives; and

 

    attract, motivate and retain top performers.

In 2017 and prior years, annual equity-based awards for executives were available under the umbrella of AXA’s global equity program. Equity-based awards were also granted from time to time to executives outside of AXA’s global equity program as part of a sign-on package or as a retention vehicle. The value of the equity-based awards granted in 2017 and prior years was linked to the performance of AXA’s stock. Prior to this offering, neither Holdings nor AXA Equitable Life sponsored any equity-based award programs.

Annual Awards Process

Annual equity-based awards granted under AXA’s global equity program in 2017 and prior years were subject to the oversight of the AXA Board of Directors, which approved all annual equity programs prior to their implementation and all individual grants. The AXA Board of Directors also set the size of the equity pool each year. The pools were allocated annually among AXA affiliates based on each affiliate’s contribution to AXA’s financial results during the preceding year and with consideration for specific local needs ( e.g. , market competitiveness, consistency with local practices, group development).

The AXA Board of Directors set the mix of equity-based awards for individual grants, which was standardized through AXA worldwide. Since 2004, there was a decreasing reliance on AXA stock options in equity-based awards. For example, in 2017, equity grants were awarded entirely in AXA performance shares, except for a group of approximately 150 senior executives (including the EQ Named Executive Officers) who continued to receive a portion of their grant in AXA stock options.

Each year, the EQ OCC submitted recommendations to the AXA Board of Directors with respect to annual equity-based awards for executives, taking into account the available equity pool allocation and based on a review of each executive’s potential future contributions, consideration of the importance of retaining the executive in his or her current position and a review of competitive market data relating to equity-based awards for similar positions at peer companies, as described above in the section entitled, “—Use of Competitive Compensation Data.” The AXA Board of Directors approved the individual grants as it deemed appropriate.

 

259


Table of Contents

Individual Targets

Individual equity-based award targets were initially assigned to each EQ Named Executive Officer other than Mr. Pearson based on evaluations of competitive market data for his position. These individual award targets are reviewed each year and may increase or decrease, but generally remain constant from year to year unless there is a significant change in the level of the EQ Named Executive Officer’s responsibilities or a proven and sustained change in the market compensation for the position. For Mr. Pearson, his equity-based award target was based on his actual award for the prior year.

2017 Annual Award Grants

Each EQ Named Executive Officer received an equity-based award grant on June 21, 2017. These grants involved a mix of two components: (1) AXA stock options granted under the AXA Stock Option Plan for AXA Financial Employees and Associates (the “AXA Stock Option Plan”) and (2) AXA performance shares granted under the 2017 AXA International Performance Shares Plan (the “2017 AXA Performance Shares Plan”).

The awards to the EQ Named Executive Officers were granted using U.S. dollar values. The U.S. dollar values for the EQ Named Executive Officers were allocated between AXA stock options and AXA performance shares in accordance with the mix determined by the AXA Board of Directors. For this purpose, the value of the AXA stock options and AXA performance shares granted were determined using a Black-Scholes pricing methodology which was based on assumptions which differ from the assumptions used in determining an option’s or performance share’s grant date fair value reflected in the Summary Compensation Table which is based on FASB ASC Topic 718.

The amounts granted to the EQ Named Executive Officers were as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   AXA
Stock Options
     AXA
Performance Shares
 

Mr. Pearson

     170,004        97,144  

Mr. Malmström

     53,162        30,377  

Mr. Winikoff

     56,483        32,276  

Mr. Hattem

     53,162        30,377  

2017 Stock Option Award Grants

The AXA stock options granted to the EQ Named Executive Officers on June 21, 2017 have a 10-year term and a vesting schedule of five years, with one-third of the grant vesting on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant, provided that the last third will vest on June 21, 2022 only if the AXA ordinary share performs at least as well as the Stoxx Insurance Index (“SXIP Index”) over a specified period of at least three years. This performance condition applies to all of Mr. Pearson’s AXA stock options. The exercise price for the AXA stock options is 23.92 euro, which was the average of the closing prices for the AXA ordinary share on Euronext Paris SA over the 20 trading days immediately preceding June 21, 2017.

In the event of an EQ Named Executive Officer’s retirement, the AXA stock options continue to vest and may be exercised until the end of the term, except in the case of misconduct. Accordingly, since Mr. Hattem and Mr. Pearson are currently eligible to retire, these stock options will not be forfeited due to any service condition.

2017 Performance Share Award Grants

An AXA performance share is a “phantom” share of AXA stock that, once earned and vested, provides the right to receive an AXA ordinary share at the time of payment. Performance shares are granted unearned. Under the 2017 AXA Performance Shares Plan, the number of shares that is earned will be determined at the end of a three-year performance period, starting on January 1, 2017 and ending on December 31, 2019, by multiplying the

 

260


Table of Contents

number of shares granted by a performance percentage that is determined as described below. If no dividend is proposed for payment by the AXA Board of Directors to AXA’s stockholders for 2017 and/or 2018 and/or 2019, the performance percentage for the grant will be divided in half. The AXA performance shares granted to the EQ Named Executive Officers on June 21, 2017 have a cliff vesting schedule of four years.

The performance percentage for the 2017 AXA Performance Shares Plan initially will be determined based: (a) 40% on AXA’s performance with respect to adjusted earnings per share, (b) 50% on AXA Financial R&P Operations’ performance with respect to adjusted earnings and underlying earnings (each weighted 50%) and (c) 10% on AXA’s score on the DJSI World, a Dow Jones sustainability index which tracks the performance of the world’s sustainability leaders. A positive or negative adjustment of 5% will then be made to the performance percentage based on AXA’s relative performance against a selection of its peers with respect to total stockholder return. The components of the performance percentage and their targets were determined by the AXA Board of Directors based on their review of AXA’s strategic objectives, market practices and regulatory changes.

Generally, if performance targets are met, 100% of the AXA performance shares initially granted will be earned. Performance that exceeds the targets results in increases in the number of shares earned, subject to a cap of 130% of the initial number of shares. Performance that falls short of targets results in a decrease in the number of shares earned with a possible forfeiture of all shares. Since AXA uses IFRS as its principal method of accounting, AXA’s adjusted earnings per share and AXA Financial R&P Operations’ adjusted earnings and underlying earnings are calculated using IFRS. Accordingly, they are not measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The settlement of 2017 AXA performance shares will be made in AXA ordinary shares on June 21, 2021. In the case of retirement, a participant is treated as if he or she continued employment until the settlement date. Accordingly, Mr. Hattem and Mr. Pearson will still receive a payout under the 2017 AXA Performance Shares Plan if they choose to retire prior to the end of the vesting period.

Detailed information on the AXA stock option and AXA performance share grants for each of the EQ Named Executive Officers in 2017 is reported in the 2017 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table included below.

2017 Payouts from Prior Year Awards

In 2017, certain EQ Named Executive Officers received a payout under the 2014 AXA International Performance Shares Plan (the “2014 AXA Performance Shares Plan”). Under the 2014 AXA Performance Shares Plan, 50% of the AXA performance shares granted to a participant had a cliff vesting schedule of three years (first tranche) and the remaining 50% had a cliff vesting schedule of four years (second tranche).

The number of AXA performance shares earned was determined for the first tranche at the end of a two-year performance period starting on January 1, 2014 and ending on December 31, 2015 and for the second tranche at the end of a three-year performance period starting on January 1, 2014 and ending on December 31, 2016, by multiplying the number of AXA performance shares granted for the applicable tranche by a performance percentage determined based on the performance of AXA Group and AXA Financial R&P Operations over the applicable performance period. The performance percentage for the first tranche was 123.77% and the performance percentage for the second tranche was 122.92%.

Detailed information on the payouts of 2014 AXA performance shares in 2017 is reported in the 2017 Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table included below.

Other Compensation and Benefit Programs

AXA Equitable Life believes that a comprehensive benefits program which offers long-term financial support and security for all employees plays a critical role in attracting and retaining high caliber executives.

 

261


Table of Contents

Accordingly, all AXA Equitable Life employees, including executives, are offered a benefits program that includes group health and disability coverage, group life insurance and various deferred compensation and retirement benefits. In addition, AXA Equitable Life offers certain benefit programs for executives that are not available to non-executive employees. The overall program is periodically reviewed to ensure that the benefits it provides continue to serve business objectives and remain cost-effective and competitive with the programs offered by large diversified financial services companies.

Qualified Retirement Plans

AXA Equitable Life believes that qualified retirement plans encourage long-term service. Accordingly, the following qualified retirement plans are offered to eligible employees, including executives:

AXA Equitable 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”)

AXA Equitable Life sponsors the 401(k) Plan, a tax-qualified defined contribution plan, for its eligible employees, including executive officers. Eligible employees may contribute to the 401(k) Plan on a before tax, after-tax, or Roth 401(k) basis (or any combination of the foregoing), up to plan and tax law limits. The 401(k) Plan also provides participants with the opportunity to earn a discretionary profit sharing contribution and a company contribution. The discretionary profit sharing contribution for a calendar year is based on company performance for that year and ranges from 0% to 4% of annual eligible compensation (subject to tax law limits). Any contribution for a calendar year is expected to be made in the first quarter of the following year. A profit sharing contribution of 1% of annual eligible compensation was made for the 2017 plan year. The company contribution for a calendar year is based on the following formula and is subject to tax law limits: (i) 2.5% of eligible compensation up to the Social Security Wage Base ($127,200 in 2017) plus, (ii) 5.0% of eligible compensation in excess of the Social Security Wage Base, up to the qualified plan compensation limit ($270,000 in 2017). All of the EQ Named Executive Officers were eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan for 2017.

AXA Equitable Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”)

AXA Equitable Life sponsors the Retirement Plan, a tax-qualified defined benefit plan for eligible employees which was frozen effective December 31, 2013. The Retirement Plan provides for retirement benefits upon reaching age sixty-five and has provisions for early retirement, death benefits and benefits upon termination of employment for vested participants. It has a three-year cliff-vesting schedule. Mr. Pearson and Mr. Hattem participated in the plan prior to its freeze.

Prior to its freeze, the Retirement Plan provided a cash balance benefit whereby AXA Equitable Life established a notional account in the name of each Retirement Plan participant. The notional account was credited with deemed pay credits equal to 5% of eligible compensation up to the Social Security Wage Base plus 10% of eligible compensation above the Social Security Wage Base up to the qualified plan compensation limit. These notional accounts continue to be credited with deemed interest credits.

For certain grandfathered participants, the Retirement Plan provides benefits under a traditional defined benefit formula based on final average pay, estimated Social Security benefits and years of service. None of the Named Executive Officers are grandfathered participants.

Excess Plans

AXA Equitable Life believes that excess plans are an important component of competitive market-based compensation in both its peer group and generally. Accordingly, the following excess plan benefits are offered to eligible AXA Equitable Life employees, including executives:

Excess 401(k) Contributions

AXA Equitable Life provides excess 401(k) contributions for participants in the 401(k) Plan with eligible compensation in excess of the qualified plan compensation limit. These contributions are equal to 10% of the

 

262


Table of Contents

participant’s (i) eligible compensation in excess of the qualified plan compensation limit and (ii) voluntary deferrals to the AXA Equitable Life Post-2004 Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives for the applicable year, and are made to accounts established for participants under the AXA Equitable Life Post-2004 Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives. All the EQ Named Executive Officers were eligible to receive excess 401(k) contributions in 2017.

AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan (the “Excess Plan”)

AXA Equitable Life sponsors the Excess Plan, a nonqualified defined benefit plan for eligible employees which was frozen effective December 31, 2013. Prior to its freeze, the Excess Plan allowed eligible employees, including Mr. Pearson and Mr. Hattem, to earn retirement benefits in excess of what was permitted under the Code with respect to the Retirement Plan. Specifically, the Excess Plan permitted participants to accrue and be paid benefits that they would have earned and been paid under the Retirement Plan but for certain Code limits.

Voluntary Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans

AXA Equitable Life believes that compensation deferral is a cost-effective method of enhancing the savings of executives. Accordingly, AXA Equitable Life sponsors the following plans:

The AXA Equitable Post-2004 Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (the “Post-2004 Plan”)

AXA Equitable Life sponsors the Post-2004 Plan which allows eligible employees to defer the receipt of certain compensation, including base salary and STIC Program awards. The amount deferred is credited to a bookkeeping account established in the participant’s name and participants may choose from a range of nominal investments according to which their accounts rise or decline. Participants annually elect the amount they want to defer, the date on which payment of their deferrals will begin and the form of payment. In addition, as mentioned above, excess 401(k) contributions are made to accounts established for eligible employees under the Post-2004 Plan. All of the EQ Named Executive Officers were eligible to participate in the Post-2004 Plan for 2017.

The AXA Equitable Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (the “VDCP”)

The VDCP is the predecessor plan to the Post-2004 Plan. Like the Post-2004 Plan, it allowed eligible employees to defer the receipt of compensation. To preserve its grandfathering from the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“Section 409A”), the VDCP was frozen in 2004 so that no amounts earned or vested after 2004 may be deferred under the VDCP. Section 409A imposes stringent requirements which covered nonqualified deferred compensation arrangements must meet to avoid the imposition of additional taxes, including a 20% additional income tax, on the amounts deferred under the arrangements. Mr. Hattem participated in the VDCP prior to its freeze in 2004.

Financial Protection

The AXA Equitable Executive Survivor Benefits Plan (the “ESB Plan”)

AXA Equitable Life sponsors the ESB Plan which offers financial protection to a participant’s family in the case of his or her death. Eligible employees may choose up to four levels of coverage and the form of benefit to be paid at each level. Each level provides a benefit equal to one times the participant’s eligible compensation and offers different coverage choices. Generally, the participant can choose between a life insurance death benefit and a deferred compensation benefit payable upon death at each level. All of the EQ Named Executive Officers were eligible to participate in the ESB Plan for 2017.

For additional information on 401(k) Plan benefits and excess 401(k) contributions for the Named Executive Officers as well as amounts voluntarily deferred by Mr. Hattem under the Post-2004 Plan and the VDCP, see the

 

263


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table included below. For additional information on Retirement Plan, Excess Plan and ESB Plan benefits for the EQ Named Executive Officers, see the Pension Benefits Table included below.

Severance and Change in Control Benefits

AXA Equitable Life maintains severance pay arrangements to provide temporary income and other severance benefits to all employees following an involuntary termination of employment. Executive officers, including the EQ Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Pearson, are also eligible for additional severance benefits as described below. In addition, AXA Equitable Life offers certain limited change in control benefits to provide a moderate level of protection to employees to help reduce anxiety that may accompany a change in control.

The AXA Equitable Severance Benefit Plan (the “Severance Plan”)

AXA Equitable Life sponsors the Severance Plan to provide severance benefits to eligible employees whose jobs are eliminated for specific defined reasons. The Severance Plan generally bases temporary income payments to eligible employees on length of service or base salary. Payments are capped at the lesser of 52 weeks of base salary and $300,000. To obtain benefits under the Severance Plan, participants must execute a general release and waiver of claims against AXA Equitable Life and affiliates. For executive officers, the general release and waiver of claims typically includes non-competition and non-solicitation provisions.

The AXA Equitable Supplemental Severance Plan for Executives (the “Supplemental Severance Plan”)

AXA Equitable Life sponsors the Supplemental Severance Plan for officers at the level of Executive Director or above. The Supplemental Severance Plan is intended solely to supplement, and is not duplicative of, any severance benefits for which an executive may be eligible under the Severance Plan. The Supplemental Severance Plan provides that eligible executives will receive, among other benefits:

 

    Temporary income payments equal to 52 weeks’ of base salary, reduced by any temporary income payments for which the executive may be eligible under the Severance Plan;

 

    Additional temporary income payments equal to the greater of:

 

    The most recent short-term incentive compensation award paid to the executive;

 

    The average of the three most recent short-term incentive compensation awards paid to the executive; and

 

    The annual target short-term incentive compensation award for the executive for the year in which he or she receives notice of job elimination;

 

    An additional year of participation in the ESB Plan; and

 

    A lump sum payment equal to the sum of: (a) the executive’s short-term incentive compensation for the year in which the executive receives notice of job elimination, pro-rated based on the number of the executive’s full calendar months of service in that year and (b) $40,000.

Mr. Pearson’s Employment Agreement

Mr. Pearson waived the right to receive any benefits under the Severance Plan or the Supplemental Severance Plan. Rather, his employment agreement provides that, if his employment is terminated by AXA Equitable Life prior to his attaining age 65 other than for cause or death, or Mr. Pearson resigns for “good reason,” Mr. Pearson will be entitled to certain severance benefits, including (i) severance pay equal to the sum of two years of salary and two times the greatest of: (a) Mr. Pearson’s most recent bonus, (b) the average of

 

264


Table of Contents

Mr. Pearson’s last three bonuses and (c) Mr. Pearson’s target bonus for the year in which termination occurred, (ii) a pro-rated bonus at target for the year of termination and (iii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the additional employer contributions that Mr. Pearson would have received under the 401(k) Plan and its related excess plan for the year of his termination if those plans provided employer contributions on his severance pay and all of his severance pay was paid in that year.

For this purpose, “good reason” includes an assignment of duties materially inconsistent with Mr. Pearson’s duties or authority or a material limitation of Mr. Pearson’s powers, the removal of Mr. Pearson from his positions, AXA Equitable Life requiring Mr. Pearson to be based at an office more than 75 miles from New York City, a diminution of Mr. Pearson’s titles, a material failure by the company to comply with the agreement’s compensation provisions, a failure of the company to secure a written assumption of the agreement by any successor company and a change in control of AXA Financial (provided that Mr. Pearson delivers notice of termination within 180 days after the change in control). The severance benefits are contingent upon Mr. Pearson releasing all claims against AXA Equitable Life and its affiliates and his entitlement to severance pay will be discontinued if he provides services for a competitor. Also, in the event of a termination of Mr. Pearson’s employment by AXA Equitable Life without cause or Mr. Pearson’s resignation due to a change in control, Mr. Pearson’s severance benefits will cease after one year if certain performance conditions are not met for each of the two consecutive fiscal years immediately preceding the year of termination.

Mr. Winikoff’s Severance Arrangement

Mr. Winikoff’s severance arrangement with the company provides that, if Mr. Winikoff’s employment is terminated by the company without “cause” or by Mr. Winikoff for “good reason”:

 

    any outstanding RSUs granted to Mr. Winikoff would immediately vest and be paid out in cash on their otherwise applicable payment dates and

 

    he would be eligible to receive a payment equal to (i) two times the sum of his annual base salary plus his STIC Program award target for the year in which his employment is terminated, reduced by (ii) any severance pay for which he may be otherwise eligible under the Severance Plan or the Supplemental Severance Plan. This payment would be contingent on all other terms and conditions of the Severance Plan and Supplemental Severance Plan, including the execution of a general release and waiver of claims against AXA Equitable Life and affiliates.

For this purpose, “good reason” includes: (a) relocation of his position to a work site that is more than 35 miles away from 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York City, (b) a material reduction in his compensation (other than in connection with, and substantially proportionate to, reductions by the company of the compensation of other similarly situated senior executives), (c) a material diminution in his duties, authority or responsibilities and (d) a material change in the lines of reporting such that he no longer reports to the company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

“Cause” is defined in Mr. Winikoff’s severance arrangement as: (i) failure or refusal to perform his duties or responsibilities, which failure is not cured within 30 days written notice, (ii) gross negligence or misconduct , which gross negligence or misconduct has caused harm or damage to the business, affairs or reputation of AXA Equitable Life or any of its affiliates, (iii) commission of, conviction of, or plea of nolo contedere to, any crime involving moral turpitude or any felony or (iv) breach of the non-solicitation obligations in his severance arrangement, which breach is not cured within 10 days written notice. Pursuant to his severance arrangement, Mr. Winikoff is subject to a one-year post-termination employee non-solicitation covenant.

Change in Control Benefits

Change in control benefits are provided for stock options granted under the Stock Option Plan. Under that plan, if there is a change in control of AXA Financial, all stock options will become immediately exercisable for their term regardless of the otherwise applicable exercise schedule.

 

265


Table of Contents

Change in control benefits are not provided for performance shares granted under the AXA Performance Share Plan. Although participants forfeit all of their performance shares upon a change in control, a change in control will not be deemed to occur for purposes of the Performance Share Plan unless AXA ceases to own at least 10% of the capital or voting rights of Holdings.

Mr. Pearson’s employment agreement also provides for change in control benefits as described above in “—Mr. Pearson’s Employment Agreement.”

None of the change in control provisions above will be triggered by this offering.

For additional information on severance and change in control benefits for the Named Executive Officers, see “—Potential Payments Upon Termination of Change in Control” below.

Perquisites

Executive officers receive limited perquisites. Specifically, executive officers may use a car and driver for personal purposes from time to time and may occasionally bring spouses and guests on certain flights otherwise being taken for business reasons. Also, financial planning and tax preparation services are provided to help ensure their peace of mind so that they are not unnecessarily distracted from focusing on the company’s business.

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Pearson is entitled to unlimited personal use of a car and driver, two business class trips to the United Kingdom per year with his spouse, expatriate tax services, a company car for his personal use, excess liability insurance coverage and repatriation costs.

The incremental costs of perquisites for the EQ Named Executive Officers during 2017 are included in the column entitled “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table included below.

Other Compensation Policies

Clawbacks

In the event an individual’s employment is terminated for cause, all AXA stock options granted under the AXA Stock Option Plan held by the individual are forfeited as of the date of termination. In addition, if an individual retires and induces others to leave the employment of an AXA affiliate, misuses confidential information learned while in the employ of an AXA affiliate or otherwise acts in a manner that is substantially detrimental to the business or reputation of any AXA affiliate, all outstanding stock options held by the individual will be forfeited.

Share Ownership Policy

Holdings does not currently have any stock ownership guidelines. However, any executives who are subject to AXA’s stock ownership policy as members of AXA’s Management Committee are required to meet AXA’s requirements for holding AXA stock. Those requirements are expressed as a multiple of base salary, with members of AXA’s Management Committee (such as Mr. Pearson) required to hold the equivalent of their base salary multiplied by two.

Derivatives Trading and Hedging Policies

The AXA Financial Group’s reputation for integrity and high ethical standards in the conduct of its affairs is of paramount importance to it. To preserve this reputation, all employees of the AXA Financial Group, including executive officers, are subject to the AXA Financial Insider Trading Policy. This policy prohibits, among other items, all short sales of securities of AXA and its publicly-traded subsidiaries (including AB Holding) and any

 

266


Table of Contents

hedging of equity compensation awards (including stock option, performance share or similar awards) or the securities underlying those awards. Members of AXA’s Management Committee must pre-clear with the AXA General Counsel any derivatives transactions with respect to AXA securities and/or the securities of other AXA publicly-traded subsidiaries.

Impact of Accounting and Tax Rules

Code Section 162(m) limits tax deductions relating to executive compensation of certain executives of publicly held companies. For taxable years ended prior to this offering, neither Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries, including AXA Equitable Life, were deemed to be publicly held for purposes of Code Section 162(m). Accordingly, these limitations were not applicable to the executive compensation program described above and were not taken into consideration in making compensation decisions. For 2018 and future years, our Compensation Committee will review and consider the deductibility of executive compensation under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), taking into account the changes to Code Section 162(m) effective for taxable years after 2017. However, in light of these changes, it is expected that our Compensation Committee will authorize compensation payments that are not deductible for federal income tax purposes when the committee believes that such payments are appropriate to attract, retain and incentivize executive talent.

AXA Equitable Life’s nonqualified deferred compensation arrangements that are subject to Section 409A are designed to comply with the requirements of Section 409A to avoid additional income taxes.

Accounting and other tax impacts not discussed above are also considered in the design of equity-based award programs.

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS – MR. BERNSTEIN

Compensation Program Overview

The intellectual capital of its employees is collectively the most important asset of AB. AB invests in people—its hires qualified people, trains them, encourages them to give their best thinking to the firm and its clients, and compensates them in a manner designed to motivate, reward and retain them while aligning their interests with the interests of holders of AB Holding Units and AB Units (collectively, the “Unitholders”).

AB structures its executive compensation programs with the intent of enhancing firm-wide and individual performance and Unitholder value.

AB is also focused on ensuring that its compensation practices are competitive with industry peers and provide sufficient potential for wealth creation for its executives and employees generally, which AB believes will enable it to meet the following key compensation goals:

 

    attract, motivate and retain highly-qualified executive talent;

 

    reward prior year performance;

 

    incentivize future performance;

 

    recognize and support outstanding individual performance and behaviors that demonstrate and foster AB’s culture of “Relentless Ingenuity,” which includes the core competencies of relentlessness, ingeniousness, collaboration and accountability; and

 

    align its executives’ long-term interests with those of Unitholders and clients.

Compensation Elements

AB utilizes a variety of compensation elements to achieve the goals described above, consisting of base salary, annual short-term incentive compensation awards (cash bonuses), a long-term incentive compensation award program, a defined contribution plan and certain other benefits, each of which are discussed below.

 

267


Table of Contents

Base Salaries

Base salaries comprise a relatively small portion of the total compensation of AB’s executives. AB considers individual experience, responsibilities and tenure with the firm when determining the narrow range of base salaries paid to its executives.

Annual Short-Term Incentive Compensation Awards (Cash Bonuses)

AB provides executives with annual short-term incentive compensation awards in the form of cash bonuses.

AB believes that annual cash bonuses, which generally reflect individual performance and the firm’s current year financial performance, provide a short-term retention mechanism for executives because such bonuses typically are paid during the last week of the year.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation Awards

A substantial portion of long-term incentive compensation awards for executives generally is denominated in restricted AB Holding Units. AB uses this structure to align its executives’ long-term interests directly with the interests of Unitholders and indirectly with the interests of clients, as strong performance for clients generally contributes directly to increases in assets under management and improved financial performance for the firm.

AB believes that annual long-term incentive compensation awards provide a long-term retention mechanism for executives because such awards generally vest ratably over four years.

An award recipient who resigns or is terminated without cause continues to vest in the recipient’s long-term incentive compensation award if the award recipient complies with certain agreements and restrictive covenants set forth in the applicable award agreement, including restrictions on competition, restrictions on employee and client solicitation, and a claw-back for failing to follow existing risk management policies. As such, for accounting purposes, there is no employee service requirement and awards are fully expensed when granted. As used in this Executive Compensation section, “vest” refers to the time at which the awards are no longer subject to forfeiture for breach of these restrictions or risk management policies, which we discuss further below in “Consideration of Risk Matters in Determining Compensation.”

Prior to vesting, distributions of the restricted AB Holding Units underlying an award are not permitted. Upon vesting, the AB Holding Units underlying an award are distributed unless the award recipient has, in advance, voluntarily elected to defer receipt to future periods. Quarterly cash distributions on vested and unvested restricted AB Holding Units are paid to award recipients when paid to Unitholders generally.

Defined Contribution Plan

U.S. employees of AB, including Mr. Bernstein, are eligible to participate in the Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of AB (as amended and restated as of January 1, 2015 and as further amended as of January 1, 2017, the “Profit Sharing Plan”), a tax-qualified retirement plan. The Compensation Committee of the AB Board of Directors (the “AB Compensation Committee”) determines the amount of company contributions (both the level of annual matching by the firm of an employee’s pre-tax salary deferral contributions and the annual company profit sharing contribution, if any).

For 2017, the AB Compensation Committee determined that employee deferral contributions would be matched on a dollar-for-dollar basis up to 5% of eligible compensation and that there would be no profit sharing contribution.

Other Benefits

AB pays the premiums associated with life insurance policies purchased on behalf of its executives.

 

268


Table of Contents

Overview of Mr. Bernstein’s Compensation

On May 1, 2017, Mr. Bernstein, the General Partner and AB entered into an agreement (the “SB Employment Agreement”) pursuant to which Mr. Bernstein is serving as AB’s President and CEO until May 1, 2020, provided that the term of employment shall automatically extend for one additional year on May 1, 2020 and each anniversary thereafter, unless the SB Employment Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms (“Employment Term”).

The terms of the SB Employment Agreement were the result of arm’s length negotiations between Mr. Bernstein and senior executives at AXA, AB’s parent company and majority Unitholder. The AB Board of Directors then approved the CEO Employment Agreement after having considered, among other things, the compensation package provided to Mr. Bernstein’s predecessor, the 2016 and 2017 compensation of AB’s other executive officers and Mr. Bernstein’s compensation at his former employer.

Compensation Elements

Base Salary

Mr. Bernstein’s annual base salary under the CEO Employment Agreement is $500,000. This amount is consistent with AB’s policy to keep base salaries of executives and other highly-compensated employees low in relation to total compensation. Any future increase to Mr. Bernstein’s base salary is entirely in the discretion of the AB Compensation Committee.

Cash Bonus

Under the SB Employment Agreement, Mr. Bernstein was entitled to, and received, a cash bonus of $3,000,000 in 2017. During each subsequent year of the Employment Term, he is entitled to be paid a cash bonus at a target level of $3,000,000, subject to review and increase from time to time by the AB Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion.

Restricted AB Holding Units

On May 16, 2017, in connection with the commencement of Mr. Bernstein’s employment, Mr. Bernstein was granted restricted AB Holding Units with a grant date fair value of $3,500,003, or 164,706 restricted AB Holding Units (“SB Sign-On Grant”) which, subject to accelerated vesting upon circumstances described in the SB Employment Agreement, vest ratably on each of the first four anniversaries of May 1, 2017, commencing May 1, 2018, provided, with respect to each installment, Mr. Bernstein continues to be employed by AB on the vesting date. Also, subject to accelerated delivery of the SB Sign-On Grant upon circumstances described in the SB Employment Agreement, the entire SB Sign-On Grant, minus any AB Holding Units withheld to cover applicable taxes, will be delivered to Mr. Bernstein as promptly as possible after May 1, 2021. Mr. Bernstein will receive the cash distributions payable with respect to the unvested portion of the SB Sign-On Grant and the vested but undelivered portion of the SB Sign-On Grant on the same basis as cash distributions are paid to AB Holding Unitholders generally.

Commencing in 2018 and during the remainder of the Employment Term, Mr. Bernstein will be eligible to receive annual equity awards with a grant date fair value of $3,500,000, subject to review and increase from time to time by the AB Compensation Committee in its sole discretion, in accordance with AB’s compensation practices and policies generally applicable to the firm’s executives as in effect from time to time.

A substantial portion of Mr. Bernstein’s 2017 compensation consists of, and his annual compensation throughout the Employment Term will continue to substantially consist of, restricted AB Holding Unit awards. Accordingly, his long-term interests are, and will continue to be, aligned directly with the interests of Unitholders and indirectly with the interests of clients. In this connection, strong performance for clients generally contributes directly to increases in assets under management and improved financial performance for the firm.

 

269


Table of Contents

Perquisites and Benefits

Under the SB Employment Agreement, Mr. Bernstein is eligible to participate in all benefit plans available to executives and for his safety and accessibility, a company car and driver for personal and business use.

Severance and Change in Control Benefits

The SB Employment Agreement contains severance and change-in-control provisions which are highlighted below and also described in detail under the heading “ Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control ”. We believe that these severance and change-in-control provisions assist in retaining Mr. Bernstein and in the event of a change in control, provide protection to Mr. Bernstein so he is not distracted by personal or financial situations at a time when AB needs him to remain focused on his responsibilities.

If Mr. Bernstein is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason and he signs and does not revoke a waiver and release of claims, he will receive the following:

 

    a cash payment equal to the sum of (a) his current base salary and (b) bonus opportunity amount;

 

    a pro rata bonus based on actual performance for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs;

 

    immediate vesting of any outstanding equity awards;

 

    delivery of AB Holding Units in respect of the SB Sign-On Grant (subject to any withholding requirements);

 

    monthly payments equal to the cost of COBRA coverage for the COBRA coverage period; and

 

    following the COBRA coverage period, access to participation in AB’s medical plans as in effect from time to time at Mr. Bernstein’s (or his spouse’s) sole expense.

If during the 12 months following a change in control, Mr. Bernstein is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason, in addition to the amounts described above, he will receive a cash payment equal to three times the sum of (a) his current base salary and (b) bonus opportunity amount (provided that if the change in control occurs on or after May 1, 2018, the sum is multiplied by two).

In the event of a change in control or in the event that Mr. Bernstein’s employment is terminated because the SB Employment Agreement is not renewed (other than for cause), his SB Sign-On Grant will immediately vest and AB Holding Units in respect of any such award will be delivered by AB to him.

In the event any payments constitute “golden parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and would be subject to an excise tax imposed by Section 4999, such payments will be reduced to the maximum amount that does not result in the imposition of such excise tax, but only if such reduction results in Mr. Bernstein receiving a higher net-after tax amount than he would receive absent such reduction. If a change in control occurs prior to January 1, 2020, to the extent that payments to Mr. Bernstein would be subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, Mr. Bernstein will be entitled to a gross-up payment to ensure that he will retain an amount equal to the excise tax imposed upon the payments, but if the payments do not exceed 110% of the statutory limit imposed by Section 280G of the Code, the payments will be reduced to the maximum amount that does not result in the imposition of such excise tax.

Mr. Bernstein is subject to a confidentiality provision, in addition to covenants with respect to noncompetition during his employment and six months thereafter and non-solicitation of customers and employees for twelve months following his termination of employment.

A change in control is defined as, among other things:

 

    AXA Financial and its majority-owned subsidiaries ceasing to control the election of a majority of the AB Board of Directors; or

 

    AB Holding, or any successor thereto, ceasing to be a publicly traded entity.

 

270


Table of Contents

Mr. Bernstein negotiated the severance and change-in-control provisions to have the security and flexibility to focus on the business and preserve the value of his long-term incentive compensation. The AB Board of Directors and AXA determined that these provisions were reasonable and appropriate because they were necessary to recruit and retain Mr. Bernstein and provided Mr. Bernstein with effective incentives for future performance. The AB Board of Directors and AXA determined to limit the applicability of the excise tax gross-up provision since the application of the excise tax is more burdensome on newly hired employees.

The AB Board of Directors and AXA also concluded that the change-in-control and termination provisions in the SB Employment Agreement fit within AB’s overall compensation objectives because these provisions, which align with AB’s goal of providing its executives with effective incentives for future performance, also:

 

    permitted AB to recruit and retain a highly-qualified CEO;

 

    aligned Mr. Bernstein’s long-term interests with those of AB’s Unitholders and clients;

 

    were consistent with AXA’s and the AB Board of Directors’ expectations with respect to the manner in which AB and AB Holding would be operated during Mr. Bernstein’s tenure; and

 

    were consistent with the AB Board of Directors’ expectations that Mr. Bernstein would not be terminated without cause and that no steps would be taken that would provide him with the ability to terminate the agreement for good reason.

The AB Compensation Committee

The AB Compensation Committee has general oversight of compensation and compensation-related matters, including:

 

    determining cash bonuses;

 

    determining contributions and awards under incentive plans or other compensation arrangements (whether qualified or non-qualified) for employees of AB and its subsidiaries, and amending or terminating such plans or arrangements or any welfare benefit plan or arrangement or making recommendations to the AB Board of Directors with respect to adopting any new incentive compensation plan, including equity-based plans; and

 

    reviewing and approving the compensation of the CEO, evaluating his performance, and determining and approving his compensation level based on this evaluation.

Other Compensation-Related Matters

Code Section 162(m) is not applicable to either AB or AB Holding.

POST-OFFERING EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION INFORMATION

Post-Offering Compensation Philosophy

Executives Employed by AXA Equitable Life

We intend to implement a comprehensive executive compensation program for AXA Equitable Life employees following the offering with core principles consistent with the philosophy of AXA Equitable Life’s 2017 executive compensation program. Specifically, our overriding goal will be to attract, retain and motivate top performers. To achieve our goal, we will foster a pay-for-performance management culture by:

 

    providing total target compensation opportunities competitive with the median total compensation available at our primary competitors;

 

    making performance-based variable compensation the principal component of executive compensation;

 

271


Table of Contents
    setting performance objectives and targets for variable compensation that provide the opportunity to earn above-median compensation by achieving above-target results and that result in below-median compensation for below-target results;

 

    establishing equity-based arrangements that ensure a financial stake in the equity value of the Company; and

 

    structuring compensation packages and outcomes to foster internal equity.

The primary differences between our executive compensation program following the offering and AXA Equitable Life’s 2017 executive compensation program will be driven by our intention to ensure our executives are fully aligned to the success of Holdings. This includes establishing:

 

    performance objectives for variable compensation that reflect the most critical business objectives driving Holdings’ long-term sustainable growth (rather than AXA’s strategy and focus);

 

    equity-based arrangements that ensure a financial stake in the equity value of Holdings (rather than AXA); and

 

    ownership requirements for executives based on Holdings’ stock.

We intend to design our plans and policies in accordance with U.S. best practices.

Executives Employed by AB

The compensation of Mr. Bernstein and other executives who are employed by AB will continue to be governed by the philosophy, goals and principal components of AB’s executive compensation programs as determined by the AB Board of Directors and the AB Compensation Committee.

Post-Offering Compensation Plans

Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan

Prior to the settlement of this offering, we intend to adopt the AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the “STIC Plan”). The STIC Plan will allow the Compensation Committee or the Board to establish performance goals and other terms and conditions applicable to annual incentive awards for our employees. Awards under the STIC Plan will be payable in cash, shares of our common stock or stock-based awards in any form available under our equity incentive plan, or a combination thereof. We may cancel, reduce or require an employee to forfeit any awards granted under the STIC Plan or require an employee to reimburse and disgorge to us any amounts received pursuant to awards granted under the STIC Plan, to the extent permitted or required by applicable law, regulation or policy in effect on or after the effective date of the STIC Plan.

Omnibus Equity Plan

Our board of directors and our stockholders have approved the AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or the “Omnibus Incentive Plan,” which will be effective on the day prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, pursuant to which we will make grants of long-term equity incentive compensation to our directors, officers and other employees. The following are the material terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, which is qualified by reference to the full text of the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Administration.     Our board of directors has the authority to interpret the terms and conditions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, to determine eligibility for and terms of awards for participants and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The board of directors may delegate its authority to a subcommittee. The board of directors, or the applicable subcommittee, is referred to below as the “Administrator.” To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Administrator may further delegate matters involving administration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan to our Chief Executive Officer or other of our officers. In addition, subcommittees may be established to the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

272


Table of Contents

Eligible Award Recipients.     Our directors, employees and financial professionals are eligible to receive awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Awards.     Awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may be made in the form of stock options, which may be either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options; restricted stock; restricted stock units; performance shares; performance units; stock appreciation rights, or “SARs”; dividend equivalents; and other stock-based awards. Cash awards may also be granted under the Plan as annual or long-term incentives.

Shares Subject to the Omnibus Incentive Plan.     Subject to adjustment as described below, the aggregate number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be equal to 5,882,352 shares. Shares issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or shares reacquired by us. All of the shares under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may be granted as incentive stock options within the meaning of the Code.

Any shares covered by an award, or portion of an award, granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan that are forfeited, canceled, expired or otherwise terminated for any reason will again be available for the grant of awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Additionally, any shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations pursuant to any award under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, and the shares subject to any award that is settled in cash, will again be available for issuance. The Omnibus Incentive Plan permits us to issue replacement awards to employees of companies acquired by us, but those replacement awards would not count against the share maximum listed above.

Director Limits. With respect to any period from one annual meeting of shareholders to the next following annual meeting of shareholders, the fair market value of shares subject to awards granted to any non-employee director, and the cash paid to any non-employee director, may not exceed $300,000 in the aggregate for any such non-employee director who is serving as chairman of the board of directors and $500,000 in the aggregate for any other such non-employee director.

Terms and Conditions of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.     An “incentive stock option” is an option that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, and a “non-qualified stock option” is an option that does not meet those requirements. A SAR is the right of a participant to a payment, in shares of common stock, or such other form determined by the Administrator, equal to the amount by which the market value of a share of common stock exceeds the exercise price of the stock appreciation right. An option or SAR granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be exercisable only to the extent that it is vested on the date of exercise. Each option and SAR will vest and become exercisable according to the terms and conditions determined by the Administrator. Options and SARs will vest ratably in equal annual installments over a three-year period on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, no option or SAR may be exercisable more than ten years from the grant date. SARs may be granted to participants in tandem with options or separately.

The exercise price per share under each non-qualified option and SAR granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the option grant date. The Omnibus Incentive Plan includes a general prohibition on the repricing of out-of-the-money options and SARs without shareholder approval.

Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.     Restricted stock is an award of common stock on which certain restrictions are imposed over specified periods that subject the shares to a substantial risk of forfeiture. A restricted stock unit is a unit, equivalent in value to a share of common stock, credited by means of a bookkeeping entry in our books to a participant’s account, which is settled after vesting in stock or cash, as determined by the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, our Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each award of restricted stock or restricted stock units,

 

273


Table of Contents

including the restricted period for all or a portion of the award, and the restrictions applicable to the award. Restricted stock and restricted stock units will vest based on a period of service specified by our Administrator, the occurrence of events specified by our Administrator or both. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, restricted stock units granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan that vest solely based on the continued service of the participant will vest ratably in equal annual installments over a three-year period, on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date. Restricted stock units granted under the plan will receive dividend equivalents settled in shares of our common stock unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

Terms and Conditions of Performance Shares and Performance Units.     A performance share is a grant of a specified number of shares of common stock, or a right to receive a specified (or formulaic) number of shares of common stock after the date of grant, subject to the achievement of predetermined performance conditions. A performance unit is a unit, having a specified cash value, that represents the right to receive a share of common stock or cash if performance conditions are achieved. Vested performance units may be settled in cash, stock or a combination of cash and stock, at the discretion of the Administrator. Performance shares and performance units will vest based on the achievement of performance goals during the performance cycle established by the Administrator, and such other conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Administrator may determine. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, performance shares and performance units granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will vest at the end of a three-year performance cycle, subject to achievement of the applicable performance goals. Performance shares and performance units granted under the plan will receive dividend equivalents settled in shares of our common stock unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

Other Stock-Based Awards.     The Administrator may make other equity-based or equity-related awards not otherwise described by the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, including fully vested stock awards.

Dividend Equivalents.     A dividend equivalent is the right to receive payments in cash or in stock, based on dividends with respect to shares of stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted to participants in tandem with another award or as freestanding awards.

Termination of Employment.      Except as otherwise set forth in an award agreement, outstanding awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be treated as follows in the event of a termination of employment:

 

    Termination for cause. In the event of a participant’s termination for “cause” (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan), all options and SARs, whether vested or unvested, and all other awards that are unvested or unpaid will immediately be forfeited and canceled.

 

    Termination due to death. In the event of a participant’s termination due to death, all options and SARs, whether or not exercisable, will become exercisable in full and may be exercised for up to one year after the participant’s death, and all other awards will immediately vest in full, and any such restricted stock units and performance awards will be settled in shares of common stock. The vesting of performance awards upon a termination due to death will be based on target levels of performance.

 

    Termination due to disability. In the event of a participant’s termination due to disability, all awards will remain outstanding and will vest in accordance with the terms set forth in the applicable award agreement. All options and SARs that are vested and exercisable as of the participant’s termination for disability or that vest and become exercisable following a participant’s termination for disability will be exercisable for up to five years following the participant’s termination due to disability.

 

   

Termination due to a qualifying termination. In the event of a participant’s “qualifying termination” (as defined below), any awards granted in the one-year period prior to such qualifying termination will be immediately forfeited and canceled, and any awards granted after such one-year period will remain outstanding and will vest in accordance with the terms set forth in the applicable award agreement (including, for performance awards, subject to the attainment of the applicable performance goals). All options and SARs that are vested and exercisable as of the date of the participant’s qualifying termination or that vest and become exercisable following a participant’s qualifying termination will be exercisable for up to five years following the date of the qualifying termination. For this purpose, a “qualifying termination” mean a voluntary termination or an involuntary termination without cause

 

274


Table of Contents
 

after the participant has reached 55 years of age with 10 years of service to the Company, provided that, in the case of an involuntary termination, the participant signs a general release and waiver of claims which is not revoked.

 

    Termination without cause. In the event a participant’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan), all unvested options and SARs will be forfeited and canceled, and all options and SARs that are vested and exercisable will remain exercisable for up to 30 days following the date of the participant’s termination of employment. All restricted stock and restricted stock units that are unvested will be immediately forfeited and canceled. Provided that the participant signs a general release and waiver of claims which is not revoked, all performance units that are unvested will be retained by the participant on a pro-rata basis (based on the number of days elapsed in the performance cycle on the participant’s date of termination over the total number of days in the performance cycle), and such retained awards will remain outstanding and vest subject to attainment of the applicable performance goals.

 

    Termination for any other reason. In the event a participant’s employment is terminated for any other reason not described above, including a voluntary resignation, all unvested options and SARs will be forfeited and canceled and all options and SARs that are vested and exercisable will remain exercisable for up to 30 days following the date of the participant’s termination of employment. All other awards that are unvested or have not otherwise been earned shall be immediately forfeited and canceled.

Other Forfeiture Provisions; Clawback.     A participant will be required to forfeit and disgorge any awards granted or vested and all gains earned or accrued due to the exercise of stock options or SARs or the sale of any Company common stock to the extent required by any policies as to forfeiture and recoupment or clawback policies as may be adopted by the Administrator or the board of directors, or as required by applicable law, including Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 10D of the Exchange Act, or as required by any stock exchange or quotation system on which our common stock is listed.

In addition, in the event a participant engages in “competitive activity” (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan) following a termination of the participant’s employment or service, all options and SARs, whether vested or unvested, and all other awards that are vested or unpaid as of the date of engagement in competitive activity will be immediately forfeited and canceled, and any portion of the participant’s award that became vested after such termination of employment or service, and any shares of common stock or cash issued upon exercise or settlement of such awards, will be immediately forfeited, canceled, and disgorged or paid to the Company together with all gains earned or accrued due to the sale of shares of common stock issued upon exercise or settlement of the awards.

Change in Capitalization or Other Corporate Event.     The number or amount of shares of stock, other property or cash covered by outstanding awards, the number and type of shares of stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each outstanding award, and the other terms and conditions of outstanding awards, will be subject to adjustment by the Administrator in the event of any stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split or share combination or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange of shares, spin-off, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or other similar transaction affecting our common stock. Any such adjustment would not be considered a repricing for purposes of the prohibition on repricing described above.

Effect of a Change in Control.     Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, upon a future change in control of the Company, unless prohibited by applicable law (including if such action would trigger adverse tax treatment under Section 409A of the Code), no accelerated vesting or cancellation of awards would occur if the awards are assumed and/or replaced in the change in control with substitute awards having the same or better terms and conditions (except that any substitute awards must fully vest on a participant’s involuntary termination of employment without “cause” or for “good reason” (as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan), in each case occurring within two years following the date of the change in control). To the extent that awards that vest based on continued service are not assumed and/or replaced in this manner, then those awards would fully vest and be

 

275


Table of Contents

cancelled for the same per share payment made to the shareholders in the change in control (less, in the case of options and SARs, the applicable exercise or base price). Performance-vesting awards would be modified into time-vesting awards at the time of the change in control based on either target or actual levels of performance, and the modified awards would then either be replaced or assumed, or cashed out, as described above. In the event of a participant’s termination of employment without “cause” or for “good reason” within the period ninety days prior to the change in control, the participant’s awards shall be treated as if the participant’s termination occurred immediately after the change in control. The Administrator has the ability to prescribe different treatment of awards in the award agreements and/or to take actions that are more favorable to participants.

Expiration Date.     The Omnibus Incentive Plan has a ten-year term and will expire at the end of that term unless further approval of our shareholders of the Omnibus Incentive Plan (or a successor plan) is obtained. However, the expiration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan would have no effect on outstanding awards previously granted.

The Supplemental Severance Plan

Prior to the settlement of this offering, we intend to amend and restate the Supplemental Severance Plan to provide benefits for officers at the level of Managing Director or above. As amended, the Supplemental Severance Plan will provide that an executive whose job is eliminated unrelated to a change in control will be eligible to receive, among other benefits:

 

    temporary income payments equal to 52 weeks’ of base salary, reduced by any temporary income payments for which the executive may be eligible under the Severance Plan, provided that members of the Holdings’ Management Committee will receive 78 weeks’ of base salary;

 

    additional temporary income payments equal to the greater of:

 

      the most recent short-term incentive compensation award paid to the executive;

 

      the average of the three most recent short-term incentive compensation awards paid to the executive; and

 

      the annual target short-term incentive compensation award for the executive for the year in which he or she receives notice of job elimination;

 

    a lump sum payment equal to the sum of: (a) the executive’s short-term incentive compensation for the year in which the executive receives notice of job elimination, pro-rated based on the number of the executive’s full calendar months of service in that year and (b) $40,000; and

 

    in the event that the executive receives notice that the executive’s job will be eliminated on any date occurring during the period beginning on January 1 of a calendar year and ending on the date on which short-term incentive compensation awards are paid under the STIC Plan for the prior calendar year, a lump sum payment equal to his or her annual target short-term incentive compensation for the prior year.

In the event of a job elimination is related to a change in control, members of the Holdings’ Management Committee and certain other key executives will be eligible to receive 104 weeks’ of base salary. A job elimination will be deemed to be “related to a change in control” only if it occurs within 12 months after a change in control. For this purpose, the term “job elimination” will include certain voluntary terminations of employment by an executive for “good reason,” which includes:

 

    a material diminution of the executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities;

 

    a material reduction in the executive’s base compensation (other than in connection with, and substantially proportionate to, reductions by the company of the compensation of other similarly situated senior executives); and

 

    a material change in the geographic location of the executive’s position.

 

276


Table of Contents

For a voluntary termination of employment for “good reason” to be treated as an involuntary termination, the executive must give notice of the existence of the “good reason” condition within 90 days of its initial existence and the Company must not remedy the condition within 30 days of the notice.

The Supplemental Severance Plan will continue to supplement, and not be duplicative of, any severance benefits for which an executive may be eligible under the Basic Severance Plan. All provisions of the Basic Severance Plan will continue to apply to the Supplemental Severance Plan, including the requirement to execute a general release and waiver of claims. As amended, the Supplemental Severance Plan will require the general release and waiver of claims to include non-competition and non-solicitation provisions.

2018 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program and Equity-Based Awards

STIC Program

The EQ Named Executive Officers will be eligible for an award under the 2018 program under the STIC Plan (the “2018 STIC Program”). The 2018 STIC Program will differ from prior programs by:

 

    determining funding based solely on the performance of AXA Financial R&P Operations against its targets, rather than a mix of its performance and AXA’s performance; and

 

    incorporating performance objectives that reflect AXA Financial R&P Operations’ key performance indicators, rather than objectives based on AXA’s strategy and focus.

The potential funding percentage for the 2018 STIC Program will range from 0% to 200% of target, consistent with peer payout ranges. The funding percentage will be allocated to business units based on Holdings’ Chief Executive Officer’s assessment of business unit performance, provided that the funding for corporate staff will solely reflect company performance.

Expected performance objectives and weightings for the 2018 STIC Program are as follows:

 

Performance Objective

   Weighting

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings

   50%

Premiums and Flows

   25%

Strategic Goals

   25%

For this purpose, the “strategic goals” category will focus on the milestones needed to ensure that the Company transitions successfully to a standalone entity such as General Account optimization, IT systems implementations, position relocations and key staffing.

Transaction Incentive Grants

At the time of this offering, we will grant one-time equity-based awards (“Transaction Incentive Awards”) to the Named Executive Officers and certain other employees under the Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. Each Named Executive Officer will receive a target award value as listed in the table below. However, the actual value of the award granted to each Named Executive Officer other than Mr. Pearson could range from 50% to 150% of this target amount, depending on Holdings’ valuation at the time of this offering. Mr. Pearson’s award is capped at $6,000,000.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target Award Value  

Mark Pearson

   $ 5,000,000  

Anders Malmström

   $ 2,000,000  

Brian Winikoff

   $ 1,000,000  

Dave Hattem

   $ 2,000,000  

Seth Bernstein

   $ 1,000,000  

 

277


Table of Contents

All Transaction Incentive Awards will be paid in the form of restricted stock units linked to the value of Holdings’ stock to further align the interests of our Named Executive Officers with those of our stockholders. The amount of the restricted stock units granted to each Named Executive Officer will be determined by dividing the Named Executive Officers’ actual award value by the offering price.

Fifty percent of each Named Executive Officer’s restricted stock units will vest based on continued service (the “Service Units’) and fifty percent will vest based on the performance of the Holdings share price (“Performance Units”) as follows:

 

Type of Units

  

Vesting Requirements

Service Units

  

•  50% of the Service Units will vest upon the expiration of the lock-up period related to this offering (expected to be six months);

 

•  25% of the Service Units will vest on the first anniversary of the offering date; and

 

•  25% of the Service Units will vest on the second anniversary of the offering date.

Performance Units

  

•   Condition #1 - if, prior to the second anniversary of the offering date, the average closing price of the Holdings’ share for thirty consecutive days is at least equal to 130% of the offering price, all Performance Units will immediately vest;

 

•   Condition #2 - if Condition #1 is not met but, prior to the fifth anniversary of the offering date, the average closing price of the Holdings’ share for thirty consecutive days is at least equal to 150% of the offering price, all Performance Units will immediately vest; and

 

•   Condition #3 - if neither Condition #1 or Condition #2 is met, fifty percent of the Performance Units will vest on the fifth anniversary of the offering date. The remaining 50% of the Performance Units will be forfeited.

Unvested restricted stock units will be forfeited upon termination of employment, except as follows:

 

Termination Type

  

Retention

Involuntary Termination (without cause)   

A pro-rated portion of the Performance Units based on the participant’s full months of service completed during the five-year period from the date of grant will continue to vest subject to the performance criteria. All other units will be forfeited

Death   

All restricted stock units will be immediately vested.

Disability    All restricted stock units will continue to vest as if the individual continued employment.
Other    All restricted stock units will be forfeited.

Other Equity-Based Awards

Each of the EQ Named Executive Officers will receive an equity-based award in 2018 linked to Holdings’ stock as follows.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Value of Award  

Mr. Pearson

   $ 3,850,000  

Mr. Malmström

   $ 1,500,000  

Mr. Winikoff

   $ 850,000  

Mr. Hattem

   $ 1,000,000  

 

278


Table of Contents

The award will consist of three components: (a) Holdings performance shares (50%), (b) Holdings stock options (25%) and (c) Holdings restricted stock units (25%).

To determine the amount of Holdings restricted stock units to be granted to each EQ Named Executive Officer, the applicable percentage of his total award value will be divided by the fair market value of the Holdings’ stock on the grant date. To determine the amount of Holdings stock options to be granted to each EQ Named Executive Officer, 25% of his total award value will be divided by the value of a Holdings stock option on the grant date which will be determined using a Black-Scholes pricing methodology based on assumptions which may differ from the assumptions used in determining the option’s grant date fair value based on FASB ASC Topic 718.

The Holdings stock options and restricted stock units will each vest ratably over three years while the Holdings performance shares grants will cliff vest after three years. Holdings performance shares will be granted unearned and will be earned over the vesting period based on the Company’s performance against performance objectives based on Relative Total Shareholder Return and Non-GAAP Operating ROE.

Both Holdings performance shares and restricted stock units will receive dividend equivalents with the same vesting schedule as the related shares or units.

Compensation Adjustments

The following compensation adjustments will apply for Mr. Pearson, Mr. Malmström and Mr. Hattem, effective May 14, 2018, subject to approval by the AXA Equitable Life Board of Directors:

 

Mr. Pearson

   Equity-based award target increased from $2,350,000 to $3,850,000

Mr. Malmström

  

Salary increase from $660,000 to $710,000

STIC Program award target increased from $800,000 to $1,000,000

Equity-based award target increased from $800,000 to $1,500,000

Mr. Hattem

  

Salary increase from $609,000 to $700,000

STIC Program award target increased from $650,000 to $750,000

Equity-based award target increased from $750,000 to $1,000,000

Compensation Policies

Clawbacks

We intend to implement a clawback and forfeiture policy providing that:

 

    if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement of its financial results due to material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws caused by the fraud, misconduct or gross negligence of a current or former executive officer, the Company will use reasonable efforts to recover any incentive compensation paid to the executive officer that would not have been paid if the financial results had been properly reported; and

 

    if a current or former executive officer commits fraudulent or other wrongful conduct that causes the Company or its business financial or reputational harm, the Company may seek recovery of performance-based compensation with respect to the period of misconduct.

For this purpose, an “executive officer” includes any officer of the Company for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Currently, this includes the members of Holdings’ Management Committee (“MC Members”) and our Chief Accounting Officer.

 

279


Table of Contents

Stock Ownership

We intend to implement a stock ownership policy for the MC Members as follows:

 

Executive

   Requirement

Holdings’ Chief Executive Officer

   6 x base salary

Other MC Members

   3 x base salary

For purposes of determining whether the requirements are met, the following will be taken into account:

 

    AEH common stock;

 

    AB units and

 

    unvested restricted stock or restricted stock units that are subject only to service requirements.

The executives will be required to retain 75% of any net shares (shares after the payment of taxes and the costs of exercise and commissions for stock options) received as compensation until the applicable requirement is met. Once an executive satisfies the stock ownership guidelines, the executive will not be deemed to have fallen out of compliance solely by reason of a decline in the value of the AEH common stock or AB units.

Hedging and Pledging

We intend to adopt an insider trading policy prohibiting all employees and directors of the Company from engaging in hedging or pledging with respect to securities of Holdings or its subsidiaries.

Treatment of Outstanding AXA Equity-Based Awards

All of the EQ Named Executive Officer’s outstanding equity-based awards linked to AXA’s stock will remain subject to their original terms and conditions following the offering.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

The Board did not maintain a compensation committee in 2017 and it did not deliberate regarding executive officer compensation in 2017. During 2017 none of our executive officers served as: (a) a member of the compensation committee of any entity for which a member of our Board served as an executive officer or (b) a director of another entity, an executive officer of which serves as a member of the Board.

CONSIDERATION OF RISK MATTERS IN DETERMINING COMPENSATION

Holdings has considered whether the compensation practices of its subsidiaries are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Holdings and determined that they do not. When conducting the analysis, Holdings considered that AXA Equitable Life’s programs have a number of features that contribute to prudent decision-making and avoid an incentive to take excessive risk. The overall design and metrics of AXA Equitable Life’s incentive compensation program effectively balance performance over time, considering both company earnings and individual results with multi-year vesting and performance periods. AXA Equitable Life’s short-term incentive program further mitigates risk by permitting discretionary adjustments for both funding and granting purposes. Holdings also considered that AXA Equitable Life’s general risk management controls, oversight of programs, award review and governance processes preclude decision-makers from taking excessive risk to achieve targets under the compensation plans.

Holdings also considered that a substantial portion of each long-term incentive compensation award granted to an eligible employee of AB is denominated in AB Holding Units that are not delivered until subsequent years, so the ultimate value that the employee derives from the award depends on the long-term performance of the

 

280


Table of Contents

firm. Denominating a substantial portion of the award in restricted AB Holding Units and deferring their delivery sensitizes employees to risk outcomes and discourages them from taking excessive risks that could lead to a decrease in the value of the AB Holding Units. Furthermore, generally all outstanding long-term incentive compensation awards include a provision permitting AB to “claw-back” the unvested portion of an employee’s long-term incentive compensation award if the AB Compensation Committee determines that (i) the employee failed to follow existing risk management policies and (ii) as a result of the employee’s failure, there has been or reasonably could be expected to be a material adverse impact on AB or the employee’s business unit.

 

281


Table of Contents

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table presents the total compensation of our Named Executive Officers for services performed for us for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, except that no information is provided for years prior to 2016 for Mr. Winikoff or for years prior to 2017 for Mr. Bernstein since they were not Named Executive Officers in those years.

The amounts listed in this table as well as all other executive compensation tables reflect all payments made to the EQ Named Executive Officers by AXA Equitable Life even though a portion of these costs may have been reimbursed by certain affiliates pursuant to various service agreements. The total compensation reported in the following table includes items such as salary and non-equity incentive compensation as well as the grant date fair value of equity-based compensation. The equity-based compensation may never become payable or may end up with a value that is substantially different from the value reported here. The amounts in the Total column do not represent “Total Compensation” as described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis.

2017 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year
    Salary
(1)
    Bonus
(2)
    Stock
Awards
(3)
    Option
Awards
(4)
    Non-Equity
Incentive
Compensation
(5)
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
(6)
    All Other
Compensation
(7)
    Total  

Mark Pearson

    2017     $ 1,250,114       $ 2,067,378     $ 341,280     $ 2,526,000     $ 1,017,919     $ 370,237     $ 7,572,928  

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2016     $ 1,250,744       $ 2,010,449     $ 382,419     $ 2,164,000     $ 393,441     $ 389,201     $ 6,590,254  
    2015     $ 1,250,744       $ 1,681,267     $ 261,309     $ 2,341,000       $ 573,100     $ 6,107,420  

Anders Malmström

    2017     $ 658,228       $ 526,564     $ 106,722     $ 1,047,248     $ 180,070     $ 330,539     $ 2,849,371  

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

    2016     $ 658,228       $ 496,993     $ 116,089     $ 850,000     $ 280,596     $ 172,895     $ 2,574,801  
    2015     $ 658,228       $ 350,014     $ 61,295     $ 940,000     $ 22,125     $ 165,337     $ 2,196,999  

Brian Winikoff

    2017     $ 737,246       $ 559,481     $ 113,389     $ 936,729     $ 52,726     $ 168,155     $ 2,567,726  

Senior Executive Director and Head of U.S. Life, Retirement and Wealth Management for AXA Equitable Life

    2016     $ 332,950       $ 1,599,925       $ 900,000       $ 20,054     $ 2,852,929  

Dave Hattem

    2017     $ 609,333       $ 646,471     $ 106,722     $ 788,119     $ 578,537     $ 155,009     $ 2,884,191  

Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel

    2016     $ 599,893       $ 648,443     $ 123,348     $ 750,000     $ 238,250     $ 134,224     $ 2,494,158  
    2015     $ 551,331     $ 47,596     $ 429,728     $ 66,791     $ 720,000     $ 16,467     $ 159,859     $ 1,991,772  
                 

Seth Bernstein

    2017     $ 334,615     $ 3,000,000     $ 3,500,003           $ 148,274     $ 6,982,892  

Chief Executive Officer of AllianceBernstein Corporation

                 

Gérald Harlin

    2017                  

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

                 

 

(1) For the EQ named executive officers, the amounts in this column reflect actual salary paid in each year. Mr. Bernstein’s annual base salary is $500,000. The salary figure in the table is prorated based on his hire date (May 1, 2017).
(2) No bonuses were paid to the EQ Named Executive Officers in 2017, 2016 or 2015 except that Mr. Hattem was paid a bonus in May 2015 to compensate him for the loss of AXA stock options due to regulatory and other constraints prohibiting his exercise. Mr. Bernstein was paid a bonus in 2017 consistent with the SB Employment Agreement.
(3)

For Mr. Winikoff, this column reflects the grant date fair value of his sign-on restricted stock unit (“RSU”) grant in 2016. For Mr. Bernstein, this column reflects the grant date fair value of the SB Sign-On Grant. Otherwise, the amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate

 

282


Table of Contents
  grant date fair value of AXA performance shares awarded in each year in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, and the assumptions made in calculating them can be found in note 13 of the notes to Holdings’ consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. The AXA performance share grants were valued at target which represents the probable outcome at grant date. A maximum payout for the AXA performance share grants, valued at the grant date fair value, would result in values of:

 

     2017      2016      2015  

Mr. Pearson

   $ 2,687,592      $ 2,613,584      $ 2,185,653  

Mr. Malmström

   $ 684,533      $ 646,091      $ 455,027  

Mr. Winikoff

   $ 727,326        

Mr. Hattem

   $ 840,412      $ 842,976      $ 558,656  

The 2017 AXA performance share grants, Mr. Winikoff’s sign-on RSU grant and the AB Sign-On Grant are described in more detail below in “—Executive Compensation—Supplemental Information for Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Tables.”

(4) The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of AXA stock options awarded in each year in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, and the assumptions made in calculating them can be found in note 13 of the notes to Holdings’ consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. The 2017 AXA stock option grants are described in more detail below in “—Supplemental Information for Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Tables.”
(5) For the EQ Named Executive Officers, the amounts reported for 2017 are the awards paid in March 2018 to each of the Named Executive Officers based on their 2017 performance. The amounts reported for 2016 are the awards paid in February 2017 to each of the Named Executive Officers based on their 2016 performance. The amounts reported for 2015 are the awards paid in February 2016 to each of the Named Executive Officers based on their 2015 performance.
(6) The amounts reported represent the increase in the actuarial present value of accumulated pension benefits for the Named Executive Officer. The Named Executive Officers did not have any above-market earnings on non-qualified deferred compensation in 2017, 2016 or 2015. For more information regarding the pension benefits for each Named Executive Officer, see the Pension Benefits as of December 31, 2017 Table below.
(7) The following table provides additional details for the compensation information found in the All Other Compensation column.

2017 ALL OTHER COMPENSATION TABLE

 

   

Name

        Auto
(a)
    Excess
Liability
Insurance
(b)
    Financial
Advice
(c)
    401k Plan
Contributions
(d)
    Excess 401(k)
Contributions
(e)
    Other
Perquisites/
Benefits
(f)
    TOTAL  

Mark Pearson

    2017     $ 10,246     $ 8,161     $ 24,546     $ 13,020       314,264       —       $ 370,237  
    2016     $ 11,469     $ 8,110     $ 24,220       12,938       332,464       —       $ 389,201  
    2015     $ 17,874     $ 8,110     $ 34,610       16,913       342,264       153,329     $ 573,100  

Anders Malmström

    2017     $ —       $ —       $ 28,484     $ 13,020       123,823     $ 165,212     $ 330,539  
    2016     $ 333       $ 25,980       12,938       133,323     $ 321     $ 172,895  
    2015     $ 839       $ 29,190       16,913       109,323     $ 9,072     $ 165,337  

Brian Winikoff

    2017     $ —         $ 17,791     $ 13,020       136,725     $ 619     $ 168,155  
    2016     $ —       $ —       $ —         12,938       6,795     $ 321       20,054  
    2015                

Dave Hattem

    2017     $ —       $ —       $ 15,000     $ 13,020       118,809     $ 8,180     $ 155,009  
    2016     $ 51       $ —         12,938       114,487     $ 6,748       134,224  
    2015     $ 6,157       $ 17,524       16,913       109,558     $ 9,707       159,859  

Seth Bernstein

    2017     $ 146,845             $ 1,429     $ 148,274  
    2016                
    2015                

 

  a. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Pearson is entitled to the business and personal use of a dedicated car and driver. The personal use of this vehicle for 2017 was valued based on a formula considering the annual lease value of the vehicle, the compensation of the driver and the cost of fuel. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Bernstein is entitled to a car and driver for his business and personal purposes and this column includes auto lease costs ($10,493) and driver compensation and other auto-related expenses ($136,352).
  b. AXA Equitable Life pays the premiums for excess liability insurance coverage for Mr. Pearson pursuant to his employment agreement. The amounts in this column reflect the actual amount of the premiums paid for each year.

 

283


Table of Contents
  c. AXA Equitable Life pays for financial planning and tax preparation services for each of the EQ Named Executive Officers. The amounts in this column reflect the actual amounts paid to the service provider for each year.
  d. This column includes the amount of company contributions received by each EQ Named Executive Officer under the 401(k) Plan for 2017.
  e. This column includes the amount of any excess 401(k) contributions made by AXA Equitable Life to the Post-2004 Plan for each EQ Named Executive Officer.
  f. This column includes for 2017:

 

Mr. Malmström

  

$157,783 – relocation expense of $100,000 and related tax gross-up of $57,783

$7,429 – costs related to having a guest accompany him to company events

Mr. Winikoff

  

$577 – cost related to having a guest accompany him to a company event

$41 – refund of health insurance premium

Mr. Hattem

  

$8,042 – costs related to having a guest accompany him to company events

Mr. Bernstein

  

$1,429 – life insurance premiums

 

(8) Mr. Harlin served as the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Holdings during 2017. Mr. Harlin received no compensation from the Company for his services rendered to Holdings during 2017. Mr. Harlin resigned as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Holdings on November 6, 2017.

2017 GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

The following table provides additional information about plan-based compensation disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table. This table includes both equity and non-equity awards granted during 2017. No equity awards in respect of Holdings stock were granted in 2017.

 

2017 GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS  

Name

  Grant
Date
    OCC
Approval
Date (1)
   

 

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards (2)

   

 

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards (3)

    All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#) (4)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh) (5)
    Closing
Market
Price
on
Date of
Grant
    Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards (6)
 
      Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
(#)
    Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
           

Mark Pearson

      $ 0     $ 2,128,400       n/a                  
    06/21/17       02/15/17             0       170,004       170,004         $ 26.69     $ 26.80     $ 341,280  
    06/21/17       02/15/17             0       97,144       126,287             $ 2,067,378  

Anders Malmström

      $ 0     $ 800,000       n/a                  
    06/21/17       02/15/17               17,720       17,720         35,442     $ 26.69     $ 26.80     $ 106,722  
    06/21/17       02/15/17               30,377       39,490             $ 526,564  

Brian Winikoff

      $ 0     $ 900,000       n/a                  
    06/21/17       02/15/17             0       18,827       18,827         37,656     $ 26.69     $ 26.80     $ 113,389  
    06/21/17       02/15/17             0       32,276       41,959             $ 559,481  

Dave Hattem

      $ 0     $ 650,000       n/a                  
    06/21/17       02/15/17             0       17,720       17,720         35,442     $ 26.69     $ 26.80     $ 106,722  
    06/21/17       02/15/17             0       30,377       39,490             $ 646,471  

Seth Bernstein

                         
    05/16/17                     164,706           $ 3,500,003  

 

(1) For the EQ Named Executive Officers, this column reports the date on which the EQ OCC approved its recommendation of the grants to the AXA Board of Directors.
(2) For the EQ Named Executive Officers, the target column shows the target award for 2017 under the STIC Program assuming the plan was 100% funded. There is no minimum or maximum award for any participant in this plan. The actual 2017 awards paid to the EQ Named Executive Officers are listed in the Non-Equity Incentive Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table.
(3) The second row for each EQ Named Executive Officer shows the AXA stock options granted under the AXA Stock Option Plan on June 21, 2017. The third row for each EQ Named Executive Officer shows the AXA performance shares granted under the AXA 2017 Performance Share Plan on June 21, 2017.
(4) For Mr. Bernstein, this column shows the SB Sign-On Grant.
(5) The exercise price for the AXA stock options granted on June 21, 2017 is equal to the average of the closing prices for an AXA ordinary share on Euronext Paris SA over the 20 trading days immediately preceding June 21, 2017. For purposes of this table, the exercise price was converted to U.S. dollars using the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate on June 20, 2017.

 

284


Table of Contents
(6) For the EQ Named Executive Officers, the amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the AXA stock options and AXA performance shares granted in 2017 in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The AXA performance share grants were valued at target which represents the probable outcome at grant date. For Mr. Bernstein, the amount in this column represents the grant date fair value of the SB Sign-On Grant.

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION FOR SUMMARY COMPENSATION AND GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS TABLES

2017 Stock Option Award Grants

The AXA stock option awards granted to the EQ Named Executive Officers on June 21, 2017 have a 10-year term and a vesting schedule of five years, with one-third of the grant vesting on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant, provided that the last third will vest on June 21, 2022 only if the AXA ordinary share performs at least as well as the SXIP Index over a specified period of at least three years. This performance condition applies to all of Mr. Pearson’s options. The exercise price for the options is 23.92 euro, which was the average of the closing prices for the AXA ordinary share on Euronext Paris SA over the 20 trading days immediately preceding June 21, 2017.

In the event of retirement, the AXA stock options continue to vest and may be exercised until the end of the term, except in the case of misconduct. Accordingly, since Messrs. Hattem and Pearson are currently eligible to retire, their AXA stock options will not be forfeited due to any service condition.

2017 Performance Share Award Grants

An AXA performance share is a “phantom” share of AXA that, once earned and vested, provides the right to receive an AXA ordinary share at the time of payment. AXA performance shares are granted unearned. Under the 2017 AXA Performance Shares Plan, the number of shares that is earned is determined at the end of a three-year performance period, starting on January 1, 2017 and ending on December 31, 2019, by multiplying the number of shares granted by a performance percentage that is determined as described below. If no dividend is proposed for payment by the AXA Board of Directors to AXA’s stockholders for 2017 and/or 2018 and/or 2019, the performance percentage for the grant will be divided in half. The AXA performance shares granted to the EQ Named Executive Officers on June 21, 2017 cliff vest after four years.

The performance percentage for the 2017 AXA Performance Shares Plan initially will be determined based: (a) 40% on AXA’s performance with respect to adjusted earnings per share, (b) 50% on AXA Financial R&P Operations’ performance with respect to adjusted earnings and underlying earnings (each weighted 50%) and (c) 10% on AXA’s score on the DJSI World, a Dow Jones sustainability index which tracks the performance of the world’s sustainability leaders. A positive or negative adjustment of 5% will then be made to the performance percentage based on AXA’s relative performance against a selection of its peers with respect to total stockholder return. The components of the performance percentage and their targets are determined by the AXA Board of Directors based on their review of AXA’s strategic objectives, market practices and regulatory changes.

Generally, if performance targets are met, 100% of the AXA performance shares initially granted is earned. Performance that exceeds the targets results in increases in the number of shares earned, subject to a cap of 130% of the initial number of shares. Performance that falls short of targets results in a decrease in the number of shares earned with a possible forfeiture of all shares. Since AXA uses IFRS as its principal method of accounting, AXA’s adjusted earnings per share and AXA Financial R&P Operations’ adjusted earnings and underlying earnings are calculated using IFRS. Accordingly, they are not measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The settlement of 2017 AXA performance shares will be made in AXA ordinary shares on June 21, 2021. In the case of retirement, a participant is treated as if he or she continued employment until the settlement date. Accordingly, Messrs. Hattem and Pearson will still receive a payout if they choose to retire prior to the end of the vesting period.

 

285


Table of Contents

Mr. Winikoff’s RSUs Grant

On July 5, 2016, Mr. Winikoff received a sign-on grant of 84,611 RSUs in respect of AXA ordinary shares. These RSUs will vest ratably over a four-year period and be paid out in cash within 30 days after the vesting date. 21,153 of these RSUs vested in 2017.

The SB Sign-On Grant

On May 16, 2017, in connection with the commencement of Mr. Bernstein’s employment, Mr. Bernstein was granted restricted AB Holding Units with a grant date fair value of $3,500,003, or 164,706 restricted AB Holding which, subject to accelerated vesting upon circumstances described in the SB Employment Agreement, vest ratably on each of the first four anniversaries of May 1, 2017, commencing May 1, 2018, provided, with respect to each installment, Mr. Bernstein continues to be employed by AB on the vesting date. Also, subject to accelerated delivery of the SB Sign-On Grant upon circumstances described in the SB Employment Agreement, the entire SB Sign-On Grant, minus any AB Holding Units withheld to cover applicable taxes, will be delivered to Mr. Bernstein as promptly as possible after May 1, 2021. Mr. Bernstein will receive the cash distributions payable with respect to the unvested portion of the SB Sign-On Grant and the vested but undelivered portion of the SB Sign-On Grant on the same basis as cash distributions are paid to AB Holding Unitholders generally.

 

286


Table of Contents

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017

The following table lists outstanding equity grants for each Named Executive Officer as of December 31, 2017. The table includes outstanding equity grants from past years as well as the current year. For the EQ Named Executive Officers, equity grants in 2017 and prior years were awarded in respect of AXA ordinary shares. For Mr. Bernstein, equity grants in 2017 were awarded in respect of AB Holding Units. Prior to this offering, none of our Named Executive Officers have received equity awards in respect of our common stock.

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT 2017 YEAR-END  
    OPTION AWARDS     STOCK AWARDS  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
(1)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
(1)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#) (1)
    Option
Exercise
Price
($) (2)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not
Vested
(#) (3)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested ($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested (#) (4)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested ($)
 

Mark Pearson

        2,936     $ 33.21       04/01/18       45,418     $ 1,177,884       286,589     $ 7,432,485  
    34,574         $ 21.59       06/10/19          
    60,500         $ 21.08       03/19/20          
    137,500         $ 20.63       03/18/21          
    116,000         $ 15.96       03/16/22          
    140,000         $ 17.83       03/22/23          
    41,133         82,267     $ 25.74       03/24/24          
        145,458     $ 26.12       06/19/25          
        186,069     $ 24.00       06/06/26          
        170,004     $ 26.69       06/21/27          

Anders Malmström

    11,644         $ 17.83       03/22/23       13,398     $ 347,468       83,899     $ 2,175,862  
    12,207       12,207       12,206     $ 25.74       03/24/24          
      24,786       12,393     $ 26.12       06/19/25          
      37,656       18,828     $ 24.00       06/06/26          
      35,442       17,720     $ 26.69       06/21/27          

Brian Winikoff

      37,656       18,827     $ 26.69       06/21/27       63,458     $ 1,645,739       32,276     $ 837,055  

Dave Hattem

        2,251     $ 33.21       04/01/18       12,415     $ 321,974       85,916     $ 2,228,171  
    11,313       11,313       11,314     $ 25.74       03/24/24          
      24,786       12,393     $ 26.12       06/19/25          
      40,012       20,004     $ 24.00       06/06/26          
      35,442       17,720     $ 26.69       06/21/27          

Seth Bernstein

              164,706     $ 4,125,885      

 

(1) All AXA stock options have ten-year terms. All AXA stock options granted after 2013 have a vesting schedule of five years, with one-third of the grant vesting on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant, and all AXA stock options granted in 2008 through 2013 have a vesting schedule of four years, with one-third of the grant vesting on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date; provided that for all these grants the last third will vest only if the AXA ordinary share performs at least as well as the SXIP Index during a specified period (this condition applies to all AXA stock options granted to Mr. Pearson after 2011).
(2) All AXA stock options have euro exercise prices. All euro exercise prices have been converted to U.S. dollars based on the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate on the day prior to the grant date. The actual U.S. dollar equivalent of the exercise price will depend on the exchange rate at the date of exercise.
(3) For all of the EQ Named Executive Officers except Mr. Winikoff, this column reflects earned but unvested AXA performance shares granted in 2014 with a vesting date of March 24, 2018. For Mr. Winikoff, this column reflects the unvested portion of his sign-on RSU grant for 2016. His RSUs will vest ratably over a four-year period and be paid out in cash within 30 days after the vesting date. For Mr. Bernstein, this column reflects his AB Sign-On Grant.

 

287


Table of Contents
(4) This column reflects unearned and unvested AXA performance shares granted in 2015, 2016 and 2017 to the EQ Named Executive Officers as follows:

 

     2015 AXA Performance
Shares Vesting 6/19/19
     2016 AXA Performance
Shares Vesting 6/06/20
     2017 AXA Performance
Shares Vesting 6/21/21
 

Mr. Pearson

     83,119        106,326        97,144  

Mr. Malmström

     21,245        32,227        30,377  

Mr. Winikoff

           32,276  

Mr. Hattem

     21,245        34,294        30,377  

OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED IN 2017

The following table summarizes the value received from AXA stock option exercises and stock awards vested during 2017.

 

OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED  
     OPTION AWARDS      STOCK AWARDS  

Name

   Number of
Shares Acquired
on Exercise (#)
(1)
     Value Realized
on Exercise
($) (2)
     Number of
Shares Acquired
on Vesting (#) (3)
     Value Realized
on Vesting ($)
(4)
 

Mark Pearson

     5,874      $ 31,871        45,734      $ 1,143,350  

Anders Malmström

           13,491      $ 337,275  

Brian Winikoff

           21,153      $ 578,133  

Dave Hattem

     79,364      $ 999,118        12,501      $ 312,525  

Seth Bernstein

           

 

(1) This column reflects the number of AXA stock options exercised in 2017 by Mr. Pearson and Mr. Hattem.
(2) All shares acquired upon the option exercises were immediately sold. This column reflects the actual sale price received less the exercise price.
(3) For Mr. Winikoff, this column reflects the portion of his RSUs that vested in 2017. Otherwise, this column reflects the first tranche of the AXA performance shares earned under the 2014 AXA Performance Shares Plan that vested in 2017.
(4) The value of the AXA performance shares that vested in 2017 was determined based on the average of the high and low AXA ordinary share price on the vesting date, converted to US dollars using the European Central Bank reference rate on the vesting date.

 

288


Table of Contents

PENSION BENEFITS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017

The following table lists the pension program participation and actuarial present value of each EQ Named Executive Officer’s defined benefit pension at December 31, 2017. Note that Messrs. Malmström and Winikoff did not participate in the Retirement Plan or the Excess Plan since they were not eligible to participate in these plans prior to their freeze. Mr. Bernstein does not have any pension benefits.

 

PENSION BENEFITS  

Name

  

Plan Name (1)

   Number of Years
Credited Service (2)
     Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit

($)
     Payments
during the last
fiscal year

($)
 

Mark Pearson

   AXA Equitable Retirement Plan        3      $ 70,739     
   AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan        3      $ 702,234     
   AXA Equitable Executive Survivor Benefit Plan      23      $ 4,298,300     

Anders Malmström

   AXA Equitable Retirement Plan        0      $ —       
   AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan        0      $ —       
   AXA Equitable Executive Survivor Benefit Plan        6      $ 511,466     

Brian Winikoff

   AXA Equitable Retirement Plan        0      $ —       
   AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan        0      $ —       
   AXA Equitable Executive Survivor Benefit Plan        1      $ 52,726     

Dave Hattem

   AXA Equitable Retirement Plan      19      $ 517,856     
   AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan      19      $ 1,074,995     
   AXA Equitable Executive Survivor Benefit Plan      24      $ 2,447,999     

Seth Bernstein

           

 

(1) The December 31, 2017 liabilities for the Retirement Plan, the Excess Plan, and the ESB Plan were calculated using the same participant data, plan provisions and actuarial methods and assumptions used for financial reporting purposes, except that a retirement age of 65 is assumed for all calculations. The assumptions used include:

 

    a discount rate of 3.40% for the Retirement Plan;

 

    a discount rate of 3.32% for the Excess Plan;

 

    a discount rate of 3.47% for the ESB Plan; and

 

    the RP-2000 mortality table projected on a full generational basis using Scale BB.

 

(2) Credited service for purposes of the Retirement Plan and the Excess Plan does not include an executive’s first year of service and does not include any service after the freeze of the plans on December 31, 2013. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Pearson’s credited service for purposes of the ESB Plan includes approximately 16 years of service with AXA Equitable Life affiliates. However, this additional credited service does not result in any benefit augmentation for Mr. Pearson.

The Retirement Plan

The Retirement Plan is a tax-qualified defined benefit plan for eligible employees. The Retirement Plan was frozen effective December 31, 2013.

 

289


Table of Contents

Participants became vested in their benefits under the Retirement Plan after three years of service. Participants are eligible to retire and begin receiving benefits under the Retirement Plan: (a) at age 65 (the “normal retirement date”) or (b) if they are at least age 55 with at least 5 full years of service (an “early retirement date”).

Prior to the freeze, the Retirement Plan provided a cash balance benefit whereby AXA Equitable Life established a notional account for each Retirement Plan participant. This notional account was credited with deemed pay credits equal to 5% of eligible compensation up to the Social Security wage base plus 10% of eligible compensation above the Social Security wage base. Eligible compensation included base salary and short-term incentive compensation and was subject to limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. These notional accounts continue to be credited with deemed interest credits. For pay credits earned on or after April 1, 2012 up to December 31, 2013, the interest rate is determined annually based on the average discount rates for one-year Treasury Constant Maturities. For pay credits earned prior to April 1, 2012, the annual interest rate is the greater of 4% and a rate derived from the average discount rates for one-year Treasury Constant Maturities. For 2017, pay credits earned prior to April 1, 2012 received an interest crediting rate of 4% while pay credits earned on or after April 1, 2012 received an interest crediting rate of 0.75%.

Participants elect the time and form of payment of their cash balance account after they separate from service. The normal form of payment depends on a participant’s marital status as of the payment commencement date. If the participant is unmarried, the normal form will be a single life annuity. If the participant is married, the normal form will be a 50% joint and survivor annuity. Subject to spousal consent requirements, participants may elect the following optional forms of payment for their cash balance account:

 

    Single life annuity;

 

    Optional joint and survivor annuity of any whole percentage between 1% and 100%; and

 

    Lump sum.

Messrs. Pearson and Hattem are each entitled to a frozen cash balance benefit under the Retirement Plan and are currently eligible for early retirement under the plan.

Note that, for certain grandfathered participants, the Retirement Plan provides benefits under a traditional defined benefit formula based on final average pay, estimated Social Security benefits and years of service. None of the Named Executive Officers are grandfathered participants.

The Excess Plan

The purpose of the Excess Plan, which was frozen as of December 31, 2013 was to allow eligible employees to earn retirement benefits in excess of those permitted under the Retirement Plan. Specifically, the Retirement Plan is subject to rules under the Code that cap both the amount of eligible earnings that may be taken into account for determining benefits under the Retirement Plan and the amount of benefits that the Retirement Plan may pay annually. Prior to the freeze of the Retirement Plan, the Excess Plan permitted participants to accrue and be paid benefits that they would have earned and been paid under the Retirement Plan but for these limits. The Excess Plan is an unfunded plan and no assets are actually set aside in participants’ names.

The Excess Plan was amended effective September 1, 2008 to comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A. Pursuant to the amendment, a participant’s Excess Plan benefits vested after 2005 will generally be paid in a lump sum on the first day of the month following the month in which separation from service provided that payment will be delayed six months for “specified employees” (generally, the fifty most highly-compensated officers of AXA), unless the participant made a special one-time election with respect to the time and form of payment of those benefits by November 14, 2008. Neither Mr. Pearson or Mr. Hattem made a special election. The time and form of payment of Excess Plan benefits that vested prior to 2005 are the same as the time and form of payment of the participant’s Retirement Plan benefits.

 

290


Table of Contents

The ESB Plan

The ESB Plan offers financial protection to a participant’s family in the case of his or her death. Eligible employees may choose up to four levels of coverage and the form of benefit to be paid at each level. Each level provides a benefit equal to one times the participant’s eligible compensation (generally, base salary plus the higher of: (a) most recent short-term incentive compensation award and (b) the average of the three highest short-term incentive compensation awards), subject to an overall $25 million cap. Each level offers different coverage choices. Generally, the participant can choose between a life insurance death benefit and a deferred compensation benefit payable upon death at each level. Participants are not required to contribute to the cost of Level 1 or Level 2 coverage but are required to contribute annually to the cost of any options elected under Levels 3 and 4 until age 65.

Level 1 coverage continues after retirement until the participant attains age 65. Levels 2, 3 and 4 coverage continue after retirement until the participant’s death, provided that, for Levels 3 and 4 coverage, all required participant contributions are made.

Level 1

A participant can choose between the following two options at Level 1:

Lump Sum Option —Under the Lump Sum Option, a life insurance policy is purchased on the participant’s life. At the death of the participant, the participant’s beneficiary receives a tax-free lump sum death benefit from the policy. The participant is taxed annually on the value of the life insurance coverage provided.

Survivor Income Option —Upon the participant’s death, the Survivor Income Option provides the participant’s beneficiary with 15 annual payments approximating the value of the Lump Sum Option or a payment equal to the amount of the lump sum. The payments will be taxable but the participant is not subject to annual taxation.

Level 2

At Level 2, a participant can choose among the Lump Sum Option and Survivor Income Option, described above, and the following option:

Surviving Spouse Benefit Option —The Surviving Spouse Benefit Option provides the participant’s spouse with monthly income equal to about 25% of the participant’s monthly compensation (with an offset for social security). The payments are taxable but there is no annual taxation to the participant. The duration of the monthly income depends on the participant’s years of service (with a minimum duration of 5 years).

Levels 3 and 4

At Levels 3 and 4, a participant can choose among the Lump Sum Option and Survivor Income Option, described above and the following option:

Surviving Spouse Income Addition Option —The Surviving Spouse Income Addition Option provides monthly income to the participant’s spouse for life equal to 10% of the participant’s monthly compensation. The payments are taxable but there is no annual taxation to the participant.

 

291


Table of Contents

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION TABLE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017

The following table provides information on: (i) earnings on compensation Mr. Hattem has previously elected to defer and (ii) the excess 401(k) contributions received by the EQ Named Executive Officers in 2017.

 

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION  

Name

  

Plan Name

   Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($) (1)
     Aggregate
Earnings
in Last FY
($) (2)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals/

Distributions
($)
     Aggregate
Balance at
Last FYE ($)
(3)
 

Mark Pearson

   The Post-2004 Variable Deferred Compensation Plan    $ 314,264      $ 133,235         $ 1,508,574  

Anders Malmström

   The Post-2004 Variable Deferred Compensation Plan    $ 123,823      $ 62,319         $ 452,033  

Brian Winikoff

   The Post-2004 Variable Deferred Compensation Plan    $ 136,725      $ 8,901         $ 152,421  

Dave Hattem

   The Post-2004 Variable Deferred Compensation Plan    $ 118,809      $ 81,903      $ 100,722      $ 755,590  

Seth Bernstein

  

The Variable Deferred

Compensation Plan

      $ 146,578         $ 1,332,200  

 

(1) The amounts reported in this column are also reported in the “All Other Compensation” column of the 2017 Summary Compensation Table above.
(2) The amounts reported in this column are not reported in the 2017 Summary Compensation Table.
(3) The amounts in this column that were previously reported as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table included in AXA Equitable Life’s Forms 10-K for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and December 31, 2014 are:

 

Mr. Pearson

   $ 1,016,981  

Mr. Malmström

   $ 242,646  

Mr. Winikoff

   $ 6,795  

Mr. Hattem

   $ 339,865  

The Post-2004 Plan

The above table reflects the excess 401(k) contributions made by AXA Equitable Life to the EQ Named Executive Officers under the Post-2004 Plan as well as amounts deferred by Mr. Hattem under the plan.

The Post-2004 Plan allows eligible employees to defer the receipt of up to 25% of their base salary and short-term incentive compensation. Deferrals are credited to a bookkeeping account in the participant’s name on the first day of the month following the month in which the compensation otherwise would have been paid to him or her. The account is used solely for record keeping purposes and no assets are actually placed into any account in the participant’s name.

Account balances in the Post-2004 Plan are credited with gains and losses as if invested in the available earnings crediting options chosen by the participant. The Post-2004 Plan currently offers a variety of earnings crediting options which are among those offered by the AXA Premier VIP Trust and EQAT.

Each year, participants in the Post-2004 Plan can elect to make deferrals into an account they have already established under the plan or they may open a new account, provided that they may not allocate any new deferrals into an account if they are scheduled to receive payments from the account in the next calendar year.

 

292


Table of Contents

When participants establish an account, they must elect the form and timing of payments for that account. They may receive payments of their account balance in a lump sum or in any combination of lump sum and/or annual installments paid over consecutive years. They may elect to commence payments from an account in July or December of any year after the year following the deferral election provided that payments must commence by the first July or December following age 71.

In addition, AXA Equitable Life provides excess 401(k) contributions in the Post-2004 Plan for participants in the 401(k) Plan with eligible compensation in excess of the qualified plan compensation limit. These contributions are equal to 10% of the participant’s (i) eligible compensation in excess of the qualified plan compensation limit ($270,000 in 2017) and (ii) voluntary deferrals to the Post-2004 Plan for the applicable year.

The Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (the “VDCP”)

The above table also reflects amounts deferred by Mr. Hattem under the VDCP. Under the VDCP, eligible employees were permitted to defer the receipt of up to 25% of their base salary and short-term incentive compensation. Deferrals were credited to a bookkeeping account in the participant’s name on the first day of the month following the month in which the compensation otherwise would have been paid to him or her. The account is used solely for record keeping purposes and no assets are actually placed into any account in the participant’s name. The VDCP was frozen as of December 31, 2004 so that no amounts earned or vested after 2004 can be deferred under the VDCP.

Account balances in the VDCP that are attributable to deferrals of base salary and short-term incentive compensation are credited with gains and losses as if invested in the available earnings crediting options chosen by the participant. The VDCP currently offers a variety of earnings crediting options.

Participants in the VDCP could elect to credit their deferrals to in-service or retirement distribution accounts. For retirement accounts, payments may be received in any combination of a lump sum and/or annual installments paid in consecutive years. Payments may begin in any January or July following the participant’s termination date, but they must begin by either the first January or the first July following the later of: (a) the participant’s attainment of age 65 and (b) the date that is thirteen months following the participant’s termination date. For in-service accounts, payments are made to the participant in December of the year elected by the participant in a lump sum or in up to five annual installments over consecutive years.

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL – EQ NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The tables below and the accompanying text present the hypothetical payments and benefits that would have been payable if the EQ Named Executive Officers terminated employment, or a change-in-control of AXA Financial occurred on December 31, 2017 (the “Trigger Date”) and uses the closing price of the AXA ordinary share on December 29, 2017, converted to U.S. dollars where applicable.

The payments and benefits described below are hypothetical only, as no such payments or benefits have been paid or made available. Hypothetical payments or benefits that would be due under arrangements that are generally available on the same terms to all salaried employees are not described.

Retirement

The only EQ Named Executive Officers eligible to retire on the Trigger Date were Mr. Pearson and Mr. Hattem. They would have been entitled to the following payments and benefits if they retired on the Trigger Date. For this purpose, “retirement” means termination of service on or after the normal retirement date or any early retirement date under the Retirement Plan.

 

293


Table of Contents

Short-Term Incentive Compensation : Mr. Pearson and Mr. Hattem would have received short-term incentive compensation awards for 2017 under the Retiree Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program in the following amounts:

 

Mr. Pearson

   $ 2,128,400  

Mr. Hattem

   $ 650,000  

Stock Options : All AXA stock options granted to Mr. Pearson and Mr. Hattem would have continued to vest and be exercisable until their expiration date, except in the case of misconduct (for which the options would be forfeited). The value at the Trigger Date of the AXA stock options that would have vested after 2017 for each of Messrs. Pearson and Hattem are:

 

Mr. Pearson

   $ 1,814,269  

Mr. Hattem

   $ 539,584  

Performance Shares : Mr. Pearson and Mr. Hattem would have been treated as if they continued in the employ of the company until the end of the vesting period for purposes of their AXA performance share awards. Accordingly, they would have received AXA Performance Share Plan payouts at the same time and in the same amounts as they would have received such payouts if they had not retired. The estimated values of those payouts at the Trigger Date assuming target performance are:

 

Mr. Pearson

   $ 9,848,883  

Mr. Hattem

   $ 2,916,958  

Retirement Benefits : Mr. Pearson and Mr. Hattem would have been entitled to the benefits described in the pension and nonqualified deferred compensation tables above.

Medical Benefits : Mr. Pearson and Mr. Hattem would have been entitled to access to retiree medical coverage without any company subsidy.

ESB Plan : Mr. Pearson and Mr. Hattem would have been entitled to continuation of their participation in the ESB Plan described above.

Voluntary Termination Other Than Retirement

Mr. Malmström

If Mr. Malmström had voluntarily terminated employment on the Trigger Date:

Short-Term Incentive Compensation : He would not have been entitled to a STIC Program award for 2017.

Stock Options : All vested and unvested AXA stock options granted to him would have been forfeited on his termination date.

Performance Shares : He would have forfeited all AXA performance shares on his termination date.

Retirement Benefits : He would have been entitled to the benefits described in the pension and nonqualified deferred compensation tables above, except that he would no longer be entitled to any benefits under the ESB Plan.

Mr. Winikoff

If Mr. Winikoff had voluntarily terminated on the Trigger Date for “good reason:”

 

    any outstanding RSUs granted to Mr. Winikoff would have immediately vested and been paid out in cash on their otherwise applicable payment dates (estimated value at the Trigger Date of $1,882,462); and

 

294


Table of Contents
    he would have been eligible to receive a payment of $2,380,000 (equal to two times his annual base salary plus his STIC Program award target for 2017). This payment would have been contingent on the execution of a general release and waiver of claims against AXA Equitable Life and affiliates.

For this purpose, “good reason” includes: (a) relocation of his position to a work site that is more than 35 miles away from 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York City, (b) a material reduction in his compensation (other than in connection with, and substantially proportionate to, reductions by the company of the compensation of other similarly situated senior executives), (c) a material diminution in his duties, authority or responsibilities and (d) a material change in the lines of reporting such that he no longer reports to the company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

Regardless of whether the voluntary termination was for “good reason,” Mr. Winikoff would have been entitled to the benefits described in the pension and nonqualified deferred compensation tables above, except that he would no longer be entitled to any benefits under the ESB Plan.

Mr. Pearson

If Mr. Pearson had voluntarily terminated on the Trigger Date for “good reason” as described below, he would have been entitled to: (i) temporary income payments equal to the sum of two years of salary and two times the greatest of: (a) Mr. Pearson’s most recent STIC Program award, (b) the average of Mr. Pearson’s last three STIC Program awards and (c) Mr. Pearson’s target STIC Program award for the year in which termination occurred; (ii) a pro-rated STIC Program award at target for the year of termination; and (iii) a cash payment equal to the additional employer contributions that Mr. Pearson would have received under the 401(k) Plan and its related excess plan for the year of his termination if those plans provided employer contributions on his temporary income payments and all of his temporary income payments were paid in that year.

For this purpose, “good reason” includes a material reduction in Mr. Pearson’s duties or authority, the removal of Mr. Pearson from his positions, AXA Equitable Life requiring Mr. Pearson to be based at an office more than 75 miles from New York City, a diminution of Mr. Pearson’s titles, a material failure by the company to comply with the agreement’s compensation provisions, a failure of the company to secure a written assumption of the agreement by any successor company and a change in control of AXA Financial (provided that Mr. Pearson delivers notice of termination within 180 days after the change in control). The severance benefits are contingent upon Mr. Pearson releasing all claims against AXA Equitable Life and its affiliates and his entitlement to severance pay will be discontinued if he provides services for a competitor. Also, in the event of a termination of Mr. Pearson’s employment by AXA Equitable Life without cause or Mr. Pearson’s resignation due to a change in control, Mr. Pearson’s severance benefits will cease after one year if certain performance conditions are not met for each of the two consecutive fiscal years immediately preceding the year of termination.

Mr. Pearson would have received the following amounts if he had voluntarily terminated for good reason on the Trigger Date and released all claims against AXA Equitable Life and its affiliates:

 

Temporary Income Payments

   $ 7,133,333  

Pro-Rated Bonus

   $ 2,128,400  

Cash Payment

   $ 713,333  

In addition, because Mr. Pearson was eligible to retire on the Trigger Date, he would have been eligible for the retirement benefits described above, regardless of whether he terminated for good reason.

Mr. Hattem

Because Mr. Hattem was eligible to retire on the Trigger Date, he would have been eligible for the retirement benefits described above.

 

295


Table of Contents

Death

If the EQ Named Executive Officers had terminated employment due to death on the Trigger Date:

Short-Term Incentive Compensation : The EQ Named Executive Officers’ estates would not have been entitled to any STIC Program awards for 2017.

Stock Options : All AXA stock options would have immediately vested and would have continued to be exercisable until the earlier of their expiration date and the six-month anniversary of the date of death. The estimated values of the AXA stock options with accelerated vesting are:

 

Mr. Pearson

   $ 1,814,269  

Mr. Malmström

   $ 528,852  

Mr. Winikoff

   $ 55,208  

Mr. Hattem

   $ 539,584  

Performance Shares : The total number of AXA performance shares granted in 2015, 2016 and 2017    would have been multiplied by an assumed performance factor of 1.3 and the second tranche of the performance shares granted in 2014 would have been multiplied by the actual performance factor for that tranche. The performance shares would have been paid in AXA ordinary shares to the executive’s heirs within 90 days following death. The estimated values of those payouts are:

 

Mr. Pearson

   $ 12,399,355  

Mr. Malmström

   $ 3,632,936  

Mr. Winikoff

   $ 1,244,695  

Mr. Hattem

   $ 3,681,560  

Restricted Stock Units : Mr. Winikoff’s RSUs would have immediately vested in full for an estimated value of $1,882,462.

Retirement Benefits : The executives’ heirs would have been entitled to the benefits described in the pension and nonqualified deferred compensation tables above.

Involuntary Termination Without Cause

EQ Named Executive Officers Other than Mr. Pearson

The EQ Named Executive Officers, excluding Mr. Pearson, would have been eligible for severance benefits under the Severance Benefit Plan, as supplemented by the Supplemental Severance Plan (collectively, the “Severance Plan”), if an involuntary termination of employment had occurred on the Trigger Date that satisfied the conditions in the Severance Plan. To receive benefits, the executives would have been required to sign a separation agreement including a release of all claims against AXA Equitable Life and its affiliates and non-solicitation provisions.

The severance benefits would have included:

 

    temporary income payments equal to 52 weeks’ of base salary;

 

    additional temporary income payments equal to the greater of: (i) the most recent STIC Program award paid to the executive, (ii) the average of the three most recent STIC Program awards paid to the executive or (iii) the executive’s target STIC Program award for 2017;

 

    a lump sum payment equal to the sum of: (i) the executive’s target STIC Program award for 2017 and (ii) $40,000; and

 

    one year’s continued participation in the ESB Plan.

 

296


Table of Contents

The EQ Named Executive Officers would have had a one-year severance period. If an EQ Named Executive Officer would have been eligible to retire prior to the end of the severance period, all AXA stock options granted to him would have continued to vest and be exercisable until their expiration date, except in the case of misconduct (for which the options would be forfeited). Also, the EQ Named Executive Officer would have been treated as if he continued in the employ of AXA Equitable Life until the end of the vesting period for his AXA performance shares.

In addition to the above, Mr. Winikoff would have received the following:

 

    the immediately vesting of his outstanding RSUs for an estimated value of $1,882,462 and

 

    a payment equal to (i) two times his annual base salary plus his STIC Program award target for 2017, reduced by (ii) any severance pay for which he would otherwise eligible under the Severance Plan or the Supplemental Severance Plan. This payment would be contingent on all other terms and conditions of the Severance Plan and Supplemental Severance Plan, including the execution of a general release and waiver of claims against AXA Equitable Life and affiliates.

The following table lists the payments that the EQ Named Executive Officers would have received if they were involuntarily terminated under the Severance Plan on the Trigger Date as well as the implications for their AXA stock option and AXA performance share awards:

 

     Temporary
Income
Payments
     Lump Sum
Payment
    

AXA Stock Options

  

AXA Performance Shares

Mr. Malmström    $ 1,505,946      $ 840,000      Options would continue to be exercisable and vest until the earlier of their expiration date and 30 days after the end of the one-year severance period.   

Forfeited

Mr. Winikoff    $ 1,635,596      $ 2,584,404      Options would continue to be exercisable and vest until the earlier of their expiration date and 30 days after the end of the one-year severance period.   

Forfeited

Mr. Hattem    $ 1,355,351      $ 690,000      Continued vesting in all options and ability to exercise the options through expiration date.    Would receive payouts in the same time and in the same amounts as if he had continued to be employed.

Mr. Pearson

Under Mr. Pearson’s employment agreement, he waived any right to participate in the Severance Plan. Rather, if Mr. Pearson’s employment had been terminated without “cause” on the Trigger Date, he would have been entitled to the same benefits as termination for good reason as described above, subject to the same conditions. “Cause” is defined in Mr. Pearson’s employment agreement as: (i) willful failure to perform substantially his duties after reasonable notice of his failure, (ii) willful misconduct that is materially injurious to the company, (iii) conviction of, or plea of nolo contedere to, a felony or (iv) willful breach of any written covenant or agreement with the company to not disclose information pertaining to them or to not compete or interfere with the company.

 

297


Table of Contents

Change-in-Control

With the exception of Mr. Pearson, none of the EQ Named Executive Officers are entitled to any special benefits upon a change-in-control of AXA Financial other than the benefits provided for all AXA stock options granted under the AXA Stock Option Plan. For those options, if there is a change in control of AXA Financial, all unvested options will become immediately exercisable for their term regardless of the otherwise applicable exercise schedule. The value of the AXA stock options that would have immediately vested for each EQ Named Executive Officer is:

 

Mr. Pearson

   $ 1,814,269  

Mr. Malmström

   $ 528,852  

Mr. Winikoff

   $ 55,208  

Mr. Hattem

   $ 539,584  

As mentioned above, Mr. Pearson’s employment agreement provides that “good reason” includes Mr. Pearson’s termination of employment in the event of a change in control (provided that Mr. Pearson delivers notice of termination within 180 days after the change in control). Accordingly, Mr. Pearson would have been entitled to the benefits described above for a voluntary termination for good reason, subject to the same conditions. For this purpose, a change in control includes: (a) any person becoming the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the voting stock of AXA Financial, (b) AXA and its affiliates ceasing to control the election of a majority of the AXA Financial Board of Directors and (c) approval by AXA Financial’s stock holders of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of AXA Financial unless AXA and its affiliates owned directly or indirectly more than 50% of voting power of the company resulting from such transaction.

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL – MR. BERNSTEIN

Estimated payments and benefits to which Mr. Bernstein would have been entitled upon a change in control of AB or the specified qualifying events of termination of employments as of the Trigger Date, using the closing price of an AB Holding Unit on December 29, 2017, are as follows:

Change in Control

 

Cash

    Equity     Other Benefits     Total  
$                      $ 4,125,885     $                      $ 4,125,885  

Termination Due to Non-Extension of Employment Term

 

Cash

  Equity   Other Benefits   Total
    $4,125,885   $                   $4,125,885

Termination by Mr. Bernstein for Good Reason or by AB other than for Cause

 

Cash

  Equity   Other Benefits   Total
$3,500,000   $4,125,885   $13,610   $7,639,495

Death or Disability

 

Cash

  Equity   Other Benefits   Total
    $4,125,885   $13,610   $4,139,495

 

298


Table of Contents

Termination by Mr. Bernstein for Good Reason or by AB without cause prior to May 1, 2018 and within 12 months of a change in control

 

Cash

  Equity   Other Benefits   Total
$10,500,000   $4,125,885   $13,610   $14,639,495

2017 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

In 2017, the following individuals served as directors of Holdings: Thomas Buberl, the Chief Executive Officer of AXA, George Stansfield, the Deputy Chief Executive Officer of AXA, and Messrs. Harlin, Pearson and Malmström. Mr. Buberl, Mr. Stansfield and Mr. Harlin were not compensated by the Company in respect of their services as directors of Holdings.

Mr. Stansfield received $231,870 in compensation during 2017 for services provided to AXA Financial. All of the compensation paid to Messrs. Pearson and Malmström is fully reflected in the Summary Compensation Table above.

Following our offering, the directors of Holdings will be the individuals listed above under the heading “Management—Directors.”

Changes to Director Compensation in Connection with the Offering

We expect to implement a non-officer director compensation program following the offering, including a mix of cash and equity compensation as well as certain benefits.

Cash Retainers and Equity-Based Award

 

Compensation Item

  

Amount

Cash Retainer

   $100,000 paid quarterly

Equity Award

   $150,000 annual stock grant with no vesting restrictions ($105,000 for 2018)

Committee Chair Retainers

  

Audit Committee : $30,000

Compensation Committee : $25,000

Nominating & Governance Committee : $20,000

Finance & Risk Committee : $20,000

Benefits

Benefits provided to the non-officer directors will include:

 

    a matching gift program, up to $2,000 per year;

 

    business travel accident insurance up to four times annual compensation, subject to certain maximums; and

 

    reimburse of costs for attending director education programs offered by third parties, including related reasonable travel and lodging expenses, up to a maximum amount of $5,000 per director each calendar year.

Stock Ownership

We intend to implement a stock ownership policy under which our non-officer directors will be required to hold five times the value of their annual cash retainer in Holdings stock and/or AB Holding Units. The directors will be required to retain 100% of any net shares (after the payment of taxes) received as compensation until the ownership requirement is achieved.

 

299


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information as of April 26, 2018 with respect to the ownership of our common stock by:

 

    each person known to own beneficially more than five percent of our common stock, including the selling stockholder;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers; and

 

    all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities, and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.

Percentage computations are based on approximately 561,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 26, 2018, and 561,000,000 shares outstanding following this offering. The numbers of shares on the following table have been adjusted to reflect our 459.4752645-for-1 stock split effected on April 24, 2018.

Except as otherwise indicated in these footnotes, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated shares of common stock. Unless otherwise set forth in the footnotes to the table, the address for each listed stockholder is c/o 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Before the Offering and
After the Offering
Assuming the Underwriters’ Option
is Not Exercised (1)
     Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
Assuming the
Underwriters’ Option is
Exercised in Full
 

Name of Beneficial
Owner

   Number of
Shares Owned
     Percent of
Class
Before the
Offering
(%)
     Shares Offered
Hereby
     Number of
Shares
Owned
     Percent of
Class
After the
Offering
(%)
     Number of
Shares Owned
     Percent of
Class
After the
Offering
(%)
 

AXA (2)

     561,000,000        100.0        137,250,000        423,750,000        75.5        403,162,500        71.9  

Thomas Buberl

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

Gérald Harlin

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

Daniel G. Kaye

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

Ramon de Oliveira

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

Mark Pearson

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

Bertrand Poupart-Lafarge

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

Karima Silvent

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

George Stansfield

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

Charles G. T. Stonehill

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

Seth Bernstein

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

Dave Hattem

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

Jeffrey Hurd

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

Anders Malmström

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

Brian Winikoff

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

All current directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons)

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    

 

300


Table of Contents

 

* Less than one percent.
(1) The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 20,587,500 shares.
(2) Does not give effect to the up to 33,823,529 shares of our common stock (assuming $750 million principal amount, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and exercise of the initial purchasers’ option to purchase additional securities) that AXA would agree to deliver upon exchange of the mandatorily exchangeable securities that AXA is offering concurrently with this offering. AXA would continue to have the right to vote those shares until delivery. AXA’s principal place of business is 21-25 avenue Matignon, 75008 Paris, France.

The following tables set forth information as of April 1, 2018 regarding the ownership of common stock of AXA and of AB Holding Units and AB Units by each of our directors and executive officers and by all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

AXA Common Stock (1)       

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Shares Owned
     Percent of
Class (%)
 

Thomas Buberl (2)

     384,080            

Gérald Harlin (3)

     487,195            

Daniel G. Kaye

     10,493            

Ramon de Oliveira (4)

     36,546            

Mark Pearson (5)

     1,019,311            

Bertrand Poupart-Lafarge (6)

     106,803            

Karima Silvent (7)

     40,634            

George Stansfield (8)

     276,726            

Charles G. T. Stonehill (9)

     1,890            

Seth Bernstein

     —              

Dave Hattem (10)

     110,973            

Jeffrey Hurd

     —              

Anders Malmström (11)

     128,559            

Brian Winikoff (12)

     32,276            

All current directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons) (13)

     2,635,486            

 

* Number of shares listed represents less than 1% of the outstanding AXA common stock.
(1) Holdings of AXA American Depositary Shares (“ADS”) are expressed as their equivalent in AXA ordinary shares. Each AXA ADS represents the right to receive one AXA ordinary share.
(2) Includes (i) 16,267 shares Mr. Buberl can acquire within 60 days under option plans, (ii) 184,012 unvested AXA performance shares and (iii) 4,295 units in AXA employee shareholding plans.
(3) Includes (i) 99,800 shares Mr. Harlin can acquire within 60 days under option plans, (ii) 103,411 unvested AXA performance shares and (iii) 18,613 units in AXA employee shareholding plans.
(4) Includes 4,361 shares Mr. de Oliveira can acquire within 60 days under option plans.
(5) Includes (i) 570,840 shares Mr. Pearson can acquire within 60 days under option plans and (ii) 203,470 unvested AXA performance shares.
(6) Includes (i) 47,504 shares Mr. Poupart-Lafarge can acquire within 60 days under option plans, (ii) 31,840 unvested AXA performance shares and (iii) 7,396 units in AXA employee shareholding plans.
(7) Includes 28,961 unvested AXA performance shares.
(8) Includes (i) 57,268 shares Mr. Stansfield can acquire within 60 days under option plans, (ii) 111,145 unvested AXA performance shares and (iii) 20,480 units in AXA employee shareholding plans.
(9) Includes 1,890 deferred stock units under The Equity Plan for Directors.
(10) Includes (i) 22,626 shares Mr. Hattem can acquire within 60 days under option plans and (ii) 64,671 unvested AXA performance shares.
(11) Includes (i) 36,058 shares Mr. Malmström can acquire within 60 days under option plans and (ii) 62,654 unvested AXA performance shares.

 

301


Table of Contents
(12) Includes 32,276 unvested AXA performance shares.
(13) Includes 854,724 shares the directors and executive officers as a group can acquire within 60 days under option plans.

 

AB Holding and AB Units    AllianceBernstein Holding L.P.     AllianceBernstein L.P.  

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Units Owned (1)
     Percent of
Class (%)
    Number of
Units Owned (1)
     Percent of
Class (%)
 

Thomas Buberl

     —                   —              

Gérald Harlin

     —                   —              

Daniel G. Kaye

     7,059                 —              

Ramon de Oliveira

     7,059                 —              

Mark Pearson

     —                   —              

Bertrand Poupart-Lafarge

     —                   —              

Karima Silvent

     —                   —              

George Stansfield

     —                   —              

Charles G. T. Stonehill

     —                   —              

Seth Bernstein (2)

     164,706                 —              

Dave Hattem

     —                   —              

Jeffrey Hurd

     —                   —              

Anders Malmström

     —                   —              

Brian Winikoff

     —                   —              

All current directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons)

     178,824                 —              

 

* Number of Holding Units listed represents less than 1% of the Units outstanding.
(1) Excludes units beneficially owned by AXA and its subsidiaries.
(2) Reflects 164,706 restricted AB Holding Units awarded to Mr. Bernstein pursuant to the CEO Employment Agreement that have not yet vested.

 

302


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Holdings

Prior to the settlement of this offering, our Board will approve written policies and procedures with respect to the review and approval of certain transactions between us and a “Related Person,” or a “Related Person Transaction,” which we refer to as our “Related Person Transaction Policy.” Pursuant to the terms of the Related Person Transaction Policy, our Board, acting through our Audit Committee, must review and decide whether to approve or ratify any Related Person Transaction. Any potential Related Person Transaction is required to be reported to our legal department, which will then determine whether it should be submitted to our Audit Committee for consideration. The Audit Committee must then review and decide whether to approve any Related Person Transaction.

For the purposes of the Related Person Transaction Policy, a “Related Person Transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any Related Person had, has or will have a direct or indirect interest.

A “Related Person,” as defined in the Related Person Transaction Policy, means any person who is, or at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year was, a director or executive officer of Holdings or a nominee to become a director of Holdings; any person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our common stock; any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, including any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of the director, executive officer, nominee or more than five percent beneficial owner, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer, nominee or more than five percent beneficial owner; and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a general partner or, for other ownership interests, a limited partner or other owner in which such person has a beneficial ownership interest of ten percent or more.

AB

The partnership agreements for each of AB Holding and ABLP expressly permit AXA and its affiliates, which includes Holdings and its subsidiaries (collectively, “AXA Affiliates”), to provide services to AB Holding and ABLP if the terms of the transaction are approved by the General Partner in good faith as being comparable to (or more favorable to each such partnership than) those that would prevail in a transaction with an unaffiliated party. This requirement is conclusively presumed to be satisfied as to any transaction or arrangement that (i) in the reasonable and good faith judgment of the General Partner, meets that unaffiliated party standard, or (ii) has been approved by a majority of those directors of the General Partner who are not also directors, officers or employees of an affiliate of the General Partner.

In practice, ABLP’s management pricing committees review investment advisory agreements with AXA Affiliates, which is the manner in which the General Partner reaches a judgment regarding the appropriateness of the fees. Other transactions with AXA Affiliates are submitted to ABLP’s audit committee for review and approval.

Relationship with AXA Following this Offering

We are a wholly owned subsidiary of AXA, and have been part of AXA’s consolidated business operations, and we will remain a wholly owned subsidiary of AXA until the settlement of this offering. Following this offering, AXA will continue to hold a majority of our outstanding common stock, and as a result AXA will continue to have control of our business, including pursuant to the agreements described below. AXA has

 

303


Table of Contents

announced its intention to sell all of its interest in the Company over time with intended sales of shares of our common stock subsequent to this offering, subject to the 180-day lock-up agreement described under “Underwriting” and market conditions. AXA is under no obligation to do so and retains the sole discretion to determine the timing of any future sales of shares of our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Controlling Stockholder—Following the settlement of this offering, AXA will continue to control us and may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders. Conflicts of interest may arise because affiliates of our controlling stockholder have continuing agreements and business relationships with us.” In addition, we expect that AXA will continue to fully consolidate our financial results in AXA’s consolidated financial statements.

Shareholder Agreement

We will enter into a shareholder agreement (the “Shareholder Agreement”) with AXA prior to the settlement of this offering that will govern the relationship between AXA and us following this offering. The Shareholder Agreement will address the composition of our Board and its committees, other corporate governance matters, AXA approval and consent rights with respect to specified business and corporate actions, and rights that AXA will have with respect to business and financial information and financial accounting matters. The form of the Shareholder Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Board of Directors and AXA Rights with Respect to Director Designation

The Shareholder Agreement will entitle AXA, in connection with any election of directors by our stockholders, to have our Board include in the candidates it designates for election (the “Company Slate”) a specified number of directors designated by AXA (“AXA Directors”). The number of AXA Directors that AXA is entitled to have included on the Company Slate will be based on its beneficial ownership of our common stock, as follows:

 

    until the date on which AXA ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock (which is referred to as the “Majority Holder Date”), AXA will be entitled to designate a majority of the directors on the Board, which such majority shall initially be five AXA Directors;

 

    following the Majority Holder Date, and until and including the date on which AXA ceases to beneficially own at least 35% of our outstanding common stock (which is referred to as the “First Threshold Date”), AXA will be entitled to designate three AXA Directors; and

 

    following the First Threshold Date, and until and including the date on which AXA ceases to beneficially own at least 10% of our outstanding common stock (which is referred to as the “Fourth Threshold Date”), AXA will be entitled to designate two AXA Directors.

Following the Fourth Threshold Date, AXA will have no further right to designate AXA Directors.

The Shareholder Agreement also will provide that, as of the completion of this offering and until the Majority Holder Date, our Board will consist of nine members, one of whom will be our CEO and three of whom will be independent directors, as defined by NYSE listing rules and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act (“Independent Directors”). Until and including the date on which AXA ceases to beneficially own at least 30% of our outstanding common stock (which is referred to as the “Second Threshold Date”), our Board may not change the number of directors without the consent of AXA. Until the Majority Holder Date, we will also be obligated under the Shareholder Agreement to, and to use our best efforts to cause the Board to, cause the Chairman of the Board to be an AXA Director.

In addition, the Shareholder Agreement will include provisions relating to the membership and conduct of our Board committees, including providing that:

 

   

until the earlier of the date immediately preceding the first anniversary of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and the Second Threshold Date, our Audit

 

304


Table of Contents
 

Committee shall consist of three Independent Directors and one AXA Director, who need not be an Independent Director; and afterwards the AXA Director shall resign from the Audit Committee and, thereafter, such committee shall consist of three Independent Directors;

 

    if the Second Threshold Date occurs after the first anniversary of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, then until the Second Threshold Date, AXA shall have the right to designate one Independent Director to the Audit Committee, so long as such Independent Director meets the NYSE standards for audit committee membership;

 

    until the Majority Holder Date, AXA shall have the right to designate one AXA Director who shall be appointed by the Board to the Compensation Committee; and within 60 days after the Majority Holder Date, the AXA Director shall resign from the Compensation Committee and thereafter, the Compensation Committee shall consist of three Independent Directors; and after the Majority Holder Date and until the Second Threshold Date, AXA shall have the right to designate one Independent Director to the Compensation Committee;

 

    until the Majority Holder Date, except for such matters as are reserved for approval by a subcommittee of qualified directors, our Compensation Committee may not act without the consent of a majority of the Compensation Committee, which majority must include an AXA Director;

 

    until the Majority Holder Date, AXA shall have the right to designate one AXA Director who shall be appointed by the Board to the Nominating and Governance Committee; and within 60 days after the Majority Holder Date, the AXA Director shall resign from the Compensation Committee and thereafter, the Nominating and Governance Committee shall consist of three Independent Directors; and after the Majority Holder Date and until the Second Threshold Date, AXA shall have the right to designate one Independent Director to the Nominating and Governance Committee;

 

    until the Majority Holder Date, unless such action is required by applicable law to be approved solely by Independent Directors, our Nominating and Governance Committee may not act without the consent of a majority of the Nominating and Governance Committee, which majority must include an AXA Director;

 

    until the Majority Holder Date, two AXA Directors shall serve on the Executive Committee of the Board; following the Majority Holder Date but prior to the First Threshold Date, one AXA Director shall serve on the Executive Committee of the Board;

 

    until the Majority Holder Date, our Executive Committee may not act without the consent of a majority of the Executive Committee, which majority must include an AXA Director;

 

    until the Second Threshold Date, AXA shall have the right to designate one of the three Independent Directors who constitute our Finance and Risk Committee;

 

    until the date on which AXA ceases to beneficially own at least 20% of our outstanding common stock (which is referred to as the “Third Threshold Date”), AXA is entitled to have one observer present at meetings of our Management Risk Committee and our Asset Liability Management Committee and to receive all materials, reports and other communications from such committees; and

 

    our Board committees shall have the membership and responsibilities described under “Management—Corporate Governance—Board Committees”.

Consent Rights

The Shareholder Agreement will provide that, until the Second Threshold Date, the prior written consent of AXA will be required before we may take any of the following actions, whether directly or indirectly through a subsidiary:

 

   

any merger, consolidation or similar transaction (or any amendment to or termination of an agreement to enter into such a transaction) involving us or any of our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any other

 

305


Table of Contents
 

person, on the other hand; other than (A) an acquisition of 100% of the capital stock of such other person or (B) disposition of 100% of the capital stock of one of our subsidiaries, in each case involving consideration not exceeding $250 million;

 

    any acquisition or disposition of securities, assets or liabilities (including through reinsurance transactions) involving consideration or book value greater than $250 million, other than transactions involving assets invested in our consolidated general account and approved in accordance with our established policies and procedures to monitor invested assets;

 

    any change in our authorized capital stock or the creation of any new class or series of our capital stock;

 

    any issuance or acquisition of capital stock (including stock buy-backs, redemptions or other reductions of capital), or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock or equity-linked securities, except (i) issuances of equity awards to directors or employees pursuant to an equity compensation plan approved by the Board; (ii) issuances or acquisitions of capital stock of one of our subsidiaries (except for acquisitions of AB Units or AB Holding Units) to or by one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries; (iii) issuances or acquisitions of capital stock that our Board determines are necessary to maintain compliance with covenants contained in any debt instrument; and (iv) acquisitions of capital stock in connection with the funding of equity awards or to prevent shareholder dilution from the issuance of equity awards;

 

    any issuance or acquisition of debt securities to or from a third party involving an aggregate principal amount exceeding $250 million

 

    any other incurrence of a debt obligation to or from a third party by having a principal amount greater than $250 million, subject to specified exceptions;

 

    entry into or termination of any joint venture or cooperation arrangements involving assets having a value exceeding $250 million;

 

    listing or delisting of any securities on a securities exchange, other than the listing or delisting of debt securities on the NYSE or any other securities exchange located solely in the United States;

 

    (A) the formation of, or delegation of authority to, any new committee, or subcommittee thereof, of the Board, (B) the delegation of authority to any existing committee or subcommittee thereof not set forth in the committee’s charter or authorized by the Board prior to the settlement of this offering or (C) any amendments to the charter (or equivalent authorizing document) of any committee, including any action to increase or decrease size of any committee (whether by amendment or otherwise), except in each case as required by applicable law;

 

    any amendment (or approval or recommendation of any amendment) to our certificate of incorporation or by-laws;

 

    any filing or petition under bankruptcy laws, admission of insolvency or similar actions by us or any of our subsidiaries, or our dissolution or winding-up;

 

    any commencement or settlement of material litigation or any regulatory proceedings if such litigation or regulatory proceeding is material to AXA or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on AXA’s reputation;

 

    entry into any material written agreement or settlement with, or any material written commitment to, a regulatory agency, or any settlement of a material enforcement action if such agreement, settlement or commitment is material to AXA or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on AXA’s reputation;

 

    the election, appointment, hiring, dismissal or removal (other than for cause) of the Company’s CEO or CFO;

 

306


Table of Contents
    the entry into, termination of or material amendment of any material contract with a third party, subject to specified exceptions;

 

    any material change to the nature or scope of the Company’s business immediately prior to the settlement of this offering; or

 

    any material change in hedging strategy.

Information Rights, Disclosure and Financial Accounting

The Shareholder Agreement will require us, as long as AXA is required under IFRS to consolidate our financial results with its financial results, and in any case for all financial periods commencing prior to the Majority Holder Date, to continue to provide AXA with (A) information and data relating to our and our subsidiaries’ business and financial results and (B) access to our personnel, data and systems. During this period, we will also be required to provide all information required or requested by AXA (i) in order for AXA to comply with its Solvency II obligations and (ii) necessary for AXA to produce any requested actuarial indicators.

Following the time at which the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph cease to apply, and until the later of (1) the date when AXA is no longer required under IFRS (x) to account in its financial statements for its holdings in us under an equity method or (y) to consolidate our financial results with its financial results and (2) the Third Threshold Date, we will be obligated to (A) provide AXA with (i) information and data relating to our business and financial results (ii) access to our personnel, data and systems, (iii) information and data relating to AXA’s Solvency II obligations and (iv) information and data necessary for AXA to produce any requested actuarial indicators and (B) maintain all necessary controls and procedures.

The Shareholder Agreement will provide that, until the date on which AXA is no longer required under IFRS to account in its financial statements for its holdings in us under an equity accounting method, AXA will have certain access and cooperation rights with respect to the independent public registered accounting firm responsible for the audit of our financial statements and to our internal audit function.

The Shareholder Agreement will also provide that, until the Third Threshold Date, we shall consult and coordinate with AXA with respect to public disclosures and filings, including in connection with our quarterly and annual financial results.

Rights with Respect to Policies and Conduct

The Shareholder Agreement will provide that, until the Majority Holder Date, our Board shall, when determining to implement, amend or rescind any of our or our subsidiaries’ policies relating to risk, capital, investment, environmental and social responsibility or regulatory compliance (each, a “Critical Policy”), take into account our status as a consolidated subsidiary of AXA, and the interests of AXA with respect to such policies and the requirement for us to comply with AXA’s standards.

In addition, during any period in which AXA is deemed to control us for U.S., European Commission or French regulatory purposes, and in any case at all times prior to the Third Threshold Date, we (i) may not adopt or implement any policies or procedures, and at AXA’s reasonable request, must refrain from taking any actions, that would cause AXA to violate any applicable laws to which AXA is subject; (ii) must, prior to implementing, amending or rescinding any Critical Policy, consult with AXA and, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duties, our Board must take into account the interests of AXA with respect thereto; and (iii) must maintain and observe the policies of AXA to the extent necessary for AXA to comply with its legal or regulatory obligations.

Provisions Relating to Specific Regulatory Requirements

Pursuant to the Shareholder Agreement, during any period in which we are deemed to be under the control of AXA and at all times prior to the Third Threshold Date, we will, upon request from AXA, promptly provide

 

307


Table of Contents

any information, records or documents requested or demanded by any governmental or regulatory authority with jurisdiction over AXA or necessary for AXA in connection with any filing, report or response to such entities and will, upon reasonable notice, provide access to such entities to our offices, employees and management, where and as required under applicable law.

Provisions Relating to Indemnification and Liability Insurance

The Shareholder Agreement will provide that, until at least the day after the last date on which any director, officer, employee or certain designees of AXA or any of its subsidiaries (an “AXA Individual”) is a director, officer or employee of the Company, we must indemnify (including advancement of expenses) each such directors, officers and employees to the greatest extent permitted under Section 145 of the DGCL and other applicable laws. Such indemnification must continue as to any AXA Individual who becomes entitled to indemnification notwithstanding any subsequent change in our indemnification policies or, with respect to liabilities existing or arising from events that have occurred on or prior to such date, that such AXA Individual ceases to be a director, officer or employee of the Company. The Shareholder Agreement will also require that we renew annually our insurance coverage with respect to director and officer and other fiduciary liability and liabilities under U.S. federal and state securities laws covering directors, officers and employees of the Company, AXA Individuals, the Company and respective Subsidiaries of the Company.

Provisions with respect to certain obligations of the Company guaranteed by AXA or its subsidiaries

The Shareholder Agreement will also provide that (i) to the extent AXA or any of its subsidiaries (other than the Company) shall at any time make any payments or be obligated to post collateral with respect to any Company obligations that are the subject of a guarantee by AXA or its subsidiaries, the Company shall immediately reimburse or transfer assets to AXA or such subsidiary for the full amount of such payments or collateral obligations and reimburse AXA or such subsidiary for all reasonable expenses incurred by AXA or the subsidiary in connection with making such payments or posting such collateral and (ii) the Company shall cooperate with AXA to ensure that appropriate steps are taken as may be necessary to implement such payment or collateral arrangements. In addition, the Shareholder Agreement will also provide that the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to novate or terminate such guarantees by AXA or its subsidiaries (other than the Company) as promptly as practicable after the settlement of this offering.

Term

The Shareholder Agreement will terminate on the date that is one year following the Fourth Threshold Date, except for certain provisions including those relating to confidentiality, dispute resolution, provisions with respect to guaranteed obligations and the obligation to indemnify and maintain insurance.

Transitional Services Agreement

We will enter into a transitional services agreement (the “Transitional Services Agreement”) with AXA prior to the settlement of this offering that will govern the continued provision of certain services between AXA and us. Prior to the settlement of this offering, Holdings is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA. Accordingly, we, AXA and AXA’s subsidiaries each provide certain services to the others, share certain services and rely on certain third-party service providers to provide services pursuant to shared services contracts. AXA and its subsidiaries rely on certain contracts to which we are party for the provision of services that are important to its business. Likewise, we rely on certain contracts to which AXA or its subsidiaries are party for the provision of certain services. As we transition toward operating as a standalone public company, the parties to the Transitional Services Agreement and their respective subsidiaries (Holdings and its subsidiaries are not subsidiaries of AXA for purposes of the Transitional Services Agreement) will generally cease to provide services to one another and we will (i) cease to rely on the contracts that we have historically shared with AXA and (ii) replace them with new contracts between us and third-party service providers to the extent necessary. The Transitional Services

 

308


Table of Contents

Agreement will (i) govern our migration away from shared services with AXA and its subsidiaries during specified transition periods and (ii) provide for the continued provision or procurement of certain services among us, AXA and its subsidiaries and third-party service providers. Certain contracts and services between us and AXA are not covered by the Transitional Services Agreement and will continue pursuant to the terms of such contracts.

The Transitional Services Agreement will provide for the continuation of services pursuant to the following types of arrangements:

 

    services AXA or its subsidiaries (excluding us) receive pursuant to a contract with a third-party service provider, which AXA or its subsidiaries then provide to us on a pass-through basis;

 

    services we receive pursuant to a contract with a third-party service provider, which we then provide to AXA or its subsidiaries (excluding us) on a pass-through basis;

 

    certain services we receive directly from AXA or its subsidiaries (excluding us); and

 

    certain services we provide directly to AXA or its subsidiaries (excluding us).

The Transitional Services Agreement will govern the continued provision of these types of arrangements relating to the following categories of services:

 

    information technology services, including, without limitation, data processing, data transmission, various software applications and platforms including maintenance agreements, databases, services related to the management and operation of both a production data center and a disaster recovery center and other related pass-through services;

 

    various services that support or relate to finance and risk management and actuarial functions, including, without limitation, consulting and other management and advisory services, risk management methodology and software, investment and asset liability management services such as risk modeling support and access to risk reports, frameworks, guidelines, tools and advice on investments, and other services related to tax matters;

 

    human resources, such as third-party services (e.g., consulting arrangements) and services related to share plans, payroll and other administrative services, access to training programs and content and human resource analytical tools for planning purposes;

 

    operations, including, without limitation, specialized internal audit and compliance resources;

 

    marketing and public relations; for a description of the trademark license agreement that will govern AXA’s licensing of its name and certain other AXA trademarks to us, see “—Trademark License Agreement”; and

 

    various other miscellaneous services, including, without limitation, the maintenance and integration of various third-party services and access to certain corporate, environmental and social frameworks and initiatives.

The fees for each of the services to be provided under the Transitional Services Agreement will be mutually agreed upon as part of the negotiation of the Transitional Services Agreement and may vary on the basis of usage and other factors. Although we believe the Transitional Services Agreement will contain commercially reasonable terms (including fees for the services provided) that could have been negotiated with an independent third party, the terms of the agreement may later prove to be more or less favorable than arrangements we could make to provide these services internally or to obtain them from unaffiliated service providers in the future.

The Transitional Services Agreement will terminate on the last date on which either party thereto is obligated to provide or procure any service to or for the other party in accordance with the terms of the Transitional Services Agreement and the schedules thereto; provided that, if the settlement of this offering does

 

309


Table of Contents

not occur by December 31, 2018, the Transitional Services Agreement will terminate automatically. The services provided under the Transitional Services Agreement will terminate at various times specified in the agreement and the schedules thereto, but the party receiving services may also elect to terminate any service by giving at least 180 days prior written notice to the provider of the service. In the event of elective early termination of a particular service, the service recipient is only responsible for the portion of the service fee covering the portion of the service provided or procured through the date of termination. In addition, subject to consent rights or requirements under third-party agreements and except as otherwise specified therein, the Transitional Services Agreement will provide that the parties may agree to extensions of each service term.

Subject to the certain exceptions and limitations set forth in the Transitional Services Agreement, Holdings and AXA will agree to indemnify and hold harmless the other party from and against any and all losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any breach of the Transitional Services Agreement to the extent caused by its or its subsidiaries infringement, misappropriation or violation of intellectual property rights of a third party in connection with the provision or receipt of services.

Except for certain exceptions, the aggregate liability of each party to the Transitional Services Agreement will be limited (x) in respect of any service, to an amount equal to 12 times the amount of service fees paid for the first full calendar month in respect of such service and (y) in the aggregate, to an amount equal to the total service fees paid and payable to such party during the 12 months prior to the occurrence of the event giving rise to the liability, except with respect to breaches of the Transitional Services Agreement’s confidentiality and systems security provisions, which are subject to a higher limit. Any claim for losses arising out of or relating to the Transitional Services Agreement must be filed no later than three years after the claim has accrued.

Registration Rights Agreement

We will enter into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with AXA prior to the settlement of this offering, pursuant to which AXA will be able to require us, beginning after the 180-day lock-up, to file one or more registration statements with the SEC covering the public resale of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by AXA. AXA may transfer all or any portion of its rights under the Registration Rights Agreement to a transferee of shares of our common stock constituting not less than 10% of our outstanding common stock. The rights of AXA and its permitted transferees under the Registration Rights Agreement will remain in effect with respect to all shares of our common stock covered by such agreement until such securities (a) are sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under the Registration Rights Agreement are not assigned to the transferee, (b) are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement, (c) are sold pursuant to Rule 144 or (d) shall have ceased to be outstanding.

Demand Registration . AXA will be able to request an unlimited number of registrations under the Securities Act of all or any portion of our shares covered by the agreement, and we will be obligated, subject to limited exceptions, to register such shares as requested by AXA. Subject to certain exceptions, we may defer the filing of a registration statement after a demand request has been made if, at the time of such request, our Board determines that any pending or imminent event would require disclosure of material, non-public information in the registration statement for such registration statement not to be materially misleading and would not otherwise be required to be publicly disclosed by us. We will not be obligated to effect more than one demand registration in any 90-day period.

Shelf Registration . At any time after the date that is one year following the date of the Registration Rights Agreement or, if sooner, once we become eligible to use Form S-3, we will be obligated, upon request by AXA to file a shelf registration statement to register all or any portion of our shares covered by the Registration Rights Agreement, and we will be obligated, subject to limited exceptions, to register such shares as requested by AXA. AXA may, at any time and from time to time, request that we complete an unlimited number of shelf take downs.

Piggy-Back Registration . If at any time we intend to file on our behalf or on behalf of any of our other security holders a registration statement in connection with a public offering of any of our securities on a form

 

310


Table of Contents

and in a manner that would permit the registration for offer and sale of our common stock held by AXA, AXA will have the right to include its shares of our common stock in that offering. AXA’s ability to participate in any such offering will be subject to market “cut-back” exceptions.

Registration Procedures ; Expenses . We will be responsible for all registration expenses, including expenses incurred by us, in connection with the registration, offer and sale of securities under the Registration Rights Agreement by AXA, except for AXA’s legal fees and underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes applicable to such sale.

The Registration Rights Agreement will set forth customary registration procedures, including an agreement by us to make our management available for road show presentations in connection with any underwritten offerings. We will also agree to indemnify AXA and its permitted transferees with respect to liabilities resulting from any material untrue statements or omissions in any registration statement used in any registration, other than untrue statements or omissions resulting from information furnished to us expressly for use in such registration statement by AXA or any permitted transferee.

Tax Sharing Agreement

We entered into a tax sharing agreement with AXA and AXA Investment Managers S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of France (“AXA IM SA”), dated March 28, 2018 (the “Tax Sharing Agreement”). The Tax Sharing Agreement allocates rights, obligations and responsibilities between AXA, AXA IM SA and us for taxes (i) arising in connection with the Reorganization and (ii) for taxable periods predating or postdating the Reorganization, and for related administrative and procedural matters, including the preparation and filing of tax returns, tax refunds, tax contests and cooperation between the parties.

The Tax Sharing Agreement generally allocates responsibility for the taxes of AXA IM Holding US and AXA CS to the seller of the applicable entity for taxable periods predating the sale and to the buyer of such entity for taxable periods postdating the sale, except that any taxes arising in connection with the Reorganization as a result of an adjustment by a taxing authority will instead be borne 90% by the seller and 10% by the buyer (or, if that taxes are attributable to any action or inaction of the seller or the buyer, 100% by the responsible party). The right to tax refunds is generally allocated to the party that would be responsible for the underlying taxes.

The Tax Sharing Agreement allocates control of tax audits and proceedings between the parties, and requires the parties to cooperate with one another in relation to the preparation and filing of tax returns and in connection with tax audits and proceedings. All current tax sharing, indemnification and similar agreements between us and AXA or between us and AXA IM SA, whether written or unwritten, the primary purpose of which is the allocation of taxes, have been terminated, and the Tax Sharing Agreement generally governs our rights, obligations and responsibilities in relation to taxes vis-à-vis AXA and AXA IM SA.

Trademark License Agreement

Prior to the settlement of this offering, we anticipate that our existing sublicensing agreement with AXA Financial, by which we are licensed to use certain trademarks, including “AXA”, will be terminated and that AXA and we will enter into a new trademark license agreement (the “Trademark License Agreement”). Under the Trademark License Agreement, AXA will grant us, subject to certain limitations, a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicenseable license to use certain trademarks (the “Licensed Marks”), including the name “AXA” and domain names, for use in our retirement and protection business (as we and our subsidiaries had conducted such business prior to the effective date of the Trademark License Agreement) in the United States and Canada (the “Territory”). Under the Trademark License Agreement, we will be obligated to pay AXA consideration for the grant of the license following the close of each financial year during the term of the Trademark License Agreement based on a formula that takes into account our revenue (excluding certain items) and a notoriety index for the Licensed Marks in the Territory. We will also be required to pay such consideration

 

311


Table of Contents

during the Transition Period (as defined below). The Trademark License Agreement will remain in effect until it is terminated by AXA’s and our mutual agreement, or upon the occurrence of certain conditions, including AXA’s right to terminate upon a change in control of Holdings, which will occur when AXA no longer directly or indirectly owns or controls more than 50% of the voting capital stock of Holdings. Prior to the expiration of the Trademark License Agreement, we will not be permitted to cease use of the Licensed Marks or otherwise rebrand our products and services. The Trademark License Agreement will also restrict our use of marks confusingly similar to the Licensed Marks.

After the term of the Trademark License Agreement, we will be able to continue to use the Licensed Marks for a transition period (the “Transition Period”) of 18 months (which period is subject to an extension, capped at a total of 36 months (we can request an extension of such period), for any Licensed Mark for which we cannot obtain government approvals), but we will be required to use reasonable best efforts to transition to other trademarks.

The Trademark License Agreement will contain reciprocal indemnification obligations, which are uncapped, with respect to third-party claims arising out of the indemnifying party’s breach.

Transactions with AXA Affiliates

As a wholly owned subsidiary of AXA, historically, we have entered into various transactions with AXA and its subsidiaries in the normal course of business including, among others, service agreements, reinsurance transactions, and lending and other financing arrangements. The transactions described below are between us and affiliates of AXA that are not also subsidiaries of Holdings.

Retirement and Protection

General Service Agreements

Services Received from Affiliates

 

Affiliate

  

Services

  Amount Paid
or Accrued
for year
ended
December 31,
2017
    Amount Paid
or Accrued
for year
ended
December 31,
2016
    Amount Paid
or Accrued
for year
ended
December 31,
2015
 
    (in millions)  
AXA Group Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (“AGS”)    AGS provides maintenance and development support for certain applications.   $ 16.6     $ 27.3     $ 9.4  
GIE Informatique AXA (“GIE”)    GIE provides corporate services, including marketing and branding, finance and control, strategy, business support and development, audit and legal.   $ 15.8     $ 13.6     $ 12.2  
AXA Business Service Private Ltd. (“ABS”)    ABS provides certain policy administration services, including policy records updates, account maintenance, certain claim review and approval services and employee records updates and reporting services.   $ 13.3     $ 14.4     $ 12.2  

 

312


Table of Contents

Affiliate

  

Services

  Amount Paid
or Accrued
for year
ended
December 31,
2017
    Amount Paid
or Accrued
for year
ended
December 31,
2016
    Amount Paid
or Accrued
for year
ended
December 31,
2015
 
    (in millions)  
AXA Global Life (“AGL”)    AGL provides services related to our life business and advice on our strategic initiatives.   $ 2.5     $ 1.2     $ 2.0  
AXA Investment Managers Inc. (“AXA IM”), AXA Real Estate Investment Managers (“AXA REIM”) and AXA Rosenberg Investment Management LLC (“AXA Rosenberg”)    AXA IM, AXA REIM and AXA Rosenberg provide sub-advisory services to our retail mutual funds and advisory services to certain investments in our General Account.   $ 5.3     $ 15.0     $ 2.1  
AXA Strategic Ventures Corporation (“ASV Corp”)    ASV Corp provides investment management services to AXA Strategic Ventures US, LLC   $ 1.8     $ 1.8     $ 0.0  
AXA Tech SAS (“SAS”)    SAS provides services related to global contracts, security projects and other global internal projects.   $ 24.3     $ 19.4     $ 17.1  
AXA Tech Morocco (“ATM”)    ATM provides certain finance and accounting services.   $ 0.2     $ 0.1     $ 0.1  
AXA Tech France (“ATF”)    ATF provides services related to our global intranet application platform and support services as well as security related services.   $ 0.7     $ 0.9     $ 0.5  
AXA Tech affiliates in: Switzerland, Germany, UK, Belgium, Med Region, Japan, AXA Colpatria    These affiliates provide transversal technology strategy and related services.   $ 0.5     $ 0.5     $ 0.4  
AXA Tech India (“ATI”)    ATI provides infrastructure monitoring and support, database services and application support.   $ (0.1   $ 2.1     $ 2.2  

 

313


Table of Contents

Services Provided to Affiliates

 

Affiliate

  

Services

  Amount
Paid or
Accrued
for year
ended
December
31, 2017
    Amount Paid
or Accrued
for year
ended
December 31,
2016
    Amount Paid
or Accrued
for year
ended
December 31,
2015
 
    (in millions)  
AXA IM, AXA Liabilities Managers, AXA REIM, AXA Rosenberg Group LLC, AXA Insurance Company and AXA Venture Partners SAS Corporation    We provide corporate services, including participation in employee benefit plans, finance and payroll services.   $ 5.1     $ 5.2     $ 3.2  
GIE    We administer the AXA Intranet site.   $ 0.8     $ 2.6     $ 2.7  
AXA Life Insurance Co., Ltd. (“AXA Life Japan”)   

 

We provide mainframe platform services and global e-mail hosting and application support.

  $ 0.0     $ 5.0     $ 5.0  
SAS    We host global security, transversal officers and big data infrastructure.   $ 4.1     $ 4.4     $ 3.1  
AXA Technology Services Mexico SA    We provide infrastructure hosting and support.   $ 3.3     $ 3.4     $ 4.9  
AXA    We host the AXA Lab business unit.   $ 1.3     $ 1.2     $ 1.3  
AGS    We host the AGS business unit.   $ 1.6     $ 0.7       —    
AXA Liabilities Managers    We host AXA Global Network connectivity and disaster recovery platform services.   $ 0.4     $ 0.5     $ 0.5  
AXA Tech affiliates in: France, Switzerland, Germany, Belgium, UK, Spain, Colombia, Hong Kong, Italy, India, Indonesia, Asia, Portugal, Japan, Singapore, AXA Assistance US and Other    We provide Airwatch global platform hosting and support services as well as technology strategy and support.   $ 5.3     $ 3.8     $ 4.3  

Reinsurance Assumed

AXA Global Life retrocedes a quota share portion of certain life and health risks of various AXA affiliates to AXA Equitable Life and MLOA on a one-year term basis. Also, AXA Life Insurance Company Ltd. cedes a portion of its variable deferred annuity business to AXA Equitable Life.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the premiums earned from the above transactions totaled $8 million. Premiums earned in 2016 and 2015 were $9 million and $8 million, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the claims and expenses paid due to the above transactions totaled $2 million. Claims and expenses paid in 2016 and 2015 were $2 million and $2 million, respectively.

 

314


Table of Contents

Reinsurance Ceded

AXA Equitable Life has entered into a stop loss reinsurance agreement with AXA Global Life to protect AXA Equitable Life with respect to a deterioration in its claim experience following the occurrence of an extreme mortality event.

AXA Equitable Life has accepted certain retrocession policies through reinsurance agreements with various reinsurers. AXA Equitable Life retrocedes to AXA Global Life the excess of its first retention layer.

Certain of our subsidiaries have entered into a Life Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement with a number of subscribing reinsurers, including AXA Global Life. AXA Global Life participates in 5% of the pool, pro-rata, across the upper and lower layers.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, premiums and expenses paid for the above agreements were $4 million. Premiums and expenses paid in 2016 and 2015 were $4 million and $4 million, respectively.

Loans to Affiliates

In September 2007, AXA issued a $700 million 5.4% Senior Unsecured Note to the Company. The note pays interest semi-annually and was scheduled to mature on September 30, 2012. In March 2011, the maturity date of the note was extended to December 30, 2020 and the interest rate was increased to 5.7%. In January 2018, AXA pre-paid $50 million of this note. In April 2018, AXA pre-paid the remainder of this note.

In December 2008, AXA issued a $500 million senior unsecured note to the Company. This note has an interest rate of 5.4% payable semi-annually with a maturity date of December 15, 2020. As of December 31, 2017, there was an outstanding balance of $200 million on this note. In January 2018, AXA pre-paid $150 million of this note. In April 2018, AXA pre-paid the remainder of this note.

In December 2013, Colisée Re issued a $145 million 4.75% Senior Unsecured Note to Holdings. The loan was scheduled to mature on December 19, 2028. This loan was repaid on March 26, 2018.

In 2017, AXA Financial issued a $900 million 1.55% Senior Unsecured Note to Holdings. The loan was scheduled to mature on March 12, 2018. In February 2018, AXA Financial pre-paid $100 million of this note. In March 2018, the maturity date of the note was extended to June 12, 2018 and the interest rate was increased to 1.915%. In April 2018, AXA Financial pre-paid the remainder of this note.

In December 2015, AXA Financial issued a $185 million 3-month LIBOR plus 1.5% unsecured loan to AXA IM Holding US. The loan pays interest quarterly and is scheduled to mature on December 10, 2025. In April 2018, AXA Financial repaid this loan.

In September 2016, AXA Tech issued a $12 million 2.0% unsecured loan to AXA Technology Services SAS. $2 million of this loan was repaid in December 2016, $5 million was repaid in January 2017 and the remainder of the loan was repaid on March 27, 2017.

In June 2016, AXA Tech issued a $2 million 2.0% unsecured loan to AXA Technology Services Mexico SA. The loan was repaid on March 27, 2017.

In October 2016, AXA Tech issued a $3 million 6.0% unsecured loan to PT AXA Technology Services Asia Indonesia. The loan is scheduled to mature on October 3, 2022. On December 31, 2017, this loan was transferred to AXA US Holdings Inc. for consideration equal to par value.

Loans from Affiliates

In March 2010, AXA Financial issued subordinated notes to AXA Life Japan in the amount of $770 million. The subordinated notes have a maturity date of March 30, 2020 and a floating interest rate of LIBOR plus 120

 

315


Table of Contents

basis points, which resets semiannually on March 30 and September 30. The 2017, 2016 and 2015 interest cost related to the subordinated notes totaled approximately $19 million, $16 million and $12 million, respectively. The notes were repaid in April 2018.

In January 2016, AXA Financial pre-paid a $177 million term loan from AXA Insurance UK PLC and $72 million term loan from AXA France IARD S.A. As a result of this pre-payment, AXA Financial incurred a prepayment penalty of $43 million.

In October 2012, AXA Financial issued a note denominated in Euros in the amount of €300 million or $391 million to AXA Belgium. This note had an interest rate of Europe Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”) plus 115 basis points and a maturity date of October 23, 2017. Concurrently, AXA Financial entered into a swap with AXA covering the exchange rate on both the interest and principal payments related to this note. The interest rate on the swap was 6-month LIBOR plus 147.5 basis points. In October 2017, the note was extended to March 30, 2018. The extended note has a floating interest rate of 1-month EURIBOR plus six basis points with a minimum rate of 0%. Concurrently, AXA Financial entered into a swap with AXA covering the exchange rate on both the interest and principal payments related to the extended note until March 30, 2018. Both the loan and the swap were repaid on March 29, 2018. The 2017, 2016 and 2015 interest cost related to this note totaled approximately $12 million, $9 million and $7 million, respectively.

In December 2014, AXA Financial received a $2,727 million, 3-month LIBOR plus 1.06% margin term loan from AXA. The loan has a maturity date of December 18, 2024. In June 2015, AXA Financial repaid $520 million and during 2016 repaid an additional $1,200 million of this loan. The outstanding balance on this loan at December 31, 2017 was $1,007 million. The 2017, 2016 and 2015 interest cost related to this loan totaled approximately $23 million, $23 million and $33 million, respectively. In April 2018, the remainder of this loan was repaid.

In December 2015, AXA Financial received a $300 million 1-month LIBOR plus 0.58% unsecured loan from AXA. The Company repaid this loan on June 30, 2016.

In 2015, Holdings received a $366 million 3-month LIBOR plus 1.44% loan from AXA. The loan has a maturity date of October 8, 2022. The 2017, 2016 and 2015 interest cost related to this loan totaled approximately $9 million, $8 million and $2 million, respectively. This loan was repaid in April 2018.

In 2013, Holdings received $242 million and $145 million 4.75% loans from Coliseum Re. The loans each have a maturity date in December 2028. The 2017, 2016 and 2015 interest cost related to both loans from Coliseum Re totaled approximately $18 million each year. The loans were repaid in April 2018.

In 2017, Holdings repaid a $56 million 1.39% loan from AXA CS originally made in 2015. The 2017, 2016 and 2015 interest cost related to the loan was approximately $2 million, $1 million and $1 million, respectively. In 2017, Holdings received a $100 million and $10 million loan from AXA CS. The loans had interest rates of 1.86% and 1.76%, respectively, and were repaid on their maturity date of February 5, 2018.

In 2016, AXA Tech repaid a $4 million 12-month LIBOR plus 1.42% loan from SAS.

In December 2017, Holdings received a $622 million, 3-month LIBOR plus 0.439% margin term loan from AXA. The loan has a maturity date of June 8, 2018. The loan was repaid on March 22, 2018.

Guarantees

AXA Financial paid fees to AXA for certain guarantees related to our employee benefit plans which were terminated in May 2016. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, fees associated with these guarantees were $0.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

 

316


Table of Contents

We paid fees to AXA for its guarantee of our borrowing under certain third-party credit facilities, commercial paper and from AXA Belgium. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, fees associated with these guarantees were $8.7 million, $7.9 million and $8.0 million, respectively. Following the GMxB Unwind, we no longer pay fees for AXA’s guarantee under third-party credit facilities or from AXA Belgium.

Other Transactions

In 2016, AXA Equitable Life and Saum Sing LLC (“Saum Sing”), formed Broad Vista Partners LLC (“Broad Vista”), of which AXA Equitable Life owns 70% and Saum Sing owns 30%. On June 30, 2016, Broad Vista entered into a real estate joint venture with a third party and AXA Equitable Life invested approximately $25 million.

In 2016, AXA Financial invested in ASV Capital B FPCI, a French Professional Private Equity Fund managed by AXA Venture Partners SAS. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the fair value of the investment in the fund was valued at $7 million and $5 million, respectively.

AXA RE Arizona benefited from a $1.5 billion revolving credit facility with AXA prior to the execution of the GMxB Unwind. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, fees associated with this facility were $1 million, $5 million and $5 million, respectively. As a result of the GMxB Unwind, we no longer benefit from this revolving credit facility.

Pursuant to a sub-licensing agreement with AXA, we may use the “AXA” trademarks as an umbrella brand, as part of the name of our companies or investment funds managed by us and other specified purposes. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, fees associated with this agreement totaled $3 million, $2 million and $1 million, respectively.

In September 2017, AXA Equitable FMG made a 30 million euro capital commitment to ASV Diversified, a French Special Limited Partnership investing in venture funds specialized in both early stage and growth start-ups with new technologies and business models relevant to AXA’s business. This fund is managed by AXA Venture Partners SAS. As of December 31, 2017, 0.45 million euro has been called.

In December 2017, AXA Tech paid approximately $18 million to AXA US Holdings Inc., a U.S. subsidiary of AXA, which is not a subsidiary of Holdings, in exchange for AXA US Holdings Inc. assuming certain liabilities pertaining to its servicing of AXA companies within the United States not included in the scope of this offering and in Latin America valued at approximately $18 million, including costs and expenses associated with providing infrastructure services to AXA and its subsidiaries.

Prior to the settlement of this offering, Holdings intends to make a capital contribution of approximately €2.2 million to AXA Venture Partners SAS in exchange for approximately 30.3% of the shares of AXA Venture Partners SAS and certain rights and protections as a stockholder of the company, including the right to appoint two of the directors of AXA Venture Partners SAS as well as consent rights over significant transactions. AXA Strategic Ventures Holding SAS will have the right to call the shares of AXA Venture Partners SAS held by Holdings in certain situations described in the AXA Venture Partners SAS shareholder agreement.

 

317


Table of Contents

Investment Management and Research

We pay fees for certain services, including data processing, support for certain investment operations functions, maintenance and development support for applications, portfolio-related services and cooperative technology development and procurement services for our Investment Management and Research business to the following related parties, each of whom is an affiliate of AXA:

 

Name of Related Party

   Amount Paid or
Accrued for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2017
     Amount Paid or
Accrued for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2016
     Amount Paid or
Accrued for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 
     (in millions)  

AXA Business Service Private Ltd.

   $ 5.6      $ 5.5      $ 5.5  

AXA Technology Services India Pvt. Ltd.

   $ 1.7      $ 5.3      $ 4.6  

AXA Group Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (“AXA Solutions”)

   $ 0.9      $ 1.1      $ 2.8  

GIE

   $ 0.7      $ 0.4      $ 0.5  

AXA Wealth

   $ 0.5      $ 0.9      $ 1.0  

We provide investment management, distribution and stockholder servicing related services to the following related parties, each of whom is an affiliate of AXA:

 

Name of Related Party

   Amount Received or
Accrued for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2017
     Amount Received or
Accrued for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2016
     Amount Received or
Accrued for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 
     (in millions)  

AXA Life Japan

   $ 14.1      $ 14.8      $ 16.5  

AXA France IARD S.A.

   $ 12.3      $ 6.9      $ 5.7  

AXA Switzerland Life

   $ 10.4      $ 9.6      $ 10.7  

AXA Insurance UK PLC Pensions Scheme

   $ 7.0      $ 7.6      $ 8.3  

AXA Germany

   $ 5.0      $ 3.0      $ 1.7  

AXA Belgium

   $ 3.4      $ 2.2      $ 2.8  

AXA Hong Kong Life

   $ 1.6      $ 6.7      $ 5.8  

AXA Mediterranean Holding S.A.U.

   $ 1.4      $ 0.8      $ 0.5  

AXA Switzerland Property & Casualty

   $ 1.0      $ 1.3      $ 0.9  

AIM Deutschland GmbH

   $ 0.5      $ 0.5      $ 0.4  

AXA Investment Managers, Ltd. Paris

   $ 0.4      $ 0.4      $ 0.6  

AXA Investment Managers Ltd.

   $ 0.4      $ 0.2      $ 0.1  

AXA Winterthur

   $ 0.4      $ —        $ —    

AXA MPS

   $ 0.4      $ 0.1      $ —    

AXA General Insurance Hong Kong Ltd.

   $ 0.3      $ 0.2      $ 0.7  

AXA Insurance Company

   $ 0.1      $ 0.1      $ 0.1  

AXA Life Singapore

   $ 0.1      $ 0.1      $ 0.1  

Coliseum Reinsurance

   $ —        $ 0.1      $ 0.1  

In addition, we make commission and distribution payments to AXA affiliates who distribute our sponsored mutual funds. For the years ended 2017, 2016 and 2015, these payments totaled $15.4 million, $11.8 million, $10.9 million, respectively.

Reorganization and Recapitalization

For a discussion of certain reorganization and recapitalization transactions that AXA and its affiliates and we have entered into or will enter into in connection with this offering, see “The Reorganization Transactions” and “Recapitalization.”

 

318


Table of Contents

Director Indemnification Agreements

Prior to the settlement of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the directors with contractual rights to indemnification and expense rights. See “Description of Capital Stock—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification.”

 

319


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock is a summary of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, these documents, forms of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law. This description assumes the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, which will take effect prior to the settlement of this offering.

General

Our authorized capital stock consists of 2,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 200,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. There are 561,000,000 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding.

Common Stock

Holders of common stock will be entitled:

 

    to cast one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders;

 

    to receive, on a pro rata basis, dividends and distributions, if any, that our Board may declare out of legally available funds, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding; and

 

    upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, to share equally and ratably in any assets remaining after the payment of all debt and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights, if any, of holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

The holders of our common stock will not have any preemptive, cumulative voting, subscription, conversion, redemption or sinking fund rights. The common stock will not be subject to future calls or assessments by us. The rights and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future, as described below.

Before the date of this prospectus, there has been no public market for our common stock.

As of April 26, 2018, we had 561,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding and one holder of record of common stock.

Preferred Stock

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our Board will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the voting powers, designations, preferences and the relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of each series, including, without limitation, dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series. Upon the settlement of this offering, no shares of our authorized preferred stock will be outstanding. Because the Board will have the power to establish the preferences and rights of the shares of any additional series of preferred stock, it may afford holders of any preferred stock preferences, powers and rights, including voting and dividend rights, senior to the rights of holders of our common stock, which could adversely affect the holders of the common stock and could delay, discourage or prevent a takeover of us even if a change of control of our company would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders.

 

320


Table of Contents

Annual Stockholders Meeting

Our amended and restated by-laws will provide that annual stockholders meetings will be held at a date, time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our Board. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

Voting

The affirmative vote of a plurality of the shares of our common stock present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors will decide the election of any directors, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of our common stock present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting and entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders will decide all other matters voted on by stockholders, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or under our amended and restated by-laws, a different vote is required, in which case such provision will control. Stockholders do not have the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.

Board Designation Rights

Pursuant to the Shareholder Agreement, AXA will have specified board designation and other rights following this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with AXA Following this Offering—Shareholder Agreement.”

Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any vacancy in the Board that results from (x) the death, disability, resignation or disqualification of any director shall be filled by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and (y) an increase in the number of directors or the removal of any director shall be filled (a) until the first date on which AXA ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of common stock, solely by an affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in an election of directors and (b) from and after the first date on which AXA ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of common stock, by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws summarized below may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that you might consider in your best interest, including an attempt that might result in your receipt of a premium over the market price for your shares. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our Board, which could result in an improvement of their terms.

Authorized but Unissued Shares of Common Stock . Following the settlement of this offering, our shares of authorized and unissued common stock will be available for future issuance without additional stockholders approval. While our authorized and unissued shares are not designed to deter or prevent a change of control, under some circumstances we could use the additional shares to create voting impediments or to frustrate persons seeking to effect a takeover or otherwise gain control by, for example, issuing those shares in private placements to purchasers who might side with our Board in opposing a hostile takeover bid.

 

321


Table of Contents

Authorized but Unissued Shares of Preferred Stock . Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our Board will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the voting powers, designations, preferences and the relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of each series, including, without limitation, dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series. The existence of authorized but unissued preferred stock could reduce our attractiveness as a target for an unsolicited takeover bid since we could, for example, issue shares of preferred stock to parties who might oppose such a takeover bid or shares that contain terms the potential acquiror may find unattractive. This may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, may discourage bids for the common stock at a premium over the market price of the common stock, and may adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock.

Special Meetings of Stockholders . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of our Board or Chief Executive Officer or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our Board. Special meetings may also be called by our corporate secretary at the request of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock until AXA ceases to own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Thereafter, the stockholder will not be permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders.

Stockholders Advance Notice Procedure . Our amended and restated by-laws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our stockholders. The amended and restated by-laws will provide that any stockholders wishing to nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other business before, an annual meeting must deliver to our corporate secretary a written notice of the stockholder’s intention to do so. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company. To be timely, the stockholder’s notice must be delivered to our corporate secretary at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is set for a date that is more than 30 days before or delayed by more than 60 days after the first anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to our corporate secretary not later than the later of (x) the close of business on the 90th day prior to the meeting or (y) the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which a public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made by us.

No Stockholders Action by Written Consent . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders, provided that stockholders action may be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting until AXA ceases to own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by both the affirmative vote of a majority of our Board and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders; provided that, at any time when AXA owns less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, specified provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may not be amended, altered or repealed unless the amendment is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the outstanding shares of our common stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, including, but not limited to, the provisions governing:

 

    liability and indemnification of directors;

 

322


Table of Contents
    corporate opportunities;

 

    elimination of stockholders action by written consent if AXA ceases to own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

    prohibition on the rights of stockholders to call a special meeting if AXA ceases to own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock; and

 

    required approval of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the outstanding shares of our common stock to amend our amended and restated by-laws and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation if AXA ceases to own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

In addition, our amended and restated by-laws may be amended, altered or repealed, or new by-laws may be adopted, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board, or by the affirmative vote of the holders of (x) as long as AXA owns at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, at least a majority and (y) thereafter, at least 66  2 3 %, of the outstanding shares of our common stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

These provisions make it more difficult for any person to remove or amend any provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that may have an anti-takeover effect.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law . In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as mergers, sales and leases of assets, issuances of securities and similar transactions by a corporation or subsidiary with an interested stockholder including a person or group who beneficially owns 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Section 203 permits corporations, in their certificate of incorporation, to opt out of the protections of Section 203. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we have elected not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL for so long as AXA owns, directly or indirectly, at least five percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock. From and after the date that AXA ceases to own, directly or indirectly, at least five percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock, we will be governed by Section 203.

Insurance Regulations. The insurance laws and regulations of the various states in which our insurance subsidiaries are organized may delay or impede a business combination or other strategic transaction involving us. State insurance laws prohibit an entity from acquiring control of an insurance company without the prior approval of the domestic insurance regulator. Under most states’ statutes, an entity is presumed to have control of an insurance company if it owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of that insurance company or its parent company. These regulatory restrictions may delay, deter or prevent a potential merger or sale of our company, even if the Board decides that it is in the best interests of stockholders for us to merge or be sold. These restrictions also may delay sales by us or acquisitions by third parties of our subsidiaries. See “Business—Regulation—Insurance Regulation.”

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions relating to the liability of directors. These provisions will eliminate a director’s personal liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

 

323


Table of Contents

The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is not available under the DGCL. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of director’s fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter a director’s liability under federal securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws will require us to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL and other applicable law, except in the case of a proceeding instituted by the director without the approval of our Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and executive officers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, for all judgments, fines, settlements, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with pending or threatened legal proceedings because of the director’s or officer’s positions with us or another entity that the director or officer serves at our request, subject to various conditions, and to advance funds to our directors and officers to enable them to defend against such proceedings. To receive indemnification, the director or officer must have been successful in the legal proceeding or have acted in good faith and in what was reasonably believed to be a lawful manner in our best interest and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Prior to the settlement of this offering, we will enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors. The indemnification agreement will provide our directors with contractual rights to the indemnification and expense advancement rights provided under our amended and restated by-laws, as well as contractual rights to additional indemnification as provided in the indemnification agreement.

Corporate Opportunities

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we, on our behalf and on behalf of our subsidiaries, renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, potential transactions, matters or business opportunities (each, a “corporate opportunity”) that are from time to time presented to AXA or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries), even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Neither AXA nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries will be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity, directs such corporate opportunity to another person or fails to present such corporate opportunity, or information regarding such corporate opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer of Holdings, such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of Holdings. To the fullest extent permitted by law, by becoming a stockholder in our company, stockholders will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternate forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent provided by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any

 

324


Table of Contents

action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (including, without limitation, any action asserting a claim arising out of or pursuant to our amended and restated by-laws) or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. To the fullest extent permitted by law, by becoming a stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum.

Market Listing

We have been approved to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “EQH”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

325


Table of Contents

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. Some shares of our common stock will not be available for sale for a certain period of time after this offering because they are subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale some of which are described below. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sales of Restricted Securities

Currently, 561,000,000 shares of our common stock are outstanding. Of these shares, 137,250,000 shares sold in this offering (or 157,837,500 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholder in full) will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 423,750,000 shares of our common stock (or 403,162,500 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholder in full) that will be outstanding after this offering are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, shares held by our affiliates that are not restricted securities or that have been owned for more than one year may be sold subject to compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act without regard to the prescribed one-year holding period under Rule 144.

AXA is offering mandatorily exchangeable securities concurrently with this offering, which will be mandatorily exchangeable into up to 33,823,529 issued and outstanding shares of our common stock (assuming $750 million principal amount, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and exercise of the initial purchasers’ option to purchase additional securities) owned by AXA three years from issuance, subject to early exchange events. At maturity, AXA expects that any shares delivered by AXA to the security holders in exchange for the securities will be freely tradeable shares listed on the NYSE without regard to any limitations of Rule 144.

Stock Options

Upon the settlement of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock to be issued under our stock option plans and, as a result, all shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of stock options and other equity-based awards granted under these plans will, subject to a 180-day lock-up period, also be freely tradable under the Securities Act unless purchased by our affiliates. A total of 5,882,352 shares of common stock will be available for grants of additional equity awards under stock incentive plans to be adopted prior to the settlement of this offering.

Lock-up Agreements

Upon the settlement of this offering, the selling stockholder and our directors and executive officers will have signed lock-up agreements, under which they will agree not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below under “Underwriting.”

 

326


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

AXA will have the right to require us to register its shares of common stock for resale. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with AXA Following this Offering—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to be or have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without registration, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of a prior owner other than an affiliate, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates, who have met the six-month holding period for beneficial ownership of “restricted shares” of our common stock, are entitled to sell within any three month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 5,610,000 shares immediately after this offering; and

 

    the average reported weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our common stock after this offering because a great supply of shares would be, or would be perceived to be, available for sale in the public market.

Rule 701

Any of our employees, officers or directors who acquired shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. However, all shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.

 

327


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) that purchase such common stock pursuant to this offering and hold such common stock as a capital asset. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or to different interpretation. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to specific Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances or to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities or other Non-U.S. Holders that generally mark their securities to market for U.S. federal income tax purposes, foreign governments, international organizations, tax-exempt entities, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, or Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion or other integrated transaction). This discussion does not address any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax considerations or any U.S. federal gift, Medicare contribution or alternative minimum tax considerations.

As used in this discussion, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:

 

    an individual who is neither a citizen nor a resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation that is not created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on income from non-U.S. sources which is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States; or

 

    a trust unless (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (ii) it has in effect a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes invests in our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to such investment will depend in part upon the status and activities of such entity and the particular partner. Any such entity should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to it and its partners relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

PERSONS CONSIDERING AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

Distributions on Common Stock

If we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our common stock or rights to acquire our common stock) with respect to a share of our common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). If the amount of such distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess generally will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such share of our common stock, and then as capital gain (which will be treated in the manner described below under “—Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition

 

328


Table of Contents

of Common Stock”). Distributions treated as dividends on our common stock that are paid to or for the account of a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty and the Non-U.S. Holder provides the documentation (generally, Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) required to claim benefits under such tax treaty to the applicable withholding agent. Even if our current or accumulated earnings and profits are less than the amount of the distribution, the applicable withholding agent may elect to treat the entire distribution as a dividend for U.S. federal withholding tax purposes. Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding U.S. federal withholding tax on distributions, including such Non-U.S. Holder’s eligibility for a lower rate and the availability of a refund of any excess U.S. federal tax withheld.

If, however, a dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by a Non-U.S. Holder, such dividend generally will not be subject to the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax if such Non-U.S. Holder provides the appropriate documentation (generally, IRS Form W-8ECI) to the applicable withholding agent. Instead, such Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividend in substantially the same manner as a U.S. person (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty). In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty) on its effectively connected income for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under “—FATCA Withholding” and “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.”

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by such Non-U.S. Holder, in which event such Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such gain in substantially the same manner as a U.S. person (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty) and, if it is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty);

 

  (ii) such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of such sale, exchange or other disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which event such gain (net of certain U.S. source losses) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty); or

 

  (iii) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (x) the five-year period ending on the date of such sale, exchange or other disposition and (y) such Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period with respect to such common stock, and certain other conditions are met.

Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe that we presently are not, and we do not presently anticipate that we will become, a United States real property holding corporation.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under “—FATCA Withholding” and “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.”

 

329


Table of Contents

FATCA Withholding

Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act provisions of the Code and related U.S. Treasury guidance (“FATCA”), a withholding tax of 30% will be imposed in certain circumstances on payments of (i) dividends on our common stock and (ii) on or after January 1, 2019, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock. In the case of payments made to a “foreign financial institution” (such as a bank, a broker, an investment fund or, in certain cases, a holding company), as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary, this tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such institution (i) has agreed to (and does) comply with the requirements of an agreement with the United States (an “FFI Agreement”) or (ii) is required by (and does comply with) applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction (an “IGA”) to, among other things, collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities or other relevant tax authorities certain information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution and, in either case, such institution provides the withholding agent with a certification as to its FATCA status. In the case of payments made to a foreign entity that is not a financial institution (as a beneficial owner), the tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification as to its FATCA status and, in certain cases, identifies any “substantial” U.S. owner (generally, any specified U.S. person that directly or indirectly owns more than a specified percentage of such entity). If our common stock is held through a foreign financial institution that has agreed to comply with the requirements of an FFI Agreement or is subject to similar requirements under applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an IGA, such foreign financial institution (or, in certain cases, a person paying amounts to such foreign financial institution) generally will be required, subject to certain exceptions, to withhold tax on payments made to (i) a person (including an individual) that fails to provide any required information or documentation or (ii) a foreign financial institution that has not agreed to comply with the requirements of an FFI Agreement and is not subject to similar requirements under applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an IGA. Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the application of FATCA to the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Amounts treated as payments of dividends on our common stock paid to a Non-U.S. Holder and the amount of any U.S. federal tax withheld from such payments generally will be reported annually to the IRS and to such Non-U.S. Holder by the applicable withholding agent.

The information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments of dividends to certain U.S. persons generally will not apply to payments of dividends on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder if such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to the information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments to certain U.S. persons, provided that the proceeds are paid to the Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States. However, proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker with certain specified U.S. connections or of a U.S. broker generally will be subject to these information reporting rules (but generally not to these backup withholding rules), even if the proceeds are paid to such Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States, unless such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to these information reporting and backup withholding rules unless such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

330


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished by such Non-U.S. Holder on a timely basis to the IRS.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual Non-U.S. Holder at the time of such Non-U.S. Holder’s death will be included in such Non-U.S. Holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

331


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and the selling stockholder has agreed to sell to them the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

BNP Paribas Securities Corp.

  

SG Americas Securities, LLC

  

ING Financial Markets LLC

  

Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc.

  

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

  

Natixis Securities Americas LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Lazard Frères & Co LLC

  

BBVA Securities Inc.

  

Commerz Markets LLC

  

Mizuho Securities USA LLC

  

MUFG Securities Americas Inc.

  

PNC Capital Markets LLC

  

SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc.

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  

UniCredit Capital Markets LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from the selling stockholder and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ purchase option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $        per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part. Sales of shares of common stock made outside the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

 

332


Table of Contents

The selling stockholder has granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 20,587,500 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to the selling stockholder. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 20,587,500 shares of common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                   $                   $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by the selling stockholder

   $      $      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholder

   $      $      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our estimated offering expenses payable in connection with the offering, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $88 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses relating to clearance of this offering with FINRA up to $30,000.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We have been approved to list our common stock on the NYSE under the trading symbol “EQH”.

We, the selling stockholder and all of our directors and executive officers have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise;

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise; or

 

    file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock or otherwise publicly announce any intention to enter into any transaction described above.

The lock-up agreements will be subject to specified exceptions.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

 

333


Table of Contents

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

Certain underwriters or affiliates of the underwriters are lenders under the Credit Facilities and the letter of credit facilities. In addition, in connection with the revolving credit facility, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, acts as Administrative Agent and, (i) together with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. acted as a Joint Lead Arranger and Bookrunner, and (ii) together with Citibank, N.A., an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., acted as a Syndication Agent. In connection with our three-year term loan agreement, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, acts as Administrative Agent and, together with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., acted as a Joint Lead Arranger.

In addition, certain underwriters or affiliates of the underwriters act as lenders in connection with the AB Credit Facility. In connection with the AB Credit Facility, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC acted as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers and Citibank, N.A., an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, acted as Co-Syndication Agents.

In addition, certain underwriters or affiliates of the underwriters will be acting or may act as initial purchasers in the offering of mandatorily exchangeable securities that AXA is offering concurrently with this

 

334


Table of Contents

offering. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., who are serving as representatives in this offering, may act as representatives in such offering.

In addition to acting as an underwriter, Lazard Frères & Co LLC provided advisory services to the selling stockholder in connection with this offering.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between the selling stockholder and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Directed Share Program

At our request, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC has reserved 5% of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to eligible directors, employees and financial professionals of the Company. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. Any individual that participates in the directed share program will agree to a six-month lock-up on such shares.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published, in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

335


Table of Contents
  (b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive; provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and the Company that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit

 

336


Table of Contents

prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

 

337


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

    does not constitute a product disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

 

    has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act;

 

    does not constitute or involve a recommendation to acquire, an offer or invitation for issue or sale, an offer or invitation to arrange the issue or sale, or an issue or sale, of interests to a “retail client” (as defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act and applicable regulations) in Australia; and

 

    may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, or Exempt Investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those securities to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which

 

338


Table of Contents

is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c) where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (d) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (e) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore

Notice to Prospective Investors in Bermuda

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market

 

339


Table of Contents

Authority (“CMA”) pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the British Virgin Islands

The shares may be offered to persons located in the British Virgin Islands who are “qualified investors” for the purposes of the Securities and Investment Business Act, 2010 (“SIBA”). Qualified investors include (i) certain entities which are regulated by the Financial Services Commission in the British Virgin Islands, including banks, insurance companies, licensees under SIBA and public, professional and private mutual funds; (ii) a company, any securities of which are listed on a recognised exchange; and (iii) persons defined as “professional investors” under SIBA, which is any person (a) whose ordinary business involves, whether for that person’s own account or the account of others, the acquisition or disposal of property of the same kind as the property, or a substantial part of the property of the Company; or (b) who has signed a declaration that he, whether individually or jointly with his spouse, has net worth in excess of US$1,000,000 and that he consents to being treated as a professional investor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in China

This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of shares, whether by sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). The shares are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.

Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the shares or any beneficial interest therein without obtaining all prior PRC’s governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this document are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Korea

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FSCMA”), and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FETL”). The shares have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Malaysia

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the shares has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia (“Commission”) for the Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares

 

340


Table of Contents

may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence; (iii) a person who acquires the shares, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the shares is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Taiwan

The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorised to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, the shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions applies:

 

  (i) the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

 

  (a) persons whose ordinary business is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

 

  (b) the South African Public Investment Corporation;

 

  (c) persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

 

  (d) authorised financial service providers under South African law;

 

  (e) financial institutions recognised as such under South African law;

 

  (f) a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorised portfolio manager for a pension fund or collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

 

  (g) any combination of the person in (a) to (f); or

 

  (ii) the total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000.

 

341


Table of Contents

No “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted) (the “South African Companies Act”)) in South Africa is being made in connection with the issue of the shares. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. Any issue or offering of the shares in South Africa constitutes an offer of the shares in South Africa for subscription or sale in South Africa only to persons who fall within the exemption from “offers to the public” set out in section 96(1)(a) of the South African Companies Act. Accordingly, this document must not be acted on or relied on by persons in South Africa who do not fall within section 96(1)(a) of the South African Companies Act (such persons being referred to as “SA Relevant Persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available in South Africa only to SA Relevant Persons and will be engaged in South Africa only with SA Relevant Persons.

 

342


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

The validity of the shares of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, New York, New York and will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, New York, New York. Sullivan & Cromwell LLP has in the past provided, and continues to provide, legal services to AXA and to the independent directors or trustees of certain registered investment companies advised by AB.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 included in this prospectus, and the financial statement schedules included in the registration statement, have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s restatement of its financial statements and financial statement schedules as described in Note 1 to the financial statements and Note 5 to Schedule II) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

As summarized under “Business—Segment Information—Individual Retirement—Supplemental Information on Our In-Force Variable Annuity Business,” Milliman has assisted in the development of the Sensitivity Analysis and the VA Distributable Earnings Projections presented therein. The Sensitivity Analysis and the VA Distributable Earnings Projections have been included in this prospectus on the authority of Milliman as experts in actuarial and related services.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part, with respect to the shares of our common stock being sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits thereto because some parts have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and the common stock being sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet site at http://www.sec.gov, from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and any schedules thereto. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, are also available at your request, without charge, from:

AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10104

Attention: Head of Investor Relations

We will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, will file annual reports containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, quarterly reports containing unaudited financial statements, current reports, proxy statements and other information with

 

343


Table of Contents

the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above. You will also be able to obtain copies of this material from the Public Reference Room of the SEC as described above, or inspect them without charge at the SEC’s website. You will also be able to access, free of charge, our reports filed with the SEC (for example, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those forms) through our website ( www.axa.com ). Reports filed with or furnished to the SEC will be available as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. None of the information contained on, or that may be accessed through our websites or any other website identified herein is part of, or incorporated into, this prospectus. All website addresses in this prospectus are intended to be inactive textual references only.

 

344


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

Glossary of Selected Financial Terms

 

Account value (“AV”)    Generally equals the aggregate policy account value of our retirement and protection products. General Account AV refers to account balances in investment options that are backed by the General Account while Separate Account AV refers to Separate Account investment assets.
Alternative investments    Investments in real estate and real estate joint ventures and other limited partnerships.
Assets under administration (“AUA”)    Includes non-insurance client assets that are invested in our savings and investment products or serviced by our AXA Advisors platform. We provide administrative services for these assets and generally record the revenues received as distribution fees.
Annualized Premium   

100% of first year recurring premiums (up to target) and 10% of excess first year premiums or first year premiums from single premium products.

Assets under management (“AUM”)    Investment assets that are managed by one of our subsidiaries and includes: (i) assets managed by AB, (ii) the assets in our GAIA portfolio and (iii) the Separate Account assets of our retirement and protection businesses. Total AUM reflects exclusions between segments to avoid double counting.
Combined RBC Ratio    Calculated as the overall aggregate RBC ratio for the Company’s insurance subsidiaries including capital held for its life insurance and variable annuity liabilities and non-variable annuity insurance liabilities.
Conditional tail expectation (“CTE”)    Calculated as the average amount of total assets required to satisfy obligations over the life of the contract or policy in the worst [x]% of scenarios. Represented as CTE (100 less x). Example: CTE95 represents the worst five percent of scenarios.
Deferred acquisition cost (“DAC”)    Represents the incremental costs related directly to the successful acquisition of new and certain renewal insurance policies and annuity contracts and which have been deferred on the balance sheet as an asset.
Deferred sales inducements (“DSI”)    Represent amounts that are credited to a policyholder’s account balance that are higher than the expected crediting rates on similar contracts without such an inducement and that are an incentive to purchase a contract and also meet the accounting criteria to be deferred as an asset that is amortized over the life of the contract.
Dividends Received Deduction (“DRD”)    A tax deduction under U.S. federal income tax law received by a corporation on the dividends it receives from other corporations in which it has an ownership stake.
ETF    Exchange traded fund.
FYP    First year premium and deposits.
Gross Premiums    FYP and Renewal premium and deposits.
Invested assets    Includes fixed maturity securities, equity securities, mortgage loans, policy loans, alternative investments and short-term investments.
P&C    Property and casualty.

 

345


Table of Contents
Premium and deposits    Amounts a policyholder agrees to pay for an insurance policy or annuity contract that may be paid in one or a series of payments as defined by the terms of the policy or contract.
Protection Solutions Reserves    Equals the aggregate value of Policyholders’ account balances and Future policy benefits for policies in our Protection Solutions segment.
Reinsurance   

Insurance policies purchased by insurers to limit the total loss they would experience from an insurance claim.

Renewal premium and deposits    Premiums and deposits after the first twelve months of the policy or contract.
Risk-based capital (“RBC”)    Rules to determine insurance company statutory capital requirements. It is based on rules published by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”).
Total adjusted capital (“TAC”)    Primarily consists of capital and surplus, and the asset valuation reserve.
Value of business acquired (“VOBA”)    Present value of estimated future gross profits from in-force policies of acquired businesses.

Glossary of Product Terms

 

401(k)    A tax-deferred retirement savings plan sponsored by an employer. 401(k) refers to the section of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) pursuant to which these plans are established.
403(b)    A tax-deferred retirement savings plan available to certain employees of public schools and certain tax-exempt organizations. 403(b) refers to the section of the Code pursuant to which these plans are established.
457(b)    A deferred compensation plan that is available to governmental and certain non-governmental employers. 457(b) refers to the section of the Code pursuant to which these plans are established.
Accumulation phase    The phase of a variable annuity contract during which assets accumulate based on the policyholder’s lump sum or periodic deposits and reinvested interest, capital gains and dividends that are generally tax-deferred.
Affluent    Refers to individuals with $250,000 to $999,999 of investable assets.
Annuitant    The person who receives annuity payments or the person whose life expectancy determines the amount of variable annuity payments upon annuitization of an annuity to be paid for life.

Annuitization

   The process of converting an annuity investment into a series of periodic income payments, generally for life.

Benefit base

   A notional amount (not actual cash value) used to calculate the owner’s guaranteed benefits within an annuity contract. The death benefit and living benefit within the same contract may not have the same benefit base.

Cash surrender value

   The amount an insurance company pays (minus any surrender charge) to the policyholder when the contract or policy is voluntarily terminated prematurely.

Deferred annuity

   An annuity purchased with premiums paid either over a period of years or as a lump sum, for which savings accumulate prior to annuitization or surrender, and upon annuitization, such savings are exchanged for either a future lump sum or periodic payments for a specified length of time or for a lifetime.

 

346


Table of Contents

Dollar-for-dollar withdrawal

   A method of calculating the reduction of a variable annuity benefit base after a withdrawal in which the benefit is reduced by one dollar for every dollar withdrawn.

Fixed annuity

   An annuity that guarantees a set annual rate of return with interest at rates we determine, subject to specified minimums. Credited interest rates are guaranteed not to change for certain limited periods of time.

Fixed Rate GMxB

   Guarantees on our individual variable annuity products that are based on a rate that is fixed at issue.

Floating Rate GMxB

   Guarantees on our individual variable annuity products that are based on a rate that varies with a specified index rate, subject to a cap and floor.

Future policy benefits

  

Future policy benefits for the annuities business are comprised mainly of liabilities for life-contingent income annuities, and liabilities for the variable annuity guaranteed minimum benefits accounted for as insurance.

 

Future policy benefits for the life business are comprised mainly of liabilities for traditional life and certain liabilities for universal and variable life insurance contracts (other than the policyholder account balance).

General Account Investment Assets

(“GAIA”)

   Means the invested assets held in the General Account.
General Account    Means the assets held in the general accounts of our insurance companies as well as assets held in our separate accounts on which we bear the investment risk.
GMxB    A general reference to all forms of variable annuity guaranteed benefits, including guaranteed minimum living benefits, or GMLBs (such as GMIBs, GMWBs and GMABs), and guaranteed minimum death benefits, or GMDBs (inclusive of return of premium death benefit guarantees).
Guaranteed income benefit (“GIB”)    An optional benefit which provides the policyholder with a guaranteed lifetime annuity based on predetermined annuity purchase rates applied to a GIB benefit base, with annuitization automatically triggered if and when the contract AV falls to zero.
Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”)    An optional benefit (available for an additional cost) which entitles an annuitant to a minimum payment, typically in lump-sum, after a set period of time, typically referred to as the accumulation period. The minimum payment is based on the benefit base, which could be greater than the underlying AV.
Guaranteed minimum death benefits (“GMDB”)    An optional benefit (available for an additional cost) that guarantees an annuitant’s beneficiaries are entitled to a minimum payment based on the benefit base, which could be greater than the underlying AV, upon the death of the annuitant.
Guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”)    An optional benefit (available for an additional cost) where an annuitant is entitled to annuitize the policy and receive a minimum payment stream based on the benefit base, which could be greater than the underlying AV.
Guaranteed minimum living benefits (“GMLB”)    A reference to all forms of guaranteed minimum living benefits, including GMIBs, GMWBs and GMABs (does not include GMDBs).

 

347


Table of Contents
Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit riders (“GMLB Riders”)    Changes in the carrying value of GMLB liabilities, related hedges and reinsurance; the fees earned directly from the GMLB liabilities; and related DAC offsets.
Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”)    An optional benefit (available for an additional cost) where an annuitant is entitled to withdraw a maximum amount of their benefit base each year, for which cumulative payments to the annuitant could be greater than the underlying AV.
Guaranteed Universal Life (“GUL”)    A universal life insurance offering with a lifetime no lapse guarantee rider, otherwise known as a guaranteed UL policy. With a GUL policy, the premiums are guaranteed to last the life of the policy.
Guaranteed withdrawal benefit for life (“GWBL”)    An optional benefit (available for an additional cost) where an annuitant is entitled to withdraw a maximum amount of their benefit base each year, for the duration of the policyholder’s life, regardless of account performance.
High net worth    Refers to individuals with $1,000,000 or more of investable assets.
Index-linked annuities    An annuity that provides for asset accumulation and asset distribution needs with an ability to share in the upside from certain financial markets such as equity indices, or an interest rate benchmark. With an index-linked annuity, the policyholder’s AV can grow or decline due to various external financial market indices performance.
Indexed Universal Life (“IUL”)    A permanent life insurance offering built on a universal life insurance framework that uses an equity-linked approach for generating policy investment returns.
Living benefits    Optional benefits (available at an additional cost) that guarantee that the policyholder will get back at least his original investment when the money is withdrawn.
Mortality and expense risk fee (“M&E fee”)    A fee charged by insurance companies to compensate for the risk they take by issuing life insurance and variable annuity contracts.
Net flows   

Net change in customer account balances in a period including, but not limited to, gross premiums, surrenders, withdrawals and benefits. It excludes investment performance, interest credited to customer accounts and policy charges.

Net long-term flows    Net change of assets under management in a period which includes new sales net of redemptions of mutual funds and terminations of separately managed accounts and cash flow which includes both cash invested or withdrawn from existing clients. In addition, cash flow includes fees received from certain clients. It excludes the impact of the markets.
Period certain annuity    Type of annuity that guarantees payment to the annuitant for a specified time period and to the beneficiary if the annuitant dies before the period ends.
Policyholder account balances   

Annuities . Policyholder account balances are held for fixed deferred annuities, the fixed account portion of variable annuities and non-life contingent income annuities. Interest is credited to the policyholder’s account at interest rates we determine which are influenced by current market rates, subject to specified minimums.

 

Life Insurance Policies . Policyholder account balances are held for retained asset accounts, universal life policies and the fixed account of universal variable life insurance policies. Interest is credited to the policyholder’s account at interest rates we determine which are influenced by current market rates, subject to specified minimums.

 

348


Table of Contents
Return of premium (“ROP”) death benefit    This death benefit pays the greater of the account value at the time of a claim following the owner’s death or the total contributions to the contract (subject to adjustment for withdrawals). The charge for this benefit is usually included in the M&E fee that is deducted daily from the net assets in each variable investment option. We also refer to this death benefit as the Return of Principal death benefit.
Rider    An optional feature or benefit that a policyholder can purchase at an additional cost.
Roll-up rate    The guaranteed percentage that the benefit base increases by each year.
SCS    Structured Capital Strategies, a variable annuity with an index-linked feature that offers policyholders growth potential up to a cap and certain downside protection.
Separate Account    Refers to the separate account investment assets of our insurance subsidiaries excluding the assets held in those separate accounts on which we bear the investment risk.
Step up    An optional vehicle annuity feature (available at an additional cost) that can increase the benefit base amount if the variable annuity AV is higher than the benefit base on specified dates.
Surrender charge    A fee paid by a contract owner for the early withdrawal of an amount that exceeds a specific percentage or for cancellation of the contract within a specified amount of time after purchase.
Surrender rate    Represents annualized surrenders and withdrawals as a percentage of average AV.
Universal life (“UL”) products    Life insurance products that provide a death benefit in return for payment of specified annual policy charges that are generally related to specific costs, which may change over time. To the extent that the policyholder chooses to pay more than the charges required in any given year to keep the policy in-force, the excess premium will be placed into the AV of the policy and credited with a stated interest rate on a monthly basis.
Variable annuity    A type of annuity that offers guaranteed periodic payments for a defined period of time or for life and gives purchasers the ability to invest in various markets though the underlying investment options, which may result in potentially higher, but variable, returns.
Variable Universal Life (“VUL”)    Universal life products where the excess amount paid over policy charges can be directed by the policyholder into a variety of Separate Account investment options. In the Separate Account investment options, the policyholder bears the entire risk and returns of the investment results.
Whole Life (“WL”)    A life insurance policy that is guaranteed to remain in-force for the policyholder’s lifetime, provided the required premiums are paid.

 

349


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December  31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

    F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

    F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

    F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-9  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

 

Schedule I—Summary of Investments—Other than Investments in Related Parties, as of December 31, 2017

    F-124  

Schedule II—Parent Company, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

    F-125  

Schedule III—Supplementary Insurance Information, as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the Year Ended December 31, 2015

    F-129  

Schedule IV—Reinsurance, as of and for the Years Ended December  31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

    F-132  

Restated or revised unaudited interim financial information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016

    F-133  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements and Note 5 to Schedule II, the Company has restated its 2016 consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules to correct errors.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 6, 2018, except for the effects of the stock split discussed in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is April 26, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1993.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

A XA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

           As Restated  
     2017     2016  
     (in millions, except share
amounts)
 

ASSETS

    

Investments:

    

Fixed maturities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $45,068 and $41,332)

   $ 46,941     $ 41,879  

Mortgage loans on real estate (net of valuation allowance of $8 and $8)

     10,952       9,774  

Real estate held for production of income(1)

     390       56  

Policy loans

     3,819       3,855  

Other equity investments(1)

     1,392       1,345  

Trading securities, at fair value

     14,170       12,085  

Other invested assets(1)

     4,118       3,324  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 81,782     $ 72,318  

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

     4,814       5,654  

Cash and securities segregated, at fair value

     825       946  

Broker-dealer related receivables

     2,158       2,100  

Deferred policy acquisition costs

     5,969       6,044  

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net

     4,824       5,243  

Amounts due from reinsurers

     5,023       5,220  

Loans to affiliates

     1,230       1,246  

GMIB reinsurance contract asset, at fair value

     1,894       1,735  

Current and deferred tax assets

     67       496  

Other assets(1)

     2,510       2,462  

Separate Accounts assets

     124,552       113,150  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 235,648     $ 216,614  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

    

Policyholders’ account balances

   $ 47,171     $ 41,956  

Future policy benefits and other policyholders liabilities

     30,299       30,278  

Broker-dealer related payables

     783       539  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     1,887       3,593  

Customers related payables

     2,229       2,360  

Amounts due to reinsurers

     1,436       1,509  

Short-term and long-term debt(1)

     2,408       1,605  

Loans from affiliates

     3,622       2,904  

Other liabilities(1)

     4,053       3,720  

Separate Accounts liabilities

     124,552       113,150  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 218,440     $ 201,614  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interest(1)

   $ 626     $ 403  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Notes 10 and 16)

    

EQUITY

    

Equity attributable to Holdings:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 2,000,000,000 shares authorized and 561,000,000 issued and outstanding

   $ 6     $ 6  

Capital in excess of par value

     1,298       931  

Retained earnings

     12,289       11,439  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (108     (921
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to Holdings

   $ 13,485     $ 11,455  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest

   $ 3,097     $ 3,142  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

   $ 16,582     $ 14,597  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Equity

   $ 235,648     $ 216,614  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 for details of balances with variable interest entities.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

AXA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

 

           As Restated        
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions, except earnings per share data)  

REVENUES

      

Policy charges and fee income

   $ 3,733     $ 3,762     $ 3,653  

Premiums

     1,124       1,083       1,070  

Net derivative gains (losses)

     228       (1,722     (1,393

Net investment income

     3,082       2,665       2,450  

Investment gains (losses), net:

      

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

     (15     (68     (42

Other investment gains (losses), net

     (176     2,051       27  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment gains (losses), net

   $ (191   $ 1,983     $ (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment management and service fees

     4,093       3,749       3,895  

Other Income

     445       402       419  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 12,514     $ 11,922     $ 10,079  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BENEFITS AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS

      

Policyholders’ benefits

     4,354       3,343       3,505  

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

     1,108       1,091       946  

Compensation and benefits (includes $156, $154 and $157 of deferred acquisition costs; see note 6)

     2,137       2,119       2,165  

Commissions and distribution related payments (includes $523, $536 and $559 of deferred acquisition costs; see note 6)

     1,604       1,536       1,586  

Interest expense

     160       174       136  

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, net (net of capitalization of $687, $697 and $723; see note 6)

     (239     89       (285

Other operating costs and expenses (see note 11 for related party information) (includes $8, $7 and $7 of deferred acquisition costs; see note 6)

     2,076       1,516       1,585  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefits and other deductions

   $ 11,200     $ 9,868     $ 9,638  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations, before income taxes

     1,314       2,054       441  

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (41     (387     217  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,273     $ 1,667     $ 658  

Less: Net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     (423     (395     (325
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 850     $ 1,272     $ 333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EARNINGS PER SHARE

      

Earnings per share - Common stock

      

Basic

   $ 1.52     $ 2.27     $ 0.59  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 1.51     $ 2.27     $ 0.59  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     561.0       561.0       561.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

A XA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

 

           As Restated        
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,273     $ 1,667     $ 658  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) net of income taxes:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     42       (18     (25

Change in unrealized gains (losses), net of reclassification adjustment

     690       (274     (939

Changes in defined benefit plan related items not yet recognized in periodic benefit cost, net of reclassification adjustment

     100       34       35  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

     832       (258     (929
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     2,105       1,409       (271

Less: Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (442     (381     (311
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 1,663     $ 1,028     $ (582
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

AXA EQUITA BLE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

 

           As Restated        
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Equity attributable to Holdings:

      

Common stock, at par value, beginning and end of year

   $ 6     $ 6     $ 6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital in excess of par value, beginning of year

   $ 931     $ 941     $ 862  

Changes in capital in excess of par value

     367       (10     79  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital in excess of par value, end of year

   $ 1,298     $ 931     $ 941  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained earnings, beginning of year

   $ 11,439     $ 10,167     $ 9,834  

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

     850       1,272       333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained earnings, end of year

   $ 12,289     $ 11,439     $ 10,167  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), beginning of year

     (921     (677     238  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     813       (244     (915
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), end of year

   $ (108   $ (921   $ (677
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Holdings’ equity, end of year

   $ 13,485     $ 11,455     $ 10,437  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest, beginning of year

     3,142       3,108       3,151  

Repurchase of AB Holding units

     (121     (128     (118

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     370       369       325  

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest

     (348     (294     (337

Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     19       (14     (14

Other changes in noncontrolling interest

     35       101       101  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest, end of period

   $ 3,097     $ 3,142     $ 3,108  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity, end of period

   $ 16,582     $ 14,597     $ 13,545  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

AXA EQUI TABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

 

     2017     As Restated
2016
    2015  
     (in millions)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,273     $ 1,667     $ 658  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

     1,108       1,091       946  

Policy charges and fee income

     (3,733     (3,762     (3,653

Net derivative (gains) losses, net

     (228     1,722       1,393  

Investment (gains) losses, net

     191       (1,983     15  

Realized and unrealized (gains) losses on trading securities

     (266     63       128  

Non-cash long term incentive compensation expense

     185       152       176  

Amortization and depreciation

     (104     (21     9  

Change in goodwill

     369       —         —    

Distributions from joint ventures and limited partnerships

     140       582       199  

Changes in:

      

Net broker-dealer and customer related receivables/payables

     (278     608       (39

Segregated cash and securities, net

     130       (381     (89

Deferred policy acquisition costs

     (239     89       (285

Future policy benefits

     1,587       273       672  

Current and deferred income taxes

     759       (208     (163

Other, net

     127       (128     (159
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 1,021     $ (236   $ (192
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Proceeds from the sale/maturity/prepayment of:

      

Fixed maturities, available for sale

   $ 11,339     $ 8,606     $ 5,349  

Mortgage loans on real estate

     934       676       609  

Trading account securities

     11,231       7,841       19,864  

Real estate

     —         1,828       —    

Real estate joint ventures

     —         136       —    

Other

     228       64       181  

Payment for the purchase/origination of:

      

Fixed maturities, available for sale

     (15,166     (10,688     (5,179

Mortgage loans on real estate

     (2,108     (3,278     (1,311

Trading account securities

     (13,328     (10,283     (21,053

Real estate

     —         (1     (20

Real estate joint ventures

     —         (51     —    

Other

     (296     (192     (148

Purchase of business, net of cash acquired

     (130     (21     —    

Cash settlements related to derivative instruments

     (2,166     (195     602  

Change in short-term investments

     (342     (485     (961

Repayments of loans to affiliates

     15       —         90  

Issuance of loans to affiliates

     —         (12     (275

Investment in capitalized software, leasehold improvements and EDP equipment

     (102     (97     (83

Other, net

     202       384       194  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   $ (9,689   $ (5,768   $ (2,141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

AXA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

(CONTINUED)

 

     2017     As Restated
2016
    2015  
     (in millions)  

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Policyholders’ account balances:

      

Deposits

   $ 10,591     $ 10,001     $ 5,255  

Withdrawals

     (6,140     (2,976     (2,934

Transfers (to) from Separate Accounts

     1,677       1,432       2,001  

Proceeds from loans from affiliates

     731       —         694  

Change in short-term financings

     600       (176     30  

Change in collateralized pledged assets

     1,044       (991     (45

Change in collateralized pledged liabilities

     1,246       15       (515

(Decrease) increase in overdrafts payable

     63       (85     80  

Repayment of loans from affiliates

     (56     (1,752     (1,454

Repayments of long-term debt

     —         —         (200

Repurchase of AB Holding units

     (220     (236     (214

Purchases (redemptions) of non-controlling interests of consolidated company-sponsored investment funds

     120       (137     —    

Distribution to noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries

     (348     (294     (337

Increase (decrease) in securities sold under agreement to repurchase

     (1,706     227       612  

(Increase) decrease in securities purchased under agreement to resell

     —         79       (79

Purchase of shares in consolidated subsidiaries

     (55     —         —    

Capital contribution from parent

     318       —         —    

Other, net

     (59     4       4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     7,806       5,111       2,898  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     22       (10     (10

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     (840     (903     555  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     5,654       6,557       6,002  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 4,814     $ 5,654     $ 6,557  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

      

Interest paid

   $ 119     $ 108     $ 120  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes (refunded) paid

   $ 31     $ (385   $ 94  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

AXA E QUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1) ORGANIZATION

AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings” and, collectively with its consolidated subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a diversified financial services company. The Company is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA S.A. (“AXA”), a French holding company for the AXA Group, a worldwide leader in life, property and casualty and health insurance and asset management.

The Company conducts operations in four segments: Individual Retirement, Group Retirement, Investment Management and Research, and Protection Solutions. The Company’s management evaluates the performance of each of these segments independently.

 

    The Individual Retirement segment offers a diverse suite of variable annuity products which are primarily sold to affluent and high net worth individuals saving for retirement or seeking retirement income.

 

    The Group Retirement segment offers tax-deferred investment and retirement plans sponsored by educational entities, municipalities and not-for-profit entities as well as small and medium-sized businesses.

 

    The Investment Management and Research segment provides diversified investment management, research and related solutions globally to a broad range of clients through three main client channels - Institutional, Retail and Private Wealth Management - and distributes its institutional research products and solutions through Bernstein Research Services. Our Investment Management and Research segment reflects the business of AllianceBernstein Holding L.P. (“AB Holding”), AllianceBernstein L.P. (“ABLP”) and their subsidiaries (collectively, “AB”).

 

    The Protection Solutions segment includes our life insurance and group employee benefits businesses. Our life insurance business offers a variety of variable universal life, indexed universal life and term life products to help affluent and high net worth individuals, as well as small and medium-sized business owners, with their wealth protection, wealth transfer and corporate needs. Our group employee benefits business offers a suite of life, short- and long-term disability, dental and vision insurance products to small and medium-size businesses across the United States.

Corporate and Other includes certain of our financing and investment expenses. It also includes: the AXA Advisors broker-dealer business, closed block of life insurance (the “Closed Block”), run-off variable annuity reinsurance business, run-off group pension business, run-off health business, benefit plans for our employees, certain strategic investments and certain unallocated items, including capital and related investments, interest expense and corporate expense. AB’s results of operations are reflected in the Investment Management and Research segment. Accordingly, Corporate and Other does not include any items applicable to AB.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s economic interest in AB was 46.7% and 45.8%, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, AXA and its subsidiaries’ economic interest in AB (including the Company’s interest) was approximately 64.7% and 63.7%. The general partner of AB, AllianceBernstein Corporation (the “General Partner”), is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Because the General Partner has the authority to manage and control the business of AB, AB is consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Restatement and Revision of Prior Period Financial Statements

Management identified errors in its previously issued financial statements. These errors primarily relate to errors in the calculation of policyholders’ benefit reserves and the calculation of DAC amortization for certain variable and interest sensitive life products, primarily attributable to corrections in actuarial modeling methodology changes, calculations and inputs as well as journal entry processing. Based on quantitative and qualitative factors, management determined that the impact of the errors was material to the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016, which therefore are restated herein and discussed below. The impact of these errors to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 was not considered to be material either individually or in the aggregate. In order to improve the consistency and comparability of the financial statements, management voluntarily revised the consolidated statements of income (loss), statements of comprehensive income (loss), statements of equity and statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 to include the revisions discussed below.

 

     December 31, 2016  
     As Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Adjustments
    As Restated  
     (in millions)  

Assets:

      

Deferred policy acquisition costs

   $ 5,971     $ 73     $ 6,044  

Loans to affiliates

     1,257       (11     1,246  

Current and deferred income taxes

     531       (35     496  
    

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 216,587     $ 27     $ 216,614  
    

 

 

   

Liabilities:

      

Future policyholders’ benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities

     30,346       (68     30,278  
    

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     201,682       (68     201,614  
    

 

 

   

Equity:

      

Capital in excess of par value (1)

     942       (11     931  

Retained earnings

     11,356       83       11,439  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (943     22       (921
    

 

 

   

Total equity attributable to Holdings

     11,361       94       11,455  

Noncontrolling interest

     3,141       1       3,142  
    

 

 

   

Total equity

     14,502       95       14,597  
    

 

 

   

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and equity

   $ 216,587     $ 27     $ 216,614  
    

 

 

   
(1) Previously reported amounts have been adjusted to give retrospective effect to the 459.4752645-for-1 stock split effected on April 24, 2018.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
    As Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Adjustments
    As
Restated
    As
Revised
 
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015  

Statements of Income (Loss):

           

Revenues:

           

Policy charges and fee income

  $ 3,759     $ 3,648     $ 3     $ 5     $ 3,762     $ 3,653  

Premiums

    1,063       1,058       20       12       1,083       1,070  

Net derivative gains (losses)

    (1,720     (1,393     (2     —         (1,722     (1,393
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenues

    11,901       10,062       21       17       11,922       10,079  
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Benefits and other deductions:

           

Policyholders’ benefits

    3,317       3,489       26       16       3,343       3,505  

Interest credited to policyholder’s account balances

    1,102       956       (11     (10     1,091       946  

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, net

    213       (302     (124     17       89       (285
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total benefits and other deductions

    9,977       9,615       (109     23       9,868       9,638  
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Income (loss) from operations, before income taxes

    1,924       447       130       (6     2,054       441  

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (354     212       (33     5       (387     217  
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net income (loss)

    1,570       659       97       (1     1,667       658  

Less: net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

    (373     (329     (22     4       (395     (325
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

  $ 1,197     $ 330     $ 75     $ 3     $ 1,272     $ 333  
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss):

           

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,570     $ 659     $ 97     $ (1   $ 1,667     $ 658  
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Change in unrealized gains (losses), net of reclassification adjustment

    (297     (939     23       —         (274     (939
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

    (281     (929     23       —         (258     (929
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Comprehensive income (loss)

    1,289       (270     120       (1     1,409       (271

Less: Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (359     (315     (22     4       (381     (311
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to AXA Equitable Holdings

  $ 930     $ (585   $ 98     $ 3     $ 1,028     $ (582
     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

F-11


Table of Contents
     As Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Adjustments
    As
Restated
    As
Revised
 
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015  

Statements of Equity:

            

Capital in excess of par value, beginning of year (1)

   $ 952     $ 873     $ (11   $ (11   $ 941     $ 862  
      

 

 

   

 

 

     

Capital in excess of par value, end of year (1)

     942       952       (11     (11     931       941  

Retained earnings, beginning of year

   $ 10,159     $ 9,829     $ 8     $ 5     $ 10,167     $ 9,834  

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

     1,197       330       75       3       1,272       333  
      

 

 

   

 

 

     

Retained earnings, end of period

     11,356       10,159       83       8       11,439       10,167  
      

 

 

   

 

 

     

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (266     (915     22       —         (244     (915
      

 

 

   

 

 

     

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), end of year

     (943     (677     22       —         (921     (677
      

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total Holding’s equity, end of period

     11,361       10,440       94       (3     11,455       10,437  
      

 

 

   

 

 

     

Noncontrolling interest, beginning of year

     3,129       3,168       (21     (17     3,108       3,151  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

     369       329       —         (4     369       325  

Other changes in noncontrolling interest

     79       101       22       —         101       101  
      

 

 

   

 

 

     

Noncontrolling interest, end of year

     3,141       3,129       1       (21     3,142       3,108  
      

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total Equity, End of Period

   $ 14,502     $ 13,569     $ 95     $ (24   $ 14,597     $ 13,545  
      

 

 

   

 

 

     

Statements of Cash flows:

            

Cash flow from operating activities:

            

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,570     $ 659     $ 97     $ (1   $ 1,667     $ 658  

Policy charges and fee income

     (3,759     (3,648     (3     (5     (3,762     (3,653

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

     1,102       956       (11     (10     1,091       946  

Net derivative (gains) loss

     1,720       1,393       2       —         1,722       1,393  

Changes in:

            

Future policy benefits

     266       669       7       3       273       672  

Deferred policy acquisition costs

     213       (302     (124     17       89       (285

Current and deferred income taxes

     (240     (159     32       (4     (208     (163
      

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (236   $ (192   $ —       $ —       $ (236   $ (192
      

 

 

   

 

 

     
(1) Previously reported amounts have been adjusted to give retrospective effect to the 459.4752645-for-1 stock split effected on April 24, 2018.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
2) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions (including normal, recurring accruals) that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments necessary in the opinion of management for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

AXA announced on May 10, 2017 that it intended to sell a minority stake in the Company in an initial public offering. These financial statements were prepared in connection with the proposed transaction. The accompanying consolidated financial statements present the consolidated results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries and those investment companies, partnerships and joint ventures in which the Company has control and a majority economic interest as well as those variable interest entities (“VIEs”) that meet the requirements for consolidation. The financial statements were prepared on a consolidated basis as operations have been under the common control of AXA.

Financial results in the historical consolidated financial statements may not be indicative of the results of operations, comprehensive income (loss), financial position, equity or cash flows that would have been achieved had we operated as a separate, standalone entity during the reporting periods presented. We believe that the consolidated financial statements include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations of the Company.

On April 24, 2018, the Company filed a Certificate of Amendment to amend its Certificate of Incorporation, authorizing the issuance of 2,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and effecting a 459.4752645-for-1 common stock split, resulting in 561,000,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Prior to the Company’s initial public offering, all 561,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock are held by AXA S.A. The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements give retroactive effect to the stock split for all periods presented.

All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The years “2017,” “2016” and “2015” refer to the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance that amends the definition of a business to provide a more robust framework for determining when a set of assets and activities is a business. The definition primarily adds clarity for evaluating whether certain transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions/dispositions of assets or businesses, the latter subject to guidance on business combinations, but also may interact with other areas of accounting where the defined term is used, such as in the application of guidance on consolidation and goodwill impairment. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years ending December 31, 2018. The Company elected to early adopt the new guidance for the year ending December 31, 2016. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued updated guidance to simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment on a prospective basis in years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for impairment testing performed after January 1, 2017. The revised guidance removes Step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing model that currently requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation to assess goodwill recoverability when Step 1 testing demonstrates a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value. Existing guidance that limits the measure of goodwill impairment to the carrying amount of the

 

F-13


Table of Contents

reporting unit’s goodwill remains unchanged by elimination of the requirement to perform Step 2 testing. The Company elected to early adopt the guidance effective January 1, 2017 for its first quarter 2017 interim goodwill recoverability assessments. As a result, the Company reduced the carrying value of its goodwill and increased other operating costs and expenses by $369 million as reflected in the December 31, 2017 consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance on consolidation of interests held through related parties that are under common control, which alters how a decision maker needs to consider indirect interests in a VIE held through an entity under common control. The guidance amends the recently adopted consolidation guidance analysis. Under the new guidance, if a decision maker is required to evaluate whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE, it will need to consider only its proportionate indirect interest in the VIE held through a common control party. The Company adopted the revised guidance effective January 1, 2017. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new guidance simplifying the transition to the equity method of accounting. The amendment eliminates the requirement for an investor to retroactively adjust the basis of a previously held interest in an investment that subsequently qualifies for use of the equity method. Additionally, the amendment requires any unrealized holding gain or loss recognized in AOCI to be realized in earnings at the date an AFS security qualifies for use of the equity method. The Company adopted the revised guidance effective January 1, 2017. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new guidance on improvements to employee share-based payment accounting. The amendment includes provisions intended to simplify various aspects related to how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements, including income tax effects of share-based payments, minimum statutory tax withholding requirements and forfeitures. The Company adopted the revised guidance effective January 1, 2017. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued a new consolidation standard that makes targeted amendments to the VIE assessment, including guidance specific to the analysis of fee arrangements and related party relationships, modifies the guidance for the evaluation of limited partnerships and similar entities for consolidation to eliminate the presumption of general partner control, and ends the deferral that had been granted to certain investment companies for applying previous VIE guidance. The Company adopted this guidance beginning January 1, 2016 using a modified retrospective approach, thereby not requiring a restatement of prior year periods. At initial adoption, the Company’s reevaluation of all legal entities under the new standard resulted in identification of additional VIEs and consolidation of certain investment products of the Investment Management and Research segment that were not consolidated in accordance with previous guidance. The analysis performed under this guidance requires the exercise of judgment and is updated continuously as circumstances change or new entities are formed.

In August 2014, the FASB issued new guidance which requires management to evaluate whether there is “substantial doubt” about the reporting entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and provide related footnote disclosures about those uncertainties, if they exist. The new guidance is effective for annual periods, ending after December 15, 2016 and interim periods thereafter. The Company implemented this guidance beginning with the year ended December 31, 2016. The effect of implementing this guidance was not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Future Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2018, the FASB issued new guidance that will permit, but not require, entities to reclassify to retained earnings tax effects “stranded” in AOCI resulting from the change in federal tax rate enacted by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) on December 22, 2017. An entity that elects this option must reclassify these stranded tax effects for all items in AOCI, including, but not limited to, AFS securities and employee

 

F-14


Table of Contents

benefits. Tax effects stranded in AOCI for other reasons, such as prior changes in tax law, may not be reclassified. While the new guidance provides entities the option to reclassify these amounts, new disclosures are required regardless of whether entities elect to do so. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued or made available for issuance, including in the period the Act was signed into law (i.e., the reporting period including December 22, 2017). Election can be made either to apply the new guidance retrospectively to each period in which the effect of the Act is recognized or in the period of adoption. Management currently is evaluating the options provided for adopting this guidance and the potential impacts on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2017, the FASB issued new guidance on accounting for hedging activities, intended to more closely align the financial statement reporting of hedging relationships to the economic results of an entity’s risk management activities. In addition, the new guidance makes certain targeted modifications to simplify the application of current hedge accounting guidance. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early application permitted. The effect of adoption should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption (that is, the initial application date). All transition requirements and elections should be applied to derivatives positions and hedging relationships existing on the date of adoption. Management currently is evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued guidance on share-based payments. The amendment provides clarity intended to reduce diversity in practice and the cost and complexity of accounting for changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, requires prospective application to awards modified on or after the date of adoption, and permits early adoption. This amendment is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued guidance that requires certain premiums on callable debt securities to be amortized to the earliest call date and is intended to better align interest income recognition with the manner in which market participants price these instruments. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 with early adoption permitted and is to be applied on a modified retrospective basis. Management currently is evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued new guidance on the presentation of net periodic pension and post-retirement benefit costs that requires disaggregation of the service cost component from the other components of net benefit costs on the income statement. The service cost component will be presented with other employee compensation costs in “income from operations,” and the remaining components will be reported separately outside of income from operations. While this standard does not change the rules for how benefits costs are measured, it limits the amount eligible for capitalization to the service cost component and, therefore, may require insurers and other entities that establish deferred assets related to the acquisition of new contracts to align its capitalization policies/practices with that limitation. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption permitted and is to be applied retrospectively for changes in the income statement presentation of net benefit cost and prospectively for changes in capitalization eligibility. The guidance permits the use of amounts previously disclosed for the various components of net benefits cost as the basis for the retrospective change in the income statement presentation, and use of that approach must be disclosed as a “practical expedient” to determining how much of the various components of net benefits costs actually was reflected in historical income statements a result of capitalization and subsequent amortization. For purpose of segment reporting, net periodic benefits costs should continue to be presented based on how management reports those costs internally for evaluation, regardless of these new requirements. The Company expects to utilize the practical expedient for adopting the retrospective change in its income statement presentation of net benefits costs. Based on the assessments performed to-date, adoption of this new guidance in first quarter 2018 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

In August 2016, the FASB issued new guidance to simplify elements of cash flow classification. The new guidance is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and should be applied using a retrospective transition method. Adoption of this new guidance in first quarter 2018 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

In June 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to the accounting for credit losses on financial instruments. The new guidance introduces an approach based on expected losses to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments. It also modifies the impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities and provides for a simplified accounting model for purchased financial assets with credit deterioration since their origination. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Management currently is evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued revised guidance to lease accounting that will require lessees to recognize on the balance sheet a “right-of-use” asset and a lease liability for virtually all lease arrangements, including those embedded in other contracts. The new lease accounting model will continue to distinguish between capital and operating leases. The current straight-line pattern for the recognition of rent expense on an operating lease is expected to remain substantially unchanged by the new guidance but instead will be comprised of amortization of the right-of-use asset and interest cost on the related lease obligation, thereby resulting in an income statement presentation similar to a financing arrangement or capital lease. Lessor accounting will remain substantially unchanged from the current model but has been updated to align with certain changes made to the lessee model. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The transition provisions require application on a modified retrospective approach at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements (that is, January 1, 2017). Extensive quantitative and qualitative disclosures, including significant judgments made by management, will be required to provide greater insight into the extent of revenue and expense recognized and expected to be recognized from existing lease contracts and arrangements. Management currently is evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to the recognition and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities. The new guidance primarily affects the accounting for equity investments, financial liabilities under the fair value option, and presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. In addition, the FASB clarified guidance related to the valuation allowance assessment when recognizing deferred tax assets resulting from unrealized losses on available-for-sale (“AFS”) debt securities. The new guidance will require equity investments in unconsolidated entities, except those accounted for under the equity method, to be measured at fair value through earnings, thereby eliminating the AFS classification for equity securities with readily determinable fair values for which changes in fair value currently are reported in AOCI. Adoption of this new guidance is required in interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and is to be applied on a modified retrospective basis. At December 31, 2017, the Company’s equity investments include approximately $190 million common stock securities designated as AFS for which a cumulative effect adjustment to opening retained earnings will be made at January 1, 2018 to reclassify from AOCI the related net unrealized investment gains/(losses), net of income tax. The Company’s investment assets held in the form of equity interests in unconsolidated entities, such as limited partnerships and limited liability companies, including hedge funds, private equity funds, and real estate-related funds, generally are accounted for under the equity method and will not be impacted by this new guidance. The Company does not currently report any of its financial liabilities under the fair value option. Adoption of this new guidance in first quarter 2018 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

In May 2014, the FASB issued new guidance that revises the recognition criteria for revenue arising from contracts with customers to provide goods or services, except when those revenue streams are from insurance contracts, leases, rights and obligations that are in the scope of certain financial instruments (i.e., derivative contracts) and guarantees other than product or service warranties. The new standard’s core principle is that revenue should be recognized when “control” of promised goods or services is transferred to customers and in an amount that reflects the consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange. Applying the new revenue recognition criteria generally will require more judgments and estimates than under current guidance in order to identify contractual performance obligations to customers, assess the roles of intermediaries in fulfilling those obligations, determine the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price, and allocate the transaction price to distinct performance obligations in bundled contracts. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. Transition to the new standard requires a retrospective approach but application is permitted either on a full or modified basis, the latter by recognition of a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening equity in the period of initial adoption. On January 1, 2018, the Company will adopt the new revenue recognition guidance on a modified retrospective basis and provide in its first quarter 2018 reporting the additional disclosures required by the new standard. Revenues within the scope of this standard and subject to the Company’s analysis largely emerge from its investment in AllianceBernstein, as reported in the Company’s Investment Management and Research segment, but also result from the Company’s indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, namely FMG as well as retail and wholesale broker-dealer operations. Based on the assessments performed to-date, the Company does not expect any changes in the amounts or timing of revenue recognition, including base investment management and advisory fees, distribution revenues, shareholder servicing revenues, and broker-dealer revenues. However, performance-based fees, that currently are recognized at the end of the applicable measurement period when no risk of reversal remains, and carried-interest distributions received (considered performance-based fees), that currently are recorded as deferred revenues until no risk of reversal remains, in certain instances may be recognized earlier under the new standard if it is probable that significant reversal will not occur. As a result, the Company currently expects its initial adoption of the new revenue recognition standard at January 1, 2018 will result in a pre-tax cumulative effect adjustment to increase opening equity by approximately $35 million, representing carried-interest distributions previously received, net of revenue sharing payments to investment team members, with respect to which it is probable that significant reversal will not occur. The Company’s future financial statements will include additional disclosures as required by the new revenue recognition guidance.

Closed Block

As a result of demutualization, the Company’s Closed Block was established in 1992 for the benefit of certain individual participating policies that were in force on that date. Assets, liabilities and earnings of the Closed Block are specifically identified to support its participating policyholders.

Assets allocated to the Closed Block inure solely to the benefit of the Closed Block policyholders and will not revert to the benefit of the Company. No reallocation, transfer, borrowing or lending of assets can be made between the Closed Block and other portions of the Company’s general account (the “General Account”), any of its separate accounts (the “Separate Accounts”) or any affiliate of the Company without the approval of the New York State Department of Financial Services (the “NYDFS”). Closed Block assets and liabilities are carried on the same basis as similar assets and liabilities held in the General Account.

The excess of Closed Block liabilities over Closed Block assets (adjusted to exclude the impact of related amounts in AOCI) represents the expected maximum future post-tax earnings from the Closed Block that would be recognized in income from continuing operations over the period the policies and contracts in the Closed Block remain in force. As of January 1, 2001, the Company has developed an actuarial calculation of the expected timing of the Closed Block’s earnings.

If the actual cumulative earnings from the Closed Block are greater than the expected cumulative earnings, only the expected earnings will be recognized in net income. Actual cumulative earnings in excess of

 

F-17


Table of Contents

expected cumulative earnings at any point in time are recorded as a policyholder dividend obligation because they will ultimately be paid to Closed Block policyholders as an additional policyholder dividend unless offset by future performance that is less favorable than originally expected. If a policyholder dividend obligation has been previously established and the actual Closed Block earnings in a subsequent period are less than the expected earnings for that period, the policyholder dividend obligation would be reduced (but not below zero). If, over the period the policies and contracts in the Closed Block remain in force, the actual cumulative earnings of the Closed Block are less than the expected cumulative earnings, only actual earnings would be recognized in income from continuing operations. If the Closed Block has insufficient funds to make guaranteed policy benefit payments, such payments will be made from assets outside the Closed Block.

Many expenses related to Closed Block operations, including amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”), are charged to operations outside of the Closed Block; accordingly, net revenues of the Closed Block do not represent the actual profitability of the Closed Block operations. Operating costs and expenses outside of the Closed Block are, therefore, disproportionate to the business outside of the Closed Block.

Investments

The carrying values of fixed maturities classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”) are reported at fair value. Changes in fair value are reported in other comprehensive income (“OCI”). The amortized cost of fixed maturities is adjusted for impairments in value deemed to be other than temporary which are recognized in Investment gains (losses), net. The redeemable preferred stock investments that are reported in fixed maturities include real estate investment trusts (“REIT”), perpetual preferred stock, and redeemable preferred stock. These securities may not have a stated maturity, may not be cumulative and do not provide for mandatory redemption by the issuer.

The Company determines the fair values of fixed maturities and equity securities based upon quoted prices in active markets, when available, or through the use of alternative approaches when market quotes are not readily accessible or available. These alternative approaches include matrix or model pricing and use of independent pricing services, each supported by reference to principal market trades or other observable market assumptions for similar securities. More specifically, the matrix pricing approach to fair value is a discounted cash flow methodology that incorporates market interest rates commensurate with the credit quality and duration of the investment.

The Company’s management, with the assistance of its investment advisors, monitors the investment performance of its portfolio and reviews AFS securities with unrealized losses for other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”). Integral to this review is an assessment made each quarter, on a security-by-security basis, by the Company’s Investments Under Surveillance (“IUS”) Committee, of various indicators of credit deterioration to determine whether the investment security is expected to recover. This assessment includes, but is not limited to, consideration of the duration and severity of the unrealized loss, failure, if any, of the issuer of the security to make scheduled payments, actions taken by rating agencies, adverse conditions specifically related to the security or sector, the financial strength, liquidity, and continued viability of the issuer and, for equity securities only, the intent and ability to hold the investment until recovery, and results in identification of specific securities for which OTTI is recognized.

If there is no intent to sell or likely requirement to dispose of the fixed maturity security before its recovery, only the credit loss component of any resulting OTTI is recognized in income (loss) and the remainder of the fair value loss is recognized in OCI. The amount of credit loss is the shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected as compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. The present value is calculated by discounting management’s best estimate of projected future cash flows at the effective interest rate implicit in the debt security at the date of acquisition. Projections of future cash flows are based on assumptions regarding probability of default and estimates regarding the amount and timing of recoveries. These assumptions and estimates require use of management judgment and consider internal credit analyses as well as market observable

 

F-18


Table of Contents

data relevant to the collectability of the security. For mortgage- and asset-backed securities, projected future cash flows also include assumptions regarding prepayments and underlying collateral value.

Real estate held for the production of income is stated at depreciated cost less valuation allowances.

Depreciation of real estate held for production of income is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the properties, which generally range from 40 to 50 years.

Policy loans represent funds loaned to policyholders up to the cash surrender value of the associated insurance policies and are carried at the unpaid principal balances due to the Company from the policyholders. Interest income on policy loans is recognized in net investment income at the contract interest rate when earned. Policy loans are fully collateralized by the cash surrender value of the associated insurance policies.

Partnerships, investment companies and joint venture interests that the Company has control of and has an economic interest in or those that meet the requirements for consolidation under accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs are consolidated. Those that the Company does not have control of and does not have a majority economic interest in and those that do not meet the VIE requirements for consolidation are reported on the equity method of accounting and are reported in other equity investments. The Company records its interests in certain of these partnerships on a month or one quarter lag.

Equity securities, which include common stock, and non-redeemable preferred stock classified as AFS securities, are carried at fair value and are included in other equity investments with changes in fair value reported in OCI.

Trading securities, which include equity securities and fixed maturities, are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices, with realized and unrealized gains (losses) reported in net investment income (loss) in the statements of Net income (loss).

Corporate owned life insurance (“COLI”) has been purchased by the Company and certain subsidiaries on the lives of certain key employees and the Company and these subsidiaries are named as beneficiaries under these policies. COLI is carried at the cash surrender value of the policies. At December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the carrying value of COLI was $918 million, $889 million and $891 million, respectively, and is reported in Other invested assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Short-term investments are reported at amortized cost that approximates fair value and are included in Other invested assets. The Company classifies as short-term securities purchased with a maturity of twelve months or less.

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, demand deposits, money market accounts, overnight commercial paper and highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, the recorded value is deemed to approximate fair value.

Cash and securities segregated primarily includes U.S. Treasury Bills segregated by AB in a special reserve bank custody account for the exclusive benefit of its brokerage customers under Rule 15c3-3 of the Exchange Act.

All securities owned, including U.S. government and agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, futures and forwards transactions, are reported in the consolidated financial statements on a trade date basis.

Derivatives

Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are derived from interest rates, foreign exchange rates, financial indices, values of securities or commodities, credit spreads, market volatility, expected returns, and liquidity. Values can also be affected by changes in estimates and assumptions, including those related to counterparty behavior and non-performance risk used in valuation models. Derivative financial instruments generally used by the Company include equity, currency, and interest rate futures, total return and/or other equity swaps, interest rate swaps and floors, swaptions, variance swaps, and equity options, all of which

 

F-19


Table of Contents

may be exchange-traded or contracted in the over-the-counter market. All derivative positions are carried in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, generally by obtaining quoted market prices or through the use of valuation models.

Freestanding derivative contracts are reported in the consolidated balance sheets either as assets within “Other invested assets” or as liabilities within “Other liabilities.” The Company nets the fair value of all derivative financial instruments with counterparties for which an ISDA Master Agreement and related Credit Support Annex (“CSA”) have been executed. The Company uses derivatives to manage asset/liability risk and has designated some of those economic relationships under the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment. All changes in the fair value of the Company’s freestanding derivative positions not designated to hedge accounting relationships, including net receipts and payments, are included in “Net derivative gains (losses)” without considering changes in the fair value of the economically associated assets or liabilities.

The Company is a party to financial instruments and other contracts that contain “embedded” derivative instruments. At inception, the Company assesses whether the economic characteristics of the embedded instrument are “clearly and closely related” to the economic characteristics of the remaining component of the “host contract” and whether a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a derivative instrument. When those criteria are satisfied, the resulting embedded derivative is bifurcated from the host contract, carried in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, and changes in its fair value are recognized immediately and captioned in the consolidated statements of income (loss) according to the nature of the related host contract. For certain financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative that otherwise would need to be bifurcated and reported at fair value, the Company instead may elect to carry the entire instrument at fair value.

Securities Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements

Securities repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions involve the temporary exchange of securities for cash or other collateral of equivalent value, with agreement to redeliver a like quantity of the same or similar securities at a future date prior to maturity at a fixed and determinable price. Transfers of securities under these agreements to repurchase or resell are evaluated by the Company to determine whether they satisfy the criteria for accounting treatment as secured borrowing or lending arrangements. Agreements not meeting the criteria would require recognition of the transferred securities as sales or purchases with related forward repurchase or resale commitments. All of the Company’s securities repurchase transactions are accounted for as collateralized borrowings with the related obligations distinctly captioned in the consolidated balance sheets. Earnings from investing activities related to the cash received under the Company’s securities repurchase arrangements are reported in the consolidated statements of income (loss) as “Net investment income” and the associated borrowing cost is reported as “Interest expense.” The Company has not actively engaged in securities reverse repurchase transactions.

Commercial and Agricultural Mortgage Loans on Real Estate

Mortgage loans are stated at unpaid principal balances, net of unamortized discounts and valuation allowances. Valuation allowances are based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate or on its collateral value if the loan is collateral dependent. However, if foreclosure is or becomes probable, the collateral value measurement method is used.

For commercial and agricultural mortgage loans, an allowance for credit loss is typically recommended when management believes it is probable that principal and interest will not be collected according to the contractual terms. Factors that influence management’s judgment in determining allowance for credit losses include the following:

 

   

Loan-to-value ratio–Derived from current loan balance divided by the fair market value of the property. An allowance for credit loss is typically recommended when the loan-to-value ratio is in

 

F-20


Table of Contents
 

excess of 100%. In the case where the loan-to-value is in excess of 100%, the allowance for credit loss is derived by taking the difference between the fair market value (less cost of sale) and the current loan balance.

 

    Debt service coverage ratio – Derived from actual operating earnings divided by annual debt service. If the ratio is below 1.0x, then the income from the property does not support the debt.

 

    Occupancy – Criteria varies by property type but low or below market occupancy is an indicator of sub-par property performance.

 

    Lease expirations – The percentage of leases expiring in the upcoming 12 to 36 months are monitored as a decline in rent and/or occupancy may negatively impact the debt service coverage ratio. In the case of single-tenant properties or properties with large tenant exposure, the lease expiration is a material risk factor.

 

    Maturity – Mortgage loans that are not fully amortizing and have upcoming maturities within the next 12 to 24 months are monitored in conjunction with the capital markets to determine the borrower’s ability to refinance the debt and/or pay off the balloon balance.

 

    Borrower/tenant related issues – Financial concerns, potential bankruptcy, or words or actions that indicate imminent default or abandonment of property.

 

    Payment status (current vs. delinquent) – A history of delinquent payments may be a cause for concern.

 

    Property condition – Significant deferred maintenance observed during the lenders annual site inspections.

 

    Other – Any other factors such as current economic conditions may call into question the performance of the loan.

Mortgage loans also are individually evaluated quarterly by the Company’s IUS Committee for impairment, including an assessment of related collateral value. Commercial mortgages 60 days or more past due and agricultural mortgages 90 days or more past due, as well as all mortgages in the process of foreclosure, are identified as problem mortgages. Based on its monthly monitoring of mortgages, a class of potential problem mortgages are also identified, consisting of mortgage loans not currently classified as problem mortgages but for which management has doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan payment terms and which may result in the loan becoming a problem or being restructured. The decision whether to classify a performing mortgage loan as a potential problem involves significant subjective judgments by management as to likely future industry conditions and developments with respect to the borrower or the individual mortgaged property.

For problem mortgage loans, a valuation allowance is established to provide for the risk of credit losses inherent in the lending process. The allowance includes loan specific reserves for mortgage loans determined to be non-performing as a result of the loan review process. A non-performing loan is defined as a loan for which it is probable that amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected. The loan-specific portion of the loss allowance is based on the Company’s assessment as to ultimate collectability of loan principal and interest. Valuation allowances for a non-performing loan are recorded based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or based on the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The valuation allowance for mortgage loans can increase or decrease from period to period based on such factors.

Impaired mortgage loans without provision for losses are mortgage loans where the fair value of the collateral or the net present value of the expected future cash flows related to the loan equals or exceeds the recorded investment. Interest income earned on mortgage loans where the collateral value is used to measure impairment is recorded on a cash basis. Interest income on mortgage loans where the present value method is used to measure impairment is accrued on the net carrying value amount of the loan at the interest rate used to discount the cash flows. Changes in the present value attributable to changes in the amount or timing of expected cash flows are reported as investment gains or losses.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Mortgage loans are placed on nonaccrual status once management believes the collection of accrued interest is doubtful. Once mortgage loans are classified as nonaccrual mortgage loans, interest income is recognized under the cash basis of accounting and the resumption of the interest accrual would commence only after all past due interest has been collected or the mortgage loan has been restructured to where the collection of interest is considered likely. At December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the carrying values of commercial mortgage loans that had been classified as nonaccrual mortgage loans were $19 million, $34 million and $72 million, respectively.

Troubled Debt Restructuring

When a loan modification is determined to be a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), the impairment of the loan is re-measured by discounting the expected cash flows to be received based on the modified terms using the loan’s original effective yield, and the allowance for loss is adjusted accordingly. Subsequent to the modification, income is recognized prospectively based on the modified terms of the mortgage loans. Additionally, the loan continues to be subject to the credit review process noted above.

Net Investment Income (Loss), Investment Gains (Losses), Net and Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)

Realized investment gains (losses) are determined by identification with the specific asset and are presented as a component of revenue. Changes in the valuation allowances are included in Investment gains (losses), net.

Realized and unrealized holding gains (losses) on trading securities are reflected in Net investment income (loss).

Unrealized investment gains (losses) on fixed maturities and equity securities designated as AFS held by the Company are accounted for as a separate component of AOCI, net of related deferred income taxes, as are amounts attributable to certain pension operations, Closed Block’s policyholders dividend obligation, insurance liability loss recognition, DAC related to UL policies, investment-type products and participating traditional life policies.

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) reflect changes in fair value of only those fixed maturities and equity securities classified as AFS and do not reflect any change in fair value of policyholders’ account balances and future policy benefits.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value, and identifies three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1    Unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. Level 1 fair values generally are supported by market transactions that occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2    Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar instruments, quoted prices in markets that are not active, and inputs to model-derived valuations that are directly observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3    Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity and often requiring significant management judgment or estimation, such as an entity’s own assumptions about the cash flows or other significant components of value that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company uses unadjusted quoted market prices to measure fair value for those instruments that are actively traded in financial markets. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are

 

F-22


Table of Contents

measured using present value or other valuation techniques. The fair value determinations are made at a specific point in time, based on available market information and judgments about the financial instrument, including estimates of the timing and amount of expected future cash flows and the credit standing of counterparties. Such adjustments do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument, nor do they consider the tax impact of the realization of unrealized gains or losses. In many cases, the fair value cannot be substantiated by direct comparison to independent markets, nor can the disclosed value be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument.

Management is responsible for the determination of the value of investments carried at fair value and the supporting methodologies and assumptions. Under the terms of various service agreements, the Company often utilizes independent valuation service providers to gather, analyze, and interpret market information and derive fair values based upon relevant methodologies and assumptions for individual securities. These independent valuation service providers typically obtain data about market transactions and other key valuation model inputs from multiple sources and, through the use of widely accepted valuation models, provide a single fair value measurement for individual securities for which a fair value has been requested. As further described below with respect to specific asset classes, these inputs include, but are not limited to, market prices for recent trades and transactions in comparable securities, benchmark yields, interest rate yield curves, credit spreads, quoted prices for similar securities, and other market-observable information, as applicable. Specific attributes of the security being valued also are considered, including its term, interest rate, credit rating, industry sector, and when applicable, collateral quality and other security- or issuer-specific information. When insufficient market observable information is available upon which to measure fair value, the Company either will request brokers knowledgeable about these securities to provide a non-binding quote or will employ internal valuation models. Fair values received from independent valuation service providers and brokers and those internally modeled or otherwise estimated are assessed for reasonableness. To validate reasonableness, prices also are internally reviewed by those with relevant expertise through comparison with directly observed recent market trades.

Recognition of Insurance Income and Related Expenses

Deposits related to universal life (“UL”) and investment-type contracts are reported as deposits to policyholders’ account balances. Revenues from these contracts consist of fees assessed during the period against policyholders’ account balances for mortality charges, policy administration charges and surrender charges. Policy benefits and claims that are charged to expense include benefit claims incurred in the period in excess of related policyholders’ account balances.

Premiums from participating and non-participating traditional life and annuity policies with life contingencies generally are recognized in income when due. Benefits and expenses are matched with such income so as to result in the recognition of profits over the life of the contracts. This match is accomplished by means of the provision for liabilities for future policy benefits and the deferral and subsequent amortization of DAC.

For contracts with a single premium or a limited number of premium payments due over a significantly shorter period than the total period over which benefits are provided, premiums are recorded as revenue when due with any excess profit deferred and recognized in income in a constant relationship to insurance in-force or, for annuities, the amount of expected future benefit payments.

Premiums from individual health contracts are recognized as income over the period to which the premiums relate in proportion to the amount of insurance protection provided.

DAC

Acquisition costs that vary with and are primarily related to the acquisition of new and renewal insurance business, reflecting incremental direct costs of contract acquisition with independent third parties or

 

F-23


Table of Contents

employees that are essential to the contract transaction, as well as the portion of employee compensation, including payroll fringe benefits and other costs directly related to underwriting, policy issuance and processing, medical inspection, and contract selling for successfully negotiated contracts including commissions, underwriting, agency and policy issue expenses, are deferred. DAC is subject to recoverability testing at the time of policy issue and loss recognition testing at the end of each accounting period.

After the initial establishment of reserves, premium deficiency and loss recognition tests are performed each period end using best estimate assumptions as of the testing date without provisions for adverse deviation. When the liabilities for future policy benefits plus the present value of expected future gross premiums for the aggregate product group are insufficient to provide for expected future policy benefits and expenses for that line of business (i.e., reserves net of any DAC asset), DAC would first be written off and thereafter, if required, a premium deficiency reserve would be established by a charge to earnings.

Amortization Policy . In accordance with the guidance for the accounting and reporting by insurance enterprises for certain long-duration contracts and participating contracts and for realized gains and losses from the sale of investments, current and expected future profit margins for products covered by this guidance are examined regularly in determining the amortization of DAC.

DAC associated with certain variable annuity products is amortized based on estimated assessments, with DAC on the remainder of variable annuities, UL and investment-type products amortized over the expected total life of the contract group as a constant percentage of estimated gross profits arising principally from investment results, separate account fees, mortality and expense margins and surrender charges based on historical and anticipated future experience, embedded derivatives and changes in the reserve of products that have indexed features such as SCS IUL and MSO, updated at the end of each accounting period. When estimated gross profits are expected to be negative for multiple years of a contract life, DAC are amortized using the present value of estimated assessments. The effect on the amortization of DAC of revisions to estimated gross profits or assessments is reflected in earnings (loss) in the period such estimated gross profits or assessments are revised. A decrease in expected gross profits or assessments would accelerate DAC amortization. Conversely, an increase in expected gross profits or assessments would slow DAC amortization. The effect on the DAC assets that would result from realization of unrealized gains (losses) is recognized with an offset to AOCI in consolidated equity as of the balance sheet date.

A significant assumption in the amortization of DAC on variable annuities and, to a lesser extent, on variable and interest-sensitive life insurance relates to projected future separate account performance. Management sets estimated future gross profit or assessment assumptions related to separate account performance using a long-term view of expected average market returns by applying a reversion to the mean (“RTM”) approach, a commonly used industry practice. This future return approach influences the projection of fees earned, as well as other sources of estimated gross profits. Returns that are higher than expectations for a given period produce higher than expected account balances, increase the fees earned resulting in higher expected future gross profits and lower DAC amortization for the period. The opposite occurs when returns are lower than expected.

In applying this approach to develop estimates of future returns, it is assumed that the market will return to an average gross long-term return estimate, developed with reference to historical long-term equity market performance. Based upon management’s current expectations of interest rates and future fund growth, the Company updated its RTM assumption from 9.0% to 7.0%. The average gross long-term return measurement start date was also updated to December 31, 2014. Management has set limitations as to maximum and minimum future rate of return assumptions, as well as a limitation on the duration of use of these maximum or minimum rates of return. At December 31, 2017, the average gross short-term and long-term annual return estimate on variable and interest-sensitive life insurance and variable annuities was 7.0% (4.7% net of product weighted average separate account fees), and the gross maximum and minimum short-term annual rate of return limitations were 15.0% (12.7% net of product weighted average separate account fees) and 0.0% ((2.3)% net of product weighted average separate account fees), respectively. The maximum duration over which these rate limitations may be applied is five years. This approach will continue to be

 

F-24


Table of Contents

applied in future periods. These assumptions of long-term growth are subject to assessment of the reasonableness of resulting estimates of future return assumptions.

If actual market returns continue at levels that would result in assuming future market returns of 15.0% for more than five years in order to reach the average gross long-term return estimate, the application of the five year maximum duration limitation would result in an acceleration of DAC amortization. Conversely, actual market returns resulting in assumed future market returns of 0.0% for more than five years would result in a required deceleration of DAC amortization.

In addition, projections of future mortality assumptions related to variable and interest-sensitive life products are based on a long-term average of actual experience. This assumption is updated periodically to reflect recent experience as it emerges. Improvement of life mortality in future periods from that currently projected would result in future deceleration of DAC amortization. Conversely, deterioration of life mortality in future periods from that currently projected would result in future acceleration of DAC amortization.

Other significant assumptions underlying gross profit estimates for UL and investment type products relate to contract persistency and General Account investment spread.

For participating traditional life policies (substantially all of which are in the Closed Block), DAC is amortized over the expected total life of the contract group as a constant percentage based on the present value of the estimated gross margin amounts expected to be realized over the life of the contracts using the expected investment yield. At December 31, 2017, the average rate of assumed investment yields, excluding policy loans, for the Company was 4.7% grading to 4.3% over seven years. Estimated gross margins include anticipated premiums and investment results less claims and administrative expenses, changes in the net level premium reserve and expected annual policyholder dividends. The effect on the accumulated amortization of DAC of revisions to estimated gross margins is reflected in earnings in the period such estimated gross margins are revised. The effect on the DAC assets that would result from realization of unrealized gains (losses) is recognized with an offset to AOCI in consolidated equity as of the balance sheet date. Many of the factors that affect gross margins are included in the determination of the Company’s dividends to these policyholders. DAC adjustments related to participating traditional life policies do not create significant volatility in results of operations as the Closed Block recognizes a cumulative policyholder dividend obligation expense in “Policyholders’ dividends,” for the excess of actual cumulative earnings over expected cumulative earnings as determined at the time of demutualization.

DAC associated with non-participating traditional life policies are amortized in proportion to anticipated premiums. Assumptions as to anticipated premiums are estimated at the date of policy issue and are consistently applied during the life of the contracts. Deviations from estimated experience are reflected in income (loss) in the period such deviations occur. For these contracts, the amortization periods generally are for the total life of the policy. DAC related to these policies are subject to recoverability testing as part of the Company’s premium deficiency testing. If a premium deficiency exists, DAC are reduced by the amount of the deficiency or to zero through a charge to current period earnings (loss). If the deficiency exceeds the DAC balance, the reserve for future policy benefits is increased by the excess, reflected in earnings (loss) in the period such deficiency occurs.

For some products, policyholders can elect to modify product benefits, features, rights or coverages that occur by the exchange of a contract for a new contract, or by amendment, endorsement, or rider to a contract, or by election or coverage within a contract. These transactions are known as internal replacements. If such modification substantially changes the contract, the associated DAC is written off immediately through income and any new deferrable costs associated with the replacement contract are deferred. If the modification does not substantially change the contract, the DAC amortization on the original contract will continue and any acquisition costs associated with the related modification are expensed.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Policyholder Bonus Interest Credits

Policyholder bonus interest credits are offered on certain deferred annuity products in the form of either immediate bonus interest credited or enhanced interest crediting rates for a period of time. The interest crediting expense associated with these policyholder bonus interest credits is deferred and amortized over the lives of the underlying contracts in a manner consistent with the amortization of DAC. Unamortized balances are included in Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and amortization is included in Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

Policyholders’ Account Balances and Future Policy Benefits

Policyholders’ account balances for UL and investment-type contracts are equal to the policy account values. The policy account values represent an accumulation of gross premium, investment performance and interest credited, net of surrenders, withdrawals, benefits and charges.

For participating traditional life policies, future policy benefit liabilities are calculated using a net level premium method on the basis of actuarial assumptions equal to guaranteed mortality and dividend fund interest rates. The liability for annual dividends represents the accrual of annual dividends earned. Terminal dividends are accrued in proportion to gross margins over the life of the contract.

For non-participating traditional life insurance policies, future policy benefit liabilities are estimated using a net level premium method on the basis of actuarial assumptions as to mortality, persistency and interest established at policy issue. Assumptions established at policy issue as to mortality and persistency are based on the Company’s experience that, together with interest and expense assumptions, includes a margin for adverse deviation. Benefit liabilities for traditional annuities during the accumulation period are equal to accumulated policyholders’ fund balances and, after annuitization, are equal to the present value of expected future payments. Interest rates used in establishing such liabilities range from 5.0% to 6.3% (weighted average of 5.1%) for approximately 99.1% of life insurance liabilities and from 1.6% to 5.5% (weighted average of 4.2%) for annuity liabilities.

Individual health benefit liabilities for active lives are estimated using the net level premium method and assumptions as to future morbidity, withdrawals and interest. Benefit liabilities for disabled lives are estimated using the present value of benefits method and experience assumptions as to claim terminations, expenses and interest. While management believes its disability income (“DI”) reserves have been calculated on a reasonable basis and are adequate, there can be no assurance reserves will be sufficient to provide for future liabilities.

When the liabilities for future policy benefits plus the present value of expected future gross premiums for a product are insufficient to provide for expected future policy benefits and expenses for that product, DAC is written off and thereafter, if required, a premium deficiency reserve is established by a charge to earnings.

Funding agreements are reported in Policyholders’ account balances in the consolidated balance sheets. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”), the Company has access to collateralized borrowings. The Company may also issue funding agreements to the FHLBNY. Both the collateralized borrowings and funding agreements would require the Company to pledge qualified mortgage-backed assets and/or government securities as collateral.

For reinsurance contracts other than those accounted for as derivatives, reinsurance recoverable balances are calculated using methodologies and assumptions that are consistent with those used to calculate the direct liabilities.

The Company has issued and continues to offer certain variable annuity products with guaranteed minimum death benefits (“GMDB”) and/or contain a guaranteed minimum living benefit (“GMLB,” and together with GMDB, the “GMxB features”) which, if elected by the policyholder after a stipulated waiting period from contract issuance, guarantees a minimum lifetime annuity based on predetermined annuity purchase rates that may be in excess of what the contract account value can purchase at then-current annuity purchase

 

F-26


Table of Contents

rates. This minimum lifetime annuity is based on predetermined annuity purchase rates applied to a guaranteed minimum income benefit (“GMIB”) base. The Company previously issued certain variable annuity products with and guaranteed income benefit (“GIB”) features, guaranteed withdrawal benefit for life (“GWBL”), guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (“GMWB”) and guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit (“GMAB”) features. The Company has also assumed reinsurance for products with GMxB features.

Reserves for products that have GMIB features, but do not have no-lapse guarantee features, and products with GMDB features are calculated on the basis of actuarial assumptions related to projected benefits and related contract charges generally over the lives of the contracts. The determination of this estimated liability is based on models that involve numerous estimates and subjective judgments, including those regarding expected market rates of return and volatility, contract surrender and withdrawal rates, mortality experience, and, for contracts with the GMIB feature, GMIB election rates. Assumptions regarding separate account performance used for purposes of this calculation are set using a long-term view of expected average market returns by applying a RTM approach, consistent with that used for DAC amortization. There can be no assurance that actual experience will be consistent with management’s estimates.

Products that have a GMIB feature with a no-lapse guarantee rider (“NLG”), GIB, GWBL, GMWB and GMAB features and the assumed products with GMIB features (collectively “GMxB derivative features”) are considered either freestanding or embedded derivatives and discussed below under (“Embedded and Freestanding Insurance Derivatives”).

After the initial establishment of reserves, premium deficiency and loss recognition tests are performed each period end using best estimate assumptions as of the testing date without provisions for adverse deviation. When the liabilities for future policy benefits plus the present value of expected future gross premiums for the aggregate product group are insufficient to provide for expected future policy benefits and expenses for that line of business (i.e., reserves net of any DAC asset), DAC would first be written off and thereafter, if required, a premium deficiency reserve would be established by a charge to earnings. Premium deficiency reserves have been recorded for the group single premium annuity business, certain interest-sensitive life contracts, structured settlements, individual disability income and major medical. Additionally, in certain instances the policyholder liability for a particular line of business may not be deficient in the aggregate to trigger loss recognition, but the pattern of earnings may be such that profits are expected to be recognized in earlier years followed by losses in later years. In these situations, accounting standards require that an additional profits followed by loss liability be recognized by an amount necessary to sufficiently offset the losses that would be recognized in later years.

Embedded and Freestanding Insurance Derivatives

Reserves for products considered either embedded or freestanding derivatives are measured at estimated fair value separately from the host variable annuity product, with changes in estimated fair value reported in Net derivative gains (losses). The estimated fair values of these derivatives are determined based on the present value of projected future benefits minus the present value of projected future fees attributable to the guarantee. The projections of future benefits and future fees require capital markets and actuarial assumptions, including expectations concerning policyholder behavior. A risk neutral valuation methodology is used under which the cash flows from the guarantees are projected under multiple capital market scenarios using observable risk-free rates.

Additionally, the Company cedes and assumes reinsurance for products with GMxB features, which are considered an embedded when part of a reinsurance contract covers risks not treated as derivative or a freestanding derivative otherwise. The GMxB reinsurance contract asset and liabilities’ fair value reflects the present value of reinsurance premiums and recoveries and risk margins over a range of market consistent economic scenarios.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Changes in the fair value of embedded and freestanding derivatives are reported on the consolidated statements of income (loss) in Net derivative gains (losses). Reserves for embedded derivatives liabilities and assumed reinsurance contracts are reported in Future policyholders’ benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities and the GMIB reinsurance contract asset, at fair value is reported in a stand-alone line in the consolidated balance sheets.

Embedded and freestanding insurance derivatives fair values are determined based on the present value of projected future benefits minus the present value of projected future fees. At policy inception, a portion of the projected future guarantee fees to be collected from the policyholder equal to the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits is attributed to the embedded derivative. The percentage of fees included in the fair value measurement is locked-in at inception. Fees above those amounts represent “excess” fees and are reported in Policy charges and fee income.

Policyholders’ Dividends

The amount of policyholders’ dividends to be paid (including dividends on policies included in the Closed Block) is determined annually by the board of directors of the issuing insurance company. The aggregate amount of policyholders’ dividends is related to actual interest, mortality, morbidity and expense experience for the year and judgment as to the appropriate level of statutory surplus to be retained by the Company.

Separate Accounts

Generally, Separate Accounts established under New York State and Arizona State Insurance Law are not chargeable with liabilities that arise from any other business of the Company. Separate Account assets are subject to General Account claims only to the extent Separate Account assets exceed separate accounts liabilities. Assets and liabilities of the Separate Account represent the net deposits and accumulated net investment earnings (loss) less fees, held primarily for the benefit of policyholders, and for which the Company does not bear the investment risk. Separate Account assets and liabilities are shown on separate lines in the consolidated balance sheets. Assets held in Separate Accounts are reported at quoted market values or, where quoted values are not readily available or accessible for these securities, their fair value measures most often are determined through the use of model pricing that effectively discounts prospective cash flows to present value using appropriate sector-adjusted credit spreads commensurate with the security’s duration, also taking into consideration issuer-specific credit quality and liquidity. Investment performance (including investment income, net investment gains (losses) and changes in unrealized gains (losses)) and the corresponding amounts credited to policyholders of such Separate Account are offset within the same line in the consolidated statements of income (loss). For 2017, 2016 and 2015, investment results of such Separate Accounts were gains (losses) of $17,042 million, $8,275 million and $(1,160) million, respectively.

Deposits to Separate Accounts are reported as increases in Separate Account assets and liabilities and are not reported in revenues or expenses. Mortality, policy administration and surrender charges on all policies including those funded by Separate Accounts are included in revenues.

The Company reports the General Account’s interests in Separate Accounts as Other equity investments in the consolidated balance sheets.

Recognition of Investment Management and Service Fees and Related Expenses

Investment Management and Research

Investment management and service fees principally include the Investment Management and Research segment’s investment advisory and service fees, distribution revenues and institutional research services revenue. Investment advisory and service base fees, generally calculated as a percentage, referred to as basis points (“BPs”), of assets under management, are recorded as revenue as the related services are performed.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Certain investment advisory contracts, including those associated with hedge funds, provide for a performance-based fee, in addition to or in lieu of a base fee which is calculated as either a percentage of absolute investment results or a percentage of the investment results in excess of a stated benchmark over a specified period of time. Performance-based fees are recorded as a component of revenue at the end of each contract’s measurement period. Institutional research services revenue consists of brokerage transaction charges received by Sanford C. Bernstein & Co. LLC (“SCB LLC”) and Sanford C. Bernstein Limited (“SCBL”) for independent research and brokerage-related services provided to institutional investors. Brokerage transaction charges earned and related expenses are recorded on a trade date basis. Distribution revenues and shareholder servicing fees are accrued as earned.

Commissions paid to financial intermediaries in connection with the sale of shares of open-end AB sponsored mutual funds sold without a front-end sales charge (“back-end load shares”) are capitalized as deferred sales commissions and amortized over periods not exceeding five and one-half years for U.S. fund shares and four years for non-U.S. fund shares, the periods of time during which the deferred sales commissions are generally recovered. These commissions are recovered from distribution services fees received from those funds and from contingent deferred sales commissions (“CDSC”) received from shareholders of those funds upon the redemption of their shares. CDSC cash recoveries are recorded as reductions of unamortized deferred sales commissions when received. Since January 31, 2009, AB sponsored U.S. mutual funds have not offered back-end load shares to new investors. Likewise, as of December 31, 2016, AB sponsored Non-U.S. Funds are no longer offering back-end load shares, except in isolated instances.

Management periodically reviews the deferred sales commission asset for impairment as events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If these factors indicate impairment in value, a comparison is made of the carrying value to the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset over its remaining life. If it is determined the deferred sales commission asset is not fully recoverable, the asset will be deemed impaired and a loss will be recorded in the amount by which the recorded amount of the asset exceeds its estimated fair value.

Retirement and Protection

Investment management and service fees also includes fees earned by AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC (“AXA Equitable FMG”) from providing investment management and administrative services to AXA Premier VIP Trust (“VIP Trust”), EQ Advisors Trust (“EQAT”) and 1290 Funds as well as two private investment trusts established in the Cayman Islands, AXA Allocation Funds Trusts and AXA Offshore Multimanager Funds Trust (collectively, the “Other AXA Trusts”). AXA Equitable FMG’s administrative services include, among others, fund accounting and compliance services.

AXA Equitable FMG has entered into sub-advisory agreements with affiliated and unaffiliated registered investment advisers to provide sub-advisory services to AXA Equitable FMG with respect to certain portfolios of EQAT and the Other AXA Trusts. It has also entered into a sub-administration agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. to provide certain sub-administration services to AXA Equitable FMG as instructed by AXA Equitable FMG.

AXA Equitable FMG’s fees related to its services are calculated as a percentage of assets under management and are recorded in Investment management and service fees in the consolidated statements of income (loss) as the related services are performed. Sub-advisory and sub-administrative expenses associated with the services are calculated and recorded as the related services are performed in Other operating costs and expenses in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

Broker-Dealer Revenues

AXA Advisors and certain of the Company’s other subsidiaries provide investment management, brokerage, and distribution services for affiliates and third parties. Third-party revenues earned from these services are reported in Other income in the Company’s consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill recorded by the Company represents the excess of purchase price over the estimated fair value of identifiable net assets of companies acquired in a business combination and relates principally to the acquisition of SCB Inc., an investment research and management company formerly known as Sanford C. Bernstein Inc. (“Bernstein Acquisition”) and the purchase of units of the limited partnership interest in ABLP (“AB Units”). The Company tests goodwill for recoverability each annual reporting period at December 31 and at interim periods if facts or circumstances are indicative of potential impairment.

Effective January 1, 2017, the Company early-adopted new guidance that eliminated Step 2 testing from the goodwill impairment model and continued to limit the measurement of any goodwill impairment to the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill.

The Company’s intangible assets primarily relate to the Bernstein Acquisition and purchases of AB Units and reflect amounts assigned to acquired investment management contracts based on their estimated fair values at the time of acquisition, less accumulated amortization. These intangible assets generally are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life, ranging from six to twenty years. All intangible assets are periodically reviewed for impairment as events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, impairment tests are performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any.

Internal-use Software

Capitalized internal-use software, included in Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets, is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software that ranges between three and five years. Capitalized amounts are periodically tested for impairment in accordance with the guidance on impairment of long-lived assets. An immediate charge to earnings is recognized if capitalized software costs no longer are deemed to be recoverable. In addition, service potential is periodically reassessed to determine whether facts and circumstances have compressed the software’s useful life such that acceleration of amortization over a shorter period than initially determined would be required.

Income Taxes

The Company and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries and affiliates file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company provides for federal and state income taxes currently payable, as well as those deferred due to temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Current federal income taxes are charged or credited to operations based upon amounts estimated to be payable or recoverable as a result of taxable operations for the current year. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the difference between financial statement carrying amounts and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted income tax rates and laws. Valuation allowances are established when management determines, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Under accounting for uncertainty in income taxes guidance, the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Tax positions are then measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.

ABLP is a private partnership for federal income tax purposes and, accordingly, is not subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. However, ABLP is subject to a 4.0% New York City unincorporated business tax (“UBT”). AB Holding is subject to a 3.5% federal tax on partnership gross income from the active conduct of a trade or business. Domestic corporate subsidiaries of AB are subject to federal, state and local income taxes. Foreign corporate subsidiaries are generally subject to taxes in the foreign jurisdictions where

 

F-30


Table of Contents

they are located. The Company provides federal and state income taxes on the undistributed earnings of non-U.S. corporate subsidiaries except to the extent that such earnings are permanently invested outside the United States.

As required under accounting for income taxes, the Company determined reasonable estimates for certain effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted on December 22, 2017 and recorded those estimates as provisional amounts in the 2017 consolidated financial statements. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), the Company may make additional adjustments during 2018 (the measurement period) to the income tax balance sheet and income statement accounts as the U.S. Department of the Treasury issues further guidance and interpretations.

Accounting and Consolidation of VIEs

For all new investment products and entities developed by the Company (other than Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOs”)), the Company first determines whether the entity is a VIE, which involves determining an entity’s variability and variable interests, identifying the holders of the equity investment at risk and assessing the five characteristics of a VIE. Once an entity has been determined to be a VIE, the Company then identifies the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE, then the Company consolidates the entity.

The Company provides seed capital to its investment teams to develop new products and services for their clients. The Company’s original seed investment typically represents all or a majority of the equity investment in the new product and is temporary in nature. The Company evaluates its seed investments on a quarterly basis to determine whether consolidation is required.

Management of the Company reviews quarterly its investment management agreements and its investments in, and other financial arrangements with, certain entities that hold client assets under management (“AUM”) to determine the entities that the Company is required to consolidate under this guidance. These entities include certain mutual fund products, hedge funds, structured products, group trusts, collective investment trusts and limited partnerships.

A VIE must be consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which generally is defined as the party that has a controlling financial interest in the VIE. The Company is deemed to have a controlling financial interest in a VIE if it has (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance, and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive income from the VIE that potentially could be significant to the VIE. For purposes of evaluating (ii) above, fees paid to the Company as a decision maker or service provider are excluded if the fees are compensation for services provided commensurate with the level of effort required to be performed and the arrangement includes only customary terms, conditions or amounts present in arrangements for similar services negotiated at arm’s length.

If the Company has a variable interest in an entity that is determined not to be a VIE, the entity then is evaluated for consolidation under the voting interest entity (“VOE”) model. For limited partnerships and similar entities, the Company is deemed to have a controlling financial interest in a VOE, and would be required to consolidate the entity, if the Company owns a majority of the entity’s kick-out rights through voting limited partnership interests and other limited partners do not hold substantive participating rights (or other rights that would indicate that the Company does not control the entity). For entities other than limited partnerships, the Company is deemed to have a controlling financial interest in a VOE if it owns a majority voting interest in the entity.

The analysis performed to identify variable interests held, determine whether entities are VIEs or VOEs, and evaluate whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in such entities requires the exercise of judgment and is updated on a continuous basis as circumstances change or new entities are developed. The primary beneficiary evaluation generally is performed qualitatively based on all facts and circumstances, including consideration of economic interests in the VIE held directly and indirectly through related parties and entities under common control, as well as quantitatively, as appropriate.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2017, the Company held approximately $1,131 million of investment assets in the form of equity interests issued by non-corporate legal entities determined under the new guidance to be VIEs, such as limited partnerships and limited liability companies, including hedge funds, private equity funds, and real estate-related funds. As an equity investor, the Company is considered to have a variable interest in each of these VIEs as a result of its participation in the risks and/or rewards these funds were designed to create by their defined portfolio objectives and strategies. Primarily through qualitative assessment, including consideration of related party interests or other financial arrangements, if any, the Company was not identified as primary beneficiary of any of these VIEs, largely due to its inability to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance. Consequently, the Company continues to reflect these equity interests in the consolidated balance sheet as Other equity investments and to apply the equity method of accounting for these positions. The net assets of these nonconsolidated VIEs are approximately $160,186 million. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss from its direct involvement with these VIEs is the carrying value of its investment of $1,131 million and approximately $734 million of unfunded commitments at December 31, 2017. The Company has no further economic interest in these VIEs in the form of guarantees, derivatives, credit enhancements or similar instruments and obligations.

At December 31, 2017, the Company consolidated three real estate joint ventures for which it was identified as primary beneficiary under the VIE model. Two of the joint ventures are owned 95% by the Company and 5% by the venture partner. The third consolidated entity is jointly owned by AXA Equitable and AXA France and holds an investment in a real estate venture. Included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, are total assets of $393 million and $36 million related to these VIEs, primarily resulting from the consolidated presentation of $372 million and $36 million of real estate held for production of income. Also resulting from the Company’s consolidated presentation of these VIEs are total liabilities of $229 million and $11 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, including long term debt in the amount of $203 million and $0 million. In addition, real estate held for production of income reflects $18 million and $20 million as related to two non-consolidated joint ventures at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2017 are assets of $1,550 million, liabilities of $696 million and redeemable non-controlling interest of $596 million associated with the consolidation of AB-sponsored investment funds under the VIE model. Also included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets are assets of $58 million, liabilities of $2 million and redeemable non-controlling interest of $0 million from consolidation of AB-sponsored investment funds under the VOE model. The assets of these consolidated funds are presented within Other invested assets and cash and cash equivalents, and liabilities of these consolidated funds are presented with other liabilities on the face of the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2017; ownership interests not held by the Company relating to consolidated VIEs and VOEs are presented either as redeemable or non-redeemable noncontrolling interest, as appropriate. The Company is not required to provide financial support to these company-sponsored investment funds, and only the assets of such funds are available to settle each fund’s own liabilities.

As of December 31, 2017, the net assets of investment products sponsored by AB that are nonconsolidated VIEs are approximately $53,600 million and the Company’s maximum exposure to loss from its direct involvement with these VIEs is its investment of $7.9 million at December 31, 2017. The Company has no further commitments to or economic interest in these VIEs.

Assumption Updates and Model Changes

In 2017, the Company made several assumption updates and model changes, including the following: (1) updated the expectation of long-term Separate Accounts volatility used in estimating policyholders’ benefits for variable annuities with GMDB and GMIB guarantees and variable universal life contracts with secondary guarantees; (2) updated the estimated duration used to calculate policyholders’ benefits for

 

F-32


Table of Contents

variable annuities with GMDB and GMIB guarantees and the period over which DAC is amortized; (3) updated policyholder behavior assumptions based on emerging experience, including expectations of long-term lapse and partial withdrawal rates for variable annuities with GMxB features; (4) updated premium funding assumptions for certain universal life and variable universal life products with secondary guarantees; (5) completed its periodic review and updated its long term mortality assumption for universal, variable universal and traditional life products; (6) updated the assumption for long term General Account spread and yield assumptions in the DAC amortization and loss recognition testing calculations for universal life, variable universal life and deferred annuity business lines; (7) updated our maintenance expense assumption for universal life and variable universal life products; and (8) implemented other actuarial assumption updates and model changes, resulting in the full release of the reserve. The net impact of assumption changes in 2017 increased policyholders’ benefits by $277 million, decreased amortization of DAC by $112 million, decreased policy charges and fee income by $85 million, increased the fair value of our GMIB reinsurance asset by $504 million and decreased the fair value of the GMIB NLG liability by $457 million. This resulted in an increase in Income (loss) from operations, before income taxes of $711 million and increased Net income by approximately $462 million.

In 2016, the Company made several assumption updates and model changes, including the following: (1) updated the premium funding assumption used in setting variable life policyholder benefit reserves; (2) made changes in the model used in calculating premium loads, which increased interest sensitive life policyholder benefit reserves; (3) updated its mortality assumption for certain variable interest-sensitive life (“VISL”) products as a result of favorable mortality experience for some of its older products and unfavorable mortality experience on some of its newer products; and (4) updated the General Account spread and yield assumptions for certain VISL products to reflect lower expected investment yields. The net impact of assumption updates and model changes in 2016 decreased policyholders’ benefits by $117 million, increased the amortization of DAC by $201 million, increased policy charges and fee income by $54 million, decreased income (loss) from operations, before income taxes of $30 million and decreased Net income by approximately $20 million.

In 2015, the Company made several assumption updates, including the following: (1) updated policyholder behavior assumptions based on emerging experience, including expectations of long-term lapse and partial withdrawal rates for variable annuities with GMDB and GMIB guarantees, which. increased expected future claim costs, the fair value of the GMxB derivative features liability, and the fair value of the GMIB reinsurance contract asset; (2) lowered the expectation of GMIB election rates for certain ages based on emerging experience which decreased the expected future GMIB claim cost and the fair value of the GMIB reinsurance contract asset, while increasing the expected future GMDB claim cost and the GMxB derivative features liability; updated the RTM assumption used to calculate GMDB/GMIB and VISL reserves and amortization of DAC from 9.0% to 7.0% based upon the Company’s current expectations of interest rates and future fund growth. The impact of these assumption updates in 2015 was a net decrease in the fair value of the GMIB reinsurance contract asset of $407 million, an increase in the GMDB/GMIB reserves of $328 million, an increase in the GMxB derivative features liability of $887 million, an increase in VISL reserves of $29 million, a decrease in the amortization of DAC of $173 million, and $34 million decrease in policy charges and fee income. This resulted in a decrease to Income (loss) from operations, before income taxes of $1,511 million and decreased Net income by approximately $982 million.

In 2015, the Company announced it would raise cost of insurance (“COI”) rates for certain UL policies. AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (“AXA Equitable Life”) and U.S. Financial Life Insurance Company (“USFL”) raised the COI rates for these policies as management expects future mortality and investment experience to be less favorable than what was anticipated when the current schedule of COI rates was established. The AXA Equitable Life COI rate increase is larger than the increase that previously had been anticipated in management’s reserve assumptions. As a result of these rate increases, management updated its assumptions to reflect the actual COI rate increases, resulting in a $73 million increase to the 2015 Net income.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
3) INVESTMENTS

Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities

The following table provides information relating to fixed maturities and equity securities classified as AFS:

Available-for-Sale Securities by Classification

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value      OTTI
in AOCI (3)
 
                   (in millions)                

December 31, 2017

              

Fixed Maturity Securities:

              

Public corporate

   $ 17,181      $ 806      $ 33      $ 17,954      $ —    

Private corporate

     7,299        225        32        7,492        —    

U.S. Treasury, government and agency

     17,759        1,000        251        18,508        —    

States and political subdivisions

     422        67        —          489        —    

Foreign governments

     395        29        5        419        —    

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —          —          —          —          —    

Residential mortgage-backed (1)

     797        22        1        818        —    

Asset-backed (2)

     745        5        1        749        2  

Redeemable preferred stock

     470        43        1        512        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fixed Maturities

     45,068        2,197        324        46,941        2  

Equity securities

     188        2        —          190        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total at December 31, 2017

   $ 45,256      $ 2,199      $ 324      $ 47,131      $ 2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2016:

              

Fixed Maturity Securities:

              

Public corporate

   $ 15,930      $ 767      $ 102      $ 16,595      $ —    

Private corporate

     7,133        221        57        7,297        —    

U.S. Treasury, government and agency

     15,187        405        756        14,836        —    

States and political subdivisions

     441        64        2        503        —    

Foreign governments

     384        30        14        400        —    

Commercial mortgage-backed

     472        31        108        395        8  

Residential mortgage-backed (1)

     980        27        2        1,005        —    

Asset-backed (2)

     273        10        1        282        3  

Redeemable preferred stock

     532        45        11        566        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fixed Maturities

     41,332        1,600        1,053        41,879        11  

Equity securities

     113        —          —          113        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total at December 31, 2016

   $ 41,445      $ 1,600      $ 1,053      $ 41,992      $ 11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes publicly traded agency pass-through securities and collateralized obligations.
(2) Includes credit-tranched securities collateralized by sub-prime mortgages and other asset types and credit tenant loans.
(3) Amounts represent OTTI losses in AOCI, which were not included in income (loss) in accordance with current accounting guidance.

The contractual maturities of AFS fixed maturities at December 31, 2017 are shown in the table below. Bonds not due at a single maturity date have been included in the table in the final year of maturity. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Available-for-Sale Fixed Maturities

Contractual Maturities

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  
     (in millions)  

December 31, 2017

     

Due in one year or less

   $ 1,651      $ 1,668  

Due in years two through five

     10,350        10,649  

Due in years six through ten

     13,638        13,852  

Due after ten years

     17,417        18,693  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     43,056        44,862  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     —          —    

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     797        818  

Asset-backed securities

     745        749  

Redeemable preferred stocks

     470        512  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total at December 31, 2017

   $ 45,068      $ 46,941  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows proceeds from sales, gross gains (losses) from sales and OTTI for AFS fixed maturities during 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Proceeds from sales

   $ 8,213      $ 5,036      $ 1,225  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross gains on sales

   $ 107      $ 212      $ 44  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross losses on sales

   $ (259    $ (60    $ (8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total OTTI

   $ (15    $ (68    $ (42

Non-credit losses recognized in OCI

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit losses recognized in earnings (loss)

   $ (15    $ (68    $ (42
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amount of credit loss impairments on fixed maturity securities held by the Company at the dates indicated and the corresponding changes in such amounts:

Fixed Maturities - Credit Loss Impairments

 

     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Balances at January 1,

   $ (239    $ (274

Previously recognized impairments on securities that matured, paid, prepaid or sold

     236        103  

Recognized impairments on securities impaired to fair value this period (1)

     —          (17

Impairments recognized this period on securities not previously impaired

     (14      (49

Additional impairments this period on securities previously impaired

     (1      (2

Increases due to passage of time on previously recorded credit losses

     —          —    

Accretion of previously recognized impairments due to increases in expected cash flows

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at December 31,

   $ (18    $ (239
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents circumstances where the Company determined in the current period that it intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of the security’s amortized cost.

Net unrealized investment gains (losses) on fixed maturities and equity securities classified as AFS are included in the consolidated balance sheets as a component of AOCI. The table below presents these amounts as of the dates indicated:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

AFS Securities:

     

Fixed maturities:

     

With OTTI loss

   $ 2      $ 19  

All other

     1,871        528  

Equity securities

     2        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses)

   $ 1,875      $ 547  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Changes in net unrealized investment gains (losses) recognized in AOCI include reclassification adjustments to reflect amounts realized in Net income (loss) for the current period that had been part of OCI in earlier periods. The tables that follow below present a rollforward of net unrealized investment gains (losses) recognized in AOCI, split between amounts related to fixed maturity securities on which an OTTI loss has been recognized, and all other:

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Fixed Maturities with OTTI Losses

 

     Net
Unrealized
Gain
(Losses) on
Investments
    DAC     Policyholders’
Liabilities
    Deferred
Income
Tax Asset
(Liability)
    AOCI Gain
(Loss) Related
to Net
Unrealized
Investment
Gains (Losses)
 
     (in millions)  

Balance, January 1, 2017

   $ 19     $ 1     $ (10   $ (4   $ 6  

Net investment gains (losses) arising during the period

     (18     —         —         —         (18

Reclassification adjustment for OTTI losses:

          

Included in Net income (loss)

     1       —         —         —         1  

Excluded from Net income (loss) (1)

     —         —             —    

Impact of net unrealized investment gains (losses) on:

          

DAC

     —         (1     —         —         (1

Deferred income taxes

     —         —         —         (3     (3

Policyholders’ liabilities

     —         —         9       —         9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

   $ 2     $ —       $ (1   $ (7   $ (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2016

   $ 21     $ —       $ (4   $ (6   $ 11  

Net investment gains (losses) arising during the period

     (17     —         —         —         (17

Reclassification adjustment for OTTI losses:

          

Included in Net income (loss)

     15       —         —         —         15  

Excluded from Net income (loss) (1)

     —         —         —         —         —    

Impact of net unrealized investment gains (losses) on:

          

DAC

     —         1       —         —         1  

Deferred income taxes

     —         —         —         2       2  

Policyholders’ liabilities

     —         —         (6     —         (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

   $ 19     $ 1     $ (10   $ (4   $ 6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents “transfers in” related to the portion of OTTI losses recognized during the period that were not recognized in income (loss) for securities with no prior OTTI loss.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

All Other Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses) in AOCI

 

     Net
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses) on
Investments
    DAC     Policyholders’
Liabilities
    Deferred
Income
Tax Asset
(Liability)
    AOCI Gain
(Loss) Related
to Net
Unrealized
Investment
Gains (Losses)
 
     (in millions)  

Balance, January 1, 2017

   $ 528     $ (45   $ (192   $ (95   $ 196  

Net investment gains (losses) arising during the period

     1,329       —         —         —         1,329  

Reclassification adjustment for OTTI losses:

          

Included in Net income (loss)

     14       —         —         —         14  

Excluded from Net income (loss) (1)

     —         —         —         —         —    

Impact of net unrealized investment gains (losses) on:

          

DAC

     —         (313     —         —         (313

Deferred income taxes

     —         —         —         (288     (288

Policyholders’ liabilities

     —         —         (46     —         (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

   $ 1,871     $ (358   $ (238   $ (383   $ 892  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2016

   $ 962     $ (128   $ (226   $ (213   $ 395  

Net investment gains (losses) arising during the period

     (335     —         —         —         (335

Reclassification adjustment for OTTI losses:

          

Included in Net income (loss)

     (99     —         —         —         (99

Excluded from Net income (loss) (1)

     —         —         —         —         —    

Impact of net unrealized investment gains (losses) on:

          

DAC

     —         83       —         —         83  

Deferred income taxes

     —         —         —         118       118  

Policyholders’ liabilities

     —         —         34       —         34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

   $ 528     $ (45   $ (192   $ (95   $ 196  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents “transfers out” related to the portion of OTTI losses during the period that were not recognized in income (loss) for securities with no prior OTTI loss.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The following tables disclose the fair values and gross unrealized losses of the 752 issues at December 31, 2017 and the 894 issues at December 31, 2016 of fixed maturities that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for the specified periods at the dates indicated:

 

     Less Than 12 Months      12 Months or Longer      Total  
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
     (in millions)  

December 31, 2017:

                 

Fixed Maturity Securities:

                 

Public corporate

   $ 2,123      $ 15      $ 690      $ 18      $ 2,813      $ 33  

Private corporate

     780        8        641        24        1,421        32  

U.S. Treasury, government and agency

     2,718        6        4,506        245        7,224        251  

States and political subdivisions

     20        —          —          —          20        —    

Foreign governments

     11        —          73        5        84        5  

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —          —          —          —          —          —    

Residential mortgage-backed

     62        —          76        1        138        1  

Asset-backed

     15        1        12        —          27        1  

Redeemable preferred stock

     10        —          13        1        23        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,739      $ 30      $ 6,011      $ 294      $ 11,750      $ 324  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2016:

                 

Fixed Maturity Securities:

                 

Public corporate

   $ 3,466      $ 95      $ 150      $ 7      $ 3,616      $ 102  

Private corporate

     1,548        39        283        18        1,831        57  

U.S. Treasury, government and agency

     7,290        756        —          —          7,290        756  

States and political subdivisions

     —          —          18        2        18        2  

Foreign governments

     73        3        49        11        122        14  

Commercial mortgage-backed

     68        6        180        102        248        108  

Residential mortgage-backed

     347        2        35        —          382        2  

Asset-backed

     128        —          8        1        136        1  

Redeemable preferred stock

     227        10        12        1        239        11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,147      $ 911      $ 735      $ 142      $ 13,882      $ 1,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s investments in fixed maturity securities do not include concentrations of credit risk of any single issuer greater than 10% of the consolidated equity of the Company, other than securities of the U.S. government, U.S. government agencies, and certain securities guaranteed by the U.S. government. The Company maintains a diversified portfolio of corporate securities across industries and issuers and does not have exposure to any single issuer in excess of 0.8% of total investments. The largest exposures to a single issuer of corporate securities held at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $207 million and $173 million, respectively. Corporate high yield securities, consisting primarily of public high yield bonds, are classified as other than investment grade by the various rating agencies, i.e., a rating below Baa3/BBB- or the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) designation of 3 (medium grade), 4 or 5 (below investment grade) or 6 (in or near default). At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, approximately $1,372 million and $1,661 million, or 3% and 4%, of the $45,068 million and $41,332 million aggregate amortized cost of fixed maturities held by the Company were considered to be other than investment grade. These securities had net unrealized gains and (losses) of $5 million and $(60) million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, the $294 million and $142 million of

 

F-39


Table of Contents

gross unrealized losses of twelve months or more were concentrated in U.S. Treasury, corporate and commercial mortgage-backed securities. In accordance with the policy described in Note 2, the Company concluded that an adjustment to income for OTTI for these securities was not warranted at either December 31, 2017 or 2016. As of December 31, 2017, the Company did not intend to sell the securities nor will it likely be required to dispose of the securities before the anticipated recovery of their remaining amortized cost basis.

The Company does not originate, purchase or warehouse residential mortgages and is not in the mortgage servicing business.

At December 31, 2017, the carrying value of fixed maturities that were non-income producing for the twelve months preceding that date was $3 million.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, the fair value of the Company’s trading account securities was $14,170 million and $12,085 million. Included in the trading classification at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were U.S. Treasury securities with aggregate fair values of $0 million and $1,446 million, pledged under repos accounted for as collateralized borrowings and reported in Securities sold under repurchase agreements in the consolidated balance sheets. Also at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, trading account securities included the General Account’s investment in Separate Accounts which had carrying values of $50 million and $64 million.

Mortgage Loans

The payment terms of mortgage loans may from time to time be restructured or modified.

Troubled Debt Restructuring

The investment in troubled debt restructured mortgage loans, based on amortized cost, amounted to $0 million and $15 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Gross interest income on these loans included in net investment income (loss) totaled $0 million, $0 million and $1 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Valuation Allowances for Mortgage Loans:

Allowance for credit losses for mortgage loans for 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

     Commercial Mortgage Loans  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Allowance for credit losses:

  

Beginning Balance, January 1,

   $ 8      $ 6      $ 37  

Charge-offs

     —          —          (32

Recoveries

     —          (2      (1

Provision

     —          4        2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance, December 31,

   $ 8      $ 8      $ 6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance, December 31,

        

Individually Evaluated for Impairment

   $ 8      $ 8      $ 6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no allowances for credit losses for agricultural mortgage loans in 2017, 2016 and 2015.

The following tables provide information relating to the loan-to-value and debt service coverage ratios for commercial and agricultural mortgage loans at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The values used in these ratio calculations were developed as part of the periodic review of the commercial and agricultural mortgage loan portfolio, which includes an evaluation of the underlying collateral value.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Mortgage Loans by Loan-to-Value and Debt Service Coverage Ratios

December 31, 2017

 

     Debt Service Coverage Ratio (1)  
Loan-to-Value Ratio: (2)    Greater
than 
2.0x
     1.8x to
2.0x
     1.5x to
1.8x
     1.2x to
1.5x
     1.0x to
1.2x
     Less
than
1.0x
     Total
Mortgage
Loans
 
     (in millions)  

Commercial Mortgage Loans (1)

                    

0% - 50%

   $ 759      $ —        $ 320      $ 74      $ —        $ —        $ 1,153  

50% - 70%

     4,088        682        1,066        428        145        —          6,409  

70% - 90%

     169        110        196        272        50        —          797  

90% plus

     —          —          27        —          —          —          27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Mortgage Loans

   $ 5,016      $ 792      $ 1,609      $ 774      $ 195      $ —        $ 8,386  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Agricultural Mortgage Loans (1)

                    

0% - 50%

   $ 272      $ 149      $ 275      $ 515      $ 316      $ 30      $ 1,557  

50% - 70%

     111        46        227        359        221        49        1,013  

70% - 90%

     —          —          —          4        —          —          4  

90% plus

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Agricultural Mortgage Loans

   $ 383      $ 195      $ 502      $ 878      $ 537      $ 79      $ 2,574  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Loans (1)

                    

0% - 50%

   $ 1,031      $ 149      $ 595      $ 589      $ 316      $ 30      $ 2,710  

50% - 70%

     4,199        728        1,293        787        366        49        7,422  

70% - 90%

     169        110        196        276        50        —          801  

90% plus

     —          —          27        —          —          —          27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Loans

   $ 5,399      $ 987      $ 2,111      $ 1,652      $ 732      $ 79      $ 10,960  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The debt service coverage ratio is calculated using the most recently reported operating earnings results from property operations divided by annual debt service.
(2) The loan-to-value ratio is derived from current loan balance divided by the fair market value of the property. The fair market value of the underlying commercial properties is updated annually.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Mortgage Loans by Loan-to-Value and Debt Service Coverage Ratios

December 31, 2016

 

     Debt Service Coverage Ratio (1)         
Loan-to-Value Ratio: (2)    Greater
than
2.0x
     1.8x to
2.0x
     1.5x to
1.8x
     1.2x to
1.5x
     1.0x to
1.2x
     Less
than
1.0x
     Total
Mortgage
Loans
 
     (in millions)  

Commercial Mortgage Loans (1)

                    

0% - 50%

   $ 755      $ 95      $ 59      $ 56      $ —        $ —        $ 965  

50% - 70%

     3,217        430        673        1,100        76        —          5,496  

70% - 90%

     282        65        229        127        28        46        777  

90% plus

     —          —          28        15        —          —          43  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Mortgage Loans

   $ 4,254      $ 590      $ 989      $ 1,298      $ 104      $ 46      $ 7,281  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Agricultural Mortgage Loans (1)

                    

0% - 50%

   $ 254      $ 138      $ 296      $ 468      $ 286      $ 49      $ 1,491  

50% - 70%

     141        57        209        333        219        45        1,004  

70% - 90%

     —          —          2        4        —          —          6  

90% plus

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Agricultural Mortgage Loans

   $ 395      $ 195      $ 507      $ 805      $ 505      $ 94      $ 2,501  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Loans (1)

                    

0% - 50%

   $ 1,009      $ 233      $ 355      $ 524      $ 286      $ 49      $ 2,456  

50% - 70%

     3,358        487        882        1,433        295        45        6,500  

70% - 90%

     282        65        231        131        28        46        783  

90% plus

     —          —          28        15        —          —          43  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Loans

   $ 4,649      $ 785      $ 1,496      $ 2,103      $ 609      $ 140      $ 9,782  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The debt service coverage ratio is calculated using the most recently reported operating earnings results from property operations divided by annual debt service.
(2) The loan-to-value ratio is derived from current loan balance divided by the fair market value of the property. The fair market value of the underlying commercial properties is updated annually.

The following table provides information relating to the aging analysis of past due mortgage loans at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Age Analysis of Past Due Mortgage Loan

 

     30-59
Days
     60-89
Days
     90
Days
Or >
     Total      Current      Total
Financing
Receivables
     Recorded
Investment
90 Days
Or >

and
Accruing
 
     (in millions)  

December 31, 2017:

                    

Commercial

   $ 27      $ —        $ —        $ 27      $ 8,359      $ 8,386      $ —    

Agricultural

     49        3        22        74        2,500        2,574        22  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Loans

   $ 76      $ 3      $ 22      $ 101      $ 10,859      $ 10,960      $ 22  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2016:

                    

Commercial

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 7,281      $ 7,281      $ —    

Agricultural

     9        2        6        17        2,484        2,501        6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Loans

   $ 9      $ 2      $ 6      $ 17      $ 9,765      $ 9,782      $ 6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The following table provides information relating to impaired mortgage loans at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

            Impaired Mortgage Loans         
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
    Average
Recorded
Investment (1)
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 
     (in millions)  

December 31, 2017:

             

With no related allowance recorded:

             

Commercial mortgage loans - other

   $ —        $ —        $ —       $ —        $ —    

Agricultural mortgage loans

     —          —          —         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —        $ —        $ —       $ —        $ —    

With related allowance recorded:

             

Commercial mortgage loans - other

   $ 27      $ 27      $ (8   $ 27      $ 2  

Agricultural mortgage loans

     —          —          —         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 27      $ 27      $ (8   $ 27      $ 2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2016:

             

With no related allowance recorded:

             

Commercial mortgage loans - other

   $ 15      $ 15      $ —       $ 22      $ —    

Agricultural mortgage loans

     —          —          —         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15      $ 15      $ —       $ 22      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

With related allowance recorded:

             

Commercial mortgage loans - other

   $ 27      $ 27      $ (8   $ 48      $ 2  

Agricultural mortgage loans

     —          —          —         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 27      $ 27      $ (8   $ 48      $ 2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents a five-quarter average of recorded amortized cost.

Real Estate

In January 2016, the Company completed the sale of a property located at 787 7th Avenue, New York, New York for a price of $1.9 billion and realized a pre-tax gain of $1.4 billion in the consolidated statements of income (loss). In May 2016, the Company completed the sale of its 50% interest in a property located at 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York for a price of $825 million and realized a pre-tax gain of $457 million in the consolidated statements of income (loss). These investments were classified as Real estate held-for-sale in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2015.

Equity Method Investments

Included in other equity investments are limited partnership interests accounted for under the equity method with a total carrying value of $1,114 million and $1,133 million, respectively, at December 31, 2017 and 2016. The Company’s total equity in Net income (loss) for these limited partnership interests was $154 million and $50 million, respectively, for 2017 and 2016.

Derivatives and Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

The Company uses derivatives as part of its overall asset/liability risk management primarily to reduce exposures to equity market and interest rate risks. Derivative hedging strategies are designed to reduce these risks from an economic perspective and are all executed within the framework of a “Derivative Use Plan”

 

F-43


Table of Contents

approved by applicable states’ insurance law. Derivatives are generally not accounted for using hedge accounting, with the exception of Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”), which is discussed further below. Operation of these hedging programs is based on models involving numerous estimates and assumptions, including, among others, mortality, lapse, surrender and withdrawal rates, election rates, fund performance, market volatility and interest rates. A wide range of derivative contracts are used in these hedging programs, including exchange traded equity, currency and interest rate futures contracts, total return and/or other equity swaps, interest rate swap and floor contracts, bond and bond-index total return swaps, swaptions, variance swaps and equity options, credit and foreign exchange derivatives, as well as bond and repo transactions to support the hedging. The derivative contracts are collectively managed in an effort to reduce the economic impact of unfavorable changes in guaranteed benefits’ exposures attributable to movements in capital markets. In addition, as part of its hedging strategy, the Company targets an asset level for all variable annuity products at or above a CTE98 level under most economic scenarios (CTE is a statistical measure of tail risk which quantifies the total asset requirement to sustain a loss if an event outside a given probability level has occurred. CTE 98 denotes the financial resources a company would need to cover the average of the worst 2% of scenarios.)

Derivatives utilized to hedge exposure to Variable Annuities with Guarantee Features

The Company has issued and continues to offer variable annuity products with GMxB features. The risk associated with the GMDB feature is that under-performance of the financial markets could result in GMDB benefits, in the event of death, being higher than what accumulated policyholders’ account balances would support. The risk associated with the GMIB feature is that under-performance of the financial markets could result in the present value of GMIB, in the event of annuitization, being higher than what accumulated policyholders’ account balances would support, taking into account the relationship between current annuity purchase rates and the GMIB guaranteed annuity purchase rates. The risk associated with products that have a GMxB derivative features liability is that under-performance of the financial markets could result in the GMxB derivative features’ benefits being higher than what accumulated policyholders’ account balances would support.

For GMxB features, the Company retains certain risks including basis, credit spread and some volatility risk and risk associated with actual versus expected actuarial assumptions for mortality, lapse and surrender, withdrawal and policyholder election rates, among other things. The derivative contracts are managed to correlate with changes in the value of the GMxB features that result from financial markets movements. A portion of exposure to realized equity volatility is hedged using equity options and variance swaps and a portion of exposure to credit risk is hedged using total return swaps on fixed income indices. Additionally, the Company is party to total return swaps for which the reference U.S. Treasury securities are contemporaneously purchased from the market and sold to the swap counterparty. As these transactions result in a transfer of control of the U.S. Treasury securities to the swap counterparty, the Company derecognizes these securities with consequent gain or loss from the sale. The Company has also purchased reinsurance contracts to mitigate the risks associated with GMDB features and the impact of potential market fluctuations on future policyholder elections of GMIB features contained in certain annuity contracts issued by the Company.

Derivatives utilized to hedge crediting rate exposure on SCS, SIO, MSO and IUL products/investment options

The Company hedges crediting rates in the Structured Capital Strategies (“SCS”) variable annuity, Structured Investment Option in the EQUI-VEST variable annuity series (“SIO”), Market Stabilizer Option (“MSO”) in the variable life insurance products and Indexed Universal Life (“IUL”) insurance products. These products permit the contract owner to participate in the performance of an index, ETF or commodity price movement up to a cap for a set period of time. They also contain a protection feature, in which the Company will absorb, up to a certain percentage, the loss of value in an index, ETF or commodity price, which varies by product segment.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

In order to support the returns associated with these features, the Company enters into derivative contracts whose payouts, in combination with fixed income investments, emulate those of the index, ETF or commodity price, subject to caps and buffers without any basis risk due to market exposures, thereby substantially reducing any exposure to market-related earnings volatility.

Derivatives used for General Account Investment Portfolio

The Company maintains a strategy in its General Account investment portfolio to replicate the credit exposure of fixed maturity securities otherwise permissible for investment under its investment guidelines through the sale of credit default swaps (“CDSs”). Under the terms of these swaps, the Company receives quarterly fixed premiums that, together with any initial amount paid or received at trade inception, replicate the credit spread otherwise currently obtainable by purchasing the referenced entity’s bonds of similar maturity. These credit derivatives generally have remaining terms of five years or less and are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value, including the yield component that emerges from initial amounts paid or received, reported in Net investment income (loss). The Company manages its credit exposure taking into consideration both cash and derivatives based positions and selects the reference entities in its replicated credit exposures in a manner consistent with its selection of fixed maturities. In addition, the Company generally transacts the sale of CDSs in single name reference entities of investment grade credit quality and with counterparties subject to collateral posting requirements. If there is an event of default by the reference entity or other such credit event as defined under the terms of the swap contract, the Company is obligated to perform under the credit derivative and, at the counterparty’s option, either pay the referenced amount of the contract less an auction-determined recovery amount or pay the referenced amount of the contract and receive in return the defaulted or similar security of the reference entity for recovery by sale at the contract settlement auction. To date, there have been no events of default or circumstances indicative of a deterioration in the credit quality of the named referenced entities to require or suggest that the Company will have to perform under these CDSs. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these credit derivatives is limited to the par value of the referenced securities which is the dollar or euro-equivalent of the derivative notional amount. The Standard North American CDS Contract (“SNAC”) or Standard European Corporate Contract (“STEC”) under which the Company executes these CDS sales transactions does not contain recourse provisions for recovery of amounts paid under the credit derivative.

The Company purchased 30-year TIPS and other sovereign bonds, both inflation linked and non-inflation linked, as General Account investments and enters into asset or cross-currency basis swaps, to result in payment of the given bond’s coupons and principal at maturity in the bond’s specified currency to the swap counterparty in return for fixed dollar amounts. These swaps, when considered in combination with the bonds, together result in a net position that is intended to replicate a dollar-denominated fixed-coupon cash bond with a yield higher than a term-equivalent U.S. Treasury bond. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, the Company’s unrealized gains (losses) related to this program were $(86) million and $(97) million and reported in AOCI.

The Company implemented a strategy to hedge a portion of the credit exposure in its General Account investment portfolio by buying protection through a swap. These are swaps on the “super senior tranche” of the investment grade CDX index. Under the terms of these swaps, the Company pays quarterly fixed premiums that, together with any initial amount paid or received at trade inception, serve as premiums paid to hedge the risk arising from multiple defaults of bonds referenced in the CDX index. These credit derivatives have terms of five years or less and are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value, including the yield component that emerges from initial amounts paid or received, reported in Net derivative gains (losses).

In 2016, the Company implemented a program to mitigate its duration gap using total return swaps for which the reference U.S. Treasury securities are sold to the swap counterparty under arrangements economically similar to repurchase agreements. As these transactions result in a transfer of control of the U.S. Treasury securities to the swap counterparty, the Company derecognizes these securities with

 

F-45


Table of Contents

consequent gain or loss from the sale. Under this program, the Company derecognized approximately $3,905 million of U.S. Treasury securities for which the Company received proceeds of approximately $3,905 million at inception of the total return swap contract. Under the terms of these swaps, the Company retains ongoing exposure to the total returns of the underlying U.S. Treasury securities in exchange for a financing cost. At December 31, 2017, the aggregate fair value of U.S. Treasury securities derecognized under this program was approximately $3,796 million. Reported in Other invested assets in the Company’s balance sheet at December 31, 2017 is approximately $(23) million, representing the fair value of the total return swap contracts.

Derivatives used to hedge currency fluctuations on affiliated loans

The Company uses foreign exchange derivatives to reduce exposure to currency fluctuations that may arise from non-U.S.-dollar denominated financial instruments. The Company has currency swap contracts with AXA to hedge foreign exchange exposure from affiliated loans.

The tables below present quantitative disclosures about the Company’s derivative instruments, including those embedded in other contracts required to be accounted for as derivative instruments:

Derivative Instruments by Category

At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

            Fair Value         
     Notional
Amount
     Asset
Derivatives
     Liability
Derivatives
     Gains (Losses)
Reported In
Earnings (Loss)
 
     (in millions)  

Freestanding Investment Derivatives:

           

Equity contracts: (1)

           

Futures

   $ 6,716      $ 1      $ 2      $ (1,297

Swaps

     7,623        4        201        (1,413

Options

     22,223        3,456        1,457        1,265  

Interest rate contracts: (1)

           

Floors

           

Swaps

     26,769        604        193        863  

Futures

     20,675        —          —          293  

Credit contracts: (1)

           

Credit default swaps

     2,131        35        3        19  

Other freestanding contracts: (1)

           

Foreign currency contracts

     1,423        19        10        (39

Margin

     —          24        4        —    

Collateral paid

     —          4        —          —    

Collateral received

     —          —          2,123        —    

Embedded and Freestanding Insurance Derivatives:

           

GMIB reinsurance contracts (6)

     —          1,894        —          174  

GMxB derivative features liability (3,6)

     —          —          4,358        1,553  

SCS, SIO, MSO and IUL indexed features liability (5,6)

     —          —          1,786        (1,190
           

 

 

 

Net derivative investment (gains) loss

              228  
           

 

 

 

Cross currency swaps (2,4)

     354        5        —          40  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2017

   $ 87,914      $ 6,046      $ 10,137      $ 268  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reported in Other invested assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
(2) Reported in Other assets or Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(3) Reported in Future policy benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-46


Table of Contents
(4) Reported in Other income in the consolidated statement of income (loss).
(5) SCS and SIO indexed features are reported in Policyholders’ account balances; MSO and IUL indexed features are reported in the Future policyholders’ benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(6) Reported in Net derivative gains (losses) in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

Derivative Instruments by Category

At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

            Fair Value         
     Notional
Amount
     Asset
Derivatives
     Liability
Derivatives
     Gains (Losses)
Reported In
Earnings (Loss)
 
     (in millions)  

Freestanding Investment Derivatives:

           

Equity contracts: (1)

           

Futures

   $ 9,131      $ 1      $ 1      $ (1,445

Swaps

     5,933        22        117        (459

Options

     12,241        2,190        1,174        746  

Interest rate contracts: (1)

           

Floors

     1,500        11        —          4  

Swaps

     26,133        514        1,443        (198

Futures

     14,818        —          —          156  

Credit contracts: (1)

           

Credit default swaps

     2,757        20        15        15  

Other freestanding contracts: (1)

           

Foreign currency contracts

     730        52        6        45  

Margin

     —          121        6        —    

Collateral

     —          935        908        —    

Embedded and Freestanding Insurance Derivatives:

           

GMIB reinsurance contracts (6)

     —          1,735        —          (77

GMxB derivative features liability (3,6)

     —          —          5,580        138  

SCS, SIO, MSO and IUL indexed features liability (5, 6)

     —          —          940        (647
           

 

 

 

Net derivative gains (loss)

              (1,722
           

 

 

 

Cross currency swaps (2, 4)

     391        —          81        (19
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2016

   $ 73,634      $ 5,601      $ 10,271      $ (1,741
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reported in Other invested assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
(2) Reported in Other assets or Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(3) Reported in Future policy benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(4) Reported in Other income in the consolidated statement of income (loss).
(5) SCS and SIO indexed features are reported in Policyholders’ account balances; MSO and IUL indexed features are reported in the Future policyholders’ benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(6) Reported in Net derivative gains (losses) in the consolidated statements of income (loss)

For 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, Net derivative gains (losses) from derivatives included $(2,206) million, $(482) million and $(483) million of realized gains (losses) on contracts closed during those periods and $1,937 million, $(655) million and $(752) million of unrealized gains (losses) on derivative positions at each respective year end.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Equity-Based and Treasury Futures Contracts Margin

All outstanding equity-based and treasury futures contracts at December 31, 2017 are exchange-traded and net settled daily in cash. At December 31, 2017, the Company had open exchange-traded futures positions on: (i) the S&P 500, Russell 2000 and Emerging Market indices, having initial margin requirements of $208 million, (ii) the 2-year, 5-year and 10-year U.S. Treasury Notes on U.S. Treasury bonds and ultra-long bonds, having initial margin requirements of $40 million and (iii) the Euro Stoxx, FTSE 100, Topix, ASX 200 and European, Australasia, and Far East (“EAFE”) indices as well as corresponding currency futures on the Euro/U.S. dollar, Pound/U.S. dollar, Australian dollar/U.S. dollar, and Yen/U.S. dollar, having initial margin requirements of $25 million.

Credit Risk

Although notional amount is the most commonly used measure of volume in the derivatives market, it is not used as a measure of credit risk. A derivative with positive fair value (a derivative asset) indicates existence of credit risk because the counterparty would owe money to the Company if the contract were closed at the reporting date. Alternatively, a derivative contract with negative fair value (a derivative liability) indicates the Company would owe money to the counterparty if the contract were closed at the reporting date. To reduce credit exposures in Over-the-Counter (“OTC”) derivative transactions, the Company generally enters into master agreements that provide for a netting of financial exposures with the counterparty and allow for collateral arrangements as further described below under “ISDA Master Agreements.” The Company further controls and minimizes its counterparty exposure through a credit appraisal and approval process.

ISDA Master Agreements

Netting Provisions. The standardized ISDA Master Agreement under which the Company conducts its OTC derivative transactions includes provisions for payment netting. In the normal course of business activities, if there is more than one derivative transaction with a single counterparty, the Company will set-off the cash flows of those derivatives into a single amount to be exchanged in settlement of the resulting net payable or receivable with that counterparty. In the event of default, insolvency, or other similar event pre-defined under the ISDA Master Agreement that would result in termination of OTC derivatives transactions before their maturity, netting procedures would be applied to calculate a single net payable or receivable with the counterparty.

Collateral Arrangements. The Company generally has executed a CSA under the ISDA Master Agreement, it maintains with each of its OTC derivative counterparties that requires both posting and accepting collateral either in the form of cash or high-quality securities, such as U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government and government agency securities and investment grade corporate bonds. These CSAs are bilateral agreements that require collateral postings by the party “out-of-the-money” or in a net derivative liability position. Various thresholds for the amount and timing of collateralization of net liability positions are applicable. Consequently, the credit exposure of the Company’s OTC derivative contracts is limited to the net positive estimated fair value of those contracts at the reporting date after taking into consideration the existence of netting agreements and any collateral received pursuant to CSAs. Derivatives are recognized at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets and are reported either as assets in Other invested assets or as liabilities in Other liabilities, except for embedded insurance-related derivatives as described above and derivatives transacted with a related counterparty. The Company nets the fair value of all derivative financial instruments with counterparties for which an ISDA Master Agreement and related CSA have been executed.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, the Company held $2,123 million and $740 million in cash and securities collateral delivered by trade counterparties, representing the fair value of the related derivative agreements. This unrestricted cash collateral is reported in Cash and cash equivalents. The aggregate fair value of all collateralized derivative transactions that were in a liability position with trade

 

F-48


Table of Contents

counterparties as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were $2 million and $747 million, for which the Company posted collateral of $4 million and $868 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, in the normal operation of its collateral arrangements. Certain of the Company’s ISDA Master Agreements contain contingent provisions that permit the counterparty to terminate the ISDA Master Agreement if the Company’s credit rating falls below a specified threshold, however, the occurrence of such credit event would not impose additional collateral requirements.

Margin

Effective January 3, 2017, the CME amended its rulebook, resulting in the characterization of variation margin transfers as settlement payments, as opposed to adjustments to collateral. These amendments impacted the accounting treatment of the Company’s centrally cleared derivatives for which the CME serves as the central clearing party. As of the effective date, the application of the amended rulebook reduced gross derivative assets by $18 million and gross derivative liabilities by $4 million.

Securities Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Transactions

Securities repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions are conducted by the Company under a standardized securities industry master agreement, amended to suit the specificities of each respective counterparty. These agreements generally provide detail as to the nature of the transaction, including provisions for payment netting, establish parameters concerning the ownership and custody of the collateral securities, including the right to substitute collateral during the term of the agreement, and provide for remedies in the event of default by either party. Amounts due to/from the same counterparty under these arrangements generally would be netted in the event of default and subject to rights of set-off in bankruptcy. The Company’s securities repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements are accounted for as secured borrowing or lending arrangements, respectively and are reported in the consolidated balance sheets on a gross basis. The Company obtains or posts collateral generally in the form of cash and U.S. Treasury, corporate and government agency securities. The fair value of the securities to be repurchased or resold are monitored on a daily basis with additional collateral posted or obtained as necessary. Securities to be repurchased or resold are the same, or substantially the same, as those initially transacted under the arrangement. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance outstanding under securities repurchase transactions was $1,887 million and $3,593 million, respectively. The Company utilized these repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements for asset liability and cash management purposes. For other instruments used for asset liability management purposes, see “Policyholders’ Account Balances and Future Policy Benefits” included in Note 2.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

The following table presents information about the Company’s offsetting of financial assets and liabilities and derivative instruments at December 31, 2017:

Offsetting of Financial Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments

At December 31, 2017

 

     Gross
Amounts
Recognized
     Gross
Amounts
Offset in the
Balance Sheets
     Net Amounts
Presented in the
Balance Sheets
 
     (in millions)  

ASSETS (1)

        

Derivatives:

        

Equity contracts

   $ 3,461      $ 1,660      $ 1,801  

Interest rate contracts

     604        193        411  

Credit contracts

     35        3        32  

Currency

     19        10        9  

Collateral

     4        2,123        (2,119

Margin

     24        4        20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Derivatives, subject to an ISDA Master Agreement

     4,147        3,993        154  

Total Derivatives

     4,147        3,993        154  

Other financial instruments

     3,964           3,964  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other invested assets

   $ 8,111      $ 3,993      $ 4,118  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Derivatives, not subject to an ISDA Master Agreement (4)

     5        —          5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell

   $ —          —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES (2)

        

Derivatives:

        

Equity contracts

   $ 1,660      $ 1,660      $ —    

Interest rate contracts

     193        193        —    

Credit contracts

     3        3        —    

Currency

     10        10        —    

Collateral

     2,123        2,123        —    

Margin

     4        4        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Derivatives, subject to an ISDA Master Agreement

     3,993        3,993        —    

Total Derivatives, not subject to an ISDA Master Agreement

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Derivatives

     3,993        3,993        —    

Other non-financial liabilities

     4,053           4,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other liabilities

   $ 8,046      $ 3,993      $ 4,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase (3)

   $ 1,882        —        $ 1,882  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes Investment Management and Research segment’s derivative assets of consolidated VIEs/VOEs.
(2) Excludes Investment Management and Research segment’s derivative liabilities of consolidated VIEs/VOEs.
(3) Excludes expense of $5 million in securities sold under agreement to repurchase.
(4) This amount is reflected in Other assets.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

The following table presents information about the Company’s gross collateral amounts that are offset in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2017:

Collateral Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

At December 31, 2017

 

     Fair Value
of Assets
     Collateral (Received)/Paid         
        Financial
  Instruments  
       Cash        Net
Amounts
 
     (in millions)  

Assets (1)

           

Total Derivatives

   $ 2,253      $ —        $ (2,099    $ 154  

Other financial instruments

     3,964        —          —          3,964  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other invested assets

   $ 6,217      $ —        $ (2,099    $ 4,118  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities: (2)

            $ —    

Other Derivatives

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    

Other financial liabilities

     4,053        —          —          4,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other liabilities

   $ 4,053      $ —        $ —        $ 4,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase (3)(4)(5)

   $ 1,882      $ (1,988    $ (21    $ (127

 

(1) Excludes Investment Management and Research segment’s derivative assets of consolidated VIEs/VOEs.
(2) Excludes Investment Management and Research segment’s derivative liabilities of consolidated VIEs/VOEs.
(3) Excludes expense of $5 million in securities sold under agreement to repurchase.
(4) US Treasury and agency securities are in fixed maturities available for sale on consolidated balance sheet.
(5) Cash is in cash and cash equivalent on consolidated balance sheet.

The following table presents information about repurchase agreements accounted for as secured borrowings in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2017:

Repurchase Agreement Accounted for as Secured Borrowings

 

     At December 31, 2017  
     Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements  
     Overnight and
Continuous
     Up to 30
days
     30-90
days
     Greater Than
90 days
     Total  
     (in millions)  

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase (1)

              

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

   $     —        $ 1,882      $
 
    —
  

 
   $     —        $ 1,882  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     —        $ 1,882      $
 
    —
  

 
   $     —        $ 1,882  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes expense of $5 million in securities sold under agreement to repurchase.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

The following table presents information about the General Account’s offsetting of financial assets and liabilities and derivative instruments at December 31, 2016:

Offsetting of Financial Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments

At December 31, 2016

 

     Gross
Amounts
Recognized
     Gross
Amounts
Offset in the
Balance Sheets
     Net Amounts
Presented in the
Balance Sheets
 
     (in millions)  

Assets (1)

        

Derivatives:

        

Equity contracts

   $ 2,214      $ 1,292      $ 922  

Interest rate contracts

     521        1,443        (922

Credit contracts

     20        15        5  

Currency

     52        6        46  

Collateral

     935        908        27  

Margin

     121        6        115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Derivatives, subject to an ISDA Master Agreement

     3,863        3,670        193  

Total Derivatives, not subject to an ISDA Master Agreement

     4        —          4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Derivatives

     3,867        3,670        197  

Other financial instruments

     3,127        —          3,127  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other invested assets

   $ 6,994      $ 3,670      $ 3,324  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell

   $ —        $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Gross
Amounts
Recognized
     Gross
Amounts
Offset in the
Balance Sheets
     Net Amounts
Presented in the
Balance Sheets
 
     (in millions)  

Liabilities (2)

        

Derivatives:

        

Equity contracts

   $ 1,292      $ 1,292      $ —    

Interest rate contracts

     1,443        1,443        —    

Credit contracts

     15        15        —    

Currency

     6        6        —    

Collateral

     908        908        —    

Margin

     6        6        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Derivatives, subject to an ISDA Master Agreement

     3,670        3,670        —    

Total Derivatives, not subject to an ISDA Master Agreement

     81        —          81  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Derivatives

     3,751        3,670        81  

Other non-financial liabilities

     3,639        —          3,639  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other liabilities

     7,390        3,670        3,720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase (3)

   $ 3,586      $ —        $ 3,586  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes Investment Management and Research segment’s derivative assets of consolidated VIEs/VOEs.
(2) Excludes Investment Management and Research segment’s derivative liabilities of consolidated VIEs/VOEs.
(3) Excludes expense of $7 million in securities sold under agreement to repurchase.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

The following table presents information about the General Account’s gross collateral amounts that are offset in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2016:

Collateral Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

At December 31, 2016

 

     Fair Value of Assets          Collateral (Received)/Paid            
        Financial
Instruments
    Cash     Net
Amounts
 
     (in millions)  

Assets (1)

         

Total Derivatives

   $ 56      $ (6   $ 141     $ 191  

Other financial instruments

     3,127        —         —         3,127  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other invested assets

   $ 3,183      $ (6   $ 141       3,318  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreement to resell

   $ 79      $ (79   $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities (2)

          $ —    

Other Derivatives

   $ 81      $ —       $ —       $ 81  

Other financial liabilities

   $ 3,639      $ —       $ —       $ 3,639  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other liabilities

   $ 3,720      $ —       $ —       $ 3,720  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase (3)(4)(5)

   $ 3,586      $ (3,467   $ (115   $ 4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes Investment Management and Research segment’s derivative assets of consolidated VIEs/VOEs.
(2) Excludes Investment Management and Research segment’s derivative liabilities of consolidated VIEs/VOEs.
(3) Excludes expense of $7 million in securities sold under agreement to repurchase.
(4) US Treasury and agency securities are in fixed maturities available for sale and trading securities on consolidated balance sheet.
(5) Cash is in cash and cash equivalent on consolidated balance sheet.

The following table presents information about repurchase agreements accounted for as secured borrowings in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2016.

Repurchase Agreement Accounted for as Secured Borrowings

At December 31, 2016

 

     Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements  
     Overnight and
Continuous
     Up to 30
days
     30-90
days
     Greater Than
90 days
     Total  
     (in millions)  

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase

              

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

   $     —        $ 3,586      $   —        $   —        $ 3,586  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —        $ 3,586      $ —        $ —        $ 3,586  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell

              

Corporate securities

               $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Net Investment Income (Loss)

The following table breaks out Net investment income (loss) by asset category:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Fixed maturities

   $ 1,629      $ 1,723      $ 1,717  

Mortgage loans on real estate

     454        397        339  

Real estate held for the production of income

     2        19        164  

Other equity investments

     186        168        84  

Policy loans

     221        225        228  

Repurchase agreements

     —          1        1  

Trading securities

     553        144        21  

Other investment income

     109        67        35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross investment income (loss)

     3,154        2,744        2,589  

Investment expenses (1)

     (72      (79      (139
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Investment Income (Loss)

   $ 3,082      $ 2,665      $ 2,450  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Investment expenses includes expenses related to the management of the two buildings sold in 2016.

Net unrealized and realized gains (losses) on trading account equity securities are included in Net investment income (loss) in the consolidated statements of income (loss). The table below shows a breakdown of Net investment income from trading account securities during the year ended 2017, 2016 and 2015:

Net Investment Income (Loss) from Trading Securities

 

     Years Ended December, 31  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Net investment gains (losses) recognized during the period on securities held at the end of the period

   $ 247      $ (51    $ (209

Net investment gains (losses) recognized on securities sold during the period

     19        (12      81  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrealized and realized gains (losses) on trading securities

     266        (63      (128

Interest and dividend income from trading securities

     287        207        149  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss) from trading securities

   $ 553      $ 144      $ 21  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment Gains (Losses), Net

Investment gains (losses), net including changes in the valuation allowances and OTTI are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December, 31  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Fixed maturities

   $ (194    $ 83      $ (8

Mortgage loans on real estate

     2        (2      (1

Real estate held for the production of income (1)

     —          1,880        —    

Other equity investments

     2        (2      (5

Other

     (1      24        (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment Gains (Losses), Net

   $ (191    $ 1,983      $ (15
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents
(1) See “Real Estate” within this note for more information on realized gain on sale of real estate.

For 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, investment results passed through to certain participating group annuity contracts as interest credited to policyholders’ account balances totaled $3 million, $4 million and $4 million.

 

4) GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the estimated fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. The Company tests goodwill for recoverability each annual reporting period at December 31 and at interim periods if facts or circumstances are indicative of potential impairment. The Company managed its business under two operating segments through third quarter 2017, each deemed to be reporting units for purpose of its goodwill impairment assessments. Effective January 1, 2017, the Company early adopted the new goodwill guidance that eliminates Step 2 from the impairment model and continues to limit the measure of goodwill impairment to the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. As a result, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $369 million during first quarter 2017, representing all of the goodwill assigned to its Financial Advisory/Insurance reporting unit for which recoverability previously had been supported by a Step 2 assessment.

The carrying value of goodwill assigned to the Company’s Investment Management reporting unit totaled $4,570 million and $4,570 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, resulting from its investment in AB as well as direct strategic acquisitions of AB, including its purchase of Sanford C. Bernstein, Inc. For purpose of testing this goodwill for impairment, the Company applied a discounted cash flow valuation technique to measure the fair value of the reporting unit, sourcing the underlying cash flows and assumptions from AB’s current business plan projections and adjusting the result to reflect the noncontrolling interest in AB as well as incremental taxes at the Company level as related to the form and structure of its investment in AB. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s annual testing resulted in no impairment of this goodwill as the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount at each respective date.

In fourth quarter 2017, the Company recast its Financial Advisory/Insurance segment into multiple operating segments as described in Note 18, Business Segment Information . Accordingly, goodwill previously attributed to the Financial Advisory/Insurance segment in reporting periods prior thereto was reassigned to the reporting units affected using a relative fair value allocation approach in accordance with the relevant accounting guidance. Goodwill resulting from the Company’s investment in AB was reassigned to the Company’s Investment Management and Research segment and the resulting reporting unit redefined. Immediately prior thereto, the Company determined there were no indications of potential goodwill impairment that would require quantitative assessment prior to its annual testing at December 31, 2017.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Information regarding goodwill by reporting segment and Corporate and Other is as follows:

 

     Individual
Retirement
    Group
Retirement
    Protection
Solutions
    Corporate
and Other
    Subtotal     Investment
Management
and
Research
     Total  
     (in millions)  

Balance at January 1, 2015

               

Goodwill

   $ 53     $ 122     $ 139     $ 55     $ 369     $ 4,548      $ 4,917  

Accumulated impairment losses

     —         —         —         —         —         —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total goodwill, net

   $ 53     $ 122     $ 139     $ 55     $ 369     $ 4,548      $ 4,917  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill acquired during year

     —         —         —         —         —         —        $ —    

Impairment losses recognized during year

     —         —         —         —         —         —          —    

Balance at December 31, 2015

               

Goodwill

   $ 53     $ 122     $ 139     $ 55     $ 369     $ 4,548      $ 4,917  

Accumulated impairment losses

     —         —         —         —         —         —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total goodwill, net

   $ 53     $ 122     $ 139     $ 55     $ 369     $ 4,548      $ 4,917  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill acquired during year

     —         —         —         —         —         22        22  

Impairment losses recognized during year

     —         —         —         —         —         —          —    

Balance at December 31, 2016

               

Goodwill

   $ 53     $ 122     $ 139     $ 55     $ 369     $ 4,570      $ 4,939  

Accumulated impairment losses

     —         —         —         —         —         —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total goodwill, net

   $ 53     $ 122     $ 139     $ 55     $ 369     $ 4,570      $ 4,939  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill acquired during year

     —         —         —         —         —         —          —    

Impairment losses recognized during year

   $ (53     (122     (139     (55     (369     —          (369

Balance at December 31, 2017

               

Goodwill

   $ 53     $ 122     $ 139     $ 55     $ 369     $ 4,570      $ 4,939  

Accumulated impairment losses

     (53     (122     (139     (55     (369     —          (369
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total goodwill, net

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 4,570      $ 4,570  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has certain intangible assets recorded in other assets related to the acquisition of MONY Life. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the gross carrying amount was $449 million and $449 million and accumulated amortization was $438 million and $436 million, respectively. For 2017, 2016 and 2015, total amortization expense related to these intangible assets was $2 million, $12 million and $3 million respectively. Intangible assets amortization expense is estimated to range from $1 million to $2 million through 2022.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, net deferred sales commissions from AB totaled $30 million and $64 million and are included within other assets. The estimated amortization expense of deferred sales commissions, based on the December 31, 2017 net asset balance for each of the next five years is $21 million, $6 million, $3 million, $0 million and $0 million. The Company tests the deferred sales commission asset for impairment quarterly by comparing undiscounted future cash flows to the recorded value, net of accumulated amortization. Each quarter, significant assumptions used to estimate the future cash flows are updated to reflect management’s consideration of current market conditions on expectations made with respect to future market levels and redemption rates. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company determined that the deferred sales commission asset was not impaired.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

The gross carrying amount of AB related intangible assets was $909 million and $911 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively and the accumulated amortization of these intangible assets was $659 million and $617 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Amortization expense for AB-related intangible assets totaled $44 million, $42 million and $41 million for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Estimated annual amortization expense for each of the next two years is approximately $43 million, then approximately $36 million in year three and $20 million in years four and five.

On September 23, 2016, AB acquired a 100% ownership interest in Ramius Alternative Solutions LLC (“RASL”), a global alternative investment management business that, as of the acquisition date, had approximately $2.5 billion in AUM. RASL offers a range of customized alternative investment and advisory solutions to a global institutional client base. On the acquisition date, AB made a cash payment of $21 million and recorded a contingent consideration payable of $12 million based on projected fee revenues over a five-year measurement period. Goodwill in the amount of $22 million and finite-lived intangible assets of $10 million related to investment management contracts also were recognized at the date of acquisition.

On June 20, 2014, AB acquired an 81.7% ownership interest in CPH Capital Fondsmaeglerselskab A/S (“CPH”), a Danish asset management firm that managed approximately $3,000 million in global core equity assets for institutional investors, for a cash payment of $64 million and a contingent consideration payable of $9 million based on projected assets under management levels over a three-year measurement period. Also recognized on the date of acquisition were $58 million of goodwill, $24 million of finite-lived intangible assets related to separately-managed account relationships, and $4 million of indefinite-lived intangible assets related to an acquired fund’s investment contract. Redeemable noncontrolling interest of $17 million was recorded as related to the fair value of CPH not purchased by AB. During 2016 and 2017, AB purchased additional shares of CPH, bringing its ownership interest to 93.6% as of December 31, 2017.

The acquisitions described above did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated revenues or net income. As a result, supplemental pro forma information has not been provided. Additional information regarding the contingent payment obligations associated with these and other acquisitions made by AB is included in Note 7, Fair Value Disclosures.

Capitalized Software

Capitalized software, net of accumulated amortization, amounted to $162 million and $170 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and is recorded in other assets. Amortization of capitalized software in 2017 and 2016 was $51 million and $56 million, respectively, recorded in other operating costs and expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income (loss).

 

F-57


Table of Contents
5) CLOSED BLOCK

Summarized financial information for the Company’s Closed Block is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Closed Block Liabilities:

     

Future policy benefits, policyholders’ account balances and other

   $ 6,945      $ 7,179  

Policyholder dividend obligation

     32        52  

Other liabilities

     271        43  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Closed Block liabilities

     7,248        7,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets Designated To The Closed Block:

     

Fixed maturities, available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $3,923 and $3,884)

     4,070        4,025  

Mortgage loans on real estate

     1,720        1,623  

Policy loans

     781        839  

Cash and other invested assets

     351        444  

Other assets

     219        213  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets designated to the Closed Block

     7,141        7,144  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Excess of Closed Block liabilities over assets designated to the Closed Block

     107        130  

Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

     

Net unrealized investment gains (losses), net of policyholder dividend obligation of $19 and $52

     138        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Maximum Future Earnings To Be Recognized From Closed Block Assets and Liabilities

   $ 245      $ 230  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s Closed Block revenues and expenses follow:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Revenues:

      

Premiums and other income

   $ 224     $ 212     $ 236  

Investment income (loss)

     314       349       368  

Net investment gains (losses)

     (20     (1     2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     518       560       606  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefits and Other Deductions:

      

Policyholders’ benefits and dividends

     537       522       550  

Other operating costs and expenses

     2       4       4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefits and other deductions

     539       526       554  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income, before income taxes

     (21     34       52  

Income tax (expense) benefit

     6       (12     (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (losses)

   $ (15   $ 22     $ 34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the Company’s policyholder dividend obligation follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 52      $ 81  

Unrealized investment gains (losses)

     (20      (29
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 32      $ 52  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6) DAC AND POLICYHOLDER BONUS INTEREST CREDITS

Changes in deferred acquisition costs at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 6,044      $ 6,049  

Capitalization of commissions, sales and issue expenses

     687        697  

Amortization

     (448      (786

Change in unrealized investment gains and losses

     (314      84  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 5,969      $ 6,044  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, net as presented in the income statement are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Commissions and distribution related payments

   $ 523     $ 536     $ 559  

Compensation and benefits

     156       154       157  

Other operating costs and expenses

     8       7       7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capitalization of commissions, sales and issue expenses

     687       697       723  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization

     (448     (786     (438
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, net

     239       (89     285  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in the deferred asset for policyholder bonus interest credits are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 504      $ 534  

Policyholder bonus interest credits deferred

     7        13  

Amortization charged to income

     (38      (43
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 473      $ 504  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7) FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, no assets were required to be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Fair value measurements are required on a non-recurring basis for certain assets, including goodwill, mortgage loans on real estate and real estate held for sale, only when an OTTI or other event occurs. When such fair value measurements are recorded, they are classified and disclosed within the fair value hierarchy. The Company recognizes transfers between valuation levels at the beginning of the reporting period.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2017

 

     Level 1     Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in millions)  

Assets

          

Investments

          

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale:

          

Public Corporate

   $ —       $ 17,906      $ 48      $ 17,954  

Private Corporate

     —         6,390        1,102        7,492  

U.S. Treasury, government and agency

     —         18,508        —          18,508  

States and political subdivisions

     —         449        40        489  

Foreign governments

     —         419        —          419  

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —         —          —          —    

Residential mortgage-backed (1)

     —         818        —          818  

Asset-backed (2)

     —         208        541        749  

Redeemable preferred stock

     184       327        1        512  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     184       45,025        1,732        46,941  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other equity investments

     13       —          34        47  

Trading securities

     485       13,647        38        14,170  

Other invested assets

          

Short-term investments

     —         1,730        —          1,730  

Assets of consolidated VIEs/VOEs

     1,060       215        27        1,302  

Swaps

     —         222        —          222  

Credit Default Swaps

     —         33        —          33  

Futures

     (2     —          —          (2

Foreign currency contract (3)

     —         5        —          5  

Options

     —         1,999        —          1,999  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     1,058       4,204        27        5,289  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash equivalents

     3,608       —          —          3,608  

Segregated securities

     —         825        —          825  

GMIB reinsurance contracts asset

     —         —          1,894        1,894  

Separate Account assets

     121,000       2,997        349        124,346  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 126,348     $ 66,698      $ 4,074      $ 197,120  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

          

Other invested liabilities

          

GMxB derivative features’ liability

     —         —          4,358        4,358  

SCS, SIO, MSO and IUL indexed features’ liability

     —         1,786        —          1,786  

Liabilities of consolidated VIEs and VOEs

     670       22        —          692  

Contingent payment arrangements

     —         —          15        15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ 670     $ 1,808      $ 4,373      $ 6,851  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes publicly traded agency pass-through securities and collateralized obligations.
(2) Includes credit-tranched securities collateralized by sub-prime mortgages and other asset types and credit tenant loans.
(3) Reported in Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016

 

     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3      Total  
     (in millions)  

Assets

          

Investments

          

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale

          

Public Corporate

   $ —        $ 16,566     $ 29      $ 16,595  

Private Corporate

     —          6,469       828        7,297  

U.S. Treasury, government and agency

     —          14,836       —          14,836  

States and political subdivisions

     —          461       42        503  

Foreign governments

     —          400       —          400  

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —          22       373        395  

Residential mortgage-backed (1)

     —          1,005       —          1,005  

Asset-backed (2)

     —          162       120        282  

Redeemable preferred stock

     227        338       1        566  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     227        40,259       1,393        41,879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other equity investments

     3        —         16        19  

Trading securities

     494        11,565       26        12,085  

Other invested assets

          

Short-term investments

     —          1,511       —          1,511  

Assets of consolidated VIEs/VOEs

     342        205       46        593  

Swaps

     —          (978     —          (978

Credit Default Swaps

     —          5       —          5  

Options

     —          1,016       —          1,016  

Floors

     —          11       —          11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     342        1,770       46        2,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash equivalents

     3,917        —         —          3,917  

Segregated securities

     —          946       —          946  

GMIB reinsurance contracts asset

     —          —         1,735        1,735  

Separate Account assets

     109,817        2,832       313        112,962  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 114,800      $ 57,372     $ 3,529      $ 175,701  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

          

Other invested liabilities

          

Foreign currency contracts

   $ —        $ 81     $ —        $ 81  

GMxB derivative features’ liability

     —          —         5,580        5,580  

SCS, SIO, MSO and IUL indexed features’ liability

     —          940       —          940  

Liabilities of consolidated VIEs and VOEs

     248        2       —          250  

Contingent payment arrangements

     —          —         25        25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ 248      $ 1,023     $ 5,605      $ 6,876  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes publicly traded agency pass-through securities and collateralized obligations.
(2) Includes credit-tranched securities collateralized by sub-prime mortgages and other asset types and credit tenant loans.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, the fair value of public fixed maturities is approximately $38,762 million and $33,936 million or approximately 20.0% and 19.6% of the Company’s total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (excluding GMIB reinsurance contracts and segregated securities measured at fair value on a recurring basis). The fair values of the Company’s public fixed maturity securities are generally based on prices obtained from independent valuation service providers and for

 

F-61


Table of Contents

which the Company maintains a vendor hierarchy by asset type based on historical pricing experience and vendor expertise. Although each security generally is priced by multiple independent valuation service providers, the Company ultimately uses the price received from the independent valuation service provider highest in the vendor hierarchy based on the respective asset type, with limited exception. To validate reasonableness, prices also are internally reviewed by those with relevant expertise through comparison with directly observed recent market trades. Consistent with the fair value hierarchy, public fixed maturity securities validated in this manner generally are reflected within Level 2, as they are primarily based on observable pricing for similar assets and/or other market observable inputs. If the pricing information received from independent valuation service providers is not reflective of market activity or other inputs observable in the market, the Company may challenge the price through a formal process in accordance with the terms of the respective independent valuation service provider agreement. If, as a result, it is determined that the independent valuation service provider is able to reprice the security in a manner agreed as more consistent with current market observations, the security remains within Level 2. Alternatively, a Level 3 classification may result if the pricing information then is sourced from another vendor, non-binding broker quotes, or internally-developed valuations for which the Company’s own assumptions about market-participant inputs would be used in pricing the security.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, the fair value of private fixed maturities is approximately $8,179 million and $7,943 million or approximately 4.2% and 4.6% of the Company’s total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair values of the Company’s private fixed maturities are determined from prices obtained from independent valuation service providers. Prices not obtained from an independent valuation service provider are determined by using a discounted cash flow model or a market comparable company valuation technique. In certain cases, these models use observable inputs with a discount rate based upon the average of spread surveys collected from private market intermediaries who are active in both primary and secondary transactions, taking into account, among other factors, the credit quality and industry sector of the issuer and the reduced liquidity associated with private placements. Generally, these securities have been reflected within Level 2. For certain private fixed maturities, the discounted cash flow model or a market comparable company valuation technique may also incorporate unobservable inputs, which reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the inputs market participants would use in pricing the asset. To the extent management determines that such unobservable inputs are significant to the fair value measurement of a security, a Level 3 classification generally is made.

As disclosed in Note 3, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, the net fair value of freestanding derivative positions is approximately $2,258 million and $(27) million or approximately 42.9% and (1.3)% of Other invested assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair values of the Company’s derivative positions are generally based on prices obtained either from independent valuation service providers or derived by applying market inputs from recognized vendors into industry standard pricing models. The majority of these derivative contracts are traded in the OTC derivative market and are classified in Level 2. The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities traded in the OTC market are determined using quantitative models that require use of the contractual terms of the derivative instruments and multiple market inputs, including interest rates, prices, and indices to generate continuous yield or pricing curves, including overnight index swap (“OIS”) curves, and volatility factors, which then are applied to value the positions. The predominance of market inputs is actively quoted and can be validated through external sources or reliably interpolated if less observable. If the pricing information received from independent valuation service providers is not reflective of market activity or other inputs observable in the market, the Company may challenge the price through a formal process in accordance with the terms of the respective independent valuation service provider agreement. If as a result it is determined that the independent valuation service provider is able to reprice the derivative instrument in a manner agreed as more consistent with current market observations, the position remains within Level 2. Alternatively, a Level 3 classification may result if the pricing information then is sourced from another vendor, non-binding broker quotes, or internally-developed valuations for which the Company’s own assumptions about market-participant inputs would be used in pricing the security.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, investments classified as Level 1 comprise approximately 64.9% and 66.4% of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and primarily include redeemable preferred stock, trading securities, cash equivalents and Separate Account assets. Fair value measurements classified as Level 1 include exchange-traded prices of fixed maturities, equity securities and derivative contracts, and net asset values for transacting subscriptions and redemptions of mutual fund shares held by Separate Accounts. Cash equivalents classified as Level 1 include money market accounts, overnight commercial paper and highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less, and are carried at cost as a proxy for fair value measurement due to their short-term nature.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, investments classified as Level 2 comprise approximately 34.0% and 32.6% of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and primarily include U.S. government and agency securities and certain corporate debt securities, such as public and private fixed maturities. As market quotes generally are not readily available or accessible for these securities, their fair value measures are determined utilizing relevant information generated by market transactions involving comparable securities and often are based on model pricing techniques that effectively discount prospective cash flows to present value using appropriate sector-adjusted credit spreads commensurate with the security’s duration, also taking into consideration issuer-specific credit quality and liquidity. Segregated securities classified as Level 2 are U.S. Treasury Bills segregated by AB in a special reserve bank custody account for the exclusive benefit of brokerage customers, as required by Rule 15c3-3 of the Exchange Act and for which fair values are based on quoted yields in secondary markets.

Observable inputs generally used to measure the fair value of securities classified as Level 2 include benchmark yields, reported secondary trades, issuer spreads, benchmark securities and other reference data. Additional observable inputs are used when available, and as may be appropriate, for certain security types, such as prepayment, default, and collateral information for the purpose of measuring the fair value of mortgage- and asset-backed securities. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, approximately $875 million and $1,078 million of AAA-rated mortgage- and asset-backed securities are classified as Level 2 for which the observability of market inputs to their pricing models is supported by sufficient, albeit more recently contracted, market activity in these sectors.

The Company’s SCS and EQUI-VEST variable annuity products, the IUL product, and in the MSO fund available in some life contracts offer investment options which permit the contract owner to participate in the performance of an index, ETF or commodity price. These investment options, which depending on the product and on the index selected can currently have 1, 3, 5, or 6 year terms, provide for participation in the performance of specified indices, ETF or commodity price movement up to a segment-specific declared maximum rate. Under certain conditions that vary by product, e.g. holding these segments for the full term, these segments also shield policyholders from some or all negative investment performance associated with these indices, ETF or commodity prices. These investment options have defined formulaic liability amounts, and the current values of the option component of these segment reserves are accounted for as Level 2 embedded derivatives. The fair values of these embedded derivatives are based on data obtained from independent valuation service providers.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, investments classified as Level 3 comprise approximately 1.1% and 1.0% of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and primarily include commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) and corporate debt securities, such as private fixed maturities. Determinations to classify fair value measures within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy generally are based upon the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement. Included in the Level 3 classification at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were approximately $97 million and $126 million of fixed maturities with indicative pricing obtained from brokers that otherwise could not be corroborated to market observable data. The Company applies various due diligence procedures, as considered appropriate, to validate these non-binding broker quotes for reasonableness, based on its understanding of the markets, including use of internally-developed assumptions about inputs a market participant would use to price the security. In addition, approximately $598 million and $494 million of mortgage- and asset-backed securities, including CMBS, are classified as Level 3 at December 31, 2017 and

 

F-63


Table of Contents

2016, respectively. The Company utilizes prices obtained from an independent valuation service vendor to measure fair value of CMBS securities.

The Company also issues certain benefits on its variable annuity products that are accounted for as derivatives and are also considered Level 3. The GMIBNLG feature allows the policyholder to receive guaranteed minimum lifetime annuity payments based on predetermined annuity purchase rates applied to the contract’s benefit base if and when the contract account value is depleted and the NLG feature is activated. The GMWB feature allows the policyholder to withdraw at minimum, over the life of the contract, an amount based on the contract’s benefit base. The GWBL feature allows the policyholder to withdraw, each year for the life of the contract, a specified annual percentage of an amount based on the contract’s benefit base. The GMAB feature increases the contract account value at the end of a specified period to a GMAB base. The GIB feature provides a lifetime annuity based on predetermined annuity purchase rates if and when the contract account value is depleted. This lifetime annuity is based on predetermined annuity purchase rates applied to a GIB base.

Level 3 also includes the GMIB reinsurance contract asset’s which are accounted for as derivative contracts. The GMIB reinsurance contract asset and liabilities’ fair value reflects the present value of reinsurance premiums and recoveries and risk margins over a range of market consistent economic scenarios while GMxB derivative features liability reflects the present value of expected future payments (benefits) less fees, adjusted for risk margins and nonperformance risk, attributable to GMxB derivative features liability over a range of market-consistent economic scenarios.

The valuations of the GMIB reinsurance contract asset and GMxB derivative features liability incorporate significant non-observable assumptions related to policyholder behavior, risk margins and projections of equity separate account funds. The credit risks of the counterparty and of the Company are considered in determining the fair values of its GMIB reinsurance contract asset and GMxB derivative features liability positions, respectively, after taking into account the effects of collateral arrangements. Incremental adjustment to the swap curve for non-performance risk is made to the fair values of the GMIB reinsurance contract asset and liabilities and GMIBNLG feature to reflect the claims-paying ratings of counterparties and the Company. Equity and fixed income volatilities were modeled to reflect current market volatilities. Due to the unique, long duration of the GMIBNLG feature, adjustments were made to the equity volatilities to remove the illiquidity bias associated with the longer tenors and risk margins were applied to the non-capital markets inputs to the GMIBNLG valuations.

After giving consideration to collateral arrangements, the Company reduced the fair value of its GMIB reinsurance contract asset by $8 million and $10 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, to recognize incremental counterparty non-performance risk and reduced the fair value of its GMIB reinsurance contract liabilities by $24 million and $32 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively to recognize its own incremental non-performance risk.

Lapse rates are adjusted at the contract level based on a comparison of the actuarially calculated guaranteed values and the current policyholder account value, which include other factors such as considering surrender charges. Generally, lapse rates are assumed to be lower in periods when a surrender charge applies. A dynamic lapse function reduces the base lapse rate when the guaranteed amount is greater than the account value as in the money contracts are less likely to lapse. For valuing the embedded derivative, lapse rates vary throughout the period over which cash flows are projected.

The Company’s Level 3 liabilities include contingent payment arrangements associated with acquisitions in 2010, 2013, 2014 and 2016 by AB. At each reporting date, AB estimates the fair values of the contingent consideration expected to be paid based upon probability-weighted AUM and revenue projections, using unobservable market data inputs, which are included in Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. The Company’s Level 3 liabilities also include contingent payment arrangements associated with a Renewal Rights Agreement (the “Renewal Rights Agreement”) that transitions certain group employee benefits policies beginning January 1, 2017 from an insurer exiting such business to MONY Life Insurance Company of America (“MLOA”). The fair value of the contingent payments liability associated with this transaction is

 

F-64


Table of Contents

measured and adjusted each reporting period through final settlement using projected premiums from these policies, net of potential surrenders and terminations, and applying a risk-adjusted discount factor (7% at December 31, 2017) to the resulting cash flows.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s consolidated VIEs/VOEs hold $2 million and $6 million, respectively, of investments that are classified as Level 3. They primarily consist of corporate bonds that are vendor priced with no ratings available, bank loans, non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations and asset-backed securities.

In 2017, AFS fixed maturities with fair values of $5 million were transferred out of Level 3 and into Level 2 principally due to the availability of trading activity and/or market observable inputs to measure and validate their fair values. In addition, AFS fixed maturities with fair value of $7 million were transferred from Level 2 into the Level 3 classification. These transfers in the aggregate represent approximately 0.1% of total equity at December 31, 2017.

In 2016, AFS fixed maturities with fair values of $62 million were transferred out of Level 3 and into Level 2 principally due to the availability of trading activity and/or market observable inputs to measure and validate their fair values. In addition, AFS fixed maturities with fair value of $25 million were transferred from Level 2 into the Level 3 classification. During 2016, one of AB’s private securities went public and, due to a trading restriction period, $56 million was transferred from a Level 3 to a Level 2 classification. These transfers in the aggregate represent approximately 0.8% of total equity at December 31, 2016.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

The table below presents a reconciliation for all Level 3 assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively:

Level 3 Instruments

Fair Value Measurements

 

    Corporate     State and
Political
Subdivisions
    Foreign
Governments
    Commercial
Mortgage-
backed
    Residential
Mortgage-
backed
    Asset-
backed
 
    (in millions)  

Balance, January 1, 2017

  $ 857     $ 42     $ —       $ 373     $ —       $ 120  

Total gains (losses), realized and unrealized, included in:

           

Income (loss) as:

           

Net investment income (loss)

    4       —         —         (2     —         —    

Investment gains (losses), net

    1       —         —         (95     —         15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    5       —         —         (97     —         15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    4       (1     —         78       —         (7

Purchases

    615       —         —         —         —         434  

Sales

    (333     (1     —         (354     —         (21

Transfers into Level 3 (1)

    7       —         —         —         —         —    

Transfers out of Level 3 (1)

    (5     —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

  $ 1,150     $ 40     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 541  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2016

  $ 430     $ 45     $ 1     $ 535     $ —       $ 41  

Total gains (losses), realized and unrealized, included in:

           

Income (loss) as:

           

Net investment income (loss)

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Investment gains (losses), net

    2       —         —         (71     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    2       —         —         (71     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    8       (2     —         14       —         1  

Purchases

    574       —         —         —         —         96  

Sales

    (144     (1     —         (91     —         (9

Transfers into Level 3 (1)

    25       —         —         —         —         —    

Transfers out of Level 3 (1)

    (38     —         (1     (14     —         (9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

  $ 857     $ 42     $ —       $ 373     $ —       $ 120  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-66


Table of Contents
    Corporate     State and
Political
Subdivisions
    Foreign
Governments
    Commercial
Mortgage-
backed
    Residential
Mortgage-
backed
    Asset-
backed
 
    (in millions)  

Balance, January 1, 2015

  $ 389     $ 47     $ —       $ 752     $ 2     $ 54  

Total gains (losses), realized and unrealized, included in:

           

Income (loss) as:

           

Net investment income (loss)

    2       —         —         2       —         —    

Investment gains (losses), net

    2       —         —         (40     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    4       —         —         (38     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    (26     (1     —         72       —         (4

Purchases

    63       —         1       —         —         —    

Sales

    (39     (1     —         (177     (2     (9

Transfers into Level 3 (1)

    100       —         —         —         —         —    

Transfers out of Level 3 (1)

    (61     —         —         (74     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

  $ 430     $ 45     $ 1     $ 535     $ —       $ 41  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Redeemable
Preferred
Stock
    Other
Equity
Investments (2 )
    GMIB
Reinsurance
Asset
    Separate
Account
Assets
    GMxB
Derivative
Features
Liability
    Contingent
Payment
Arrangement
 
    (in millions)  

Balance, January 1, 2017

  $ 1     $ 88     $ 1,735     $ 313     $ (5,580     (25

Total gains (losses), realized and unrealized, included in:

           

Income (loss) as:

           

Investment gains (losses), net

    —         —         —         29       —         —    

Net derivative gains (losses)

    —         —         174       —         1,553       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    —         —         174       29       1,553       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    —         14       —         —         —         —    

Purchases (2)

    —         22       48       13       (352     —    

Sales (3)

    —         (3     (63     (2     21       —    

Settlements (4)

    —         —         —         (4     —         10  

Activity related to VIEs/VOEs

    —         (22     —         —         —         —    

Transfers into Level 3 (1)

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Transfers out of Level 3 (1)

    —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

  $ 1     $ 99     $ 1,894     $ 349     $ (4,358   $ (15
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2016

  $ —       $ 81     $ 1,829     $ 313     $ (5,416     (31

Total gains (losses), realized and unrealized, included in:

           

Income (loss) as:

           

Net investment income (loss)

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Investment gains (losses), net

    —         —         —         19       —         —    

Net derivative gains (losses)

    —         —         (77     —         138       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

    —         —         (77     19       138       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income(loss)

    —         (1     —         —         —         —    

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Purchases (2)

    1       4       48       10       (325     (18

Sales (3)

    —         —         (65     —         23       —    

Settlements (4)

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Activity related to consolidated VIEs/VOEs

    —         60       —         (7     —         24  

Transfers into Level 3 (1)

    —         —         —         1       —         —    

Transfers out of Level 3 (1)

    —         (56     —         (23     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

  $ 1     $ 88     $ 1,735     $ 313     $ (5,580   $ (25
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Redeemable
Preferred
Stock
    Other
Equity
Investments (2)
    GMIB
Reinsurance
Asset
    Separate
Account
Assets
    GMxB
Derivative
Features
Liability
    Contingent
Payment
Arrangement
 
    (in millions)  

Balance, January 1, 2015

  $ —       $ 87     $ 2,151     $ 260     $ (4,361   $ (42

Total gains (losses), realized and unrealized, included in:

           

Income (loss) as:

           

Net investment income (loss)

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Investment gains (losses), net

    —         5       —         36       —         —    

Net derivative gains (losses)

    —         —         (330     —         (777     —    

Subtotal

    —         5       (330     36       (777     —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    —         2       —         —         —         —    

Purchases (2)

    —         7       49       26       (291     —    

Sales (3)

    —         (20     (41     (2     13       11  

Settlements (4)

    —         —         —         (5     —         —    

Transfers into Level 3 (1)

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Transfers out of Level 3 (1)

    —         —         —         (2     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

  $ —       $ 81     $ 1,829     $ 313     $ (5,416   $ (31
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Transfers into/out of Level 3 classification are reflected at beginning-of-period fair values.
(2) For the GMIB reinsurance contract asset, and GMxB derivative features liability, represents attributed fee.
(3) For the GMIB reinsurance contract asset, represents recoveries from reinsurers and for GMxB derivative features liability represents benefits paid.
(4) For contingent payment arrangements, it represents payments under the arrangement.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

The table below details changes in unrealized gains (losses) for 2017, 2016 and 2015 by category for Level 3 assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively

 

     Earnings (Loss)         
     Investment
Gains
(Losses),
Net
     Net
Derivative
Gains
(Losses)
     OCI  
     (in millions)  

Held as of December 31, 2017

        

Change in unrealized gains (losses)

        

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale Corporate

   $ —        $ —        $ 5  

State and political subdivisions

     —          —          (1

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —          —          —    

Asset-backed

     —          —          1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ —        $ —        $ 5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

GMIB reinsurance contracts

     —          174        —    

Separate Account assets (1)

     29        —          —    

GMxB derivative features liability

     —          1,553        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 29      $ 1,727      $ 5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held as of December 31, 2016

        

Change in unrealized gains (losses)

        

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale Corporate

   $ —        $ —        $ 11  

State and political subdivisions

     —          —          (2

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —          —          10  

Asset-backed

     —          —          1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ —        $ —        $ 20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

GMIB reinsurance contracts

     —          (77      —    

Separate Account assets (1)

     20        —          —    

GMxB derivative features liability

     —          138        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20      $ 61      $ 20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Earnings (Loss)         
     Investment
Gains
(Losses),
Net
     Net
Derivative
Gains
(losses)
     OCI  
     (in millions)  

Held as of December 31, 2015

        

Change in unrealized gains (losses)

        

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale Corporate

   $ —        $ —        $ (25

State and political subdivisions

     —          —          (2

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —          —          68  

Asset-backed

     —          —          (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ —        $ —        $ 37  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

GMIB reinsurance contracts

     —          (330      —    

Separate Account assets (1)

     36        —          —    

GMxB derivative features liability

     —          (777      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36      $ (1,107    $ 37  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) There is an investment expense that offsets this investment gain (loss).

 

F-69


Table of Contents

The following table discloses quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements by category for assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

December 31, 2017

 

     Fair
Value
   

Valuation
Technique

  

Significant
Unobservable Input

  

Range

   Weighted
Average
 
     (in millions)       

Assets

             

Investments

             

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale

             

Corporate

   $ 53     Matrix pricing model    Spread over the industry-specific benchmark yield curve    0 - 565 bps      125 bps  
     789     Market comparable companies    EBITDA multiples
Discount Rate
Cash flow Multiple
  

5.3x - 27.9x

7.2% - 17.0%

9.0x - 17.7x

    

12.9x
11.1x
13.1x
 
 
 

Other equity investments

     38    

Discounted cash flow

   Earnings Multiple
Discounts factor
Discount years
  

10.8x

10.0%

12

  

Separate Account assets

     326    

Third party appraisal

   Capitalization Rate
Exit capitalization Rate
Discount Rate
  

4.6%

5.6%

6.6%

  
     1     Discounted cash flow    Spread over U.S. Treasury curve
Discount factor
   243 bps 4.409%   

GMIB reinsurance contract asset

     1,894    

Discounted cash flow

   Lapse Rates
Withdrawal Rates
GMIB Utilization Rates
Non-performance risk
Volatility rates - Equity
   1.0% - 6.3% 0.0% - 8.0% 0.0% - 16.0% 5bps - 10bps 9.9% - 30.9%   

Liabilities:

             

GMIBNLG

     4,056    

Discounted cash flow

  

Non-performance risk

Lapse Rates

Withdrawal Rates

Utilization Rates

NLG Forfeiture Rates

Long-term Equity Volatility

   1.0%
0.8% - 26.2% 0.0% - 12.4% 0.0% - 16.0% 0.55% - 2.1% 20.0%
  

Assumed GMIB Reinsurance Contracts

     194    

Discounted cash flow

  

Lapse Rates

Withdrawal Rates (Age 0-85) Withdrawal Rates (Age 86+) GMIB Utilization Rates Non-performance risk Volatility rates - Equity

  

1.1% - 13.3% 0.7% - 22.2% 1.3% - 100%
0 - 30%

1.3%

9.9% - 30.9%

  

GWBL/GMWB

     130    

Discounted cash flow

  

Lapse Rates

Withdrawal Rates

Utilization Rates

Volatility rates - Equity

   0.9% - 5.7% 0.0% - 7.0% 100% after delay 9.9% - 30.9%   

GIB

     (27  

Discounted cash flow

  

Lapse Rates

Withdrawal Rates

Utilization Rates

Volatility rates - Equity

   0.9% - 5.7% 0.0% - 7.0% 0.0% - 16.0% 9.9% - 30.9%   

GMAB

     5    

Discounted cash flow

  

Lapse Rates

Volatility rates - Equity

   0.5% - 11.0% 9.9% - 30.9%   

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

December 31, 2016

 

    Fair
Value
   

Valuation Technique

 

Significant
Unobservable Input

 

Range

 

Weighted
Average

    (in millions)    

Assets

         

Investments

         

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale

         

Corporate

  $ 55     Matrix pricing model  

Spread over the industry-

specific benchmark yield curve

  0 - 565 bps   151 bps
    636     Market comparable companies  

EBITDA multiples

Discount rate

Cash flow Multiples

 

4.3x - 25.6x

7.0% - 17.8%

14.0x - 16.5x

 

11.7x

11.4%

15.6x

Asset-backed

    2    

Matrix pricing model

 

Spread over U.S. Treasury

curve

  25 bps - 687 bps   38 bps

Other equity investments

    26    

Discounted Cash Flow

 

Earnings Multiple

Discounts factor

Discount years

 

10.8x

10.0%

12

 

Separate Account assets

    295    

Third party appraisal

 

Capitalization Rate

Exit capitalization Rate

Discount Rate

 

4.8%

5.7%

6.6%

 
    3     Discounted cash flow  

Spread over U.S. Treasury curve

Gross domestic product rate Discount factor

 

273 bps - 512 bps

1.1% - 7.0%

 

283 bps

4.3%

GMIB reinsurance contract asset

    1,735    

Discounted cash flow

 

Lapse Rates

Withdrawal Rates GMIB Utilization Rates

Non-performance risk

Volatility rates - Equity

 

1.5% - 5.7%

0.0% - 8.0%

0.0% - 16.0%

5 bps - 17 bps

11.0% - 38.0%

 

Liabilities

         

GMIBNLG

    5,158    

Discounted cash flow

 

Non-performance risk

Lapse Rates

Withdrawal Rates Annuitization

NLG Forfeiture Rates

Long-term Equity Volatility

 

1.1%

1.2% - 26.20%

0.0% - 11.5%

0.0% - 16.0%

0.55% - 2.1%

20.0%

 

Assumed GMIB Reinsurance Contracts

    258    

Discounted cash flow

 

Lapse Rates

Withdrawal Rates (Age 0-85)

Withdrawal Rates (Age 86+)

GMIB Utilization Rates

Non-performance risk

Volatility rates - Equity

 

0.7% - 14.6%

0.7% - 22.7%

1.3% - 100.0%

0.0% - 27.3%

1.8%

9.0% - 35.0%

 

GWBL/GMWB

    114    

Discounted cash flow

 

Lapse Rates

Withdrawal Rates

Utilization Rates

Volatility rates - Equity

 

1.0% - 5.7%

0.0% - 7.0%

100% after delay

9.0% - 35.0%

 

GIB

    30    

Discounted cash flow

 

Withdrawal Rates

Utilization Rates

Volatility rates - Equity

 

1.0% - 5.7%

0.0% - 8.0%

0.0% - 16.0%

9.0% - 35.0%

 

GMAB

    20    

Discounted cash flow

 

Lapse Rates

Volatility rates - Equity

 

1.0% - 11.0%

9.0% - 35.0%

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Excluded from the tables above at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, are approximately $948 million and $777 million of Level 3 fair value measurements of investments for which the underlying quantitative inputs are not developed by the Company and are not readily available. The fair value measurements of these Level 3 investments comprise approximately 44.0% and 43.3% of total assets classified as Level 3 and represent only 0.5% and 0.4% of total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These investments primarily consist of certain privately placed debt securities with limited trading activity, including commercial mortgage, residential mortgage and asset-backed instruments, and their fair values generally reflect unadjusted prices obtained from independent valuation service providers and indicative, non-binding quotes obtained from third-party broker-dealers recognized as market participants. Significant increases or decreases in the fair value amounts received from these pricing sources may result in the Company’s reporting significantly higher or lower fair value measurements for these Level 3 investments.

Included in the tables above at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, are approximately $842 million and $691 million fair value of privately placed, available-for-sale corporate debt securities classified as Level 3. The fair value of private placement securities is determined by application of a matrix pricing model or a market comparable company value technique, representing approximately 73.2% and 80.6% of the total fair value of Level 3 securities in the corporate fixed maturities asset class. The significant unobservable input to the matrix pricing model valuation technique is the spread over the industry-specific benchmark yield curve. Generally, an increase or decrease in spreads would lead to directionally inverse movement in the fair value measurements of these securities. The significant unobservable input to the market comparable company valuation technique is the discount rate. Generally, a significant increase (decrease) in the discount rate would result in significantly lower (higher) fair value measurements of these securities.

Residential mortgage-backed securities classified as Level 3 primarily consist of non-agency paper with low trading activity. Included in the tables above at December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no Level 3 securities that were determined by application of a matrix pricing model and for which the spread over the U.S. Treasury curve is the most significant unobservable input to the pricing result. Generally, a change in spreads would lead to directionally inverse movement in the fair value measurements of these securities.

Asset-backed securities classified as Level 3 primarily consist of non-agency mortgage loan trust certificates, including subprime and Alt-A paper, credit tenant loans, and equipment financings. Included in the tables above at December 31, 2017 and 2016, are approximately 0.0% and 1.7%, respectively, of the total fair value of these Level 3 securities that is determined by application of a matrix pricing model and for which the spread over the U.S. Treasury curve is the most significant unobservable input to the pricing result. Significant increases (decreases) in spreads would result in significantly lower (higher) fair value measurements.

Included in other equity investments classified as Level 3 are reporting entities’ venture capital securities in the Technology, Media and Telecommunications industries. The fair value measurements of these securities include significant unobservable inputs including an enterprise value to revenue multiples and a discount rate to account for liquidity and various risk factors. Significant increases (decreases) in the enterprise value to revenue multiple inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

Separate Account assets classified as Level 3 in the table at December 31, 2017 and 2016, primarily consist of a private real estate fund with a fair value of approximately $326 million and $295 million, a private equity investment with a fair value of approximately $0 million and $1 million and mortgage loans with fair value of approximately $1 million and $2 million, respectively. A third party appraisal valuation technique is used to measure the fair value of the private real estate investment fund, including consideration of observable replacement cost and sales comparisons for the underlying commercial properties, as well as the results from applying a discounted cash flow approach. Significant increase (decrease) in isolation in the capitalization rate and exit capitalization rate assumptions used in the discounted cash flow approach to the appraisal value would result in a higher (lower) measure of fair value. A discounted cash flow approach is applied to determine the private equity investment for which the significant unobservable assumptions are

 

F-72


Table of Contents

the gross domestic product rate formula and a discount factor that takes into account various risks, including the illiquid nature of the investment. A significant increase (decrease) in the gross domestic product rate would have a directionally inverse effect on the fair value of the security. With respect to the fair value measurement of mortgage loans a discounted cash flow approach is applied, a significant increase (decrease) in the assumed spread over U.S. Treasury securities would produce a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Changes in the discount rate or factor used in the valuation techniques to determine the fair values of these private equity investments and mortgage loans generally are not correlated to changes in the other significant unobservable inputs. Significant increase (decrease) in isolation in the discount rate or factor would result in significantly lower (higher) fair value measurements. The remaining Separate Account investments classified as Level 3 excluded from the table consist of mortgage- and asset-backed securities with fair values of approximately $14 million and $8 million at December 31, 2017 and $12 million and $3 million at December 31, 2016, respectively. These fair value measurements are determined using substantially the same valuation techniques as earlier described above for the Company’s General Account investments in these securities.

Significant unobservable inputs with respect to the fair value measurement of the Level 3 GMIB reinsurance contract asset and the Level 3 liabilities identified in the table above are developed using the Company data. Validations of unobservable inputs are performed to the extent the Company has experience. When an input is changed the model is updated and the results of each step of the model are analyzed for reasonableness.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s GMIB reinsurance contract asset are lapse rates, withdrawal rates and GMIB utilization rates. Significant increases in GMIB utilization rates or decreases in lapse or withdrawal rates in isolation would tend to increase the GMIB reinsurance contract asset.

Fair value measurement of the GMIB reinsurance contract asset and liabilities includes dynamic lapse and GMIB utilization assumptions whereby projected contractual lapses and GMIB utilization reflect the projected net amount of risks of the contract. As the net amount of risk of a contract increases, the assumed lapse rate decreases and the GMIB utilization increases. Increases in volatility would increase the asset and liabilities.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s GMIBNLG liability are lapse rates, withdrawal rates, GMIB utilization rates, adjustment for non-performance risk and NLG forfeiture rates. NLG forfeiture rates are caused by excess withdrawals above the annual GMIB accrual rate that cause the NLG to expire. Significant decreases in lapse rates, NLG forfeiture rates, adjustment for non-performance risk and GMIB utilization rates would tend to increase the GMIBNLG liability, while decreases in withdrawal rates and volatility rates would tend to decrease the GMIBNLG liability.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s GMWB and GWBL liability are lapse rates and withdrawal rates. Significant increases in withdrawal rates or decreases in lapse rates in isolation would tend to increase these liabilities. Increases in volatility would increase these liabilities.

During 2017, AB made the final contingent consideration payment relating to its 2014 acquisition and recorded a change in estimate and wrote off the remaining contingent consideration payable relating to its 2010 acquisition. As of December 31, 2017, one acquisition-related contingent consideration liability of $11 million remains relating to AB’s 2016 acquisition, which was valued using a revenue growth rate of 31.0% and a discount rate ranging from 1.4% to 2.3%.

The three AB acquisition-related contingent consideration liabilities recorded have a combined fair value of $18 million as of December 31, 2016, and are valued using a projected AUM weighted average growth rate of 18.0% for one acquisition, and revenue growth rates and discount rates ranging from 4.0% to 31.0% and 1.4% to 6.4%, respectively, for the three acquisitions.

The MLOA contingent payment arrangements associated with the Agreement (with a fair value of $4 million as of December 31, 2017 is measured using projected premiums from these policies, net of potential surrenders and terminations, and applying a risk-adjusted discount factor (7% at December 31, 2017) to the resulting cash flows.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

The carrying values and fair values at December 31, 2017 and 2016 for financial instruments not otherwise disclosed in Notes 3 and 12 are presented in the table below. Certain financial instruments are exempt from the requirements for fair value disclosure, such as insurance liabilities other than financial guarantees and investment contracts, limited partnerships accounted for under the equity method and pension and other postretirement obligations.

 

     Carrying
Value
     Fair Value  
        Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in millions)  

December 31, 2017:

              

Mortgage loans on real estate

   $ 10,952      $ —        $ —        $ 10,912      $ 10,912  

Loans to affiliates

     1,230        —          1,230        —          1,230  

Policyholders liabilities: Investment contracts

     2,224        —          —          2,329        2,329  

FHLBNY funding agreements

     3,014        —          3,020        —          3,020  

Short term and long-term debt

     2,408        —          2,500        —          2,500  

Loans from affiliates

     3,622        —          3,622        —          3,622  

Policy loans

     3,819        —          —          4,754        4,754  

Separate Account liabilities

     7,537        —          —          7,537        7,537  

December 31, 2016:

              

Mortgage loans on real estate

   $ 9,774      $ —        $ —        $ 9,624      $ 9,624  

Loans to affiliates

     1,246        —          1,361        —          1,361  

Policyholders liabilities: Investment contracts

     2,398        —          —          2,510        2,510  

FHLBNY funding agreements

     2,255        —          2,202        —          2,202  

Short term and long-term debt

     1,605        —          1,716        —          1,716  

Loans from affiliates

     2,904        —          3,031        —          3,031  

Policy loans

     3,855        —          —          4,742        4,742  

Separate Account liabilities

     6,194        —          —          6,194        6,194  

Fair values for commercial and agricultural mortgage loans on real estate are measured by discounting future contractual cash flows to be received on the mortgage loan using interest rates at which loans with similar characteristics and credit quality would be made. The discount rate is derived from taking the appropriate U.S. Treasury rate with a like term to the remaining term of the loan and adding a spread reflective of the risk premium associated with the specific loan. Fair values for mortgage loans anticipated to be foreclosed and problem mortgage loans are limited to the fair value of the underlying collateral, if lower.

Fair values for the Company’s long-term debt related to real estate joint ventures is determined by a third party appraisal and assessed for reasonableness. The Company’s short-term debt primarily includes commercial paper with short term maturities and book value approximates fair value. The fair values of the Company’s borrowing and lending arrangements with AXA affiliated entities are determined in the same manner as for such transactions with third parties, including matrix pricing models for debt securities and discounted cash flow analysis for mortgage loans.

The fair value of policy loans is calculated by discounting expected cash flows based upon the U.S. Treasury yield curve and historical loan repayment patterns.

Fair values for FHLBNY funding agreements are determined from a matrix pricing model and are internally assessed for reasonableness. The matrix pricing model for FHLBNY funding agreements utilizes an independently sourced U.S. Treasury curve which is separately sourced from the Barclays’ suite of curves.

The fair values for the Company’s association plans contracts, supplementary contracts not involving life contingencies (“SCNILC”), deferred annuities and certain annuities, which are included in Policyholders’ account balances and liabilities for investment contracts with fund investments in Separate Accounts are estimated using projected cash flows discounted at rates reflecting current market rates. Significant unobservable inputs reflected in the cash flows include lapse rates and withdrawal rates. Incremental adjustments may be made to the fair value to reflect non-performance risk. Certain other products such as Access Accounts and escrow shield plus product reserves are held at book value.

 

F-74


Table of Contents
8) Insurance Liabilities

 

  A) Variable Annuity Contracts – GMDB, GMIB, GIB and GWBL and Other Features

The Company has certain variable annuity contracts with GMDB, GMIB, GIB and GWBL and other features in-force that guarantee one of the following:

 

    Return of Premium: the benefit is the greater of current account value or premiums paid (adjusted for withdrawals);

 

    Ratchet: the benefit is the greatest of current account value, premiums paid (adjusted for withdrawals), or the highest account value on any anniversary up to contractually specified ages (adjusted for withdrawals);

 

    Roll-Up: the benefit is the greater of current account value or premiums paid (adjusted for withdrawals) accumulated at contractually specified interest rates up to specified ages;

 

    Combo: the benefit is the greater of the ratchet benefit or the roll-up benefit, which may include either a five year or an annual reset; or

 

    Withdrawal: the withdrawal is guaranteed up to a maximum amount per year for life.

The following table summarizes the direct GMDB and GMIB with no NLG features liabilities, before reinsurance ceded, reflected in the consolidated balance sheets in future policy benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities:

 

     GMDB      GMIB      Total  
     (in millions)  

Balance at January 1, 2015

   $ 1,732        4,703      $ 6,435  

Paid guarantee benefits

     (313      (90      (403

Other changes in reserve

     1,580        (728      852  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     2,999        3,885        6,884  

Paid guarantee benefits

     (357      (281      (638

Other changes in reserve

     528        264        792  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     3,170        3,868        7,038  

Paid guarantee benefits

     (354      (151      (505

Other changes in reserve

     1,269        1,083        2,352  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

   $ 4,085      $ 4,800      $ 8,885  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the ceded GMDB liabilities, reflected in the consolidated balance sheets in amounts due from reinsurers:

 

     GMDB  
     (in millions)  

Balance at January 1, 2015

   $ 68  

Paid guarantee benefits

     (18

Other changes in reserve

     48  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     98  

Paid guarantee benefits

     (15

Other changes in reserve

     7  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     90  

Paid guarantee benefits

     (14

Other changes in reserve

     32  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

   $ 108  
  

 

 

 

 

F-75


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the assumed GMDB liabilities, reflected in the consolidated balance sheets in future policy benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities:

 

     GMDB  
     (in millions)  

Balance at January 1, 2015

   $ 121  

Paid guarantee benefits

     (32

Other changes in reserve

     46  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     135  

Paid guarantee benefits

     (33

Other changes in reserve

     19  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     121  

Paid guarantee benefits

     (21

Other changes in reserve

     (5
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

   $ 95  
  

 

 

 

The liability for the GMxB derivative features liability, the liability for SCS, SIO, MSO and IUL indexed features and the GMIB reinsurance contracts are considered embedded or freestanding insurance derivatives and are reported at fair value. Summarized in the table below is a summary of the fair value of these liabilities at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

GMIBNLG (1)

   $ 4,056      $ 5,158  

SCS, SIO, MSO, IUL features (2)

     1,786        940  

Assumed GMIB reinsurance Contracts (1)

     194        258  

GWBL/GMWB (1)

     130        114  

GIB (1)

     (27      30  

GMAB (1)

     5        20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Embedded and Freestanding derivative liability

   $ 6,144      $ 6,520  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

GMIB reinsurance contract asset (3)

   $ 1,894      $ 1,735  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reported in future policyholders’ benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(2) Reported in policyholders’ account balances in the consolidated balance sheets.
(3) Reported in GMIB reinsurance contract asset, at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

The December 31, 2017 values for direct variable annuity contracts in force on such date with GMDB and GMIB features are presented in the following table. For contracts with the GMDB feature, the net amount at risk in the event of death is the amount by which the GMDB exceed related account values. For contracts with the GMIB feature, the net amount at risk in the event of annuitization is the amount by which the present value of the GMIB benefits exceeds related account values, taking into account the relationship between current annuity purchase rates and the GMIB guaranteed annuity purchase rates. Since variable annuity contracts with GMDB guarantees may also offer GMIB guarantees in the same contract, the GMDB and GMIB amounts listed are not mutually exclusive:

 

     Return of
Premium
    Ratchet     Roll-Up     Combo     Total  
     (in millions; except age and interest rate)  

GMDB

          

Account values invested in:

          

General Account

   $ 13,821     $ 109     $ 65     $ 200     $ 14,195  

Separate Accounts

   $ 45,815     $ 9,556     $ 3,515     $ 35,784     $ 94,670  

Net amount at risk, gross

   $ 169     $ 57     $ 1,961     $ 15,340     $ 17,527  

Net amount at risk, net of amounts reinsured

   $ 169     $ 53     $ 1,344     $ 15,340     $ 16,906  

Average attained age of policyholders

     51.3       66.4       73.0       68.3       55.2  

Percentage of policyholders over age 70

     9.6     40.2     63.1     46.5     18.1

Range of contractually specified interest rates

     N.A.       N.A.       3% - 6     3% - 6.5     3% - 6.5

GMIB

          

Account values invested in:

          

General Account

     N.A.       N.A.     $ 23     $ 293     $ 316  

Separate Accounts

     N.A.       N.A.     $ 21,195     $ 41,091     $ 62,286  

Net amount at risk, gross

     N.A.       N.A.       918       6,337     $ 7,255  

Net amount at risk, net of amounts reinsured

     N.A.       N.A.     $ 287     $ 5,749     $ 6,036  

Weighted average years remaining until annuitization

     N.A.       N.A.       1.7       0.8       0.9  

Range of contractually specified interest rates

     N.A.       N.A.       3% - 6     3% - 6.5     3% - 6.5

The December 31, 2017 values for assumed variable annuity contracts in force on such date with GMDB and GMIB features are presented in the following table:

 

     Return of
Premium or
Reset
    Ratchet     Roll-Up     Combo     Total  
     (in millions, except age and interest rates)  

GMDB

          

Reinsured Account values

   $ 1,071     $ 6,102     $ 318     $ 1,968     $ 9,459  

Net amount at risk assumed

   $ 7     $ 291     $ 24     $ 315     $ 637  

Average attained age of policyholders

     66.8       71.8       76.8       75       72.1  

Percentage of policyholders over age 70

     40.4     60.7     76.4     73.7     61.6

Range of contractually specified interest rates

     N/A       N/A       3%-10     5%-10     3%-10

GMIB

          

Reinsured Account values

   $ 1,022     $ 55     $ 289     $ 1,390     $ 2,756  

Net amount at risk assumed

   $ 2     $ —       $ 38     $ 241     $ 281  

Average attained age of policyholders

     71.2       73.4       71       68.2       69.7  

Percentage of policyholders over age 70

     61.6     61.9     55.5     47.7     54.0

Range of contractually specified interest rates (1)

     N/A       N/A       3.3%-6.5     6%-6     3.3%-6.5

 

(1) In general, for policies with the highest contractual interest rate shown (10%), the rate applied only for the first 10 years after issue, which have now elapsed.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

For more information about the reinsurance programs of the Company’s GMDB and GMIB exposure, see “Reinsurance Agreements” in Note 9.

Variable Annuity In-force Management. The Company proactively manages its variable annuity in-force business. Since in 2012, the Company has initiated several programs to purchase from certain policyholders the GMDB and GMIB riders contained in their Accumulator contracts. In March 2016, a program to give policyholders an option to elect a full buyout of their rider or a new partial (50%) buyout of their rider expired. The Company believes that buyout programs are mutually beneficial to both the Company and policyholders who no longer need or want all or part of the GMDB or GMIB rider. To reflect the actual payments from the buyout program that expired in March 2016 the Company recognized an $18 million increase to Net income in 2016.

 

  B) Separate Account Investments by Investment Category Underlying GMDB and GMIB Features

The total account values of variable annuity contracts with GMDB and GMIB features include amounts allocated to the guaranteed interest option, which is part of the General Account and variable investment options that invest through Separate Accounts in variable insurance trusts. The following table presents the aggregate fair value of assets, by major investment category, held by Separate Accounts that support variable annuity contracts with GMDB and GMIB guarantees. The investment performance of the assets impacts the related account values and, consequently, the net amount of risk associated with the GMDB and GMIB benefits and guarantees. Because variable annuity contracts offer both GMDB and GMIB features, GMDB and GMIB amounts are not mutually exclusive.

Investment in Variable Insurance Trust Mutual Funds

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

GMDB

     

Equity

   $ 78,069      $ 69,625  

Fixed income

     2,234        2,483  

Balanced

     14,084        14,434  

Other

     283        348  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 94,670      $ 86,890  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

GMIB

     

Equity

   $ 50,429      $ 45,931  

Fixed income

     1,568        1,671  

Balanced

     10,165        10,097  

Other

     124        150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 62,286      $ 57,849  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  C) Hedging Programs for GMDB, GMIB, GIB and Other Features

Beginning in 2003, the Company established a program intended to hedge certain risks associated first with the GMDB feature and, beginning in 2004, with the GMIB feature of the Accumulator series of variable annuity products. The program has also been extended to cover other guaranteed benefits as they have been made available. This program utilizes derivative contracts, such as exchange-traded equity, currency and interest rate futures contracts, total return and/or equity swaps, interest rate swap and floor contracts, swaptions, variance swaps as well as equity options, that collectively are managed in an effort to reduce the economic impact of unfavorable changes in guaranteed benefits’ exposures attributable to movements in the capital markets. At the present time, this program hedges certain economic risks on products sold from 2001

 

F-78


Table of Contents

forward, to the extent such risks are not externally reinsured. At December 31, 2017, the total account value and net amount at risk of the hedged variable annuity contracts were $70,554 million and $15,952 million, respectively, with the GMDB feature and $59,297 million and $6,801 million, respectively, with the GMIB and GIB feature. A hedge program is also used to manage certain capital markets risks associated with the products the Company has assumed that have GMDB and GMIB features. At December 31, 2017, the total account value and net amount at risk of the hedged assumed variable annuity contracts were $9,459 million and $637 million, respectively, with the GMDB feature and $2,756 million and $281 million, respectively, with the GMIB feature.

These programs do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Therefore, gains (losses) on the derivatives contracts used in these programs, including current period changes in fair value, are recognized in net investment income (loss) in the period in which they occur, and may contribute to income (loss) volatility.

 

  D) Variable and Interest-Sensitive Life Insurance Policies – NLG

The NLG feature contained in variable and interest-sensitive life insurance policies keeps them in force in situations where the policy value is not sufficient to cover monthly charges then due. The NLG remains in effect so long as the policy meets a contractually specified premium funding test and certain other requirements.

The following table summarizes the NLG liabilities, reflected in the General Account in Future policy benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities, the related reinsurance reserve ceded, reflected in Amounts due from reinsurers and deferred cost of reinsurance, reflected in Other assets in the Consolidated balance sheets:

 

     Direct
Liability (1)
 
     (in millions)  

Balance at January 1, 2015

   $ 1,070  

Other changes in reserves

     174  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     1,244  

Other changes in reserves

     63  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     1,307  

Paid guarantee benefits

     (24
  

 

 

 

Other changes in reserves

     (597
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

   $ 686  
  

 

 

 

 

(1) There were no amounts of reinsurance ceded in any period presented.

 

9) REINSURANCE AGREEMENTS

The Company assumes and cedes reinsurance with other insurance companies. The Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers to minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies. Ceded reinsurance does not relieve the originating insurer of liability.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the effect of reinsurance:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Direct premiums

   $ 1,038      $ 998      $ 982  

Reinsurance assumed

     225        231        234  

Reinsurance ceded

     (139      (146      (146
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums

   $ 1,124      $ 1,083      $ 1,070  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Policy charges and fee income ceded

   $ 381      $ 393      $ 378  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Policyholders’ benefits ceded

   $ 657      $ 871      $ 695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest Credited to Policyholders’ Account Balances Ceded

   $ 46      $ 51      $ 62  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ceded Reinsurance

The Company reinsures most of its new variable life, UL and term life policies on an excess of retention basis. The Company generally retains on a per life basis up to $25 million for single lives and $30 million for joint lives with the excess 100% reinsured. The Company also reinsures risk on certain substandard underwriting risks and in certain other cases.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had reinsured with non-affiliates in the aggregate approximately 3.5% and 3.6%, respectively, of its current exposure to the GMDB obligation on annuity contracts in-force and, subject to certain maximum amounts or caps in any one period, approximately 16.8% and 11.8% of its current liability exposure, respectively, resulting from the GMIB feature. For additional information, see Note 8 “Insurance Liabilities.”

Based on management’s estimates of future contract cash flows and experience, the estimated net fair values of the ceded GMIB reinsurance contracts, considered derivatives at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $1,894 million and $1,735 million, respectively. The increases (decreases) in estimated fair value were $159 million, $(93) million and $(322) million for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, third-party reinsurance recoverables related to insurance contracts amounted to $5,023 million and $5,220 million, respectively. Additionally, $2,962 million and $3,096 million of the amounts due from reinsurers relates to two reinsurers, Zurich Insurance Company, Ltd. (AA- rating by S&P) and Protective Life Insurance Company (AA- rating by S&P). A contingent liability exists with respect to reinsurance, should the reinsurers be unable to meet their obligations the Company continues to have the direct obligation.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, amounts due to reinsurers were $1,436 million and $1,509 million, respectively. Included in this balance were policy loans ceded to RGA Reinsurance Company of $1,212 million and $1,289 million, respectively and policy loans ceded to Protective Life of $128 million and $130 million, respectively.

The Company cedes substantially all of its group health business to a third party insurer. Insurance liabilities ceded totaled $71 million and $82 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The Company also cedes a portion of its extended term insurance and paid-up life insurance and substantially all of its individual disability income business through various coinsurance agreements.

Assumed Reinsurance

In addition to the sale of insurance products, the Company currently acts as a professional retrocessionaire by assuming risk from professional reinsurers. The Company also has a run-off portfolio of assumed

 

F-80


Table of Contents

reinsurance liabilities at ACS Life. The Company assumes accident, life, health, annuity (including products covering GMDB and GMIB benefits), aviation, special risk and space risks by participating in or reinsuring various reinsurance pools and arrangements. Reinsurance assumed reserves were $1,111 million and $1,165 million (including assumed GMIB reserves that have an estimated net fair value of $194 million and $258 million) at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

For affiliated reinsurance agreements, see “Related Party Transactions” in Note 11.

 

10) SHORT-TERM AND LONG TERM DEBT

Short-term and long term debt consists of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Short-term debt:

     

AB revolving credit facility (with interest rate of 2.4%)

   $ 75      $ —    

AB commercial paper (with interest rates of 1.6% and 0.9%)

     491        513  

AXA Financial commercial paper (with interest rates of 1.6% and 1.5%)

     1,290        743  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term debt

   $ 1,856      $ 1,256  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

     

AXA Financial Senior Debentures, 7.0%, due 2028

     349        349  

AXA Equitable non-recourse mortgage debt (with interest rate of 4.1%)

     82        —    

AXA Equitable non-recourse mortgage debt (with interest rate of 3.9%)

     121        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Short-term and Long-term debt

   $ 2,408      $ 1,605  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term Debt

On December 1, 2016, AB entered into a $200 million, unsecured 364-day senior revolving credit facility (the “AB Revolver”) with a leading international bank and the other lending institutions that may be party thereto. On November 29, 2017, as part of an amendment and restatement, the maturity date of the AB Revolver was extended from November 29, 2017 to November 28, 2018. There were no other significant changes included in the amendment. The AB Revolver is available for AB’s and SCB LLC’s business purposes, including the provision of additional liquidity to meet funding requirements primarily related to SCB LLC’s operations. Both AB and SCB LLC can draw directly under the AB Revolver and management expects to draw on the AB Revolver from time to time. AB has agreed to guarantee the obligations of SCB LLC under the AB Revolver. The AB Revolver contains affirmative, negative and financial covenants which are identical to those of the AB Credit Facility described below. As of December 31, 2017, AB had $75 million outstanding under the AB Revolver with an interest rate of 2.4%.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, AB had $491 million and $513 million, respectively, in commercial paper outstanding with weighted average interest rates of approximately 1.6% and 0.9%, respectively.

In June 2009, AXA Financial and AXA initiated a commercial paper program on a private placement basis under which AXA Financial or AXA may issue short-term unsecured notes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000 million outstanding at any time. The obligations of AXA Financial are guaranteed by AXA. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, $1,290 million and $743 million were outstanding with interest rates of 1.6% and 1.5%, respectively.

Long-term Debt

As of December 31, 2017, AXA Financial had outstanding $349 million aggregate principal amount of 7% Senior Debentures due 2028 (the “Senior Debentures”). The Senior Debentures are the unsecured, senior

 

F-81


Table of Contents

indebtedness of AXA Financial. The Senior Debentures contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including a limitation on liens and a limit on AXA Financial’s ability to consolidate, merge or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets. The Senior Debentures also include customary events of default (with customary grace periods, as applicable), including provisions under which, upon the occurrence of an event of default, all outstanding Senior Debentures may be accelerated. At December 31, 2017, AXA Financial was not in breach of any of the covenants contained in the Senior Debentures.

As of December 31, 2017, AXA Equitable had $121 million on and $82 million in mortgage debt outstanding on two consolidated real estate joint ventures due August 2027 and September 2022 respectively, with a weighted average interest rates of approximately 3.9% and 4.1%, respectively.

Credit facilities available to the Company consist of following:

 

     Date      Available to
Company
 

Facilities

   Start      Maturity      Total
Facility
     Revolver      Swingline  
                   (In Millions)  

Bilateral Facilities:

              

JP Morgan

     5/7/2014        5/7/2019      $ 400      $ 250      $ 250  

Citibank

     12/18/2015        12/18/2020      $ 300      $ 300      $ 300  

BAML

     7/28/2016        7/28/2021      $ 450      $ 300      $ 300  

Syndicated Facilities:

              

Club Deal (HSBC as Agent)

     12/12/2014        12/11/2020      1,570      1,570      $ 1,000  

Club Deal (Citibank as Agent)

     6/26/2015        6/26/2021      $ 1,295      $ 250      $ 250  

AB Revolver

     11/29/2017        11/28/2018      $ 200      $ 200      $ —    

AB Credit Facility

     10/22/2014        10/22/2019      $ 1,000      $ 1,000      $ 240  

Affiliated Facilities:

              

AXA S.A.

     11/18/2016        11/18/2019      $ 1,500      $ 1,500      $ —    

Additional Credit Facilities Available

In May 2014, AXA and AXA Financial entered into a credit agreement with J. P. Morgan Chase Bank. The credit agreement calls for a $250 million multicurrency revolving credit facility (including a swingline facility). In July 2017, AXA and AXA Financial amended the credit agreement with J.P. Morgan Chase Bank to increase the multicurrency revolving credit facility from $250 million to $400 million. Under the terms of the amended credit agreement, up to $250 million is available to AXA Financial for general corporate purposes and Commercial Paper refinancing (“CP refinancing”). The obligations of AXA Financial are guaranteed by AXA. At December 31, 2017, no borrowings were outstanding.

In December 2015, AXA and AXA Financial entered into a credit agreement with Citibank which calls for a $300 million multicurrency revolving credit facility (including a swingline facility). Under the terms of the credit agreement, up to $300 million is available to AXA Financial for general corporate purpose and CP refinancing until its maturity. The obligations of AXA Financial are guaranteed by AXA. At December 31, 2017, no borrowings were outstanding.

In July 2016, AXA and AXA Financial entered into a credit agreement with Bank of America Merrill Lynch. The credit agreement calls for a $300 million multicurrency revolving credit facility (including a swingline facility). In July 2017, AXA and AXA Financial amended the credit agreement to increase the multicurrency revolving credit facility from $300 million to $450 million. Under the terms of the amended credit agreement, up to $300 million is available to AXA Financial for general corporate purposes and CP refinancing until its maturity. The obligations of AXA Financial are guaranteed by AXA. At December 31, 2017, no borrowings were outstanding.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

In December 2014, AXA, AXA Financial, AXA Arizona RE and CS Life Re entered into a credit agreement with a number of major European lending institutions. The credit agreement provides for an unsecured revolving credit facility totaling €1,570 million (or its equivalent in optional currencies). The obligations of AXA Financial, AXA Arizona RE and CS Life Re are guaranteed by AXA. Amounts under the credit agreement may be borrowed for general corporate purposes and CP refinancing. At December 31, 2017, no borrowings were outstanding.

In June 2015, AXA and AXA Financial entered into a club deal credit facility with a number of lending institutions. The credit agreement provides for an unsecured revolving credit facility totaling $1,295 million (or its equivalent in optional currencies). The aggregated maximum amount which may be utilized by AXA Financial in respect of revolving loans or swingline advances is $250 million. AXA Financial may only draw loans denominated in U.S. dollars. The obligations of AXA Financial are guaranteed by AXA. Loans drawn under the credit agreement may be borrowed for general corporate purposes and swingline advances for CP refinancing until its maturity. At December 31, 2017, no borrowings were outstanding under this facility.

In November 2016, AXA Arizona RE entered into a revolving facility agreement with AXA. The credit agreement provides for an unsecured revolving credit facility totaling $1,500 million with a 3 year maturity. At December 31, 2017, no borrowings were outstanding under this facility.

AB has a $1,000 million committed, unsecured senior revolving credit facility (“AB Credit Facility”) with a group of commercial banks and other lenders, which matures on October 22, 2019. The AB Credit Facility provides for possible increases in the principal amount by up to an aggregate incremental amount of $250 million; any such increase is subject to the consent of the affected lenders. The AB Credit Facility is available for AB and SCB LLC’s business purposes, including the support of AB’s $1,000 million commercial paper program. Both AB and SCB LLC can draw directly under the AB Credit Facility and management may draw on the AB Credit Facility from time to time. AB has agreed to guarantee the obligations of SCB LLC under the AB Credit Facility.

The AB Credit Facility contains affirmative, negative and financial covenants, which are customary for facilities of this type, including restrictions on dispositions of assets, restrictions on liens, a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2017, AB and SCB LLC were in compliance with these covenants. The AB Credit Facility also includes customary events of default (with customary grace periods, as applicable), including provisions under which, upon the occurrence of an event of default, all outstanding loans may be accelerated and/or lender’s commitments may be terminated. Also, under such provisions, upon the occurrence of certain insolvency- or bankruptcy-related events of default, all amounts payable under the AB Credit Facility automatically would become immediately due and payable, and the lender’s commitments automatically would terminate.

Amounts under the AB Credit Facility may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed by AB and SBC LLC from time to time until the maturity of the facility. Voluntary prepayments and commitment reductions requested by AB and SBC LLC are permitted at any time without fee (other than customary breakage costs relating to the prepayment of any drawn loans) upon proper notice and subject to a minimum dollar requirement. Borrowings under the AB Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum, which will be, at AB and SBC LLC’S option, a rate equal to an applicable margin, which is subject to adjustment based on the credit ratings of AB, plus one of the following indexes: London Interbank Offered Rate; a floating base rate; or the Federal Funds rate.

As of December 31, 2017, AB and SCB LLC had no amounts outstanding under the AB Credit Facility and did not draw upon the AB Credit Facility in 2017.

SCB LLC has three uncommitted lines of credit with three financial institutions. Two of these lines of credit permit SCB LLC to borrow up to an aggregate of approximately $175 million, with AB named as an additional borrower, while one line has no stated limit. As of December 31, 2017, SCB LLC had no bank loans outstanding.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

In July 2011, AXA, AXA Financial and AXA RE Arizona Company (“AXA Arizona RE”) entered into a multi-currency revolving credit facility with a number of lending institutions. The credit agreement provides for an unsecured revolving credit facility totaling €4,000 million (or its equivalent in optional currencies). In July 2017, AXA Financial, AXA, and AXA Arizona RE voluntarily canceled their participation in this facility.

 

11) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions with affiliated companies. Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions.

 

     At December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Loans to Affiliates:

     

Loans to AXA

     

2007 Senior Unsecured Note, 5.7%, due 2020

   $ 700      $ 700  

2008 Senior Unsecured Note, 5.4%, due 2020

     200        201  

Unsecured Loan to AXA IM Holding US, 3 month LIBOR +1.5%, due 2025

     185        185  

Unsecured Loan to Colisée Re. 4.75%, due 2028

     145        145  

Unsecured Loan to AXA Technology Services SAS, 2.0%, due 2017

     —          10  

Unsecured Loan to AXA Technology Services Mexico SA, 2.0%, due 2017

     —          2  

Unsecured Loan to PT AXA Technology Services Asia Indonesia, 6.0%, due 2028

     —          3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Loans to Affiliates

   $ 1,230      $ 1,246  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans to Affiliate s. In September 2007, AXA received a $650 million 5.4% Senior Unsecured Note from AXA Equitable. The note pays interest semi-annually and was scheduled to mature on September 30, 2012. In March 2011, the maturity date of the note was extended to December 30, 2020 and the interest rate was increased to 5.7%. In third quarter 2013, AXA Equitable purchased AXA RE Arizona Company’s (“AXA Arizona”) $50 million note receivable from AXA. AXA Arizona is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AXA Financial. This note pays interest semi-annually at an interest rate of 5.4% and matures on December 15, 2020.

In December 2008, AXA received a $500 million term loan from AXA Financial. In December 2014, AXA repaid $300 million on this term loan to AXA Financial plus accrued interest. This term loan has an interest rate of 5.4% payable semi-annually with a maturity date of December 15, 2020. As of December 31, 2017 there was an outstanding balance of $200 million on this term loan.

In December 2015, AXA IM Holding US received a $185 million 3 month LIBOR plus 1.5% unsecured loan from AXA Financial. The loan pays interest quarterly and is scheduled to mature on December 10, 2025.

In December 2013, Colisée Re received a $145 million 4.75% loan from Holdings. The loan is scheduled to mature on December 19, 2028.

In September 2016, AXA Technology Services SAS received a $12 million 2.0% unsecured loan from AXA Tech. $2 million of this loan was repaid in December 2016, $5 million was repaid in January 2017 and the remainder of the loan was repaid on March 27, 2017.

In June 2016, AXA Technology Services Mexico SA received a $2 million 2.0% unsecured loan from AXA Tech. The loan was repaid on January 3, 2017.

In October 2016, PT AXA Technology Services Asia Indonesia received a $3 million 6.0% unsecured loan from AXA Tech. The loan is scheduled to mature on October 3, 2022. On December 31, 2017, this

 

F-84


Table of Contents

unsecured loan to PT AXA Technology Services Asia Indonesia was transferred from AXA Tech to AXA US Holdings, Inc.

 

     At December 31,  
     2017     2016  
     (in millions)  

Loans from Affiliates:

    

AXA S.A. term loan, 3 month LIBOR +1.06%, due 2024

   $ 1,007     $ 1,007  

AXA Japan Subordinated Notes, floating rate of LIBOR +1.20%, due 2020

     770       770  

AXA Belgium €300 million EURIBOR +0.06%, due 2018

     391       391  

AXA S.A. loan, LIBOR + 1.44%, due 2022

     366       366  

Coliseum Reinsurance Company, 4.75%, due 2028

     387       387  

AXA America Corporate Solutions, Inc., 1.85%, due 2018

     110       56  

Foreign Exchange impact of AXA Belgium loan

     (31     (73

AXA S.A. loan, LIBOR + 0.439%, due 2018

     622       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Loans From Affiliates

   $ 3,622     $ 2,904  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans from Affiliates. In December 2014, AXA Financial issued a $2,727 million, 3 month LIBOR plus 1.06% margin term loan to AXA. The loan has a maturity date of December 18, 2024. In June 2015, AXA Financial repaid $520 million and during 2016 repaid an additional $1,200 million of this loan. The outstanding balance on this loan at December 31, 2017 and 2016 is $1,007 million and $1,007 million, respectively. The interest cost related to this loan totaled approximately $23 million, $23 million, and $33 million in 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

In March 2010, AXA Financial issued Subordinated Notes to AXA Life Insurance Company Ltd., in the amount of $770 million. The Subordinated Notes have a maturity date of March 30, 2020 and a floating interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.20%, which resets semiannually on March 30 and September 30. The 2017, 2016 and 2015 interest cost related to the Subordinated Notes totaled approximately $19 million, $16 million and $12 million, respectively.

In October 2012, AXA Financial issued a note denominated in Euros in the amount of €300 million or $391 million to AXA Belgium S.A. (“AXA Belgium”). This note had an interest rate of Europe Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”) plus 1.15% and a maturity date of October 23, 2017. Concurrently, AXA Financial entered into a swap with AXA, covering the exchange rate on both the interest and principal payments related to this note. The interest rate on the swap was 6-month LIBOR plus 1.475%. In October 2017, the note was extended to March 30, 2018. The extended note has a floating interest rate of 1-month EURIBOR plus 0.06% with a minimum rate of 0%. Concurrently, AXA Financial entered into a swap with AXA covering the exchange rate on both the interest and principal payments related to the extended note until March 30, 2018. The 2017, 2016, and 2015 interest cost related to this loan totaled approximately $12 million, $9 million, and $7 million, respectively.

The following loans were repaid in 2016:

 

    In December 2015, AXA Financial received a $300 million, 1-month LIBOR plus 0.58% unsecured loan from AXA. The loan was repaid on June 30, 2016.

 

    In January 2016, AXA Financial pre-paid a $177 million term loan from AXA Insurance UK PLC and a $72 million term loan from AXA France IARD S.A. Both were previously reported in Loans from affiliates on the consolidated balance sheets. As a result of this pre-payment, AXA Financial incurred a prepayment penalty of $43 million.

 

    In January 2016, AXA Tech repaid a $4 million 12-month LIBOR plus 1.42% loan from AXA Technology Services SAS.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

In 2015, AXA America Holdings, Inc. received a $366 million, 3-month LIBOR plus 1.44% loan from AXA. The loan has a maturity date of October 8, 2022. The 2017, 2016, and 2015 interest cost related to this loan totaled approximately $9 million, $8 million, and $2 million, respectively.

In 2013, Holdings received $242 million and $145 million loans from Coliseum Reinsurance Company. The loans have maturity dates in December 2028. The balance at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $387 million. The 2017, 2016 and 2015 interest cost related to these loans totaled approximately $18 million each year.

In 2017, Holdings repaid a $56 million 1.39% loan from AXA America Corporate Solutions, Inc. (“AXA CS”) originally made in 2015. The 2017, 2016, and 2015 interest cost related to the loan was approximately $2 million, $1 million, and $1 million, respectively. In 2017, Holdings received a $100 million loan and a $10 million loan from AXA CS. The loans have interest rates of 1.86% and 1.76%, respectively, and mature on February 5, 2018.

In December 2017, Holdings received a $622 million, 3-month LIBOR plus 0.439% margin term loan from AXA. The loan has a maturity date of June 8, 2018.

Credit Facilities. In November 2016, AXA Arizona entered into a revolving facility agreement with AXA. The credit agreement provides for an unsecured revolving credit facility totaling $1,500 million with a 3 year maturity. At December 31, 2017, no borrowings were outstanding under this facility.

Cost sharing and service agreements. The Company participates in certain cost sharing and service agreements with AXA and other nonconsolidated affiliates (collectively, “AXA Affiliates”). The costs related to the cost sharing and service agreements are allocated based on methods that management believes are reasonable, including a review of the nature of such costs and the activities performed to support each company.

In addition to the above, AXA allocates a portion of its corporate overhead expenses to the Company. Expenses associated with overhead costs were $35 million, $26 million and $24 million, in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Investment management and service expenses . AXA Investment Managers Inc. (“AXA IM”) and AXA Rosenberg Investment Management LLC (“AXA Rosenberg”) provide sub-advisory services with respect to certain portfolios of EQAT, VIP Trust and the Other AXA Trusts. Also, AXA IM and AXA Real Estate Investment Managers (“AXA REIM”) manage certain General Account investments and AXA Strategic Ventures Corporation provides investment management services to AXA Strategic Ventures US, LLC. Fees paid to these affiliates are based on investment advisory service agreements with each affiliate.

Guarantees and Credit Facility . The Company pays fees to AXA for its guarantee of our borrowing under certain third-party credit facilities, AXA Financial’s Commercial Paper Program and AXA Financial’s loan from AXA Belgium. The Company also pays fees for AXA’s credit facility with AXA Arizona RE.

Investment management and service fees . AXA Equitable FMG provides investment management and administrative services to EQAT, VIP Trust, 1290 Funds and the Other AXA Trusts, all of which are considered related parties. Investment management and service fees earned are calculated as a percentage of assets under management and are recorded as revenue as the related services are performed.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the expenses reimbursed to/from the Company and the fees received/paid by the Company in connection with agreements with AXA Affiliates described above for 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Expenses paid or accrued for

        

General services provided by AXA Affiliates

   $ 141      $ 118      $ 96  

Investment management services provided by AXA IM, AXA REIM, and AXA Rosenberg

     5        15        2  

Investment management services provided by AXA Strategic Ventures Corporation (“ASV Corp”)

     2        2        —    

Guarantees and credit facility

     9        12        12  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 157      $ 147      $ 110  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue received or accrued for

        

Investment management and administrative services provided to EQAT, VIP Trust, 1290 Funds and Other AXA Trusts

   $ 720      $ 674      $ 707  

General services provided to AXA Affiliates

     27        29        25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 747      $ 703      $ 732  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Insurance related transactions.

Reinsurance Assumed

AXA Global Life retrocedes a quota share portion of certain life and health risks of various AXA affiliates to AXA Equitable Life and MLOA on a one-year term basis. Also, AXA Life Insurance Company Ltd. cedes a portion of its variable deferred annuity business to AXA Equitable Life.

Premiums earned in 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $8 million, $9 million and $8 million, respectively. Claims and expenses paid in 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $2 million, $2 million, and $2 million, respectively.

Reinsurance Ceded

AXA Equitable Life has entered into a stop loss reinsurance agreement with AXA Global Life to protect AXA Equitable Life with respect to a deterioration in its claim experience following the occurrence of an extreme mortality event.

AXA Equitable Life has accepted certain retrocession policies through reinsurance agreements with various reinsurers. AXA Equitable Life retrocedes to AXA Global Life the excess of its first retention layer.

Certain of our subsidiaries have entered into a Life Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement with a number of subscribing reinsurers, including AXA Global Life. AXA Global Life participates in 5% of the pool, pro-rata, across the upper and lower layers.

Premiums and expenses paid for the above agreements in 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $4 million, $4 million, and $4 million, respectively.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

Investment management and service fees. Investment management and service fees includes revenues for services provided by AB to mutual funds sponsored by AB. These revenues earned by AB from providing these services were as follows:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Investment management and services fees

   $ 1,148      $ 999      $ 1,056  

Distribution revenues

     398        372        415  

Other revenues - shareholder servicing fees

     73        76        85  

Other revenues - other

     7        6        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,626      $ 1,453      $ 1,561  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Transactions . In 2016, AXA Equitable Life and Saum Sing LLC (“Saum Sing”), an affiliate, formed Broad Vista Partners LLC (“Broad Vista”), of which AXA Equitable Life owns 70% and Saum Sing owns 30%. On June 30, 2016, Broad Vista entered into a real estate joint venture with a third party and AXA Equitable Life invested approximately $25 million, reported in Other equity investments in the consolidated balance sheets.

In 2016, AXA Financial invested in ASV Capital B FPCI, a French Professional Private Equity Fund managed by AXA Venture Partners SAS. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the fair value of the investment in the fund was $7 million and $5 million, respectively.

AXA RE Arizona benefited from a $1.5 billion revolving credit facility with AXA prior to the execution of the GMxB Unwind. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, fees associated with this facility were $1 million, $5 million, and $5 million, respectively.

Pursuant to a sub-licensing agreement with AXA, we may use the “AXA” trademarks as an umbrella brand, as part of the name of our companies or investment funds managed by us and other specified purposes. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, fees associated with this agreement totaled $3 million, $2 million and $1 million, respectively.

In September 2017, AXA Equitable FMG made a 30 million euro capital commitment to ASV Diversified, a French Special Limited Partnership investing in venture funds specialized in both early stage and growth startups with new technologies and business models relevant to AXA’s business. This fund is managed by AXA Venture Partners SAS. As of December 31, 2017, 0.5 million euro in capital had been called.

In December 2017, AXA Tech paid approximately $18 million to AXA US Holdings Inc., a U.S. subsidiary of AXA, which is not a subsidiary of Holdings, in exchange for AXA US Holdings Inc. assuming certain liabilities pertaining to its servicing of AXA companies within the United States not included in the scope of this offering and in Latin America valued at approximately $18 million, including costs and expenses associated with providing infrastructure services to AXA and its subsidiaries.

In the third and fourth quarters of 2017, AEH purchased 2.3 million AB Holdings Units from the former CEO of AB for $55 million in cash, pursuant to a Unit Purchase Agreement, thereby increasing the Company’s economic ownership interest in AB by approximately 0.85%.

 

12) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Pension Plans

AXA Financial and AXA Equitable Life Retirement Plans

AXA Equitable Life sponsors the AXA Equitable 401(k) Plan, a qualified defined contribution plan for eligible employees and financial professionals. The plan provides for both a company contribution and a discretionary profit-sharing contribution. Expenses associated with this 401(k) Plan were $28 million, $28 million and $27 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

AXA Financial sponsors the MONY Life Retirement Income Security Plan for Employees and AXA Equitable Life sponsors the AXA Equitable Retirement Plan (the “AXA Equitable Life QP”), both of which are qualified defined benefit plans covering eligible employees and financial professionals. These pension plans are non-contributory and their benefits are generally based on a cash balance formula and/or, for certain participants, years of service and average earnings over a specified period. AXA Financial and AXA Equitable Life also sponsor certain nonqualified defined benefit plans, including the AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan, that provide retirement benefits in excess of the amount permitted under the tax law for the qualified plans. Effective December 31, 2015, primary liability for the obligations of AXA Equitable Life under the AXA Equitable Life QP was transferred from AXA Equitable Life to AXA Financial under terms of an Assumption Agreement. AXA Equitable Life remains secondarily liable for its obligations under the AXA Equitable Life QP and would recognize such liability in the event AXA Financial does not perform under the terms of the Assumption Agreement.

AXA Financial and AXA Equitable Life use a December 31 measurement date for their pension plans.

AB Retirement Plans

AB maintains the Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of AB, a tax-qualified retirement plan for U.S. employees. Employer contributions under this plan are discretionary and generally are limited to the amount deductible for federal income tax purposes.

AB also maintains a qualified, non-contributory, defined benefit retirement plan covering current and former employees who were employed by AB in the United States prior to October 2, 2000 (the “AB Plan”). Benefits under the AB Plan are based on years of credited service and average final base salary.

AB uses a December 31 measurement date for the AB Plan.

Contributions and Funding Policy

The Company’s funding policy for its qualified pension plans is to satisfy its funding obligations each year in an amount not less than the minimum required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “Pension Act”), and not greater than the maximum the Company can deduct for federal income tax purposes. For 2016, no cash contributions were made by AXA Financial, AXA Equitable Life and AB to their respective qualified pension plans. Based on the funded status of the plans at December 31, 2016, AB contributed $4 million to the AB Plan during 2017. AB currently estimates that it will contribute $5 million to the AB Plan during 2018. No minimum funding contributions under ERISA are required to be made to the AXA Financial and AXA Equitable Life plans, and management does not expect to make any discretionary contributions to those plans during 2018.

Net Periodic Pension Expense

Components of net periodic pension expense for the Company’s qualified and non-qualified plans were as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Service cost

   $ 10      $ 11      $ 10  

Interest cost

     105        108        127  

Expected return on assets

     (173      (177      (174

Actuarial (gain) loss

     1        1        1  

Net amortization

     126        133        122  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Periodic Pension Expense

   $ 69      $ 76      $ 86  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-89


Table of Contents

Changes in Projected Benefit Obligation (“PBO”)

Changes in the PBO of the Company’s qualified and non-qualified plans were comprised of:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year

   $ 3,442      $ 3,497  

Service cost

     —          —    

Interest cost

     105        108  

Actuarial (gains) losses

     144        72  

Benefits paid

     (236      (235

Plan amendments and curtailments

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Projected Benefit Obligation, end of year

     3,455        3,442  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table discloses the change in plan assets and the funded status of the Company’s qualified and non-qualified pension plans:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Pension plan assets at fair value, beginning of year

   $ 2,679      $ 2,709  

Actual return on plan assets

     357        174  

Contributions

     4        —    

Benefits paid and fees

     (201      (204
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pension plan assets at fair value, end of year

     2,839        2,679  

PBO

     3,455        3,442  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Excess of PBO Over Pension Plan Assets, End of Year

   $ (616    $ (763
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued pension costs of $(616) million and $(763) million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets to reflect the funded status of these plans. The aggregate PBO/accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”) and fair value of pension plan assets for plans with PBOs/ABOs in excess of their assets were $3,455 million and $2,839 million, respectively, at December 31, 2017 and $3,442 million and $2,679 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016.

Unrecognized Net Actuarial (Gain) Loss

The following table discloses the amounts included in AOCI at December 31, 2017 and 2016 that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic pension cost.

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss

   $ 1,315      $ 1,482  

Unrecognized prior service cost (credit)

     1        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,316      $ 1,483  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The estimated net actuarial (gain) loss and prior service cost (credit) expected to be reclassified from AOCI and recognized as components of net periodic pension cost over the next year are approximately $119 million and $24 thousand, respectively.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

Pension Plan Assets

The fair values of qualified pension plan assets are measured and ascribed to levels within the fair value hierarchy in a manner consistent with the fair values of the Company’s invested assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. See Note 2 for a description of the fair value hierarchy.

The following table discloses the allocation of the fair value of total qualified pension plan assets at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

     December 31,  
     2017     2016  

Fixed Maturities

     46.2     47.4

Equity Securities

     33.9       34.2  

Equity real estate

     13.9       13.7  

Cash and short-term investments

     1.4       1.5  

Other

     4.6       3.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Qualified pension plan assets are invested with the primary objective of return, giving consideration to prudent risk. Guidelines regarding the allocation of plan assets are established by the respective Investment Committees for the plans and are designed with a long-term investment horizon. At December 31, 2017, the qualified pension plans continued their investment allocation strategy to target a 50%-50% mix of long-duration bonds and “return-seeking” assets, including public equities, real estate, hedge funds, and private equity.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

The following tables disclose the fair values of qualified pension plan assets and their level of observability within the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

December 31, 2017:    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in millions)  

Fixed Maturities

           

Corporate

   $ —        $ 792      $ 2      $ 794  

U.S. Treasury, government and agency

     —          471        —          471  

States and political subdivisions

     —          26        —          26  

Foreign governments

     —          5        —          5  

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —          —          1        1  

Asset-backed

     —          —          —          —    

Other structured debt

     —          —          —          —    

Common and preferred equity

     730        98        —          828  

Mutual funds

     99        —          —          99  

Commercial Papers

     —          44        —          44  

Private real estate investment trusts

     2        —          —          2  

Cash and cash equivalents

     12        —          —          12  

Short-term investments

     —          27        —          27  

Other Equity Investments

              —    

Other

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets in the fair value hierarchy

     843        1,463        3        2,309  

Investments measured at net assets value

     —          —          —          530  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investments at fair value

   $ 843      $ 1,463      $ 3      $ 2,839  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2016:

           

Fixed Maturities:

           

Corporate

   $ —        $ 820      $ 1      $ 821  

U.S. Treasury, government and agency

     —          395        —          395  

States and political subdivisions

     —          26        —          26  

Foreign governments

     —          4        —          4  

Commercial mortgage-backed

     —          —          2        2  

Asset-backed

     —          —          1        1  

Other structured debt

     —          —          1        1  

Common and preferred equity

     738        95        —          833  

Mutual funds

     92        —          —          92  

Commercial Paper

     —          7        —          7  

Private real estate investment trusts

     3        —          —          3  

Cash and cash equivalents

     22        —          —          22  

Short-term investments

     —          20        —          20  

Other Equity Investments

        —          —          —    

Other

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets in the fair value hierarchy

     855        1,367        5        2,227  

Investments measured at net assets value

     —          —          —          452  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investments at fair value

   $ 855      $ 1,367      $ 5      $ 2,679  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table lists investments for which net asset value (“NAV”) is calculated; NAV is used as a practical expedient to determine the fair value of these investments at December 31, 2017;

 

F-92


Table of Contents

Practical Expedient disclosure as of December 31, 2017

 

Investment    Fair
Value
   

Redemption
Frequency

(If currently eligible)

  Redemption
Notice Period
   Unfunded
Commitments
 
     (in millions)  

Private Equity Fund

   $ 49     n/a (1)(2)   n/a    $ 29  

Private Real Estate Investment Trust

     376     Quarterly   One Quarter      —    

Hedge Fund

     83     Calendar Quarters*   Previous Quarter End    $ 34  
  

 

 

        

Total

   $ 508         
  

 

 

        

*March, June, September, December

 

(1) Cannot sell or transfer ownership interest without prior written consent to transfer, and by meeting several criteria (e.g., does not adversely affect other investors).
(2) Cannot sell interest in the vehicle without prior written consent of the managing member.

Practical Expedient disclosure as of December 31, 2016

 

Investment    Fair
Value
   

Redemption
Frequency

(If currently eligible)

  Redemption
Notice Period
   Unfunded
Commitments
 
     (in millions)  

Private Equity Fund

   $ 25     n/a (1)(2)   n/a    $ 65  

Private Real Estate Investment Trust

     349     Quarterly   One Quarter      —    

Hedge Fund

     60     Calendar Quarters*   Previous Quarter End    $ 42  
  

 

 

        

Total

   $ 434         
  

 

 

        

*March, June, September, December

 

(1) Cannot sell or transfer ownership interest without prior written consent to transfer, and by meeting several criteria (e.g., does not adversely affect other investors).
(2) Cannot sell interest in the vehicle without prior written consent of the managing member.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

The table below presents a reconciliation for all Level 3 fair values of qualified pension plan assets at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively:

Level 3 Instruments

Fair Value Measurements

 

     Private Real
Estate
Investment
Trusts
     Other
Equity
Investments
     Fixed
Maturities
    Total  
     (in millions)  

Balance, January 1, 2017

   $ —        $ —        $ 5     $ 5  

Actual return on plan assets:

          

Relating to assets still held at December 31, 2017

     —          —          —         —    

Relating to assets sold during 2017

     —          —          —         —    

Purchases/Issues

     —          —          —         —    

Sales/Settlements

     —          —          (2     (2

Transfers into/out of Level 3

     —          —          —         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

   $ —        $ —        $ 3     $ 3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2016

   $ —        $ —        $ 8     $ 8  

Actual return on plan assets:

          

Relating to assets still held at December 31, 2016

     —          —          —         —    

Relating to assets sold during 2016

     —          —          —         —    

Purchases/Issues

     —          —          —         —    

Sales/Settlements

     —          —          (1     (1

Transfers into/out of Level 3

     —          —          (2     (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

   $ —        $ —        $ 5     $ 5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2015

   $ —        $ —        $ 10     $ 10  

Actual return on plan assets:

          

Relating to assets still held at December 31, 2015

     —          —          —         —    

Relating to assets sold during 2015

     —          —          —         —    

Purchases/Issues

     —          —          —         —    

Sales/Settlements

     —          —          (1     (1

Transfers into/out of Level 3

     —          —          (1     (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

   $ —        $ —        $ 8     $ 8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, assets classified as Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 comprise approximately 29.7%, 51.5% and 0.1%, respectively, of qualified pension plan assets. At December 31, 2016, assets classified as Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 comprised approximately 31.9%, 51.0% and 0.2%, respectively, of qualified pension plan assets. There are no significant concentrations of credit risk arising within or across categories of qualified pension plan assets.

Assumptions

Discount Rate

The benefits obligations and related net periodic costs of the Company’s qualified and non-qualified pension plans are measured using discount rate assumptions that reflect the rates at which the plans’ benefits could be effectively settled. Projected nominal cash outflows to fund expected annual benefits payments under each of the plans are discounted using a published high-quality bond yield curve as a practical expedient for a matching bond approach. Beginning in 2014, the Company uses the Citigroup Pension Above-Median-AA Curve (the “Citigroup Curve”) for this purpose. The Company has concluded that an adjustment to the

 

F-94


Table of Contents

Citigroup Curve is not required after comparing the projected benefit streams of the plans to the cash flows and duration of the reference bonds.

At December 31, 2015, the Company refined its calculation of the discount rate to use the discrete single equivalent discount rate for each plan as compared to its previous use of an aggregate, weighted average practical expedient. Use of the discrete approach at December 31, 2015 produced a discount rate for the AXA Equitable Life QP of 3.98% as compared to a 4% aggregate rate, thereby increasing the net unfunded PBO of the AXA Equitable Life QP by approximately $4 million in 2015. Use of the discrete approach at December 31, 2015 produced a discount rate for the AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan of 3.86% as compared to a 4.00% aggregate rate, thereby increasing the net unfunded PBO of that plan by approximately $5 million in 2015.

Mortality

At December 31, 2015, the Company concluded to change the mortality projection scale used to measure and report the Company’s defined benefit plan obligations from 125% Scale AA to Scale BB, representing a reasonable “fit” to the results of the plans’ mortality experience study and a closer alignment to current thinking with respect to projections of mortality improvements.

In October 2016, the Society of Actuaries (“SOA”) released MP-2016, its second annual update to the “gold standard” mortality projection scale issued by the SOA in 2014, reflecting three additional years of historical U.S. population historical mortality data (2012 through 2014). Similar to its predecessor (MP-2015), MP-2016 indicated that, while mortality data continued to show longer lives, longevity was increasing at a slower rate and lagging behind that previously suggested both by MP-2015 and MP-2014. The Company considered this new data as well as observations made from current practice regarding how to best estimate improved trends in life expectancies and concluded to continue using the RP-2000 base mortality table projected on a full generational basis with Scale BB mortality improvements for purposes of measuring and reporting its consolidated defined benefit plan obligations at December 31, 2017.

Interest Cost

Beginning January 1, 2016, the Company adopted a spot rate/full yield curve approach for measuring the interest cost component of expense for each of its defined benefit plans, thereby reducing 2016 benefits expense by approximately $76 million.

The following table discloses assumptions used to measure the Company’s pension benefit obligations and net periodic pension cost at and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  

Discount rates:

     

AXA Equitable Life QP

     3.4      3.81

AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan

     3.32      3.69

MONY Life Retirement Income Security Plan for Employees

     3.5      3.98

AB Qualified Retirement Plan

     4.55      4.75

Other defined benefit plans

     3.00%-3.43      3.17%-3.86

Periodic cost

     3.17%-3.98      3.29%-4.18

Rates of compensation increase:

     

Benefit obligation

     5.99      5.99

Periodic cost

     6.38      6.43

Expected long-term rates of return on pension plan assets (periodic cost)

     6.75      6.75

The expected long-term rate of return assumption on plan assets is based upon the target asset allocation of the plan portfolio and is determined using forward-looking assumptions in the context of historical returns and volatilities for each asset class.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

Prior to 1987, participants’ benefits under the AXA Equitable Life QP were funded through the purchase of non-participating annuity contracts from AXA Equitable Life. Benefit payments under these contracts were approximately $6 million and $7 million for 2017 and 2016 respectively.

Post-Retirement Benefits

The Company eliminated any subsidy for post-retirement medical and dental coverage for individuals retiring on or after May 1, 2012. The Company continues to contribute to the cost of post-retirement medical and dental coverage for certain individuals who retired prior to May 1, 2012 based on years of service and age, subject to rights reserved in the plans to change or eliminate these benefits. The Company funds these post-retirement benefits on a pay-as-you-go basis.

The Company sponsors the AXA Equitable Executive Survivor Benefits Plan (the “ESB Plan”) which provides post-retirement life insurance benefits to eligible executives. Eligible executives may choose up to four levels of coverage with each level providing a benefit equal to one times the executive’s compensation, subject to an overall $25 million cap. Aside from the ESB Plan, the Company does not currently offer post-retirement life insurance benefits but continues to provide post-retirement life insurance benefits to certain active and retired employees who were eligible for such benefits under discontinued plans.

For 2017 and 2016, post-retirement benefits payments were $37.1 million and $37 million, respectively, net of employee contributions.

The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for its post-retirement plans.

Components of net post-retirement benefits costs follow:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Service cost

   $ 2      $ 2      $ 2  

Interest cost

     16        16        20  

Net amortization

     6        7        10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Periodic Post-Retirement Benefits Costs

     24        25        32  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Changes in the accumulated benefits obligation of the Company’s post-retirement plans recognized in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are described in the following table:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Accumulated post-retirement benefits obligation, beginning of year

   $ 539      $ 541  

Service cost

     2        2  

Interest cost

     16        17  

Contributions and benefits paid

     (38      (37

Plan amendments/curtailments

     —          —    

Medicare Part D subsidy

     —          —    

Actuarial (gains) losses

     18        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Post-Retirement Benefits Obligation, end of year

   $         537      $         539  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The post-retirement medical plan obligations of the Company are offset by an anticipated subsidy from Medicare Part D, which is assumed to increase with the healthcare cost trend. If the healthcare cost trend rate assumption was increased by 1.0%, the accumulated post-retirement benefits obligation and the sum of service and interest cost as of December 31, 2017 would increase by $339 thousand. If the healthcare cost trend rate assumption was decreased by 1.0%, the accumulated post-retirement benefits obligation and the sum of service and interest cost as of December 31, 2017 would decrease by $293 thousand.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

The following table discloses the amounts included in AOCI at December 31, 2017 and 2016 that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic post-retirement benefits cost:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Unrecognized net actuarial (gains) losses

   $ 143      $ 132  

Unrecognized prior service (credit)

               —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $         143      $         132  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The estimated net actuarial (gains) losses and prior service (credit) expected to be reclassified from AOCI and recognized as components of net periodic post-retirement benefit cost over the next year are $8 million and $7 million, respectively.

The assumed discount rates for measuring the post-retirement benefit obligations at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were determined in substantially the same manner as described above for measuring the pension benefit obligations. The following table discloses the range of discrete single equivalent discount rates for each of the post-retirement plans at December 31, 2015 as compared to previous use of an aggregate, weighted average practical expedient, and related net periodic cost at and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  

Discount rates:

     

Benefit obligation

     2.80%-3.52%        2.86%-4.01%  

Periodic cost

     3.17%-3.98%        3.29%-4.18%  

The Company provides post-employment medical and life insurance coverage for certain disabled former employees. The accrued liabilities for these post-employment benefits were $11 million and $13 million, respectively, at December 31, 2017 and 2016. Components of net post-employment benefits costs follow:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Service cost

   $ 2     $ 2      $ 2  

Interest cost

     —         —                  —    

Net amortization

     (2     —          (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Periodic Post-Employment Benefits Costs

             —                 2        (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-97


Table of Contents

The following table provides an estimate of future benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years, beginning January 1, 2018, and in the aggregate for the five years thereafter. These estimates are based on the same assumptions used to measure the respective benefit obligations at December 31, 2017 and include benefits attributable to estimated future employee service.

 

            Postretirement Benefits  
                   Health  
     Pension
Benefits
     Life
Insurance
     Gross
Estimate
Payment
     Estimated
Medicare
Part D
Subsidy
     Net
Estimate

Payment
 
     (in millions)  

2018

   $ 243      $ 27      $ 18      $ 4      $ 14  

2019

     247        27        16        4        12  

2020

     240        26        15        4        11  

2021

     236        26        14        4        10  

2022

     232        25        13        4        9  

Years 2023-2027

         1,069            119            53            17            36  

 

13) SHARE-BASED AND OTHER COMPENSATION PROGRAMS

AXA and the Company sponsor various share-based compensation plans for eligible employees, financial professionals and non-officer directors of Holdings and its subsidiaries. AB also sponsors its own unit option plans for certain of its employees.

Compensation costs for 2017, 2016 and 2015 for share-based payment arrangements as further described herein are as follows:

 

     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Performance Shares

   $ 45      $ 37      $ 44  

Stock Options (Other than AB stock options)

     1        1        1  

AXA Shareplan

     13        19        20  

Restricted Awards

     185        154        174  

Other Compensation plans(1)

     3        2        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Compensation Expenses

   $         247      $         213      $         243  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1) Other compensation plans include Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and AXA Miles.

U.S. employees are granted AXA ordinary share options under the Stock Option Plan for AXA Financial Employees and Associates (the “Stock Option Plan”) and are granted AXA performance shares under the AXA International Performance Shares Plan (the “Performance Share Plan”). Prior to 2013, they were granted performance units under AXA’s Performance Unit Plan.

Non-officer directors of AXA Financial and certain subsidiaries are granted restricted AXA ordinary shares (prior to 2011, AXA ADRs) and unrestricted AXA ordinary shares (prior to March 15, 2010, AXA ADRs) annually under The Equity Plan for Directors. They also were granted ADR stock options in years prior to 2014.

Performance Units and Performance Shares

2017 Grant. On June 21, 2017, under the terms of the Performance Share Plan, AXA awarded approximately 1.7 million unearned performance shares to employees of the Company. For employees in our retirement and protection businesses, the extent to which 2017-2019 cumulative performance targets measuring the performance of AXA and the retirement and protection businesses are achieved will

 

F-98


Table of Contents

determine the number of performance shares earned. For employees of AXA Tech, the extent to which 2017-2019 cumulative performance targets measuring the performance of AXA and AXA Group Management Services (a group of AXA’s central functions and internal service companies) are achieved will determine the number of performance shares earned. For all Company employees, the number of performance shares earned may vary between 0% and 130% of the number of performance shares at stake. The performance shares earned during this performance period will vest and be settled on the fourth anniversary of the award date. The plan will settle in AXA ordinary shares to all participants. In 2017, the expense associated with the June 21, 2017 grant of performance shares was approximately $14 million.

Settlement of 2014 Grant in 2017 . On March 24, 2017, share distributions totaling of approximately $21 million were made to active and former employees in settlement of 2.3 million performance shares earned under the terms of the AXA Performance Share Plan 2014. On April 7, 2017, cash distributions of approximately $6 million were made to active and former financial professionals of the Company in settlement of 227,703 performance units earned under the terms of the first tranche of the AXA Advisor Performance Unit Plan 2014.

2016 Grant. On June 6, 2016, under the terms of the Performance Share Plan, AXA awarded approximately 1.9 million unearned performance shares to employees of the Company. For employees in our retirement and protection businesses, the extent to which 2017-2019 cumulative performance targets measuring the performance of AXA and the retirement and protection businesses are achieved will determine the number of performance shares earned. For employees of AXA Tech, the extent to which 2017-2019 cumulative performance targets measuring the performance of AXA and AXA Group Management Services (a group of AXA’s central functions and internal service companies) are achieved will determine the number of performance shares earned. For all Company employees, the number of performance shares earned may vary between 0% and 130% of the number of performance shares at stake. The performance shares earned during this performance period will vest and be settled on the fourth anniversary of the award date. The plan will settle in AXA ordinary shares to all participants. In 2017 and 2016, the expense associated with the June 6, 2016 grant of performance shares was approximately $6 million and $15 million, respectively.

Settlement of 2013 Grant in 2016 . On March 22, 2016 cash distributions of approximately $55 million were made to active and former employees of the Company in settlement of 2.3 million performance units earned under the terms of the 2013 Performance Share Plan. On April 8, 2016, cash distributions of approximately $10 million were made to active and former financial professionals of the Company in settlement of 0.5 million performance units earned under the terms of the AXA Advisor Performance Unit Plan 2013.

2015 Grant . On June 19, 2015, under the terms of the Performance Share Plan, AXA awarded approximately 1.7 million unearned performance shares to employees of the Company. For employees in our retirement and protection businesses, the extent to which 2017-2019 cumulative performance targets measuring the performance of AXA and the retirement and protection businesses are achieved will determine the number of performance shares earned. For employees of AXA Tech, the extent to which 2017-2019 cumulative performance targets measuring the performance of AXA and AXA Group Management Services (a group of AXA’s central functions and internal service companies) are achieved will determine the number of performance shares earned. For all Company employees, the number of performance shares earned may vary between 0% and 130% of the number of performance shares at stake. The performance shares earned during this performance period will vest and be settled on the fourth anniversary of the award date. The plan will settle in AXA ordinary shares to all participants. In 2017, 2016 and 2015, the expense associated with the June 19, 2015 grant of performance shares were $5 million, $6 million and $14 million, respectively.

Settlement of 2012 Grant in 2015 .  On April 2, 2015, cash distributions of approximately $55 million were made to active and former employees of the Company in settlement of 2.4 million performance units earned under the terms of the AXA Performance Unit Plan 2012. On April 3, 2015, cash distributions of approximately $10 million were made to active and former financial professionals of the Company in settlement of 0.4 million performance units earned under the terms of the AXA Advisor Performance Unit Plan 2012.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

The fair values of awards made under these programs are measured at the grant date by reference to the closing price of the AXA ordinary share, and the result, as adjusted for achievement of performance targets and pre-vesting forfeitures, generally is attributed over the shorter of the requisite service period, the performance period, if any, or to the date at which retirement eligibility is achieved and subsequent service no longer is required for continued vesting of the award. Remeasurements of fair value for subsequent price changes until settlement are made only for performance unit awards as they are settled in cash. The fair value of performance units earned and reported in Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $45 million and $31 million, respectively. Approximately 2 million outstanding performance units and shares are at risk to achievement of 2017 performance criteria, primarily representing all of the performance shares granted June 19, 2015 and the second tranche of performance shares granted March 24, 2014, for which cumulative average 2016-2018 and 2015-2017 performance targets will determine the number of performance units and shares earned under those awards, respectively.

Stock Options

2017 Grant. On June 21, 2017, 0.5 million options to purchase AXA ordinary shares were granted to employees of the Company under the terms of the Stock Option Plan at an exercise price of €23.92. All of those options have a five-year graded vesting schedule, with one-third vesting on each of the third, fourth, and fifth anniversaries of the grant date. Of the total options awarded on June 21, 2017, 0.3 million are further subject to conditional vesting terms that require the AXA ordinary share price to outperform the Euro Stoxx Insurance Index over a specified period. All of the options granted on June 21, 2017 have a ten-year term. The weighted average grant date fair value per option award was estimated at €1.78 using a Black-Scholes options pricing model with modification to measure the value of the conditional vesting feature. Key assumptions used in the valuation included expected volatility of 25.05%, a weighted average expected term of 8.8 years, an expected dividend yield of 6.53% and a risk-free interest rate of 0.59%. The total fair value of these options (net of expected forfeitures) of approximately $1 million is charged to expense over the shorter of the vesting term or the period up to the date at which the participant becomes retirement eligible. In 2017, the Company recognized expenses associated with the June 21, 2017 grant of options of approximately $0.6 million.

2016 Grant. On June 6, 2016, 0.6 million options to purchase AXA ordinary shares were granted to employees of the Company under the terms of the Stock Option Plan at an exercise price of €21.52. All of those options have a five-year graded vesting schedule, with one-third vesting on each of the third, fourth, and fifth anniversaries of the grant date. Of the total options awarded on June 6, 2016, 0.3 million are further subject to conditional vesting terms that require the AXA ordinary share price to outperform the Euro Stoxx Insurance Index over a specified period. All of the options granted on June 6, 2016 have a ten-year term. The weighted average grant date fair value per option award was estimated at €1.85 using a Black-Scholes options pricing model with modification to measure the value of the conditional vesting feature. Key assumptions used in the valuation included expected volatility of 26.6%, a weighted average expected term of 8.1 years, an expected dividend yield of 6.5% and a risk-free interest rate of 0.33%. The total fair value of these options (net of expected forfeitures) of approximately $1 million is charged to expense over the shorter of the vesting term or the period up to the date at which the participant becomes retirement eligible. In 2017 and 2016 the Company recognized expenses associated with the June 6, 2016 grant of options of approximately $0.1 million and $0.6 million respectively.

2015 Grant . On June 19, 2015, 0.4 million options to purchase AXA ordinary shares were granted to employees of the Company under the terms of the Stock Option Plan at an exercise price of €22.90. All of those options have a five-year graded vesting schedule, with one-third vesting on each of the third, fourth, and fifth anniversaries of the grant date. Of the total options awarded on June 19, 2015, 0.2 million are further subject to conditional vesting terms that require the AXA ordinary share price to outperform the Euro Stoxx Insurance Index over a specified period. All of the options granted on June 19, 2015 have a ten-year term. The weighted average grant date fair value per option award was estimated at €1.58 using a Black-Scholes options pricing model with modification to measure the value of the conditional vesting

 

F-100


Table of Contents

feature. Key assumptions used in the valuation included expected volatility of 23.68%, a weighted average expected term of 8.2 years, an expected dividend yield of 6.29% and a risk-free interest rate of 0.92%. The total fair value of these options (net of expected forfeitures) of approximately $1 million is charged to expense over the shorter of the vesting term or the period up to the date at which the participant becomes retirement eligible. In 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized expenses associated with the June 19, 2015 grant of options of approximately $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Shares Authorized

There is no limitation in the Stock Option Plan or the Equity Plan for Directors on the number of shares that may be issued pursuant to option or other grants.

A summary of the activity in the AXA and the Company’s option plans during 2017 follows:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     AXA Ordinary Shares      AXA ADRs (2)      AB Holding Units  
     Number
Outstanding
(In 000’s)
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number
Outstanding
(In 000’s)
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number
Outstanding
(In 000’s)
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Options Outstanding at January 1, 2017

     9,536     21.02        45     $ 24.90        5,085     $ 49.45  

Options granted

     488     23.92        —       $ —          —         —    

Options exercised

     (1,996   18.02        (2   $ 21.35        (1,180   $ 17.04  

Options forfeited, net

     —       —          —       $ —          —         —    

Options expired

     (2,626     33.77        (8     42.62        (823   $ 84.96  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Options Outstanding at December 31, 2017

     5,402     17.36        35     $ 20.98        3,082     $ 52.37  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value (1)

     39,861        $ 303          —    
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)

     4.2          1.2          1.2    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Options Exercisable at December 31, 2017

     3,406     14.68        35     $ 42.62        3,018     $ 52.97  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value (1)

     34,275        $ 303          —    
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)

     2.8          1.2          1.1    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

(1) Aggregate intrinsic value, presented in thousands, is calculated as the excess of the closing market price on December 31, 2017 of the respective underlying shares over the strike prices of the option awards.
(2) AXA ordinary shares will be delivered to participants in lieu of AXA ADRs at exercise or maturity.

No stock options were exercised in 2017 and 2016. The intrinsic value related to exercises of stock options during 2015 was approximately $0.2 million, resulting in amounts currently deductible for tax purposes of approximately $0.1 million for the period then ended. In 2015, windfall tax benefits of approximately $0.1 million resulted from exercises of stock option awards.

At December 31, 2017, the Company held 22,974 AXA ordinary shares in treasury at a weighted average cost of $23.14 per share, which were designated to fund future exercises of outstanding stock options.

For the purpose of estimating the fair value of stock option awards, the Company applies the Black-Scholes model and attributes the result over the requisite service period using the graded-vesting method. A Monte-Carlo simulation approach was used to model the fair value of the conditional vesting feature of the awards

 

F-101


Table of Contents

of options to purchase AXA ordinary shares. Shown below are the relevant input assumptions used to derive the fair values of options awarded in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

     AXA Ordinary Shares     AB Holding Units (1)  
     2017     2016     2015     2017      2016     2015  

Dividend yield

     6.53     6.50     6.29     NA        7.10     7.10

Expected volatility

     25.05     26.60     23.68     NA        31.00     32.10

Risk-free interest rates

     0.59     0.33     0.92     NA        1.30     1.50

Expected life in years

     8.8       8.1       8.2       NA        6.0       6.0  

Weighted average fair value per option at grant date

   $ 2.01     $ 2.06     $ 1.73       NA      $ 2.75     $ 4.13  

 

(1) There were no options to buy AB Holding Units awarded during 2017. As such, the input assumptions for 2017 are not applicable.

As of December 31, 2017, approximately $1 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock option awards, net of estimated pre-vesting forfeitures, is expected to be recognized by the Company over a weighted average period of 2.8 years.

AXA Options Valuation. The fair value of AXA stock options is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The expected AXA dividend yield is based on market consensus. AXA share price volatility is estimated on the basis of implied volatility, which is checked against an analysis of historical volatility to ensure consistency. The risk-free interest rate is based on the Euro Swap Rate curve for the appropriate term. The effect of expected early exercise is taken into account through the use of an expected life assumption based on historical data.

AB Holding Unit Options Valuation. The fair value of units representing assignments of beneficial ownership of limited partnership interests in AB Holding (“AB Holding Units”) options is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The expected cash distribution yield is based on the average of our distribution yield over the past four quarters. The volatility factor represents historical AB Holding Units price volatility over the same period as the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury bond yield for the appropriate expected term. The expected term was calculated using the simplified method, due to the lack of sufficient historical data.

Restricted Awards

Under The Equity Plan for Directors, the Company grants non-officer directors of AXA Financial and certain subsidiaries restricted AXA ordinary shares. Likewise, AB awards restricted AB Holding Units to independent members of its General Partner.

The Company has also granted restricted AXA ordinary share units (“RSUs”) to certain executives. The RSUs are phantom AXA ordinary shares that, once vested, entitle the recipient to a cash payment based on the average closing price of the AXA ordinary share over the twenty trading days immediately preceding the vesting date.

For 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, the Company recognized compensation costs of $185 million, $154 million and $174 million for outstanding restricted stock and RSUs. The fair values of awards made under these programs are measured at the grant date by reference to the closing price of the unrestricted shares, and the result generally is attributed over the shorter of the requisite service period, the performance period, if any, or to the date at which retirement eligibility is achieved and subsequent service no longer is required for continued vesting of the award. Remeasurements of fair value for subsequent price changes until settlement are made only for RSUs. At December 31, 2017, approximately 19.1 million restricted AXA ordinary shares and AB Holding Unit awards remain unvested. At December 31, 2017, approximately $57 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to these unvested awards, net of estimated pre-vesting forfeitures, is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes restricted AXA ordinary share activity for 2017. In addition, approximately 11,069 RSUs were granted during 2017 with graded vesting over a 3-year service period:

 

     Shares of
Restricted
Stock
     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested as of January 1, 2017

     36,306      $ 24.46  

Granted

     12,929      $ 27.49  

Vested

     11,819      $ 24.30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unvested as of December 31, 2017

     37,416      $ 24.04  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrestricted Awards

Under the Equity Plan for Directors, the Company provides a stock retainer to non-officer directors of certain subsidiaries. Pursuant to the terms of the retainer, the non-officer directors receive AXA ordinary shares valued at $55,000 each year, paid on a semi-annual basis. These shares are not subject to any vesting requirement or other restriction. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized compensation expense of approximately $0.4 million and $0.4 million for these unrestricted share awards.

Stock Appreciation Rights

For 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, 15,542, 43,606 and 20,337 Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) were granted to certain financial professionals of the Company, each with a 4-year cliff-vesting schedule. These 2017, 2016 and 2015 awards entitle the holder to a cash payment equal to any appreciation in the value of the AXA ordinary share over prices ranging from 18.20 - 33.78 Euros, 18.65-33.78 Euros and 21.00- 33.78 Euros, respectively, as of the date of exercise. At December 31, 2017, 0.4 million SARs were outstanding, having weighted average remaining contractual term of 4.8 years. The accrued value of SARs at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was approximately $4 million and $4 million, respectively, and recorded as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. For 2017, 2016 and 2015 the Company recorded compensation expense (credit) for SARs of approximately $0.2 million, $1 million and $2 million, respectively, reflecting the impact in those periods of the changes in their fair values as determined by applying the Black-Scholes formula and assumptions used to price employee stock option awards.

AXA Shareplan

In 2017, eligible employees of participating Company subsidiaries were offered the opportunity to purchase newly issued AXA ordinary shares, subject to plan limits, under the terms of AXA Shareplan 2017. Eligible employees could have reserved a share purchase during the reservation period from August 28, 2017 through September 8, 2017 and could have canceled their reservation or elected to make a purchase for the first time during the retraction/subscription period from October 13, 2017 through October 17, 2017. The U.S. dollar purchase price was determined by applying the U.S. dollar/Euro forward exchange rate on October 11, 2017 to the discounted formula subscription price in Euros. Investment Option A permitted participants to purchase AXA ordinary shares at a 20% formula discounted price of €20.19 per share. Investment Option B permitted participants to purchase AXA ordinary shares at an 8.98% formula discounted price of €22.96 per share on a leveraged basis with a guaranteed return of initial investment plus a portion of any appreciation in the undiscounted value of the total shares purchased. For purposes of determining the amount of any appreciation, the AXA ordinary share price will be measured over a fifty-two week period preceding the scheduled end date of AXA Shareplan 2017, which is July 1, 2022. All subscriptions became binding and irrevocable on October 17, 2017.

The Company recognized compensation expense of $13 million in 2017 , $19 million in 2016 and $20 million in 2015 in connection with each respective year’s offering of AXA stock under the AXA

 

F-103


Table of Contents

Shareplan, representing the aggregate discount provided to participants for their purchase of AXA stock under each of those plans, as adjusted for the post-vesting, five-year holding period. The Company participants in AXA Shareplan 2017, 2016, and 2015 primarily invested under Investment Option B for the purchase of approximately 4 million, 6 million and 5 million AXA ordinary shares, respectively.

AXA Miles Program 2012

On March 16, 2012, under the terms of the AXA Miles Program 2012, AXA granted 50 AXA Miles to every employee and eligible financial professional of AXA Group for the purpose of enhancing long-term employee-shareholder engagement. Each AXA Mile represents a phantom share of AXA stock that will convert to an actual AXA ordinary share at the end of a four-year vesting period provided the employee or financial professional remains in the employ of the company or has retired from service. Half of each AXA Miles grant, or 25 AXA Miles, were subject to an additional vesting condition that required improvement in at least one of two AXA performance metrics in 2012 as compared to 2011. This vesting condition has been satisfied. On March 16, 2016, AXA ordinary share distributions totaling approximately $4 million were made to active and former employees of the Company in settlement of approximately 0.2 million AXA Miles earned under the terms of the AXA Miles Program 2012.

Stock Purchase Plans

The Company’s stock purchase plan offers eligible employees and financial professionals the opportunity to receive a 10% match on AXA ordinary share purchases. Purchases generally are scheduled to occur at the end of each calendar quarter. The number of AXA ordinary shares reserved for purchase under the plan is 30.0 million. Compensation expense for 2017, 2016 and 2015 were approximately $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

AB Long-term Incentive Compensation Plans

AB maintains several unfunded long-term incentive compensation plans for the benefit of certain eligible employees and executives. The AB Capital Accumulation Plan was frozen on December 31, 1987 and no additional awards have been made, however, ACMC, LLC (“ACMC”), an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is obligated to make capital contributions to AB in amounts equal to benefits paid under this plan as well as other assumed contractual unfunded deferred compensation arrangements covering certain executives. Prior to changes implemented by AB in fourth quarter 2011, as further described below, compensation expense for the remaining active plans was recognized on a straight-line basis over the applicable vesting period. Prior to 2009, participants in these plans designated the percentages of their awards to be allocated among notional investments in AB Holding Units or certain investment products (primarily mutual funds) sponsored by AB. Beginning in 2009, annual awards granted under the Amended and Restated AB Incentive Compensation Award Program were in the form of restricted AB Holding Units.

AB engages in open-market purchases of AB Holding Units to help fund anticipated obligations under its incentive compensation award program, for purchases of AB Holding Units from employees and other corporate purposes. During 2017 and 2016, AB purchased 9 million and 11 million AB Holding Units for $220 million and $236 million, respectively. These amounts reflect open-market purchases of 5 million and 8 million AB Holding Units for $117 million and $176 million, respectively, with the remainder relating to purchases of AB Holding Units from employees to allow them to fulfill statutory tax withholding requirements at the time of distribution of long-term incentive compensation awards, offset by AB Holding Units purchased by employees as part of a distribution reinvestment election.

During 2017, AB granted to employees and eligible directors 8.3 million restricted AB Holding units (including 6.1 million granted in December for 2017 year-end awards to employees).

During 2016, AB granted to employees and eligible directors 7.0 million restricted AB Holding Unit awards (including 6.1 million granted in December for 2016 year-end awards). The cost of awards made in the form of restricted AB Holding Units was measured, recognized, and disclosed as a share-based compensation program.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

During 2017 and 2016, AB Holding issued 1.2 million and 0.4 million AB Holding Units, respectively, upon exercise of options to buy AB Holding Units. AB Holding used the proceeds of $20 million and $6 million, respectively, received from employees as payment in cash for the exercise price to purchase the equivalent number of newly-issued AB Holding Units.

Effective as of September 30, 2017, AB established the AB 2017 Long Term Incentive Plan (“2017 Plan”), which was adopted at a special meeting of AB Holding Unitholders held on September 29, 2017. The following forms of awards may be granted to employees and Eligible Directors under the 2017 Plan: (i) restricted AB Holding Units or phantom restricted AB Holding Units (a “phantom” award is a contractual right to receive AB Holding Units at a later date or upon a specified event); (ii) options to buy AB Holding Units; and (iii) other AB Holding Unit-based awards (including, without limitation, AB Holding Unit appreciation rights and performance awards). The purpose of the 2017 Plan is to promote the interest of AB by: (i) attracting and retaining talented officers, employees and directors, (ii) motivating such officers, employees and directors by means of performance-related incentives to achieve longer-range business and operational goals, (iii) enabling such officers, employees and directors to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of AB, and (iv) aligning the interests of such officers, employees and directors with those of AB Holding Unitholders. The 2017 Plan will expire on September 30, 2027, and no awards under the 2017 Plan will be made after that date. Under the 2017 Plan, the aggregate number of AB Holding Units with respect to which awards may be granted is 60 million, including no more than 30 million newly-issued AB Holding Units.

As of December 31, 2017, no options to buy AB Holding Units had been granted and 6.1 million AB Holding Units, net of withholding tax requirements, were subject to other AB Holding Unit awards made under the 2017 Plan or an equity compensation plan with similar terms that was canceled in 2017. AB Holding Unit-based awards (including options) in respect of 53.9 million AB Holding Units were available for grant as of December 31, 2017.

The AllianceBernstein 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended, was canceled on September 30, 2017. The awards and terms under the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan were substantially similar to the 2017 Plan.

 

14) INCOME TAXES

Income (loss) from operations, before income taxes, included income from domestic operations of $1,171 million, $1,935 million and $324 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and income (losses) from foreign operations of $143 million, $119 million and $117 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. Approximately $30 million, $30 million, and $29 million of the Company’s income tax expense is attributed to foreign jurisdictions for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

A summary of the income tax (expense) benefit in the consolidated statements of income (loss) follows:

 

     2017      2016      2015  
     (In Millions)  

Income tax (expense) benefit:

        

Current (expense) benefit

   $ 119      $ (169    $ 136  

Deferred (expense) benefit

     (160      (218      81  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (41    $ (387    $ 217  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-105


Table of Contents

The Federal income taxes attributable to consolidated operations are different from the amounts determined by multiplying the earnings before income taxes and noncontrolling interest by the expected Federal income tax rate of 35.0%. The sources of the difference and their tax effects are as follows:

 

     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Expected income tax (expense) benefit

   $ (460    $ (719    $ (154

Noncontrolling interest

     138        125        96  

Non-taxable investment income (loss)

     255        177        191  

Tax audit interest

     (14      (32      (8

State income taxes

     (16      (108      (10

Tax Settlements/Uncertain Tax Position Release

     228        181        105  

Change in Tax Law

     (20      —          —    

Intangibles

     (138      (9      (9

Other

     (14      (2      6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

   $ (41    $ (387    $ 217  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the second quarter of 2017 the Company agreed to the Internal Revenue Service’s Revenue Agent’s Report for its consolidated 2008 and 2009 Federal corporate income tax returns. The impact on the Company’s financial statements and unrecognized tax benefits was a tax benefit of $228 million. The Company’s financial statements include a tax expense of $129 million related to non-deductible goodwill due to the Company’s early adoption of revised goodwill impairment guidance in the first quarter of 2017.

During the first quarter of 2016, the Company agreed to the Internal Revenue Service’s Revenue Agent’s Report for MONY Life’s consolidated amended 2004-2007 Federal and consolidated 2008 and 2009 Federal corporate income tax returns. The impact on the Company’s statement of income (loss) is an income tax benefit of $21 million. Also during 2016, the Company released an unrecognized tax benefit related to the loss generated by the sale of MONY Life Insurance Company. The benefit recorded in the Company’s financial statements was $160 million.

During the second quarter of 2015, the Company reached a settlement with the IRS on the appeal of proposed adjustments to the Company’s 2004 and 2005 Federal corporate income tax returns. Additionally, on June 30, 2015, the statute of limitations lapsed on certain subsidiaries, resulting in the release of unrecognized tax benefits for timing items and the release of accrued interest thereon. The impact of these events on the Company’s financial statements and unrecognized tax benefits in 2015 was a tax benefit of $105 million.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Reform Act”) was enacted on December 22, 2017. The SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations where a company does not have the necessary information available to complete its accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Reform Act. In accordance with SAB 118, the Company determined reasonable estimates for certain effects of the Tax Reform Act and recorded those estimates as provisional amounts in the 2017 financial statements due to the need for further analysis, collection and preparation of the relevant data necessary to complete the accounting. These amounts are subject to change as the information necessary to complete the calculations is obtained and as tax authorities issue further guidance.

The following provisional amounts related to the impact of the Tax Reform Act are included in the Company’s financial statements:

 

    An income tax benefit of $3 million from the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities due to lower corporate tax rates. The Company will recognize changes to this estimate as the calculation of cumulative temporary differences is refined.

 

    An income tax expense of $23 million to account for the deemed repatriation of foreign earnings. The determination of this tax requires further analysis regarding the amount and composition of historical foreign earnings.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

The components of the net deferred income taxes are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2017      December 31, 2016  
     Assets      Liabilities      Assets      Liabilities  
     (in millions)  

Compensation and related benefits

   $ 328      $ —        $ 605      $ —    

Net operating loss

     35        —          43        —    

Reserves and reinsurance

     1,454        —          1,878        —    

DAC and VOBA

     —          861        —          1,549  

Unrealized investment gains (losses)

     —          373        —          63  

Investments

     —          891        —          859  

Alternative minimum tax credits

     528        —          303        —    

Other

     170        —          537        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,515      $ 2,125      $ 3,366      $ 2,471  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has Federal tax net operating loss carry forwards of $167 million and $123 million, which will expire at various dates from 2029 through 2035 for the years ending December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Realization is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of the loss carryforwards. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax asset will be realized.

The Company had $528 million and $303 million of AMT credits for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, which do not expire. While the Tax Reform Act repealed the corporate AMT and allows for the refund of a portion of accumulated minimum tax credits, the refundable credits may be subject to a sequestration fee. Included in the deferred tax revaluation is a $35 million charge related to the sequestration of refundable AMT credits.

In accordance with the recently enacted Tax Reform Act, the Company provided a $23 million provisional charge on the deemed repatriation of earnings associated with non-U.S. corporate subsidiaries. Therefore, the Company is no longer asserting permanent reinvestment of earnings overseas. Per SAB 118, the Company continues to evaluate the remaining income tax effects on the reversal of the indefinite reinvestment assertion as a result of the Tax Reform Act.

A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties) follows:

 

     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Balance at January 1,

   $ 729      $ 802      $ 857  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     28        99        44  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (247      (172      (99

Additions for tax positions of current year

     —          —          —    

Settlements with Tax Authorities

     (33      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,

   $ 477      $ 729      $ 802  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective rate

   $ 317      $ 485      $ 620  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense. Interest and penalties included in the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $83 million and $126 million, respectively. For 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, there were $(43) million, $25 million and $(47) million in interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits.

It is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change within the next 12 months due to the conclusion of IRS proceedings and the addition of new issues for open tax years. The possible change in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits cannot be estimated at this time.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2017, tax years 2010 and subsequent remain subject to examination by the IRS.

 

15) ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

AOCI represents cumulative gains (losses) on items that are not reflected in income (loss). The balances for the past three years follow:

 

     December 31,  
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Unrealized gains (losses) on investments

   $ 830     $ 140     $ 414  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (35     (77     (59

Defined benefit pension plans

     (955     (1,055     (1,089
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (160     (992     (734
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     52       71       57  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ (108   $ (921   $ (677
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of OCI for the past three years, net of tax, follow:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

      

Foreign currency translation gains (losses) arising during the period

   $ 42     $ (18   $ (25

(Gains) losses reclassified into net income (loss) during the period

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     42       (18     (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on investments:

      

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the year

     910       (227     (1,202

(Gains) losses reclassified into net income (loss) during the year (1)

     10       (55     13  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on investments

     920       (282     (1,189

Adjustments for policyholders liabilities, DAC, insurance liability loss recognition and other

     (230     8       250  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains (losses), net of adjustments (net of deferred income tax expense (benefit) of $(262) million, $(164) million, and $(505) million)

     690       (274     (939
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in defined benefit plans:

      

Less: reclassification adjustments to net income (loss) for: (2)

      

Amortization of net prior service credit included in net periodic cost

     100       34       35  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in defined benefit plans (net of deferred income tax expense (benefit) of $51 million, $19 million, $19 million)

     100       34       35  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

     832       (258     (929

Less: Other comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (19     14       14  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 813     $ (244   $ (915
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See “Reclassification adjustments” in Note 3. Reclassification amounts presented net of income tax expense (benefit) of $5 million, $29 million and $(7) million for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
(2) These AOCI components are included in the computation of net periodic costs (see “Employee Benefit Plans” in Note 12). Reclassification amounts presented net of income tax expense (benefit) of $(51) million, $(19) million and $(19) million for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-108


Table of Contents

Investment gains and losses reclassified from AOCI to net income (loss) primarily consist of realized gains (losses) on sales and OTTI of AFS securities and are included in Total investment gains (losses), net on the consolidated statements of income (loss). Amounts reclassified from AOCI to net income (loss) as related to defined benefit plans primarily consist of amortizations of net (gains) losses and net prior service cost (credit) recognized as a component of net periodic cost and reported in Compensation and benefit expenses in the consolidated statements of income (loss). Amounts presented in the table above are net of tax.

 

16) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Litigation

Litigation, regulatory and other loss contingencies arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s activities as a diversified financial services firm. The Company is a defendant in a number of litigation matters arising from the conduct of its business. In some of these matters, claimants seek to recover very large or indeterminate amounts, including compensatory, punitive, treble and exemplary damages. Modern pleading practice in the U.S. permits considerable variation in the assertion of monetary damages and other relief. Claimants are not always required to specify the monetary damages they seek or they may be required only to state an amount sufficient to meet a court’s jurisdictional requirements. Moreover, some jurisdictions allow claimants to allege monetary damages that far exceed any reasonably possible verdict. The variability in pleading requirements and past experience demonstrates that the monetary and other relief that may be requested in a lawsuit or claim often bears little relevance to the merits or potential value of a claim. Litigation against the Company includes a variety of claims including, among other things, insurers’ sales practices, alleged agent misconduct, alleged failure to properly supervise agents, contract administration, product design, features and accompanying disclosure, cost of insurance increases, the use of captive reinsurers, payments of death benefits and the reporting and escheatment of unclaimed property, alleged breach of fiduciary duties, alleged mismanagement of client funds and other matters.

As with other financial services companies, the Company periodically receives informal and formal requests for information from various state and federal governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations in connection with inquiries and investigations of the products and practices of the Company or the financial services industry. It is the practice of the Company to cooperate fully in these matters.

The outcome of a litigation or regulatory matter is difficult to predict and the amount or range of potential losses associated with these or other loss contingencies requires significant management judgment. It is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome or to provide reasonably possible losses or ranges of losses for all pending regulatory matters, litigation and other loss contingencies. While it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain cases could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial position, based on information currently known, management believes that neither the outcome of pending litigation and regulatory matters, nor potential liabilities associated with other loss contingencies, are likely to have such an effect. However, given the large and indeterminate amounts sought in certain litigation and the inherent unpredictability of all such matters, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain of the Company’s litigation or regulatory matters, or liabilities arising from other loss contingencies, could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarterly or annual period.

For some matters, the Company is able to estimate a possible range of loss. For such matters in which a loss is probable, an accrual has been made. For matters where the Company, however, believes a loss is reasonably possible, but not probable, no accrual is required. For matters for which an accrual has been made, but there remains a reasonably possible range of loss in excess of the amounts accrued or for matters where no accrual is required, the Company develops an estimate of the unaccrued amounts of the reasonably possible range of losses. As of December 31, 2017, the Company estimates the aggregate range of reasonably possible losses, in excess of any amounts accrued for these matters as of such date, to be up to approximately $90 million.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

For other matters, the Company is currently not able to estimate the reasonably possible loss or range of loss. The Company is often unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss until developments in such matters have provided sufficient information to support an assessment of the range of possible loss, such as quantification of a damage demand from plaintiffs, discovery from plaintiffs and other parties, investigation of factual allegations, rulings by a court on motions or appeals, analysis by experts and the progress of settlement discussions. On a quarterly and annual basis, the Company reviews relevant information with respect to litigation and regulatory contingencies and updates the Company’s accruals, disclosures and reasonably possible losses or ranges of loss based on such reviews.

In July 2011, a derivative action was filed in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey entitled Mary Ann Sivolella v. AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC (“Sivolella Litigation”) and a substantially similar action was filed in January 2013 entitled Sanford et al. v. AXA Equitable FMG (“Sanford Litigation”). These lawsuits were filed on behalf of a total of twelve mutual funds and, among other things, seek recovery under (i) Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), for alleged excessive fees paid to AXA Equitable Life and AXA Equitable FMG for investment management services and administrative services and (ii) a variety of other theories including unjust enrichment. The Sivolella Litigation and the Sanford Litigation were consolidated and a 25-day trial commenced in January 2016 and concluded in February 2016. In August 2016, the District Court issued its decision in favor of AXA Equitable Life and AXA Equitable FMG, finding that the plaintiffs had failed to meet their burden to demonstrate that AXA Equitable Life and AXA Equitable FMG breached their fiduciary duty in violation of Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act or show any actual damages. In September 2016, the plaintiffs filed a motion to amend the District Court’s trial opinion and to amend or make new findings of fact and/or conclusions of law. In December 2016, the District Court issued an order denying the motion to amend and plaintiffs filed a notice to appeal the District Court’s decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. We are vigorously defending this matter.

In April 2014, a lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, now entitled Ross v. AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company . The lawsuit is a putative class action on behalf of all persons and entities that, between 2011 and March 11, 2014, directly or indirectly, purchased, renewed or paid premiums on life insurance policies issued by AXA Equitable Life (the “Policies”). The complaint alleges that AXA Equitable Life did not disclose in its New York statutory annual statements or elsewhere that the collateral for certain reinsurance transactions with affiliated reinsurance companies was supported by parental guarantees, an omission that allegedly caused AXA Equitable Life to misrepresent its “financial condition” and “legal reserve system.” The lawsuit seeks recovery under Section 4226 of the New York Insurance Law of all premiums paid by the class for the Policies during the relevant period. In July 2015, the Court granted AXA Equitable Life’s motion to dismiss for lack of subject matter jurisdiction. In April 2015, a second action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York was filed on behalf of a putative class of variable annuity holders with “Guaranteed Benefits Insurance Riders,” entitled Calvin W. Yarbrough, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated v. AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company . The new action covers the same class period, makes substantially the same allegations, and seeks the same relief as the Ross action. In October 2015, the Court, on its own, dismissed the Yarbrough litigation on similar grounds as the Ross litigation. In December 2015, the Second Circuit denied the plaintiffs motion to consolidate their appeals but ordered that the appeals be heard together before a single panel of judges. In February 2017, the Second Circuit affirmed the decisions of the district court in favor of AXA Equitable Life, and that decision is now final because the plaintiffs failed to file a further appeal.

In November 2014, a lawsuit was filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Camden County entitled Arlene Shuster, on behalf of herself and all others similarly situated v. AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company . This lawsuit is a putative class action on behalf of all AXA Equitable Life variable life insurance policyholders who allocated funds from their policy accounts to investments in AXA Equitable Life’s Separate Accounts, which were subsequently subjected to the volatility-management strategy and who

 

F-110


Table of Contents

suffered injury as a result thereof. The action asserts that AXA Equitable Life breached its variable life insurance contracts by implementing the volatility management strategy. In February 2016, the Court dismissed the complaint. In March 2016, the plaintiff filed a notice of appeal. In August 2015, another lawsuit was filed in Connecticut Superior Court, Judicial Division of New Haven entitled Richard T. O’Donnell, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated v. AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company . This lawsuit is a putative class action on behalf of all persons who purchased variable annuities from AXA Equitable Life, which were subsequently subjected to the volatility-management strategy and who suffered injury as a result thereof. Plaintiff asserts a claim for breach of contract alleging that AXA Equitable Life implemented the volatility management strategy in violation of applicable law. In November 2015, the Connecticut Federal District Court transferred this action to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. In March 2017, the Southern District of New York granted AXA Equitable Life’s motion to dismiss the complaint. In April 2017, the plaintiff filed a notice of appeal. In April 2018, the appellate court reversed the trial court’s decision and remanded the case back to Connecticut state court. We are vigorously defending these matters.

In February 2016, a lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entitled Brach Family Foundation, Inc. v. AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company . This lawsuit is a putative class action brought on behalf of all owners of UL policies subject to AXA Equitable Life’s COI increase. In early 2016, AXA Equitable Life raised COI rates for certain UL policies issued between 2004 and 2007, which had both issue ages 70 and above and a current face value amount of $1 million and above. The current complaint alleges a claim for breach of contract and a claim that AXA Equitable Life made misrepresentations in violation of Section 4226 of the New York Insurance Law (“Section 4226”). Plaintiff seeks (a) with respect to its breach of contract claim, compensatory damages, costs, and, pre- and post-judgment interest, and (b) with respect to its claim concerning Section 4226, a penalty in the amount of premiums paid by the plaintiff and the putative class. AXA Equitable Life’s response to the complaint was filed in February 2017. Additionally, a separate putative class action and seven individual actions challenging the COI increase have been filed against AXA Equitable Life in federal or state courts. Within that group, all of the outstanding federal actions (the second putative class action and three individual actions) have been transferred to the Federal court where the Brach litigation is pending. In October 2017, the Brach court entered an order consolidating the Brach class action and the other putative class action for all purposes and ordered that the three individual actions be consolidated with the Brach litigation for the purposes of coordinating pre-trial activities. We are in various stages of motion practice in each of these matters and are vigorously defending them.

Debt Maturities

At December 31, 2017, aggregate maturities of the long-term debt, based on required principal payments at maturity were $0 million for the next four successive years and $552 million thereafter.

At December 31, 2017, aggregate maturities of the loans from affiliates, based on required principal payments at maturity were $1,092 million for 2018, $0 million for 2019, $770 million in 2020 and $1,760 million for years 2021 and thereafter.

Leases

The Company has entered into operating leases for office space and certain other assets, principally information technology equipment and office furniture and equipment. Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases for 2018 and the four successive years are $214 million, $207 million, $177 million, $169 million, $156 million and $334 million thereafter. Minimum future sublease rental income on these non-cancelable operating leases for 2018 and the four successive years is $56 million, $58 million, $41 million, $40 million, $37 million and $60 million thereafter.

Rent expense, which is amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease, was $142.9 million, $140.2 million, $137.7 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, net of

 

F-111


Table of Contents

sublease income of $16.4 million, $15.8 million, $5.2 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Obligations under Funding Agreements

Entering into FHLBNY membership, borrowings and funding agreements requires the ownership of FHLBNY stock and the pledge of assets as collateral. The Company has purchased FHLBNY stock of $144 million and pledged collateral with a carrying value of $4.5 billion, as of December 31, 2017. The Company issues short-term funding agreements to the FHLBNY and uses the funds for asset liability and cash management purposes. The Company issues long term funding agreements to the FHLBNY and uses the funds for spread lending purposes. Funding agreements are reported in Policyholders’ account balances in the consolidated balance sheets. For other instruments used for asset/liability and cash management purposes, see “Derivative and offsetting assets and liabilities” included in Note 3. The table below summarizes the Company’s activity of funding agreements with the FHLBNY.

 

     Outstanding
balance at end
of period
     Maturity of
Outstanding balance
   Issued during
the period
     Repaid during
the period
 
     (in millions)  

December 31, 2017:

  

Short-term FHLBNY funding agreements

   $ 500      less than one month    $ 6,000      $ 6,000  

Long-term FHLBNY funding agreements

     1,244      less than 4 years      324        —    
     377      Less than 5 years      303        —    
     879      greater than five years      135        —    
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long term funding agreements

     2,500           762        —    
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total FHLBNY funding agreements at December 31, 2017 (1)

   $ 3,000         $ 6,762      $ 6,000  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2016:

           

Short-term FHLBNY funding agreements

   $ 500      less than one month    $ 6,000      $ 6,000  

Long-term FHLBNY funding agreements

     58      less than 4 years      58        —    
     862      Less than 5 years      862        —    
     818      greater than five years      818        —    
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long term funding agreements

     1,738           1,738        —    
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total FHLBNY funding agreements at December 31, 2016

   $ 2,238         $ 7,738      $ 6,000  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)   The $14 million difference between the funding agreements carrying value shown in fair value table for 2017 and contractual obligation value for 2017 reflects the impact of a hedge implemented to lock in the funding agreements borrowing rate.

 

F-112


Table of Contents

Restructuring

As part of the Company’s on-going efforts to reduce costs and operate more efficiently, from time to time, management has approved and initiated plans to reduce headcount and relocate certain operations. In 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively, the Company recorded $29 million, $21 million and $3 million pre-tax charges related to severance and lease costs. The restructuring costs, included in other operating expenses and liabilities, included in other liabilities, associated with the Company’s initiatives were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Severance

     

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 22      $ 11  

Additions

     17        20  

Cash payments

     (14      (9

Other reductions

     (2      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 23      $ 22  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Leases

     

Balance as of January 1, 2017

   $ 170      $ 190  

Expense incurred

     29        12  

Deferred rent

     10        5  

Payments made

     (48      (42

Interest accretion

     4        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of end of period

   $ 165      $ 170  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the above, in an effort to further reduce its global real estate footprint, AB completed a comprehensive review of its worldwide office locations and began implementing a global space consolidation plan in 2012. This resulted in the sublease of office space primarily in New York as well as offices in England, Australia and various U.S. locations. In 2017, AB recorded new real estate charges of $37 million, resulting from new charges of $40 million relating to the further consolidation of office space at AB’s New York offices, offset by changes in estimates related to previously recorded real estate charges of $4 million, which reflects the shortening of the lease term of AB’s corporate headquarters from 2029 to 2024. Real estate charges are recorded in Other operating costs and expenses in the Company’s consolidated Statements of income (loss).

Guarantees and Other Commitments

The Company provides certain guarantees or commitments to affiliates and others. At December 31, 2017, these arrangements include commitments by the Company to provide equity financing of $756 million (including $234 million with affiliates and $22 million on consolidated VIEs) to certain limited partnerships and real estate joint ventures under certain conditions. Management believes the Company will not incur material losses as a result of these commitments.

The Company is the obligor under certain structured settlement agreements it had entered into with unaffiliated insurance companies and beneficiaries. To satisfy its obligations under these agreements, the Company owns single premium annuities issued by previously wholly owned life insurance subsidiaries. The Company has directed payment under these annuities to be made directly to the beneficiaries under the structured settlement agreements. A contingent liability exists with respect to these agreements should the previously wholly owned subsidiaries be unable to meet their obligations. Management believes the need for the Company to satisfy those obligations is remote.

 

F-113


Table of Contents

The Company had $4,489 million of undrawn letters of credit, including $4,260 million at AXA Arizona RE related to reinsurance assumed from AXA Equitable Life, USFL and MLOA at December 31, 2017. Holdings had $636 million of commitments under existing mortgage loan agreements at December 31, 2017.

AXA Equitable Life, USFL and MLOA receive statutory reserve credits for reinsurance treaties with AXA Arizona RE to the extent AXA Arizona holds assets in an irrevocable trust (the “Trust”) ($10.4 billion at December 31, 2017) and/or letters of credit ($4.3 billion at December 31, 2017). These letters of credit are guaranteed by AXA or AXA Financial. Under the reinsurance transactions, AXA Arizona RE is permitted to transfer assets from the Trust under certain circumstances. The level of statutory reserves held by AXA Arizona RE fluctuate based on market movements, mortality experience and policyholder behavior. Increasing reserve requirements may necessitate that additional assets be placed in trust and/or securing additional letters of credit, which could adversely impact AXA Arizona RE’s liquidity.

In addition, AXA Arizona RE utilizes derivative instruments as well as repurchase agreement transactions that are collectively managed in an effort to reduce the economic impact of unfavorable changes to GMDB and GMIB reserves. The use of such instruments are accompanied by agreements which specify the circumstances under which the parties are required to pledge collateral related to the decline in the estimated fair value of specified instruments. Moreover, under the terms of a majority of the transactions, payments to counterparties related to the change in fair value of the instruments may be required. The amount of collateral pledged and the amount of payments required to be made pursuant to such transactions may increase under certain circumstances, which could adversely impact AXA Arizona RE’s liquidity.

AB maintains a guarantee in connection with the AB Credit Facility. If SCB LLC is unable to meet its obligations, AB will pay the obligations when due or on demand. In addition, AB maintains guarantees totaling $375 million for SCB LLC’s three uncommitted lines of credit.

AB maintains a guarantee with a commercial bank, under which it guarantees the obligations in the ordinary course of business of SCB LLC, SCBL and AllianceBernstein Holdings (Cayman) Ltd. (“AB Cayman”). AB also maintains three additional guarantees with other commercial banks under which it guarantees approximately $410 million of obligations for SCBL. In the event that SCB LLC, SCBL or AB Cayman is unable to meet its obligations, AB will pay the obligations when due or on demand.

AB also has two smaller guarantees with a commercial bank totaling approximately $2 million, under which it guarantees certain obligations in the ordinary course of business of one of its foreign subsidiaries.

During 2009, AB entered into a subscription agreement under which it committed to invest up to $35 million, as amended in 2011, in a venture capital fund over a six-year period. As of December 31, 2017, AB had funded all of this commitment.

During 2010, as general partner of the AB U.S. Real Estate L.P. (the “Real Estate Fund”), AB committed to invest $25 million in the Real Estate Fund. As of December 31, 2017, AB had funded $22 million of this commitment. As general partner of the AB U.S. Real Estate II L.P. (“Real Estate Fund II”), AB committed to invest $28 million in Real Estate Fund II. As of December 31, 2017, AB funded $10 million of this commitment.

During 2012, AB entered into an investment agreement under which it committed to invest up to $8 million in an oil and gas fund over a three-year period. As of December 31, 2017, AB had funded $6 million of this commitment.

AB has not been required to perform under any of the above agreements and currently have no liability in connection with these agreements.

 

17) INSURANCE GROUP STATUTORY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

AXA Equitable Life, MLOA, USFL, AXA Equitable Life and Annuity (“AXA Equitable L&A”) and ACS Life are restricted as to the amounts they may pay as dividends and amounts it may repay of surplus notes to

 

F-114


Table of Contents

Holdings. Under the applicable states’ insurance law, a domestic life insurer may not, without prior approval of the Superintendent, pay a dividend to its shareholders exceeding an amount calculated based on a statutory formula. This formula would permit AXA Equitable Life to pay shareholder dividends not greater than approximately $1,242 million during 2018. Payment of dividends exceeding this amount requires the insurer to file a notice of its intent to declare such dividends with the applicable state’s Superintendent who then has 30 days to disapprove the distribution. This formula would not permit MLOA, USFL, AXA Equitable L&A and ACS Life to pay a dividend in 2018. For 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, AXA Equitable Life’s, MLOA’s, USFL’s, AXA Equitable L&A’s and ACS Life’s combined statutory net income (loss) totaled $942 million, $656 million and $2,042 million. Statutory surplus, capital stock and Asset Valuation Reserve (“AVR”) totaled $8,573 million and $5,893 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In 2017, AXA Equitable Life did not pay shareholder dividends and in 2016, AXA Equitable Life paid $1,050 million in shareholder dividends. In 2015, AXA Equitable Life paid $767 million in shareholder dividends and transferred approximately 10.0 million in Units of AB (fair value of $245 million) in the form of a dividend to AXA Equitable Financial Services, LLC.

At December 31, 2017, AXA Equitable Life, MLOA, USFL, AXA Equitable L&A and ACS Life, in accordance with various government and state regulations, had $85 million of securities on deposit with such government or state agencies.

In 2015, AXA Equitable Life, with the approval of the NYDFS, repaid $200 million of third party surplus notes at maturity. In 2015 ACS Life with the approval of Delaware Department of Insurance repaid $242 million of surplus notes to Holdings prior to maturity.

At December 31, 2017 and for the year then ended, for AXA Equitable Life, MLOA, USFL and AXA Equitable L&A there were no differences in net income (loss) and capital and surplus resulting from practices prescribed and permitted by NYDFS, the Arizona Department of Insurance (the “AID”) and those prescribed by NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures effective at December 31, 2017. At December 31, 2017 ACS Life had a difference in capital and surplus based on the investment valuation of the Captive reinsurance subsidiary which follows a special purpose framework for Statutory reporting as agreed to with the AID from practices prescribed and permitted by the Delaware Department of Insurance and those prescribed by NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures effective at December 31, 2017. The impact of this permitted practice increased the statutory surplus and AVR of ACS Life by $103 million and $157 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. ACS Life’s risk-based capital would have triggered a regulatory event without the use of this permitted practice in 2016.

AXA Equitable Life, USFL and MLOA cede a portion of their statutory reserves to AXA Arizona RE, a captive reinsurer, as part of the Company’s capital management strategy. AXA Arizona RE prepares financial statements in a special purpose framework for statutory reporting.

Accounting practices used to prepare statutory financial statements for regulatory filings of stock life insurance companies differ in certain instances from GAAP. The differences between statutory surplus and capital stock determined in accordance with Statutory Accounting Principles (“SAP”) and total equity under GAAP are primarily: (a) the inclusion in SAP of an AVR intended to stabilize surplus from fluctuations in the value of the investment portfolio; (b) future policy benefits and policyholders’ account balances under SAP differ from GAAP due to differences between actuarial assumptions and reserving methodologies; (c) certain policy acquisition costs are expensed under SAP but deferred under GAAP and amortized over future periods to achieve a matching of revenues and expenses; (d) under SAP, Federal income taxes are provided on the basis of amounts currently payable with limited recognition of deferred tax assets while under GAAP, deferred taxes are recorded for temporary differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities where the probability of realization is reasonably assured; (e) the valuation of assets under SAP and GAAP differ due to different investment valuation and depreciation methodologies, as well as the deferral of interest-related realized capital gains and losses on fixed income investments; (f) the valuation of the investment in AB and AB Holding under SAP reflects a portion of the market value appreciation rather than the equity in the underlying net assets as required under GAAP; (g) reporting the

 

F-115


Table of Contents

surplus notes as a component of surplus in SAP but as a liability in GAAP; (h) computer software development costs are capitalized under GAAP but expensed under SAP; (i) certain assets, primarily prepaid assets, are not admissible under SAP but are admissible under GAAP, (j) the fair valuing of all acquired assets and liabilities including VOBA and intangible assets are required for GAAP purchase accounting and (k) cost of reinsurance which is recognized as expense under SAP and amortized over the life of the underlying reinsured policies under GAAP.

 

18) BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company has four reportable segments: Individual Retirement, Group Retirement, Investment Management and Research and Protection Solutions.

The Company changed its segment presentation in the fourth quarter 2017. The segment disclosures are based on the intention to provide the users of the financial statements with a view of the business from the Company’s perspective. As a result, the Company determined that it is more useful for a user of the financial statements to assess the historical performance on the basis which management currently evaluates the business. The reportable segments are based on the nature of the business activities, as they exist as of the initial filing date.

These segments reflect the manner by which the Company’s chief operating decision maker views and manages the business. A brief description of these segments follows:

 

    The Individual Retirement segment offers a diverse suite of variable annuity products which are primarily sold to affluent and high net worth individuals saving for retirement or seeking retirement income.

 

    The Group Retirement segment offers tax-deferred investment and retirement plans to sponsored by educational entities, municipalities and not-for-profit entities as well as small and medium-sized businesses.

 

    The Investment Management and Research segment provides diversified investment management, research and related solutions globally to a broad range of clients through three main client channels- Institutional, Retail and Private Wealth Management-and distributes its institutional research products and solutions through Bernstein Research Services.

 

    The Protection Solutions segment includes our life insurance and group employee benefits businesses. Our life insurance business offers a variety of variable universal life, universal life and term life products to help affluent and high net worth individuals, as well as small and medium-sized business owners, with their wealth protection, wealth transfer and corporate needs. Our group employee benefits business offers a suite of dental, vision, life, and short- and long-term disability and other insurance products to small and medium-size businesses across the United States.

Measurement

Operating earnings (loss) is the financial measure which primarily focuses on the Company’s segments’ results of operations as well as the underlying profitability of the Company’s core business. By excluding items that can be distortive and unpredictable such as investment gains (losses) and investment income (loss) from derivative instruments, the Company believes operating earnings (loss) by segment enhances the understanding of the Company’s underlying drivers of profitability and trends in the Company’s segments. Operating earnings is calculated by adjusting each segment’s Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings for the following items:

 

    Adjustments related to GMxB features include changes in the fair value of the derivatives we use to hedge our GMxB features within our variable annuity products, the effect of benefit ratio unlock adjustments and changes in the fair value of the embedded derivatives of our GMxB riders reflected within variable annuity products net derivative result;

 

F-116


Table of Contents
    Investment (gains) losses, which includes other-than-temporary impairments of securities, sales or disposals of securities/investments, realized capital gains/losses and valuation allowances;

 

    Derivative (gains) losses from certain derivative instruments, which includes net derivative (gains) losses, excluding derivative instruments used to hedge risks associated with interest margins on interest sensitive life and annuity contracts, replicate credit exposure of fixed maturity securities, replicate a dollar-denominated fixed-coupon cash bonds, Separate Account fee hedges, and freestanding and embedded derivatives associated with products with GMxB features;

 

    Net actuarial (gains) losses, which includes actuarial gains and losses as a result of differences between actual and expected experience on pension plan assets or projected benefit obligation during a given period related to pension and other postretirement benefit obligations;

 

    Other adjustments including restructuring costs related to severance, lease write-offs related to non-recurring restructuring activities and write-downs of goodwill; and

 

    Income tax expense (benefit) related to above adjustments and non-recurring tax items.

All of the Company’s premiums, UL and investment-type product policy fees and other revenues originated in the United States. Income (loss) from operations, before income taxes included $139 million, $109 million and $111 million generated outside of the United States in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, primarily attributable to our Investment Management and Research Segment.

Revenues derived from any customer did not exceed 10% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

The table below presents operating earnings (loss) by segment and Corporate and Other and a reconciliation to Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 850      $ 1,272      $ 333  

Adjustments related to:

        

GMxB features

     1,244        2,068        1,697  

Investment (gains) losses

     191        (1,983      15  

Investment income from certain derivative instruments

     18        6        (104

Net actuarial (gains) losses related to pension and other postretirement benefit obligations

     135        140        137  

Goodwill impairment

     369        —          —    

Other adjustments

     89        12        (11

Income tax expense (benefit) related to above adjustments

     (699      (76      (592

Non-recurring tax items

     (76      (63      (103
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings

   $ 2,121      $ 1,376      $ 1,372  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating earnings (loss) by segment:

        

Individual Retirement

   $ 1,287      $ 1,153      $ 1,060  

Group Retirement

     283        167        167  

Investment Management and Research

     211        161        173  

Protection Solutions

     536        79        113  

Corporate and Other (1)

     (196      (184      (141

 

(1) Includes interest expense of $138 million, $161 million, and $131 million, in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-117


Table of Contents

Segment revenues is a measure of the Company’s revenue by segment as adjusted to exclude certain items. The following table reconciles segment revenues to Total revenues by excluding the following items:

 

    Adjustment related to our GMxB business which includes: changes in the fair value of the derivatives we use to hedge our GMxB riders within our variable annuities, and changes in the fair value of the embedded derivatives of our GMxB riders reflected within variable annuity net derivative result;

 

    Investment gains (losses), which include other-than-temporary impairments of securities, sales or disposals of securities/investments, realized capital gains/losses, and valuation allowances; and

 

    Investment income (loss) from certain derivative instruments, which includes net derivative gains (losses), excluding derivative instruments used to hedge risks associated with interest margins on interest sensitive life and annuity contracts, separate account fee hedges, and freestanding and embedded derivatives associated with products with GMxB features.

The table below presents segment revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Segment revenues:

        

Individual Retirement (1)

   $ 4,356      $ 3,731      $ 3,204  

Group Retirement (1)

     947        801        794  

Investment Management and Research (2)

     3,216        2,933        3,024  

Protection Solutions (1)

     3,046        3,124        2,972  

Corporate and Other (1)

     1,212        1,256        1,405  

Adjustments:

        

Adjustments related to GMxB features

     (242      (2,069      (1,385

Investment gains (losses)

     (191      1,983        (15

Investment income (loss) from certain derivative instruments

     (18      (6      104  

Other adjustments to segment revenues

     188        169        (24
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 12,514      $ 11,922      $ 10,079  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes investment expenses charged by AB of approximately $68 million, $60 million, and $57 million for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, for services provided to the Company.
(2) Inter-segment investment management and other fees of approximately $96 million, $86 million, and $84 million for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, are included in segment revenues of the Investment Management and Research segment.

The table below presents total assets by segment as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (in millions)  

Total assets by segment:

     

Individual Retirement

   $ 121,723      $ 104,839  

Group Retirement

     38,578        32,805  

Investment Management and Research

     8,297        10,066  

Protection Solutions

     43,116        44,443  

Corporate and Other

     23,934        24,461  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 235,648      $ 216,614  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-118


Table of Contents
19) EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to Holdings common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to Holdings common shareholders adjusted for the incremental dilution from AB by the weighted-average number of common shares used in the basic EPS calculation.

On April 24, 2018, Holdings filed a Certificate of Amendment to amend Holdings’ Certificate of Incorporation in the State of Delaware, authorizing the issuance of 2,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and effecting a 459.4752645-for-1 common stock split. All applicable share data, per share amounts and related information in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted retroactively to give effect to the 459.4752645-for-1 common stock split.

The following table presents the weighted average shares used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per common share:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Weighted Average Shares

        

Weighted average common stock outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per common share

     561.00        561.00        561.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents the reconciliation of the numerator for the basic and diluted net income per share calculations:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings common shareholders:

        

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings common shareholders (basic):

   $ 850      $ 1,272      $ 333  

Less: Incremental dilution from AB (1)

   $ 1      $ —        $ 1  

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings common shareholders (diluted):

   $ 849      $ 1,272      $ 332  

 

(1) The incremental dilution from AB represents the impact of AB’s dilutive units on the Company’s diluted earnings per share and is calculated based on the Company’s proportionate ownership interest in AB.

The following table presents both basic and diluted income (loss) per share for each period presented:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     in dollar per share  

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 1.52      $ 2.27      $ 0.59  

Diluted

   $ 1.51      $ 2.27      $ 0.59  

 

20) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 6, 2018, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

In January 2018, AXA pre-paid $50 million of a $700 million note that was issued to the Company in 2007 and $150 million of a $500 million term loan that was received from the Company in 2008.

In December 2013, Colisée Re issued a $145 million 4.75% Senior Unsecured Note to Holdings. The loan was scheduled to mature on December 19, 2028. This loan was repaid on March 26, 2018.

Effective February 1, 2018, AXA Equitable Life entered into a coinsurance reinsurance agreement to cede 90% of its single premium deferred annuities (SPDA) products issued between 1978-2001 and its

 

F-119


Table of Contents

Guaranteed Growth Annuity (GGA) single premium deferred annuity products issued between 2001-2014. As a result of this agreement, AXA Equitable transferred assets with a market value equal to the statutory reserves of approximately $635 million.

In March 2018, AXA Equitable Life sold its interest in two real estate joint ventures to AXA France for a total purchase price of approximately $143 million, which resulted in the elimination of $203 million of long-term debt on the Company’s balance sheet for the first quarter of 2018.

In February 2018, Holdings entered into the following credit facilities: (i) a $3.9 billion two-year senior unsecured delayed draw term loan agreement; (ii) a $500 million three-year senior unsecured delayed draw term loan agreement; and (iii) a $2.5 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks. In addition to the credit facilities, Holdings entered into letter of credit facilities with an aggregate principal amount of approximately $1.9 billion, primarily to be used to support our life insurance business reinsured to EQ AZ Life Re following the GMxB Unwind.

Subsequent to entering into these credit facilities, Holdings entered into a waiver letter agreement with the lenders under each of our credit facilities and the letter of credit facilities, pursuant to which the lenders waived any default or event of default under such facilities resulting from the restatement of our annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, the restatement of our interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, the failure to furnish audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 on a timely basis as required by such facilities and related matters.

In March 2018, Holdings sold its shares of AXA America Corporate Solutions, Inc. (“AXA CS”) to AXA. Holdings’ repayment obligation to AXA in respect of a $622 million loan made by AXA to Holdings in December 2017 was set off against AXA’s payment obligation to Holdings with respect to the sale of AXA CS shares and AXA paid Holdings the balance of the purchase price in cash.

In March 2018, AXA contributed the 0.5% minority interest in AXA Financial to Holdings so that Holdings now owns 100% of AXA Financial.

In March 2018, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase a group annuity contact with the intent of settling certain retiree qualified pension liabilities. Completion of the transaction is estimated to result in elimination of approximately 8% of the Company’s consolidated projected pension benefit obligation.

Events subsequent to the original issuance of the consolidated financial statements (unaudited):

In connection with the reissuance of the financial statements, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 26, 2018, the date the financial statements were available to be reissued.

On April 11, 2018, AXA Equitable Life restated its 2016 financial statements, which caused defaults under certain of AXA Equitable Life’s derivative agreements. AXA Equitable Life sought waivers for these defaults from the relevant counterparties as appropriate and obtained all such waivers on April 11, 2018. We do not consider this to have a material impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

On April 20, 2018, Holdings:

 

    issued $800 million aggregate principal amount of 3.900% Senior Notes due 2023, $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.350% Senior Notes due 2028 and $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.000% Senior Notes due 2048 (together, the “Notes”);

 

    delivered a termination notice, to take effect April 23, 2018, for its $3.9 billion two-year senior unsecured delayed draw term loan agreement; and

 

    settled certain loans issued to or received from AXA and its affiliates resulting in a net payment to AXA and its affiliates of $2,530 million in principal and $11 million of accrued interest.

On April 20, 2018, AXA pre-paid $650 million of a $700 million note that was issued to the Company in 2007 and $50 million of a $500 million term loan that was received from the Company in 2008.

 

F-120


Table of Contents

On April 12, 2018, the GMxB Unwind was completed. As a result of the GMxB Unwind, we no longer benefit from the $1.5 billion revolving credit facility with AXA.

On April 23, 2018, Holdings used a portion of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes, together with available cash, to (i) purchase 100% of the shares of AXA IM Holding US for approximately $873 million and (ii) purchase all of the AB Units held by Coliseum Re for approximately $217 million. The Company’s $185 million loan to AXA IM Holding US was settled as part of the purchase of AXA IM Holding US.

2018 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program and Equity-Based Awards

STIC Program

On April 25, 2018, the Board of Directors approved a Short-Term Incentive Plan.

Certain executive officers will be eligible for an award under the 2018 program under the STIC Plan (the “2018 STIC Program”). The 2018 STIC Program will differ from prior programs by:

 

    determining funding based solely on the performance of AXA Financial R&P Operations against its targets, rather than a mix of its performance and AXA’s performance; and

 

    incorporating performance objectives that reflect AXA Financial R&P Operations’ key performance indicators, rather than objectives based on AXA’s strategy and focus.

The potential funding percentage for the 2018 STIC Program will range from 0% to 200% of target, consistent with peer payout ranges. The funding percentage will be allocated to business units based on the Company’s Chief Executive Officer’s assessment of business unit performance, provided that the funding for corporate staff will solely reflect company performance.

Expected performance objectives and weightings for the 2018 STIC Program are as follows:

 

Performance Objective

   Weighting

Non-GAAP Operating Earnings

   50%

Premiums and Flows

   25%

Strategic Goals

   25%

For this purpose, the “strategic goals” category will focus on the milestones needed to ensure that the Company transitions successfully to a standalone entity such as General Account optimization, IT systems implementations, position relocations and key staffing.

Transaction Incentive Grants

On April 25, 2018, the Board of Directors approved a grant of one-time equity-based awards in connection with this offering.

All Transaction Incentive Awards will be paid in the form of restricted stock units linked to the value of Holdings’ stock to further align the interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders. The amount of the restricted stock units granted to each executive officer will be determined by dividing the executive officers’ actual award value by the offering price.

 

F-121


Table of Contents

Fifty percent of each executive officer’s restricted stock units will vest based on continued service (the “Service Units”) and fifty percent will vest based on the performance of the Company’s share price (“Performance Units”) as follows:

 

Type of Units

  

Vesting Requirements

Service Units

  

•  50% of the Service Units will vest upon the expiration of the lock-up period related to this offering (expected to be six months);

 

•  25% of the Service Units will vest on the first anniversary of the offering date; and

 

•  25% of the Service Units will vest on the second anniversary of the offering date.

Performance Units

  

•   Condition #1 - if, prior to the second anniversary of the offering date, the average closing price of the Company’s share for thirty consecutive days is at least equal to 130% of the offering price, all Performance Units will immediately vest;

 

•   Condition #2 - if Condition #1 is not met but, prior to the fifth anniversary of the offering date, the average closing price of the Company’s share for thirty consecutive days is at least equal to 150% of the offering price, all Performance Units will immediately vest; and

 

•   Condition #3 - if neither Condition #1 or Condition #2 is met, fifty percent of the Performance Units will vest on the fifth anniversary of the offering date. The remaining 50% of the Performance Units will be forfeited.

Unvested restricted stock units will be forfeited upon termination of employment, except as follows:

 

Termination Type

  

Retention

Involuntary Termination (without cause)    A pro-rated portion of the Performance Units based on the participant’s full months of service completed during the five-year period from the date of grant will continue to vest subject to the performance criteria. All other units will be forfeited.
Death    All restricted stock units will be immediately vested.
Disability    All restricted stock units will continue to vest as if the individual continued employment.
Other    All restricted stock units will be forfeited.

Other Equity-Based Awards

On April 25, 2018, the Board of Directors approved certain other equity-based awards for executive officers.

Certain of the Company’s executive officers will receive an equity-based award in 2018 linked to the Company’s stock as follows.

The award will consist of three components: (a) Company performance shares (50%), (b) Company stock options (25%) and (c) Company restricted stock units (25%).

To determine the amount of Company restricted stock units to be granted to each specified executive officer, the applicable percentage of his total award value will be divided by the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the grant date. To determine the amount of Company stock options to be granted to each specified executive officer, 25% of his or her total award value will be divided by the value of a Company stock

 

F-122


Table of Contents

option on the grant date which will be determined using a Black-Scholes pricing methodology based on assumptions which may differ from the assumptions used in determining the option’s grant date fair value based on FASB ASC Topic 718.

The Company stock options and restricted stock units will each vest ratably over three years while the Company performance shares grants will cliff vest after three years. Company performance shares will be granted unearned and will be earned over the vesting period based on the Company’s performance against performance objectives based on Relative Total Shareholder Return and Non-GAAP Operating ROE.

Both Company performance shares and restricted stock units will receive dividend equivalents with the same vesting schedule as the related shares or units.

 

F-123


Table of Contents

AX A EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

SCHEDULE I

SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS—OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017

 

     Cost (1)      Fair Value      Carrying
Value
 
     (in millions)  

Fixed Maturities

        

U.S. government, agencies and authorities

   $ 17,759      $ 18,508      $ 18,508  

State, municipalities and political subdivisions

     422        489        489  

Foreign governments

     383        405        405  

Public utilities

     4,061        4,261        4,261  

All other corporate bonds

     20,448        21,217        21,217  

Residential mortgage-backed

     797        818        818  

Asset-backed

     740        744        744  

Redeemable preferred stocks

     458        499        499  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

   $ 45,068      $ 46,941      $ 46,941  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage loans on real estate

     10,960        10,912        10,952  

Real estate held for the production of income

     390        390        390  

Policy loans

     3,819        4,754        3,819  

Other equity investments

     1,384        1,392        1,392  

Trading securities

     14,129        14,170        14,170  

Other invested assets

     4,118        4,118        4,118  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 79,868      $ 82,677      $ 81,782  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Cost for fixed maturities represents original cost, reduced by repayments and writedowns and adjusted for amortization of premiums or accretion of discount; cost for equity securities represents original cost reduced by writedowns; cost for other limited partnership interests represents original cost adjusted for equity in earnings and reduced by distributions.

 

F-124


Table of Contents

AXA EQ UITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

SCHEDULE II

BALANCE SHEETS (PARENT COMPANY)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

 

           As
Restated
 
     2017     2016  
     (in millions)  

ASSETS

    

Investment in consolidated subsidiaries

   $ 13,836     $ 12,060  

Total investments

     13,836       12,060  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 44     $ 5  

Loans to affiliates

     1,045       145  

Other assets

     1       —    

Income taxes receivable

     72       58  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 14,998     $ 12,268  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

    

Loans from affiliates

   $ 1,484     $ 809  

Accrued liabilities

     29       4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 1,513     $ 813  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO HOLDINGS

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 2,000,000,000 shares authorized and 561,000,000 issued and outstanding

   $ 6     $ 6  

Capital in excess of par value

     1,298       931  

Retained earnings

     12,289       11,439  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (108     (921

Treasury Shares

     —         —    
    

Total equity attributable to Holdings

   $ 13,485     $ 11,455  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity attributable for Holdings

   $ 14,998     $ 12,268  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The financial information of AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. should be read in conjunction with the

Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.

 

F-125


Table of Contents

AXA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

SCHEDULE II

STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(PARENT COMPANY)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016, AND 2015

 

            As
Restated
       
     2017      2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

REVENUES

       

Equity in income (losses) from continuing operations of consolidated subsidiaries

   $ 879      $ 1,311     $ 361  

Total net investment income (loss)

     8        7       15  

Other income

     —          —         2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 887      $ 1,318     $ 378  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

EXPENSES

       

Interest expense

   $ 31      $ 27     $ 23  

Other operating costs and expenses

     22        26       24  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 53      $ 53     $ 47  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, before income taxes

     834        1,265       331  

Income tax (expense) benefit

     16        7       2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 850      $ 1,272     $ 333  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 832      $ (258   $ (929
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 1,663      $ 1,028     $ (582
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The financial information of AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. should be read in conjunction with the

Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.

 

F-126


Table of Contents

AXA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

SCHEDULE II

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (PARENT COMPANY)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016, AND 2015

 

           As
Restated
       
     2017     2016     2015  
     (in millions)  

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 850     $ 1,272     $ 333  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Equity in net (earnings) loss of subsidiaries

     (879     (1,311     (361

Change in income tax receivable

     (14     (6     (258

Other

     24       27       23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (19   $ (18   $ (263
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Repayments of loans to affiliates

     —         —         242  

Additional loans to affiliates

     (900     —         —    

Purchase of shares of consolidated subsidiaries

     (55     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   $ (955   $ —       $ 242  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Change in short-term financings

     —         —         1  

Proceeds from loans from affiliates

     731       —         394  

Repayments of loans from affiliates

     (56     —         (933

Dividend from Subsidiary

     20       —         —    

Capital Contribution from Parent

     318       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 1,013     $ —       $ (538
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     39       (18     (559

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     5       23       582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 44     $ 5     $ 23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The financial information of AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.

 

F-127


Table of Contents
1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The financial information of Holdings should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto. AXA, the ultimate parent company of Holdings, is the holding company for the AXA Group, a worldwide leader in life, property and casualty and health insurance, and asset management.

 

2) LOANS TO AFFILIATES

Holdings maintains reciprocal loan agreements with affiliates to facilitate unanticipated short-term cash requirements that arise in the ordinary course of business. In December 2013, Colisée Re issued a $145 million 4.75% Senior Unsecured Note to Holdings. The loan is scheduled to mature on December 19, 2028.

In 2017, AXA Financial issued a $900 million 1.55% Senior Unsecured Note to Holdings. The loan was scheduled to mature on March 12, 2018.

 

3) LOANS FROM AFFILIATES

In 2015, AXA America Holdings, Inc. received a $366 million, 3-month LIBOR plus 1.44% loan from AXA. The loan has a maturity date of October 8, 2022.

In 2013, Holdings received $242 million and $145 million loans from Coliseum Reinsurance Company. The loans have maturity dates in December 2028. The balance at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $387 million.

In 2017, Holdings repaid a $56 million 1.39% loan from AXA America Corporate Solutions, Inc. (“AXA CS”) originally made in 2015.

In 2017, Holdings received a $100 million loan and a $10 million loan from AXA CS. The loans had interest rates of 1.86% and 1.76%, respectively, and were repaid on their maturity date of February 5, 2018.

In December 2017, Holdings received a $622 million, 3-month LIBOR plus 0.439% margin term loan from AXA. The loan has a maturity date of June 8, 2018.

Interest cost related to these loans totaled $31 million, $27 million, and $23 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

 

4) INCOME TAXES

Holdings and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries and affiliates file a consolidated federal income tax return. Holdings has tax sharing agreements with certain of its subsidiaries and generally will either receive or pay these subsidiaries for utilization of the subsidiaries’ tax benefits or expense. Holdings settles these amounts annually.

 

5) RESTATEMENT OF PRIOR PERIOD FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management has identified errors in its previously issued financial statements, and has determined that the impact of the errors was material to these condensed Parent Company financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016, which therefore are restated herein. The impact of the errors to these financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 was not considered to be material either individually or in the aggregate. These errors primarily relate to errors in the calculation of policyholders’ benefit reserves and the calculation of DAC amortization for certain variable and interest sensitive life products. See Note 1 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-128


Table of Contents

A XA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

SCHEDULE III

SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION

AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017

 

Segment

  Deferred
Policy
Acquisition
Costs
    Policyholders’
Account
Balances
    Future Policy
Benefits
and Other
Policyholders’
Funds
    Policy
Charges
And
Premium
Revenue
    Net
Investment
Income
(Loss) (1)
    Policyholders’
Benefits and
Interest
Credited
    Amortization
of Deferred
Policy
Acquisition
Costs, Net (2)
    All Other
Operating
Expense (3)
 
    (in millions)  

Individual Retirement

    2,901       19,414       15,186       2,156       1,315       2,854       (297     1,291  

Group Retirement

    678       11,318       2       248       525       284       (61     526  

Investment Management and Research

    —         —         —         —         118       —         —         2,517  

Protection Solutions

    2,329       13,862       5,433       1,995       839       1,412       128       938  

Corporate and Other

    61       2,577       9,678       458       513       912       (9     705  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 5,969     $ 47,171     $ 30,299     $ 4,857     $ 3,310     $ 5,462     $ (239   $ 5,977  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Net investment income (loss) is allocated to segments. Includes net derivative gains (losses).
(2) Net of capitalization of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs by segment of $400 for Individual Retirement, $87 for Group Retirement, $0 for Investment Management and Research, $200 for Protection Solutions, and $0 for Corporate and Other.
(3) Operating expenses are allocated to segments.

 

F-129


Table of Contents

AXA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

SCHEDULE III

SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION

AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, AS RESTATED

 

Segment

  Deferred
Policy
Acquisition
Costs
    Policyholders’
Account
Balances
    Future Policy
Benefits
and Other
Policyholders’
Funds
    Policy
Charges
And
Premium
Revenue
    Net
Investment
Income
(Loss) (1)
    Policyholders’
Benefits and
Interest
Credited
    Amortization
of Deferred
Policy
Acquisition
Costs, Net (2)
    All Other
Operating
Expense (3)
 
    (in millions)  

Individual Retirement

    2,602       15,551       14,189       2,014       (932     1,324       (281     1,240  

Group Retirement

    614       10,996       (2     217       434       271       (32     378  

Investment Management and Research

    —         —         —         —         133       —         —         2,306  

Protection Solutions

    2,752       13,617       5,939       2,156       758       1,934       363       793  

Corporate and Other

    76       1,792       10,152       458       550       905       39       628  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 6,044     $ 41,956     $ 30,278     $ 4,845     $ 943     $ 4,434     $ 89     $ 5,345  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Net investment income (loss) is allocated to segments. Includes net derivative gains (losses).
(2) Net of capitalization of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs by segment of $421 for Individual Retirement, $82 for Group Retirement, $0 for Investment Management and Research, $193 for Protection Solutions, and $0 for Corporate and Other.
(3) Operating expenses are allocated to segments.

 

F-130


Table of Contents

AXA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

SCHEDULE III

SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015

 

Segment

   Policy
Charges
And
Premium
Revenue
     Net
Investment
Income
(Loss) (1)
    Policyholders’
Benefits and
Interest
Credited
     Amortization
of Deferred
Policy
Acquisition
Costs, Net (2)
    All Other
Operating
Expense (3)
 
     (in millions)  

Individual Retirement

     1,968        (867     1,159        (291     1,246  

Group Retirement

     220        424       261        (28     379  

Investment Management and Research

     —          35       —          —         2,394  

Protection Solutions

     2,025        738       2,044        (5     819  

Corporate and Other

     510        727       987        39       634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,723      $ 1,057     $ 4,451      $ (285   $ 5,472  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Net investment income (loss) is allocated to segments. Includes net derivative gains (losses).
(2) Net of capitalization of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs by segment of $419 for Individual Retirement, $76 for Group Retirement, $0 for Investment Management and Research, $228 for Protection Solutions, and $0 for Corporate and Other.
(3) Operating expenses are allocated to segments.

 

F-131


Table of Contents

AXA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

SCHEDULE IV

REINSURANCE (1)

AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017, 2016 AND 2015

 

     Gross
Amount
     Ceded to
Other
Companies
     Assumed
from
Other
Companies
     Net
Amount
     Percentage
of Amount
Assumed
to Net
 
     (in millions)  

2017

              

Life insurance in-force

   $ 483,010      $ 73,049      $ 31,886      $ 441,847        7.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums:

              

Life insurance and annuities

   $ 984      $ 103      $ 216      $ 1,097        19.7

Accident and health

     54        36        9        27        33.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Premiums

   $ 1,038      $ 139      $ 225      $ 1,124        20.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2016 (As Restated)

              

Life insurance in-force

   $ 485,888      $ 77,306      $ 30,688      $ 439,270        7.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums:

              

Life insurance and annuities

   $ 937      $ 106      $ 222      $ 1,053        21.1

Accident and health

     61        40        9        30        30.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Premiums

   $ 998      $ 146      $ 231      $ 1,083        21.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2015

              

Life insurance in-force

   $ 492,061      $ 80,536      $ 30,677      $ 442,202        6.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums:

              

Life insurance and annuities

   $ 915      $ 101      $ 224      $ 1,038        21.6

Accident and health

     67        45        10        32        31.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Premiums

   $ 982      $ 146      $ 234      $ 1,070        21.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes amounts related to the discontinued group life and health business.

 

F-132


Table of Contents

AXA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

RESTATED OR REVISED UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

AS OF AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2017 AND 2016 AND

AS OF AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2017 AND 2016

Management identified errors in its previously issued financial statements. These errors primarily relate to errors in the calculation of policyholders’ benefit reserves for the Company’s life products and the calculation of DAC amortization for certain variable and interest sensitive life products. Based upon quantitative and qualitative factors, management determined that the impact of the errors was material to the consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2017. Management has restated the consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2017 and June 30, 2017 and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), statements of comprehensive income (loss), statements of equity and statements of cash flow for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 to include restatements related to the errors discussed above. The impact of these errors to the consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016, was not considered to be material, either individually or in the aggregate. Therefore, management has voluntarily revised the consolidated statements of income (loss), statements of comprehensive income (loss), statements of equity and statements of cash flow for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, and for the six months ended June 30, 2016. The effects of the adjustments on the Company’s financial statements are as follows:

 

    As Previously Reported     Impact of Adjustments     As Restated  
    September 30,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    June 30,
2017
 
    (in millions)  

Assets:

           

Deferred policy acquisition costs

  $ 5,933     $ 5,906     $ 181     $ 195     $ 6,114     $ 6,101  

Loans to affiliates

    1,245       1,257       (11     (22     1,234       1,235  

GMIB reinsurance contract asset, at fair value

    2,011       2,091       —         2       2,011       2,093  

Current and deferred income taxes

    339       362       (73     (64     266       298  

Other assets

    2,610       2,606       18       14       2,628       2,620  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 230,825     $ 226,564     $ 115     $ 125     $ 230,940     $ 226,689  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Future policy benefits and other policyholders’ liabilities

    31,179       31,113       (99     (84     31,080       31,029  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

  $ 215,164     $ 210,974     $ (99   $ (84   $ 215,065     $ 210,890  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity:

           

Capital in excess of par value (1)

    1,007       964       (9     (9     998       955  

Retained earnings

    11,548       11,558       203       199       11,751       11,757  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (350     (350     20       17       (330     (333
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to Holdings

    12,211       12,178       214       207       12,425       12,385  

Noncontrolling interest

    3,010       3,051       —         2       3,010       3,053  

Total Equity

  $ 15,221     $ 15,229     $ 214     $ 209     $ 15,435     $ 15,438  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Previously reported amounts have been adjusted to give retrospective effect to the 459.4752645-for-1 stock split effected on April 24, 2018.

 

F-133


Table of Contents
     As Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Adjustments
    As
Restated
    As
Revised
 
     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2016     2017     2016     2017     2016  
     (in millions)  

Statements of Income (Loss):

            

Revenues:

            

Policy charges and fee income

   $ 2,853     $ 2,760     $ 8     $ 2     $ 2,861     $ 2,762  

Premiums

     805       789       20       14       825       803  

Net derivative gains (losses)

     166       (685     6       9       172       (676

Total revenues

     9,495       10,403       34       25       9,529       10,428  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefits and other deductions:

            

Policyholders’ benefits

     3,909       3,232       15       18       3,924       3,250  

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

     794       732       (7     (5     787       727  

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, net

     (31     (42     (125     8       (156     (34

Total benefits and other deductions

     9,187       7,877       (117     21       9,070       7,898  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations, before income taxes

     308       2,526       151       4       459       2,530  

Income tax (expense) benefit

     163       (640     (31     (7     132       (647

Net income (loss)

     471       1,886       120       (3     591       1,883  

Less: net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     (279     (248     —         (21     (279     (269
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 192     $ 1,638     $ 120     $ (24   $ 312     $ 1,614  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     As Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Adjustments
    As
Restated
    As
Revised
 
     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2017     2016     2017     2016     2017     2016  
     (in millions)  

Revenues:

            

Policy charges and fee income

   $ 1,888     $ 1,799     $ 3     $ 1     $ 1,891     $ 1,800  

Premiums

     542       542       16       8       558       550  

Net derivative gains (losses)

     524       (25     4       8       528       (17

Total revenues

   $ 6,723     $ 8,154     $ 23     $ 17     $ 6,746     $ 8,171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefits and other deductions:

            

Policyholders’ benefits

     2,821       2,528       13       12       2,834       2,540  

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

     526       448       (4     (7     522       441  

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, net

     (43     (53     (125     20       (168     (33

Total benefits and other deductions

   $ 6,415     $ 5,607     $ (116   $ 25     $ 6,299     $ 5,632  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations, before income taxes

     308       2,547       139       (8     447       2,539  

Income tax (expense) benefit

     77       (730     (23     (2     54       (732

Net income (loss)

     385       1,817       116       (10     501       1,807  

Less: net (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     (183     (171     —         1       (183     (170
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 202     $ 1,646     $ 116     $ (9   $ 318     $ 1,637  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     As Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Adjustments
    As
Restated
    As
Revised
 
     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2016     2017      2016     2017     2016  
     (in millions)  

Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss):

             

Net income (loss)

   $ 471     $ 1,886     $ 120      $ (3   $ 591     $ 1,883  

Change in unrealized gains (losses), net of reclassification

     519       1,603       20        22       539       1,625  

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

     611       1,675       20        22       631       1,697  

Comprehensive income (loss)

     1,082       3,561       140        19       1,222       3,580  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: comprehensive (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     (297     (257     —          (21     (297     (278

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 785     $ 3,304     $ 140      $ (2   $ 925     $ 3,302  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-134


Table of Contents
     As Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Adjustments
    As
Restated
    As
Revised
 
     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2017     2016     2017     2016     2017     2016  
     (in millions)  

Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss):

            

Net income (loss)

   $ 385     $ 1,817     $ 116     $ (10   $ 501     $ 1,807  

Change in unrealized gains (losses), net of reclassification adjustment

     540       1,677       17       (8     557       1,669  

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

     608       1,726       17       (8     625       1,718  

Comprehensive income (loss)

     993       3,543       133       (18     1,126       3,525  

Less: comprehensive (income) loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     (198     (179     —         1       (198     (178

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Holdings

   $ 795     $ 3,364     $ 133     $ (17   $ 928     $ 3,347  
     As Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Adjustments
    As
Restated
    As
Revised
 
     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2017             2016             2017             2016         2017     2016  
     (in millions)  

Statements of Equity:

            

Capital in excess of par value, beginning of year (1)

   $ 942     $ 952     $ (11   $ (11   $ 931     $ 941  

Changes in capital in excess of par value

     65       (48     2       (2     67       (50

Capital in excess of par value, end of period (1)

     1,007       904       (9     (13     998       891  

Retained earnings, beginning of year

     11,356       10,159       83       8       11,439       10,167  

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

     192       1,638       120       (24     312       1,614  

Retained earnings, end of period

     11,548       11,797       203       (16     11,751       11,781  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), beginning of year

     (943     (677     22       —         (921     (677

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     593       1,666       (2     22       591       1,688  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), end of year

     (350     989       20       22       (330     1,011  

Total Holdings’ equity, end of period

     12,211       13,696       214       (7     12,425       13,689  

Noncontrolling interest, end of period

     3,010       3,089       —         2       3,010       3,091  

Total equity, end of period

   $ 15,221     $ 16,785     $ 214     $ (5   $ 15,435     $ 16,780  
     As Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Adjustments
    As
Restated
    As
Revised
 
     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2017     2016     2017     2016     2017     2016  
     (in millions)  

Statements of Equity:

            

Capital in excess of par value, beginning of year (1)

   $ 942     $ 952     $ (11   $ (11   $ 931     $ 941  

Changes in capital in excess of par value

     22       (51     2       1       24       (50

Capital in excess of par value, end of period (1)

     964       901       (9     (10     955       891  

Retained earnings, beginning of year

     11,356       10,159       83       8       11,439       10,167  

Net income (loss) attributable to Holdings

     202       1,646       116       (9     318       1,637  

Retained earnings, end of period

     11,558       11,805       199       (1     11,757       11,804  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), beginning of year

     (943     (677     22       —         (921     (677

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     593       1,718       (5     (8     588       1,710  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), end of year

     (350     1,041       17       (8     (333     1,033  

Total Holdings’ equity, end of period

     12,178       13,753       207       (19     12,385       13,734  

Noncontrolling interest, end of period

     3,051       3,101       2       (22     3,053       3,079  

Total equity, end of period

   $ 15,229     $ 16,854     $ 209     $ (41   $ 15,438     $ 16,813  

 

(1) Previously reported amounts have been adjusted to give retrospective effect to the 459.4752645-for-1 stock split effected on April 24, 2018.

 

F-135


Table of Contents
    As Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Adjustments
    As
Restated
    As
Revised
 
    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
        2017             2016         2017     2016     2017     2016  
    (in millions)  

Statements of Cash flows:

           

Cash flow from operating activities:

           

Net income (loss)

  $ 471     $ 1,886     $ 120     $ (3   $ 591     $ 1,883  

Policy charges and fee income

    (2,853     (2,760     (8     (2     (2,861     (2,762

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

    794       732       (7     (5     787       727  

Net derivative (gains) loss

    (166     685       (6     (9     (172     676  

Changes in:

           

Deferred Policy Acquisition costs

    (31     (42     (125     8       (156     (34

Future policy benefits

    1,616       1,329       (5     6       1,611       1,335  

Current and deferred income taxes

    435       (385     31       5       466       (380
    As Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Adjustments
    As
Restated
    As
Revised
 
    Six Months Ended June 30,  
        2017             2016         2017     2016     2017     2016  
    (in millions)  

Statements of Cash flows:

           

Cash flow from operating activities:

           

Net income (loss)

  $ 385     $ 1,817     $ 116     $ (10   $ 501     $ 1,807  

Policy charges and fee income

    (1,888     (1,799     (3     (1     (1,891     (1,800

Interest credited to policyholders’ account balances

    526       448       (4     (7     522       441  

Net derivative (gains) loss

    (524     25       (4     (8     (528     17  

Changes in:

           

Deferred Policy Acquisition costs

    (43     (53     (125     20       (168     (33

Future policy benefits

    1,519       994       (3     3       1,516       997  

Current and deferred income taxes

    100       395       23       3       123       398  

 

F-136


Table of Contents

 

 

137,250,000 Shares

 

LOGO

 

 

AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley   J.P. Morgan   Barclays   Citigroup

 

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Credit Suisse   Deutsche Bank Securities   Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

 

BNP PARIBAS   SOCIETE GENERALE   ING   Credit Agricole CIB   HSBC   Natixis   RBC Capital Markets

 

 

 

Lazard   BBVA   COMMERZBANK   Mizuho Securities   MUFG   PNC Capital Markets LLC

 

SMBC Nikko   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey   UniCredit Capital Markets

 

 

                    , 2018

Through and including                     , 2018 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts or commissions. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 530,571  

FINRA Filing Fee

     225,500  

Listing Fee

     259,000  

Printing Fees and Expenses

     2,000,000  

Accounting Fees and Expenses

     50,000,000  

Actuarial Fees and Expenses

     20,000,000  

Legal Fees and Expenses

     15,000,000  

Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses

     10,000  

Miscellaneous

     74,929  
  

 

 

 

Total:

   $ 88,100,000  
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 145(c) of the DGCL provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to

 

II-1


Table of Contents

in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 of the DGCL, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

Section 145(e) of the DGCL provides that expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145 of the DGCL. Such expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL specifically allows a Delaware corporation to purchase liability insurance on behalf of its directors and officers and to insure against potential liability of such directors and officers regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify such directors and officers under Section 145 of the DGCL.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a Delaware corporation to include a provision in its certificate of incorporation eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. This provision, however, may not eliminate or limit a director’s liability (1) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully and negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time the action occurred or immediately after the absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions permitted under the DGCL relating to the liability of directors. These provisions will eliminate a director’s personal liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws will require us to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL and other applicable law, except in the case of a proceeding instituted by the director without the approval of our Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, for all judgments, fines, settlements, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with pending or threatened

 

II-2


Table of Contents

legal proceedings because of such director’s or officer’s positions with us or another entity that the director or officer serves at our request, subject to various conditions, and to advance funds to our directors and officers to enable them to defend against such proceedings. To receive indemnification, the director or officer must have been successful in the legal proceeding or have acted in good faith and in what was reasonably believed to be a lawful manner in our best interest and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Indemnification Agreements

Prior to the settlement of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the directors with contractual rights to the indemnification and expense advancement rights provided under our amended and restated by-laws, as well as contractual rights to additional indemnification as provided in the indemnification agreements.

The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws.

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance

Prior to the settlement of this offering, we will have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures against certain liabilities that our directors and officers and the directors and officers of our subsidiaries may, in such capacities, incur.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On April 20, 2018, Holdings sold $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.900% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “2023 Notes”). The 2023 Notes were sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A and to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. The 2023 Notes were offered to investors at 99.852% of the principal amount thereof. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC acted as joint book-running managers for the initial purchasers. The aggregate initial purchasers’ discount was $4,800,000.

On April 20, 2018, Holdings sold $1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 4.350% Senior Notes due 2028 (the “2028 Notes”). The 2028 Notes were sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A and to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. The 2023 Notes were offered to investors at 99.815% of the principal amount thereof. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC acted as joint book-running managers for the initial purchasers. The aggregate initial purchasers’ discount was $9,750,000.

On April 20, 2018, Holdings sold $1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.000% Senior Notes due 2048 (the “2048 Notes”). The 2048 Notes were sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A and to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. The 2023 Notes were offered to investors at 99.707% of the principal amount thereof. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC acted as joint book-running managers for the initial purchasers. The aggregate initial purchasers’ discount was $13,125,000.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

The Exhibits to this Registration Statement on Form S-1 are listed in the Exhibit Index which precedes the signature pages to this Registration Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedules:

Schedule I—Summary of Investments—Other than Investments in Related Parties, as of December 31, 2017 beginning on page F-124.

Schedule II—Parent Company, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 beginning on page F-125.

Schedule III—Supplementary Insurance Information, as of December 31, 2017 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 beginning on page F-129.

Schedule IV—Reinsurance, as of December 31, 2017 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 beginning on page F-132.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

  (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

  (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

In reviewing the agreements included as exhibits to this Registration Statement on Form S-1, please remember that they are included to provide you with information regarding their terms. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments. Additional information about AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., its subsidiaries and affiliates may be found elsewhere in this Registration Statement on Form S-1.

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

  1.1****   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1***   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.
  3.2***   Amended and Restated By-laws of AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.
  4.1***   Form of Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2**   Indenture, dated as of December 1, 1993 from AXA Financial, Inc. to Chemical Bank, as Trustee.
  4.3**   Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated April  1, 1998, from AXA Financial, Inc. to The Chase Manhattan Bank (formerly known as Chemical Bank), as Trustee, together with forms of global Senior Note and global Senior Indenture.
  4.4***   Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2018, among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., as issuer, Wilmington Saving Fund Society, FSB, as trustee, and Citibank, N.A., as security registrar and paying agent.
  4.5***   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2018, among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., as issuer, Wilmington Saving Fund Society, FSB, as trustee, and Citibank, N.A., as security registrar and paying agent.
  4.6***   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2018, among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., as issuer, Wilmington Saving Fund Society, FSB, as trustee, and Citibank, N.A., as security registrar and paying agent.
  4.7***   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2018, among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., as issuer, Wilmington Saving Fund Society, FSB, as trustee, and Citibank, N.A., as security registrar and paying agent.
  5.1****   Opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP.
10.1***   Form of Shareholder Agreement between AXA S.A. and AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.
10.2***   Form of Registration Rights Agreement between AXA S.A. and AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.
10.3**   Tax Sharing Agreement between AXA S.A., AXA Investment Managers S.A. and AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., dated March 28, 2018.
10.4***   Form of Transitional Services Agreement between AXA S.A. and AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.
10.5**   Master Agreement, dated as of April  10, 2013, by and among AXA Equitable Financial Services, LLC, AXA Financial, Inc. and Protective Life Insurance Company.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

10.6***   Form of Trademark License Agreement between AXA S.A. and AXA Financial, Inc.
10.7†**   Employment Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2011, by and between AXA Financial, Inc. and Mark Pearson.
10.7.1†**   Letter Agreement between AXA Financial, Inc., AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and Mark Pearson, dated February 19, 2013.
10.7.2†**   Letter Agreement between AXA Financial, Inc., AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and Mark Pearson, dated May 14, 2015.
10.8†**   Brian Winikoff Offer Letter, dated May 3, 2016.
10.9†**   Form of Director Indemnification Agreement.
10.10*   Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December  1, 2016, with AllianceBernstein L.P. and SCB LLC as Borrowers, the Industrial and Commercial Bank of China as Administrative Agent and the other lending institutions that may be party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to AB Holding’s Form 8-K, as filed December 5, 2016).
10.11*   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement 4(a)(2) Program, dated as of June  1, 2015, between AllianceBernstein L.P., as Issuer, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to AB Holding’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, as filed February 11, 2016).
10.12*   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement 4(a)(2) Program, dated as of June  1, 2015, between AllianceBernstein L.P., as Issuer, and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as Dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.09 to AB Holding’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, as filed February 11, 2016).
10.13*   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement 4(a)(2) Program, dated as of June  1, 2015, between AllianceBernstein L.P., as Issuer, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner  & Smith Incorporated, as Dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to AB Holding’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, as filed February 11, 2016).
10.14*   Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2010, Amended and Restated as of January  17, 2012 and Further Amended and Restated as of October 22, 2014, among AllianceBernstein L.P. and SCB LLC, as Borrowers; Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner  & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to AB Holding’s Form 8-K, as filed October 24, 2014).
10.15*   Extendible Commercial Notes Dealer Agreement, dated as of December  14, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to AB Holding’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999, as filed March 28, 2000).
10.16†*   Form of Award Agreement under Incentive Compensation Award Program, Deferred Cash Compensation Program and 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.04 to AB Holding’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, as filed February 14, 2017).
10.17†*   Amendment to the Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of AllianceBernstein L.P., dated as of October  20, 2016 and effective as of January 1, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.06 to AB Holding’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, as filed February 14, 2017).
10.18†*   Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of AllianceBernstein L.P., as amended and restated as of January  1, 2015 and as further amended as of January 1, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.05 to AB Holding’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, as filed February  11, 2016).

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

10.19†*   AllianceBernstein L.P. 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.03 to AB Holding’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, as filed February 12, 2015).
10.20†*   Employment Agreement, dated as of April  28, 2017, among Seth Bernstein, AllianceBernstein Holding L.P., AllianceBernstein L.P. and AllianceBernstein Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to AB Holding’s Form 8-K as filed May 1, 2017).
10.21†**   AllianceBernstein L.P. 2017 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.06 to AB Holding’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, as filed February 13, 2018).
10.22**   Revolving Credit Agreement by and among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., the Subsidiary Account Parties (as defined therein) party thereto, the banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
10.23**   Term Loan Agreement by and among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., the banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
10.24**   Term Loan Agreement by and among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., the banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
10.25**   Reimbursement Agreement by and among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. the Subsidiary Account Parties (as defined therein) party thereto and Natixis, New York Branch.
10.26**   Reimbursement Agreement by and among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. the Subsidiary Account Parties (as defined therein) party thereto and HSBC Bank USA, National Association.
10.27**   Reimbursement Agreement by and among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. the Subsidiary Account Parties (as defined therein) party thereto and Citibank Europe PLC.
10.28**   Reimbursement Agreement by and among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. the Subsidiary Account Parties (as defined therein) party thereto and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank.
10.29**   Reimbursement Agreement by and among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. the Subsidiary Account Parties (as defined therein) party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC.
10.30**   Reimbursement Agreement by and among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. the Subsidiary Account Parties (as defined therein) party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
10.31**   Reimbursement Agreement by and among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. the Subsidiary Account Parties (as defined therein) party thereto and Landesbank Hessen-Thüringen Girozentrale, acting through its New York Branch.
10.32**   Reimbursement Agreement by and among AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. the Subsidiary Account Parties (as defined therein) party thereto and Commerzbank AG, New York Branch.
10.33***   Waiver Letter Agreements with the lenders party to each of the agreements in Exhibits 10.22 to 10.32.
10.34†***   Letter Agreement between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and George Stansfield, dated June 30, 2015.
10.35†***   Letter Agreement between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and Jeffrey Hurd, dated November 3, 2017.
10.36†***   AXA Stock Option Plan for AXA Financial Employees and Associates.
10.37†****   Form of Option Grant Letter under the AXA Stock Option Plan for AXA Financial Employees and Associates (Mark Pearson).

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

10.38†****   Form of Option Grant Letter under the AXA Stock Option Plan for AXA Financial Employees and Associates (Executive Officers).
10.39†****   Form of Option Agreement under the AXA Stock Option Plan for AXA Financial Employees and Associates.
10.40†****   Rules of 2014 AXA International Performance Share Plan and Addendum for AXA Financial Participants.
10.41†****   Rules of 2015 AXA International Performance Share Plan and Addendum for AXA Financial Participants.
10.42†****   Rules of 2016 AXA International Performance Share Plan and Addendum for AXA Financial Participants.
10.43†****   Rules of AXA 2017 International Performance Shares Plan and Addendum for AXA Financial Participants.
10.44†****   AXA Financial, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements.
10.45†****   AXA Equitable Severance Benefit Plan.
10.46†****   AXA Equitable Supplemental Severance Plan for Executives.
10.47†****   AXA Equitable Executive Survivor Benefits Plan.
10.48†****   Amended and Restated Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives.
10.49†****   Amended and Restated AXA Equitable Post-2004 Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives.
10.50†****   AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan.
10.51†****   AXA Financial, Inc. Equity Plan for Directors.
10.52†****   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the AXA Financial, Inc. Equity Plan for Directors.
10.53†****   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the AXA Financial, Inc. Equity Plan for Directors.
10.54†****   AXA Equitable Post-2004 Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors.
10.55†****   AXA Financial, Inc. Charitable Award Program for Directors.
10.56†****   AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.57†****   AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
10.58†****   Form of Transaction Incentive Award Agreement under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
21.1**   List of Subsidiaries of AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.
23.1****   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.2****   Consent of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
23.3**   Consent of Milliman, Inc.
24.1*   Powers of Attorney (contained on signature pages to the Registration Statement on Form S-1) Thomas Buberl, Mark Pearson, Gérald Harlin, George Stansfield, Anders Malmström and Andrea Nitzan.
24.2***   Powers of Attorney for Karima Silvent, Bertrand Poupart-Lafarge, Daniel G. Kaye, Ramon de Oliveira and Charles G.T. Stonehill.
99.1***   Consents of Karima Silvent, Bertrand Poupart-Lafarge, Daniel G. Kaye, Ramon de Oliveira and Charles G.T. Stonehill.

 

II-8


Table of Contents

 

* Previously filed on November 13, 2017.
** Previously filed on April 6, 2018.
*** Previously filed on April 23, 2018.
**** Filed herewith.
Identifies each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
# To be filed by amendment.

 

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York on April 26, 2018.

 

AXA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:    /s/  Anders Malmström
    Name: Anders Malmström
 

  Title: Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on April 26, 2018 by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

*

Mark Pearson

  

President and Chief Executive Officer; Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Anders Malmström

Anders B. Malmström

  

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial

Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

*

Andrea M. Nitzan

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and

Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

*

Thomas Buberl

  

Director

*

Gérald Harlin

  

Director

*

George Stansfield

  

Director

*

Karima Silvent

  

Director

*

Bertrand Poupart-Lafarge

  

Director

*

Daniel G. Kaye

  

Director

*

Ramon de Oliveira

  

Director

*

Charles G. T. Stonehill

  

Director

*By:   /s/ Anders Malmström
  Anders Malmström
  as Attorney-in-Fact

 

S-1

Exhibit 1.1

[•] Shares

AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.

COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

May [•], 2018


May [ ], 2018

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

as managers of the offering (the “ Managers ”)

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

c/o Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue,

New York, New York 10019

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

AXA S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of France (the “ Selling Stockholder ”) and the sole stockholder of AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), an aggregate of [•] shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”).

The Selling Stockholder also proposes to sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional [•] shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Additional Shares ”) if and to the extent that you, as Managers of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 3 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Stock .”


The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus .” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule  462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement together with the documents and pricing information set forth in Schedule II hereto, and “ broadly available road show ” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”) has agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and business associates and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “ Participants ”), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriting” (the “ Directed Share Program ”). The Shares to be sold by Morgan Stanley and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program, at the direction of the Company, are referred to hereinafter as the “ Directed Shares ”. Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

1. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or threatened by the Commission.

(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, when such amendment or supplement becomes effective, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering

 

2


when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus does not contain, as of its date, and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein or information furnished to the Company in writing by the Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein, which information is limited to the name of the Selling Stockholder, the number of offered shares of common stock and the address and other information with respect to the Selling Stockholder included in the “Principal and Selling Stockholders” section of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus and any information so furnished for use in the preparation of the required answers therein to Items 7 and 11(m) of Form S-1 (the “ Selling Stockholder Information ”).

(c) The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

 

3


(d) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the corporate power and authority necessary to hold or own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified, be in good standing or have such power or authority would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial position, stockholders’ equity, or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

(e) Each Significant Subsidiary (as defined below) of the Company has been duly incorporated or organized, is validly existing in good standing (to the extent that such concept is applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, has the corporate or other power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified, be in good standing or have such power or authority would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued shares of capital stock or other equity interests, as applicable, of each Significant Subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and, except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all material liens, encumbrances, equities or claims. For purposes of this Agreement, “Significant Subsidiary” means the subsidiaries listed in Schedule IV to this Agreement. The subsidiaries listed in Schedule IV to this Agreement are the only “significant subsidiaries” of the Company (as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X).

(f) Each subsidiary that is required to be organized and licensed as an insurance company (each, an “ Insurance Subsidiary ,” and collectively the “ Insurance Subsidiaries ”) is duly organized and licensed as an insurance company in the jurisdiction in which it is chartered or organized and is duly licensed or authorized as an insurer in each other jurisdiction where it is required to be so licensed or authorized to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, except in each case where the failure to be so organized, licensed or authorized would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; each of the Company and each Insurance Subsidiary has made all required filings under applicable insurance company statutes and has filed all notices, reports, documents or other information required to be filed thereunder, except in each case where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; each of the Company and each Insurance Subsidiary has all other necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, licenses, certificates, permits, registrations and qualifications, of and from all insurance regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective existing businesses as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, except where the failure to have such authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, licenses, certificates, permits, registrations or qualifications

 

4


(individually or in the aggregate) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; none of the Company or any Insurance Subsidiary has received any notification from any insurance regulatory authority to the effect that any additional authorization, approval, order, consent, license, certificate, permit, registration or qualification from any insurance regulatory authority is needed to be obtained by any of the Company or any Insurance Subsidiary other than in any case where the failure to acquire such additional authorization, approval, order, consent, license, certificate, permit, registration or qualification (individually or in the aggregate) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; except as set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, no subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any law, rule, regulation, agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock or similar ownership interest, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company as would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, no insurance regulatory authority having jurisdiction over any Insurance Subsidiary has issued any order or decree impairing, restricting or prohibiting (A) the payment of dividends by any Insurance Subsidiary to its parent or the payment of dividends by such parent to the Company (directly or indirectly through one or more intermediate holding companies directly or indirectly wholly owned by the Company), or (B) the continuation of the business of the Company or any of the Insurance Subsidiaries in all material respects as presently conducted.

(g) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(h) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(i) The shares of Common Stock outstanding (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder) have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any preemptive rights.

(j) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement, the sale of the Shares, the consummation of any other of the transactions herein contemplated or the fulfillment of the terms hereof will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or

 

5


other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or (iii) result in any violation of any law or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge, encumbrance, judgment, order or decree that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory body or agency is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except such as may be required for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act, such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as have been obtained or may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) and such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states and foreign securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.

(k) There are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (“ Actions ”) pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be subject (i) other than Actions described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and Actions that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or a material adverse effect on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus under the Securities Act and are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(l) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration statement dated on or after April [•], 2018, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(m) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

6


(n) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(p) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement, other than as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(q) The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, including the applicable accounting requirements of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-X ”), and present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby; and the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby; the selected financial data set forth under the caption “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus fairly present, on the basis stated in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the information included therein; the pro forma financial statements included in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus include assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly

 

7


attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and the pro forma adjustments reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts in the pro forma financial statements included in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; the pro forma financial statements included in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus comply as to form with the accounting requirements of Regulation S-X; and the pro forma adjustments have been properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of those statements.

(r) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who has certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and as required by the Securities Act.

(s) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), for which the Company or any of its subsidiaries would have any liability (each, a “ Plan ”) has been maintained in compliance in all respects with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations including ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”); (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no such Plan has failed (whether or not waived), or is reasonably expected to fail, to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code) applicable to such Plan; (iv) no such Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at risk status” (within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA) or “endangered status” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA); (v) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any such Plan; (vi) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification, and the Company shall undertake to maintain such qualification of each Plan; (vii) except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the fair market value of the assets under each qualified defined benefit pension plan (excluding for these purposes accrued but unpaid contributions) exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such plan) and (viii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan.

 

8


(t) (i) None of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates under the control of the Company (“controlled affiliates”), or any director, officer, or employee thereof, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment, giving or receipt of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any government official (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) in order to influence official action or secure an improper advantage, or to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; and (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

(u) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(v) (i) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any director, officer, or employee thereof, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, controlled affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by one or more Persons that are:

A. the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) , the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union (“ EU ”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), or

 

9


B. located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, the Crimea region of Ukraine, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).

(ii) For the past 5 years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not knowingly engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions in a manner that would violate any Sanctions.

(w) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, set aside for payment, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock; (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, assets, financial position, shareholder’s equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iv) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority; except in each case as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(x) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them that are material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or its subsidiaries; and all real property held under lease by the Company or its subsidiaries that are material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries are held under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

10


(y) (i) The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess or have the right to use, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all material patents, patent applications, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights and copyrightable works, know how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, trademark registrations, service marks, service mark registrations, domain names and other source indicators, trade names, proprietary or confidential information and all other worldwide intellectual property, industrial property and proprietary rights (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”) currently used by them in the conduct of the business now operated by them, (ii) the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ conduct of their business does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property right of any person which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement, misappropriation, violation of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iv) to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property of the Company and its subsidiaries is not being infringed, misappropriated or violated by any person which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(z) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(aa) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, officers and directors are, to the knowledge of the Company, in full force and effect; the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; and there are no claims by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

11


(bb) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to possess the same would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(cc) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus comply, and any amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(dd) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency, other than those obtained, is required in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares in any jurisdiction where the Directed Shares are being offered.

(ee) The Company has not offered, or caused Morgan Stanley or any Morgan Stanley Entity as defined in Section 12 to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

(ff) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), the Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, including, but not limited to internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of

 

12


Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(gg) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(hh) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not have a Material Adverse Effect or except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which would reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which would reasonably be expected to have) a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with offering and sale of the Shares.

(jj) The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(kk) Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

 

13


(ll) (i) The material forward-looking statements (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus or any road show (the “ Prospective Financial Information ”), including the information included in the Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus under the captions “Prospectus Summary—Financial Goals” and “Business—Financial Goals” which sets out certain forward-looking information for the Company, has been so included on a reasonable basis and in good faith, (ii) the assumptions underlying the Prospective Financial Information are reasonable and consistent with the assumptions used in the Company’s internal budgeting process and (iii) the assumptions described in the Prospective Financial Information accurately and fairly describe in all material respects the key assumptions upon which the Prospective Financial Information is based.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholder . The Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder.

(b) The Selling Stockholder has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a société anonyme under French law, with full power and authority to execute and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(c) The execution and delivery by the Selling Stockholder of, and the performance by the Selling Stockholder of its obligations under, this Agreement and the consummation by the Selling Stockholder of any other of the transactions contemplated hereby, or the fulfillment by the Selling Stockholder of such terms will not (subject to compliance by the Underwriters with the provisions of Section 3 of this Agreement) result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any instrument, agreement or order to which the Selling Stockholder is a party or by which the Selling Stockholder is bound or infringe any law, regulation, order, rule, decree or statute applicable to the Selling Stockholder and are not contrary to the provisions of the constitutional documents of the Selling Stockholder. All consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, filings and registrations of or with any court or governmental authority have been given, fulfilled or done and no other action is required to be taken, fulfilled or done by the Selling Stockholder for or in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as may be required for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act, such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as have been obtained or may be required by FINRA and such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states and foreign securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.

 

14


(d) The Selling Stockholder has, and on the Closing Date will have, valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code in respect of, the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances and the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder or a security entitlement in respect of such Shares.

(e) Upon payment for the Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“ Cede ”) or such other nominee as may be designated by the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “ UCC ”)) to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim”, within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, the Selling Stockholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the Section 8-501 of the UCC.

(f) The Selling Stockholder is not prompted by any material non-public information concerning the Company or its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

(g) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the

 

15


circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (iv) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; except that the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2(g) apply solely to the extent such statements or omissions are made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information and do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(h)

(i) The Selling Stockholder will not knowingly cause or permit the proceeds of the sale of the Shares to be used directly to make a loan or other advance to, invest in or continue to or otherwise support the activities or business of any person, entity, country or governmental authority that is the subject of any applicable economic sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) or the European Union (“ EU ”) (collectively, “ OFAC/EU Sanctions ”) in any manner that would violate such OFAC/EU Sanctions; and

(ii) The Selling Stockholder is not listed on any OFAC/EU Sanctions-related list of specifically designated nationals or designated persons or entities (or equivalent) maintained by OFAC or the EU.

(i) The Selling Stockholder has not distributed and will not distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares, in each case other than the Time of Sale Prospectus.

3. Agreements to Sell and Purchase . The Selling Stockholder hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Selling Stockholder at $[•] a share (the “ Purchase Price ”) the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Selling Stockholder agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [•] Additional Shares at the Purchase Price,

 

16


provided , however , that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional Shares shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on such Additional Shares. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholder not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement; provided that the Underwriters may not exercise such right more than two times in such 30-day period. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Unless otherwise agreed among the Underwriters, the Selling Stockholder and the Company, each purchase date must be at least [three business days] after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 5 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or otherwise publicly announce any intention to enter into any transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above.

The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof of which the Underwriters have been advised in writing or which is described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, (c) grants made under any equity compensation plan described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and existing on the date of hereof, (d) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that (i) such plan

 

17


does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period, (e) the entry by the Company into an agreement providing for the direct or indirect acquisition of 100% of the Common Stock by a single person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), provided such transaction is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, and provided further that, if such transaction is not consummated, the underlying shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph, and (f) any issuance or transfer of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock as consideration for a merger, acquisition, asset transfer or similar transaction, provided that the aggregate amount represented by all securities that the Company issues or transfers or agrees to issue or transfer pursuant to this clause (f) during the Restricted Period shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and provided further , that the Company shall cause the recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to you, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a “lock-up” agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

If Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(h) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company and the Selling Stockholder with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, and the Selling Stockholder hereby grants its consent to such release.

4. Terms of Public Offering . The Selling Stockholder is advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Selling Stockholder is further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $[•] a share (the “ Public Offering Price ”) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $[•] a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[•] a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

5. Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder shall be made to the Selling Stockholder in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on May [•], 2018, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than [•], 2018, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

 

18


Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Selling Stockholder in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than June [•], 2018, as shall be designated in writing by you.

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by any withholding required by law.

6. Conditions to the Underwriters Obligations . The obligations of the Selling Stockholder to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [•] (New York City time) on the date hereof.

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act; and

(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the financial condition, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in your judgment, (after consultation with the Company and the Selling Stockholder, if practicable) is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

19


(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 6(a)(a)(i) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Annex A.

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Dave S. Hattem, Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Annex B.

(e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholder, dated the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Annex C.

(f) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and disclosure letter of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date with respect to such matters as you may reasonably request.

The opinions described in Sections 6(c), 6(d) and 6(e) above shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company or the Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, and shall so state therein.

(g) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

(h) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and the Selling Stockholder and the executive officers and directors of the Company listed on Schedule III hereto relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

 

20


(i) The Underwriters shall have received, on and as of the Closing Date, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization (to the extent that such concept is applicable) and their good standing in such other jurisdictions as the Underwriters may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication, from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions, provided that the evidence of good standing for those entities except for the Company may be as of any date from the date hereof through and including the Closing Date.

(j) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as applicable, in form and substance satisfactory to you, stating, as of such date, the conclusions and findings of such individual, in his or her capacity as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, with respect to the financial information and such other matters as reasonably requested by you.

(k) The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of the following:

(i) a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the same effect as the certificate delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof;

(ii) an opinion and negative assurance letter of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(c) hereof;

(iii) an opinion of Dave S. Hattem, Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(d) hereof;

(iv) an opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholder, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(e) hereof;

 

21


(v) an opinion and disclosure letter of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(f) hereof;

(vi) a letter dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent public accountants, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 6(g) hereof; provided that the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than three business days prior to such Option Closing Date;

(vii) a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, to the same effect as the certificate delivered on the date hereof and the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6(j) hereof; and

(viii) such other documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and valid issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the sale of such Additional Shares.

7. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To furnish to you, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 7(d) or 7(e) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(c) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object.

 

22


(d) Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if during such time any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

 

23


(g) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request, provided that in connection therewith, the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not now so subject and (iii) take any action that would subject it to services of process in suits, other than those arising out of the offering or sale of the Shares, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.

(h) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) of the Securities Act), an earning statement (which need not be audited) covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the Company’s option, Rule 158 of the Securities Act).

(i) To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(j) (A) To deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), on or before the Closing Date, a copy of the certificate furnished to the Selling Stockholder with respect to the Company’s status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” dated not more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date, as described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.897-2(h) and 1.1445-2(c)(3), and (B) to mail the required notice to the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”), as described in Treasury Regulations 1.897-2(h)(2), within thirty (30) days of providing the copy of the certificate in (A).

8. Covenants of the Selling Stockholder . The Selling Stockholder covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), prior to or at the Closing Date, a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN-E, together with all required attachments to such form.

9. Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company and the Selling Stockholder agree to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel, the Company’s accountants and counsel for the Selling Stockholder in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing

 

24


and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer, stamp, value added or similar taxes or duties payable thereon, (iii) the cost of producing, printing and distributing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state and/or foreign securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws and/or foreign securities laws as provided in Section 77(f) hereof or the determination of the conditions under which such registration or qualification need not be obtained in order to offer and sell Shares in such jurisdictions, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters (including local counsel in each such foreign jurisdiction) in connection with such qualification or determination and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by FINRA, (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the NYSE, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, provided , however, that the Underwriters shall pay or reimburse the Company half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, (x) all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and all transfer, stamp, value added or similar taxes or duties, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholder hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. The Selling Stockholder covenants that it will pay or cause to be paid any transfer, stamp, value added or similar taxes or duties incident to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder; provided that, the Managers agree to pay New York State stock transfer tax, and the Selling Stockholder agrees to reimburse the Managers for associated carrying costs if such tax payment is not rebated on the day of payment and for any portion of such tax payment not rebated. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 11 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution”, Section 12 entitled “Directed Share Program Indemnification” and the last paragraph of Section 14 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make. The provisions of this Section 9 shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Company and the Selling Stockholder may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.

 

25


10. Covenants of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

11. Indemnity and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of each Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) that arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “ road show ”) or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(b) The Selling Stockholder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of each Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) that arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the

 

26


statements therein not misleading to the extent (and only to the extent) that such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information; and except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein. The liability of the Selling Stockholder under the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds after commissions but before other offering expenses received by the Selling Stockholder from the sale of its Shares under this Agreement.

(c) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Selling Stockholder, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company or the Selling Stockholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) that arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(d) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section  Error! Reference source not found. , 11(b) or 11(b), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall

 

27


pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section and (iii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Selling Stockholder and all persons, if any, who control the Selling Stockholder within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by you. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. In the case of any such separate firm for the Selling Stockholder and such control persons of the Selling Stockholder, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Selling Stockholder. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(e) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section  Error! Reference source not found. , 11(b) or 11(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount

 

28


paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 11(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 11(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds after commissions but before other offering expenses received by the Selling Stockholder from the offering of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholder or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 11 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.The liability of the Selling Stockholder under the contribution agreement contained in this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds after commissions but before other offering expenses received by the Selling Stockholder from the sale of its Shares under this Agreement. The Selling Stockholder shall not be liable for contribution under this Section 11(e) except under such circumstances as the Selling Stockholder would have been liable for indemnification under Section 11(b) above irrespective of whether such indemnification were enforceable under applicable law.

(f) The Selling Stockholder, the Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 11 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 11(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 11(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount

 

29


by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 11 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 11 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholder contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter, the Selling Stockholder or any person controlling the Selling Stockholder, or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

12. Directed Share Program Indemnification . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley, each person, if any, who controls Morgan Stanley within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each affiliate of Morgan Stanley within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act (the “ Morgan Stanley Entities ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) that arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of the Morgan Stanley Entities.

(b) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Morgan Stanley Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 12(a), the Morgan Stanley Entity seeking indemnity shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company, upon request of the Morgan Stanley Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Morgan Stanley Entity to represent the Morgan Stanley Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding.

 

30


In any such proceeding, any Morgan Stanley Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Morgan Stanley Entity unless (i) the Company and such Morgan Stanley Entity have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include the Company or the Selling Stockholder and the Morgan Stanley Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any Morgan Stanley Entity in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Morgan Stanley Entities and the Company shall reimburse such fees and expenses as they are incurred. Any such firm for the Morgan Stanley Entities shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company agrees to indemnify the Morgan Stanley Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Morgan Stanley Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Morgan Stanley Entity, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Morgan Stanley Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(c) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 12(a) is unavailable to a Morgan Stanley Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying the Morgan Stanley Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 12(c)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 12(c)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds after commissions but before other offering expenses received by the Selling Stockholder from the offering of the Directed Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Morgan Stanley Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the

 

31


Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or by the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(d) The Company and the Morgan Stanley Entities agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 12 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Morgan Stanley Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 12(c). The amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 12, no Morgan Stanley Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Morgan Stanley Entity has otherwise been required to pay. The remedies provided for in this Section 12 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(e) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 12 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Morgan Stanley Entity or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.

13. Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company and the Selling Stockholder, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any national securities exchange, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your

 

32


judgment, is material and adverse and which, individually or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment (after consultation with the Company and the Selling Stockholder, if practicable), impracticable to proceed with, or seriously compromises, the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

14. Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 14 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you, the Company and the Selling Stockholder for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholder. In any such case either you, the Company or the Selling Stockholder shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

 

33


If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Selling Stockholder to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Selling Stockholder shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Selling Stockholder will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

15. Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arm’s length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

17. Applicable Law . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

18. Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agents for Service . (a) The Company and the Selling Stockholder irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York (the “ Specified Courts ”) over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the offering of the Shares (each, a “ Related Proceeding ”). The Company and the Selling Stockholder irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any Related Proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such Related Proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

34


(b) The Selling Stockholder hereby irrevocably appoints [•], with offices at [•] as its agent for service of process in any Related Proceeding and agrees that service of process in any such Related Proceeding may be made upon it at the office of such agent. The Selling Stockholder waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. The Selling Stockholder represents and warrants that such agent has agreed to act as the Selling Stockholder’s agent for service of process, and the Selling Stockholder agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect.

19. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

20. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to you in care of: Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk; if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to Dave S. Hattem, Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel, 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104, with a copy to Peter J. Loughran, Debevoise and Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022 and if to the Selling Stockholder shall be delivered, mailed or sent to Helen Browne, Group General Counsel, 25 avenue Matignon, 75008 Paris, France, with a copy to Peter J. Loughran, Debevoise and Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

21. Compliance with the USA Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

22. No Voting. Without limiting the applicability of any other provision of this Agreement, the Underwriters will purchase any Shares purchased hereunder in the ordinary course of their activities as broker-dealers and not with the purpose or intent, directly or indirectly through any affiliate, of exercising control over the Company or any of its subsidiaries. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Underwriter agrees that for so long as it owns any of the Shares purchased by it hereunder ( a ) it, directly or indirectly through any affiliate, will not exercise any voting rights associated with the Shares purchased by it hereunder, to the extent such exercise would give rise to a presumption of control under any applicable insurance law or regulation or trigger any other regulatory approval requirement, without first having obtained any required regulatory approval; ( b ) to the extent it, directly or indirectly through any affiliate, exercises any voting rights associated with the Shares purchased by it hereunder, it and any such affiliates will vote all such Shares in the same proportion as the shares of common stock or other voting securities of the Company voted by all other holders of common stock or such other voting securities of the Company and ( c ) it will not sell the Shares purchased by it hereunder to any purchaser if the number Shares sold to such purchaser would exceed 28.0 million shares, unless approved by the Company.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

 

35


Very truly yours,
AXA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to the Underwriting Agreement ]


AXA S.A., the Selling Stockholder
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to the Underwriting Agreement ]


Accepted as of the date hereof

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the

    several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to the Underwriting Agreement ]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm Shares
To Be Purchased

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

   [•]

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

   [•]

Barclays Capital Inc.

   [•]

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

   [•]

[•]

   [•]

[•]

   [•]

[•]

   [•]

[•]

   [•]

[•]

   [•]

[•]

   [•]
  

 

Total:

   [•]
  

 

 

I-1


SCHEDULE II

Time of Sale Prospectus

 

1. Preliminary Prospectus dated April [•], 2018

 

2. [Any free writing prospectus filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act]

 

3. [Orally communicated pricing information]

 

II-1


SCHEDULE III

Persons Delivering Lock-up Agreements

AXA S.A.

Thomas Buberl

George Stansfield

Mark Pearson

Seth Bernstein

Gérald Harlin

Anders Malmström

Brian Winikoff

Dave Hattem

Jeffrey Hurd

Karima Silvent

Bertrand Poupart-Lafarge

Charles Stonehill

Dan Kaye

Ramon de Oliviera

 

III-1


SCHEDULE IV

Significant Subsidiaries

AllianceBernstein L.P.

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

AXA Financial, Inc.

AXA Equitable Financial Services, LLC

 

IV-1


Annex A

Form of Opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, Counsel to the Company

[Debevoise to provide draft opinion and negative assurance letter]

 

A-1


Annex B

Form of Opinion of Dave S. Hattem, Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Company

[Draft General Counsel opinion to be provided]

 

B-1


Annex C

Form of Opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, Counsel to the Selling Stockholder

[Debevoise draft opinion under review]

 

C-1


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER]

                    , 2018

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

c/o Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue,

New York, New York 10019

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (the “ Managers ”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and AXA S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of France, providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several Underwriters, including the Managers (the “ Underwriters ”), of [•] shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”).

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus (the “ Restricted Period )” relating to the Public Offering (the “ Prospectus ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option

 

A-1


or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) otherwise publicly announce any intention to enter into any transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to the following:

 

  (a) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

  (b) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock as a bona fide gift, provided that each donee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period;

 

  (c) distributions by the Selling Stockholder of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock to its affiliates or stockholders, provided that each distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period;

 

  (d) (i) the sale by the Selling Stockholder of $[750,000,000] aggregate principal amount of [•]% mandatory exchangeable bonds (the “Bonds”), to be issued on or about [•], 2018, which are exchangeable into shares of Common Stock or (ii) the transfer by the Selling Stockholder of shares of Common Stock to holders of the Bonds in accordance with the exchange provisions of the Bonds;

 

  (e) if the undersigned is an individual, transfers of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock by will or intestacy, provided that each legatee, heir or other transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and provided further that any filing made pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall include a footnote noting the circumstances described in this clause;

 

A-2


  (f) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period;

 

  (g) transfers by the undersigned of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock in connection with the direct or indirect acquisition of 100% of the Common Stock by a single person or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or the entry by the Selling Stockholder into an agreement providing for such a transaction, provided such transaction is approved by the Boards of Directors of the Selling Stockholder, and provided further that, if such transaction is not consummated, the underlying shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions contained herein;

 

  (h) one or more sales of shares of Common Stock to the Company, or net share settlement with the Company, to satisfy the exercise price of options, stock appreciation rights or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any benefit plans on the terms of such plans as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, provided that any shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise shall be subject to all of the restrictions set forth in this agreement, provided further that no such sales or net share settlement shall result in a net reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such sales or net share settlement during the first [30] days of the Restricted Period, and provided further that any filing made pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall include a footnote noting the circumstances described in this clause; or

 

  (i) one or more sales of shares of Common Stock to the Company, or net share settlement with the Company, to satisfy tax withholding or similar obligations in connection with the vesting of any equity-based awards vesting within 30 days before the Restricted Period, provided that any shares of Common Stock received upon such vesting shall be subject to all of the restrictions set forth in this agreement, provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such sales or net share settlement during the first [30] days of the Restricted Period, and provided further that any filing made pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall include a footnote noting the circumstances described in this clause.

 

A-3


In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock other than the transfer by the Selling Stockholder of any shares of Common Stock to holders of the Bonds in accordance with the exchange provisions of the Bonds, provided that the Selling Stockholder may, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, make any demand for the sale of, or request to sell, all or part of its remaining shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [•], 2018, between the Company and the Selling Stockholder as long as no public announcement of any such demand, request or proposed offering and sale of shares of Common Stock is made and no Registration Statement is filed with the SEC.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase in the offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) [•] agree[s] that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, [•] will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by [•] hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

A-4


Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Name)

 

(Address)

 

A-5


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP

                    , 2018

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the sale by AXA S.A. of [•] shares of common stock, $0.01 par value (the “ Common Stock ”), of AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and the lock-up letter dated     , 2018 (the “ Lock-up Letter ”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated     , 2018, with respect to         shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”).

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective     , 2018; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholder of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

[ Signature page follows. ]

 

B-1


Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

cc: AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.

 

B-2


FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.

[Date]

AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) announced today that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, the managers in AXA S.A.’s recent public sale of [•] shares of the Company’s common stock, are [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to          shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors][an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on         , 20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 5.1

April 26, 2018

 

AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10104

 

Registration Statement on Form S-1

of AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. (Registration No. 333-221521)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-221521), as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”), relating to an initial public offering (the “ Offering ”) of 137,250,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), to be sold by the selling stockholder (the “ Selling Stockholder ”) referred to in the Registration Statement (such shares of Common Stock, together with up to 20,587,500 shares of Common Stock that may be sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Common Stock and any additional shares of Common Stock that may be registered in accordance with Rule 462(b) under the Act for sale in the Offering, the “ Shares ”) pursuant to an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) to be entered into among the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the several underwriters to be named in Schedule I thereto (the “ Underwriters ”).

In rendering the opinion expressed below, we have ( a ) examined and relied on the originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such agreements, documents and records of the Company and such other instruments and certificates of public officials, officers and representatives of the Company and others as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for the purposes of such opinion, ( b ) examined and relied as to factual matters upon, and have assumed the accuracy of, the statements made in the certificates of public officials, officers and representatives of the Company and others delivered to us and ( c ) made such investigations of law as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for such opinion. In rendering the opinion expressed below, we have assumed, with your permission, without independent investigation or inquiry, ( i ) the authenticity and


 

AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.  

2

  April 26, 2018

 

 

completeness of all documents submitted to us as originals, ( ii ) the genuineness of all signatures on all documents that we examined, ( iii ) the conformity to authentic originals and completeness of documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or reproduction copies and ( iv ) the legal capacity of all natural persons executing documents.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the assumptions, qualifications and limitations hereinafter set forth, we are of the opinion that the Shares to be sold to the Underwriters by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable under the laws of the State of Delaware.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to the reference to our firm under the caption “Validity of Common Stock” in the Prospectus forming a part thereof and to the incorporation by reference of this opinion and consent as exhibits to any registration statement filed in accordance with Rule 462(b) under the Act relating to the Offering. In giving such consent, we do not concede that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

We are members of the bar of the State of New York. We express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as currently in effect.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

Exhibit 10.37

 

LOGO

Chairman and CEO

Mark PEARSON

AXA Equitable

1 juillet 2016 / July  1, 2016

J’ai le plaisir de vous informer que le Conseil d’Administration a décidé de vous attribuer en date du 6 juin 2016 des options de souscription ou d’achat d’actions AXA comme suit:

I am pleased to inform you that the Board of Directors has decided to grant you on June 6, 2016, options to subscribe to or purchase AXA shares as follows:

 

Nombre d’options / Number of options:    [#]
Prix d’exercice par action / Exercise price per share:            €

Ces options pourront être levées durant la période du 6 juin 2019 au 5 juin 2026 selon le calendrier suivant:

These options may be exercised during the period from June 6, 2019 to June 5, 2026, according to the following schedule:

 

•  à compter du 6 juin 2019 / As from June 6, 2019:

   [#] options

•  à compter du 6 juin 2020 / As from June 6, 2020:

   [#] options

•  à compter du 6 juin 2021 / As from June 6, 2021:

   [#] options

Chaque tranche d’options sera exerçable selon le calendrier ci-dessus dès lors que le cours du titre AXA aura performé au moins aussi bien que l’indice SXIP, soit depuis la date d’attribution des options, soit au cours des 3 dernières années.

Each tranche of options will be exercisable according to the schedule above only if the AXA share has performed at least as well as the SXIP index, either since the grant date or over the last three year period.

Vous trouverez le réglement de ce plan d’options de souscription ou d’achat d’actions sur le site « My LTI ». Ce document doit être lu attentivement afin que vous puissiez prendre connaissance de vos droits et du cadre légal qui gouverne ce plan, notamment les conditions d’exercice des options, et ce, avant votre décision d’accepter ou de refuser cette attribution qui devra être communiquée en ligne.

You will find the rules of this subscription or purchase stock option plan on “My LTI” site. This document should be read carefully so that you understand your rights under this plan and the legal framework within which the plan operates, especially the condition under which you may exercise the options, and this, before your decision to accept or refuse this grant directly online.

Cordialement,

Yours sincerely,

 

LOGO

Henri de Castries

25, Avenue Matignon 75008 Paris, France

www.axa.com

Exhibit 10.38

 

LOGO

Chairman and CEO

[Name]

AXA Equitable

1 juillet 2016 / July  1, 2016

J’ai le plaisir de vous informer que le Conseil d’Administration a décidé de vous attribuer en date du 6 juin 2016 des options de souscription ou d’achat d’actions AXA comme suit:

I am pleased to inform you that the Board of Directors has decided to grant you on June 6, 2016, options to subscribe to or purchase AXA shares as follows:

 

Nombre d’options / Number of options:    [#]
Prix d’exercice par action / Exercise price per share:            €

Ces options pourront être levées durant la période du 6 juin 2019 au 5 juin 2026 selon le calendrier suivant:

These options may be exercised during the period from June 6, 2019 to June 5, 2026, according to the following schedule:

 

•  à compter du 6 juin 2019 / As from June  6, 2019:

   [#] options

•  à compter du 6 juin 2020 / As from June  6, 2020:

   [#] options

•  à compter du 6 juin 2021 / As from June  6, 2021:

   [#] options

Le dernier tiers attribué, soit [#] options, sera exerçable à compter du 6 juin 2021 dès lors que le cours du titre AXA aura performé au moins aussi bien que l’indice SXIP, soit depuis la date d’attribution des options, soit au cours des 3 dernières années.

The last third of the options granted, i.e [#] options, will be exercisable from June 6, 2021 only if the AXA share has performed at least as well as the SXIP index, either since the grant date or over the last three year period.

Vous trouverez le réglement de ce plan d’options de souscription ou d’achat d’actions sur le site « My LTI ». Ce document doit être lu attentivement afin que vous puissiez prendre connaissance de vos droits et du cadre légal qui gouverne ce plan, notamment les conditions d’exercice des options, et ce, avant votre décision d’accepter ou de refuser cette attribution qui devra être communiquée en ligne.

You will find the rules of this subscription or purchase stock option plan on “My LTI” site. This document should be read carefully so that you understand your rights under this plan and the legal framework within which the plan operates, especially the condition under which you may exercise the options, and this, before your decision to accept or refuse this grant directly online.

Cordialement,

Yours sincerely,

 

LOGO

Henri de Castries

25, Avenue Matignon 75008 Paris, France

www.axa.com

Exhibit 10.39

 

Date of Grant

  

Expiration Date

  

Euro Exercise Price Per AXA Ordinary Share

June          , 20         June          20                      euro

THE AXA STOCK OPTION PLAN

FOR AXA FINANCIAL EMPLOYEES AND ASSOCIATES

OPTION AGREEMENT FOR OPTIONS

AXA S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of the Republic of France, hereby grants, as of the date of grant set forth above (the “Date of Grant”), to the optionee (the “Optionee”) named in the option grant letter from Thomas Buberl June     , 20     (the “Grant Letter”) under this Option Agreement and pursuant to The AXA Stock Option Plan for AXA Financial Employees and Associates, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Plan,” capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan), an option (the “Option”) to purchase from AXA up to, but not exceeding in the aggregate, the number of AXA ordinary shares (each, a “Share” and collectively, the “Shares”) set forth in the Grant Letter at the per Share euro exercise price set forth above (which represents the average closing price of a Share on Euronext Paris for the twenty (20) trading days prior to the Date of Grant) (the “Exercise Price”), in accordance with the Plan and subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. This Option shall become vested and exercisable as set forth in the Grant Letter. Unless an earlier expiration date is specified in paragraphs 2 or 3 herein, or in the Plan, this Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration date listed above (the “Expiration Date”).

2. In the event the Optionee’s Employment is terminated by reason of the Optionee’s death, this Option (whether or not then otherwise exercisable) shall be exercisable in full as of the date of the Optionee’s death and shall be exercisable by the Optionee’s beneficiary designated in accordance with the Plan (or if none is named, by the Optionee’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise by the Optionee’s estate) at any time within six months of the Optionee’s death or, if earlier, until the Expiration Date. If the Optionee’s Employment is terminated by reason of Retirement, the unvested portion of this Option as of the date of the Optionee’s Retirement shall continue to vest in accordance with this Option’s vesting provisions set forth herein and in the Grant Letter as if the Optionee had not Retired. Any portion of this Option which is exercisable at the date of the Optionee’s Retirement or that thereafter becomes exercisable by reason of the immediately preceding sentence shall be exercisable at any time prior to the Expiration Date. If the Optionee’s Employment is terminated for Cause or is voluntarily terminated by the Optionee other than by Retirement or death, any outstanding portion of this Option (whether or not then otherwise exercisable) shall be immediately forfeited as of the date of such termination, the Optionee shall no longer have any rights with respect to such portion of the Option and AXA shall not be obligated to honor any purported exercise of this Option that has not been effected, regardless of whether payment has been tendered prior to the occurrence of any act resulting in such termination or the time at which AXA has knowledge thereof. In the event the Optionee’s Employment is terminated for Cause, the preceding sentence shall apply regardless of whether the Optionee is eligible to Retire as of the date of the termination for Cause. If the Optionee’s Employment terminates for any reason other than death, voluntary termination or Cause, the portion of this Option which is exercisable at the date of the Optionee’s termination of Employment shall be exercisable at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date and (ii) the thirtieth day following the date of the Optionee’s termination of Employment. In the case of an Optionee who is concurrently an Employee of more than one AXA Affiliate or who on or before the date of termination has been offered to be and is becoming an Employee of another AXA Affiliate, termination of Employment shall be deemed to occur only when such Optionee ceases to be an Employee of all such AXA Affiliates. Any portion of this Option not exercised within the applicable time limits specified in this paragraph 2 shall be forfeited at the close of business on the date of the expiration of such time limits.

3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Optionee terminates Employment by reason of Retirement and (i) induces any Participant to leave the Employ of any AXA Affiliate, (ii) solicits the employment of any Participant on his/her own behalf or on behalf of any other business enterprise, (iii) uses for his/her personal benefit, or discloses, communicates or divulges to, or uses for any person other than an AXA Affiliate, any confidential information that had been made known to the Optionee or learned or acquired by the Optionee while in the Employ of any AXA Affiliate, unless such information has become public other than by the Optionee’s actions or such disclosure is compelled under a subpoena from a court or administrative body having jurisdiction in the matter, or (iv) otherwise acts in a manner that


is substantially detrimental to the business or reputation of any AXA Affiliate, the portion of this Option which is then still outstanding shall be immediately forfeited (whether or not then otherwise exercisable), the Optionee shall no longer have any rights with respect to such portion of the Option and AXA shall not be obligated to honor any purported exercise of this Option that has not been effected, regardless of whether payment has been tendered prior to the occurrence of any such act or the time at which AXA has knowledge thereof.

4. Exercise of this Option shall be in whole Shares and shall occur on the date (the “Exercise Date”) AXA’s designated agent receives: (i) proper notice, in accordance with the procedures of such agent, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased and (ii) payment in euro of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares to be purchased, or cash equivalents, including a personal check. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may in its sole discretion make arrangements available to the Optionee whereby payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares to be purchased may be made in U.S. dollars having a value equivalent to the euro-denominated aggregate Exercise Price based on the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate as of the Exercise Date and permit the Optionee to pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares to be purchased through the sale of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Optionee pursuant to the exercise in whole or in part of this Option. AXA will not deliver Shares being purchased upon the exercise of this Option unless it has received payment in a form acceptable to AXA for all applicable withholding taxes. The Committee may in its discretion permit the Optionee to pay all or a portion of such withholding taxes through the sale of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Optionee pursuant to the exercise of this Option.

5. Except as may be permitted by French law and the AXA Board of Directors, this Option shall not be assignable or transferable and except to the extent required by law, no right or interest of the Optionee shall be subject to any lien, obligation or liability of the Optionee. All rights with respect to this Option shall be exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee.

6. If, during the term of this Option, AXA carries out any of the transactions below that affect the capitalization of AXA, such measures as the AXA Board of Directors deems necessary or appropriate shall be taken to preserve, or prevent enlargement of, the benefits or potential benefits made available under this Option by adjusting the Option Exercise Price and/or the number of Shares subject to this Option. The types of transactions concerned include the following: (a) issuance of securities and/or Shares with a preferential subscription right offered to the shareholders; (b) capital increase by incorporation of reserves, profits or premiums with a bonus issue of shares fully paid up, as well as in case of either a split or a regrouping of the Shares forming the capital; (c) distribution of reserves in cash or in equity; (d) reduction of the share capital attributable to losses; (e) purchase by AXA of its own Shares; and (f) such other transactions as shall be recognized under French law from time to time as requiring or permitting adjustment to the terms of this Option. Adjustments to the terms and conditions of this Option shall be made by and in the full discretion of the AXA Board of Directors in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) no adjustment to this Option shall be made if it will result in the grant of a new option under Code Section 409A and (y) any cash payment for this Option shall not be greater than the excess of the fair market value of the underlying Shares on the date of such purchase (as determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder) over the aggregate Exercise Price.

7. Neither this Option nor any Shares acquired from its exercise will be registered with the SEC under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”). As a consequence, exercise of this Option and resale of the acquired Shares will only be permitted pursuant to an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Act and in compliance with requirements of any applicable securities laws and regulations of any relevant state or territory of the United States. AXA may from time to time suspend exercises or resales, or impose specific limitations on the manner in which exercises or resales are made, as it may deem necessary or advisable to ensure compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. The terms and conditions set forth in this Option Agreement (including the Grant Letter) are subject to the provisions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. To the extent any term or condition of this Option Agreement is inconsistent or in conflict with any provision of the Plan, the Plan shall govern. This Option Agreement, the Grant Letter and the Plan constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

2


9. AXA may amend this Option Agreement at any time; provided that, subject to paragraph 6 hereof and Section 4.2 of the Plan, no such amendment shall be made without the Optionee’s consent if such amendment would in any manner adversely affect this Option.

                                         AXA S.A.

 

3

Exhibit 10.40

 

LOGO

 

Important Note for AXA Financial Participants: The following sets forth the general rules of the 2014 International Performance Shares Plan. In certain cases, these rules have been modified for AXA Financial participants. For an explanation of the rules that are specific to AXA Financial participants, see the “Addendum for AXA Financial Participants” starting after page 11 of this document.

REGLEMENT DU PLAN INTERNATIONAL DE PERFORMANCE SHARES 2014

24 MARS 2014

RULES OF THE 2014 INTERNATIONAL PERFORMANCE SHARES PLAN

MARCH 24, 2014

Le présent règlement est destiné à fixer des règles communes aux attributions de Performance Shares intervenues ce jour, soit en date du 24 mars 2014, dans le cadre du Plan International de Performance Shares 2014 (le « Plan »).

The purpose of these rules is to establish the common terms and conditions for the attribution of Performance Shares granted this day, on March 24, 2014, under the 2014 International Performance Shares Plan (the “Plan”).

L’action AXA est cotée à la Bourse de Paris (NYSE Euronext Paris – Compartiment A) sous le symbole « CS » (ISIN FR0000120628 – Bloomberg : CS FP – Reuters : AXAF.PA). Aux Etats-Unis, les American Depositary Shares (ADS) d’AXA sont négociées sur la plateforme OTCQX sous le symbole AXAHY.

The AXA ordinary share is listed on compartment A of NYSE Euronext Paris under the ticker symbol CS (ISIN FR 0000120628 – Bloomberg: CS FP – Reuters: AXAF.PA). AXA’s American Depositary Shares are also quoted on the OTCQX platform under the ticker symbol AXAHY.

 

1. BENEFICIAIRES / BENEFICIARIES

Chaque bénéficiaire se voit initialement attribuer gratuitement avec effet au 24 mars 2014 (la « Date d’Attribution Initiale ») un certain nombre de Performance Shares qui lui confèrent le droit de recevoir à la Date de Règlement, tel que ce terme est défini ci-après, un certain nombre d’actions AXA déterminé en fonction du niveau d’atteinte d’objectifs de performance définis par AXA.

Each beneficiary is initially granted, for free, with effect as of March 24, 2014 (the “Grant Date”), a certain number of Performance Shares. Beneficiaries of Performance Shares have the right to acquire at the Settlement Date, as this term is defined hereafter, a certain number of AXA shares based on the achievement of performance criteria defined by AXA.

Un courrier individualisé sera remis aux bénéficiaires du Plan International de Performance Shares 2014 (les « Bénéficiaires ») pour les en informer et porter à leur connaissance le présent règlement ainsi que pour leur préciser le nombre de Performance Shares qui leur sont initialement attribuées. Cette attribution initiale est divisée en deux (2) tranches, représentant chacune la moitié des Performance Shares attribuées.

A letter will be issued to notify beneficiaries of the 2014 International Performance Shares Plan (the “Beneficiaries”) of these rules as well as of the number of Performance Shares they have been initially granted. This initial grant is split into two (2) tranches, each representing half of the Performance Shares granted.

Il est rappelé que les plans d’attribution de performance shares d’AXA sont mis en œuvre à l’entière discrétion d’AXA, et que l’attribution de Performance Shares au titre du présent Plan ne confère aux Bénéficiaires aucun droit sur les plans d’attribution de performance shares futurs.

It is reminded that the performance shares plans of AXA are implemented at the sole discretion of AXA and, as a consequence, the grant of performance shares under this Plan does not result in any acquired right for future performance shares plans for the Beneficiaries.

 

2. PERIODE DE PERFORMANCE / PERFORMANCE PERIOD

Pour les besoins du présent règlement, la « Période de Performance » désigne la période de temps pendant laquelle est mesuré le niveau de réalisation des objectifs de performance décrits à la section 3 ci-après, elle est d’une durée de deux (2) exercices (1er janvier 2014 / 31 décembre 2015) pour la première tranche et d’une durée de trois (3) exercices (1er janvier 2014 / 31 décembre 2016) pour la seconde tranche.

 

 

  1
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 24 Mars 2014  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- March 24, 2014  


LOGO

 

For the purpose of these rules, the “Performance Period” shall mean the period of time during which the level of achievement of the performance objectives defined in section 3 hereinafter is assessed. This period of time is of two (2) fiscal years (January 1, 2014 / December 31, 2015) for the 1 st tranche and a period of three (3) fiscal years (January 1, 2014 / December 31, 2016) for the 2 nd tranche.

 

3. OBJECTIFS DE PERFORMANCE / PERFORMANCE TARGETS

Dans le cadre du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2014, la livraison des actions AXA auxquelles donnent droit les Performance Shares, n’interviendra, en tout ou partie, au profit de leur Bénéficiaire qu’en fonction de la réalisation d’objectifs de performance collectifs définis ci-dessous.

Sur la Période de Performance et sous réserve des éventuelles contraintes règlementaires localement applicables, les objectifs de performance sont basés sur:

 

    la performance du Groupe AXA pour 1/3; et

 

    la performance du périmètre de performance auquel appartient le Bénéficiaire qui peut, selon le cas, être constitué d’une entité, d’une business unit et/ou d’une région, pour 2/3.

For the purpose of this 2014 International Performance Shares Plan, the final delivery to Beneficiaries, in whole or in part, of AXA shares resulting from the Performance Shares, will depend on the achievement of collective performance targets defined hereafter.

Subject to compliance with local regulations, the performance targets over the Performance Period are based on:

 

    AXA Group performance for one third; and

 

    the performance of the “performance perimeter” to which the Beneficiary belongs, which might, as the case may be, consist of an entity, a business unit and/or a region, for the remaining two thirds.

AXA approuve lors de l’attribution initiale des Performance Shares les critères et les objectifs chiffrés retenus pour mesurer la performance du Groupe AXA et la performance du périmètre de performance de chaque Bénéficiaire. Les critères de performance sont choisis parmi ceux utilisés pour mesurer la performance du Groupe AXA et de ses entités, business units et/ou régions. AXA peut être amené à revoir les objectifs initialement fixés, notamment dans l’hypothèse d’une modification du périmètre du Groupe AXA ou d’une entité, business unit ou région de celui-ci, ou plus généralement de tout autre évènement ayant un impact sur les critères et objectifs chiffrés initialement retenus.

AXA approves at the time of the initial grant of the Performance Shares the relevant criteria and targets which measure the performance of the AXA Group and that of the performance perimeter of each Beneficiary. The performance criteria are chosen among those used each year to measure the performance of the AXA Group and of each entity, business unit and/or region. AXA may review initial targets, in particular in the case of a modification to the scope of the AXA Group or its entities, business units or regions, or, more generally, of any other event which may impact the initial criteria and targets.

 

4. MESURE DE LA PERFORMANCE / PERFORMANCE MEASURES

Le taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance, tel qu’apprécié par AXA à l’issue de la Période de Performance, permet d’établir un taux de conversion (ci-après le « Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares »). Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sert à déterminer le nombre d’actions AXA qui seront livrées au Bénéficiaire à la Date de Règlement. Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sera déterminé en fonction du taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance correspondant comme indiqué dans le tableau ci-dessous.

 

    pour la performance du Groupe AXA (pondération 1/3):

 

Taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance

  

Taux de performance retenu

³ 130%    1,3
100%    1
65%    0,65
< 65%    0

 

  2
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 24 Mars 2014  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- March 24, 2014  


LOGO

 

    pour la performance du périmètre de performance auquel appartient le bénéficiaire (pondération 2/3):

 

Taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance

  

Taux de performance retenu

³ 130%    1,3
100%    1
60%    0,6
< 60%    0

 

    Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares:

 

Taux de performance retenu au global

  

Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares

³ 130%    1,3
100%    1
0%    0

The rate of achievement of the performance targets as assessed by AXA at the end of the Performance Period is used to determine the number of AXA shares acquired in respect of the Performance Shares (the “Performance Shares Conversion Rate”).The Performance Shares Conversion Rate shall be determined as indicated in the table below, according to the rate of performance target achievement:

 

    for the AXA Group performance (weight 1/3):

 

Rate of achievement of performance targets

  

Performance Rate

³ 130%    1.3
100%    1
65%    0.65
< 65%    0

 

    for the performance perimeter to which the beneficiary belongs to (weight 2/3):

 

Rate of achievement of performance targets

  

Performance Rate

³ 130%    1.3
100%    1
60%    0.6
< 60%    0

 

    The Performance Shares Conversion Rate:

 

Rate of global performance

  

Performance Shares Conversion Rate

³ 130%    1.3
100%    1
0%    0

Si le taux de performance retenu au global se situe entre 0 % et 130 %, le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sera déterminé par le coefficient correspondant au pourcentage appliqué. Par exemple, pour un taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance de 120 %, le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares correspondant sera égal à 1,2 ; pour un taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance de 80 %, le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares correspondant sera égal à 0,8.

For a global performance rate between 0% and 130%, the Performance Shares Conversion Rate will be determined. For example, for a rate of performance target achievement equal to 120%, the Performance Shares Conversion Rate will be 1.2; for a rate of performance target achievement equal to 80%, the corresponding Performance Shares Conversion Rate will be 0.8.

Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares est égale à la moyenne pondérée du taux de performance retenu au titre de la performance Groupe (avec une pondération de 1/3) et du taux de performance retenu au titre de la performance du périmètre de performance du Bénéficiaire (avec une pondération de 2/3).

The Performance Shares Conversion Rate is equal to the weighted average of the Performance Rate for the Group (for one third) and for the performance perimeter of the Beneficiary (for two thirds) .

 

  3
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 24 Mars 2014  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- March 24, 2014  


LOGO

 

Le nombre de Performance Shares réellement attribuées au Bénéficiaire sera égal au nombre de Performance Shares initialement attribuées multiplié par le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sur la Période de Performance. A titre d’illustration, un Bénéficiaire pour lequel le taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance est de 120 % aura un Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares de 1,2 et le nombre de Performance Shares qui lui seront réellement attribuées sera égal au nombre de Performance Shares qui lui auront été attribuées initialement multiplié par 1,2. Lorsque le nombre d’actions ainsi obtenu n’est pas un nombre entier, le nombre de Performance Shares réellement attribuées définitivement acquises sera égal au nombre entier le plus proche.

The number of Performance Shares definitively vested by a Beneficiary will be equal to the number of Performance Shares initially granted, multiplied by the Performance Shares Conversion Rate for the Performance Period. For example, if the Performance Shares Conversion Rate of a Beneficiary is 120%, he/she will definitively vest a number of Performance Shares equal of the number of Performance Shares initially granted, multiplied by 1.2. In the event this number is not a whole number, the number of Performance Shares definitively vested that will be delivered to him or her will be equal to the closest whole number.

Les Bénéficiaires sont informés à l’issue de la Période de Performance du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares qui leur est applicable au titre de la Période de Performance.

Beneficiaries are informed after the end of the Performance Period of his/her Performance Shares Conversion Rate for the Performance Period.

Dans l’hypothèse où aucun dividende ne serait proposé par le Conseil d’Administration aux actionnaires de la société AXA SA au titre des exercices de la période de performance (2014 et/ou 2015 pour la 1 ère tranche, 2014 et/ou 2015 et/ou 2016 pour la 2 nd tranche) (versés respectivement en 2015, 2016 et 2017), le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares tel que déterminé conformément aux dispositions qui précédent sera divisé par deux.

In the event no dividend would be proposed for payment by the Board of Directors to the shareholders of AXA SA for the fiscal years 2014 and/or 2015 for the 1 st tranche and 2014 and/or 2015 and/or 2016 for the 2 nd tranche (paid out respectively in 2015, 2016 and 2017), the Performance Shares Conversion Rate as determined in accordance with the above provisions will be divided by two.

 

5. REGLEMENT / SETTLEMENT

La livraison d’actions AXA en règlement des Performance Shares réellement attribuées interviendra à compter de la « Date de Règlement », celle-ci se définissant comme le 24 mars 2017 pour la 1 ère tranche et comme le 24 mars 2018 pour la 2 nd tranche ou si ces dates ne sont pas des jours ouvrés, le premier jour ouvré suivant.

The delivery of AXA shares in settlement of the Performance Shares will be made from the « Settlement Date », i.e. on March 24, 2017 for the 1 st tranche and on March 24, 2018 for the 2 nd tranche, or if those dates are not business days, the following business day.

Le nombre d’actions AXA livrées sera égal au nombre de Performance Shares réellement attribuées.

The number of acquired AXA shares will be equal to the number of Performance Shares definitively vested.

Les actions seront livrées par l’entité du Groupe employant le Bénéficiaire à la Date de Règlement, ou par toute entité à laquelle ladite livraison aurait été déléguée. L’acquisition de ces actions pourra donner lieu à cotisations sociales et/ou à l’impôt sur le revenu au même titre qu’une rémunération selon les règles applicables dans le pays de résidence du Bénéficiaire au moment du règlement, et dans les autres pays dans lesquels il a pu être résident à la Date d’Attribution Initiale ou après.

The shares will be delivered by the entity of the Group that employs the Beneficiary on the Settlement Date, or by any entity which received a delegation to act on behalf of the employing entity. The acquisition of shares may be subject to social security contributions and/or income tax in the same manner as salary income in accordance with the applicable rules in the country where the Beneficiary is a resident at the time of settlement, and in other countries in which he may have resided from and after the Grant Date.

 

  4
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 24 Mars 2014  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- March 24, 2014  


LOGO

 

En cas d’impossibilité juridique, fiscale ou autre, pour l’entité employant le Bénéficiaire à la Date de Règlement de livrer des actions AXA, les Performance Shares feront l’objet d’un paiement en numéraire dans la devise de l’entité sur la base (1) d’une valorisation de chaque Performance Share réellement attribuée égale à la moyenne des cours de clôture de l’action AXA sur le marché NYSE Euronext Paris durant les 20 dernières séances de Bourse précédant immédiatement la Date de Règlement et (2) du taux de change tel que publié par la Banque Centrale Européenne (ou, à défaut, une institution équivalente) lors du dernier jour de cotation précédant la Date de Règlement. Ce paiement se fera net d’impôts et de charges salariales devants être retenus par l’employeur.

Should it be impossible for legal or tax reasons, for the entity of the Group that employs the Beneficiary on the Settlement Date, to deliver the AXA shares, the Performance Shares will be settled in cash in local currency based on (1) the valuation of each Performance Share definitively vested as an amount equal to the average closing price of the AXA stock on the Paris Stock Exchange (NYSE Euronext Paris) over the twenty trading days prior to the Settlement Date and (2) the exchange rate as published by the European Central Bank (or, in the absence thereof, an equivalent institution) on the last trading day prior to the Settlement Date. This payment will be made net of taxes and employee social charges required to be withheld by the employer.

 

6. REGLES APPLICABLES EN CAS DE TRANSFERT AU SEIN DU GROUPE AXA / RULES IN CASE OF TRANSFER WITHIN THE AXA GROUP

Pour les besoins du présent Plan, le « Groupe AXA » désigne les sociétés ou groupements d’intérêt économique dont 10 % au moins du capital ou des droits de vote sont détenus, directement ou indirectement, par la société AXA SA, (société mère du Groupe AXA) ou qui détiennent, directement ou indirectement, au moins 10 % du capital ou des droits de vote d’AXA SA.

For the purposes of this Plan, the “AXA Group” shall mean the companies or economic interest groups of which at least 10% of the capital or voting rights are held, directly or indirectly, by AXA SA (parent company of the AXA Group) or which hold, directly or indirectly, at least 10% of the capital or the voting rights of AXA SA.

Lorsque, durant la Période de Performance, un Bénéficiaire est transféré d’une entité du Groupe AXA à une autre entité du Groupe AXA, la règle suivante s’applique:

6.1 Pour la 1 ère tranche:

 

    si le transfert intervient durant la première année de la Période de Performance, seule la performance de la nouvelle entité est prise en compte pour déterminer le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares;

 

    si le transfert intervient durant la seconde année de la Période de Performance, seule la performance de l’entité précédente est prise en compte pour déterminer le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares.

If, during the Performance Period, a Beneficiary is transferred from one entity of the AXA Group to another entity of the AXA Group, the following rule shall apply:

6.1 For the 1 st tranche:

 

    if the transfer occurs during the first year of the Performance Period, only the new entity’s performance is taken into account for the purpose of determining the Performance Shares Conversion Rate;

 

    if the transfer occurs during the second year of the Performance Period, only the previous entity’s performance is taken into account for the purpose of determining the Performance Shares Conversion Rate.

6.2 Pour la 2 nd tranche:

 

    si le transfert intervient avant le 1er juillet de la seconde année de la Période de Performance, seule la performance de la nouvelle entité est prise en compte pour déterminer le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares;

 

    si le transfert intervient à compter du 1er juillet de la seconde année de la Période de Performance, seule la performance de l’entité précédente est prise en compte pour déterminer le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares.

6.2 For the 2 nd tranche:

 

    if the transfer occurs before July 1 st of the second year of the Performance Period, only the new entity’s performance is taken into account for the purpose of determining the Performance Shares Conversion Rate;

 

    if the transfer occurs as from July 1 st of the second year of the Performance Period, only the previous entity’s performance is taken into account for the purpose of determining the Performance Shares Conversion Rate.

 

  5
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 24 Mars 2014  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- March 24, 2014  


LOGO

 

7. CONDITION DE PRESENCE ET ACQUISITION DEFINITIVE DES ACTIONS / CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT AND FINAL VESTING AND DELIVERY OF THE SHARES

Sous réserve de l’atteinte des objectifs de performance stipulés ci-dessus, les Performance Shares attribuées à chaque Bénéficiaire ne peuvent donner droit de recevoir des actions AXA à la Date de Règlement, que si le Bénéficiaire est toujours salarié ou dirigeant mandataire social d’une entité du Groupe AXA à la Date de Règlement et sous réserve des exceptions figurant à la section 8 ci-après.

Subject to the achievement of performance targets described above, the Performance Shares granted to each Beneficiary can be converted in AXA shares at the Settlement Date, only if the Beneficiary is still employed or is a corporate officer of an AXA Group entity at Settlement Date, or if one of the exceptions described in section 8 hereafter is applicable.

Il est précisé que les Performance Shares ne confèrent à leurs Bénéficiaires aucun des droits que la loi française attache à la qualité d’actionnaire. En revanche, passé la Date de Règlement, les Bénéficiaires jouissent, au titre des actions AXA reçues en règlement des Performance Shares réellement attribuées, de tous les droits attachés à la qualité d’actionnaire de la Société (droit au paiement du dividende, droit de vote en Assemblée Générale…).

For the sake of clarity, the Performance Shares do not give Beneficiaries shareholder’s rights. However, after the Settlement Date, the AXA shares, delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares, allow Beneficiaries to benefit from all shareholders rights (payment of dividends, voting rights at the General Meeting of shareholders…).

Les actions livrées en règlement des Performance Shares réellement attribuées seront inscrites dans un compte-titres en nominatif administré ouvert au nom du Bénéficiaire dans les livres du teneur de comptes désigné par la Société, dont les frais de gestion sont pris en charge par AXA jusqu’à décision contraire de la Société, et le Bénéficiaire peut disposer librement des actions.

AXA shares that are definitively vested and delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares will be registered on a securities bank account opened in the name of the Beneficiary with a custodian designated by the Company. The fees of this custodian will be borne by AXA, until the Company decides otherwise, and the Beneficiary may freely dispose of the shares.

 

8. REGLES APPLICABLES EN CAS DE CESSATION DES RELATIONS PROFESSIONNELLES AVEC LE GROUPE AXA AVANT LA DATE DE REGLEMENT / RULES IN CASE OF DEPARTURE FROM THE AXA GROUP BEFORE THE SETTLEMENT DATE

D’une manière générale, en cas de cessation des relations professionnelles d’un Bénéficiaire avec le Groupe AXA avant la Date de Règlement, les Performance Shares de ce dernier et le droit qui en résulte de recevoir des actions de la Société sont perdus à la date du dernier jour d’activité du Bénéficiaire dans une entité du Groupe AXA, sauf décision contraire expresse d’AXA et sauf exceptions expressément prévues par la présente section 8.

Pour les besoins du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2014, le départ du Groupe AXA doit s’entendre comme le fait de ne plus être salarié ou mandataire social d’une entité quelconque du Groupe AXA.

As a general rule, termination of the professional relationships of a Beneficiary with the AXA Group before the Settlement Date, the Beneficiary loses his/her Performance Shares and the right to receive AXA shares, with effect on the last day the Beneficiary is working in an AXA Group entity, unless AXA decides otherwise or unless otherwise provided under this section 8.

For the purpose of this 2014 International Performance Shares Plan, “termination of the professional relationships of a Beneficiary with the AXA Group” means that a Beneficiary is no longer an employee or a corporate officer of any entity of the AXA Group.

8.1 Décès avant la Date de Règlement / Death before the Settlement Date

En cas de décès d’un Bénéficiaire avant la Date de Règlement, ses héritiers peuvent, dans un délai de six (6) mois à compter de la date du décès, demander à recevoir les actions auxquelles donnent droit les Performance Shares attribuées au Bénéficiaire sous réserve des dispositions de la présente section.

 

  6
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 24 Mars 2014  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- March 24, 2014  


LOGO

 

Le nombre de Performance Shares qui seront réglées aux héritiers sera calculé sur la base d’un Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares égal à 1,3 si le décès intervient durant la Période de Performance, et sur la base du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares effectivement constaté si le décès intervient entre la fin de la Période de Performance et la Date de Règlement.

In case of a Beneficiary’s death before the Settlement Date, his/her heirs may, within a six (6)-month period after the date of death, request to be delivered the shares corresponding to the Performance Shares granted to the Beneficiary, subject to the provisions of this section.

The number of Performance Shares that will be settled to the heirs will be calculated based on a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the death occurs during the Performance Period, or based on the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the death occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date.

8.2 Invalidité avant la Date de Règlement / Disability before the Settlement Date

En cas de classement en invalidité d’un Bénéficiaire, ce dernier peut demander à recevoir immédiatement les actions auxquelles donnent droit les Performance Shares qui lui ont été attribuées sous réserve des dispositions de la présente section.

In case of disabity of a Beneficiary, the shares to which the Performance Shares give a claim may be delivered to the Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of this section.

Le nombre de Performance Shares qui seront réglées au Bénéficiaire sera calculé sur la base d’un Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares égal à 1,3 si le classement en invalidité intervient durant la Période de Performance, et sur la base du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares effectivement constaté si le classement intervient entre la fin de la Période de Performance et la Date de Règlement.

The number of Performance Shares that will be settled to the Beneficiary will be calculated based on a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the disability occurs during the Performance Period, or based on the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the disability occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date.

8.3 Départ en retraite ou pré-retraite / Retirement or pre-retirement

En cas de départ en retraite ou pré-retraite avant la Date de Règlement, le Bénéficiaire conserve le bénéfice des Performance Shares qui lui ont été attribuées.

Pour les seuls besoins du calcul du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares, le Bénéficiaire sera réputé être toujours salarié ou mandataire social éligible de la dernière entité, business unit ou région du Groupe AXA dans laquelle il a exercé ses fonctions préalablement à son départ en retraite ou pré-retraite.

In case of retirement or pre-retirement before the Settlement Date, the Beneficiary keeps the Performance Shares that were granted to him/her.

For the sole purpose of determining the applicable Performance Shares Conversion Rate, the Beneficiary will deem to be still an employee or an eligible corporate officer of the last AXA Group entity, business unit or region in which he/she was employed before his/her retirement or pre-retirement.

8.4 Cession de l’employeur par AXA / Divestiture of the employer by AXA

Si une société ou un groupement (ci-après une « Entité ») cesse, avant la Date de Règlement, de faire partie du Groupe AXA tel que défini ci-avant, le Bénéficiaire employé ou mandataire social éligible de cette Entité perd ses Performance Shares sans droit de dédommagement, et en conséquence le droit de recevoir des actions AXA à la Date de Règlement, à compter de la date à laquelle l’Entité concernée cesse d’être une Entité du Groupe AXA, sous réserve toutefois qu’AXA en décide autrement.

In the event that a company or an organisation (an “Entity”) does not belong anymore, before the Settlement Date, to the AXA Group within the meaning above, the Beneficiary who is an employee or an eligible corporate officer of this Entity shall lose his/her Performance Shares without any right to indemnity, and as a consequence the right to receive AXA shares at the Settlement Date, as of the date the Entity is no longer an entity of the AXA Group, unless AXA decides otherwise.

 

  7
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 24 Mars 2014  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- March 24, 2014  


LOGO

 

De la même façon, si, à un moment quelconque avant la Date de Règlement, une Entité du Groupe AXA vient à céder au profit d’un tiers au Groupe AXA une de ses activités ou une de ses unités opérationnelles (y compris dans le cadre d’une opération d’externalisation), les Bénéficiaires affectés à l’exercice de ces activités ou rattachés à ces unités opérationnelles et transférés avec elles perdent leurs Performance Shares sans droit de dédommagement, et en conséquence le droit de recevoir des actions AXA à la Date de Règlement, à compter du jour de la réalisation de la cession, sous réserve toutefois qu’AXA en décide autrement.

Likewise, if an Entity of the AXA Group divests itself of a business or an operating unit to the benefit of a third party to the AXA Group at any time before the Settlement Date (including through an “outsourcing” transaction), the Beneficiaries belonging to this business or operating unit and transferred with it shall lose their Performance Shares without any right to indemnity, and consequently the right to receive AXA shares resulting from Performance Shares at the Settlement Date, as of the date of completion of such divestiture, unless AXA decides otherwise.    

Un Bénéficiaire qui aura perdu ses Performance Shares dans les conditions décrites aux deux paragraphes qui précèdent ne pourra pas être restauré dans ses droits s’il est par la suite embauché par une entité du Groupe AXA, sauf décision contraire expresse d’AXA.

Should a Beneficiary lose his/her Performance Shares as described above, his/her rights will not be restored if the Beneficiary subsequently becomes employed by an AXA Group entity, unless AXA decides otherwise.

 

9. REGIME SOCIAL ET FISCAL DES PERFORMANCE SHARES / SOCIAL AND TAX TREATMENT OF THE PERFORMANCE SHARES

Il est de la responsabilité du Bénéficiaire de se renseigner sur le régime applicable dans son (ses) pays de résidence fiscale tant au regard de la fiscalité qu’en matière de contributions sociales, au moment de l’attribution des Performance Shares, au moment de l’acquisition définitive de ses droits, au moment de la livraison des actions AXA, lors du paiement de dividendes et au moment de la vente des actions, afin de satisfaire à toutes les obligations de déclaration et de paiement d’impôts ou contributions sociales.

It is the responsibility of each Beneficiary to obtain up-to-date information on the social security and tax treatment applicable in the country(ies) where he/she is a tax resident at the time of the Performance Shares’ grant, vesting, at the time of the transfer of the AXA shares, upon payment of dividends and at the time of the sale of the shares, in order to comply with all reporting and tax or social contributions payment requirements.

Ni l’employeur du Bénéficiaire ni AXA ne pourront être contraints de payer ou de rembourser à quiconque un impôt ou une taxe de quelque nature dû par un Bénéficiaire au titre du Plan International de Performance Shares 2014, et ce quel que soit le lieu d’exigibilité.

Neither the employer of a Beneficiary nor AXA shall be obliged to pay or reimburse to any person whosoever any taxes payable by a Beneficiary in whatever jurisdiction under or in connection with the 2014 International Performance Shares Plan.

Sous réserve des dispositions prévues par le droit local et dans la mesure où cela n’aurait pas comme effet de soumettre le Bénéficiaire à une imposition, des pénalités ou des charges sociales complémentaires, si du fait de l’attribution d’actions, une société du Groupe doit s’acquitter d’impôts, de charges sociales ou de toutes autres taxes, pour le compte du Bénéficiaire, AXA se réserve le droit de retarder la livraison des actions et/ou d’en interdire la cession jusqu’à ce que le Bénéficiaire se soit acquitté de ces montants, ou ait pris les dispositions nécessaires pour leur paiement.

As permitted by local law and to the extent such action will not result in imposition of additional taxes, penalties or social charges on the Beneficiary, in the event that a Group company is required to pay taxes, social charges or any other governmental charges on behalf of any Beneficiary as a result of the grant of shares to such employee, AXA reserves the right to delay the transfer of the shares and/or to extend the Holding Period applicable to such shares until such Beneficiary has paid all such amounts, or made arrangements for payment.

Sous réserve des dispositions prévues par le droit local, la société employeur, AXA ou tout autre mandataire désigné à cet effet, pourra, le cas échéant (i) prélever les sommes dues par le Bénéficiaire sur ses éléments de rémunération ou (ii) céder tout ou partie des Actions livrées au Bénéficiaire et prélever sur le produit de cession le montant nécessaire pour permettre à la(les) société(s) employeur du Bénéficiaire, à AXA ou à tout autre mandataire désigné à cet effet de régler les impôts et/ou charges sociales dus par le Bénéficiaire.

 

  8
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 24 Mars 2014  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- March 24, 2014  


LOGO

 

To the extent such action will be permitted by local law, the employer, AXA or any agent appointed for such purpose may (i) withhold these amounts due by the Beneficiary from his/her remuneration or (ii) to sell all or part of the Shares delivered to the Beneficiary under the Plan and to withhold from the proceeds the amount necessary for the employer(s) of the Beneficiary, AXA or any agent appointed for such purpose to pay off the taxes and/or social security charges owed by the Beneficiary.

S’agissant des contribuables américains (résidant ou non aux Etats-Unis), le présent plan vise à se conformer aux dispositions de l’article 409A du Code des impôts américain prévues en matière de montants ou d’actions et doit dès lors être interprété conformément à cette intention. Les livraisons d’actions à effectuer en vertu du présent programme devront notamment être effectuées dans le délai prévu par l’article 409A et, en particulier, en cas de décès ou invalidité (tel que définie par l’article 409A) la livraison des actions dues en application du plan se fera automatiquement dans les 90 jours suivants l’évènement. Plus généralement, aucune action qui serait incompatible avec l’intention de se conformer aux dispositions de l’article 409A ne pourrait être mise en œuvre. Ces dispositions prévalent sur toutes autres dispositions contraires du programme.

With respect to individuals who are U.S. Taxpayers (residing or not in the United States), the plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the US Internal Revenue Code with respect to amounts or Shares, and shall be interpreted in accordance with that intent. In particular, deliveries of Shares to be made hereunder shall be made within the time provided for under Section 409A and, in particular, in the case of death or disability (as defined under Section 409A), delivery of the shares required to be delivered under the plan shall be made automatically within 90 days following the occurrence of such event. More generally, no action may be taken hereunder that would be inconsistent with the intent to comply with the requirements of Section 409A. This provision supersedes any provision of the program to the contrary.

 

10. MAINTIEN DES DROITS DES BENEFICIAIRES / PRESERVING THE RIGHTS OF THE BENEFICIARIES

Si, avant la Date de Règlement, AXA réalise une ou plusieurs des opérations financières mentionnées ci-après susceptibles d’influer sur les droits des détenteurs des actions AXA, AXA pourra décider de prendre les mesures nécessaires à l’effet de préserver les droits des Bénéficiaires au titre des Performance Shares.

If, before the Settlement Date, AXA carries out certain financial operations that may impact the rights of the holders of the AXA shares, AXA may take necessary measures to preserve the rights of the Beneficiaries with respect to their Performance Shares.

Les opérations financières visées sont les suivantes:

 

a) Emission de titres de capital ou de titres donnant droit à l’attribution immédiatement ou à terme de titres de capital comportant au profit des actionnaires un droit préférentiel de souscription;

 

b) Augmentation de capital par incorporation de réserves, bénéfices ou primes d’émission avec attribution gratuite d’actions, ainsi qu’en cas, soit de division, soit de regroupement des titres composant le capital;

 

c) Amortissement ou réduction de capital motivée par des pertes.

The financial operations concerned are the following:

 

a) Issuance of shares or securities giving a claim on the Company’s share capital with a preferential subscription right offered to the shareholders;

 

b) Capital increase by incorporation of reserves, profits or premiums by issuing free shares, as well as in case of either a split or a regrouping of the shares comprising the share capital;

 

c) Amortization or reduction of the share capital attributable to losses.

Dans ce cadre, AXA pourra procéder à un ajustement du nombre de Performance Shares attribuées aux Bénéficiaires afin de tenir compte de l’incidence de l’opération financière considérée. Toute décision d’ajustement prise par AXA s’imposera de plein droit à l’ensemble des Bénéficiaires, sauf décision contraire d’AXA, sans que l’accord de ces derniers ne soit requis.

AXA may decide to proceed to an adjustment of the number of Performance Shares granted to the Beneficiaries in order to take into account the impact of the financial operation considered. Such decision made by AXA is mandatory for all Beneficiaries without prior approval of the Beneficiaries being required.

 

  9
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 24 Mars 2014  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- March 24, 2014  


LOGO

 

11. REGLEMENTATION SUR LE DELIT D’INITIE ET LE MANQUEMENT D’INITIE / INSIDER TRADING REGULATIONS

Dans le cadre de leurs fonctions au sein du Groupe AXA, les Bénéficiaires peuvent être amenés à avoir accès de manière régulière ou ponctuelle à des informations privilégiées concernant AXA ou ses filiales.

Due to their position within the AXA group, the Beneficiaries may from time to time have access to privileged information regarding AXA or its subsidiaries.

Les titres AXA étant admis aux négociations sur NYSE Euronext Paris, les Bénéficiaires sont soumis aux règles applicables à la détention et à l’exploitation d’une information privilégiée figurant dans le Code de Déontologie Professionnelle du Groupe AXA – notamment son Annexe C intitulée « Réglementation concernant la négociation de titres du Groupe AXA (« Règles concernant le délit d’Initié ») » – disponible notamment sur le site Internet du Groupe AXA: http://www.axa.com/lib/fr/uploads/docsref/deontologie/AXA_CodeDeontologie_2011b.pdf

AXA shares are listed on NYSE Euronext Paris and consequently the Beneficiaries are subject to the rules governing the holding and use of privileged information that are set forth in the AXA Group Compliance and Ethics Guide – notably Annex C thereof entitled “Policy statement on trading in AXA Group securities (“Insider trading policy”)” – available notably on the AXA website at: http://www.axa.com/lib/en/uploads/refdoc/compliance/AXA_ComplianceGuide_2011.pdf

Comme il est indiqué dans ce Code, la violation de cette réglementation peut entraîner des sanctions disciplinaires de la part d’AXA ainsi que des sanctions civiles et pénales lourdes (amende, peine d’emprisonnement …).

As indicated in this Guide, the violation of these rules may result in disciplinary sanctions by AXA as well as substantial civil and criminal penalties (fines, imprisonment…).

Il est donc recommandé aux Bénéficiaires souhaitant procéder à la cession de leurs actions AXA, de vérifier préalablement s’ils ne sont pas détenteurs d’informations privilégiées susceptibles de leur interdire toute opération sur le titre AXA.

It is therefore recommended to the Beneficiaries intending to sell their AXA shares to ensure that they are not in possession of privileged information that may result in a prohibition to trade AXA shares.

 

12. DONNEES PERSONNELLES / PERSONAL DATA PROTECTION

Pour les besoins de la mise en œuvre du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2014, les entités du Groupe AXA concernées transmettent à AXA, en France, les informations personnelles suivantes, à jour au 24 mars 2014, concernant les Bénéficiaires, et pourront lui transmettre, le cas échéant, une actualisation de ces informations : nom, prénom, date et lieu de naissance (ville et pays de naissance ainsi que pour les Français, le département de naissance), adresse de résidence et employeur au sein du Groupe AXA.

The implementation of the 2014 International Performance Shares Plan requires that AXA Group entities transmit to AXA, in France, the following personal data concerning Beneficiaries: name, first name, date and place of birth (birth location and birth country, and for French employees only, the birth state code), personal address and employing entity within the AXA Group on March 24, 2014. Updates of such personal data may also be transmitted as the case may be.

Ces données feront l’objet d’un traitement informatique automatisé et seront accessibles aux seules personnes de la direction Global Compensation & Benefits d’AXA ayant en charge la gestion du programme et les prestataires qu’ils pourront mandater. Ces données pourront également être transmises à l’établissement bancaire auprès duquel les actions auxquelles les Performance Shares donnent droit seront conservées.

This data will be subject to automated data processing and will only be accessible by the persons of the AXA Global Compensation & Benefits department who manage the program and the service providers that they may engage. This data may also be transmitted to the bank where the Performance Shares will be registered.

Les Bénéficiaires ont un droit d’accès, de modification et de rectification aux informations les concernant qu’ils peuvent exercer en s’adressant à la Direction des Ressources Humaines de leur entité ou en se connectant au site Internet/Intranet EquityCompWeb:

 

  10
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 24 Mars 2014  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- March 24, 2014  


LOGO

 

(intranet: https://equitycomp.corp.intraxa - Internet: https://equitycomp.axa.com ).

Beneficiaries have a right to access, modify and correct their personal data by contacting the Human Resources Department of their local entity or by logging into the Internet/Intranet website EquityCompWeb:

(intranet: https://equitycomp.corp.intraxa – Internet: https://equitycomp.axa.com ).

 

13. VALIDITE / VALIDITY

AXA peut être amené à modifier les règles existantes du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2014, particulièrement en cas de nécessités législatives, réglementaires ou administratives. Toutefois, aucune modification ne pourra être apportée au présent règlement qui serait significativement défavorable aux Bénéficiaires sans leur accord préalable, sauf si cette modification est selon AXA requise ou souhaitable au regard de la loi ou de la réglementation applicable.

AXA may adjust the existing rules of the 2014 International Performance Shares Plan, in particular in case of legal, regulatory or administrative requirements. However, no modification which is significantly adverse to the Beneficiaries may be completed without their prior approval, unless such modification is according to AXA necessary or desirable under applicable laws or regulations.    

Les nouvelles règles seront applicables dès leur date de communication aux Bénéficiaires.

New rules shall become effective as of the date of announcement to the Beneficiaries.

En cas de litige portant sur l’interprétation, la validité ou l’application du présent règlement, les parties concernées s’efforceront de trouver une solution amiable.

In the event of any dispute regarding the interpretation, validity or application of these rules, the relevant parties will strive to find an amicable solution.

 

  11
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 24 Mars 2014  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- March 24, 2014  


ADDENDUM FOR AXA FINANCIAL PARTICIPANTS

The preceding pages of this document set forth the general rules of the 2014 International Performance Shares Plan. The rules have been modified for AXA Financial participants. The following Sections replace their corresponding Sections in the preceding pages for all AXA Financial participants.    

8. RULES IN CASE OF DEPARTURE FROM THE AXA GROUP

As a general rule, in the case of the termination of the Beneficiary’s employment before the Settlement Date, such Beneficiary shall forfeit all his or her Performance Shares on the Beneficiary’s last day of service, unless AXA decides otherwise or unless otherwise provided under this Section 8.

In the case of a Beneficiary whose employment is involuntarily terminated and who is eligible to retire (as defined below in Section 8.3) as of his or her last day of service (or on or prior to the day after the last day of any severance period or terminal leave of absence in the case of a job elimination), such Beneficiary shall be treated as if he or she continued in the employ of the AXA Group until the Settlement Date; provided, however, that in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to the Settlement Date, the provisions of Section 8.1 shall apply to the settlement of the Performance Shares of the Beneficiary.

8.1 Death before the Settlement Date

In the case of a Beneficiary’s death before the Settlement Date, the heirs of the Beneficiary will be entitled to the settlement of a certain number of Performance Shares granted to the Beneficiary hereunder. The number of Performance Shares that will be settled to the Beneficiary’s heirs will be calculated based on (i) a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the Beneficiary’s death occurs during the Performance Period, or (ii) the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the Beneficiary’s death occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date of the Performance Shares. The Performance Shares will be settled in AXA shares and paid to the Beneficiary’s heirs within 90 days following the Beneficiary’s death, net of any applicable tax withholding.

8.2 Disability before the Settlement Date

In the case of a Beneficiary’s disability before the Settlement Date, the Beneficiary’s Performance Shares will be settled to him or her within 90 days following the date the Beneficiary becomes disabled. In order to be deemed disabled, a Beneficiary must meet the requirements to be deemed disabled under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(4) promulgated under Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code, as amended from time to time (the “Code”) and must be unable to practice any profession whatsoever.

The number of Performance Shares that will be settled to the Beneficiary will be calculated based on (i) a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the disability occurs during the Performance Period or (ii) the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the disability occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date.

8.3 Retirement before the Settlement Date

In the case of a Beneficiary’s retirement prior to the Settlement Date, such Beneficiary shall continue to be entitled to the settlement of his or her Performance Shares in accordance with Section 7 as if he or she continued to be in the employ of the AXA Group until the Settlement


Date; provided, however, that in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to the Settlement Date, then the provisions of Section 8.1 shall apply to the settlement of the Performance Shares of the Beneficiary.

For purposes of this Section 8.3:

(a) - “retirement” means the termination of a Beneficiary’s employment with AXA Financial, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries on or after the Beneficiary’s early retirement age or normal retirement age as such terms are defined in any retirement plan maintained by AXA Financial, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries;

(b) - a retail sales force manager’s employment will not be deemed to terminate so long as he or she maintains an insurance sales agent’s contract with a general agent subsidiary of AXA Financial, Inc. (a “Qualifying Contract”); and

(c) - a retail sales force manager will be deemed to have retired if his or her Qualifying Contract terminates after he or she becomes eligible for retirement.

8.4 Divestiture of the employer by AXA

In the event that a company or an organization (an “Entity”) ceases to belong to the AXA Group prior to the Settlement Date, each Beneficiary of such Entity shall forfeit all of his or her Performance Shares on the date of the closing of the transaction by which the Entity no longer belongs to the AXA Group, unless AXA decides otherwise.

Likewise, if an Entity of the AXA Group sells a business or an operating unit to a buyer unrelated to the AXA Group at any time prior to the Settlement Date (including through an “outsourcing” transaction), each Beneficiary of the sold business or operating unit, who is transferred with such business or operating unit, shall forfeit all of his or her Performance Shares on the date of the closing of such sale, unless AXA decides otherwise.

These rights to Performance Shares will not be restored if such Beneficiaries are subsequently rehired by an AXA Group entity, unless AXA decides otherwise.

9. SOCIAL AND TAX TREATMENT OF THE PERFORMANCE SHARES

It is the responsibility of each Beneficiary to obtain up-to-date information on the social security and tax treatment applicable in the country(ies) where he/she is a tax resident at the time of: (a) the Performance Shares’ grant and vesting, (b) the transfer of the AXA shares, (c) the payment of any dividends and (d) the sale of the shares, in order to comply with all reporting and tax or social contributions payment requirements.

Neither the employer of a Beneficiary nor AXA shall be obliged to pay or reimburse any person for any taxes payable by a Beneficiary in any jurisdiction under, or in connection with, the 2014 International Performance Shares Plan.

To the extent permitted by local law, the employer of a Beneficiary, AXA or any agent appointed by the employer or AXA may (i) withhold amounts from a Beneficiary’s remuneration or (ii) sell all or part of the Shares to be delivered to the Beneficiary under the Plan in order to pay for applicable withholding taxes.

It is intended that this Plan shall comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) and the Treasury regulations relating thereto so as not to subject any Beneficiary to the payment of interest and penalties under Section 409A. In furtherance of this intent, this Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with these intentions, and to the extent that any regulations or other guidance issued under Section 409A would result in any Beneficiary being subject to payment of additional income taxes or interest or penalties under Section 409A, this Plan will be amended to maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the Plan while avoiding the application of such taxes or interest or penalties


under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the company makes no guarantee of any foreign, federal, state or local tax consequences with respect to the interpretation of Section 409A and its application to the terms of this Plan and the company shall have no liability for any adverse tax consequences of any Beneficiary as a result of any violation of Section 409A.

14. HEDGING OF AWARDS

Under the AXA Financial Insider Trading Policy, you may not engage at any time in any transaction designed to hedge the value of any equity-based compensation awards, including your Performance Shares, or the securities underlying those awards – including, without limitation, any transaction involving the use of derivative instruments to limit the downside risk or put a “collar” around the value of such awards. This restriction applies from the date of grant until the date the Performance Shares are settled or forfeited.

Exhibit 10.41

 

LOGO

 

Important Note for AXA Financial Participants: The following sets forth the general rules of the 2014 International Performance Shares Plan. In certain cases, these rules have been modified for AXA Financial participants. For an explanation of the rules that are specific to AXA Financial participants, see the “Addendum for AXA Financial Participants” starting after page 11 of this document.

REGLEMENT DU PLAN INTERNATIONAL DE PERFORMANCE SHARES 2015

19 JUIN 2015

RULES OF THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL PERFORMANCE SHARES PLAN

JUNE 19, 2015

Le présent règlement est destiné à fixer des règles communes aux attributions de Performance Shares intervenues ce jour, soit en date du 19 juin 2015, dans le cadre du Plan International de Performance Shares 2015 (le « Plan »).

The purpose of these rules is to establish the common terms and conditions for the attribution of Performance Shares granted this day, on June 19, 2015, under the 2015 International Performance Shares Plan (the “Plan”).

L’action AXA est cotée à la Bourse de Paris (Euronext Paris – Compartiment A) sous le symbole « CS » (ISIN FR0000120628 – Bloomberg : CS FP – Reuters : AXAF.PA). Aux Etats-Unis, les American Depositary Shares (ADS) d’AXA sont négociées sur la plateforme OTCQX sous le symbole AXAHY.

The AXA ordinary share is listed on compartment A of Euronext Paris under the ticker symbol CS (ISIN FR 0000120628 – Bloomberg: CS FP – Reuters: AXAF.PA). AXA’s American Depositary Shares are also quoted on the OTCQX platform under the ticker symbol AXAHY.

 

1. BENEFICIAIRES / BENEFICIARIES

Chaque bénéficiaire se voit initialement attribuer gratuitement avec effet au 19 juin 2015 (la « Date d’Attribution Initiale ») un certain nombre de Performance Shares qui lui confèrent le droit de recevoir à la Date de Règlement, tel que ce terme est défini ci-après, un certain nombre d’actions AXA déterminé en fonction du niveau d’atteinte d’objectifs de performance définis par AXA.

Each beneficiary is initially granted, for free, with effect as of June 19, 2015 (the “Grant Date”), a certain number of Performance Shares. Beneficiaries of Performance Shares have the right to acquire at the Settlement Date, as this term is defined hereafter, a certain number of AXA shares based on the achievement of performance criteria defined by AXA.

Un courrier individualisé sera remis aux bénéficiaires du Plan International de Performance Shares 2015 (les « Bénéficiaires ») pour les en informer et porter à leur connaissance le présent règlement ainsi que pour leur préciser le nombre de Performance Shares qui leur sont initialement attribuées.

A letter will be issued to notify beneficiaries of the 2015 International Performance Shares Plan (the “Beneficiaries”) of these rules as well as of the number of Performance Shares they have been initially granted.

Il est rappelé que les plans d’attribution de performance shares d’AXA sont mis en oeuvre à l’entière discrétion d’AXA, et que l’attribution de Performance Shares au titre du présent Plan ne confère aux Bénéficiaires aucun droit sur les plans d’attribution de performance shares futurs.

It is reminded that the performance shares plans of AXA are implemented at the sole discretion of AXA and, as a consequence, the grant of performance shares under this Plan does not result in any acquired right for future performance shares plans for the Beneficiaries.

 

2. PERIODE DE PERFORMANCE / PERFORMANCE PERIOD

Pour les besoins du présent règlement, la « Période de Performance » désigne la période de temps pendant laquelle est mesuré le niveau de réalisation des objectifs de performance décrits à la section 3 ci-après, elle est d’une durée de trois (3) exercices (1 er janvier 2015 / 31 décembre 2017).

For the purpose of these rules, the “Performance Period” shall mean the period of time during which the level of achievement of the performance objectives defined in section 3 hereinafter is assessed. This period of time is of three (3) fiscal years (January 1, 2015 / December 31, 2017).

 

  1
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 19 juin 2015  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 19, 2015  


LOGO

 

3. OBJECTIFS DE PERFORMANCE / PERFORMANCE TARGETS

Dans le cadre du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2015, la livraison des actions AXA auxquelles donnent droit les Performance Shares, n’interviendra, en tout ou partie, au profit de leur Bénéficiaire qu’en fonction de la réalisation d’objectifs de performance collectifs définis ci-après.

Sur la Période de Performance et sous réserve des éventuelles contraintes règlementaires localement applicables, les objectifs de performance sont basés sur :

 

    la performance du Groupe AXA pour 1/3 ; et

 

    la performance du périmètre de performance auquel appartient le Bénéficiaire qui peut, selon le cas, être constitué d’une entité, d’une business unit et/ou d’une région, pour 2/3.

For the purpose of this 2015 International Performance Shares Plan, the final delivery to Beneficiaries, in whole or in part, of AXA shares resulting from the Performance Shares, will depend on the achievement of collective performance targets defined hereafter.

Subject to compliance with local regulations, the performance targets over the Performance Period are based on:

 

    AXA Group performance for one third; and

 

    the performance of the “performance perimeter” to which the Beneficiary belongs, which might, as the case may be, consist of an entity, a business unit and/or a region, for the remaining two thirds.

AXA approuve lors de l’attribution initiale des Performance Shares les critères et les objectifs chiffrés retenus pour mesurer la performance du Groupe AXA et la performance du périmètre de performance de chaque Bénéficiaire. Les critères de performance sont choisis parmi ceux utilisés pour mesurer la performance du Groupe AXA et de ses entités, business units et/ou régions. AXA peut être amené à revoir les objectifs initialement fixés, notamment dans l’hypothèse d’une modification du périmètre du Groupe AXA ou d’une entité, business unit ou région de celui-ci, ou plus généralement de tout autre événement ayant un impact sur les critères et objectifs chiffrés initialement retenus.

AXA approves at the time of the initial grant of the Performance Shares the relevant criteria and targets which measure the performance of the AXA Group and that of the performance perimeter of each Beneficiary. The performance criteria are chosen among those used each year to measure the performance of the AXA Group and of each entity, business unit and/or region. AXA may review initial targets, in particular in the case of a modification to the scope of the AXA Group or its entities, business units or regions, or, more generally, of any other event which may impact the initial criteria and targets.

 

4. MESURE DE LA PERFORMANCE / PERFORMANCE MEASURES

Le taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance, tel qu’apprécié par AXA à l’issue de la Période de Performance, permet d’établir un taux de conversion (ci-après le « Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares »). Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sert à déterminer le nombre d’actions AXA qui seront livrées au Bénéficiaire à la Date de Règlement. Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sera déterminé en fonction du taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance correspondant comme indiqué dans le tableau ci-après.

 

    pour la performance du Groupe AXA (pondération 1/3) :

 

Taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance

  

Taux de performance retenu

³ 130 %    1,3
100 %    1
65 %    0,65
< 65 %    0

 

    pour la performance du périmètre de performance auquel appartient le bénéficiaire (pondération 2/3) :

 

Taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance

  

Taux de performance retenu

³ 130 %    1,3
100 %    1
60 %    0,6
< 60 %    0

 

  2
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 19 juin 2015  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 19, 2015  


LOGO

 

    Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares :

 

Taux de performance retenu au global

  

Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares

³ 130 %    1,3
100 %    1
0 %    0

The rate of achievement of the performance targets as assessed by AXA at the end of the Performance Period is used to determine the number of AXA shares acquired in respect of the Performance Shares (the “Performance Shares Conversion Rate”).The Performance Shares Conversion Rate shall be determined as indicated in the table below, according to the rate of performance target achievement:

 

    for the AXA Group performance (weight 1/3):

 

Rate of achievement of performance targets

  

Performance Rate

³ 130%    1.3
100%    1
65%    0.65
< 65%    0

 

    for the performance perimeter to which the beneficiary belongs to (weight 2/3):

 

Rate of achievement of performance targets

  

Performance Rate

³ 130%    1.3
100%    1
60%    0.6
< 60%    0

 

    The Performance Shares Conversion Rate:

 

Rate of global performance

  

Performance Shares Conversion Rate

³ 130%    1.3
100%    1
0%    0

Si le taux de performance retenu au global se situe entre 0 % et 130 %, le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sera déterminé par le coefficient correspondant au pourcentage appliqué. Par exemple, pour un taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance de 120 %, le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares correspondant sera égal à 1,2 ; pour un taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance de 90 %, le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares correspondant sera égal à 0,9.

For a global performance rate between 0% and 130%, the Performance Shares Conversion Rate will be determined. For example, for a rate of performance target achievement equal to 120%, the Performance Shares Conversion Rate will be 1.2; for a rate of performance target achievement equal to 90%, the corresponding Performance Shares Conversion Rate will be 0.9.

Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares est égale à la moyenne pondérée du taux de performance retenu au titre de la performance Groupe (avec une pondération de 1/3) et du taux de performance retenu au titre de la performance du périmètre de performance du Bénéficiaire (avec une pondération de 2/3).

The Performance Shares Conversion Rate is equal to the weighted average of the Performance Rate for the Group (for one third) and for the performance perimeter of the Beneficiary (for two thirds) .

 

  3
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 19 juin 2015  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 19, 2015  


LOGO

 

Le nombre de Performance Shares réellement attribuées au Bénéficiaire sera égal au nombre de Performance Shares initialement attribuées multiplié par le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sur la Période de Performance. A titre d’illustration, un Bénéficiaire pour lequel le taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance est de 120 % aura un Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares de 1,2 et le nombre de Performance Shares qui lui seront réellement attribuées sera égal au nombre de Performance Shares qui lui auront été attribuées initialement multiplié par 1,2. Lorsque le nombre d’actions ainsi obtenu n’est pas un nombre entier, le nombre de Performance Shares réellement attribuées définitivement acquises sera égal au nombre entier le plus proche.

The number of Performance Shares definitively vested by a Beneficiary will be equal to the number of Performance Shares initially granted, multiplied by the Performance Shares Conversion Rate for the Performance Period. For example, if the Performance Shares Conversion Rate of a Beneficiary is 120%, he/she will definitively vest a number of Performance Shares equal of the number of Performance Shares initially granted, multiplied by 1.2. In the event this number is not a whole number, the number of Performance Shares definitively vested that will be delivered to him or her will be equal to the closest whole number.

Les Bénéficiaires sont informés à l’issue de la Période de Performance du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares qui leur est applicable au titre de la Période de Performance.

Beneficiaries are informed after the end of the Performance Period of his/her Performance Shares Conversion Rate for the Performance Period.

Dans l’hypothèse où aucun dividende ne serait proposé par le Conseil d’Administration aux actionnaires de la société AXA SA au titre des exercices de la période de performance (2015 et/ou 2016 et/ou 2017) (versés respectivement en 2016, 2017 et 2018), le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares tel que déterminé conformément aux dispositions qui précédent sera divisé par deux.

In the event no dividend would be proposed for payment by the Board of Directors to the shareholders of AXA SA for the fiscal years 2015 and/or 2016 and/or 2017 (paid out respectively in 2016, 2017 and 2018), the Performance Shares Conversion Rate as determined in accordance with the above provisions will be divided by two.

 

5. REGLEMENT / SETTLEMENT

La livraison d’actions AXA en règlement des Performance Shares réellement attribuées interviendra à compter de la « Date de Règlement », celle-ci se définissant comme le 19 juin 2019 ou si cette date n’est pas un jour ouvré, le premier jour ouvré suivant.

The delivery of AXA shares in settlement of the Performance Shares will be made from the « Settlement Date », i.e. on June 19, 2019, or if this date is not a business day, the following business day.

Le nombre d’actions AXA livrées sera égal au nombre de Performance Shares réellement attribuées.

The number of acquired AXA shares will be equal to the number of Performance Shares definitively vested.

Les actions seront livrées par l’entité du Groupe employant le Bénéficiaire à la Date de Règlement, ou par toute entité à laquelle ladite livraison aurait été déléguée. L’acquisition de ces actions pourra donner lieu à cotisations sociales et/ou à l’impôt sur le revenu au même titre qu’une rémunération selon les règles applicables dans le pays de résidence du Bénéficiaire au moment du règlement, et dans les autres pays dans lesquels il a pu être résident à la Date d’Attribution Initiale ou après.

The shares will be delivered by the entity of the Group that employs the Beneficiary on the Settlement Date, or by any entity which received a delegation to act on behalf of the employing entity. The acquisition of shares may be subject to social security contributions and/or income tax in the same manner as salary income in accordance with the applicable rules in the country where the Beneficiary is a resident at the time of settlement, and in other countries in which he may have resided from and after the Grant Date.

En cas d’impossibilité juridique, fiscale ou autre, pour l’entité employant le Bénéficiaire à la « Date de Règlement » de livrer des actions AXA, les Performance Shares feront l’objet d’un paiement en numéraire dans la devise de l’entité sur la base (1) d’une valorisation de chaque Performance Share réellement attribuée égale à la moyenne des cours de clôture de l’action AXA sur le marché Euronext Paris durant les 20 dernières séances de Bourse précédant immédiatement la « Date de Règlement » et (2) du taux de change tel que publié par la Banque Centrale Européenne (ou, à défaut, une institution équivalente) lors du dernier jour de cotation précédant la « Date de Règlement ». Ce paiement se fera net d’impôts et de charges salariales devants être retenus par l’employeur.

 

  4
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 19 juin 2015  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 19, 2015  


LOGO

 

Should it be impossible for legal or tax reasons, for the entity of the Group that employs the Beneficiary on the “Settlement Date”, to deliver the AXA shares, the Performance Shares will be settled in cash in local currency based on (1) the valuation of each Performance Share definitively vested as an amount equal to the average closing price of the AXA stock on the Paris Stock Exchange (Euronext Paris) over the twenty trading days prior to the “Settlement Date” and (2) the exchange rate as published by the European Central Bank (or, in the absence thereof, an equivalent institution) on the last trading day prior to the “Settlement Date”. This payment will be made net of taxes and employee social charges required to be withheld by the employer.

 

6. REGLES APPLICABLES EN CAS DE TRANSFERT AU SEIN DU GROUPE AXA / RULES IN CASE OF TRANSFER WITHIN THE AXA GROUP

Pour les besoins du présent Plan, le « Groupe AXA » désigne les sociétés ou groupements d’intérêt économique dont 10 % au moins du capital ou des droits de vote sont détenus, directement ou indirectement, par la société AXA SA, (société mère du Groupe AXA) ou qui détiennent, directement ou indirectement, au moins 10 % du capital ou des droits de vote d’AXA SA.

For the purposes of this Plan, the “AXA Group” shall mean the companies or economic interest groups of which at least 10% of the capital or voting rights are held, directly or indirectly, by AXA SA (parent company of the AXA Group) or which hold, directly or indirectly, at least 10% of the capital or the voting rights of AXA SA.

Lorsque, durant la Période de Performance, un Bénéficiaire est transféré d’une entité du Groupe AXA à une autre entité du Groupe AXA, la règle suivante s’applique :

 

    si le transfert intervient avant le 1 er juillet de la seconde année de la Période de Performance, seule la performance de la nouvelle entité est prise en compte pour déterminer le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares ;

 

    si le transfert intervient à compter du 1 er juillet de la seconde année de la Période de Performance, seule la performance de l’entité précédente est prise en compte pour déterminer le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares.

If, during the Performance Period, a Beneficiary is transferred from one entity of the AXA Group to another entity of the AXA Group, the following rule shall apply:

 

    if the transfer occurs before July  1 st of the second year of the Performance Period, only the new entity’s performance is taken into account for the purpose of determining the Performance Shares Conversion Rate;

 

    if the transfer occurs as from July 1 st of the second year of the Performance Period, only the previous entity’s performance is taken into account for the purpose of determining the Performance Shares Conversion Rate.

 

7. CONDITION DE PRESENCE ET ACQUISITION DEFINITIVE DES ACTIONS / CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT AND FINAL VESTING AND DELIVERY OF THE SHARES

Sous réserve de l’atteinte des objectifs de performance stipulés ci-avant, les Performance Shares attribuées à chaque Bénéficiaire ne peuvent donner droit de recevoir des actions AXA à la Date de Règlement, que si le Bénéficiaire est toujours salarié ou dirigeant mandataire social d’une entité du Groupe AXA à la Date de Règlement et sous réserve des exceptions figurant à la section 8 ci-après.

Subject to the achievement of performance targets described above, the Performance Shares granted to each Beneficiary can be converted in AXA shares at the Settlement Date, only if the Beneficiary is still employed or is a corporate officer of an AXA Group entity at Settlement Date, or if one of the exceptions described in section 8 hereafter is applicable.

Il est précisé que les Performance Shares ne confèrent à leurs Bénéficiaires aucun des droits que la loi française attache à la qualité d’actionnaire. En revanche, passé la Date de Règlement, les Bénéficiaires jouissent, au titre des actions AXA reçues en règlement des Performance Shares réellement attribuées, de tous les droits attachés à la qualité d’actionnaire de la Société (droit au paiement du dividende, droit de vote en Assemblée Générale…).

For the sake of clarity, the Performance Shares do not give Beneficiaries shareholder’s rights. However, after the Settlement Date, the AXA shares, delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares, allow Beneficiaries to benefit from all shareholders rights (payment of dividends, voting rights at the General Meeting of shareholders…).

 

  5
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 19 juin 2015  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 19, 2015  


LOGO

 

Les actions livrées en règlement des Performance Shares réellement attribuées seront inscrites dans un comptetitres en nominatif administré ouvert au nom du Bénéficiaire dans les livres du teneur de comptes désigné par la Société, dont les frais de gestion sont pris en charge par AXA jusqu’à décision contraire de la Société, et le Bénéficiaire peut disposer librement des actions.

AXA shares that are definitively vested and delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares will be registered on a securities bank account opened in the name of the Beneficiary with a custodian designated by the Company. The fees of this custodian will be borne by AXA, until the Company decides otherwise, and the Beneficiary may freely dispose of the shares.

 

8. REGLES APPLICABLES EN CAS DE CESSATION DES RELATIONS PROFESSIONNELLES AVEC LE GROUPE AXA AVANT LA DATE DE REGLEMENT / RULES IN CASE OF DEPARTURE FROM THE AXA GROUP BEFORE THE SETTLEMENT DATE

D’une manière générale, en cas de cessation des relations professionnelles d’un Bénéficiaire avec le Groupe AXA avant la Date de Règlement, les Performance Shares de ce dernier et le droit qui en résulte de recevoir des actions de la Société sont perdus à la date du dernier jour d’activité du Bénéficiaire dans une entité du Groupe AXA, sauf décision contraire expresse d’AXA et sauf exceptions expressément prévues par la présente section 8.

Pour les besoins du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2015, le départ du Groupe AXA doit s’entendre comme le fait de ne plus être salarié ou mandataire social d’une entité quelconque du Groupe AXA.

As a general rule, termination of the professional relationships of a Beneficiary with the AXA Group before the Settlement Date, the Beneficiary loses his/her Performance Shares and the right to receive AXA shares, with effect on the last day the Beneficiary is working in an AXA Group entity, unless AXA decides otherwise or unless otherwise provided under this section 8.

For the purpose of this 2015 International Performance Shares Plan, “termination of the professional relationships of a Beneficiary with the AXA Group” means that a Beneficiary is no longer an employee or a corporate officer of any entity of the AXA Group.

8.1 Décès avant la Date de Règlement / Death before the Settlement Date

En cas de décès d’un Bénéficiaire avant la Date de Règlement, ses héritiers peuvent, dans un délai de six (6) mois à compter de la date du décès, demander à recevoir les actions auxquelles donnent droit les Performance Shares attribuées au Bénéficiaire sous réserve des dispositions de la présente section.

Le nombre de Performance Shares qui seront réglées aux héritiers sera calculé sur la base d’un Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares égal à 1,3 si le décès intervient durant la Période de Performance, et sur la base du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares effectivement constaté si le décès intervient entre la fin de la Période de Performance et la Date de Règlement.

In case of a Beneficiary’s death before the Settlement Date, his/her heirs may, within a six (6)-month period after the date of death, request to be delivered the shares corresponding to the Performance Shares granted to the Beneficiary, subject to the provisions of this section.

The number of Performance Shares that will be settled to the heirs will be calculated based on a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the death occurs during the Performance Period, or based on the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the death occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date.

8.2 Invalidité avant la Date de Règlement / Disability before the Settlement Date

En cas de classement en invalidité d’un Bénéficiaire, ce dernier peut demander à recevoir immédiatement les actions auxquelles donnent droit les Performance Shares qui lui ont été attribuées sous réserve des dispositions de la présente section.

In case of disability of a Beneficiary, the shares to which the Performance Shares give a claim may be delivered to the Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of this section.

Le nombre de Performance Shares qui seront réglées au Bénéficiaire sera calculé sur la base d’un Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares égal à 1,3 si le classement en invalidité intervient durant la Période de Performance, et sur la base du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares effectivement constaté si le classement intervient entre la fin de la Période de Performance et la Date de Règlement.

 

  6
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 19 juin 2015  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 19, 2015  


LOGO

 

The number of Performance Shares that will be settled to the Beneficiary will be calculated based on a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the disability occurs during the Performance Period, or based on the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the disability occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date.

8.3 Départ en retraite ou pré-retraite / Retirement or pre-retirement

En cas de départ en retraite ou pré-retraite avant la Date de Règlement, le Bénéficiaire conserve le bénéfice des Performance Shares qui lui ont été attribuées.

Pour les seuls besoins du calcul du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares, le Bénéficiaire sera réputé être toujours salarié ou mandataire social éligible de la dernière entité, business unit ou région du Groupe AXA dans laquelle il a exercé ses fonctions préalablement à son départ en retraite ou pré-retraite.

In case of retirement or pre-retirement before the Settlement Date, the Beneficiary keeps the Performance Shares that were granted to him/her.

For the sole purpose of determining the applicable Performance Shares Conversion Rate, the Beneficiary will deem to be still an employee or an eligible corporate officer of the last AXA Group entity, business unit or region in which he/she was employed before his/her retirement or pre-retirement.

8.4 Cession de l’employeur par AXA / Divestiture of the employer by AXA

Si une société ou un groupement (ci-après une « Entité ») cesse, avant la Date de Règlement, de faire partie du Groupe AXA tel que défini ci-avant, le Bénéficiaire employé ou mandataire social éligible de cette Entité perd ses Performance Shares sans droit de dédommagement, et en conséquence le droit de recevoir des actions AXA à la Date de Règlement, à compter de la date à laquelle l’Entité concernée cesse d’être une Entité du Groupe AXA, sous réserve toutefois qu’AXA en décide autrement.

In the event that a company or an organisation (an “Entity”) does not belong anymore, before the Settlement Date, to the AXA Group within the meaning above, the Beneficiary who is an employee or an eligible corporate officer of this Entity shall lose his/her Performance Shares without any right to indemnity, and as a consequence the right to receive AXA shares at the Settlement Date, as of the date the Entity is no longer an entity of the AXA Group, unless AXA decides otherwise.

De la même façon, si, à un moment quelconque avant la Date de Règlement, une Entité du Groupe AXA vient à céder au profit d’un tiers au Groupe AXA une de ses activités ou une de ses unités opérationnelles (y compris dans le cadre d’une opération d’externalisation), les Bénéficiaires affectés à l’exercice de ces activités ou rattachés à ces unités opérationnelles et transférés avec elles perdent leurs Performance Shares sans droit de dédommagement, et en conséquence le droit de recevoir des actions AXA à la Date de Règlement, à compter du jour de la réalisation de la cession, sous réserve toutefois qu’AXA en décide autrement.

Likewise, if an Entity of the AXA Group divests itself of a business or an operating unit to the benefit of a third party to the AXA Group at any time before the Settlement Date (including through an “outsourcing” transaction), the Beneficiaries belonging to this business or operating unit and transferred with it shall lose their Performance Shares without any right to indemnity, and consequently the right to receive AXA shares resulting from Performance Shares at the Settlement Date, as of the date of completion of such divestiture, unless AXA decides otherwise.

Un Bénéficiaire qui aura perdu ses Performance Shares dans les conditions décrites aux deux paragraphes qui précèdent ne pourra pas être restauré dans ses droits s’il est par la suite embauché par une entité du Groupe AXA, sauf décision contraire expresse d’AXA.

Should a Beneficiary lose his/her Performance Shares as described above, his/her rights will not be restored if the Beneficiary subsequently becomes employed by an AXA Group entity, unless AXA decides otherwise.

 

  7
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 19 juin 2015  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 19, 2015  


LOGO

 

9. REGIME SOCIAL ET FISCAL DES PERFORMANCE SHARES / SOCIAL AND TAX TREATMENT OF THE PERFORMANCE SHARES

Il est de la responsabilité du Bénéficiaire de se renseigner sur le régime applicable dans son (ses) pays de résidence fiscale tant au regard de la fiscalité qu’en matière de contributions sociales, au moment de l’attribution des Performance Shares, au moment de l’acquisition définitive de ses droits, au moment de la livraison des actions AXA, lors du paiement de dividendes et au moment de la vente des actions, afin de satisfaire à toutes les obligations de déclaration et de paiement d’impôts ou contributions sociales.

It is the responsibility of each Beneficiary to obtain up-to-date information on the social security and tax treatment applicable in the country(ies) where he/she is a tax resident at the time of the Performance Shares’ grant, vesting, at the time of the transfer of the AXA shares, upon payment of dividends and at the time of the sale of the shares, in order to comply with all reporting and tax or social contributions payment requirements.

Ni l’employeur du Bénéficiaire ni AXA ne pourront être contraints de payer ou de rembourser à quiconque un impôt ou une taxe de quelque nature dû par un Bénéficiaire au titre du Plan International de Performance Shares 2015, et ce quel que soit le lieu d’exigibilité.

Neither the employer of a Beneficiary nor AXA shall be obliged to pay or reimburse to any person whosoever any taxes payable by a Beneficiary in whatever jurisdiction under or in connection with the 2015 International Performance Shares Plan.

Sous réserve des dispositions prévues par le droit local et dans la mesure où cela n’aurait pas comme effet de soumettre le Bénéficiaire à une imposition, des pénalités ou des charges sociales complémentaires, si du fait de l’attribution d’actions, une société du Groupe doit s’acquitter d’impôts, de charges sociales ou de toutes autres taxes, pour le compte du Bénéficiaire, AXA se réserve le droit de retarder la livraison des actions et/ou d’en interdire la cession jusqu’à ce que le Bénéficiaire se soit acquitté de ces montants, ou ait pris les dispositions nécessaires pour leur paiement.

As permitted by local law and to the extent such action will not result in imposition of additional taxes, penalties or social charges on the Beneficiary, in the event that a Group company is required to pay taxes, social charges or any other governmental charges on behalf of any Beneficiary as a result of the grant of shares to such employee, AXA reserves the right to delay the transfer of the shares and/or to extend the Holding Period applicable to such shares until such Beneficiary has paid all such amounts, or made arrangements for payment.

Sous réserve des dispositions prévues par le droit local, la société employeur, AXA ou tout autre mandataire désigné à cet effet, pourra, le cas échéant (i) prélever les sommes dues par le Bénéficiaire sur ses éléments de rémunération ou (ii) céder tout ou partie des Actions livrées au Bénéficiaire et prélever sur le produit de cession le montant nécessaire pour permettre à la(les) société(s) employeur du Bénéficiaire, à AXA ou à tout autre mandataire désigné à cet effet de régler les impôts et/ou charges sociales dus par le Bénéficiaire.

To the extent such action will be permitted by local law, the employer, AXA or any agent appointed for such purpose may (i) withhold these amounts due by the Beneficiary from his/her remuneration or (ii) to sell all or part of the Shares delivered to the Beneficiary under the Plan and to withhold from the proceeds the amount necessary for the employer(s) of the Beneficiary, AXA or any agent appointed for such purpose to pay off the taxes and/or social security charges owed by the Beneficiary.

S’agissant des contribuables américains (résidant ou non aux Etats-Unis), le présent plan vise à se conformer aux dispositions de l’article 409A du Code des impôts américain prévues en matière de montants ou d’actions et doit dès lors être interprété conformément à cette intention. Les livraisons d’actions à effectuer en vertu du présent programme devront notamment être effectuées dans le délai prévu par l’article 409A et, en particulier, en cas de décès ou invalidité (tel que définie par l’article 409A) la livraison des actions dues en application du plan se fera automatiquement dans les 90 jours suivants l’événement. Plus généralement, aucune action qui serait incompatible avec l’intention de se conformer aux dispositions de l’article 409A ne pourrait être mise en œuvre. Ces dispositions prévalent sur toutes autres dispositions contraires du programme.

With respect to individuals who are U.S. Taxpayers (residing or not in the United States), the plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the US Internal Revenue Code with respect to amounts or Shares, and shall be interpreted in accordance with that intent. In particular, deliveries of Shares to be made hereunder shall be made within the time provided for under Section 409A and, in particular, in the case of death or disability (as defined under Section 409A), delivery of the shares required to be delivered under the plan shall be made automatically within 90 days following the occurrence of such event. More generally, no action may be taken hereunder that would be inconsistent with the intent to comply with the requirements of Section 409A. This provision supersedes any provision of the program to the contrary.

 

  8
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 19 juin 2015  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 19, 2015  


LOGO

 

10. MAINTIEN DES DROITS DES BENEFICIAIRES / PRESERVING THE RIGHTS OF THE BENEFICIARIES

Si, avant la Date de Règlement, AXA réalise une ou plusieurs des opérations financières mentionnées ci-après susceptibles d’influer sur les droits des détenteurs des actions AXA, AXA pourra décider de prendre les mesures nécessaires à l’effet de préserver les droits des Bénéficiaires au titre des Performance Shares.

If, before the Settlement Date, AXA carries out certain financial operations that may impact the rights of the holders of the AXA shares, AXA may take necessary measures to preserve the rights of the Beneficiaries with respect to their Performance Shares.

Les opérations financières visées sont les suivantes :

 

a) Emission de titres de capital ou de titres donnant droit à l’attribution immédiatement ou à terme de titres de capital comportant au profit des actionnaires un droit préférentiel de souscription ;

 

b) Augmentation de capital par incorporation de réserves, bénéfices ou primes d’émission avec attribution gratuite d’actions, ainsi qu’en cas, soit de division, soit de regroupement des titres composant le capital ;

 

c) Amortissement ou réduction de capital motivée par des pertes.

The financial operations concerned are the following:

 

a) Issuance of shares or securities giving a claim on the Company’s share capital with a preferential subscription right offered to the shareholders;

 

b) Capital increase by incorporation of reserves, profits or premiums by issuing free shares, as well as in case of either a split or a regrouping of the shares comprising the share capital;

 

c) Amortization or reduction of the share capital attributable to losses.

Dans ce cadre, AXA pourra procéder à un ajustement du nombre de Performance Shares attribuées aux Bénéficiaires afin de tenir compte de l’incidence de l’opération financière considérée. Toute décision d’ajustement prise par AXA s’imposera de plein droit à l’ensemble des Bénéficiaires, sauf décision contraire d’AXA, sans que l’accord de ces derniers ne soit requis.

AXA may decide to proceed to an adjustment of the number of Performance Shares granted to the Beneficiaries in order to take into account the impact of the financial operation considered. Such decision made by AXA is mandatory for all Beneficiaries without prior approval of the Beneficiaries being required.

 

11. REGLEMENTATION SUR LE DELIT D’INITIE ET LE MANQUEMENT D’INITIE / INSIDER TRADING REGULATIONS

Dans le cadre de leurs fonctions au sein du Groupe AXA, les Bénéficiaires peuvent être amenés à avoir accès de manière régulière ou ponctuelle à des informations privilégiées concernant AXA ou ses filiales.

Due to their position within the AXA group, the Beneficiaries may from time to time have access to privileged information regarding AXA or its subsidiaries.

Les titres AXA étant admis aux négociations sur le marché Euronext Paris, les Bénéficiaires sont soumis aux règles applicables à la détention et à l’exploitation d’une information privilégiée figurant dans le Code de Déontologie Professionnelle du Groupe AXA – notamment son Annexe C intitulée « Réglementation concernant la négociation de titres du Groupe AXA (« Règles concernant le délit d’Initié ») » – disponible notamment sur le site Internet du Groupe AXA : http://www.axa.com/lib/fr/uploads/docsref/deontologie/AXA_CodeDeontologie_2011b.pdf

AXA shares are listed on Euronext Paris and consequently the Beneficiaries are subject to the rules governing the holding and use of privileged information that are set forth in the AXA Group Compliance and Ethics Guide – notably Annex C thereof entitled “Policy statement on trading in AXA Group securities (“Insider trading policy”)” – available notably on the AXA website at: http://www.axa.com/lib/en/uploads/refdoc/compliance/AXA_ComplianceGuide_2011.pdf

Comme il est indiqué dans ce Code, la violation de cette réglementation peut entraîner des sanctions disciplinaires de la part d’AXA ainsi que des sanctions civiles et pénales lourdes (amende, peine d’emprisonnement …).

As indicated in this Guide, the violation of these rules may result in disciplinary sanctions by AXA as well as substantial civil and criminal penalties (fines, imprisonment…).

 

  9
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 19 juin 2015  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 19, 2015  


LOGO

 

Il est donc recommandé aux Bénéficiaires souhaitant procéder à la cession de leurs actions AXA, de vérifier préalablement s’ils ne sont pas détenteurs d’informations privilégiées susceptibles de leur interdire toute opération sur le titre AXA.

It is therefore recommended to the Beneficiaries intending to sell their AXA shares to ensure that they are not in possession of privileged information that may result in a prohibition to trade AXA shares.

12. DONNEES PERSONNELLES / PERSONAL DATA PROTECTION

Pour les besoins de la mise en œuvre du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2015, les entités du Groupe AXA concernées transmettent à AXA, en France, les informations personnelles suivantes, à jour au 19 juin 2015, concernant les Bénéficiaires, et pourront lui transmettre, le cas échéant, une actualisation de ces informations : nom, prénom, date et lieu de naissance (ville et pays de naissance ainsi que pour les Français, le département de naissance), adresse de résidence et employeur au sein du Groupe AXA.

The implementation of the 2015 International Performance Shares Plan requires that AXA Group entities transmit to AXA, in France, the following personal data concerning Beneficiaries: name, first name, date and place of birth (birth location and birth country, and for French employees only, the birth state code), personal address and employing entity within the AXA Group on June 19, 2015. Updates of such personal data may also be transmitted as the case may be.

Ces données feront l’objet d’un traitement informatique automatisé et seront accessibles aux seules personnes de la direction Global Compensation & Benefits d’AXA ayant en charge la gestion du programme et les prestataires qu’ils pourront mandater. Ces données pourront également être transmises à l’établissement bancaire auprès duquel les actions auxquelles les Performance Shares donnent droit seront conservées.

This data will be subject to automated data processing and will only be accessible by the persons of the AXA Global Compensation & Benefits department who manage the program and the service providers that they may engage. This data may also be transmitted to the bank where the Performance Shares will be registered.

Les Bénéficiaires ont un droit d’accès, de modification et de rectification aux informations les concernant qu’ils peuvent exercer en s’adressant à la Direction des Ressources Humaines de leur entité ou en se connectant au site Internet/Intranet My LTI :

(Intranet : https://peoplein.corp.intraxa/psp/HRPIPRD/EMPLOYEE/HRMS/?cmd=login&languageCd=FRA

Internet : https://peoplein.axa.com/psp/HRPIPRD/?cmd=login&languageCd=FRA ).

Beneficiaries have a right to access, modify and correct their personal data by contacting the Human Resources Department of their local entity or by logging into the Internet/Intranet website MyLTI:

(Intranet: https://peoplein.corp.intraxa/psp/HRPIPRD/EMPLOYEE/HRMS/?cmd=login&languageCd=FRA

Internet: https://peoplein.axa.com/psp/HRPIPRD/?cmd=login&languageCd=FRA ).

 

  10
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 19 juin 2015  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 19, 2015  


LOGO

 

13. VALIDITE / VALIDITY

AXA peut être amené à modifier les règles existantes du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2015, particulièrement en cas de nécessités législatives, réglementaires ou administratives. Toutefois, aucune modification ne pourra être apportée au présent règlement qui serait significativement défavorable aux Bénéficiaires sans leur accord préalable, sauf si cette modification est selon AXA requise ou souhaitable au regard de la loi ou de la réglementation applicable.

AXA may adjust the existing rules of the 2015 International Performance Shares Plan, in particular in case of legal, regulatory or administrative requirements. However, no modification which is significantly adverse to the Beneficiaries may be completed without their prior approval, unless such modification is according to AXA necessary or desirable under applicable laws or regulations.

Les nouvelles règles seront applicables dès leur date de communication aux Bénéficiaires.

New rules shall become effective as of the date of announcement to the Beneficiaries.

En cas de litige portant sur l’interprétation, la validité ou l’application du présent règlement, les parties concernées s’efforceront de trouver une solution amiable.

In the event of any dispute regarding the interpretation, validity or application of these rules, the relevant parties will strive to find an amicable solution.

 

  11
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 19 juin 2015  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 19, 2015  


ADDENDUM FOR AXA FINANCIAL PARTICIPANTS

The preceding pages of this document set forth the general rules of the 2015 International Performance Shares Plan. The rules have been modified for AXA Financial participants. The following Sections replace their corresponding Sections in the preceding pages for all AXA Financial participants.

7. CONTINUED SERVICE AND FINAL VESTING AND DELIVERY OF SHARES

Subject to the achievement of performance targets described above, the Performance Shares granted to each Beneficiary can be converted in AXA shares at the Settlement Date, only if the Beneficiary is still employed, has a current Qualifying Contract (as defined below in Section 8.3) or is a corporate officer of an AXA Group entity at Settlement Date, or if one of the exceptions described in Section 8 hereafter is applicable.

For the sake of clarity, the Performance Shares do not give Beneficiaries shareholder’s rights. However, after the Settlement Date, the AXA shares, delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares, allow Beneficiaries to benefit from all shareholders rights (payment of dividends, voting rights at the General Meeting of shareholders…).

AXA shares that are definitively vested and delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares will be registered on a securities bank account opened in the name of the Beneficiary with a custodian designated by AXA. The fees of this custodian will be borne by AXA, until AXA decides otherwise, and the Beneficiary may freely dispose of the shares.

8. RULES IN CASE OF DEPARTURE FROM THE AXA GROUP

As a general rule, in the case of the Beneficiary’s separation from service before the Settlement Date, such Beneficiary shall forfeit all his or her Performance Shares on the Beneficiary’s last day of service, unless AXA decides otherwise or unless otherwise provided under this Section 8.

In the case of a Beneficiary: (a) whose employment is job eliminated under the company’s severance plan, (b) who forfeits his or her Performance Shares as of the last day of his or her notification period and (c) who is rehired as a full-time employee or a benefits-eligible financial professional by AXA Financial, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries within 60 days of the last day of his or her notification period but prior to the Settlement Date, the Beneficiary shall be treated as if his or her original employment had continued and not been interrupted and his or her Performance Shares shall be deemed to have continued to vest during such period; provided, however, that upon rehire such Beneficiary’s Performance Shares shall be subject to the same terms and conditions (including vesting and forfeitures) of the Plan as other Performance Shares are subject to under this Plan.

In the case of a Beneficiary whose employment or Qualifying Contract is involuntarily terminated and who is eligible to retire (as defined below in Section 8.3) as of his or her last day of service (or on or prior to the day after the last day of any severance period or terminal leave of absence in the case of a job elimination), such Beneficiary shall be treated as if he or she continued to perform services for the AXA Group until the Settlement Date; provided, however, that in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to the Settlement Date, the provisions of Section 8.1 shall apply to the settlement of the Performance Shares of the Beneficiary.


8.1 Death before the Settlement Date

In the case of a Beneficiary’s death before the Settlement Date, the heirs of the Beneficiary will be entitled to the settlement of a certain number of Performance Shares granted to the Beneficiary hereunder. The number of Performance Shares that will be settled to the Beneficiary’s heirs will be calculated based on (i) a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the Beneficiary’s death occurs during the Performance Period, or (ii) the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the Beneficiary’s death occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date of the Performance Shares. The Performance Shares will be settled in AXA shares and paid to the Beneficiary’s heirs within 90 days following the Beneficiary’s death, net of any applicable tax withholding.

8.2 Disability before the Settlement Date

In the case of a Beneficiary’s disability before the Settlement Date, the Beneficiary’s Performance Shares will be settled to him or her within 90 days following the date the Beneficiary becomes disabled. In order to be deemed disabled, a Beneficiary must meet the requirements to be deemed disabled under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(4) promulgated under Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code, as amended from time to time (the “Code”) and must be unable to practice any profession whatsoever.

The number of Performance Shares that will be settled to the Beneficiary will be calculated based on (i) a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the disability occurs during the Performance Period or (ii) the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the disability occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date.

8.3 Retirement before the Settlement Date

In the case of a Beneficiary’s retirement prior to the Settlement Date, such Beneficiary shall continue to be entitled to the settlement of his or her Performance Shares in accordance with Section 7 as if he or she continued to perform services for the AXA Group until the Settlement Date; provided, however, that in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to the Settlement Date, then the provisions of Section 8.1 shall apply to the settlement of the Performance Shares of the Beneficiary.

For purposes of this Section 8.3:

(a) - “retirement” means the termination of a Beneficiary’s employment with AXA Financial, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries on or after the Beneficiary’s early retirement age or normal retirement age as such terms are defined in any retirement plan maintained by AXA Financial, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries;

(b) - a retail sales force manager’s employment will not be deemed to terminate so long as he or she maintains an insurance sales agent’s contract with a general agent subsidiary of AXA Financial, Inc. (a “Qualifying Contract”); and

(c) - a retail sales force manager will be deemed to have retired if his or her Qualifying Contract terminates after he or she becomes eligible for retirement.

8.4 Divestiture of the employer by AXA

In the event that a company or an organization (an “Entity”) ceases to belong to the AXA Group prior to the Settlement Date, each Beneficiary of such Entity shall forfeit all of his or her Performance Shares on the date of the closing of the transaction by which the Entity no longer belongs to the AXA Group, unless AXA decides otherwise.

Likewise, if an Entity of the AXA Group sells a business or an operating unit to a buyer unrelated to the AXA Group at any time prior to the Settlement Date (including through an “outsourcing” transaction), each Beneficiary of the sold business or operating unit, who is transferred with such business or operating unit, shall forfeit all of his or her Performance Shares on the date of the closing of such sale, unless AXA decides otherwise.


These rights to Performance Shares will not be restored if such Beneficiaries are subsequently rehired by an AXA Group entity, unless AXA decides otherwise.

9. SOCIAL AND TAX TREATMENT OF THE PERFORMANCE SHARES

It is the responsibility of each Beneficiary to obtain up-to-date information on the social security and tax treatment applicable in the country(ies) where he/she is a tax resident at the time of: (a) the Performance Shares’ grant and vesting, (b) the transfer of the AXA shares, (c) the payment of any dividends and (d) the sale of the shares, in order to comply with all reporting and tax or social contributions payment requirements.

Neither the employer of a Beneficiary nor AXA shall be obliged to pay or reimburse any person for any taxes payable by a Beneficiary in any jurisdiction under, or in connection with, the Plan.

To the extent permitted by local law, the employer of a Beneficiary, an AXA Financial, Inc. subsidiary, AXA or any agent appointed by the employer, subsidiary or AXA may (i) withhold amounts from a Beneficiary’s remuneration or (ii) sell all or part of the Shares to be delivered to the Beneficiary under the Plan in order to pay for applicable withholding taxes.

It is intended that this Plan shall comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) and the Treasury regulations relating thereto so as not to subject any Beneficiary to the payment of interest and penalties under Section 409A. In furtherance of this intent, this Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with these intentions, and to the extent that any regulations or other guidance issued under Section 409A would result in any Beneficiary being subject to payment of additional income taxes or interest or penalties under Section 409A, this Plan will be amended to maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the Plan while avoiding the application of such taxes or interest or penalties under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the company makes no guarantee of any foreign, federal, state or local tax consequences with respect to the interpretation of Section 409A and its application to the terms of this Plan and the company shall have no liability for any adverse tax consequences of any Beneficiary as a result of any violation of Section 409A.

14. HEDGING OF AWARDS

Under the AXA Financial Insider Trading Policy, you may not engage at any time in any transaction designed to hedge the value of any equity-based compensation awards, including your Performance Shares, or the securities underlying those awards – including, without limitation, any transaction involving the use of derivative instruments to limit the downside risk or put a “collar” around the value of such awards. This restriction applies from the date of grant until the date the Performance Shares are settled or forfeited.

Exhibit 10.42

 

LOGO

 

 

Important Note for AXA Financial Participants: The following sets forth the general rules of the 2016 International Performance Shares Plan. In certain cases, these rules have been modified for AXA Financial participants. For an explanation of the rules that are specific to AXA Financial participants, see the “Addendum for AXA Financial Participants” starting after page 13 of this document.

REGLEMENT DU PLAN INTERNATIONAL DE PERFORMANCE SHARES 2016

6 JUIN 2016

RULES OF THE 2016 INTERNATIONAL PERFORMANCE SHARES PLAN

JUNE 6, 2016

Le présent règlement est destiné à fixer des règles communes aux attributions de Performance Shares intervenues ce jour, soit en date du 6 juin 2016, dans le cadre du Plan International de Performance Shares 2016 (le « Plan »).

The purpose of these rules is to establish the common terms and conditions for the attribution of Performance Shares granted this day, on June 6, 2016, under the 2016 International Performance Shares Plan (the “Plan”).

L’action AXA est cotée à la Bourse de Paris (Euronext Paris – Compartiment A) sous le symbole « CS » (ISIN FR0000120628 – Bloomberg : CS FP – Reuters : AXAF.PA).

The AXA ordinary share is listed on compartment A of Euronext Paris under the ticker symbol CS (ISIN FR 0000120628 – Bloomberg: CS FP – Reuters: AXAF.PA).

 

1. BENEFICIAIRES / BENEFICIARIES

Chaque bénéficiaire se voit initialement attribuer gratuitement avec effet au 6 juin 2016 (la « Date d’Attribution Initiale ») un certain nombre de Performance Shares qui lui confèrent le droit de recevoir à la Date de Règlement, tel que ce terme est défini ci-après, un certain nombre d’actions AXA déterminé en fonction du niveau d’atteinte d’objectifs de performance définis par AXA.

Each beneficiary is initially granted, for free, with effect as of June 6, 2016 (the “Grant Date”), a certain number of Performance Shares. Beneficiaries of Performance Shares have the right to acquire at the Settlement Date, as this term is defined hereafter, a certain number of AXA shares based on the achievement of performance criteria defined by AXA.

Un courrier individualisé sera remis aux bénéficiaires du Plan International de Performance Shares 2016 (les « Bénéficiaires ») pour les en informer et porter à leur connaissance le présent règlement ainsi que pour leur préciser le nombre de Performance Shares qui leur sont initialement attribuées.

A letter will be issued to notify beneficiaries of the 2016 International Performance Shares Plan (the “Beneficiaries”) of these rules as well as of the number of Performance Shares they have been initially granted.

Il est rappelé que les plans d’attribution de performance shares d’AXA sont mis en oeuvre à l’entière discrétion d’AXA, et que l’attribution de Performance Shares au titre du présent Plan ne confère aux Bénéficiaires aucun droit sur les plans d’attribution de performance shares futurs.

It is reminded that the performance shares plans of AXA are implemented at the sole discretion of AXA and, as a consequence, the grant of performance shares under this Plan does not result in any acquired right for future performance shares plans for the Beneficiaries.

 

2. PERIODE DE PERFORMANCE / PERFORMANCE PERIOD

Pour les besoins du présent règlement, la « Période de Performance » désigne la période de temps pendant laquelle est mesuré le niveau de réalisation des objectifs de performance décrits à la section 3 ci-après. Elle est d’une durée de trois (3) exercices (1er janvier 2016 au 31 décembre 2018).

For the purpose of these rules, the “Performance Period” shall mean the period of time during which the level of achievement of the performance objectives defined in section 3 hereinafter is assessed. This period of time is of three (3) fiscal years (January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2018).

 

  1
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 6 juin 2016  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 6, 2016  


LOGO

 

3. OBJECTIFS DE PERFORMANCE / PERFORMANCE TARGETS

Dans le cadre du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2016, la livraison des actions AXA auxquelles donnent droit les Performance Shares, n’interviendra, en tout ou partie, au profit du Bénéficiaire qu’en fonction de la réalisation d’objectifs de performance collectifs définis ci-après.

Sur la Période de Performance et sous réserve des éventuelles contraintes règlementaires localement applicables, les objectifs de performance sont basés sur :

 

    la performance du Groupe AXA pour 40 % ;

 

    la performance du périmètre de performance auquel appartient le Bénéficiaire1 qui peut, selon le cas, être constitué d’une entité, d’une business unit et/ou d’une région, pour 50 % ;

 

    un critère lié à la Responsabilité Sociétale d’Entreprise (RSE) pour 10 %.

En outre, sera appliqué un critère financier de performance relative permettant d’ajuster à la hausse ou à la baisse, dans la limite de 5 points, le taux de performance globale, qui ne pourra être supérieur à un plafond de 130 %.

For the purpose of this 2016 International Performance Shares Plan, the final delivery to Beneficiaries, in whole or in part, of AXA shares resulting from the Performance Shares, will depend on the achievement of collective performance targets defined hereafter.

Subject to compliance with local regulations, the performance targets over the Performance Period are based on:

 

    AXA Group performance for 40%;

 

    the performance of the “performance perimeter” to which the Beneficiary 1 belongs, which might, as the case may be, consist of an entity, a business unit and/or a region, for 50%;

 

    one criterion linked to Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) for 10%.

Additionally, one financial criterion of relative performance meant to adjust upwards or downwards, within the limit of 5 points, the global performance rate which will be limited to 130 %, will be applied.

AXA approuve lors de l’attribution initiale des Performance Shares les critères et les objectifs chiffrés retenus pour mesurer la performance. AXA peut être amené à revoir les objectifs initialement fixés, notamment dans l’hypothèse d’une modification du périmètre du Groupe AXA ou d’une entité, business unit ou région de celui-ci, ou plus généralement de tout autre événement ayant un impact sur les critères et objectifs chiffrés initialement retenus.

AXA approves at the time of the initial grant of the Performance Shares the relevant criteria and targets which measure the performance. AXA may review initial targets, in particular in the case of a modification to the scope of the AXA Group or its entities, business units or regions, or, more generally, of any other event which may impact the initial criteria and targets.

 

4. MESURE DE LA PERFORMANCE / PERFORMANCE MEASURES

Le taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance, tel qu’apprécié par AXA à l’issue de la Période de Performance, permet d’établir un taux de conversion (ci-après le « Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares ») dont les modalités sont également exposées dans la note d’information. Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sert à déterminer le nombre d’actions AXA qui seront livrées au Bénéficiaire à la Date de Règlement. Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sera déterminé en fonction du taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance correspondant comme indiqué dans le tableau ci-après.

 

 

1   Excepté pour les Bénéficiaires pour lesquels, conformément à la réglementation de Solvabilité II, les objectifs ne seront pas basés sur la performance du périmètre qu’ils contrôlent.
     Except for Beneficiaries for whom, pursuant to the Solvency II regulation, the criteria are not based on the performance of the perimeter under these Beneficiaries’ control.

 

  2
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 6 juin 2016  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 6, 2016  


LOGO

 

    pour la performance du Groupe AXA (pondération 40 %) :

 

Membres du Comité Exécutif du Groupe

Pour 2/3 des performance shares

Taux d’atteinte des objectifs de
performance

  

Taux de performance retenu

> 130 %    1,3
100 %    1
80 %    0,5
< 80 %    0

Autres Bénéficiaires

Pour 100% des performance shares

Taux d’atteinte des objectifs de
performance

  

Taux de performance retenu

> 130 %    1,3
100 %    1
65 %    0,65
< 65 %    0
 

 

Pour 1/3 des performance shares

Taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance

  

Taux de performance retenu

CAGR > 10 %    2
CAGR de 5 %    1
CAGR de 0 %    0

 

    pour la performance du périmètre de performance auquel appartient le bénéficiaire (pondération 50 %) :

 

Pour tous les Bénéficiaires

Taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance

  

Taux de performance retenu

> 130 %

   1,3

100 %

   1

60 %

   0,6

<60 %

   0

Seule la performance correspondant à un taux de croissance annuel moyen pondéré des différents critères de la performance « Groupe » et de la performance « du périmètre de performance » de 5% 2 donne un taux de performance de 100%

 

    pour le critère lié à la RSE – performance relative (pondération 10%) :

 

Pour tous les Bénéficiaires

Positionnement d’AXA

  

Taux de performance retenu

> 95 ème percentile    1,3
85 ème percentile    1
75 ème percentile    0,8
< 75 ème percentile    0

 

 

2   5 % pour les entités / régions matures (en ce compris le Groupe), 7 % pour les entités / régions composites et 10 % pour les entités / régions à fort taux de croissance.

 

  3
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 6 juin 2016  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 6, 2016  


LOGO

 

Le taux de performance global est calculé comme suit :

[40 % Performance Groupe + 50 % Performance du périmètre de performance + 10 % du critère RSE]

+ / -5 points dépendant du positionnement d’AXA par rapport à un critère financier de performance relative

 

    Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares :

 

Taux de performance retenu au global

  

Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares

> 130 %    1,3
100%    1
0%    0

The rate of achievement of the performance targets as assessed by AXA at the end of the Performance Period is used to determine the number of AXA shares acquired in respect of the Performance Shares (the “Performance Shares Conversion Rate”) and is otherwise described in the information memo. The Performance Shares Conversion Rate shall be determined as indicated in the table below, according to the rate of performance target achievement:

 

    for the AXA Group performance (weight 40%):

 

Group Executive Committee members

For 2/3 of the performance shares

Rate of achievement of performance
targets

  

Performance Rate

> 130 %    1.3
100 %    1
80 %    0.5
< 80 %    0

Other Beneficiaries

For 100% of the performance shares

Rate of  achievement of  performance
targets

  

Performance Rate

> 130  %

   1.3

100 %

   1

65 %

   0.65

< 65  %

   0
 
For 1/3 of the performance shares

Rate of achievement of performance targets

  

Performance Rate

CAGR > 10%    2
CAGR = 5 %    1
CAGR = 0 %    0

 

    for the performance perimeter to which the beneficiary belongs to (weight 50%):

 

For all beneficiaries

Rate of achievement of performance targets

  

Performance Rate

> 130  %    1.3
100 %    1
60 %    0.6
<60 %    0

 

  4
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 6 juin 2016  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 6, 2016  


LOGO

 

A performance achievement of 100% is achieved only in the event of a global performance corresponding to a 5%2 .3weighted-compound annual growth rate of the diverse criteria of the Group performance and the performance perimeter performance.

 

    for the criterion linked to CSR – relative performance (weight 10 %):

 

For all Beneficiaries

AXA positioning

  

Performance Rate

> 95 th percentile    1.3
85 th percentile    1
75 th percentile    0.8
< 75 th percentile    0

Calculation of the global performance rate:

[40 % Group Performance + 50 % Entity or Business Unit Performance + 10 % CSR criterion]

+ / - 5 points according to AXA’s score vs. a relative performance criterion

 

    The Performance Shares Conversion Rate:

 

Rate of global performance

  

Performance Shares Conversion Rate

> 130%    1.3
100%    1
0%    0

Si le taux de performance retenu au global se situe entre 0 % et 130 %, le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sera déterminé par le coefficient correspondant au pourcentage appliqué. Par exemple, pour un taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance de 120 %, le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares correspondant sera égal à 1,2 ; pour un taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance de 90 %, le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares correspondant sera égal à 0,9.

For a global performance rate between 0% and 130%, the Performance Shares Conversion Rate will be determined. For example, for a rate of performance target achievement equal to 120%, the Performance Shares Conversion Rate will be 1.2; for a rate of performance target achievement equal to 90%, the corresponding Performance Shares Conversion Rate will be 0.9.

Le nombre de Performance Shares réellement attribuées au Bénéficiaire sera égal au nombre de Performance Shares initialement attribuées multiplié par le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sur la Période de Performance. A titre d’illustration, un Bénéficiaire pour lequel le taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance est de 120 % aura un Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares de 1,2 et le nombre de Performance Shares qui lui seront réellement attribuées sera égal au nombre de Performance Shares qui lui auront été attribuées initialement multiplié par 1,2. Lorsque le nombre d’actions ainsi obtenu n’est pas un nombre entier, le nombre de Performance Shares réellement attribuées définitivement acquises sera égal au nombre entier le plus proche.

The number of Performance Shares definitively vested by a Beneficiary will be equal to the number of Performance Shares initially granted, multiplied by the Performance Shares Conversion Rate for the Performance Period. For example, if the Performance Shares Conversion Rate of a Beneficiary is 120%,he/she will definitively vest a number of Performance Shares equal of the number of Performance Shares initially granted, multiplied by 1.2. In the event this number is not a whole number, the number of Performance Shares definitively vested that will be delivered to him or her will be equal to the closest whole number.

 

 

2   5% for mature entities/regions (including the Group), 7% for composite entities/regions, and 10% for entities/regions with a high growth rate.

 

  5
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 6 juin 2016  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 6, 2016  


LOGO

 

Les Bénéficiaires sont informés à l’issue de la Période de Performance du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares qui leur est applicable au titre de la Période de Performance.

Beneficiaries are informed after the end of the Performance Period of his/her Performance Shares Conversion Rate for the Performance Period.

Dans l’hypothèse où aucun dividende ne serait proposé par le Conseil d’Administration aux actionnaires de la société AXA SA au titre des exercices de la période de performance (2016 et/ou 2017 et/ou 2018) (versés respectivement en 2017, 2018 et 2019), le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares tel que déterminé conformément aux dispositions qui précédent sera divisé par deux.

In the event no dividend would be proposed for payment by the Board of Directors to the shareholders of AXA SA for the fiscal years 2016 and/or 2017 and/or 2018 (paid out respectively in 2017, 2018 and 2019), the Performance Shares Conversion Rate as determined in accordance with the above provisions will be divided by two.

 

5. REGLEMENT / SETTLEMENT

La livraison d’actions AXA en règlement des Performance Shares réellement attribuées interviendra à compter de la « Date de Règlement », celle-ci se définissant comme le 6 juin 2020 ou si cette date n’est pas un jour ouvré, le premier jour ouvré suivant.

The delivery of AXA shares in settlement of the Performance Shares will be made from the « Settlement Date », i.e. on June 6, 2020, or if this date is not a business day, the following business day.

Le nombre d’actions AXA livrées sera égal au nombre de Performance Shares réellement attribuées.

The number of acquired AXA shares will be equal to the number of Performance Shares definitively vested.

Les actions seront livrées par l’entité du Groupe employant le Bénéficiaire à la Date de Règlement, ou par toute entité à laquelle ladite livraison aurait été déléguée. L’acquisition de ces actions pourra donner lieu à cotisations sociales et/ou à l’impôt sur le revenu au même titre qu’une rémunération selon les règles applicables dans le pays de résidence du Bénéficiaire au moment du règlement, et dans les autres pays dans lesquels il a pu être résident à la Date d’Attribution Initiale ou après.

The shares will be delivered by the entity of the Group that employs the Beneficiary on the Settlement Date, or by any entity which received a delegation to act on behalf of the employing entity. The acquisition of shares may be subject to social security contributions and/or income tax in the same manner as salary income in accordance with the applicable rules in the country where the Beneficiary is a resident at the time of settlement, and in other countries in which he may have resided from and after the Grant Date.

En cas d’impossibilité juridique, fiscale ou autre, pour l’entité employant le Bénéficiaire à la « Date de

Règlement » de livrer des actions AXA, les Performance Shares feront l’objet d’un paiement en numéraire dans la devise de l’entité sur la base (1) d’une valorisation de chaque Performance Share réellement attribuée égale à la moyenne des cours de clôture de l’action AXA sur le marché Euronext Paris durant les 20 dernières séances de Bourse précédant immédiatement la « Date de Règlement » et (2) du taux de change tel que publié par la Banque Centrale Européenne (ou, à défaut, une institution équivalente) lors du dernier jour de cotation précédant la « Date de Règlement ». Ce paiement se fera net d’impôts et de charges salariales devants être retenus par l’employeur.

Should it be impossible for legal or tax reasons, for the entity of the Group that employs the Beneficiary on the “Settlement Date”, to deliver the AXA shares, the Performance Shares will be settled in cash in local currency based on (1) the valuation of each Performance Share definitively vested as an amount equal to the average closing price of the AXA stock on the Paris Stock Exchange (Euronext Paris) over the twenty trading days prior to the “Settlement Date” and (2) the exchange rate as published by the European Central Bank (or, in the absence thereof, an equivalent institution) on the last trading day prior to the “Settlement Date”. This payment will be made net of taxes and employee social charges required to be withheld by the employer.

 

  6
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 6 juin 2016  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 6, 2016  


LOGO

 

6. REGLES APPLICABLES EN CAS DE TRANSFERT AU SEIN DU GROUPE AXA / RULES IN CASE OF

TRANSFER WITHIN THE AXA GROUP

Pour les besoins du présent Plan, le « Groupe AXA » désigne les sociétés ou groupements d’intérêt économique dont 10 % au moins du capital ou des droits de vote sont détenus, directement ou indirectement, par la société AXA SA, (société mère du Groupe AXA) ou qui détiennent, directement ou indirectement, au moins 10 % du capital ou des droits de vote d’AXA SA.

For the purposes of this Plan, the “AXA Group” shall mean the companies or economic interest groups of which at least 10% of the capital or voting rights are held, directly or indirectly, by AXA SA (parent company of the AXA Group) or which hold, directly or indirectly, at least 10% of the capital or the voting rights of AXA SA.

Lorsque, durant la Période de Performance, un Bénéficiaire est transféré d’une entité du Groupe AXA à une autre entité du Groupe AXA, la règle suivante s’applique :

 

    si le transfert intervient avant le 1er juillet de la seconde année de la Période de Performance, seule la performance de la nouvelle entité est prise en compte pour déterminer le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares ;

 

    si le transfert intervient à compter du 1er juillet de la seconde année de la Période de Performance, seule la performance de l’entité précédente est prise en compte pour déterminer le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares.

If, during the Performance Period, a Beneficiary is transferred from one entity of the AXA Group to another entity of the AXA Group, the following rule shall apply:

 

    if the transfer occurs before July  1 st of the second year of the Performance Period, only the new entity’s performance is taken into account for the purpose of determining the Performance Shares Conversion Rate;

 

    if the transfer occurs as from July 1st of the second year of the Performance Period, only the previous entity’s performance is taken into account for the purpose of determining the Performance Shares Conversion Rate.

 

7. CONDITION DE PRESENCE ET ACQUISITION DEFINITIVE DES ACTIONS / CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT AND FINAL VESTING AND DELIVERY OF THE SHARES

Sous réserve de l’atteinte des objectifs de performance stipulés ci-avant, les Performance Shares attribuées à chaque Bénéficiaire ne peuvent donner droit de recevoir des actions AXA à la Date de Règlement, que si le Bénéficiaire reste salarié ou dirigeant mandataire social d’une entité du Groupe AXA à la Date de Règlement et sous réserve des exceptions figurant à la section 8 ci-après.

Subject to the achievement of performance targets described above, the Performance Shares granted to each Beneficiary can be converted in AXA shares at the Settlement Date, only if the Beneficiary remains employed or an eligible corporate officer of an AXA Group entity at Settlement Date, or if one of the exceptions described in section 8 hereafter is applicable.

Il est précisé que les Performance Shares ne confèrent à leurs Bénéficiaires aucun des droits que la loi française attache à la qualité d’actionnaire. En revanche, postérieurement à la Date de Règlement, les Bénéficiaires jouissent, au titre des actions AXA reçues en règlement des Performance Shares réellement attribuées, de tous les droits attachés à la qualité d’actionnaire de la Société (droit au paiement du dividende, droit de vote en Assemblée Générale…).

For the sake of clarity, the Performance Shares do not give Beneficiaries shareholder’s rights. However, after the Settlement Date, the AXA shares, delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares, allow Beneficiaries to benefit from all shareholders rights (payment of dividends, voting rights at the General Meeting of shareholders…).

Les actions livrées en règlement des Performance Shares réellement attribuées seront inscrites dans un comptetitres en nominatif administré ouvert au nom du Bénéficiaire dans les livres du teneur de comptes désigné par la Société, dont les frais de gestion sont pris en charge par AXA jusqu’à décision contraire de la Société, et le Bénéficiaire peut disposer librement des actions.

AXA shares that are definitively vested and delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares will be registered on a securities bank account opened in the name of the Beneficiary with a custodian designated by the Company. The fees of this custodian will be borne by AXA, until the Company decides otherwise, and the Beneficiary may freely dispose of the shares.

 

  7
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 6 juin 2016  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 6, 2016  


LOGO

 

8. REGLES APPLICABLES EN CAS DE CESSATION DES RELATIONS PROFESSIONNELLES AVEC LE GROUPE AXA AVANT LA DATE DE REGLEMENT / RULES IN CASE OF DEPARTURE FROM THE AXA

GROUP BEFORE THE SETTLEMENT DATE

D’une manière générale, en cas de cessation des relations professionnelles d’un Bénéficiaire avec le Groupe AXA avant la Date de Règlement, les Performance Shares de ce dernier et le droit qui en résulte de recevoir des actions de la Société sont perdus à la date du dernier jour d’activité du Bénéficiaire dans une entité du Groupe AXA, sauf décision contraire expresse d’AXA et sauf exceptions expressément prévues par la présente section 8.

Pour les besoins du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2016, la cessation des relations professionnelles avec le Groupe AXA doit s’entendre comme le fait de ne plus être salarié ou mandataire social d’une entité du Groupe AXA ; étant précisé que sauf décision contraire du Conseil d’Administration, pour les Bénéficiaires exerçant une pluralité de fonctions au sein du Groupe AXA, notamment de mandats sociaux ou dans le cas de cumul de relations contractuelles avec un ou plusieurs mandats sociaux, il sera pris en considération, la seule cessation de l’activité principale au sein du Groupe AXA.

As a general rule, termination of the professional relationships of a Beneficiary with the AXA Group before the Settlement Date, the Beneficiary loses his/her Performance Shares and the right to receive AXA shares, with effect on the last day the Beneficiary is working in an AXA Group entity, unless AXA decides otherwise or unless otherwise provided under this section 8.

For the purpose of this 2016 International Performance Shares Plan, “termination of the professional relationships of a Beneficiary with the AXA Group” means that a Beneficiary is no longer an employee or a corporate officer of an entity of the AXA Group ; it being specified that unless otherwise decided by the Board of Directors, for the Beneficiaries who have various positions within the AXA Group, and in particular several corporate directorships or in the event of an accumulation of contractual relationships and/or corporate directorships within the AXA Group, the sole termination of their principal function within the AXA Group will be taken into account.

8.1 Décès avant la Date de Règlement / Death before the Settlement Date

En cas de décès d’un Bénéficiaire avant la Date de Règlement, ses héritiers peuvent, dans un délai de six (6) mois à compter de la date du décès, demander à recevoir les actions auxquelles donnent droit les Performance Shares attribuées au Bénéficiaire sous réserve des dispositions de la présente section.

Le nombre de Performance Shares qui seront réglées aux héritiers sera calculé sur la base d’un Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares égal à 1,3 si le décès intervient durant la Période de Performance, et sur la base du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares effectivement constaté si le décès intervient entre la fin de la Période de Performance et la Date de Règlement.

In case of a Beneficiary’s death before the Settlement Date, his/her heirs may, within a six (6)-month period after the date of death, request to be delivered the shares corresponding to the Performance Shares granted to the Beneficiary, subject to the provisions of this section.

The number of Performance Shares that will be settled to the heirs will be calculated based on a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the death occurs during the Performance Period, or based on the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the death occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date.

8.2 Invalidité avant la Date de Règlement / Disability before the Settlement Date

En cas de classement en invalidité d’un Bénéficiaire, ce dernier peut demander à recevoir immédiatement les actions auxquelles donnent droit les Performance Shares qui lui ont été attribuées sous réserve des dispositions de la présente section.

In case of disability of a Beneficiary, the shares to which the Performance Shares give a claim may be delivered to the Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of this section.

Le nombre de Performance Shares qui seront réglées au Bénéficiaire sera calculé sur la base d’un Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares égal à 1,3 si le classement en invalidité intervient durant la Période de Performance, et sur la base du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares effectivement constaté si le classement intervient entre la fin de la Période de Performance et la Date de Règlement.

 

  8
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 6 juin 2016  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 6, 2016  


LOGO

 

The number of Performance Shares that will be settled to the Beneficiary will be calculated based on a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the disability occurs during the Performance Period, or based on the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the disability occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date.

8.3 Départ en retraite ou pré-retraite / Retirement or pre-retirement

En cas de départ en retraite, en pré-retraite ou de liquidation des droits à la retraite avant la Date de Règlement, le Bénéficiaire conserve le bénéfice des Performance Shares qui lui ont été attribuées.

Pour les seuls besoins du calcul du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares, le Bénéficiaire sera réputé être toujours salarié ou mandataire social éligible de la dernière entité, business unit ou région du Groupe AXA dans laquelle il a exercé ses fonctions préalablement à son départ en retraite ou pré-retraite.

In case of retirement, pre-retirement or withdrawal of retirement benefits before the Settlement Date, the Beneficiary keeps the Performance Shares that were granted to him/her.

For the sole purpose of determining the applicable Performance Shares Conversion Rate, the Beneficiary will deem to be still an employee or an eligible corporate officer of the last AXA Group entity, business unit or region in which he/she was employed before his/her retirement or pre-retirement.

8.4 Cession de l’employeur par AXA / Divestiture of the employer by AXA

Si une société ou un groupement (ci-après une « Entité ») cesse, avant la Date de Règlement, de faire partie du Groupe AXA tel que défini ci-avant, le Bénéficiaire employé ou mandataire social éligible de cette Entité perd ses Performance Shares sans droit de dédommagement, et en conséquence le droit de recevoir des actions AXA à la Date de Règlement, à compter de la date à laquelle l’Entité concernée cesse d’être une Entité du Groupe AXA, sous réserve toutefois qu’AXA en décide autrement.

In the event that a company or an organisation (an “Entity”) does not belong anymore, before the Settlement Date, to the AXA Group within the meaning above, the Beneficiary who is an employee or an eligible corporate officer of this Entity shall lose his/her Performance Shares without any right to indemnity, and as a consequence the right to receive AXA shares at the Settlement Date, as of the date the Entity is no longer an entity of the AXA Group, unless AXA decides otherwise.

De la même façon, si, à un moment quelconque avant la Date de Règlement, une Entité du Groupe AXA vient à céder au profit d’un tiers au Groupe AXA une de ses activités ou une de ses unités opérationnelles (y compris dans le cadre d’une opération d’externalisation), les Bénéficiaires affectés à l’exercice de ces activités ou rattachés à ces unités opérationnelles et transférés avec elles perdent leurs Performance Shares sans droit de dédommagement, et en conséquence le droit de recevoir des actions AXA à la Date de Règlement, à compter du jour de la réalisation de la cession, sous réserve toutefois qu’AXA en décide autrement.

Likewise, if an Entity of the AXA Group divests itself of a business or an operating unit to the benefit of a third party to the AXA Group at any time before the Settlement Date (including through an “outsourcing” transaction), the Beneficiaries belonging to this business or operating unit and transferred with it shall lose their Performance Shares without any right to indemnity, and consequently the right to receive AXA shares resulting from Performance Shares at the Settlement Date, as of the date of completion of such divestiture, unless AXA decides otherwise.    

Un Bénéficiaire qui aura perdu ses Performance Shares dans les conditions décrites aux deux paragraphes qui précèdent ne pourra pas être restauré dans ses droits s’il est par la suite embauché par une entité du Groupe AXA, sauf décision contraire expresse d’AXA.

Should a Beneficiary lose his/her Performance Shares as described above, his/her rights will not be restored if the Beneficiary subsequently becomes employed by an AXA Group entity, unless AXA decides otherwise.

 

  9
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 6 juin 2016  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 6, 2016  


LOGO

 

9. REGIME SOCIAL ET FISCAL DES PERFORMANCE SHARES / SOCIAL AND TAX TREATMENT OF THE PERFORMANCE SHARES

Il est de la responsabilité du Bénéficiaire de se renseigner sur le régime applicable dans son (ses) pays de résidence fiscale tant au regard de la fiscalité qu’en matière de contributions sociales, au moment de l’attribution des Performance Shares, au moment de l’acquisition définitive de ses droits, au moment de la livraison des actions AXA, lors du paiement de dividendes et au moment de la vente des actions, afin de satisfaire à toutes les obligations de déclaration et de paiement d’impôts ou contributions sociales.

It is the responsibility of each Beneficiary to obtain up-to-date information on the social security and tax treatment applicable in the country(ies) where he/she is a tax resident at the time of the Performance Shares’ grant, vesting, at the time of the transfer of the AXA shares, upon payment of dividends and at the time of the sale of the shares, in order to comply with all reporting and tax or social contributions payment requirements.

Ni l’employeur du Bénéficiaire ni AXA ne pourront être contraints de payer ou de rembourser à quiconque un impôt ou une taxe de quelque nature dû par un Bénéficiaire au titre du Plan International de Performance Shares 2016, et ce quel que soit le lieu d’exigibilité.

Neither the employer of a Beneficiary nor AXA shall be obliged to pay or reimburse to any person whosoever any taxes payable by a Beneficiary in whatever jurisdiction under or in connection with the 2016 International Performance Shares Plan.

Sous réserve des dispositions prévues par le droit local et dans la mesure où cela n’aurait pas comme effet de soumettre le Bénéficiaire à une imposition, des pénalités ou des charges sociales complémentaires, si du fait de l’attribution d’actions, une société du Groupe doit s’acquitter d’impôts, de charges sociales ou de toutes autres taxes, pour le compte du Bénéficiaire, AXA se réserve le droit de retarder la livraison des actions, et/ou d’en interdire la cession, jusqu’à ce que le Bénéficiaire se soit acquitté de ces montants, ou ait pris les dispositions nécessaires pour leur paiement.

As permitted by local law and to the extent such action will not result in imposition of additional taxes, penalties or social charges on the Beneficiary, in the event that a Group company is required to pay taxes, social charges or any other governmental charges on behalf of any Beneficiary, AXA reserves the right to suspend exercise, to delay the transfer of the shares, and/or to prohibit the sale of such shares, until such Beneficiary has paid all such amounts, or made arrangements for payment.

Sous réserve des dispositions prévues par le droit local, la société employeur, AXA ou tout autre mandataire désigné à cet effet, pourra, le cas échéant (i) prélever les sommes dues par le Bénéficiaire sur ses éléments de rémunération ou (ii) céder tout ou partie des actions transférées au Bénéficiaire et prélever sur le produit de cession le montant nécessaire pour permettre à la (les) société(s) employeur du Bénéficiaire, à AXA ou à tout autre mandataire désigné à cet effet de régler les impôts et/ou charges sociales dus par le Bénéficiaire.

To the extent such action will be permitted by local law, the employer, AXA or any agent appointed for such purpose may (i) withhold the amounts due by the Beneficiary from his/her remuneration or (ii) sell all or part of the shares transferred to the Beneficiary and to withhold from the proceeds of sale the amount necessary for the employer(s) of the Beneficiary, AXA or any agent appointed for such purpose to pay off the taxes and/or social security charges owed by the Beneficiary.

S’agissant des contribuables américains (résidant ou non aux Etats-Unis), le présent plan vise à se conformer aux dispositions de l’article 409A du Code des impôts américain prévues en matière de montants ou d’actions et doit dès lors être interprété conformément à cette intention. Les livraisons d’actions à effectuer en vertu du présent programme devront notamment être effectuées dans le délai prévu par l’article 409A et, en particulier, en cas de décès ou invalidité (tel que définie par l’article 409A) la livraison des actions dues en application du plan se fera automatiquement dans les 90 jours suivants l’événement. Plus généralement, aucune action qui serait incompatible avec l’intention de se conformer aux dispositions de l’article 409A ne pourrait être mise en œuvre. Ces dispositions prévalent sur toutes autres dispositions contraires du programme.

 

  10
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 6 juin 2016  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 6, 2016  


LOGO

 

With respect to individuals who are U.S. Taxpayers (residing or not in the United States), the plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the US Internal Revenue Code with respect to amounts or Shares, and shall be interpreted in accordance with that intent. In particular, deliveries of Shares to be made hereunder shall be made within the time provided for under Section 409A and, in particular, in the case of death or disability (as defined under Section 409A), delivery of the shares required to be delivered under the plan shall be made automatically within 90 days following the occurrence of such event. More generally, no action may be taken hereunder that would be inconsistent with the intent to comply with the requirements of Section 409A. This provision supersedes any provision of the program to the contrary.

 

10. PERIODES SENSIBLES / BLACK-OUT PERIODS

A titre d’information, les titres d’AXA étant admis aux négociations sur un marché réglementé, les titulaires d’actions AXA attribuées dans le cadre du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2016 ne peuvent procéder, conformément à la réglementation en vigueur à la date du présent Plan, à aucune opération de cession sur leurs titres pendant les périodes suivantes :

 

    Dans le délai de dix séances de bourse précédant et de trois séances de bourse suivant la date à laquelle les comptes consolidés, ou à défaut les comptes annuels, sont rendus publics ;

 

    Dans le délai compris entre la date à laquelle les organes sociaux de la société ont connaissance d’une information qui, si elle était rendue publique, pourrait avoir une incidence significative sur le cours des titres de la société, et la date postérieure de dix séances de bourse à celle où cette information est rendue publique.

Des restrictions supplémentaires peuvent également s’appliquer aux Bénéficiaires en fonction de leur situation particulière, notamment selon l’entité du Groupe AXA qui les emploie.

For information, as the AXA shares are traded on a regulated market and pursuant to the regulations in force at the time of this Plan, the holders of AXA shares granted pursuant to the 2016 International Performance Shares Plan are not allowed to make any transactions on their shares during the following periods:

 

    during the 10 trading days preceding and the three trading days following the disclosure of AXA’s consolidated financial statements or, as the case may be, its annual financial statements;

 

    between the date at which AXA’s corporate bodies have the knowledge of any information which, if it was disclosed to the public, could have a material impact on the stock price, and the 10th trading day following the date at which such information is disclosed.

Additional restrictions may also apply to Beneficiaries depending on their particular situation, especially having regards to entity of the AXA Group which employs them.

 

11. MAINTIEN DES DROITS DES BENEFICIAIRES / PRESERVING THE RIGHTS OF THE BENEFICIARIES

Si, avant la Date de Règlement, AXA réalise une ou plusieurs des opérations financières mentionnées ci-après susceptibles d’influer sur les droits des détenteurs des actions AXA, AXA pourra décider de prendre les mesures nécessaires à l’effet de préserver les droits des Bénéficiaires au titre des Performance Shares.

If, before the Settlement Date, AXA carries out certain financial operations that may impact the rights of the holders of the AXA shares, AXA may take necessary measures to preserve the rights of the Beneficiaries with respect to their Performance Shares.

Les opérations financières visées sont les suivantes :

 

a) Emission de titres de capital ou de titres donnant droit à l’attribution immédiatement ou à terme de titres de capital comportant au profit des actionnaires un droit préférentiel de souscription ;

 

b) Augmentation de capital par incorporation de réserves, bénéfices ou primes d’émission avec attribution gratuite d’actions, ainsi qu’en cas, soit de division, soit de regroupement des titres composant le capital ;

 

c) Amortissement ou réduction de capital motivée par des pertes.

The financial operations concerned are the following:

 

a) Issuance of shares or securities giving a claim on the Company’s share capital with a preferential subscription right offered to the shareholders;

 

b) Capital increase by incorporation of reserves, profits or premiums by issuing free shares, as well as in case of either a split or a regrouping of the shares comprising the share capital;

 

c) Amortization or reduction of the share capital attributable to losses.

 

  11
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 6 juin 2016  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 6, 2016  


LOGO

 

Dans ce cadre, AXA pourra procéder à un ajustement du nombre de Performance Shares attribuées aux Bénéficiaires afin de tenir compte de l’incidence de l’opération financière considérée. Toute décision d’ajustement prise par AXA s’imposera de plein droit à l’ensemble des Bénéficiaires, sauf décision contraire d’AXA, sans que l’accord de ces derniers ne soit requis.

AXA may decide to proceed to an adjustment of the number of Performance Shares granted to the Beneficiaries in order to take into account the impact of the financial operation considered. Such decision made by AXA is mandatory for all Beneficiaries without prior approval of the Beneficiaries being required.

 

12. REGLEMENTATION SUR LE DELIT D’INITIE ET LE MANQUEMENT D’INITIE / INSIDER TRADING REGULATIONS

Dans le cadre de leurs fonctions au sein du Groupe AXA, les Bénéficiaires peuvent être amenés à avoir accès de manière régulière ou ponctuelle à des informations privilégiées concernant AXA ou ses filiales.

Due to their position within the AXA group, the Beneficiaries may from time to time have access to privileged information regarding AXA or its subsidiaries.

Les titres AXA étant admis aux négociations sur le marché Euronext Paris, les Bénéficiaires sont soumis aux règles applicables à la détention et à l’exploitation d’une information privilégiée figurant dans le Code de Déontologie Professionnelle du Groupe AXA – notamment son Annexe C intitulée « Réglementation concernant la négociation de titres du Groupe AXA (« Règles concernant le délit d’Initié ») » – disponible notamment sur le site Internet du Groupe AXA :

https://www.axa.com/fr/newsroom/publications/code-deontologie-professionnelle

AXA shares are listed on Euronext Paris and consequently the Beneficiaries are subject to the rules governing the holding and use of privileged information that are set forth in the AXA Group Compliance and Ethics Guide – notably Annex C thereof entitled “Policy statement on trading in AXA Group securities (“Insider trading policy”)” – available notably on the AXA website at:

https://www.axa.com/en/newsroom/publications/compliance-ethics-guide

Comme il est indiqué dans ce Code, la violation de cette réglementation peut entraîner des sanctions disciplinaires de la part d’AXA ainsi que des sanctions civiles et pénales lourdes (amende, peine d’emprisonnement …).

As indicated in this Guide, the violation of these rules may result in disciplinary sanctions by AXA as well as substantial civil and criminal penalties (fines, imprisonment…).

Il est donc recommandé aux Bénéficiaires souhaitant procéder à la cession de leurs actions AXA, de vérifier préalablement s’ils ne sont pas détenteurs d’informations privilégiées susceptibles de leur interdire toute opération sur le titre AXA.

It is therefore recommended to the Beneficiaries intending to sell their AXA shares to ensure that they are not in possession of privileged information that may result in a prohibition to trade AXA shares.

 

13. DONNEES PERSONNELLES / PERSONAL DATA PROTECTION

Pour les besoins de la mise en œuvre du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2016, les entités du Groupe AXA concernées transmettent à AXA, en France, les informations personnelles suivantes, à jour au 6 juin 2016, concernant les Bénéficiaires, et pourront lui transmettre, le cas échéant, une actualisation de ces informations : nom, prénom, date et lieu de naissance (ville et pays de naissance ainsi que pour les Français, le département de naissance), adresse de résidence et employeur au sein du Groupe AXA.

The implementation of the 2016 International Performance Shares Plan requires that AXA Group entities transmit to AXA, in France, the following personal data concerning Beneficiaries: name, first name, date and place of birth (birth location and birth country, and for French employees only, the birth state code), personal address and employing entity within the AXA Group on June 6, 2016. Updates of such personal data may also be transmitted as the case may be.

 

  12
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 6 juin 2016  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 6, 2016  


LOGO

 

Ces données feront l’objet d’un traitement informatique automatisé et seront accessibles aux seules personnes de la direction Global Compensation & Benefits d’AXA ayant en charge la gestion du programme et les prestataires qu’ils pourront mandater. Ces données pourront également être transmises à l’établissement bancaire auprès duquel les actions auxquelles les Performance Shares donnent droit seront conservées.

This data will be subject to automated data processing and will only be accessible by the persons of the AXA Global Compensation & Benefits department who manage the program and the service providers that they may engage. This data may also be transmitted to the bank where the Performance Shares will be registered.

Les Bénéficiaires ont un droit d’accès, de modification et de rectification aux informations les concernant qu’ils peuvent exercer en s’adressant à la Direction des Ressources Humaines de leur entité

Beneficiaries have a right to access, modify and correct their personal data by contacting the Human Resources Department of their local entity ).

 

14. VALIDITE / VALIDITY

Les modalités du présent Plan pourront être modifiées par le Conseil d’Administration (a) s’il juge que la modification est appropriée et n’a pas d’effet négatif significatif sur les intérêts des Bénéficiaires ou (b) par consentement mutuel entre la Société et le Bénéficiaire concerné.

The Board of directors can decide to modify the terms and conditions of this Plan if (a) it deems the modification appropriate and such modification does not have a significant adverse impact on the interests of the Beneficiaries or if (b) the modification is carried out by mutual agreement between the Company and the Beneficiary concerned.

Par ailleurs, en cas de changement légal, réglementaire ou comptable ou changement dans l’interprétation d’une telle disposition, notamment concernant le traitement fiscal ou social des droits ou des actions accordés dans le cadre de ce Plan, affectant la Société, une société du Groupe ou le Bénéficiaire, les modalités du présent Plan pourront être modifiées par le Conseil d’administration à sa discrétion pour répondre à ce changement de la manière qu’il jugera appropriée.

In addition, in the event of a change in any legal, regulatory, or accounting provision, or a change in the interpretation of such a provision concerning, in particular, the tax or social security treatment of the rights or shares granted within the framework of this Plan, and that affects the Company, a company of the Group, or the Beneficiary, the Board of directors could decide, at its sole discretion, to modify the terms and conditions of this Plan in order to comply with this change in the manner it deems appropriate.

Les modifications ainsi apportées au Plan ne donneront lieu à aucun droit de dédommagement au profit des Bénéficiaires, même si ces modifications leur sont défavorables, que ce soit de façon générale ou au regard de leur situation personnelle.

The modifications thus made to the Plan will not give rise to any compensation for Beneficiaries, even if these modifications are unfavorable for them, regardless of whether such modifications are unfavorable to everyone or only to specific persons.

Les Bénéficiaires seront informés par notification individuelle ou par tout autre moyen que la Société jugera approprié, de toute modification du Plan qui affecterait leurs droits aux termes du présent règlement.

The Beneficiaries will be notified individually or by any means the Company deems appropriate, regarding any modification of the Plan that affects their rights under the terms of these rules.

Les nouvelles règles seront applicables dès leur date de communication aux Bénéficiaires.

New rules shall become effective as of the date of announcement to the Beneficiaries.

En cas de litige portant sur l’interprétation, la validité ou l’application du présent règlement, les parties concernées s’efforceront de trouver une solution amiable.

In the event of any dispute regarding the interpretation, validity or application of these rules, the relevant parties will strive to find an amicable solution.

 

  13
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 6 juin 2016  
AXA International Performances Share Plan- June 6, 2016  


ADDENDUM FOR AXA FINANCIAL PARTICIPANTS

The preceding pages of this document set forth the general rules of the 2016 International Performance Shares Plan. The rules have been modified for AXA Financial participants. The following Sections replace their corresponding Sections in the preceding pages for all AXA Financial participants.    

7. CONTINUED SERVICE AND FINAL VESTING AND DELIVERY OF SHARES

Subject to the achievement of performance targets described above, the Performance Shares granted to each Beneficiary can be converted in AXA shares at the Settlement Date, only if the Beneficiary is still employed, has a current Qualifying Contract (as defined below in Section 8.3) or is a corporate officer of an AXA Group entity at Settlement Date, or if one of the exceptions described in Section 8 hereafter is applicable.

For the sake of clarity, the Performance Shares do not give Beneficiaries shareholder’s rights.

However, after the Settlement Date, the AXA shares delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares allow Beneficiaries to benefit from all shareholders rights (payment of dividends, voting rights at the General Meeting of shareholders…) except as provided in Section 9.

AXA shares that are definitively vested and delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares will be registered on a securities bank account opened in the name of the Beneficiary with a custodian designated by AXA. The fees of this custodian will be borne by AXA, until AXA decides otherwise, and the Beneficiary may freely dispose of the shares except as provided in Section 9.

8. RULES IN CASE OF DEPARTURE FROM THE AXA GROUP

As a general rule, in the case of the Beneficiary’s separation from service before the Settlement Date, such Beneficiary shall forfeit all his or her Performance Shares on the Beneficiary’s last day of service, unless AXA decides otherwise or unless otherwise provided under this Section 8.

In the case of a Beneficiary: (a) whose employment is job eliminated under the company’s severance plan, (b) who forfeits his or her Performance Shares as of the last day of his or her notification period and (c) who is rehired as a full-time employee or a benefits-eligible financial professional by AXA Financial, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries within 60 days of the last day of his or her notification period but prior to the Settlement Date, the Beneficiary shall be treated as if his or her original employment had continued and not been interrupted and his or her Performance Shares shall be deemed to have continued to vest during such period; provided, however, that upon rehire such Beneficiary’s Performance Shares shall be subject to the same terms and conditions (including vesting and forfeitures) of the Plan as other Performance Shares are subject to under this Plan.

In the case of a Beneficiary whose employment or Qualifying Contract is involuntarily terminated and who is eligible to retire (as defined below in Section 8.3) as of his or her last day of service (or on or prior to the day after the last day of any severance period or terminal leave of absence in the case of a job elimination), such Beneficiary shall be treated as if he or she continued to perform services for the AXA Group until the Settlement Date; provided, however, that in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to the Settlement Date, the provisions of Section 8.1 shall apply to the settlement of the Performance Shares of the Beneficiary.


8.1 Death before the Settlement Date

In the case of a Beneficiary’s death before the Settlement Date, a certain number of Performance Shares granted to the Beneficiary will be settled hereunder. The number of Performance Shares that will be settled will be calculated based on (i) a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the Beneficiary’s death occurs during the Performance Period, or (ii) the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the Beneficiary’s death occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date of the Performance Shares. The Performance Shares will be settled in AXA shares and paid within 90 days following the Beneficiary’s death, net of any applicable tax withholding.

The settlement will be paid to a beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Beneficiary in accordance with plan procedures. In the absence of any such designation, the settlement will be paid to the Beneficiary’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise to the Beneficiary’s estate.

8.2 Disability before the Settlement Date

Beneficiaries shall be deemed to continue to perform services for the AXA Group during any period in which they receive disability benefits under the AXA Equitable Short Term Disability Plan or the AXA Equitable Long Term Disability Plan (other than disability benefits received from First Reliance Standard Life Insurance Company disability coverage with regard to non-proprietary income).

If a Beneficiary does not return to service immediately following a period of disability certified under the AXA Equitable Long Term Disability Plan (other than disability benefits received from First Reliance Standard Life Insurance Company disability coverage with regard to non-proprietary income), such Beneficiary shall be treated as if he or she continued to perform services for the AXA Group until the Settlement Date; provided, however, that in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to the Settlement Date, then the provisions of Section 8.1 shall apply to the settlement of the Performance Shares of the Beneficiary.

8.3 Retirement before the Settlement Date

In the case of a Beneficiary’s retirement prior to the Settlement Date, such Beneficiary shall be treated as if he or she continued to perform services for the AXA Group until the Settlement Date; provided, however, that in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to the Settlement Date, then the provisions of Section 8.1 shall apply to the settlement of the Performance Shares of the Beneficiary.

For purposes of this Section 8.3:

(a) - “retirement” means the termination of a Beneficiary’s employment with AXA Financial, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries on or after the Beneficiary’s early retirement age or normal retirement age as such terms are defined in the AXA Equitable Retirement Plan;

(b) - a retail sales force manager’s employment will not be deemed to terminate so long as he or she maintains an insurance sales agent’s contract with a general agent subsidiary of AXA Financial, Inc. (a “Qualifying Contract”); and

(c) - a retail sales force manager will be deemed to have retired if his or her Qualifying Contract terminates after he or she becomes eligible for retirement.

8.4 Divestiture of the employer by AXA

In the event that a company or an organization (an “Entity”) ceases to belong to the AXA Group prior to the Settlement Date, each Beneficiary of such Entity shall forfeit all of his or her Performance Shares on the date of the closing of the transaction by which the Entity no longer belongs to the AXA Group, unless AXA decides otherwise.


Likewise, if an Entity of the AXA Group sells a business or an operating unit to a buyer unrelated to the AXA Group at any time prior to the Settlement Date (including through an “outsourcing” transaction), each Beneficiary of the sold business or operating unit, who is transferred with such business or operating unit, shall forfeit all of his or her Performance Shares on the date of the closing of such sale, unless AXA decides otherwise.

These rights to Performance Shares will not be restored if such Beneficiaries are subsequently rehired by an AXA Group entity, unless AXA decides otherwise.

9. SOCIAL AND TAX TREATMENT OF THE PERFORMANCE SHARES

It is the responsibility of each Beneficiary to obtain up-to-date information on the social security and tax treatment applicable in the country(ies) where he/she may be taxable at the time of: (a) the Performance Shares’ grant and vesting, (b) the transfer of the AXA shares, (c) the payment of any dividends and (d) the sale of the shares, in order to comply with all reporting and tax or social contributions payment requirements.

Neither the employer of a Beneficiary nor AXA shall be obliged to pay or reimburse any person for any taxes payable by a Beneficiary in any jurisdiction under, or in connection with, the 2016 International Performance Shares Plan.

The employer of a Beneficiary, an AXA Financial, Inc. subsidiary, AXA or any agent appointed by the employer, subsidiary or AXA may (i) withhold amounts from a Beneficiary’s remuneration or (ii) sell all or part of the AXA shares to be delivered to the Beneficiary under the Plan in order to pay for applicable withholding taxes. The time and manner of such sales will be determined by AXA in its sole discretion and may take place over a period of time as determined by AXA in its sole discretion. During this period of time, the remainder of the AXA shares delivered to the Beneficiary will be restricted from sale or other transfer and the Beneficiary will have no right to sell or otherwise transfer those shares regardless of the fact that they are not forfeitable by the Beneficiary. The Beneficiary will be liable for any transaction fees related to the sale of the AXA shares, regardless of whether they are sold to pay for applicable withholding taxes or otherwise.

It is intended that this Plan shall comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (“Section

409A”) and the Treasury regulations relating thereto so as not to subject any Beneficiary to the payment of interest and penalties under Section 409A. In furtherance of this intent, this Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with these intentions, and to the extent that any regulations or other guidance issued under Section 409A would result in any Beneficiary being subject to payment of additional income taxes or interest or penalties under Section 409A, this Plan will be amended to maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the Plan while avoiding the application of such taxes or interest or penalties under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the company makes no guarantee of any foreign, federal, state or local tax consequences with respect to the interpretation of Section 409A and its application to the terms of this Plan and the company shall have no liability for any adverse tax consequences of any Beneficiary as a result of any violation of Section 409A.

Exhibit 10.43

 

LOGO

 

Important Note for AXA Financial Participants: The following sets forth the general rules of the 2017 International Performance Shares Plan. In certain cases, these rules have been modified for AXA Financial participants. For an explanation of the rules that are specific to AXA Financial participants, see the “Addendum for AXA Financial Participants” starting after page 14 of this document.

REGLEMENT DU PLAN INTERNATIONAL DE PERFORMANCE SHARES 2017

21 JUIN 2017

RULES OF THE 2017 INTERNATIONAL PERFORMANCE SHARES PLAN

JUNE 21, 2017

Le plan international de Performance Shares du 21 juin 2017 (le « Plan international de Performance Shares 2017 » ou le « Plan ») consiste en une attribution gratuite à certains salariés et/ou mandataires sociaux du Groupe AXA d’actions de la société AXA (« AXA » ou la « Société »), société anonyme de droit français dont le siège social est situé 25, avenue Matignon à Paris (75008) France et immatriculée au Registre du Commerce et des Sociétés de Paris sous le numéro 572 093 920.

The purpose of the International Performance Shares plan of June 21, 2017 (the “2017 International Performance Shares Plan” or the “Plan”) is to grant to certain employees and/or executive officers of the AXA Group, free shares of AXA (“AXA” or the “Company”), a company (“société anonyme”) existing under the laws of France, with its registered office at 25 avenue Matignon in Paris (75008) France, and registered with the Paris Trade Registry under number 572 093 920.

L’action AXA est cotée à la Bourse de Paris (Euronext Paris – Compartiment A) sous le symbole « CS » (ISIN FR0000120628 – Bloomberg : CS FP – Reuters : AXAF.PA).

The AXA ordinary share is listed on compartment A of Euronext Paris under the ticker symbol CS (ISIN FR 0000120628 – Bloomberg: CS FP – Reuters: AXAF.PA).

 

1. BENEFICIAIRES / BENEFICIARIES

Chaque bénéficiaire se voit initialement attribuer gratuitement avec effet au 21 juin 2017 (la « Date d’Attribution Initiale ») un certain nombre de Performance Shares qui lui confèrent le droit de recevoir à la Date de Règlement, tel que ce terme est défini ci-après, un certain nombre d’actions AXA déterminé en fonction du niveau d’atteinte d’objectifs de performance définis par AXA.

Each beneficiary is initially granted, for free, with effect as of June 21, 2017 (the “Grant Date”), a certain number of Performance Shares. Beneficiaries of Performance Shares have the right to acquire at the Settlement Date, as this term is defined hereafter, a certain number of AXA shares based on the achievement of performance criteria defined by AXA.

Un courrier individualisé sera remis sur les comptes individuels des bénéficiaires du Plan International de Performance Shares 2017 (les « Bénéficiaires »), accessible sur le site « My LTI », pour les informer et porter à leur connaissance le présent règlement, ainsi que pour leur préciser le nombre de Performance Shares qui leur sont attribuées.

A letter will be made available on the individual account on the “My LTI” site to inform each beneficiary of the 2017 International Performance Shares Plan (the “Beneficiaries”) of these rules as well as of the number of Performance Shares she/he has been granted.

Il est rappelé que les plans d’attribution de performance shares d’AXA sont mis en oeuvre à l’entière discrétion d’AXA, et que l’attribution de Performance Shares au titre du présent Plan ne confère aux Bénéficiaires aucun droit sur les plans d’attribution de performance shares futurs.

It is reminded that the Performance Shares Plans of AXA are implemented at the sole discretion of AXA and, as a consequence, the grant of performance shares under this Plan does not result in any acquired right for future Performance Shares Plans for the Beneficiaries.

 

 

  1
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


LOGO

 

2. PERIODE DE PERFORMANCE / PERFORMANCE PERIOD

Pour les besoins du présent règlement, la « Période de Performance » désigne la période de temps pendant laquelle est mesuré le niveau de réalisation des objectifs de performance décrits à la section 3 ci-après. Elle est d’une durée de trois (3) exercices (1er janvier 2017 au 31 décembre 2019).

For the purpose of these rules, the “Performance Period” shall mean the period during which the level of achievement of the performance objectives defined in section 3 hereinafter is assessed. This period is of three (3) fiscal years (January 1, 2017 to December 31, 2019).

 

3. OBJECTIFS DE PERFORMANCE / PERFORMANCE TARGETS

Dans le cadre du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2017, la livraison des actions AXA auxquelles donnent droit les Performance Shares, n’interviendra, en tout ou partie, au profit du Bénéficiaire qu’en fonction de la réalisation d’objectifs de performance collectifs définis ci-après.

Sur la Période de Performance et sous réserve des éventuelles contraintes règlementaires localement applicables, les objectifs de performance sont basés sur :

 

    la performance du Groupe AXA pour 40 % ;

 

    la performance du périmètre de performance auquel appartient le Bénéficiaire1 qui peut, selon le cas, être constitué d’une entité, d’une business unit et/ou d’une région, pour 50 % ;

 

    un critère lié à la Responsabilité Sociétale d’Entreprise (RSE) pour 10 %.

En outre, sera appliqué un critère financier de performance relative permettant d’ajuster à la hausse ou à la baisse, dans la limite de 5 points, le taux de performance globale, qui ne pourra être supérieur à un plafond de 130 %.

For the purpose of this 2017 International Performance Shares Plan, the final delivery to Beneficiaries, in whole or in part, of AXA shares resulting from the Performance Shares, will depend on the achievement of collective performance targets defined hereafter.

Subject to compliance with local regulations, the performance targets over the Performance Period are based on:

 

    AXA Group performance for 40%;

 

    the performance of the “performance perimeter” to which the Beneficiary1 belongs, which might, as the case may be, consist of an entity, a business unit and/or a region, for 50%;

 

    one criterion linked to Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) for 10%.

Additionally, one financial criterion of relative performance meant to adjust upwards or downwards, within the limit of 5 points, the global performance rate which will be limited to 130 %, will be applied.

AXA approuve lors de l’attribution initiale des Performance Shares les critères et les objectifs chiffrés retenus pour mesurer la performance. AXA peut être amené à revoir les objectifs initialement fixés, notamment dans l’hypothèse d’une modification du périmètre du Groupe AXA ou d’une entité, business unit ou région de celui-ci, ou plus généralement de tout autre événement ayant un impact sur les critères et objectifs chiffrés initialement retenus.

AXA approves at the time of the initial grant of the Performance Shares the relevant criteria and targets which measure the performance. AXA may review initial targets, in particular in the case of a modification to the scope of the AXA Group or its entities, business units or regions, or, more generally, of any other event which may impact the initial criteria and targets.

 

1   Excepté pour les Bénéficiaires pour lesquels, conformément à la réglementation de Solvabilité II, les objectifs ne seront pas basés sur la performance du périmètre qu’ils contrôlent.

Except for Beneficiaries for whom, pursuant to the Solvency II regulation, the criteria are not based on the performance of the perimeter under these Beneficiaries’ control.

 

  2
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


LOGO

 

4. MESURE DE LA PERFORMANCE / PERFORMANCE MEASURES

Le taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance, tel qu’apprécié par AXA à l’issue de la Période de Performance, permet d’établir un taux de conversion (ci-après le « Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares ») dont les modalités sont également exposées dans la note d’information. Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sert à déterminer le nombre d’actions AXA qui seront livrées au Bénéficiaire à la Date de Règlement. Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sera déterminé en fonction du taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance correspondant comme indiqué dans le tableau ci-après.

 

    pour la performance du Groupe AXA (pondération 40 %):

 

Membres du Comité de Direction du Groupe et Mandataires Sociaux

Pour 100% des Performance Shares

Taux d’atteinte des objectifs de
performance

  

Taux de performance retenu

³ 130 %    1,3
100 %    1
seuil 2    0,5
< seuil    0

Autres Bénéficiaires

Pour 100% des Performance Shares

Taux d’atteinte des objectifs de
performance

  

Taux de performance retenu

³ 130 %    1,3
100 %    1
80 %    0,8
< 80 %    0
 

 

Le taux cible est directement aligné avec les objectifs financiers du plan stratégique “Ambition 2020”.

 

    pour la performance du périmètre de performance auquel appartient le bénéficiaire (pondération 50 %) :

 

Membres du Comité de Direction du Groupe et Mandataires Sociaux

Pour 100% des Performance Shares

Taux d’atteinte des objectifs de
performance

  

Taux de performance retenu

³ 130 %    1,3
100 %    1
seuil 3    0,5
< seuil    0

Autres Bénéficiaires

Pour 100% des Performance Shares

Taux d’atteinte des objectifs de
performance

  

Taux de performance retenu

³ 130 %    1,3
100 %    1
80 %    0,8
< 80 %    0
 

 

Le taux cible est directement aligné avec les objectifs financiers du plan stratégique “Ambition 2020”.

 

    pour le critère lié à la RSE (Responsabilité Sociale d’Entreprise) – performance relative (pondération 10%) :

 

Pour tous les Bénéficiaires

Positionnement d’AXA

  

Taux de performance retenu

³ 95 ème percentile    1,3
85 ème percentile    1
75 ème percentile    0,8
< 75 ème percentile    0

 

2   100 % de la moyenne des Résultat Courant Par Action durant les 3 années précédant immédiatement la Date d’Attribution (2014, 2015, 2016).
3   100 % de la moyenne des Résultat Courant + Résultat Opérationnel durant les 3 années précédant immédiatement la date d’attribution (2014, 2015, 2016).

 

  3
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


LOGO

 

Le taux de performance global est calculé comme suit :

[40 % Performance Groupe + 50 % Performance du périmètre de performance + 10 % du critère RSE]

+ / - 5 points dépendant du positionnement d’AXA par rapport à un critère financier de performance relative

 

    Le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares :

 

Taux de performance retenu au global

  

Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares

³ 130 %    1,3
100 %    1
0 %    0

The rate of achievement of the performance targets as assessed by AXA at the end of the Performance Period is used to determine the number of AXA shares acquired in respect of the Performance Shares (the “Performance Shares Conversion Rate”) and is otherwise described in the information memo. The Performance Shares Conversion Rate shall be determined as indicated in the table below, according to the rate of performance target achievement:

 

    for the AXA Group performance (weight 40%):

 

Group Management Committee members and Executives officers

For 100% of the Performance Shares

Rate of achievement of performance
targets

  

Performance Rate

³ 130%    1,3
100%    1
floor 4    0,5
< floor    0

 

Other Beneficiaries

For 100% of the Performance Shares

Rate of achievement of performance
targets

  

Performance Rate

³ 130%    1,3
100%    1
80%    0,8
< 80%    0
 

 

The target is directly aligned with the financial targets of the strategic plan “Ambition 2020”.

 

    for the performance of the performance perimeter to which the beneficiary belongs to (weight 50%):

 

Group Management Committee members and Executives officers

For 100% of the Performance Shares

Rate of achievement of performance
targets

  

Performance Rate

³ 130%    1,3
100%    1
floor 5    0,5
< floor    0

Other Beneficiaries

For 100% of the Performance Shares

Rate of achievement of performance
targets

  

Performance Rate

³ 130%    1,3
100%    1
80%    0,8
< 80%    0
 

 

The target is directly aligned with the financial targets of the strategic plan “Ambition 2020”.

 

4   100% of average Adjusted Earnings Per Share over the 3 years immediately prior to the grant date (2014, 2015, 2016)
5   100% of average Adjusted Earning + Underling Earnings over the 3 years immediately prior to the grant date (2014, 2015, 2016).

 

  4
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


LOGO

 

    for the criterion linked to CSR (Corporate Social Responsibility ) – relative performance (weight 10 %):

 

For all Beneficiaries

AXA positioning

  

Performance Rate

³ 95 th percentile    1.3
85 th percentile    1
75 th percentile    0.8
< 75 th percentile    0

Calculation of the global performance rate :

[40 % Group Performance + 50 % Entity or Business Unit Performance + 10 % CSR criterion]

+ / - 5 points according to AXA’s score vs. a relative performance criterion

 

    The Performance Shares Conversion Rate:

 

Rate of global performance

  

Performance Shares Conversion Rate

³ 130%    1.3
100%    1
0%    0

Si le taux de performance retenu au global se situe entre 0 % et 130 %, le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sera déterminé par le coefficient correspondant au pourcentage appliqué. Par exemple, pour un taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance de 120 %, le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares correspondant sera égal à 1,2 ; pour un taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance de 90 %, le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares correspondant sera égal à 0,9.

For a global performance rate between 0% and 130%, the Performance Shares Conversion Rate will be determined. For example, for a rate of performance target achievement equal to 120%, the Performance Shares Conversion Rate will be 1.2; for a rate of performance target achievement equal to 90%, the corresponding Performance Shares Conversion Rate will be 0.9.

Le nombre de Performance Shares réellement attribuées au Bénéficiaire sera égal au nombre de Performance Shares initialement attribuées multiplié par le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares sur la Période de Performance. A titre d’illustration, un Bénéficiaire pour lequel le taux d’atteinte des objectifs de performance est de 120 % aura un Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares de 1,2 et le nombre de Performance Shares qui lui seront réellement attribuées sera égal au nombre de Performance Shares qui lui auront été attribuées initialement multiplié par 1,2. Lorsque le nombre d’actions ainsi obtenu n’est pas un nombre entier, le nombre de Performance Shares réellement attribuées définitivement acquises sera égal au nombre entier le plus proche.

The number of Performance Shares definitively vested by a Beneficiary will be equal to the number of Performance Shares initially granted, multiplied by the Performance Shares Conversion Rate for the Performance Period. For example, if the Performance Shares Conversion Rate of a Beneficiary is 120%, she/he will definitively vest a number of Performance Shares equal of the number of Performance Shares initially granted, multiplied by 1.2. In the event this number is not a whole number, the number of Performance Shares definitively vested that will be delivered to her or him will be equal to the closest whole number.

Les Bénéficiaires sont informés à l’issue de la Période de Performance du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares qui leur est applicable au titre de la Période de Performance.

Beneficiaries are informed after the end of the Performance Period of her/his Performance Shares Conversion Rate for the Performance Period.

 

  5
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


LOGO

 

Dans l’hypothèse où aucun dividende ne serait proposé par le Conseil d’Administration aux actionnaires de la société AXA SA au titre des exercices de la période de performance (2017 et/ou 2018 et/ou 2019) (versés respectivement en 2018, 2019 et 2020), le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares tel que déterminé conformément aux dispositions qui précédent sera divisé par deux.

In the event no dividend would be proposed for payment by the Board of Directors to the shareholders of AXA SA for the fiscal years 2017 and/or 2018 and/or 2019 (paid out respectively in 2018, 2019 and 2020), the Performance Shares Conversion Rate as determined in accordance with the above provisions will be divided by two.

 

5. REGLEMENT / SETTLEMENT

La livraison d’actions AXA en règlement des Performance Shares réellement attribuées interviendra à compter de la « Date de Règlement », celle-ci se définissant comme le 21 juin 2021 ou si cette date n’est pas un jour ouvré, le premier jour ouvré suivant.

The delivery of AXA shares in settlement of the Performance Shares will be made from the « Settlement Date », i.e. on June 21, 2021, or if this date is not a business day, the following business day.

Le nombre d’actions AXA livrées sera égal au nombre de Performance Shares réellement attribuées.

The number of acquired AXA shares will be equal to the number of Performance Shares definitively vested.

Les actions seront livrées par l’entité du Groupe employant le Bénéficiaire à la Date de Règlement, ou par toute entité à laquelle ladite livraison aurait été déléguée. L’acquisition de ces actions pourra donner lieu à cotisations sociales et/ou à l’impôt sur le revenu au même titre qu’une rémunération selon les règles applicables dans le pays de résidence du Bénéficiaire au moment du règlement, et dans les autres pays dans lesquels il a pu être résident à la Date d’Attribution Initiale ou après.

The shares will be delivered by the entity of the Group that employs the Beneficiary on the Settlement Date, or by any entity which received a delegation to act on behalf of the employing entity. The acquisition of shares may be subject to social security contributions and/or income tax in the same manner as salary income in accordance with the applicable rules in the country where the Beneficiary is a resident at the time of settlement, and in other countries in which she/he may have resided from and after the Grant Date.

En cas d’impossibilité juridique, fiscale ou autre, pour l’entité employant le Bénéficiaire à la « Date de Règlement » de livrer des actions AXA, les Performance Shares feront l’objet d’un paiement en numéraire dans la devise de l’entité sur la base (1) d’une valorisation de chaque Performance Share réellement attribuée égale à la moyenne des cours de clôture de l’action AXA sur le marché Euronext Paris durant les 20 dernières séances de Bourse précédant immédiatement la « Date de Règlement » et (2) du taux de change tel que publié par la Banque Centrale Européenne (ou, à défaut, une institution équivalente) lors du dernier jour de cotation précédant la « Date de Règlement ». Ce paiement se fera net d’impôts et de charges salariales devants être retenus par l’employeur.

Should it be impossible for legal or tax reasons, for the entity of the Group that employs the Beneficiary on the “Settlement Date”, to deliver the AXA shares, the Performance Shares will be settled in cash in local currency based on (1) the valuation of each Performance Share definitively vested as an amount equal to the average closing price of the AXA stock on the Paris Stock Exchange (Euronext Paris) over the twenty trading days prior to the “Settlement Date” and (2) the exchange rate as published by the European Central Bank (or, in the absence thereof, an equivalent institution) on the last trading day prior to the “Settlement Date”. This payment will be made net of taxes and employee social charges required to be withheld by the employer.

 

  6
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


LOGO

 

6. REGLES APPLICABLES EN CAS DE TRANSFERT AU SEIN DU GROUPE AXA / RULES IN CASE OF TRANSFER WITHIN THE AXA GROUP

Pour les besoins du présent Plan, le « Groupe AXA » désigne les sociétés ou groupements d’intérêt économique dont 10 % au moins du capital ou des droits de vote sont détenus, directement ou indirectement, par la société AXA SA, (société mère du Groupe AXA) ou qui détiennent, directement ou indirectement, au moins 10 % du capital ou des droits de vote d’AXA SA.

For the purposes of this Plan, the “AXA Group” shall mean the companies or economic interest groups of which at least 10% of the capital or voting rights are held, directly or indirectly, by AXA SA (parent company of the AXA Group) or which hold, directly or indirectly, at least 10% of the capital or the voting rights of AXA SA.

Lorsque, durant la Période de Performance, un Bénéficiaire est transféré d’une entité du Groupe AXA à une autre entité du Groupe AXA, la règle suivante s’applique :

 

    si le transfert intervient avant le 1er juillet de la seconde année de la Période de Performance, seule la performance de la nouvelle entité est prise en compte pour déterminer le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares ;

 

    si le transfert intervient à compter du 1er juillet de la seconde année de la Période de Performance, seule la performance de l’entité précédente est prise en compte pour déterminer le Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares.

If, during the Performance Period, a Beneficiary is transferred from one entity of the AXA Group to another entity of the AXA Group, the following rule shall apply:

 

    if the transfer occurs before July 1st of the second year of the Performance Period, only the new entity’s performance is taken into account for the purpose of determining the Performance Shares Conversion Rate;

 

    if the transfer occurs as from July 1st of the second year of the Performance Period, only the previous entity’s performance is taken into account for the purpose of determining the Performance Shares Conversion Rate.

 

7. CONDITION DE PRESENCE ET ACQUISITION DEFINITIVE DES ACTIONS / CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT AND FINAL VESTING AND DELIVERY OF THE SHARES

Sous réserve de l’atteinte des objectifs de performance stipulés ci-avant, les Performance Shares attribuées à chaque Bénéficiaire ne peuvent donner droit de recevoir des actions AXA à la Date de Règlement, que si le Bénéficiaire reste salarié ou dirigeant mandataire social d’une entité du Groupe AXA à la Date de Règlement et sous réserve des exceptions figurant à la section 8 ci-après.

Subject to the achievement of performance targets described above, the Performance Shares granted to each Beneficiary can be converted in AXA shares at the Settlement Date, only if the Beneficiary remains employed or an eligible corporate officer of an AXA Group entity at Settlement Date, or if one of the exceptions described in section 8 hereafter is applicable.

Il est précisé que les Performance Shares ne confèrent à leurs Bénéficiaires aucun des droits que la loi française attache à la qualité d’actionnaire. En revanche, postérieurement à la Date de Règlement, les Bénéficiaires jouissent, au titre des actions AXA reçues en règlement des Performance Shares réellement attribuées, de tous les droits attachés à la qualité d’actionnaire de la Société (droit au paiement du dividende, droit de vote en Assemblée Générale…).

For the sake of clarity, the Performance Shares do not give Beneficiaries shareholder’s rights. However, after the Settlement Date, the AXA shares, delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares, allow Beneficiaries to benefit from all shareholders rights (payment of dividends, voting rights at the General Meeting of shareholders…).

Les actions livrées en règlement des Performance Shares réellement attribuées seront inscrites dans un comptetitres en nominatif administré ouvert au nom du Bénéficiaire dans les livres du teneur de comptes désigné par la Société, dont les frais de gestion sont pris en charge par AXA jusqu’à décision contraire de la Société, et le Bénéficiaire peut disposer librement des actions.

AXA shares that are definitively vested and delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares will be registered on a securities bank account opened in the name of the Beneficiary with a custodian designated by the Company. The fees of this custodian will be borne by AXA, until the Company decides otherwise, and the Beneficiary may freely dispose of the shares.

 

  7
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


LOGO

 

8. REGLES APPLICABLES EN CAS DE CESSATION DES RELATIONS PROFESSIONNELLES AVEC LE GROUPE AXA AVANT LA DATE DE REGLEMENT / RULES IN CASE OF DEPARTURE FROM THE AXA GROUP BEFORE THE SETTLEMENT DATE

D’une manière générale, en cas de cessation des relations professionnelles d’un Bénéficiaire avec le Groupe AXA avant la Date de Règlement, les Performance Shares de ce dernier et le droit qui en résulte de recevoir des actions de la Société sont perdus à la date du dernier jour d’activité du Bénéficiaire dans une entité du Groupe AXA, sauf décision contraire expresse d’AXA et sauf exceptions expressément prévues par la présente section 8.

Pour les besoins du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2017, la cessation des relations professionnelles avec le Groupe AXA doit s’entendre comme le fait de ne plus être salarié ou mandataire social d’une entité du Groupe AXA ; étant précisé que sauf décision contraire du Conseil d’Administration, pour les Bénéficiaires exerçant une pluralité de fonctions au sein du Groupe AXA, notamment de mandats sociaux ou dans le cas de cumul de relations contractuelles avec un ou plusieurs mandats sociaux, il sera pris en considération, la seule cessation de l’activité principale au sein du Groupe AXA.

As a general rule, termination of the professional relationships of a Beneficiary with the AXA Group before the Settlement Date, the Beneficiary loses her/his Performance Shares and the right to receive AXA shares, with effect on the last day the Beneficiary is working in an AXA Group entity, unless AXA decides otherwise or unless otherwise provided under this section 8.

For the purpose of this 2017 International Performance Shares Plan, “termination of the professional relationships of a Beneficiary with the AXA Group” means that a Beneficiary is no longer an employee or a corporate officer of an entity of the AXA Group ; it being specified that unless otherwise decided by the Board of Directors, for the Beneficiaries who have various positions within the AXA Group, and in particular several corporate directorships or in the event of an accumulation of contractual relationships and/or corporate directorships within the AXA Group, the sole termination of their principal function within the AXA Group will be taken into account.

8.1 Décès avant la Date de Règlement / Death before the Settlement Date

En cas de décès d’un Bénéficiaire avant la Date de Règlement, ses héritiers peuvent, dans un délai de six (6) mois à compter de la date du décès, demander à recevoir les actions auxquelles donnent droit les Performance Shares attribuées au Bénéficiaire sous réserve des dispositions de la présente section.

Le nombre de Performance Shares qui seront réglées aux héritiers sera calculé sur la base d’un Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares égal à 1,3 si le décès intervient durant la Période de Performance, et sur la base du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares effectivement constaté si le décès intervient entre la fin de la Période de Performance et la Date de Règlement.

In case of a Beneficiary’s death before the Settlement Date, her/his heirs may, within a six (6)-month period after the date of death, request to be delivered the shares corresponding to the Performance Shares granted to the Beneficiary, subject to the provisions of this section.

The number of Performance Shares that will be settled to the heirs will be calculated based on a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the death occurs during the Performance Period, or based on the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the death occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date.

8.2 Invalidité avant la Date de Règlement / Disability before the Settlement Date

En cas de classement en invalidité d’un Bénéficiaire, ce dernier peut demander à recevoir immédiatement les actions auxquelles donnent droit les Performance Shares qui lui ont été attribuées sous réserve des dispositions de la présente section.

In case of disability of a Beneficiary, the shares to which the Performance Shares give a claim may be delivered to the Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of this section.

Le nombre de Performance Shares qui seront réglées au Bénéficiaire sera calculé sur la base d’un Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares égal à 1,3 si le classement en invalidité intervient durant la Période de Performance, et sur la base du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares effectivement constaté si le classement intervient entre la fin de la Période de Performance et la Date de Règlement.

 

  8
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


LOGO

 

The number of Performance Shares that will be settled to the Beneficiary will be calculated based on a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the disability occurs during the Performance Period, or based on the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the disability occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date.

8.3 Départ en retraite ou pré-retraite / Retirement or pre-retirement

En cas de départ en retraite, en pré-retraite ou de liquidation des droits à la retraite avant la Date de Règlement, le Bénéficiaire conserve le bénéfice des Performance Shares qui lui ont été attribuées.

Pour les seuls besoins du calcul du Taux de Conversion des Performance Shares, le Bénéficiaire sera réputé être toujours salarié ou mandataire social éligible de la dernière entité, business unit ou région du Groupe AXA dans laquelle il a exercé ses fonctions préalablement à son départ en retraite ou pré-retraite.

In case of retirement, pre-retirement or withdrawal of retirement benefits before the Settlement Date, the Beneficiary keeps the Performance Shares that were granted to her/him.

For the sole purpose of determining the applicable Performance Shares Conversion Rate, the Beneficiary will deem to be still an employee or an eligible corporate officer of the last AXA Group entity, business unit or region in which she/he was employed before her/his retirement or pre-retirement.

8.4 Cession de l’employeur par AXA / Divestiture of the employer by AXA

Si une société ou un groupement (ci-après une « Entité ») cesse, avant la Date de Règlement, de faire partie du Groupe AXA tel que défini ci-avant, le Bénéficiaire employé ou mandataire social éligible de cette Entité perd ses Performance Shares sans droit de dédommagement, et en conséquence le droit de recevoir des actions AXA à la Date de Règlement, à compter de la date à laquelle l’Entité concernée cesse d’être une Entité du Groupe AXA, sous réserve toutefois qu’AXA en décide autrement.

In the event that a company or an organisation (an “Entity”) does not belong anymore, before the Settlement Date, to the AXA Group within the meaning above, the Beneficiary who is an employee or an eligible corporate officer of this Entity shall lose her/his Performance Shares without any right to indemnity, and as a consequence the right to receive AXA shares at the Settlement Date, as of the date the Entity is no longer an entity of the AXA Group, unless AXA decides otherwise.

De la même façon, si, à un moment quelconque avant la Date de Règlement, une Entité du Groupe AXA vient à céder au profit d’un tiers au Groupe AXA une de ses activités ou une de ses unités opérationnelles (y compris dans le cadre d’une opération d’externalisation), les Bénéficiaires affectés à l’exercice de ces activités ou rattachés à ces unités opérationnelles et transférés avec elles perdent leurs Performance Shares sans droit de dédommagement, et en conséquence le droit de recevoir des actions AXA à la Date de Règlement, à compter du jour de la réalisation de la cession, sous réserve toutefois qu’AXA en décide autrement.

Likewise, if an Entity of the AXA Group divests itself of a business or an operating unit to the benefit of a third party to the AXA Group at any time before the Settlement Date (including through an “outsourcing” transaction), the Beneficiaries belonging to this business or operating unit and transferred with it shall lose their Performance Shares without any right to indemnity, and consequently the right to receive AXA shares resulting from Performance Shares at the Settlement Date, as of the date of completion of such divestiture, unless AXA decides otherwise.

Un Bénéficiaire qui aura perdu ses Performance Shares dans les conditions décrites aux deux paragraphes qui précèdent ne pourra pas être restauré dans ses droits s’il est par la suite embauché par une entité du Groupe AXA, sauf décision contraire expresse d’AXA.

Should a Beneficiary lose her/his Performance Shares as described above, his/her rights will not be restored if the Beneficiary subsequently becomes employed by an AXA Group entity, unless AXA decides otherwise.

 

  9
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


LOGO

 

9. REGIME SOCIAL ET FISCAL DES PERFORMANCE SHARES / SOCIAL AND TAX TREATMENT OF THE PERFORMANCE SHARES

Il est de la responsabilité du Bénéficiaire de se renseigner sur le régime applicable dans son (ses) pays de résidence fiscale tant au regard de la fiscalité qu’en matière de contributions sociales, au moment de l’attribution des Performance Shares, au moment de l’acquisition définitive de ses droits, au moment de la livraison des actions AXA, lors du paiement de dividendes et au moment de la vente des actions, afin de satisfaire à toutes les obligations de déclaration et de paiement d’impôts ou contributions sociales.

It is the responsibility of each Beneficiary to obtain up-to-date information on the social security and tax treatment applicable in the country(ies) where she/he is a tax resident at the time of the Performance Shares’ grant, vesting, at the time of the transfer of the AXA shares, upon payment of dividends and at the time of the sale of the shares, in order to comply with all reporting and tax or social contributions payment requirements.

Ni l’employeur du Bénéficiaire ni AXA ne pourront être contraints de payer ou de rembourser à quiconque un impôt ou une taxe de quelque nature dû par un Bénéficiaire au titre du Plan International de Performance Shares 2017, et ce quel que soit le lieu d’exigibilité.

Neither the employer of a Beneficiary nor AXA shall be obliged to pay or reimburse to any person whosoever any taxes payable by a Beneficiary in whatever jurisdiction under or in connection with the 2017 International Performance Shares Plan.

Sous réserve des dispositions prévues par le droit local et dans la mesure où cela n’aurait pas comme effet de soumettre le Bénéficiaire à une imposition, des pénalités ou des charges sociales complémentaires, si du fait de l’attribution d’actions, une société du Groupe doit s’acquitter d’impôts, de charges sociales ou de toutes autres taxes, pour le compte du Bénéficiaire, AXA se réserve le droit de retarder la livraison des actions, et/ou d’en interdire la cession, jusqu’à ce que le Bénéficiaire se soit acquitté de ces montants, ou ait pris les dispositions nécessaires pour leur paiement.

As permitted by local law and to the extent such action will not result in imposition of additional taxes, penalties or social charges on the Beneficiary, in the event that a Group company is required to pay taxes, social charges or any other governmental charges on behalf of any Beneficiary, AXA reserves the right to suspend exercise, to delay the transfer of the shares, and/or to prohibit the sale of such shares, until such Beneficiary has paid all such amounts, or made arrangements for payment.

Sous réserve des dispositions prévues par le droit local, la société employeur, AXA ou tout autre mandataire désigné à cet effet, pourra, le cas échéant (i) prélever les sommes dues par le Bénéficiaire sur ses éléments de rémunération ou (ii) céder tout ou partie des actions transférées au Bénéficiaire et prélever sur le produit de cession le montant nécessaire pour permettre à la (les) société(s) employeur du Bénéficiaire, à AXA ou à tout autre mandataire désigné à cet effet de régler les impôts et/ou charges sociales dus par le Bénéficiaire.

To the extent such action will be permitted by local law, the employer, AXA or any agent appointed for such purpose may (i) withhold the amounts due by the Beneficiary from her/his remuneration or (ii) sell all or part of the shares transferred to the Beneficiary and to withhold from the proceeds of sale the amount necessary for the employer(s) of the Beneficiary, AXA or any agent appointed for such purpose to pay off the taxes and/or social security charges owed by the Beneficiary.

S’agissant des contribuables américains (résidant ou non aux Etats-Unis), le présent plan vise à se conformer aux dispositions de l’article 409A du Code des impôts américain prévues en matière de montants ou d’actions et doit dès lors être interprété conformément à cette intention. Les livraisons d’actions à effectuer en vertu du présent programme devront notamment être effectuées dans le délai prévu par l’article 409A et, en particulier, en cas de décès ou invalidité (tel que définie par l’article 409A) la livraison des actions dues en application du plan se fera automatiquement dans les 90 jours suivants l’événement. Plus généralement, aucune action qui serait incompatible avec l’intention de se conformer aux dispositions de l’article 409A ne pourrait être mise en œuvre. Ces dispositions prévalent sur toutes autres dispositions contraires du programme.

 

  10
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


LOGO

 

With respect to individuals who are U.S. Taxpayers (residing or not in the United States), the plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the US Internal Revenue Code with respect to amounts or Shares, and shall be interpreted in accordance with that intent. In particular, deliveries of Shares to be made hereunder shall be made within the time provided for under Section 409A and, in particular, in the case of death or disability (as defined under Section 409A), delivery of the shares required to be delivered under the plan shall be made automatically within 90 days following the occurrence of such event. More generally, no action may be taken hereunder that would be inconsistent with the intent to comply with the requirements of Section 409A. This provision supersedes any provision of the program to the contrary.

 

10. PERIODES SENSIBLES / BLACK-OUT PERIODS

A titre d’information, les titres d’AXA étant admis aux négociations sur un marché réglementé, les titulaires d’actions AXA attribuées dans le cadre du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2017 ne peuvent procéder, conformément à la réglementation en vigueur à la date du présent Plan, à aucune opération de cession sur leurs titres pendant les périodes suivantes :

 

    Dans le délai de dix séances de bourse précédant et de trois séances de bourse suivant la date à laquelle les comptes consolidés, ou à défaut les comptes annuels, sont rendus publics ;

 

    Dans le délai compris entre la date à laquelle les organes sociaux de la société ont connaissance d’une information qui, si elle était rendue publique, pourrait avoir une incidence significative sur le cours des titres de la société, et la date postérieure de dix séances de bourse à celle où cette information est rendue publique.

Des restrictions supplémentaires peuvent également s’appliquer aux Bénéficiaires en fonction de leur situation particulière, notamment selon l’entité du Groupe AXA qui les emploie.

For information, as the AXA shares are traded on a regulated market and pursuant to the regulations in force at the time of this Plan, the holders of AXA shares granted pursuant to the 2017 International Performance Shares Plan are not allowed to make any transactions on their shares during the following periods:

 

    during the ten trading days preceding and the three trading days following the disclosure of AXA’s consolidated financial statements or, as the case may be, its annual financial statements;

 

    between the date at which AXA’s corporate bodies have the knowledge of any information which, if it was disclosed to the public, could have a material impact on the stock price, and the 10th trading day following the date at which such information is disclosed.

Additional restrictions may also apply to Beneficiaries depending on their particular situation, especially having regards to entity of the AXA Group which employs them.

 

11. MAINTIEN DES DROITS DES BENEFICIAIRES / PRESERVING THE RIGHTS OF THE BENEFICIARIES

Si, avant la Date de Règlement, AXA réalise une ou plusieurs des opérations financières mentionnées ci-après susceptibles d’influer sur les droits des détenteurs des actions AXA, AXA pourra décider de prendre les mesures nécessaires à l’effet de préserver les droits des Bénéficiaires au titre des Performance Shares.

If, before the Settlement Date, AXA carries out certain financial operations that may impact the rights of the holders of the AXA shares, AXA may take necessary measures to preserve the rights of the Beneficiaries with respect to their Performance Shares.

Les opérations financières visées sont les suivantes :

 

a) Emission de titres de capital ou de titres donnant droit à l’attribution immédiatement ou à terme de titres de capital comportant au profit des actionnaires un droit préférentiel de souscription ;

 

b) Augmentation de capital par incorporation de réserves, bénéfices ou primes d’émission avec attribution gratuite d’actions, ainsi qu’en cas, soit de division, soit de regroupement des titres composant le capital ;

 

c) Amortissement ou réduction de capital motivée par des pertes.

The financial operations concerned are the following:

 

a) Issuance of shares or securities giving a claim on the Company’s share capital with a preferential subscription right offered to the shareholders;

 

b) Capital increase by incorporation of reserves, profits or premiums by issuing free shares, as well as in case of either a split or a regrouping of the shares comprising the share capital;

 

c) Amortization or reduction of the share capital attributable to losses.

 

  11
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


LOGO

 

Dans ce cadre, AXA pourra procéder à un ajustement du nombre de Performance Shares attribuées aux Bénéficiaires afin de tenir compte de l’incidence de l’opération financière considérée. Toute décision d’ajustement prise par AXA s’imposera de plein droit à l’ensemble des Bénéficiaires, sauf décision contraire d’AXA, sans que l’accord de ces derniers ne soit requis.

AXA may decide to proceed to an adjustment of the number of Performance Shares granted to the Beneficiaries in order to take into account the impact of the financial operation considered. Such decision made by AXA is mandatory for all Beneficiaries without prior approval of the Beneficiaries being required.

 

12. REGLEMENTATION SUR LE DELIT D’INITIE ET LE MANQUEMENT D’INITIE / INSIDER TRADING REGULATIONS

Dans le cadre de leurs fonctions au sein du Groupe AXA, les Bénéficiaires peuvent être amenés à avoir accès de manière régulière ou ponctuelle à des informations privilégiées concernant AXA ou ses filiales.

Due to their position within the AXA group, the Beneficiaries may from time to time have access to privileged information regarding AXA or its subsidiaries.

Les titres AXA étant admis aux négociations sur le marché Euronext Paris, les Bénéficiaires sont soumis aux règles applicables à la détention et à l’exploitation d’une information privilégiée figurant dans le Code de Déontologie Professionnelle du Groupe AXA – notamment son Annexe C intitulée « Réglementation concernant la négociation de titres du Groupe AXA (« Règles concernant le délit d’Initié ») » – disponible notamment sur le site Internet du Groupe AXA :

https://www.axa.com/fr/newsroom/publications/code-deontologie-professionnelle

AXA shares are listed on Euronext Paris and consequently the Beneficiaries are subject to the rules governing the holding and use of privileged information that are set forth in the AXA Group Compliance and Ethics Guide – notably Annex C thereof entitled “Policy statement on trading in AXA Group securities (“Insider trading policy”)” – available notably on the AXA website at:

https://www.axa.com/en/newsroom/publications/compliance-ethics-guide

Comme il est indiqué dans ce Code, la violation de cette réglementation peut entraîner des sanctions disciplinaires de la part d’AXA ainsi que des sanctions civiles et pénales lourdes (amende, peine d’emprisonnement …).

As indicated in this Guide, the violation of these rules may result in disciplinary sanctions by AXA as well as substantial civil and criminal penalties (fines, imprisonment…).

Il est donc recommandé aux Bénéficiaires souhaitant procéder à la cession de leurs actions AXA, de vérifier préalablement s’ils ne sont pas détenteurs d’informations privilégiées susceptibles de leur interdire toute opération sur le titre AXA.

It is therefore recommended to the Beneficiaries intending to sell their AXA shares to ensure that they are not in possession of privileged information that may result in a prohibition to trade AXA shares.

 

13. DONNEES PERSONNELLES / PERSONAL DATA PROTECTION

Pour les besoins de la mise en œuvre du présent Plan International de Performance Shares 2017, les entités du Groupe AXA concernées transmettent à AXA, en France, les informations personnelles suivantes, à jour au 21 juin 2017, concernant les Bénéficiaires, et pourront lui transmettre, le cas échéant, une actualisation de ces informations : nom, prénom, date et lieu de naissance (ville et pays de naissance ainsi que pour les Français, le département de naissance), adresse de résidence et employeur au sein du Groupe AXA.

The implementation of the 2017 International Performance Shares Plan requires that AXA Group entities transmit to AXA, in France, the following personal data concerning Beneficiaries: name, first name, date and place of birth (birth location and birth country, and for French employees only, the birth state code), personal address and employing entity within the AXA Group on June 21, 2017. Updates of such personal data may also be transmitted as the case may be.

 

  12
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


LOGO

 

Ces données feront l’objet d’un traitement informatique automatisé et seront accessibles aux seules personnes de la direction Global Compensation & Benefits d’AXA ayant en charge la gestion du programme et les prestataires qu’ils pourront mandater. Ces données pourront également être transmises à l’établissement bancaire auprès duquel les actions auxquelles les Performance Shares donnent droit seront conservées.

These data will be subject to automated data processing and will only be accessible by the persons of the AXA Global Compensation & Benefits department who manage the program and the service providers that they may engage. These data may also be transmitted to the bank where the Performance Shares will be registered.

Les Bénéficiaires ont un droit d’accès, de modification et de rectification aux informations les concernant qu’ils peuvent exercer en s’adressant à la Direction des Ressources Humaines de leur entité ou directement sur le site de l’établissement bancaire.

Beneficiaries have a right to access, modify and correct their personal data by contacting the Human Resources Department of their local entity or directly on the partner bank website.

 

14. VALIDITE / VALIDITY

Les modalités du présent Plan pourront être modifiées par le Conseil d’Administration (a) s’il juge que la modification est appropriée et n’a pas d’effet négatif significatif sur les intérêts des Bénéficiaires ou (b) par consentement mutuel entre la Société et le Bénéficiaire concerné.

The Board of directors can decide to modify the terms and conditions of this Plan if (a) it deems the modification appropriate and such modification does not have a significant adverse impact on the interests of the Beneficiaries or if (b) the modification is carried out by mutual agreement between the Company and the Beneficiary concerned.

Par ailleurs, en cas de changement légal, réglementaire ou comptable ou changement dans l’interprétation d’une telle disposition, notamment concernant le traitement fiscal ou social des droits ou des actions accordés dans le cadre de ce Plan, affectant la Société, une société du Groupe ou le Bénéficiaire, les modalités du présent Plan pourront être modifiées par le Conseil d’administration à sa discrétion pour répondre à ce changement de la manière qu’il jugera appropriée.

In addition, in the event of a change in any legal, regulatory, or accounting provision, or a change in the interpretation of such a provision concerning, in particular, the tax or social security treatment of the rights or shares granted within the framework of this Plan, and that affects the Company, a company of the Group, or the Beneficiary, the Board of directors could decide, at its sole discretion, to modify the terms and conditions of this Plan in order to comply with this change in the manner it deems appropriate.

Les modifications ainsi apportées au Plan ne donneront lieu à aucun droit de dédommagement au profit des Bénéficiaires, même si ces modifications leur sont défavorables, que ce soit de façon générale ou au regard de leur situation personnelle.

The modifications thus made to the Plan will not give rise to any compensation for Beneficiaries, even if these modifications are unfavorable for them, regardless of whether such modifications are unfavorable to everyone or only to specific persons.

Les Bénéficiaires seront informés par notification individuelle ou par tout autre moyen que la Société jugera approprié, de toute modification du Plan qui affecterait leurs droits aux termes du présent règlement.

The Beneficiaries will be notified individually or by any means the Company deems appropriate, regarding any modification of the Plan that affects their rights under the terms of these rules.

Les nouvelles règles seront applicables dès leur date de communication aux Bénéficiaires.

New rules shall become effective as of the date of announcement to the Beneficiaries.

Ce Plan est régi par le droit français et sera interprété conformément à ses dispositions. AXA peut également prendre en considération toute disposition légale ou réglementaire particulière applicable dans le pays de l’entité du Groupe AXA qui emploie le/la Bénéficiaire et qui imposerait des conditions spécifiques concernant sa rémunération en raison de son poste et/ou du secteur d’activité de son employeur et, le cas échéant, toute autre condition qui permettrait d’assurer le respect de ces dispositions.

This Plan is governed by the laws of the Republic of France and will be interpreted in accordance with such laws. AXA may also take into consideration any law or regulation of the country of the Beneficiary’s AXA Group employer imposing specific requirements on the remuneration of such employee as a result of her or his role and/or the business sector of the employer and may impose additional terms to ensure compliance with such requirements.

 

  13
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


LOGO

 

En cas de litige portant sur l’interprétation, la validité ou l’application du présent règlement, les parties concernées s’efforceront de trouver une solution amiable.

In the event of any dispute regarding the interpretation, validity or application of these rules, the relevant parties will strive to find an amicable solution.

 

  14
Plan International de Performance Shares AXA - 21 juin 2017  
AXA International Performances Shares Plan- June 21, 2017  


ADDENDUM FOR AXA FINANCIAL PARTICIPANTS

The preceding pages of this document set forth the general rules of the 2017 International Performance Shares Plan. The rules have been modified for AXA Financial participants. The following Sections replace their corresponding Sections in the preceding pages for all AXA Financial participants.

7. CONTINUED SERVICE AND FINAL VESTING AND DELIVERY OF SHARES

Subject to the achievement of performance targets described above, the Performance Shares granted to each Beneficiary can be converted in AXA shares at the Settlement Date, only if the Beneficiary is still employed, has a current Qualifying Contract (as defined below in Section 8.3) or is a corporate officer of an AXA Group entity at Settlement Date, or if one of the exceptions described in Section 8 hereafter is applicable.

For the sake of clarity, the Performance Shares do not give Beneficiaries shareholder’s rights. However, after the Settlement Date, the AXA shares delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares allow Beneficiaries to benefit from all shareholders rights (payment of dividends, voting rights at the General Meeting of shareholders…) except as provided in Section 9.

AXA shares that are definitively vested and delivered in settlement of the Performance Shares will be registered on a securities bank account opened in the name of the Beneficiary with a custodian designated by AXA. The fees of this custodian will be borne by AXA, until AXA decides otherwise, and the Beneficiary may freely dispose of the shares except as provided in Section 9.

8. RULES IN CASE OF DEPARTURE FROM THE AXA GROUP

As a general rule, in the case of the Beneficiary’s separation from service before the Settlement Date, such Beneficiary shall forfeit all his or her Performance Shares on the Beneficiary’s last day of service, unless AXA decides otherwise or unless otherwise provided under this Section 8.

In the case of a Beneficiary: (a) whose employment is job eliminated under the company’s severance plan, (b) who forfeits his or her Performance Shares as of the last day of his or her notification period and (c) who is rehired as a full-time employee or a benefits-eligible financial professional by AXA Financial, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries within 60 days of the last day of his or her notification period but prior to the Settlement Date, the Beneficiary shall be treated as if his or her original employment had continued and not been interrupted and his or her Performance Shares shall be deemed to have continued to vest during such period; provided, however, that upon rehire such Beneficiary’s Performance Shares shall be subject to the same terms and conditions (including vesting and forfeitures) of the Plan as other Performance Shares are subject to under this Plan.

In the case of a Beneficiary whose employment or Qualifying Contract is involuntarily terminated and who is eligible to retire (as defined below in Section 8.3) as of his or her last day of service (or on or prior to the day after the last day of any severance period or terminal leave of absence in the case of a job elimination), such Beneficiary shall be treated as if he or she continued to perform services for the AXA Group until the Settlement Date; provided, however, that in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to the Settlement Date, the provisions of Section 8.1 shall apply to the settlement of the Performance Shares of the Beneficiary.


8.1 Death before the Settlement Date

In the case of a Beneficiary’s death before the Settlement Date, a certain number of Performance Shares granted to the Beneficiary will be settled hereunder. The number of Performance Shares that will be settled will be calculated based on (i) a Performance Shares Conversion Rate equal to 1.3 if the Beneficiary’s death occurs during the Performance Period, or (ii) the actual Performance Shares Conversion Rate if the Beneficiary’s death occurs between the end of the Performance Period and the Settlement Date of the Performance Shares. The Performance Shares will be settled in AXA shares and paid within 90 days following the Beneficiary’s death, net of any applicable tax withholding.

The settlement will be paid to a beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Beneficiary in accordance with plan procedures. In the absence of any such designation, the settlement will be paid to the Beneficiary’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise to the Beneficiary’s estate.

8.2 Disability before the Settlement Date

Beneficiaries shall be deemed to continue to perform services for the AXA Group during any period in which they receive disability benefits under the AXA Equitable Short Term Disability Plan or the AXA Equitable Long Term Disability Plan (other than disability benefits received from First Reliance Standard Life Insurance Company disability coverage with regard to non-proprietary income).

If a Beneficiary does not return to service immediately following a period of disability certified under the AXA Equitable Long Term Disability Plan (other than disability benefits received from First Reliance Standard Life Insurance Company disability coverage with regard to non-proprietary income), such Beneficiary shall be treated as if he or she continued to perform services for the AXA Group until the Settlement Date; provided, however, that in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to the Settlement Date, then the provisions of Section 8.1 shall apply to the settlement of the Performance Shares of the Beneficiary.

8.3 Retirement before the Settlement Date

In the case of a Beneficiary’s retirement prior to the Settlement Date, such Beneficiary shall be treated as if he or she continued to perform services for the AXA Group until the Settlement Date; provided, however, that in the event of the Beneficiary’s death prior to the Settlement Date, then the provisions of Section 8.1 shall apply to the settlement of the Performance Shares of the Beneficiary.

For purposes of this Section 8.3:

(a) - “retirement” means the termination of a Beneficiary’s employment with AXA Financial, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries on or after the Beneficiary’s early retirement age or normal retirement age as such terms are defined in the AXA Equitable Retirement Plan;

(b) - a retail sales force manager’s employment will not be deemed to terminate so long as he or she maintains an insurance sales agent’s contract with a general agent subsidiary of AXA Financial, Inc. (a “Qualifying Contract”); and

(c) - a retail sales force manager will be deemed to have retired if his or her Qualifying Contract terminates after he or she becomes eligible for retirement.

8.4 Divestiture of the employer by AXA

In the event that a company or an organization (an “Entity”) ceases to belong to the AXA Group prior to the Settlement Date, each Beneficiary of such Entity shall forfeit all of his or her Performance Shares on the date of the closing of the transaction by which the Entity no longer belongs to the AXA Group, unless AXA decides otherwise.


Likewise, if an Entity of the AXA Group sells a business or an operating unit to a buyer unrelated to the AXA Group at any time prior to the Settlement Date (including through an “outsourcing” transaction), each Beneficiary of the sold business or operating unit, who is transferred with such business or operating unit, shall forfeit all of his or her Performance Shares on the date of the closing of such sale, unless AXA decides otherwise.

These rights to Performance Shares will not be restored if such Beneficiaries are subsequently rehired by an AXA Group entity, unless AXA decides otherwise.

9. SOCIAL AND TAX TREATMENT OF THE PERFORMANCE SHARES

It is the responsibility of each Beneficiary to obtain up-to-date information on the social security and tax treatment applicable in the country(ies) where he/she may be taxable at the time of: (a) the Performance Shares’ grant and vesting, (b) the transfer of the AXA shares, (c) the payment of any dividends and (d) the sale of the shares, in order to comply with all reporting and tax or social contributions payment requirements.

Neither the employer of a Beneficiary nor AXA shall be obliged to pay or reimburse any person for any taxes payable by a Beneficiary in any jurisdiction under, or in connection with, the 2017 International Performance Shares Plan.

The employer of a Beneficiary, an AXA Financial, Inc. subsidiary, AXA or any agent appointed by the employer, subsidiary or AXA may (i) withhold amounts from a Beneficiary’s remuneration or (ii) sell all or part of the AXA shares to be delivered to the Beneficiary under the Plan in order to pay for applicable withholding taxes. The time and manner of such sales will be determined by AXA in its sole discretion and may take place over a period of time as determined by AXA in its sole discretion. During this period of time, the remainder of the AXA shares delivered to the Beneficiary will be restricted from sale or other transfer and the Beneficiary will have no right to sell or otherwise transfer those shares regardless of the fact that they are not forfeitable by the Beneficiary. The Beneficiary will be liable for any transaction fees related to the sale of the AXA shares, regardless of whether they are sold to pay for applicable withholding taxes or otherwise.

It is intended that this Plan shall comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) and the Treasury regulations relating thereto so as not to subject any Beneficiary to the payment of interest and penalties under Section 409A. In furtherance of this intent, this Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with these intentions, and to the extent that any regulations or other guidance issued under Section 409A would result in any Beneficiary being subject to payment of additional income taxes or interest or penalties under Section 409A, this Plan will be amended to maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the Plan while avoiding the application of such taxes or interest or penalties under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the company makes no guarantee of any foreign, federal, state or local tax consequences with respect to the interpretation of Section 409A and its application to the terms of this Plan and the company shall have no liability for any adverse tax consequences of any Beneficiary as a result of any violation of Section 409A.

Exhibit 10.44

 

Grantee : Brian Winikoff    ID Number : R51317
Date of Grant : July 5, 2016    Number of RSUs : 21,153

AXA FINANCIAL, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AWARD AGREEMENT

AXA Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”) hereby grants to the above-named Grantee under this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement (the “Grant”), the number of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) set forth above subject to the following restrictions, terms and conditions:

1. The RSUs granted hereunder shall become non-forfeitable (i.e., vest) and be settled in cash on July 5, 2018 (the “Settlement Date”) and, except as otherwise provided herein, no portion of the RSUs granted hereunder shall become non-forfeitable and/or settled prior to the Settlement Date (the period from the Date of Grant until the Settlement Date to be called the “Period of Restriction”). The cash settlement for the RSUs shall be determined by multiplying the number of RSUs to be settled by the average closing price of the AXA ordinary share on the NYSE Euronext Paris S.A. market over the 20 trading days immediately preceding the Settlement Date and the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate as published by the European Central Bank (or equivalent institution in the absence thereof) on the last trading day prior to the Settlement Date.

2. In the case of Grantee’s separation from service with the Company and its affiliates prior to the Settlement Date, the Grantee shall forfeit any unvested RSUs as of the Grantee’s last day of service unless otherwise provided herein. For this purpose, “separation from service” has the meaning set forth in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the Treasury regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”).    

3. In the case of Grantee’s separation from service prior to the Settlement Date due to Grantee’s disability, a pro-rata portion of the RSUs granted hereunder as to which the Period of Restriction has not lapsed shall become non-forfeitable based upon that portion of the Period of Restriction which expired prior to the date of such termination (determined by dividing the number of full months that have expired since the grant date by 24). Such non-forfeitable portion of the RSUs shall be settled in cash at the Settlement Date as described in paragraph 1. The remaining portion of the RSUs shall be immediately forfeited. In the event of Grantee’s separation from service prior to the Settlement Date due to involuntary termination other than for Cause (as defined in Appendix A) or voluntary termination for Good Reason (as defined in Appendix A), the RSUs shall become non-forfeitable and shall be settled in cash at the Settlement Date as described in paragraph 1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Cause event occurs prior to the Settlement Date but after Grantee’s separation from service due to Grantee’s: (a) disability, (b) involuntary termination other than for Cause or (c) voluntary termination for Good Reason, all RSUs then outstanding shall be immediately forfeited.    

4. In the event that the Grantee’s employment is terminated by reason of death prior to the Settlement Date, the RSUs shall immediately vest and become payable. The RSUs shall be valued based on the closing price of the AXA Share on NYSE Euronext Paris S.A. and the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate as published by the European Central Bank (or equivalent institution in the absence thereof) on the trading day immediately preceding the Grantee’s death, and the corresponding amount shall be paid to the Grantee’s heirs within 90 days following the Grantee’s death.    

5. If during the Period of Restriction, a stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization (including, without limitation the payment of an extraordinary dividend), merger, consolidation, combination, spin-off, distribution of assets to shareholders (other than an ordinary cash dividend), exchange of shares, or other similar corporate change that affects the AXA ordinary share occurs, the number of RSUs under this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted by the Company, as the Company shall deem equitable in its sole discretion, and the Company’s determination shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the number of RSUs shall always be a whole number.


6. No RSUs granted hereunder may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated during the Period of Restriction.

7. It is intended that this Grant shall comply with the provisions of Section 409A relating thereto so as not to subject the Grantee to the payment of interest and penalties under Section 409A. In furtherance of this intent, this Grant shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with these intentions, and to the extent that any regulations or other guidance issued under Section 409A would result in the Grantee being subject to payment of additional income taxes or interest or penalties under Section 409A, this Grant shall be amended to maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the Grant while avoiding the application of such taxes or interest or penalties under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no guarantee of any federal, state or local tax consequences with respect to the interpretation of Section 409A and its application to the terms of this Grant and the Company shall have no liability for any adverse tax consequences of the Grantee as a result of any violation of Section 409A.

8. Nothing in this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or one of its affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict the right of the Company or one of its affiliates to terminate the Grantee’s employment or service any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.    

9. This Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

10. The Company may amend the terms and provisions of this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement at any time, provided that, subject to paragraphs 5 and 7 hereof, no such amendment shall in any manner adversely affect the RSUs granted hereunder without the consent of the Grantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may amend this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement at any time without the Grantee’s consent in such manner as it deems necessary to comply with applicable laws.

11. The Grantee shall have no rights of a shareholder (including voting rights and the right to distributions or dividends) and will not treated as the owner of any stock for tax purposes.

12. The RSUs confer no rights or interests other than as herein provided. The Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. The RSUs shall not be treated as property or as a trust fund of any kind.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement has been duly executed as of July 5, 2016.

AXA FINANCIAL, INC.


APPENDIX A

DEFINITIONS

“Cause” shall mean:

 

  (A) a good faith finding by the Company of Grantee’s failure or refusal to perform Grantee’s duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its affiliates, which failure or refusal is not cured within thirty (30) days written notice thereof;

 

  (B) a good faith finding by the Company that Grantee has engaged in gross negligence or misconduct, which gross negligence or misconduct has caused harm or damage to the business, affairs or reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates;

 

  (C) Grantee’s commission of, conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime involving moral turpitude or any felony; or

 

  (D) Grantee’s breach of the non-solicitation obligations as set forth in Grantee’s offer letter from AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company dated May 3, 2016, which breach is not cured within ten (10) days written notice thereof.

“Good Reason” shall mean:    

 

  (A) the relocation of Grantee’s position to a different primary work site that is more than thirty-five (35) miles from the Principal Office, without Grantee’s consent;

 

  (B) a material reduction of Grantee’s annual base salary, target STIC or target LTIC, without Grantee’s prior consent (other than in connection with, and substantially proportionate to, reductions by the Company of the annual compensation of other similarly situated senior executives);

 

  (C) material diminution in Grantee’s duties, authority or responsibilities without Grantee’s prior consent; or

 

  (D) a material change in the lines of reporting such that Grantee no longer reports to the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

provided, however, that (i) no such event or condition shall constitute Good Reason unless (x) Grantee gives the Company a written notice of termination for Good Reason not more than thirty (30) calendar days after the initial existence of the condition which includes a detailed description of the Good Reason, (y) the grounds for termination if susceptible to correction are not corrected by the Company within thirty (30) calendar days of its receipt of such notice, and (z) Grantee’s termination of employment occurs within sixty calendar days following the Company’s receipt of such notice; and (ii) at all times “Good Reason” will be interpreted in a manner consistent with the definition of “good reason” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.


Grantee : Brian Winikoff    ID Number : R51317
Date of Grant : July 5, 2016    Number of RSUs : 21,153

AXA FINANCIAL, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AWARD AGREEMENT

AXA Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”) hereby grants to the above-named Grantee under this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement (the “Grant”), the number of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) set forth above subject to the following restrictions, terms and conditions:

1. The RSUs granted hereunder shall become non-forfeitable (i.e., vest) and be settled in cash on July 5, 2019 (the “Settlement Date”) and, except as otherwise provided herein, no portion of the RSUs granted hereunder shall become non-forfeitable and/or settled prior to the Settlement Date (the period from the Date of Grant until the Settlement Date to be called the “Period of Restriction”). The cash settlement for the RSUs shall be determined by multiplying the number of RSUs to be settled by the average closing price of the AXA ordinary share on the NYSE Euronext Paris S.A. market over the 20 trading days immediately preceding the Settlement Date and the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate as published by the European Central Bank (or equivalent institution in the absence thereof) on the last trading day prior to the Settlement Date.

2. In the case of Grantee’s separation from service with the Company and its affiliates prior to the Settlement Date, the Grantee shall forfeit any unvested RSUs as of the Grantee’s last day of service unless otherwise provided herein. For this purpose, “separation from service” has the meaning set forth in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the Treasury regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”).    

3. In the case of Grantee’s separation from service prior to the Settlement Date due to Grantee’s disability, a pro-rata portion of the RSUs granted hereunder as to which the Period of Restriction has not lapsed shall become non-forfeitable based upon that portion of the Period of Restriction which expired prior to the date of such termination (determined by dividing the number of full months that have expired since the grant date by 36). Such non-forfeitable portion of the RSUs shall be settled in cash at the Settlement Date as described in paragraph 1. The remaining portion of the RSUs shall be immediately forfeited. In the event of Grantee’s separation from service prior to the Settlement Date due to involuntary termination other than for Cause (as defined in Appendix A) or voluntary termination for Good Reason (as defined in Appendix A), the RSUs shall become non-forfeitable and shall be settled in cash at the Settlement Date as described in paragraph 1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Cause event occurs prior to the Settlement Date but after Grantee’s separation from service due to Grantee’s: (a) disability, (b) involuntary termination other than for Cause or (c) voluntary termination for Good Reason, all RSUs then outstanding shall be immediately forfeited.    

4. In the event that the Grantee’s employment is terminated by reason of death prior to the Settlement Date, the RSUs shall immediately vest and become payable. The RSUs shall be valued based on the closing price of the AXA Share on NYSE Euronext Paris S.A. and the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate as published by the European Central Bank (or equivalent institution in the absence thereof) on the trading day immediately preceding the Grantee’s death, and the corresponding amount shall be paid to the Grantee’s heirs within 90 days following the Grantee’s death.    

5. If during the Period of Restriction, a stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization (including, without limitation the payment of an extraordinary dividend), merger, consolidation, combination, spin-off, distribution of assets to shareholders (other than an ordinary cash dividend), exchange of shares, or other similar corporate change that affects the AXA ordinary share occurs, the number of RSUs under this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted by the Company, as the Company shall deem equitable in its sole discretion, and the Company’s determination shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the number of RSUs shall always be a whole number.


6. No RSUs granted hereunder may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated during the Period of Restriction.

7. It is intended that this Grant shall comply with the provisions of Section 409A relating thereto so as not to subject the Grantee to the payment of interest and penalties under Section 409A. In furtherance of this intent, this Grant shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with these intentions, and to the extent that any regulations or other guidance issued under Section 409A would result in the Grantee being subject to payment of additional income taxes or interest or penalties under Section 409A, this Grant shall be amended to maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the Grant while avoiding the application of such taxes or interest or penalties under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no guarantee of any federal, state or local tax consequences with respect to the interpretation of Section 409A and its application to the terms of this Grant and the Company shall have no liability for any adverse tax consequences of the Grantee as a result of any violation of Section 409A.

8. Nothing in this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or one of its affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict the right of the Company or one of its affiliates to terminate the Grantee’s employment or service any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.    

9. This Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

10. The Company may amend the terms and provisions of this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement at any time, provided that, subject to paragraphs 5 and 7 hereof, no such amendment shall in any manner adversely affect the RSUs granted hereunder without the consent of the Grantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may amend this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement at any time without the Grantee’s consent in such manner as it deems necessary to comply with applicable laws.

11. The Grantee shall have no rights of a shareholder (including voting rights and the right to distributions or dividends) and will not treated as the owner of any stock for tax purposes.

12. The RSUs confer no rights or interests other than as herein provided. The Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. The RSUs shall not be treated as property or as a trust fund of any kind.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement has been duly executed as of July 5, 2016.

AXA FINANCIAL, INC.


APPENDIX A

DEFINITIONS

“Cause” shall mean:

 

  (A) a good faith finding by the Company of Grantee’s failure or refusal to perform Grantee’s duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its affiliates, which failure or refusal is not cured within thirty (30) days written notice thereof;

 

  (B) a good faith finding by the Company that Grantee has engaged in gross negligence or misconduct, which gross negligence or misconduct has caused harm or damage to the business, affairs or reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates;

 

  (C) Grantee’s commission of, conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime involving moral turpitude or any felony; or

 

  (D) Grantee’s breach of the non-solicitation obligations as set forth in Grantee’s offer letter from AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company dated May 3, 2016, which breach is not cured within ten (10) days written notice thereof.

“Good Reason” shall mean:    

 

  (A) the relocation of Grantee’s position to a different primary work site that is more than thirty-five (35) miles from the Principal Office, without Grantee’s consent;

 

  (B) a material reduction of Grantee’s annual base salary, target STIC or target LTIC, without Grantee’s prior consent (other than in connection with, and substantially proportionate to, reductions by the Company of the annual compensation of other similarly situated senior executives);

 

  (C) material diminution in Grantee’s duties, authority or responsibilities without Grantee’s prior consent; or

 

  (D) a material change in the lines of reporting such that Grantee no longer reports to the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

provided, however, that (i) no such event or condition shall constitute Good Reason unless (x) Grantee gives the Company a written notice of termination for Good Reason not more than thirty (30) calendar days after the initial existence of the condition which includes a detailed description of the Good Reason, (y) the grounds for termination if susceptible to correction are not corrected by the Company within thirty (30) calendar days of its receipt of such notice, and (z) Grantee’s termination of employment occurs within sixty calendar days following the Company’s receipt of such notice; and (ii) at all times “Good Reason” will be interpreted in a manner consistent with the definition of “good reason” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.


Grantee : Brian Winikoff    ID Number : R51317
Date of Grant : July 5, 2016    Number of RSUs : 21,152

AXA FINANCIAL, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AWARD AGREEMENT

AXA Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”) hereby grants to the above-named Grantee under this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement (the “Grant”), the number of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) set forth above subject to the following restrictions, terms and conditions:

1. The RSUs granted hereunder shall become non-forfeitable (i.e., vest) and be settled in cash on July 5, 2020 (the “Settlement Date”) and, except as otherwise provided herein, no portion of the RSUs granted hereunder shall become non-forfeitable and/or settled prior to the Settlement Date (the period from the Date of Grant until the Settlement Date to be called the “Period of Restriction”). The cash settlement for the RSUs shall be determined by multiplying the number of RSUs to be settled by the average closing price of the AXA ordinary share on the NYSE Euronext Paris S.A. market over the 20 trading days immediately preceding the Settlement Date and the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate as published by the European Central Bank (or equivalent institution in the absence thereof) on the last trading day prior to the Settlement Date.

2. In the case of Grantee’s separation from service with the Company and its affiliates prior to the Settlement Date, the Grantee shall forfeit any unvested RSUs as of the Grantee’s last day of service unless otherwise provided herein. For this purpose, “separation from service” has the meaning set forth in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the Treasury regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”).    

3. In the case of Grantee’s separation from service prior to the Settlement Date due to Grantee’s disability, a pro-rata portion of the RSUs granted hereunder as to which the Period of Restriction has not lapsed shall become non-forfeitable based upon that portion of the Period of Restriction which expired prior to the date of such termination (determined by dividing the number of full months that have expired since the grant date by 48). Such non-forfeitable portion of the RSUs shall be settled in cash at the Settlement Date as described in paragraph 1. The remaining portion of the RSUs shall be immediately forfeited. In the event of Grantee’s separation from service prior to the Settlement Date due to involuntary termination other than for Cause (as defined in Appendix A) or voluntary termination for Good Reason (as defined in Appendix A), the RSUs shall become non-forfeitable and shall be settled in cash at the Settlement Date as described in paragraph 1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Cause event occurs prior to the Settlement Date but after Grantee’s separation from service due to Grantee’s: (a) disability, (b) involuntary termination other than for Cause or (c) voluntary termination for Good Reason, all RSUs then outstanding shall be immediately forfeited.

4. In the event that the Grantee’s employment is terminated by reason of death prior to the Settlement Date, the RSUs shall immediately vest and become payable. The RSUs shall be valued based on the closing price of the AXA Share on NYSE Euronext Paris S.A. and the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate as published by the European Central Bank (or equivalent institution in the absence thereof) on the trading day immediately preceding the Grantee’s death, and the corresponding amount shall be paid to the Grantee’s heirs within 90 days following the Grantee’s death.    

5. If during the Period of Restriction, a stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization (including, without limitation the payment of an extraordinary dividend), merger, consolidation, combination, spin-off, distribution of assets to shareholders (other than an ordinary cash dividend), exchange of shares, or other similar corporate change that affects the AXA ordinary share occurs, the number of RSUs under this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted by the Company, as the Company shall deem equitable in its sole discretion, and the Company’s determination shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the number of RSUs shall always be a whole number.


6. No RSUs granted hereunder may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated during the Period of Restriction.

7. It is intended that this Grant shall comply with the provisions of Section 409A relating thereto so as not to subject the Grantee to the payment of interest and penalties under Section 409A. In furtherance of this intent, this Grant shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with these intentions, and to the extent that any regulations or other guidance issued under Section 409A would result in the Grantee being subject to payment of additional income taxes or interest or penalties under Section 409A, this Grant shall be amended to maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the Grant while avoiding the application of such taxes or interest or penalties under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no guarantee of any federal, state or local tax consequences with respect to the interpretation of Section 409A and its application to the terms of this Grant and the Company shall have no liability for any adverse tax consequences of the Grantee as a result of any violation of Section 409A.

8. Nothing in this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or one of its affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict the right of the Company or one of its affiliates to terminate the Grantee’s employment or service any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.    

9. This Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

10. The Company may amend the terms and provisions of this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement at any time, provided that, subject to paragraphs 5 and 7 hereof, no such amendment shall in any manner adversely affect the RSUs granted hereunder without the consent of the Grantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may amend this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement at any time without the Grantee’s consent in such manner as it deems necessary to comply with applicable laws.

11. The Grantee shall have no rights of a shareholder (including voting rights and the right to distributions or dividends) and will not treated as the owner of any stock for tax purposes.

12. The RSUs confer no rights or interests other than as herein provided. The Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. The RSUs shall not be treated as property or as a trust fund of any kind.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement has been duly executed as of July 5, 2016.

AXA FINANCIAL, INC.


APPENDIX A

DEFINITIONS

“Cause” shall mean:

 

  (A) a good faith finding by the Company of Grantee’s failure or refusal to perform Grantee’s duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its affiliates, which failure or refusal is not cured within thirty (30) days written notice thereof;

 

  (B) a good faith finding by the Company that Grantee has engaged in gross negligence or misconduct, which gross negligence or misconduct has caused harm or damage to the business, affairs or reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates;

 

  (C) Grantee’s commission of, conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime involving moral turpitude or any felony; or

 

  (D) Grantee’s breach of the non-solicitation obligations as set forth in Grantee’s offer letter from AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company dated May 3, 2016, which breach is not cured within ten (10) days written notice thereof.

“Good Reason” shall mean:    

 

  (A) the relocation of Grantee’s position to a different primary work site that is more than thirty-five (35) miles from the Principal Office, without Grantee’s consent;

 

  (B) a material reduction of Grantee’s annual base salary, target STIC or target LTIC, without Grantee’s prior consent (other than in connection with, and substantially proportionate to, reductions by the Company of the annual compensation of other similarly situated senior executives);

 

  (C) material diminution in Grantee’s duties, authority or responsibilities without Grantee’s prior consent; or

 

  (D) a material change in the lines of reporting such that Grantee no longer reports to the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer.

provided, however, that (i) no such event or condition shall constitute Good Reason unless (x) Grantee gives the Company a written notice of termination for Good Reason not more than thirty (30) calendar days after the initial existence of the condition which includes a detailed description of the Good Reason, (y) the grounds for termination if susceptible to correction are not corrected by the Company within thirty (30) calendar days of its receipt of such notice, and (z) Grantee’s termination of employment occurs within sixty calendar days following the Company’s receipt of such notice; and (ii) at all times “Good Reason” will be interpreted in a manner consistent with the definition of “good reason” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

Exhibit 10.45

AXA EQUITABLE SEVERANCE BENEFIT PLAN

(Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2014)

§1 ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN

1.1. Purpose - The purpose of this Plan is to provide severance benefits for those Eligible Individuals of AXA Equitable and its affiliates who adopt the Plan pursuant to Section 1.3 whose employment is terminated under certain circumstances.

1.2 History of this Plan - As of the Effective Date, this Plan amended and restated the AXA Equitable Severance Benefit Plan for Eligible Employees and Eligible Officers, the AXA Equitable Severance Benefit Plan for Eligible Senior Officers, the MONY Severance Benefit Plan for Eligible Employees and Eligible Officers and the MONY Severance Benefit Plan for Eligible Senior Officers, each effective May 1, 2004, and each as amended, and this Plan applies only to severance benefits paid based on a Job Elimination Date on or after the Effective Date. Severance benefits paid based on a job elimination date prior to the Effective Date are governed by the applicable plan document in effect as of the eligible employee’s job elimination date. In addition, the following cases are governed by the plan document(s) in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date (and shall not be eligible for any Severance Benefits under this Plan), even though they occurred on a job elimination date on or after the Effective Date: (a) severance benefits for Eligible Employees who received their notice of job elimination during 2006 and who had a job elimination date in 2007, and (b) severance benefits for Eligible Employees under Serious Consideration. This Plan shall also apply as of (a) April 1, 2008, with respect to individuals who became Branch Managers on or after that date, and (b) January 1, 2009, with respect to all other Branch Managers. The foregoing restrictions on who may be eligible for Severance Benefits under this Plan shall apply notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan.

1.3. Adoption of the Plan - With AXA Equitable’s consent, an affiliate may adopt and join the Plan for the benefit of its employees. Such affiliate shall assume the sole responsibility for the obligations of this Plan with respect to its employees by executing an adoption and joinder agreement satisfactory in its form and terms to AXA Equitable (or in


accordance with such other procedures as AXA Equitable may from time to time permit). An affiliate shall cease to participate in the Plan on a date specified by AXA Equitable pursuant to the terms of the adoption and joinder agreement or, if no such date is specified, on the date such affiliate has no remaining obligations to its employees under the Plan. In the event that an affiliate shall cease to participate in the Plan, all obligations incurred by such affiliate with respect to its employees under the Plan prior to the date it ceases to participate shall continue to be the sole responsibility of that affiliate.

§2 DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth next to such terms:

2.1. Administrative Committee - Means a committee comprised of at least three officers or officer equivalents of AXA Equitable appointed by the Executive Vice President of Human Resources of AXA Equitable.

2.2. Annualized Salary – Means an Eligible Employee’s Salary multiplied by 52.14.

2.3. Annualized Variable Compensation – Means, in the case of an Eligible Employee who has been eligible to receive Variable Compensation for the twelve (12) calendar months immediately preceding Notice of Job Elimination, the Variable Compensation paid to the Eligible Employee during such twelve (12) month period. In the case of an Eligible Employee who has not been eligible to receive Variable Compensation for the entire twelve (12) calendar months immediately preceding Notice of Job Elimination, Annualized Variable Compensation means the product of: (a) the average monthly Variable Compensation paid to the Eligible Employee during the portion of such twelve (12) month period during which the Eligible Employee was eligible for Variable Compensation multiplied by (b) twelve (12). All determinations made by the Plan Administrator regarding the calculation of Annualized Variable Compensation will be final and binding.

2.4. AXA Equitable - Means AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company or any successor thereof.

518793/December 2013

 

2


2.5. Branch Manager – Means any individual who is employed by AXA Equitable or any general agent thereof pursuant to a branch manager’s agreement.

2.6. Branch Manager Compensation – Means:

(a) in the case of an Eligible Branch Manager who is a Divisional President, the rate of base pay for such Eligible Branch Manager as of the date of Notice of Job Elimination, calculated on a weekly basis.

(b) In the case of an Eligible Branch Manager who is not a Divisional President, Branch Manager Compensation means 70% of the total overrides paid to such Eligible Branch Manager in the twelve (12) months immediately preceding Notice of Job Elimination, calculated on a weekly basis. In the case where such an Eligible Branch Manager has not been eligible to receive Branch Manager Compensation for the entire twelve (12) calendar months immediately preceding Notice of Job Elimination, Branch Manager Compensation means the product of: (i) 70% of the average monthly overrides paid to such Eligible Branch Manager during the portion of the twelve (12) month period the Eligible Branch Manager received it, multiplied by (ii) twelve (12), calculated on a weekly basis. All determinations made by the Plan Administrator regarding the calculation of Branch Manager Compensation will be final and binding.

2.7. Continuing Associate - Means an Eligible Individual who has in effect either: (a) an independent contractor associate’s agreement with AXA Equitable or any general agent thereof under which the individual is eligible or could be eligible for benefits, or (b) a retired agent’s agreement with AXA Equitable or any general agent thereof.

2.8. Divisional President – Means an Eligible Branch Manager who is a divisional president or is compensated in a manner consistent with a divisional president as determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator.

2.9. Effective Date - Means January 1, 2007, the date this Plan was originally adopted.

2.10. Eligible Branch Manager – Means an Eligible Individual who is a Branch Manager.

518793/December 2013

 

3


2.11. Eligible Employee – Means an Eligible Individual who is not a Branch Manager.

2.12. Eligible Employee under Serious Consideration – Means:

(a) an Eligible Employee who, in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, in consultation with the relevant business area, was under serious consideration for job elimination in 2006, and whose Job Elimination occurred in 2007, and

(b) an Eligible Employee of Enterprise Capital Management, Inc. who was under serious consideration for job elimination in 2006, and whose Job Elimination occurred in 2008.

2.13. Eligible Individual – Means any Group 1 Part-Time Employee or Full-Time Employee of AXA Equitable who receives a Notice of Job Elimination from AXA Equitable. In the event any individual classified by AXA Equitable as not an Eligible Individual is thereafter required by the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor or other governmental agency, or by any court, tribunal or other authority to be classified as an Eligible Individual, such individual shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan unless and until the time such individual is designated by AXA Equitable as an Eligible Individual. Such designation shall only provide for eligibility prospectively from the time it is made effective. A Group 1 Part-Time Employee or Full-Time Employee who is certified for short-term disability benefits under the AXA Equitable Short-Term Disability Plan shall not be eligible for benefits under this Plan unless and until such employee is certified to return to work, and returns to work, from short-term disability leave.

2.14. Employee in a Direct Selling Position - Means an Eligible Employee:

(a) who (i) is directly selling products to clients in an assigned territory, has a targeted sales goal and is required to be appropriately licensed to sell products of AXA Equitable or its affiliates, or (ii) is a product sales associate,

(b) who is eligible to receive Variable Compensation as of the date such Eligible Employee receives Notice of Job Elimination, and

518793/December 2013

 

4


(c) whose Annualized Variable Compensation is greater than or equal to 15% of the Eligible Employee’s Total Compensation.

2.15. Employee in a Sales Management Position – Means an Eligible Employee:

(a) who (i) manages a distribution channel, (ii) directly manages those with targeted sales goals and assigned territories, or (iii) has a primary function of managing a sales desk,

(b) who is eligible to receive Variable Compensation as of the date such Eligible Employee receives Notice of Job Elimination, and

(c) whose Annualized Variable Compensation is greater than or equal to 15% of the Eligible Employee’s Total Compensation.

2.16. Employee in a Support/Corporate Position - Means an Eligible Employee:

(a) who (i) manages key accounts, (ii) supports client dealings by preparing marketing materials, or (iii) trains Employees in Direct Selling Positions or outside wholesalers on products and/or building or maintaining new or existing client relationships,

(b) who is not involved in direct sales,

(c) who is eligible to receive Variable Compensation as of the date such Eligible Employee receives Notice of Job Elimination, and

(d) whose Annualized Variable Compensation is greater than or equal to 15% of the Eligible Employee’s Total Compensation.

2.17. 50/20 Branch Managers – Means an Eligible Branch Manager who (i) is at least age 50 and has at least twenty (20) years of Vesting Service as of December 31, 2008, (ii) was not employed by MONY Life or a subsidiary of MONY Life at any time on or after July 8, 2004, and (iii) who is not a Continuing Associate.

518793/December 2013

 

5


2.18. 50/20 Employee – Means an Eligible Employee who (i) was at least age 50 and had at least twenty (20) Years of Vesting Service as of December 31, 2006, and (ii) was not employed by MONY Life or a subsidiary of MONY Life at any time on or after July 8, 2004.

2.19. 40% Compensation – Means the sum of:

(a) an Eligible Employee’s Annualized Salary and

(b) 40% of the Eligible Employee’s Annualized Variable Compensation.

2.20. Full-Time Employee – Means an employee of AXA Equitable who is regularly scheduled to work the hours per week for full-time employees of AXA Equitable as defined by company policy. Full-Time Employee does not include: (a) a retiree service, temporary, short-term or leased employee or an intern (as such terms are defined by company policies); (b) an employee who is certified at any time to receive benefits under the AXA Equitable Long-Term Disability Plan; or (c) any associate or manager of the retail sales force of AXA Equitable or any of its general agents, other than Branch Managers. For this purpose, retail sales force managers or associates of AXA Equitable or any of its general agents who are not Full-Time Employees include: (i) district managers, assistant branch managers, or equivalent positions, and (ii) any employee sales associate of AXA Equitable or any of its general agents, including any individual under a 12th Edition, 20th Edition, 25th Edition or Preliminary Employment agreement or MONY Life financed contract 54 or any similar agreement.

2.21. Group 1 Part-Time Employee – Means an employee of AXA Equitable who is regularly scheduled to work at least 18.13 hours per week but less than the hours per week for full-time employees of AXA Equitable as defined by company policies. A Group 1 Part-Time Employee does not include: (a) a retiree service, temporary, short-term or leased employee or an intern (as such terms are defined by company policies); (b) an employee who is certified at any time to receive benefits under the AXA Equitable Long-Term Disability

518793/December 2013

 

6


Plan; or (c) any associate or manager of the retail sales force of AXA Equitable or any of its general agents, other than Branch Managers. For this purpose, retail sales force managers or associates of AXA Equitable or any of its general agents who are not Group 1 Part-Time Employees include: (i) district managers, assistant branch managers, or equivalent positions, and (ii) any employee sales associate of AXA Equitable or any of its general agents, including any individual under a 12th Edition, 20th Edition, 25th Edition or Preliminary Employment agreement or MONY Life financed contract 54 or any similar agreement.

2.22. Job Elimination - Means the termination of an existing job upon Notice of Job Elimination to the Eligible Individual by AXA Equitable when, because of changing needs or circumstances, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion:

(a) the job is no longer performed, or

(b) the job is still performed but fewer employees are needed to perform it, or

(c) the job has moved to a different work site that is 35 miles or more farther one-way from the Eligible Individual’s home than the former job site, or

(d) in the case of an Eligible Employee only, a different technical, functional, management or other skill set is needed to perform the job, or

(e) in the case of an Eligible Branch Manager only, optimization of a business structure, territory and/or branch.

Job Elimination does not apply nor is it intended to encompass, among other things, unsatisfactory performance terminations, misconduct, or resignation.

An Eligible Individual directly affected by a Job Elimination, may be referred to in this Plan as “Job Eliminated.” An Eligible Individual’s Job Elimination occurs on the Job Elimination Date.

2.23. Job Elimination Date - Means the date that concludes an Eligible Individual’s Notification Period and signifies the Eligible Individual’s termination date.

518793/December 2013

 

7


2.24. MONY Life - Means MONY Life Insurance Company, or any predecessor thereto.

2.25. Notice of Job Elimination - Means written notification to an Eligible Individual that ten (10) calendar days, excluding Saturdays and Sundays, from the date of such notification (or, if applicable, by such other date set forth in a notice required pursuant to Section 3.4), the Eligible Individual’s job will terminate as a result of Job Elimination.

2.26. Notification Period – Means the period of time between the date on which the Notice of Job Elimination is provided to an Eligible Individual and the date designated in such Notice of Job Elimination as the Eligible Individual’s Job Elimination Date.

2.27. Plan - Means this AXA Equitable Severance Benefit Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.28. Plan Year - Means the plan year for this Plan which shall be the calendar year.

2.29. Plan Administrator – Means the Administrative Committee or its delegate.

2.30. Pre-2007 LOA Policy – Means the AXA Equitable Terminal Leave of Absence Policy in effect prior to January 1, 2007, attached as Appendix A. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Pre-2007 LOA Policy is no longer in effect.

2.31. Pre-Notification – Means the authorized pre-notification by an Eligible Individual’s supervisor of such individual’s Job Elimination, as determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator.

2.32 Retiree Health Plan - Means the AXA Equitable Retiree Health Plan, in effect as of January 1, 2007, as amended from time to time.

518793/December 2013

 

8


2.33. Retirement Plan(s) - Means the AXA Equitable Retirement Plan, the AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan, and the AXA Equitable Annual Cash Payment Excess Plan (collectively referred to as the “AXA Equitable Retirement Plan”) and/or the MONY Life Retirement Income Security Plan for Employees, the MONY Life Excess Benefits Plan for MONY Employees, and the AXA Financial, Inc. Excess Benefit Plan for Select Employees, as applicable.

2.34. Salary - Means an Eligible Employee’s basic rate of salary, calculated on a weekly basis. Salary shall not include shift differential, overtime pay or any variable compensation, variable commissions, bonus, or short-term or long-term incentive compensation. This definition of Salary may be adjusted or modified by the Plan Administrator or its delegate in its sole discretion to include or to exclude other compensation payments from time to time.

2.35. 75% Compensation - Means the sum of:

(a) an Eligible Employee’s Annualized Salary and

(b) 75% of the Eligible Employee’s Annualized Variable Compensation.

2.36. Severance Benefits - Means the Severance Pay payable under Section 4.1 and 5.1 and the COBRA benefits, 50/5 Leave Benefits, 2007 Terminal Leave of Absence, 50/20 Bridging Leave, and Favorable Early Retirement Factors under Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6, respectively, if applicable, which may be provided to an Eligible Individual under this Plan.

2.37. Severance Pay - Means the amount as set forth in Section 5.1 for which an Eligible Individual may be eligible following the Eligible Individual’s Job Elimination Date.

518793/December 2013

 

9


2.38. Severance Period - Means the period immediately following the end of the Notification Period determined by calculating the number of weeks of Salary, Branch Manager Compensation, Weekly Total Compensation, Weekly 75% Compensation or Weekly 40% Compensation that an Eligible Individual is eligible to receive under Section 5.1 or Appendix B. In the case of an Eligible Individual who is subject to the $300,000 limit on Severance Pay under Section 5.1 or Appendix B, the $300,000 limit will be disregarded solely for the purpose of calculating the applicable Severance Period. Consistent with Section 5.1 and Appendix B, the minimum Severance Period is six (6) weeks and the maximum Severance Period is fifty-two (52) weeks.

2.39. Suitable Offer of Employment - Means an offer of a Suitable Position that is made by AXA Equitable or any AXA Equitable affiliate to an Eligible Employee who has received a Notice of Job Elimination.

2.40. Suitable Position - Means an offer of employment to an Eligible Employee that, in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, meets all of the following criteria:

(a) the position carries the same (or higher) Salary and comparable band as the Eligible Employee’s position immediately preceding his or her Job Elimination Date.

(b) Utilizes general skills the Eligible Employee possesses; and

(c) is not more than 35 miles farther one-way from the Eligible Employee’s home than the former job site.

2.41. Total Branch Manager Compensation - Means an Eligible Branch Manager’s Branch Manager Compensation computed on an annualized basis.

2.42. Total Compensation - Means the sum of an Eligible Employee’s: (a) Annualized Salary and (b) Annualized Variable Compensation.

2.43. 2007 Terminal Leave Employee - Means an Eligible Employee who (i) was hired by AXA Equitable prior to January 1, 2007, (ii) was not employed by MONY Life or a subsidiary of MONY Life at any time on or after July 8, 2004, and (iii) received Notice of Job Elimination in 2007.

518793/December 2013

 

10


2.44. Variable Compensation - Means any sales-related commissions or other compensation that: (a) is not Salary, Branch Manager Compensation or short-term or long-term incentive compensation, (b) is determined pursuant to pre-established criteria, and (c) is being paid to the Eligible Employee at the time of the Notice of Job Elimination. The determination of whether an Eligible Employee receives Variable Compensation and the nature of such Eligible Employee’s position for purposes of this Plan shall be made in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, in consultation with the relevant business unit, based on the Eligible Employee’s position as of the date of the Eligible Employee’s Notice of Job Elimination.

2.45. Weekly 40% Compensation - Means an Eligible Employee’s 40% Compensation computed on a weekly basis.

2.46. Weekly 75% Compensation - Means an Eligible Employee’s 75% Compensation computed on a weekly basis.

2.47. Weekly Total Compensation - Means an Eligible Employees’s Total Compensation computed on a weekly basis.

2.48. Years of Service – Means an Eligible Individual’s full years of employment as a Full-Time Employee or Group 1 Part-Time Employee of AXA Equitable, including service as an Eligible Individual of MONY Life, as applicable, as of his or her Job Elimination Date, excluding any service as an employee sales associate of AXA Equitable or any of its general agents, including any service under a 12 th Edition, 20 th Edition, 25 th Edition or Preliminary Employment agreement or MONY Life financed contract 54 or any similar agreement. Service with an AXA Equitable affiliate may be included in the determination of Years of Service (in accordance with the rules of this section) to the extent the entity is one that is eligible for service recognition under the applicable Retirement Plan’s service crediting procedures, as determined by the administrator of the applicable Retirement Plan in accordance with the terms of that Retirement Plan. For purposes of calculating Severance Pay only, an Eligible Individual’s partial year of service consisting of six (6) or more full months shall be considered one full Year of Service for purposes of this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Years of Service do not include any service for which severance benefits have already been paid pursuant to this Plan, any predecessor plan or any other plan, program or employment agreement or otherwise.

518793/December 2013

 

11


2.49. Years of Vesting Service - Means vesting service as such term is defined under the applicable Retirement Plan.

§3 GENERAL RULES

3.1. Notification Period - AXA Equitable shall provide a Notice of Job Elimination to each Eligible Individual who is affected by a Job Elimination. Depending upon the circumstances, an Eligible Individual may or may not be required by AXA Equitable in its sole discretion to continue to work during the Notification Period or any part thereof.

3.2. General Requirement for Severance Benefits - Unless disqualified for Severance Benefits pursuant to Section 3.3 or Section 4.9, and subject to the offset provisions of Section 3.4, an Eligible Individual (a) who receives Notice of Job Elimination, and (b) who executes (and does not exercise any rights the Eligible Individual may have to revoke) a separation agreement in such form as may be required by and acceptable to the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion, which shall at a minimum include (i) a general release and waiver of any and all claims, actions and causes of action, whether known or unknown, which the Eligible Individual may have or may claim to have against AXA Equitable, including its current and former parents, its affiliates, and its and their respective current and former successors, assigns, representatives, agents, attorneys, shareholders, officers, directors, and employees, both individually and in their official capacities, as a result of the Eligible Individual’s employment with AXA Equitable and its affiliates and the termination of such employment with AXA Equitable, and (ii) a non-competition and non-solicitation agreement, shall be eligible to receive applicable Severance Benefits as provided under this Plan. Any Eligible Individual who does not execute such separation agreement as required by this Section 3.2 by the date specified by AXA Equitable in the separation agreement (or who revokes the separation agreement, if applicable) shall be ineligible for any Severance Benefits under this Plan. In addition, all Severance Benefits otherwise due under this Plan are conditioned on the Eligible Individual’s satisfactory job performance and compliance with all applicable policies at all times as determined by AXA Equitable through the Notification Period.

518793/December 2013

 

12


3.3. Continuation of Employment

(a) If an Eligible Employee receives a Suitable Offer of Employment during the Notification Period, no Severance Benefits are due under this Plan, regardless of whether the Eligible Employee accepts the offer.

(b) If an Eligible Employee receives a Suitable Offer of Employment during the Severance Period and it is accepted, no further Severance Benefits are due under this Plan from and after the date the offer is accepted.

(c) An Eligible Individual who accepts employment with AXA Equitable or any AXA Equitable affiliate during the Notification Period, notwithstanding that such employment is not a Suitable Position, will not be eligible for Severance Benefits under this Plan.

(d) An Eligible Individual who accepts employment with AXA Equitable or any AXA Equitable affiliate during the Severance Period, notwithstanding that such employment is not a Suitable Position, will not be eligible for further Severance Benefits under this Plan from and after the date the offer is accepted.

(e) An Eligible Employee who receives an offer of continued employment or reemployment with AXA Equitable or any AXA Equitable affiliate that is not a Suitable Position and who does not accept that offer may receive Severance Benefits (or may continue to receive Severance Benefits) under this Plan if all other requirements are met.

(f) An Eligible Individual who (i) enters into a contract as an employee retail sales associate of AXA Equitable or any of its general agents, including a 12th Edition, 20th Edition, 25th Edition or Preliminary Employment agreement or a MONY Life Financed Contract (54) or any similar agreement, but excluding a 14th Edition Agent Agreement or (ii) enters into a contract as an agency, branch or district manager or other type of retail sales force manager, will not be eligible for any Severance Benefits due under this Plan if this occurs during the Notification Period, and will not be eligible for any additional Severance Benefits due under this Plan from and after the date that this occurs during the Severance Period.

518793/December 2013

 

13


3.4. Approved Leave of Absence - If an Eligible Individual begins a period of approved leave in accordance with AXA Equitable’s policies, plans and/or practices and all applicable laws at the relevant time, during the Notification Period, the Eligible Individual will (a) receive pay in lieu of any balance of the Notification Period when the approved leave terminates, payable in a lump sum, and (b) be eligible for Severance Benefits under the Plan, provided the approved leave does not exceed six (6) calendar months from the first day of such leave. If an Eligible Individual who is on an approved leave of absence either is not certified to return to work during and/or does not return to work at the end of a six-month approved leave of absence period, such Eligible Individual will not be eligible for pay in lieu of the Notification Period, or any balance thereof, or for Severance Benefits under the Plan.

3.5 WARN - The Severance Benefits due, and the corresponding Severance Period afforded, in accordance with this Plan may be reduced, to the extent permitted by law, by Salary or Branch Manager Compensation paid to an Eligible Individual, or any payment deemed by AXA Equitable to be in lieu of notice, during any legally required notice period arising under any federal, state or local plant or facility closing law (including, but not limited to, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (“WARN”)) if under such law the termination entitles the Eligible Individual to a specified period during which compensation and/or benefits must be continued. Upon a WARN event, Notice of Job Elimination will be given in accordance with the Plan even if the Eligible Individual is on an approved leave granted by AXA Equitable, in accordance with its policies, plans and/or practices and all applicable laws at the relevant time. When any such approved leave terminates, the Eligible Individual will (a) receive pay in lieu of the Notification Period, payable in a lump sum, and (b) be eligible for Severance Benefits under the Plan (as reduced, where applicable, in accordance with this Section 3.5), provided the approved leave did not exceed six (6) calendar months from the first day of such leave.

518793/December 2013

 

14


§4 SEVERANCE BENEFITS

4.1. Severance Pay - An Eligible Individual who is eligible for Severance Pay will receive the Severance Pay described in Section 5, provided all the terms and conditions of this Plan are met.

4.2 COBRA Benefits - An Eligible Individual who received Notice of Job Elimination on or prior to April 7, 2009 or who receives Notice of Job Elimination on or after January 1, 2011 and who elects COBRA coverage following the Job Elimination Date, will be eligible to receive, subject to the general rules of Section 3, three (3) months of subsidized COBRA beginning immediately following such Eligible Individual’s Job Elimination Date. Such Eligible Individual’s resulting costs will be based on the cost applicable to active employees who elect the same option and level of coverage under the AXA Equitable Health Plan, as such costs exist throughout the three (3) month period. After the three (3) month period following such Eligible Individual’s Job Elimination Date, unsubsidized COBRA rates will apply for the remainder of the period for which such Eligible Individual is eligible for COBRA. Such Eligible Individual who elects to retire prior to the end of subsidized COBRA coverage available to such Eligible Individual under the Plan will no longer be eligible for subsidized COBRA benefits provided in accordance with this Section 4.2, unless such Eligible Individual waives coverage permanently under the Retiree Health Plan (as provided under the applicable Retiree Health Plan procedures.)

An Eligible Individual who receives Notice of Job Elimination after April 7, 2009 but prior to January 1, 2011 may elect COBRA coverage following his or her Job Elimination Date at unsubsidized COBRA rates.

All Eligible Individuals eligible for a 50/5 Leave pursuant to Section 4.3 may elect up to an additional six (6) months of COBRA coverage at the unsubsidized COBRA rate after the end of the period for which the Eligible Individual is eligible for COBRA. Except as otherwise provided herein, COBRA coverage will be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the AXA Equitable Health Plan at the time COBRA coverage is elected by the Eligible Individual.

518793/December 2013

 

15


4.3. 50/5 Leave Benefits - An Eligible Individual who is not a: (a) 50/20 Employee, (b) 50/20 Branch Manager, (c) Continuing Associate, or (d) 2007 Terminal Leave Employee, but who is at least age 50 with at least five (5) Years of Vesting Service at the end of his or her Notification Period will be eligible to elect up to a two (2) year leave of absence (“50/5 Leave”) beginning after the last day of the Eligible Individual’s Notification Period. An Eligible Individual who is eligible for and elects a 50/5 Leave will receive up to two (2) Years of Vesting Service in order to bridge to a direct from service retirement, if possible, under the applicable Retirement Plan. An Eligible Individual who is eligible for and elects a 50/5 Leave will also receive the following benefits: (i) the Eligible Individual will be eligible to elect up to an additional six (6) months of unsubsidized COBRA coverage as provided in Section 4.2, and (ii) if the Eligible Individual is unable to bridge to a direct from service retirement under the applicable Retirement Plan, the Eligible Individual will be eligible, upon the attainment of age 55 and submission of the appropriate retirement election forms, to participate in the Retiree Health Plan as of his or her retirement date, provided that no AXA Equitable subsidy will be available with respect to such coverage upon a non-direct from service retirement. Severance Pay, if any, paid to an Eligible Individual who is eligible for a 50/5 Leave and who receives a Notice of Job Elimination or a Pre-Notification of Job Elimination on or before December 31, 2013 will be considered compensation for purposes of the applicable Retirement Plan. If at any time during the leave the Eligible Individual becomes a Continuing Associate, the leave and its associated benefits shall cease immediately.

4.4. 2007 Terminal Leave of Absence - Following their Severance Periods, 2007 Terminal Leave Employees who are not Continuing Associates will be eligible for a terminal leave of absence under the Pre-2007 LOA Policy and the associated benefits, for a duration of up to two (2) years, except that Group Life Insurance shall not be available during such 2007 Terminal Leaves of Absence. The 2007 Terminal Leave of Absence will be deemed elected by 2007 Terminal Leave Employees unless otherwise affirmatively waived by them. If at any time during the leave the Eligible Individual becomes a Continuing Associate, the leave and its associated benefits shall cease immediately.

518793/December 2013

 

16


4.5. 50/20 Bridging Leave - A (a) 50/20 Employee who is Job Eliminated and who is not a Continuing Associate, (b) 50/20 Branch Manager who is Job Eliminated, or (c) a 2007 Terminal Leave Employee who attains age 50 and is credited with at least twenty (20) Years of Vesting Service as of the end of the Notification Period and who is not a Continuing Associate is eligible for a terminal leave of absence under the Pre-2007 LOA Policy (“50/20 Bridging Leave”) for the greater of (i) the period of time necessary to reach age 55, or (ii) one (1) year, provided that any such 50/20 Bridging Leave shall begin following the Notification Period rather than the Severance Period. At the conclusion of the entire 50/20 Bridging Leave, the individual may elect a direct from service retirement under the applicable Retirement Plan and receive the benefits associated with such retirement. The 50/20 Bridging Leave will be deemed elected by the individual unless otherwise affirmatively waived by that individual. Severance Pay, if any, paid to an Eligible Individual who is eligible for a 50/20 Bridging Leave and who receives a Notice of Job Elimination or a Pre-Notification of Job Elimination on or before December 31, 2013 will be considered compensation for purposes of the applicable Retirement Plan. If at any time during the leave the Eligible Individual becomes a Continuing Associate, the leave and its associated benefits shall cease immediately.

4.6. Favorable Early Retirement Factors

(a) If an Eligible Individual who (i) is Job Eliminated, (ii) is not a Continuing Associate (except for a Continuing Associate under a retired agent’s agreement), (iii) has attained at least age 50 and is credited with at least twenty (20) Years of Vesting Service as of the end of the Severance Period, and (iv) has a prior plan annuity under the AXA Equitable Retirement Plan, such Eligible Individual’s prior plan annuity will be determined using the favorable early retirement factors available upon a direct from service retirement prior to age 65 under the terms and conditions of the AXA Equitable Retirement Plan. If at any time prior to retirement the individual becomes a Continuing Associate, this Section 4.6(a) shall no longer apply.

518793/December 2013

 

17


(b) If an Eligible Individual who (i) is Job Eliminated, (ii) is not a Continuing Associate (except for a Continuing Associate under a retired agent’s agreement), (iii) has attained at least age 45 and is credited with at least ten (10) Years of Vesting Service as of the end of the Severance Period, and (iv) has a prior plan annuity under the AXA Equitable Retirement Plan, such Eligible Individual’s prior plan annuity will be determined using the favorable early retirement factors applicable to such circumstances under the terms and conditions of the AXA Equitable Retirement Plan. If at any time prior to retirement the individual becomes a Continuing Associate, this Section 4.6(b) shall no longer apply.

4.7. Death - If an Eligible Individual dies before receiving all the Severance Pay payable to the Eligible Individual under this Plan, all such unpaid amounts will be paid to the Eligible Individual’s estate in a lump sum.

4.8. Mergers, Acquisitions, and Termination of Property Management Agreements and Service Agreements - No Severance Benefits shall be due under this Plan to an Eligible Individual when (a) there is a change in an AXA Equitable operation resulting from, but not limited to, a merger, acquisition, divestiture (whether through a sale of assets or stock), spinoff, joint venture or incorporation, or similar corporate event, and (b) after the effective date of the change, the successor to the operation (or AXA Equitable or an affiliate) makes a Suitable Position available to the Eligible Employee.

4.9 Return to Active Employment During the Severance Period - An Eligible Individual who returns to active employment with AXA Equitable or any AXA Equitable affiliate is ineligible to receive any additional Severance Pay or Severance Benefits from and after the effective date of such return, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. An Eligible Individual who has received Severance Pay for a portion of the Severance Period during which the Eligible Individual has already become re-employed by AXA Equitable or any AXA Equitable affiliate must return the Severance Pay attributable to the portion of the Severance Period following the re-employment and the Plan Administrator has the right to collect such payment as provided in Section 7.8.

§ 5 SEVERANCE PAY

5.1. Severance Pay - Subject to Section 3, the Severance Pay payable to an Eligible Individual who is not an Employee in a Direct Selling Position, an Employee in a Sales Management Position or an Employee in a Support/Corporate Position shall be determined under whichever of the following formulas results in the greater Severance Pay:

518793/December 2013

 

18


(a) one (1) week of Salary or Branch Manager Compensation, whichever is applicable, for all Years of Service up to and including ten (10) Years of Service and two (2) weeks of Salary or Branch Manager Compensation, whichever is applicable, for Years of Service thereafter; or

(b) two (2) weeks of Salary or Branch Manager Compensation, whichever is applicable, for every full $10,000 of the Eligible Individual’s Annualized Salary or Total Branch Manager Compensation, whichever is applicable.

Notwithstanding Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b), the minimum amount of Severance Pay payable will be six (6) weeks of Salary or Branch Manager Compensation, whichever is applicable. The maximum amount of Severance Pay payable will be the lesser of: (i) fifty-two (52) weeks of Salary or Branch Manager Compensation, whichever is applicable, and (ii) $300,000.

Subject to Section 3, the Severance Pay payable to an Eligible Employee who is an Employee in a Direct Selling Position, an Employee in a Sales Management Position or an Employee in a Support/Corporate Position shall be determined as set forth in Appendix B.

The applicable Severance Period will be determined in accordance with Section 2.38.

5.2. Payment Method - Severance Pay will be paid to an Eligible Individual in bi-weekly installments over the Severance Period, provided that payment of any installment otherwise due will not be made prior to the latest of: (a) the date that is two (2) weeks following the Eligible Individual’s Job Elimination Date, (b) the date of the Eligible Individual’s execution of a valid release as set forth in Section 3.2, and (c) the expiration date of any revocation period contained in the Eligible Individual’s separation agreement and general release and waiver described in Section 3.2. Any installments that are delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence will be paid in one lump sum as soon as possible following the latest of the foregoing dates, provided that in no event shall any Severance Pay be paid later than the last day of the second year following the year in which an Eligible Individual’s Job Elimination Date occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible

518793/December 2013

 

19


Individual (x) whose Severance Pay exceeds two (2) times the lesser of the amounts described in Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(2), or such successor provisions thereto or (y) who is not deemed to have incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h) as of the last day Eligible Individual’s Notification Period, must take his or her Severance Pay in bi-weekly installments until the earlier of:

(i) the end of the Eligible Individual’s Severance Period, or

(ii) the second to last payroll payment date occurring on or before March 15th of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Eligible Individual receives Notice of Job Elimination.

In the case of (ii) above, the Eligible Individual’s remaining Severance Pay, if any, shall be paid in a lump sum prior to such March 15. In addition, an Eligible Individual who elects to retire prior to the commencement of bi-weekly installments shall receive Severance Pay in a single lump sum and an Eligible Individual who elects to retire thereafter shall receive any remaining Severance Pay in a single lump sum; provided such Severance Pay does not constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”).

§6 PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND FUNDING

6.1. General Administration - The Plan Administrator, or its authorized delegate, has fiduciary authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan and to make such rules and regulations and to take such actions to administer the Plan as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate. Interpretation of this Plan is within the sole authority and discretion of the Plan Administrator, who shall determine eligibility for benefits and resolve any ambiguities, inconsistencies and omissions of the Plan. As a result, benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Plan Administrator decides in its discretion that the claimant is entitled to them. This discretionary authority is intended to be absolute and, in any case when the extent of this discretion is in question, the Plan Administrator is to be accorded the maximum discretion possible. Any exercise of this discretionary authority

518793/December 2013

 

20


shall be reviewed by a court, arbitrator, or any other tribunal under the arbitrary and capricious standard (i. e. , the abuse of discretion standard). The decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding, other than a claim for benefits that is appealed. Appeals of Severance Benefits claims may be addressed to the AXA Equitable Benefits Appeals Committee pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 7.9(c) of this Plan. The decisions and actions of the Plan Administrator, or of the AXA Equitable Benefits Appeals Committee concerning an appeal, shall be final and binding upon AXA Equitable, its employees and their spouses, dependents, heirs, successors and assigns, unless determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be arbitrary and capricious.

6.2. Amendment and Termination - AXA Equitable reserves the right to modify, amend or terminate this Plan or its terms and conditions at any time and for any reason upon action by the board of directors of AXA Equitable or an individual or committee to whom such responsibility has been delegated by the board.

6.3. Source of Payments - All payments under this Plan shall be made by AXA Equitable from its own general assets, and the status of the claim of each Eligible Individual to payments under this Plan shall be the same as the status of a claim against AXA Equitable by any general and unsecured creditors. No person shall look to or have any claim whatsoever against any officer, director, agent or employee of AXA Equitable in his or her individual capacity for the payment of any benefits under this Plan.

§7 MISCELLANEOUS

7.1. No Assignment - No Eligible Individual shall have the right to alienate, assign, commute or otherwise encumber Severance Benefits under this Plan for any purpose whatsoever, and any attempt to do so shall be disregarded completely as null and void.

7.2. ERISA - AXA Equitable intends that this Plan constitute a “welfare plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (hereinafter referred to as “ERISA”) and any ambiguities in this Plan shall be construed to effect that intent.

518793/December 2013

 

21


7.3. Construction - This Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, except as such laws are superseded by applicable provisions of ERISA and/or WARN and sub-headings have been added only for convenience of reference and shall have no substantive effect. All references to Sections shall be to sections of this Plan.

7.4. Tax and Other Laws - AXA Equitable shall have the right to withhold on or deduct from any Severance Benefits paid under this Plan, to the extent that AXA Equitable deems that such withholding or deduction is necessary or appropriate to satisfy any federal, state or other applicable law. All Severance Benefits under this Plan are intended to be exempt from Section 409A. As such, it is intended that the Severance Pay described in Section 5.1 and its payment method described in Section 5.2, meet the requirements of either the short-term deferral rule set forth in Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4) or the “two times two years” exemption set forth in Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii). Any provision of this Plan that is inconsistent with this intent shall be void to the minimum extent necessary to permit this intent to be fulfilled. All interpretations of this Plan shall be consistent with this intent. Any action by the Plan Administrator that it is inconsistent with this intent (or that would cause the Plan to violate Section 409A) shall be void and without effect to the minimum extent possible (if any) that will allow this intent to be fulfilled (or to avoid a violation of Section 409A, if applicable). If the failure to take an action under the Plan would cause the Plan to be subject to Section 409A (or to violate Section 409A), then to the extent it is possible thereby to avoid having the Plan subject to Section 409A (or to avoid a violation of Section 409A, if applicable), it is intended that the rights and effects under the Plan be altered to avoid such outcome. In all cases, the provisions of this Section shall apply to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A and notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan that is not contained in this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, AXA Equitable makes no guarantee of any federal, state or local tax consequences with respect to the interpretation of Section 409A and its application to the terms of this Plan, and AXA Equitable shall have no liability for any adverse tax consequences to any Eligible Individual as a result of any violation of Section 409A.

518793/December 2013

 

22


7.5. Incompetency - If the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, determines that any person entitled to benefits under this Plan is incompetent or is unable to care for his or her affairs by reason of physical or mental disability, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cause all payments thereafter becoming due to such person to be made to such person or his or her legal representative for his or her benefit, without responsibility to follow the application of amounts so paid. Payments made pursuant to this provision shall completely discharge the Plan, AXA Equitable and the Plan Administrator with respect to such payments.

7.6. Missing Persons - If the Plan Administrator is unable to ascertain the whereabouts of any person to whom Severance Pay is payable under this Plan, and if, after one year from the date any such payment is due, a notice of such payment due is mailed to the last known address of such person as shown on the records of the Plan Administrator and within three months after such mailing such person has not filed with the Plan Administrator written claim therefor, the Plan Administrator may direct that such payment be cancelled and forfeited, and upon such cancellation the Plan shall have no further liability therefore.

7.7. Waiver - No term, condition or provision of this Plan shall be deemed to have been waived, and there shall be no estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of the Plan, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

7.8. Excess Payments - If any person has been paid Severance Benefits under this Plan that are in excess of the Severance Benefits that should have been paid, or receives Severance Benefits which should not have been paid under the provisions of the Plan, the Plan Administrator may cause the deduction of the amount of such excess or improper payment from any subsequent Severance Benefits payable to such person or other present or future amounts payable to such persons. Further, the Plan Administrator may recover any such excess or improper Severance Benefit payments by any appropriate method that the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion shall determine.

518793/December 2013

 

23


7.9. Claims Procedure -

(a) Claims for Severance Benefits shall be filed with the Plan Administrator no later than six (6) months from the earlier of the employee’s employment termination date with AXA Equitable and the employee’s Job Elimination Date.

(b) If a claim for Severance Benefits under this Plan is fully or partially denied, the Plan Administrator will give the employee, beneficiary or any authorized representative (the “claimant”) a written notice within ninety (90) days of receiving the claim stating:

 

  (i) the specific reason or reasons the claim was denied;

 

  (ii) the exact references to the Plan provisions that dealt with the claim, and why it was denied;

 

  (iii) a description of any additional information or information necessary for the claimant to revise and perfect the claim, and an explanation as to why such material or information is necessary; and

 

  (iv) an explanation of the Plan’s appeals procedure and the time limits applicable to such procedures.

If special circumstances require an extension of time for the Plan Administrator to render a decision, the Plan Administrator will provide the claimant with a written notice of the extension, within ninety (90) days of receiving the claim, stating the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which a decision can be expected, which shall be no more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date the claim was filed.

(c) Within sixty (60) days after the claimant has received the written denial from the Plan Administrator, such claimant will have an opportunity to appeal the claim denial to the AXA Equitable Benefits Appeals Committee for a full and fair review. The claimant may include any written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and may include a request for “relevant” documents to be provided free

518793/December 2013

 

24


of charge. After the claimant has made the appeal, the AXA Equitable Benefits Appeals Committee will make the decision no later than sixty (60) days after receiving the request for a review. If special circumstances require an extension of time, the AXA Equitable Benefits Appeals Committee will notify the claimant in writing of such extension within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for a review, and will reach a decision within another sixty (60) days. If the period of time is extended due to the claimant’s failure to submit information necessary to decide a claim, the period for making the benefit determination on appeal shall be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information.

(d) In the case of an adverse benefit determination on appeal, the AXA Equitable Benefits Appeals Committee will provide written notification to the claimant, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, setting forth:

 

  (i) the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination on appeal;

 

  (ii) the specific Plan provisions on which the denial of the appeal is based;

 

  (iii) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of all documents, records, and other information “relevant” to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

  (iv) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of ERISA.

(e) For purposes of this Section, a document, record or other information shall be considered “relevant” to a claimant’s claim if such document, record or other information: (i) was relied upon in making the benefit determination, (ii) was submitted, considered, or generated in the course of making the benefit determination, without regard to whether such document, record, or other information was relied upon in making the benefit determination, or (iii) demonstrates compliance with the administrative processes and safeguards required in making the benefit determination.

518793/December 2013

 

25


(f) These claims procedures do not create any independent rights to Severance Benefits under the Plan. An individual who files a claim for Severance Benefits must satisfy all the eligibility requirements, including the requirements set forth in Section 3.2 regarding the execution, submission and non-revocation of the release referenced in Section 3.2.

7.10. No Contract - This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between any employee and AXA Equitable, nor shall anything herein contained be deemed to give any employee any right to be retained in the employ of AXA Equitable or to interfere with the right of AXA Equitable to discharge any employee at any time and to treat him or her without regard to the effect such treatment might have upon him or her with respect to eligibility for benefits under this Plan.

518793/December 2013

 

26


APPENDIX A – PRE-2007 LOA POLICY

TERMINAL LEAVE OF ABSENCE

 

Applies To:    All employees of AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (the “company”) and certain affiliates participating in the AXA Equitable Severance Benefits Plan for Eligible Officers and Employees and the AXA Equitable Severance Benefits Plan for Senior Officers (“AXA Equitable Severance Plans”). [Terminal Leave is not applicable to former MONY employees associated with the 2004 MONY acquisition].
Summary    Job-eliminated employees may request an unpaid leave of absence for up to two years following the severance period to vest, meet the age and/or service requirements for retiring directly as determined under the Retirement Plan for Employees, Managers and Agents sponsored by the company (the “Retirement Plan”), or to add up to one year of credited service under the Retirement Plan (or the Excess Retirement Plan for certain participants). Job-eliminated employees age 50 or older and with 20 years of service at the end of their severance period may extend their terminal leave until they are eligible for early retirement under the Retirement Plan (age 55).
Eligibility   

Job-eliminated Full-Time Salaried and Group I Part-Time employees may request a terminal leave of absence of up to two years by filing the appropriate forms as requested by the Retirement Plan administrator. The leave is unpaid. The first year of the terminal leave counts as credited service and may be used in the formula for determining the pension benefit under the Retirement Plan (or the Excess Retirement Plan for certain participants). All years of terminal leave count for vesting purposes and for determining cost sharing under the Retiree Health Plan through December 31, 2006. All years of terminal leave may also be used by the employee to attain the requisite age or acquire the requisite service to retire directly from the company.

 

Retirement Plan participants age 50 or older with 20 or more years of service at the end of their severance period — who could not otherwise bridge to retirement — may use additional unpaid leave to become eligible for early retirement benefits (including health and life insurance) upon reaching age 55.

518793/December 2013

 

27


Benefits During Terminal Leave   

During terminal leave, an employee is not eligible for company health benefits. However, participation in the Health Plan sponsored by AXA Equitable may be continued under COBRA, depending on whether COBRA was elected and the duration of the COBRA period. The duration of the COBRA period is determined by federal law and can be found in the Health Plan summary plan description.

 

If COBRA is elected initially, the employee must re-elect coverage during the annual open enrollment period if the former employee remains eligible and desires to retain COBRA coverage. The employee is billed directly.

Group Life Insurance    Group life insurance coverage ends on the last day of the terminal leave, provided any required contributions have been made during the terminal leave period, but the employee may convert part or all of his or her group life coverage to an individual policy by completing a conversion form and paying the first premium within 31 days after the end date of the terminal leave of absence. If the employee dies within 31 days after group life coverage ends, benefits will be paid just as if the employee were fully covered.
Disability Plan    There is no disability coverage during terminal leave.
Investment Plan    The employee is no longer eligible to make contributions or receive matching contributions to the Investment Plan during terminal leave. However, the account balance will remain in the Investment Plan during the terminal leave, subject to the normal in-service withdrawal rules. When the terminal leave ends, the participant’s account balance is available for distribution to the participant or may be deferred to a later date as provided under the Investment Plan. However, if the account balance is $5,000 or less, the account balance will be automatically distributed as provided under the Investment Plan.
Retirement Plan    The first year of terminal leave is counted for benefit accrual purposes under the Retirement Plan (or the Excess Retirement Plan). Up to two years may be counted for vesting purposes.

518793/December 2013

 

28


APPENDIX B

Additional Severance Pay Formulas

Employee in a Direct Selling Position

Severance Pay for an Employee In a Direct Selling Position will equal the higher of:

 

  (a) one (1) week of Weekly Total Compensation for all Years of Service up to and including ten (10) Years of Service and two (2) weeks of Weekly Total Compensation for each Year of Service thereafter; and

 

  (b) two (2) weeks of Salary for every full $10,000 of the Eligible Employee’s Annualized Salary.

Notwithstanding the above, the minimum amount of Severance Pay payable to an Employee In a Direct Selling Position will be six (6) weeks of Weekly Total Compensation or Salary, as applicable, and the maximum amount of Severance Pay payable to an Employee In a Direct Selling Position will be the lesser of: (a) $300,000 and (b) fifty-two weeks (52) of Weekly Total Compensation or Salary, as applicable. The applicable Severance Period will be determined in accordance with Section 2.38.

Employee in a Support/Corporate Position

Severance Pay for an Employee in a Support/Corporate Position will equal the higher of:

 

  (a) one (1) week of Weekly Total Compensation for all Years of Service up to and including ten (10) Years of Service and two (2) weeks of Weekly Total Compensation for each Year of Service thereafter; and

 

  (b) two (2) weeks of Weekly 75% Compensation for every full $10,000 in 75% Compensation.

Notwithstanding the above, the minimum amount of Severance Pay payable to an Employee In a Support/Corporate Position will be six (6) weeks of Weekly Total Compensation or Weekly 75% Compensation, as applicable, and the maximum amount of Severance Pay payable to an Employee In a Support/Corporate Position will be the lesser of: (a) $300,000 and (b) fifty-two (52) weeks of Weekly Total Compensation or Weekly 75% Compensation, as applicable. The applicable Severance Period will be determined in accordance with Section 2.38.

518793/December 2013

 

29


Employee in a Sales Management Position

Severance Pay for an Employee In a Sales Management Position will equal the higher of:

 

  (a) one (1) week of Weekly Total Compensation for all Years of Service up to and including ten (10) Years of Service and two (2) weeks of Weekly Total Compensation for each Year of Service thereafter; and

 

  (b) two (2) weeks of Weekly 40% Compensation for every full $10,000 in 40% Compensation.

Notwithstanding the above, the minimum amount of Severance Pay payable to an Employee In a Sales Management Position will be six (6) weeks of Weekly Total Compensation or Weekly 40% Compensation, as applicable, and the maximum amount of Severance Pay payable to an Employee In a Sales Management Position will be the lesser of: (a) $300,000 and (b) fifty-two (52) weeks of Weekly Total Compensation or Weekly 40% Compensation, as applicable. The applicable Severance Period will be determined in accordance with Section 2.38.

518793/December 2013

 

30

Exhibit 10.46

AXA Equitable Supplemental Severance Plan For Executives

(As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2014)

Purpose

The purpose of the AXA Equitable Supplemental Severance Plan for Executives (the “Supplemental Plan”) is to provide supplemental severance benefits for individuals who have been elected by the Board of Directors of AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (“AXA Equitable”) as Executive Directors or higher (“Eligible Executive”) of AXA Equitable in the event of Job Elimination. These severance benefits are intended solely to supplement, and shall not be duplicative of, any severance benefits for which an Eligible Executive may be eligible under the AXA Equitable Severance Benefit Plan (“Basic Severance Plan,” any capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are as defined in the Basic Severance Plan”).

Coordination with Basic Severance Plan

All provisions of the Basic Severance Plan including, without limitation, all terms and conditions for the payment of Severance Benefits, shall apply to this Supplemental Plan and are incorporated by reference into this Supplemental Plan. This Supplemental Plan shall only exist to the extent the Basic Severance Plan remains in effect. To the extent there is a conflict between this Supplemental Plan and the Basic Severance Plan, this Supplemental Plan will govern.

Benefits

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Basic Severance Plan, an Eligible Executive who is Job Eliminated and otherwise eligible for benefits under the Basic Severance Plan shall be eligible for the following benefits to the extent not provided to the Eligible Executive under the Basic Severance Plan:

 

  (a) Severance Pay equal to fifty-two weeks of Salary reduced by any Severance Pay for which the Eligible Executive may be eligible under the Basic Severance Plan, payable in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Basic Severance Plan;

 

  (b) Additional amount of Severance Pay equal to the greater of:

 

  (i) the most recent annual short-term incentive compensation award paid to the Eligible Executive prior to the date the Eligible Executive receives Notice of Job Elimination;

 

  (ii) the average of the three most recent short-term incentive compensation awards paid to the Eligible Executive prior to the date the Eligible Executive receives Notice of Job Elimination; and

 

  (iii) the annual target short-term incentive compensation award for the Eligible Executive for the year in which the Eligible Executive receives Notice of Job Elimination;

518794/December 2013

 

1


payable in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Basic Severance Plan;

 

  (c) a lump sum payment equal to the sum of: (i) the Eligible Executive’s annual target short-term incentive compensation for the year in which the Eligible Executive receives Notice of Job Elimination, pro-rated based on the number of the Eligible Executive’s full calendar months of service in that year, and (ii) $40,000, less applicable withholdings and deductions, made on the first business day on or after the 90 th day following the Eligible Executive’s Job Elimination Date;

 

  (d) continuation of existing participation, if any, in the AXA Equitable Executive Survivor Benefit Plan for a period of one year from the Eligible Executive’s Job Elimination Date, subject to the terms of that plan which may be amended by AXA Equitable at any time in accordance with the plan’s provisions;

 

  (e) one additional Year of Vesting Service in the applicable Retirement Plan as of the Eligible Executive’s Job Elimination Date in the event that the Eligible Executive is not eligible for a 50/5 Leave or a 50/20 Bridging Leave under the Basic Severance Plan; and

 

  (f) for Eligible Executives who receive a Notice of Job Elimination or a Pre- Notification of Job Elimination on or before December 31, 2013 only, additional accruals under the AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan, the AXA Equitable Annual Cash Payment Excess Plan, the MONY Life Excess Benefit Plan for MONY Employees, or the AXA Financial, Inc. Excess Benefit Plan for Select Employees , as applicable, for all Severance Pay provided under the Basic Severance Plan and this Supplemental Plan, reduced by any accruals for which the Eligible Executive may be eligible under the Basic Severance Plan and subject to the terms of those plans which may be amended at any time in accordance with such plans’ provisions (for this purpose, any additional pay credits will be credited to the Eligible Executive’s account as of the Eligible Executive’s Job Elimination Date and will be calculated based on reasonable assumptions regarding changes in the compensation limit set forth in Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), if necessary, as determined by AXA Equitable in its sole discretion).

Except as provided herein, no amounts paid under this Supplemental Plan will be considered to be compensation for purposes of any company benefit plan or program.

Section 409A

 

  (a) If any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to an Eligible Executive in connection with his or her Job Elimination is determined, in whole or in part, to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) and the Eligible Executive is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), then such “nonqualified

518794/December 2013

 

2


  deferred compensation” will not be paid before (i) the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the sixth (6th) month of such Eligible Executive’s Job Elimination Date or (ii) the first regularly scheduled payroll date following such Eligible Executive’s death, if earlier (the “New Payment Date”). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if it is determined that Notice 2010-06, 2010-03 I.R.B. (“Notice 2010-06”) applies to such payment of “nonqualified deferred compensation”, then, for any Eligible Executive affected by the application of Notice 2010-06, the “New Payment Date” shall mean (x) the later of (A) the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the 18th month of the Amended Effective Date and (B) the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the sixth (6th) month of such Eligible Executive’s Job Elimination Date or (y) the first regularly scheduled payroll date following such Eligible Executive’s death, if earlier. The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Eligible Executive during the period between the Eligible Executive’s Job Elimination Date and the New Payment Date will be paid to such Eligible Executive in a lump sum on such New Payment Date. Thereafter, any payments that remain outstanding as of the day immediately following the New Payment Date will be paid without delay over the time period originally scheduled, in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Plan.

 

  (b) If under this Supplemental Plan, an amount is paid in two or more installments, each installment shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A.

 

  (c) A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Supplemental Plan providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits subject to Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h), provided that a separation from service will be deemed to have occurred where AXA Equitable and an Eligible Executive reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services such Eligible Executive would perform after that date for AXA Equitable and all persons with whom AXA Equitable would be considered a single employer under Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code would permanently decrease to less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services provided by such Eligible Executive in the immediately preceding 12 months. In addition, an 80% test will be used to in applying Sections 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) of the Code for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Section 414(b) of the Code and in applying Treas. Reg. Section 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or businesses that are under common control for purposes of Section 414(c) of the Code.

Effective Date

The original effective date of this Supplemental Plan is November 20, 2008. This Supplemental Plan was first amended and restated effective as of March 4, 2011, and is hereby subsequently amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2014.

518794/December 2013

 

3

Exhibit 10.47

 

LOGO

Executive Survivor

Benefits Plan

 

LOGO


The AXA Equitable Executive Survivor Benefits Plan

 

 

How the Plan Works

How does the Executive Survivor Benefits Plan work?

The AXA Equitable Executive Survivor Benefits Plan (the “Plan”; all capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan) offers financial protection to your beneficiaries. You may choose from four Levels of protection and the form of the benefit to be paid within each Level.

Level 1 provides a death benefit equal to one times your Plan Compensation (defined below), Level 2 provides an additional one times your Compensation, and so on, up to four times your Compensation if you choose all four Levels.

If you have chosen coverage under Level 1, you are then eligible to choose additional coverage under Level 2. If you choose Level 2 coverage, you may then choose additional coverage from Level 3, and so on. You cannot take a Level of coverage if you have not taken all of the previous Levels.

You may choose a different beneficiary under each Level of coverage.

How are benefits determined?

If you die prior to your actual retirement, your beneficiary will receive a benefit determined by your annual Compensation and benefit elections at the time of your death.

If your death occurs after retirement, the benefit will be determined by your annualized final Compensation as of your retirement date and will depend on the payment option you elect.

Important Note for New Participants after 2007:

Please note that if you began participation in the Plan after 2007, any benefits due to your beneficiary(ies) under the Plan will be offset, dollar for dollar, by the amount of any benefit payable on your behalf under the MONY Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan. Also, your total benefit under the Plan will be capped if your Compensation exceeds $6,250,000.

What is considered “Compensation”?

Compensation for this Plan is defined as:

For Employees:

 

    Your annual base salary.

plus

 

    The average of the three highest short-term incentive compensation awards paid in the ten years prior to the date of your retirement or death or the most recent award, whichever is greater.

For Divisional Presidents and Branch Managers:

 

    Your average managerial compensation.

Reduction for any Company sponsored qualified or nonqualified deferred compensation plan is disregarded for purposes of determining your Compensation.

Details of Compensation are defined more fully in the Plan document.

 

 

1


 

 

Level 1 Benefits

What are my payment options under Level 1?

Your Level 1 benefit is equal to one times your Compensation. However, benefits paid under Level 1 are offset by those provided through the AXA Equitable Group Life Insurance Plan (the “Group Life Plan”). Currently, your coverage under the Group Life Plan immediately reverts to $50,000 once you enroll in this Plan, regardless of any other election you may have made with respect to the Group Life Plan during open enrollment. Your beneficiary for the Group Life Plan can be different than your beneficiary for the remaining balance of the Level 1 benefit.

You have two payment options to choose from for the remainder of the benefit under Level 1 coverage:

 

    A Lump Sum Benefit

 

    A Survivor Income Benefit

Can I always choose either payment option?

No. The Company’s ability to provide you with the Lump Sum Benefit option is conditioned on your obtaining satisfactory medical underwriting from the insurance carrier. For Level 1 coverage only, if you do not receive favorable underwriting, the Company will provide you with a taxable lump sum benefit equal to the income tax-free benefit you would otherwise be entitled to receive. Since this noninsured benefit is taxable to your beneficiary, you are not required to pay taxes on the economic value of the benefit while you are living.

How does the Lump Sum Benefit option work?

If you choose this option and you obtain satisfactory medical underwriting, the remainder of the benefit will be paid directly from the insurance carrier to your beneficiary, income-tax free.

However, under this option, the Company is required to include as imputed income the annual economic value of this benefit on your federal form W-2 each year.

How is this economic value determined?

The economic value of this benefit is based on the amount it would cost for you to purchase a life insurance policy with the same level of coverage. If you elect the Lump Sum Benefit after January 28, 2002, the economic value is determined using term insurance rates contained in Table 2001, a table issued by the IRS. These term insurance rates are subject to change.

For example, if your Compensation is $700,000 and you elected the Lump Sum Benefit after January 28, 2002, the economic value of this benefit would be:

 

Plan Coverage
$ 700,000    

Compensation

  (50,000  

Group Life Benefit

 

 

   
$ 650,000    

Plan Coverage

 

Economic Value of Coverage at Age 45
$ 650    

Coverage (in thousands)

  x 1.53    

Annual rate per $1000 of coverage

 

 

   
$ 994.50  

 

* Economic value of benefit reported as part of your annual taxable income

 

Economic Value of Coverage at Age 60
$ 650    

Coverage (in thousands)

  x 6.51    

Annual rate per $1000 of coverage

 

 

   
$ 4,231.50  

 

* Economic value of benefit reported as part of your annual taxable income
 

 

2


 

 

Level 1 Benefits

How does the Survivor Income Benefit option work?

If you choose this option the benefit will be paid to your beneficiary in 15 annual payments. The amounts your beneficiary receives will be taxed as ordinary income and there will be no economic value reported to you as part of your annual income.

How is the Survivor Income Benefit calculated?

The value of the 15 annual payments under the Survivor Income Benefit is intended to approximate the value of the Lump Sum Benefit option, taking into account the time value of money but not the effect of taxes (except as provided below). The interest rate used to determine the amount of each payment is fixed at the time payments begin and equals the 10-year Treasury Constant Maturity rate as of the business day immediately prior to the date of your death.

For individuals who began participation in the Plan prior to 2008, the amount of the payment will be grossed up each year based on the highest individual marginal federal income tax bracket in effect at the time of payment.

Can I receive the Survivor Income Benefit in a lump sum?

You can elect to have the present value of the 15 annual payments under the Survivor Income Benefit paid in a lump sum (note that no gross-up will apply to this payment, regardless of when participation in the plan began). Unlike the Lump Sum Benefit option, the economic value is not reported as part of your annual income, but the amount your beneficiary receives will be taxed to your beneficiary as ordinary income when received.

What happens to my Level 1 coverage when I retire?

Level 1 coverage continues to provide the same total death benefit in retirement until age 65 (or actual retirement date, if later) when Level  1 coverage is terminated. Prior to age 65, if the Group Life Plan benefit decreases due to retirement, the amount of Level 1 coverage will increase correspondingly.

 

 

3


 

 

Level 1 Benefits   To summarize Level  1 coverage – if the assumptions shown below remained constant, your estimated survivor benefits and costs under Level 1 coverage would be:

 

     Lump Sum   

Survivor Income Benefit

    

Benefit

  

Installment Option

  

Lump Sum Option

Group Life Benefit    $50,000 paid in a lump sum 1    $50,000 paid in a lump sum 1    $50,000 paid in a lump sum 1
ESBP Benefit    $650,000 paid in a lump sum    $50,339 per year paid for 15 years    $650,000 paid in a lump sum
Cost of ESBP Benefit to Beneficiary    None; income tax-free    Taxable when received 2    Taxable when received
Cost of ESBP Benefit To You    Economic value reported as part of your annual taxable income before your death    None    None
Assumptions: Compensation: $700,000; Interest Rate: 2.23% 3

 

 

1   Tax-free benefit.
2   For individuals who began participation in the Plan prior to 2008, the amount of the benefit under the Installment Option will be grossed up annually based on the highest individual marginal federal income tax bracket in effect at the time of payment.
3   Equals 10-Year Treasury Constant Maturity rate as of March 30, 2012.

 

4


 

 

Level 2 Benefits

What is Level 2 Coverage?

You may elect additional coverage under Level 2 if you have already selected Level 1 coverage. Level 2 offers you three benefit options to choose from:

 

    Lump Sum Benefit

 

    Survivor Income Benefit

 

    Surviving Spouse Benefit

What is the Lump Sum Benefit option?

If you choose the Lump Sum Benefit option, your beneficiary will receive a lump sum payment equal to your Compensation.

As in Level 1:

 

    This benefit will be paid directly to your beneficiary from the insurance carrier, income tax free.

 

    The Company is required to include the economic value of this benefit as part of your annual taxable income on your federal Form W-2 each year.

However, under Level 2 coverage there is no offset for any Group Life Plan benefit.

The Lump Sum benefit option is not available if you do not receive favorable medical underwriting from the insurance carrier.

What is the Survivor Income Benefit option?

If you choose the Survivor Income Benefit option, you will choose whether your beneficiary will receive an annual benefit for 15 years or a lump sum. (The calculation of this benefit is described on page 3 of this booklet.) As in Level 1, there is no cost to you for this protection during your lifetime, but your beneficiary will be taxed on the benefits when received.

What is the Surviving Spouse Benefit option?

If you are married, you have a third option to choose from – the Surviving Spouse Benefit. This option will provide your surviving spouse with monthly income, calculated as follows:

 

35% of the first $1,667 of your monthly Compensation

Plus

25% of your remaining monthly Compensation

Less

75% of your surviving spouse’s maximum monthly Social Security entitlement, payable at 65

To determine your monthly Compensation, divide your Compensation by 12. This amount will be adjusted annually after your death for cost-of living changes as measured by the percentage change in the U.S. Consumer Price Index (CPI, for all urban wage earners and clerical workers where 1967 equals 100), for the year that ends on the preceding September 30, based on the following chart.

(Continued)

 

 

5


 

 

Level 2 Benefits

What is the Surviving Spouse Benefit option? (Continued)

 

CPI    Cost of Living
Change   

Adjustment (COLA)

0-3%    Full amount of CPI change
3-6%    3%
6-12%    Half the CPI change
Above

12%

   6%

There is no cost to you during your lifetime for this protection, but the payments are taxed as income to your surviving spouse.

How long will my spouse receive the Surviving Spouse Benefit?

The duration of the Surviving Spouse Benefit depends upon your length of service with the Company at the time of your death. If you have less than 20 years of service, your surviving spouse will receive monthly payments until the earlier of: (a) period equal to two times your length of service (with a minimum of 60 monthly payments) and (b) your spouse’s death. If you have 20 or more years of service at the time of your retirement or your death, if earlier, your surviving spouse will receive this benefit for life.

What happens to my Level 2 coverage when I retire?

Your coverage under Level 2 will continue after your retirement.

 

 

To summarize Level  2 coverage – using the same example from Level 1, if the assumptions shown below remained constant, your estimated additional survivor benefits and costs under Level 2 would be:

 

         

Survivor Income Benefit

    
     Lump    Installment    Lump Sum    Surviving
    

Sum Benefit

  

Option

  

Option

  

Spouse Benefit

ESBP Benefit    $700,000 paid in a lump sum to your beneficiary    $54,211 per year paid to your beneficiary for 15 years    $700,000 paid in a lump sum to your beneficiary    $177,000 1 annualized benefit paid monthly to your spouse for life (assumes 20 years of service) 4
Cost of ESBP Benefit to Beneficiary / Spouse   

None;

income tax-free

   Taxable when received  2    Taxable when received    Taxable when received
Cost of ESBP Benefit To You    Economic value reported as part of your annual taxable income before your death    None    None    None
Assumptions: Compensation: $700,000; Interest Rate: 2.23% 3      

 

 

1   Before Social Security reduction.
2   For individuals who began participation in the Plan prior to 2008, the amount of the benefit under the Installment Option will be grossed up annually based on the highest individual marginal federal income tax bracket in effect at the time of payment.
3   Equals 10-Year Treasury Constant Maturity rate as of March 30, 2012.
4   Adjusted annually after the death of the participant for cost of living changes.

 

6


 

 

Levels 3 & 4 Benefits

What are Levels 3 and 4 coverage?

You may choose additional coverage under Level 3 after you have elected coverage under both Levels 1 and 2. You may choose Level 4 benefits after you have elected coverage under Levels 1, 2 and 3.

What is the cost for Levels 3 and 4 coverage?

Levels 3 and 4 require that you make contributions to the Plan, as shown in the table below:

 

Annual Contribution Rates per $1,000  

Age

   Rate per $1,000  

39 and under

   $ .60  

40-44

     .70  

45-49

     1.10  

50-54

     1.80  

55-59

     2.80  

60-64

     4.10  

In addition, if the economic value of your coverage for any year is greater than the amount you contribute for that year, the difference will be imputed income to you and will be included on your W-2 form for that year.

What are my choices under Levels 3 & 4?

Levels 3 and 4 offer you three choices for additional survivor benefits:

 

    Lump Sum Benefit

 

    Survivor Income Benefit

 

    Surviving Spouse Income Addition

What is the Lump Sum Benefit option?

If you choose the Lump Sum Benefit option, your beneficiary will receive a lump sum payment equal to your Compensation. This benefit will be paid directly to your beneficiary from the insurance carrier and is not subject to income tax.

The Lump Sum Benefit option is not available if you do not receive favorable medical underwriting from the insurance carrier.

What is the Survivor Income Benefit option?

If you elect the Survivor Income Benefit, you also will choose whether your beneficiary will receive an annual benefit for 15 years or a lump sum. (The calculation of this benefit is described on page 3 of this booklet.) This benefit will be taxable when received by your beneficiary.

What is the Surviving Spouse Income Addition option?

If you are married, you may elect this third benefit option that will provide your surviving spouse with monthly income for life, with a minimum of 60 months of payments. This monthly payment will be equal to an annualized benefit of 10% of your Compensation and will be adjusted annually after your death for cost-of living changes as measured by the CPI (defined on page 5).

 

 

7


 

 

Levels 3 & 4 Benefits

What happens to my Levels 3 and 4 coverage when I retire?

Coverage under Levels 3 and 4 will continue without reduction.

Regardless of your actual retirement age, contributions will continue to be required until you reach age 65. If you have elected the Lump Sum Benefit option under Level 3 and/or 4, the Company will continue to include any excess of the economic value of your coverage over your annual contributions as imputed income on your federal Form W-2 (thus, the entire economic value of your coverage will be included as imputed income on your federal Form W-2 after your contributions cease).

If you have elected either the Survivor Income Benefit or the Surviving Spouse Income Addition options under Level 3 and/or 4, there will be no cost to you after reaching age 65.

 

 

To summarize Levels 3 and 4 coverage – using the same examples, if the assumptions shown below remained constant your additional survivor benefits and costs under each Level of coverage prior to age 65 would be:

 

         

Survivor Income Benefit

    
     Lump    Installment    Lump Sum    Surviving Spouse
    

Sum Benefit

  

Option

  

Option

  

Income Addition

ESBP Benefit for Each Level    $700,000 paid in a lump sum to your beneficiary    $54,211 per year paid to your beneficiary for 15 years    $700,000 paid in a lump sum to your beneficiary    $70,000  1 annualized paid monthly to your spouse for life  3
Cost of ESBP Benefit to Beneficiary / Spouse   

None;

income tax-free

   Taxable when received  1    Taxable when received    Taxable when received
Cost of ESBP Benefit To You    Annual contribution per table to age 65; excess of economic value of coverage over annual contributions reported as part of annual taxable income until death (see page 7)    Annual contribution per table to age 65; (see page 7)    Annual contribution per table to age 65; (see page 7)    Annual contribution per table to age 65; (see page 7)
Assumptions: Compensation: $700,000; Interest Rate: 2.23% 2      

 

 

1   For individuals who began participation in the Plan prior to 2008, the amount of the benefit under the Installment Option will be grossed up annually based on the highest individual marginal federal income tax bracket in effect at the time of payment.
2   Equals 10-Year Treasury Constant Maturity rate as of March 30, 2012.
3   Adjusted annually after the death of the participant for cost of living changes.

 

8


 

 

General Information

Which combination of Levels and payment options is the best choice?

The best choice for you will depend on your age, your family/spousal situation, and your personal financial situation. You may want to consult your own tax or financial planning consultant for advice and recommendations.

May I change the Levels of coverage and payment option I elect?

You may elect increased Levels of coverage only in the case of marriage or the birth of a child. In addition, you may only elect the Surviving Spouse Benefit or the Surviving Spouse Income Addition Benefit when you initially enroll in the Plan or in the case of marriage or the birth of a child. To make these elections, you must complete and return a change form within 90 days after the event or in the next annual re-enrollment period occurring after the event (provided that if the event occurs while an annual re-enrollment period is occurring, you must return your change form during that period). All other election changes may be made once a year during the annual re-enrollment period, provided that you complete and return a change form before the re-enrollment deadline.

In the case of divorce or death of a spouse where change of election is not made within 90 days after the event, and prior to commencement of benefits, any spousal benefit coverage you may have elected under Level 2, 3 or 4 (i.e., the Surviving Spouse Benefit or the Surviving Spouse Income Addition Benefit) will automatically revert to the Survivor Income Benefit 15 annual payment option.

May I change my beneficiary under the Plan?

You may change your beneficiary at any time by completing and returning a new beneficiary designation form. In the case of divorce or death of a spouse where you have elected spousal benefit coverage or named your spouse as your beneficiary for the Lump Sum Benefit option, we recommend that you complete and return a new beneficiary designation form as soon as possible.

What happens if I become disabled?

If you become disabled and are receiving benefits under the Group Disability Plan, your survivor benefits under this Plan will continue and your contributions will cease. If you do not recover from your disability prior to your attainment of age 65, your survivor benefits will continue under the retirement provisions of this Plan.

 

 

9


 

 

General Information

(continued)

What are my obligations under the Plan?

The Company intends to provide for its financial commitment under the Plan by purchasing insurance on your life. As a condition of participation in the Plan, you agree to execute any documents and cooperate with any insurance underwriting requirements, including, but not limited to, a medical exam. If you refuse to cooperate, the Company can deny you participation in the Plan.

The Company may periodically adjust the amount of the existing life insurance policy to reflect increases in your Compensation, which may require additional underwriting.

Who is responsible for administering the Plan?

The Plan is administered by the Administrative Committee (the “Plan Administrator”), which has the right to interpret the Plan and to decide any and all matters that may arise under the terms of the Plan.

What are the claims procedures for the Plan?

You (or your beneficiary) should submit a written application to the Plan Administrator if you (or your beneficiary) believe you are eligible to receive payments under the Plan and have not received them. The Plan Administrator (or its delegates) will notify you, or your beneficiary, as applicable, in writing of its determination within 90 days after its receipt of your, or your beneficiary’s, initial claim for benefits. However, this period may be extended for up to an additional 90 days if the Plan Administrator (or its delegates)

determine(s) that special circumstances require such an extension of time for processing the claim. If an extension of time is necessary, the Plan Administrator (or its delegates) will provide you, or your beneficiary, as applicable, with written notice prior to the expiration of the initial 90-day period stating the circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which it expects to render a decision.

If your (or your beneficiary’s) claim is denied in whole or in part, the denial notice will be in a written manner intended to be understood by you, or your beneficiary, as applicable, and will state the following:

 

    the specific reason(s) for the denial;

 

    reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the adverse determination is based;

 

    a description of any additional material or information necessary for you, or your beneficiary, as applicable, to prove the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

 

    that you, or your beneficiary, as applicable, are entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits; and

 

    an explanation of the Plan’s claim review and appeal procedures, and the time limits applicable to such procedures including a statement that if your (or your beneficiary’s) claim is denied on appeal, you, or your beneficiary, as applicable, have the right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).
 

 

10


 

 

General Information

(continued)

You, or your beneficiary, as applicable, may appeal the denial by submitting a written request to the Benefits Appeals Committee (BAC) within 60 days after your (or your beneficiary’s) receipt of the denial letter. Your appeal should be sent to: Benefits Appeals Committee, c/o AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, 525 Washington Boulevard, 36th Floor, Jersey City, New Jersey 07310-1606, Attn: Benefits Strategy, Design  & Delivery.

With your appeal submission, you (or your beneficiary) may submit to the BAC any written comments, documents, records and other information you (or your beneficiary) see relevant to your (or your beneficiary’s, as applicable) claim. In addition, upon request to the BAC, you (or your beneficiary) may review all relevant Plan documents, records, and other information relevant to the appeal and receive copies, free of charge, of such as documents. Please note: only one appeal is allowed.

The BAC will review your (or your beneficiary’s) appeal taking into account all written comments, documents, records and other information (including employment information for eligibility or coverage determination) submitted by you (or your beneficiary), or on your behalf (or your beneficiary’s behalf), regardless of whether you (or your beneficiary) originally submitted the information or whether it was considered in the initial benefit determination. The BAC may hold a hearing or engage in any other method of information gathering to adjudicate the claim, if, in the BAC’s sole discretion, such as action is necessary.

Generally, the BAC will notify you (or your beneficiary) of its decision on the appeal within 60 days after its receipt of a request for a review. However, this period may be extended for up to an additional 60 days if the BAC determines that special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing) require an extension of time for processing the claim.

If an extension of time is necessary, the BAC will furnish you, or the beneficiary, with written notice prior to the termination of the initial 60-day period stating the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the BAC expects to render its determination on review.

The period of time within which the BAC is required to make a benefit determination begins at the time your (or your beneficiary’s) appeal is received, without regard to whether all of the information necessary to make a benefit determination accompanies the filing. In the event that a period of time is extended due to your (or your beneficiary’s) failure to submit information necessary to decide your (or your beneficiary’s) appeal, the period for making the determination will be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to you (or your beneficiary, as applicable), until the date on which you (or your beneficiary, as applicable) respond to the request for additional information.

 

 

11


 

 

General Information

(continued)

The BAC will notify you (or your beneficiary, as applicable) in writing of its decision on the appeal. If the BAC denies the appeal, the denial notice will be written in a manner intended to be understood by you (or your beneficiary, as applicable) and will state the following:

 

    the specific reason(s) for the adverse determination;

 

    reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the adverse appeal determination was based or reference to other Company publication or policies on which the adverse eligibility or coverage determination is based, as applicable;

 

    that you (or your beneficiary, as applicable) are entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits (and your appeal), and

 

    that you (or your beneficiary) have a right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

Your (or your beneficiary’s) benefits will be paid from the Plan only if the Plan Administrator (or its delegates) or the BAC (as the case may be) decide(s) in its discretion that you (or your beneficiary) are entitled to them. In reviewing your benefits claim, the Plan Administrator (or its delegates) and the BAC have sole and full discretionary authority to interpret the terms of the Plan, including any uncertain terms, to determine eligibility for, entitlement to, and the amount of any benefits, and to make factual findings and determine any other claims related to the Plan. Any interpretation or determination made pursuant to such discretionary authority will be given full force and effect. Other than employment or Company contract status claims, which decisions are made by the Company in its sole discretion, any interpretation or determination by the Plan Administrator (or its delegates) or the BAC (as the case may be) will be final, conclusive and

binding on all interested parties, and such interpretation or determination will be given full force and effect and will be afforded the maximum deference permitted by law.

What is the Statute of Limitations for bringing an action related to the Plan?

The Plan provides a two-year statute of limitations for filing an “Action.” An “Action” is any claim or suit filed in court or in another forum that relates to the Plan (including without limitation, any claim to suit related to an individual’s eligibility for benefits, the amount of an individual’s benefits, a Plan interpretation, an individual’s rights under ERISA, or any other matters related to the Plan) and is against: (a) the Plan, (b) the Company, (c) any of the Company’s affiliates or subsidiaries, their predecessors, successors, or assigns, (d) the trustee, (e) the Plan Administrator, (f) the claims administrator or (g) any delegates of the above. An Action does not include any claim or action that cannot be subject to contractual statute of limitations provisions under applicable laws.

Under the two-year statute of limitations, you (or your representative on your behalf, such as your heirs, estate, spouse or beneficiary) may bring an Action within two years of when your cause of action arose. A cause of action arises when you know or should know there is an issue related to the Plan that could give rise to an Action. You know or should know when a cause of action arises when, for example, you receive notice of relevant Plan information, even if you do not read the information provided to you.

The two year statute of limitations is effective as of January 1, 2012. If a cause of action arose prior to January 1, 2012, the applicable statute of limitations will be redetermined as of January 1, 2012 and will be the lesser of: (i) the remaining amount of time under the statute of limitations in effect when the cause of action arose, determined as of December 31, 2011 and (ii) two years.

 

 

12


 

 

General Information

(continued)

Example: Assume that (a) you have a cause of action against the Plan that arose on July 1, 2010 and (b) the statute of limitations applicable to your claim as of that date was three years. You will have until July 1, 2013 to file an Action since your stature of limitations will be redetermined as of January 1, 2012 to be the lesser of (i) the remaining amount of time under the statute of limitations in effect when your cause of action arose, determined as of December 31, 2011 (i.e., 18 months) and (ii) two years.

Example: Assume that: (a) you have a cause of action against the Plan that arose on July 1, 2010 and (b) the statute of limitations applicable to your claim as of that date was four years. You will have until January 1, 2014 to file an Action since your statute of limitations will be redetermined as of January 1, 2012 to be the lesser of: (i) the remaining amount of time under the statute of limitations in effect when your cause of action arose, determined as of December 31, 2011 (i.e., 30 months) and (ii) two years.

In addition to the two year statute of limitations described above, you must fully exhaust all of your actual or potential rights under the Plan’s claims procedures prior to filing an Action. Please note that you cannot bring any Action to recover any benefit, or assert any right under or regarding the Plan, if you do not file a valid complete initial written claim for a benefits and seek timely review (appeal) of any denial of your claim as described in this General Information chapter. This exhaustion requirement is intended to be interpreted to require exhaustion in as many circumstances as permitted by law.

The two-year statute of limitations will be suspended (i.e., tolled) upon issuance of an initial written denial of your claim by the Plan Administrator as follows:

    If you timely appeal the denial of your claim, the two-year statute of limitations will be tolled from the date of issuance of the initial written denial of your claim to the date that the BAC (or its delegates) makes a decision on your appeal in writing in accordance with the Plan’s procedures.

 

    If you do not timely appeal the denial of your claim (or do not meet any other timeliness requirements during the review), the two-year statute of limitations will be tolled from the date of issuance of the initial written denial of your claim to the last date of the Plan’s appeal period.

Once the tolling period ends, the remaining time in the two-year statute of limitations will start running again.

Example:

Assume the following facts:

 

    You knew as of November 21, 2012 that you had a claim against the Plan;

 

    On December 1, 2012, you made a claim to the Plan Administrator;

 

    On December 21, 2012, the Plan Administrator issued an initial denial of your claim and informed you that you had 60 days from the receipt of the denial to file an appeal with the BAC;

 

    On January 9, 2013, you timely filed an appeal with the BAC; and

 

    On March 9, 2013, the BAC confirmed the denial of your claim.

Under these facts:

 

    Your cause of action arose on November 21, 2012;

 

    Your two-year statute of limitations started on November 21, 2012; and

 

    Your two-year statute of limitations was tolled from December 21, 2012 until March 9, 2013.

Accordingly, you have one year and eleven months from March 9, 2013 to bring an Action (or else your Action will be time-barred).

 

 

13


General Information

(continued)

Example:

Assume the following facts:

 

    You knew as of November 21, 2012 that you had a claim against the Plan;

 

    On December 1, 2012, you made a claim to the Plan Administrator;

 

    On December 21, 2012, the Plan Administrator issued an initial denial of your claim and informed you that you had 60 days from the receipt of the denial to file an appeal with the BAC; and

 

    You did not appeal to the BAC or untimely appealed after the expiration of the 60-day appeal period.

Under these facts:

 

    Your cause of action arose on November 21, 2012;

 

    Your two-year statute of limitations started on November 21, 2012; and

 

    Your two-year statute of limitations was tolled from December 21, 2012 until the last day of the appeal period.

Accordingly, your statute of limitations to bring an Action is one year and eleven months from the last day of the appeal period. However, you are barred from bringing an Action since you did not fully exhaust all of your actual or potential rights under the Plan’s claim procedures.

Example:

Assume the following facts:

 

    You knew as of July 1, 2010 that you had a claim against the Plan;

 

    The statute of limitations applicable to your claim as of July 1, 2010 was three years;

 

    On December 1, 2011, you made a claim to the Plan Administrator;

 

    On December 21, 2011, the Plan Administrator issued an initial denial of your claim and informed you that you had 60 days from the receipt of the denial to file an appeal with the BAC;

 

    On January 9, 2012, you timely filed an appeal with the BAC, and

 

    On March 9, 2012, the BAC confirmed the denial of your claim.

Under these facts:

 

    Your cause if action arose on July 1, 2010;

 

    The statute of limitations applicable to your claim will be redetermined on January 1, 2012 to be the lesser of: (i) the remaining amount of time under the statute of limitations in effect when your cause of action arose, determined as of December 31, 2011 (i.e., 18 months) and (ii) two years; and

 

    The 18 month period will not be tolled since tolling only applies to the new two-year statute of limitations.

Accordingly, you have 18 months from January 1, 2012 (i.e., until July 1, 2013) to bring an Action (or else your Action will be time-barred).

 

 

14


 

 

General Information

(continued)

Example:

Assume the following facts:

 

    You knew as of July 1, 2010 that you had a claim against the Plan;

 

    The statute of limitations applicable to your claim as of July 1, 2010 was four years;

 

    On December 1, 2011, you made a claim to the Plan Administrator;

 

    On December 21, 2011, the Plan Administrator issued an initial denial of your claim and informed you that you had 60 days from the receipt of the denial to file an appeal with the BAC;

 

    On January 9. 2012, you timely filed an appeal with the BAC; and

 

    On March 9, 2012, the BAC confirmed the denial of your claim.

Under these facts:

 

    Your cause of action arose on July 1, 2010;

 

    The statute of limitations applicable to your claim will be redetermined on January 1, 2012 to be the lesser of (i) the remaining amount of time under the statute of limitations in effect when your action arose, determined as of December 31, 2011 (i.e., 30 months) and (ii) two years; and

 

    Your statute of limitations will be tolled until March 9, 2012.

Accordingly, you have two years from March 9, 2012 (Until March 9, 2014) to bring an Action (or else your Action will be time-barred).

Where can actions be filed?

Effective as of January 1, 2012, you or your beneficiary may only file a new Action (an Action not yet brought in court or in another forum) in the United States District Court of New Jersey.

Is the Plan covered by ERISA?

The Plan is a welfare benefit program intended primarily for a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Company that is exempt from most provisions of ERISA.

 

Please Note

 

The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan in its discretion in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

 

 

This is only a summary of the main provisions of the Plan as of April 1, 2012. As with any plan summary, the official and controlling provisions of each Plan are contained in the Plan Documents and Agreements that relate to each part of the Plan. If there are any discrepancies, the Plan Documents and Agreements will govern.

06/12

 

15

Exhibit 10.48

THE AMENDED AND RESTATED VARIABLE DEFERRED

COMPENSATION PLAN FOR EXECUTIVES

ARTICLE 1

ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN

1.1 Purpose . The purpose of The Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (the “Plan”) is to provide a means whereby The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) and Affiliates (as defined in Article 2) that adopt the Plan pursuant to Section 1.2 may afford increased financial security, on a tax-favored basis, to a select group of their key management employees who have rendered and continue to render valuable services which constitute an important contribution towards continued growth and success, by providing for additional future compensation so that such employees may be retained and their productive efforts encouraged.

1.2 Adoption of the Plan . With the Company’s consent, an Affiliate may adopt and join the Plan as an Employer (as defined in Article 2) for the benefit of its Employees (as defined in Article 2). Such Affiliate shall assume the sole responsibility for the obligations of this Plan with respect to its Employees by executing an adoption and joinder agreement satisfactory in its form and terms to the Company (or in accordance with such other procedures as the Company may from time to time permit). An Affiliate shall cease to be an Employer under the Plan on a date specified by the Company pursuant to the terms of the adoption and joinder agreement or, if no such date is so specified, on the date such Employer has no remaining obligations to its Employees under the Plan. In the event that an Affiliate shall cease to be an Employer, all obligations incurred by such Affiliate with respect to its Employees under the Plan prior to the date it ceases to be an Employer shall continue to be the sole responsibility of that Affiliate.


ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

Affiliate . “Affiliate” means any firm, partnership or corporation that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company.

Base Salary . “Base Salary” means with respect to a Participant for any Plan Year such Participant’s annual base salary before reduction pursuant to this Plan or any plan or agreement of an Employer whereby compensation is deferred, including, without limitation, a plan whereby compensation is deferred in accordance with Code Section 401(k) or reduced in accordance with Code Section 125. In the case of an agency manager, base salary includes any salary and/or other compensation payable in accordance with the Company’s managerial compensation program, or any similar Employer program.

Beneficiary . “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Section 11.2.

Board . “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

Code . “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

2


Code Section  162(m) Limitation . “Code Section 162(m) Limitation” means the limitation imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code, as amended from time to time, on the amount of compensation that may be deducted by an Employer for Federal income tax purposes.

Commissions . “Commissions” means a Participant’s (i) commissions with respect to all forms of policies and contracts issued by the Company or any of its insurance company affiliates, both individual and group, and (ii) service fees, salary or training allowance payments made under a 10 th , 12 th , standard 14 th or 20 th edition form of sale associate’s agreement between the Participant and an Employer.

Committee . “Committee” means the Officers Committee on Benefit Plans of the Company, as constituted from time to time, or such other committee as may be designated from time to time by the Board.

Company . “Company” means The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States.

Distribution Option . “Distribution Option” means the two distribution options which are available under the Plan, consisting of the Retirement Distribution Option and the In-Service Distribution Option.

Distribution Option Account . “Distribution Option Account” or “Account” means, with respect to a Participant, the Retirement Distribution Account(s) and/or the In-Service Distribution Account(s) established on the books of account of the Company, pursuant to Section 5.1.

 

3


Distribution Option Period . “Distribution Option Period” means that period of not more than five (5) Plan Years, as designated by the Committee from time to time, for which an Eligible Employee elects, in his Enrollment Agreement, the time and manner of payment of amounts credited to his Regular and SAR Proceeds In-Service Distribution Option Accounts for such Plan Years.

Earnings Crediting Options . “Earnings Crediting Options” means the options elected by the Participant from time to time pursuant to which earnings are credited to the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts.

Effective Date . “Effective Date” means the effective date of the Plan which is May 1, 1994.

Eligible Employee . “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who is a member of the group of selected management and/or highly compensated Employees of the Employers designated by an Employer as eligible to participate in the Plan.

Employee . “Employee” means any person who is (i) employed by an Employer on a regular full-time salaried basis, (ii) an officer of an Employer, or (iii) a sales associate of an Employer.

Employer . “Employer” means each of the Company and any Affiliates that adopt and join the Plan pursuant to Section 1.2.

End Termination Date . “End Termination Date” means the final date of termination of a Participant’s Service.

 

4


Enrollment Agreement . “Enrollment Agreement” means the authorization form which an Eligible Employee files with the Committee or its designee to participate in the Plan.

In-Service Distribution Account . “In-Service Distribution Account” means each of the NSO Cash-out In-Service Distribution Account, the SAR Proceeds In-Service Distribution Accounts and the Regular In-Service Distribution Accounts maintained for a Participant.

In-Service Distribution Option . “In-Service Distribution Option” means the Distribution Option pursuant to which benefits are payable in accordance with Section 7.2.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation . “Long-Term Incentive Compensation” for any Plan Year means an award, if any, earned by a Participant, in whole or in part, on account of services rendered to an Employer during a performance period which contains the Plan Year, and which is payable on or before the last day of the third month following the close of the Plan Year, pursuant to the Company’s 1993—1995 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Officers or any similar plan or arrangement maintained by an Employer, other than the Stock Incentive Plans and any similar plans or arrangements maintained by an Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an award shall not be treated as Long-Term Incentive Compensation for purposes of this Plan unless the performance period during which such awards are earned by eligible individuals generally, under the plan or arrangement pursuant to which it is paid, extends beyond one calendar year.

NSO Cash-out In-Service Distribution Account “NSO Cash-out In-Service Distribution Account” means the Account maintained for a Participant to which any NSO Cash-out Payment deferred by the Participant pursuant to the In-Service Distribution Option was credited.

 

5


NSO Cash-out Payment . “NSO Cash-out Payment” means any cash payable to an Eligible Employee on January 2, 2001 due to the cancellation of outstanding nonstatutory stock options granted to such Eligible Employee under the Stock Incentive Plans.

NSO Cash-out Retirement Distribution Account . “NSO Cash-out Retirement Distribution Account” means the Account maintained for a Participant to which any NSO Cash-out Payment deferred by the Participant pursuant to the Retirement Distribution Option was credited.

Participant . “Participant” means an individual who was an Eligible Employee at the first time he/she filed a completed and executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee or its designee and is participating in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article 4.

Plan . “Plan” means The Amended and Restated Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, as amended from time to time.

Plan Year . “Plan Year” means the calendar year provided, however, that the 1994 Plan Year commenced on the Effective Date and ended on December 31, 1994.

Regular In-Service Distribution Account . “Regular In-Service Distribution Account” means the Account maintained for a Participant for each Distribution Option Period to which Commissions, Base Salary, Short-Term Incentive Compensation and/or Long-Term Incentive Compensation deferred by a Participant pursuant to the In-Service Distribution Option is credited.

 

6


Regular Retirement Distribution Account . “Regular Retirement Distribution Account” means the Account maintained for a Participant to which Commissions, Base Salary, Short-Term Incentive Compensation and/or Long-Term Incentive Compensation deferred by a Participant pursuant to the Retirement Distribution Option is credited.

Retirement . “Retirement” means with respect to a Participant the termination of the Participant’s Service for reasons other than death (a), in the case of a Participant who has at least ten (10) years of Service, at any time on or after the date on which the Participant attains age 55, or (b), in the case of a Participant who has fewer than ten (10) years of Service, at any time on or after the date on which the Participant attains age 65.

Retirement Distribution Account . “Retirement Distribution Account” means each of the NSO Cash-out Retirement Distribution Account, the SAR Proceeds Retirement Distribution Accounts and the Regular Retirement Distribution Account maintained for a Participant.

Retirement Distribution Option . “Retirement Distribution Option” means the Distribution Option pursuant to which benefits are payable in accordance with Section 7.1.

SAR Payment . “SAR Payment” means the stock appreciation right portion of any cash payment to which a Participant may become entitled upon the exercise of tandem stock appreciation rights/AXA ADR nonstatutory stock options granted under the Stock Incentive Plans.

 

7


SAR Proceeds In-Service Distribution Account . “SAR Proceeds In-Service Distribution Account” means the Account maintained for a Participant for each Distribution Option Period to which any SAR Payment deferred by the Participant pursuant to the In-Service Distribution Option is credited.

SAR Proceeds Retirement Distribution Account . “SAR Proceeds Retirement Distribution Account” means the Account(s) maintained for a Participant to which any SAR Payment deferred by the Participant pursuant to the Retirement Distribution Option is credited.

Service . “Service” means the continuous period of time during which a Participant is an Employee, including any period during which such Employee is on a leave of absence, whether paid or unpaid approved by such Employee’s Employer.

Short-Term Incentive Compensation . “Short-Term Incentive Compensation” for any Plan Year means the award, if any, earned by a Participant on account of services rendered to an Employer during the Plan Year, which is payable on or before the last day of the third month following the close of the Plan Year, pursuant to the Company’s Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan for Senior Officers or any similar plan or arrangement maintained by an Employer.

Stock Incentive Plans . “Stock Incentive Plans” means, collectively, The AXA Financial, Inc. 1991 Stock Incentive Plan and The AXA Financial, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan and any successor plans thereto.

 

8


ARTICLE 3

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

The Committee is hereby authorized to administer the Plan and establish, adopt, or revise such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee shall have discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan and to determine the rights, if any, of Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan. The Committee’s resolution of any matter concerning the Plan shall be final and binding upon any Participant and Beneficiary affected thereby. Members of the Committee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan while serving as members of the Committee, but a member of the Committee shall not vote or act upon any matter which relates solely to such member’s interest in the Plan as a Participant.

ARTICLE 4

PARTICIPATION

4.1. Election to Participate . Any Eligible Employee may enroll in the Plan effective as of the first day of a Plan Year by filing a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee or its designee prior to the beginning of such Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, an Employee who first becomes an Eligible Employee after the start of a Plan Year may enroll in the Plan by filing a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee or its designee as soon as practicable following the date on which such Employee first becomes an Eligible Employee. Pursuant to said Enrollment Agreement, the Eligible Employee shall irrevocably elect (a) the percentages, in whole percentages not greater than 25 percent, by which the Commissions (both earned and payable), Base Salary, Short-Term Incentive Compensation and/or Long-Term Incentive Compensation of such Eligible Employee for

 

9


the Plan Year will be reduced and (b) the Distribution Option Accounts to which such amounts will be credited, and shall elect the time and manner of distribution of such accounts and provide such other information as the Committee or its designee shall require. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any election by an Eligible Employee to reduce his Commissions, Base Salary, Short-Term Incentive Compensation and/or Long-Term Incentive Compensation for any Plan Year which results in the reduction of such Commissions, Base Salary, Short-Term Incentive Compensation or Long-Term Incentive Compensation by an amount which is less than 5000 dollars, or such other amount as the Committee or its designee may determine from time to time, shall not be given effect. Certain Eligible Employees designated by the Committee or its designee may elect to credit to their Distribution Option Accounts up to 100% of their Commissions both earned and payable during the Plan Year, provided that the Company may, in its discretion, limit the amount of any such credit, in such manner as the Company may deem reasonable, by communicating any such limit to the affected Eligible Employees. In addition, Participants may elect to credit to their Distribution Option Accounts up to 100% of their SAR Payments for a Plan Year (in five percent increments), provided that such an election must be made prior to the earlier of (i) the end of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year in which the SAR Payments will be deferred and (ii) thirty days prior to the date the SAR Payments would otherwise be payable, and that the Company may in its discretion, limit the amount of any such credit, in such manner as the Company may deem reasonable, by communicating any such limit to the affected Participant. For the 2001 Plan Year, Eligible Employees were permitted to credit any NSO Cash-out Payments to their Distribution Option Accounts. Participants’ accounts will also be credited each Plan Year with amounts equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount that would have been credited to the Participants under The Equitable Investment Plan for Employees, Managers and Agents or any similar Employer plan in which such Participant otherwise participates for the immediately preceding Plan Year if

 

10


the Participant had not deferred amounts into the Plan in that year over (ii) the amount credited to the Participant in connection with The Equitable Investment Plan for Employees, Managers and Agents or similar Employer plan in the immediately preceding Plan Year.

4.2 New Employees . The Committee or its designee may, in its discretion, permit Eligible Employees who commence Service with an Employer after the beginning of a Plan Year to enroll in the Plan for that Plan Year by filing a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement, in accordance with Section 4.1, as soon as practicable following such Eligible Employees’ commencement of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, any election by an Eligible Employee, pursuant to this section, to defer Base Salary, Short-Term Incentive Compensation, Long-Term Incentive Compensation, and/or Commissions shall apply only to such amounts as are earned by the Eligible Employee after the date on which such Enrollment Agreement is filed.

4.3 New Enrollees . New enrollees in the Plan may transfer their existing account balance, if any, under The Equitable Life Assurance Society Deferred Compensation Plan for Select Group of Management Employees and Agents, Plan B, net of any amounts scheduled to be distributed to them within twelve months of the date of the transfer, to the Plan following their initial enrollment in the Plan. Transfers will occur as soon as practicable following the date a completed transfer election form is completed and filed with the Committee or its designee.

 

11


ARTICLE 5

DISTRIBUTION OPTION ACCOUNTS

10.1 Distribution Option Accounts . The Committee or its designee shall establish and maintain separate Regular and SAR Proceeds In-Service Distribution Option Accounts for each Distribution Option Period, one NSO Cash-out In-Service Distribution Option Account, one Regular Retirement Distribution Option Account, and one NSO Cash-out Retirement Distribution Option Account with respect to a Participant. In addition, the Committee or its designee shall establish and maintain a SAR Proceeds Retirement Distribution Option Account for a Participant at the first time such Participant defers SAR Payments for a Plan Year. A second SAR Proceeds Retirement Distribution Option Account will be set up for such Participant when such Account is about to begin distribution. Additional SAR Proceeds Retirement Distribution Option Account(s) will be established as necessary. The amount of any SAR Payments and Commissions which a Participant elects to defer, as well as the amount by which a Participant’s Base Salary, Short-Term Incentive Compensation, and/or Long-Term Incentive Compensation is reduced pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.2, shall be credited by the Committee or its designee to the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts no later than the first day of the month following the month in which such SAR Payments, Commissions, Base Salary, Short-Term Incentive Compensation and/or Long-Term Incentive Compensation would otherwise have been paid, in accordance with the Distribution Option irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement. Any amount once taken into account as SAR Payments, Commissions, NSO Cash-out Payments, Base Salary, Short-Term Incentive Compensation and/or Long-Term Incentive Compensation for purposes of this Plan shall not be taken into account thereafter. The Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts shall be reduced by the amount of any payments made by an Employer to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan.

 

12


5.2 Earnings on Distribution Option Accounts . A Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts shall be credited with earnings (positive or negative) in accordance with the Earnings Crediting Options elected by the Participant from time to time. Participants may allocate each of their Retirement Distribution Accounts and/or In-Service Distribution Accounts among the Earnings Crediting Options available under the Plan only in whole percentages of not less than five (5) percent. The earnings (positive or negative) credited under each Earnings Crediting Option shall be based upon the actual performance of the corresponding investment portfolio of the Equitable Advisors Trust, an open-end management investment Company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, or such other investment fund as the Company may designate from time to time, and shall for the relevant period of time equal the total return of such investment fund net of asset based charges, including, without limitation, money management fees, fund expenses and mortality and expense risk insurance contract charges, but not Rule 12b-1 fees, as determined by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Company reserves the right, on a prospective basis, to add or delete Earnings Crediting Options, or to disregard Participants’ investment allocations and credit their existing Distribution Option Accounts with a fixed rate of interest determined in the Company’s sole discretion, provided, however, that any such change in the Earnings Crediting Options available under the Plan, including the crediting by the Company of a fixed rate of interest in place of Participants’ investment allocations, shall only affect the rate at which earnings will be credited to Participants’ Distribution Option Accounts in the future, and shall not affect the value of Participants’ existing Distribution Option Accounts, including any earnings (positive or negative) credited under the Plan up to the date of such change.

 

13


5.3 Earnings Crediting Options . Except as otherwise provided pursuant to Section 5.2, the Earnings Crediting Options available under the Plan shall consist of options which correspond to certain investment portfolios of the Equitable Advisors Trust. The current list of such options is included in Appendix A and may be amended from time to time by the Committee or its designee.

Notwithstanding that the earnings (positive or negative) credited to Participants’ Distribution Option Accounts under the Earnings Crediting Options are based upon the actual performance of the corresponding portfolios of the Equitable Advisors Trust, or such other investment funds as the Company may designate, neither the Company nor any Employer shall be obligated to invest any amounts deferred by Participants under this Plan, or any other amounts, in such portfolios or in any other investment funds.

5.4 Changes in Earnings Crediting Options . A Participant, or in the case of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s Beneficiary, may change the Earnings Crediting Options to which the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts are allocated at any time. Each such change may include (a) reallocation of the Participant’s existing Distribution Option Accounts in increments of five (5) percent, and/or (b) a change in the investment allocation of amounts to be credited to the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts in the future in increments of five (5) percent, as the Participant or Beneficiary respectively may elect.

5.5 Valuation of Accounts . The value of a Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts as of any date shall equal the amounts theretofore credited to such Accounts, including any earnings (positive or negative) deemed to be earned on such Accounts in accordance with Section 5.2 through the day preceding such date, less the amounts theretofore deducted or paid from such Accounts.

 

14


5.6 Statement of Accounts . The Committee or its designee shall provide to each Participant, not less frequently than semiannually, a statement in such form as the Committee or its designee deems desirable setting forth the balance standing to the credit of each Participant in each of his Distribution Option Accounts.

5.7 Distributions from Accounts . Any distribution made to or on behalf of a Participant from one or more of his Distribution Option Accounts in an amount which is less than the entire balance of any such Account shall be made pro rata from each of the Earnings Crediting Options to which such Account is then allocated.

ARTICLE 6

DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS

6.1 Election of Distribution Option . For each Plan Year, aa Participant shall irrevocably elect the Distribution Option(s) in the Enrollment Agreement filed with the Committee or its designee for such Plan Year, provided however, that if the Participant is no longer an Employee, he may not elect the In-Service Distribution Option. An Eligible Employee shall allocate deferral amounts between the Distribution Options in increments of ten (10) percent, provided, however that no more than 100 percent of such deferrals may be allocated to one or both of the Distribution Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, an Eligible Employee who allocates 100 percent of his deferrals to the Retirement Distribution Option or the In-Service Distribution Option, whichever is applicable, in the first such Enrollment Agreement filed for any Distribution Option Period, may subsequently elect the other Distribution Option in the Enrollment Agreement for the first Plan Year within such Distribution Option Period for which the Eligible Employee wishes to elect such other Distribution Option.

 

15


6.2 Retirement Distribution Option . Subject to Article 8, Section 9.2 and the exception set forth below for certain SAR Proceeds Retirement Distribution Accounts, distributions from a Retirement Distribution Account maintained for a Participant shall commence in any January or July following the Participant’s End Termination Date, provided that distributions must commence by either the first January or the first July following the later of (i) the Participant’s attainment of age 65 and (ii) the date that is thirteen months after the Participant’s End Termination Date, as elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Retirement Distribution Account was established or as subsequently elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 11.1. In the case of a SAR Proceeds Retirement Distribution Account to which a Participant elected to defer SAR Payments at a time when the Participant was age 65 or over and no longer in Service, distributions from such account shall commence by the end of the thirteenth month after the last day of the first Plan Year during which SAR Payments were deferred to such Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant’s compensation as defined in Code Section 162(m), and any regulations promulgated thereunder, for the Plan Year which contains the Participant’s End Termination Date is subject to the Code Section 162(m) Limitation, commencement of payments may be delayed to a date which is not later than January 31 of the Plan Year immediately following the Participant’s End Termination Date. Further, in the case of a Participant who terminates Service other than by Retirement, death or disability, the Participant’s Employer(s) may make a lump sum distribution of any amounts owed to the Participant in connection with a Retirement Distribution Account at any time and for any reason. Any lump sum paid pursuant to the preceding sentence will be based on the value of the Retirement Distribution Account on the last day of the month preceding the month of payment.

 

16


6.3 In-Service Distribution Option . Subject to Section 7.2 and Section 9.3, if a Participant, in accordance with Section 6.1, irrevocably elects the In-Service Distribution Option, the Participant’s In-Service Distribution Accounts shall be distributed commencing in the year irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreements pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Accountswere established. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant elects to receive a distribution from a Regular or SAR Proceeds In-Service Distribution Account for any Distribution Option Period in a year which is within such Distribution Option Period, the Participant shall not be entitled to allocate any additional deferrals to such In-Service Distribution Account after the date on which distributions from such Account commence.

ARTICLE 7

BENEFITS TO PARTICIPANTS

7.1 Benefits Under the Retirement Distribution Option . Subject to Section 6.2, distributions from a Retirement Distribution Account shall be paid to a Participant in a lump sum, or annual installments over consecutive years, as elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Retirement Distribution Account was established or as subsequently elected by the Participant in accordance with 11.1. Any lump-sum amount payable in accordance with this paragraph shall be equal to the value of such Retirement Distribution Account as of the last business day of the month preceding the date of payment. Any annual installment payable in accordance with this paragraph shall be in an amount specified by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Account was established or as subsequently specified by the

 

17


Participant in accordance with 11.1, and expressed as either a dollar amount or as a percentage of the value of such Account provided, however, that (i) if the Participant specifies a dollar amount, such installment will be limited to the lower of such dollar amount and the value of the Account as of the last business day of the month preceding the date of payment and (ii) if the Participant specifies a percentage of the value of the Account, the value of the Account will be measured as of the last business day of the month preceding the date of payment. If the Participant does not specify an annual installment amount, the annual installment shall be in an amount equal to (i) the value of such Retirement Distribution Account as of the last business day of the month preceding the date of payment, divided by (ii) the number of annual installments remaining.

7.2 Benefits Under the In-Service Distribution Option . Benefits under the In-Service Distribution Option shall be paid to a Participant as follows:

(a) In-Service Distributions . In the case of an In-Service Distribution Account established for a Participant who continues in Service, the In-Service Distribution Account shall be paid to the Participant commencing not later than December 31 of the year irrevocably elected by such Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Account was established, in a lump sum equal to the value of such In-Service Distribution Account as of December 1 of such year or in up to five annual installments over consecutive years, as irrevocably elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Account was established. Annual installment payments made under the preceding sentence for a Plan Year shall be in an amount equal to (i) the value of such In-Service Distribution Account as of December 1 of such Plan Year, divided by (ii) the number of annual installments remaining. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, to the extent a Participant’s compensation as defined in Code Section 162(m), and any

 

18


regulations promulgated thereunder, in any Plan Year in which the Participant is to receive a distribution from such In-Service Distribution Account, is subject to the Code Section 162(m) Limitation, the amount of any such distribution from such In-Service Distribution Account shall be reduced so as not to exceed such limitation. The remaining balance of the Participant’s distribution not paid to the Participant because of the immediately preceding sentence shall be paid to the Participant in succeeding Plan Years to the maximum extent possible without exceeding the Code Section 162(m) Limitation for such years, until such remaining balance is fully distributed.

(b) Benefits Upon Termination of Employment . In the case of a Participant whose Service terminates prior to the date on which the entire balance of an In-Service Distribution Account established for the Participant would otherwise be distributed, other than on account of such Participant’s disability or death, the remaining portion of such In-Service Distribution Account shall be distributed (i) in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the Participant’s End Termination Date or (ii) at the time and in the manner as such In-Service Distribution Account would otherwise have been distributed under Section 7.2(a), as irrevocably elected by such Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Account was established. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if a Participant’s compensation as defined in Code Section 162(m), and any regulations promulgated thereunder, for the Plan Year which contains the Participant’s End Termination Date is subject to the Code Section 162(m) Limitation, payment of any amount otherwise payable in such Plan Year pursuant to this paragraph may be delayed to a date which is not later than January 31 of the Plan Year immediately following such End Termination Date. Further, in the case of a Participant who terminates Service other than by Retirement, death or disability, the Participant’s Employer(s) may make a lump sum distribution of any amounts owed to the Participant in connection with an In-Service Distribution Account at any time and for any reason. The amount of any lump sum benefit payable pursuant to this paragraph shall equal the value of such In-Service Distribution Account as of the last business day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date such benefit is paid.

 

19


ARTICLE 8

DISABILITY

In the event a Participant becomes disabled, the Participant’s right to make any further deferrals under this Plan shall terminate as of the date for which the Participant first receives benefits under The Equitable Employees, Managers and Agents Long-Term Disability Benefit Plan, as amended from time to time, or any similar Employer plan. The Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts shall continue to be credited with earnings (positive or negative) in accordance with Section 5.2 until such Accounts are fully distributed. The Participant’s Retirement Distribution Accounts, if any, shall be distributed to the Participant in accordance with Sections 6.2 and 7.1, provided, however, that distribution of the Participant’s Retirement Distribution Accounts, if any, shall commence not later than January 31 of the Plan Year immediately following the later of (a) the Plan Year in which the Participant first becomes eligible for Retirement, or (b) the Plan Year in which the Participant first received benefits under The Equitable Employees, Managers and Agents Long-Term Disability Benefit Plan, as amended from time to time, or any similar Employer plan. The Participant’s In-Service Distribution Accounts, if any, will be distributed to the Participant in accordance with Section 7.2(a).

 

20


ARTICLE 9

SURVIVOR BENEFITS

9.1 Death of Participant Prior to the Commencement of Benefits . In the event of a Participant’s death prior to the commencement of benefits in accordance with Articles 6 and 7, amounts under the Plan shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary, as determined under Section 11.2, pursuant to Section 9.2 and/or 9.3, whichever is applicable, in lieu of any amounts otherwise payable under the Plan to or on behalf of such Participant.

9.2 Survivor Benefits Under the Retirement Distribution Option . In the case of a Participant with respect to whom the Company has established a Retirement Distribution Account, and who dies prior to the commencement of benefits under such Retirement Distribution Account pursuant to Section 6.2 and Section 7.1, distributions from such Retirement Distribution Account shall commence in any January or July following the Participant’s death, provided that distributions must commence by either the first January or first July following the later of (i) the date of the Participant’s death and (ii) the date the Participant would have attained age 65 had he lived, as elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Retirement Distribution Account was established or as subsequently elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 11.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if a Participant’s compensation as defined in Code Section 162(m), and any regulations promulgated thereunder, for the Plan Year which contains the Participant’s death is subject to the Code Section 162(m) Limitation, payment of any amount otherwise payable in such Plan year pursuant to this paragraph may be delayed to a date which is not later than January 31 of the Plan Year immediately following the date of the Participant’s death.

 

21


9.3 Survivor Benefits Under the In-Service Distribution Option . In the case of a Participant with respect to whom the Company has established an In-Service Distribution Accounts, and who dies prior to the commencement of benefits under such In-Service Distribution Account pursuant to Section 7.2, distribution of such In-Service Distribution Account shall be made (a) in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death, or (b) at such time and in such manner as such In-Service Distribution Account would otherwise have been distributed in accordance with Section 7.2 had the Participant lived, as irrevocably elected by such Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such In-Service Distribution Account was established. The amount of any lump sum amount payable in accordance with this Section shall equal the value of such In-Service Distribution Account as of the last business day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date on which such amount is paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, to the extent a Participant’s compensation as defined in Code Section 162(m), and any regulations promulgated thereunder, for the Plan Year which contains the Participant’s death is subject to the Code Section 162(m) Limitation, the payment of any amount otherwise payable in such Plan Year pursuant to this Section may be delayed to a date which is not later than January 31 of the Plan Year immediately following the date of the Participant’s death.

9.4 Death of Participant After Benefits Have Commenced . In the event a Participant dies after payments under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 have commenced from a Distribution Option Account, but before the entire balance of such Distribution Option Account has been paid, any remaining distributions shall continue to be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary, as determined under Section 11.2, at such times and in such amounts as they would have been paid to the Participant had he survived.

 

22


ARTICLE 10

WITHDRAWALS

10.1 Emergency Benefit . In the event that the Committee or its designee, upon written request of a Participant, determines, in its sole discretion, that the Participant has suffered an unforeseeable financial emergency, the Participant’s Employer shall pay to the Participant, as soon as practicable following such determination, an amount necessary to meet the emergency, after deducting any and all taxes as may be required pursuant to Section 11.8 (the “Emergency Benefit”). For purposes of this Plan, an unforeseeable financial emergency is an unexpected need for cash arising from an illness, casualty loss, sudden financial reversal, or other such unforeseeable occurrence. Cash needs arising from foreseeable events such as the purchase of a house or education expenses for children shall not be considered to be the result of an unforeseeable financial emergency. Emergency Benefits shall be paid first from the Participant’s In-Service Distribution Accounts, if any, to the extent the balance of one or more of such In-Service Distribution Accounts is sufficient to meet the emergency, in the order in which such Accounts would otherwise be distributed to the Participant. If the Participant’s In-Service Distribution Accounts are not sufficient to meet the emergency, Emergency benefits will then be paid from the Participant’s Retirement Distribution Accounts in the order in which such accounts would otherwise be distributed to the Participant. If two In-Service Distribution Accounts or two Retirement Distribution Accounts would otherwise be paid at the same time, Emergency benefits shall be made pro rata from each account. With respect to that portion of any Distribution Option Account which is distributed to a Participant as an Emergency Benefit, in accordance with this Article, no further benefits shall be payable to the Participant under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, a Participant who receives an Emergency Benefit in any Plan Year shall not be entitled to make any further deferrals for the remainder of such Plan Year.

 

23


10.2 Other Withdrawal . Participants may make withdrawals of all or a portion of the balance of their Distribution Option Accounts at any time, subject to a forfeiture penalty of ten percent of the amount withdrawn, and a one-year suspension of further participation in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, to the extent a Participant’s compensation as defined in Code Section 162(m), and any regulations promulgated thereunder, in any Plan Year in which the Participant wishes to withdraw a portion of his Distribution Accounts, is subject to the Code Section 162(m) Limitation, the amount of any such withdrawal shall be reduced so as not to exceed such limitation. The remaining balance of the Participant’s withdrawal not paid to the Participant because of the immediately preceding sentence shall be paid to the Participant in succeeding Plan Years to the maximum extent possible without exceeding the Code Section 162(m) Limitation for such years, until such remaining balance is fully distributed.

ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Changes of Elections . Participants may change their elections under Section 6.2, Section 7.1 and Section 9.2 with respect to a Retirement Distribution Account at any time prior to the commencement of payments from such Account by filing with the Committee or its designee a fully executed Enrollment Agreement or other form approved by the Committee or its designee (hereinafter, collectively referred to as the “Change Form”) requesting the change in election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any change of election will take effect only for payments due a Participant more than twelve months from the date the Change Form is filed with the Committee or its designee and a change in election may not operate to accelerate a payment to a date which is within twelve months of the date the Change Form is filed with the Committee or its designee.

 

24


11.2 Designation of Beneficiary . Each Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (which Beneficiary may be an entity other than a natural person) to receive any payments which may be made following the Participant’s death. Such designation may be changed or canceled at any time without the consent of any such Beneficiary. Any such designation, change or cancellation must be made in a form approved by the Committee or its designee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee or its designee. If no Beneficiary has been named, or the designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall have predeceased the Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate. If a Participant designates more than one Beneficiary, the interests of such Beneficiaries shall be paid in equal shares, unless the Participant has specifically designated otherwise.

11.3 Limitation of Participant’s Right . Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as conferring upon any Participant any right to continue in the employment of an Employer, nor shall it interfere with the rights of an Employer to terminate the employment of any Participant and/or to take any personnel action affecting any Participant without regard to the effect which such action may have upon such Participant as a recipient or prospective recipient of benefits under the Plan.

11.4 No Limitation on Corporation Actions . Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to prevent an Employer from taking any corporate action which is deemed by it to be appropriate or in its best interest. No Participant, Beneficiary or other person shall have any claim against an Employer as a result of any such action.

 

25


11.5 Obligations to Employer . If a Participant becomes entitled to a distribution of amounts under the Plan, and if at such time the Participant has outstanding any debt, obligation, or other liability representing an amount owing to an Employer, then the Employer may offset such amount owed to it against the amounts otherwise distributable under the Plan. Such determination shall be made by the Committee or its designee.

11.6 Nonalienation of Benefits . Except as expressly provided herein, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have the power or right to transfer (otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), alienate, or otherwise encumber the Participant’s interest under the Plan. An Employer’s obligations under this Plan are not assignable or transferable except to (a) a corporation which acquires all or substantially all of the Employer’s assets or (b) any corporation into which the Employer may be merged or consolidated. The provisions of the Plan shall inure to the benefit of each Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or successors in interest.

11.7 Protective Provisions . Each Participant shall cooperate with the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the Company in order to facilitate the payment of amounts hereunder, taking such physical examinations as the Company may deem necessary and taking such other relevant action as may be requested by the Company. If a Participant refuses to cooperate, neither the Company nor the Participant’s Employer(s) shall have any further obligation to the Participant under the Plan, other than the obligation of the Employer(s) to pay to such Participant the then current balance of the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts.

11.8 Withholding Taxes . An Employer may make such provisions and take such actions as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Employer is required by any law or regulation of any governmental authority, whether

 

26


Federal, state or local, to withhold in connection with any amounts payable under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the withholding of appropriate sums from any amount otherwise payable to the Participant (or his Beneficiary). Each Participant, however, shall be responsible for the payment of all individual tax liabilities relating to any such amounts.

11.9 Unfunded Status of Plan . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan of deferred compensation for Participants. Amounts payable hereunder shall be payable out of the general assets of the Participants’ Employer, and no segregation of any assets whatsoever for such benefits shall be made. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of their Employer.

11.10 Severability . If any provision of this Plan is held unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect without regard to such unenforceable provision and shall be applied as though the unenforceable provision were not contained in the Plan.

11.11 Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.

11.12 Headings . Headings are inserted in this Plan for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in the construction of the provisions of the Plan.

11.13 Gender, Singular  & Plural . All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

 

27


11.14 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the Company to the attention of the Executive Benefit Unit, at 1290 Avenue of the Americas, 7 th Floor, New York, New York 10104 or to such other entity as the Committee may designate from time to time. Such notice shall be deemed given on the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

11.15 Amendment and Termination . The Plan may be amended, suspended, discontinued or terminated at any time by the Board, or by any other entity authorized by the Board, provided, however, that no such amendment, suspension, discontinuance or termination shall reduce or in any manner adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to amounts that are payable or may become payable under the Plan based upon the balance of the Participant’s Distribution Option Accounts as of the effective date of such amendment, suspension, discontinuance or termination.

ARTICLE 12

EFFECTIVE DATE

This Plan, adopted and approved as of May 1, 1994, is hereby amended and restated as of this 1st day of November, 2001.

145993

Revised 11/01

 

28


APPENDIX A

EQ/Alliance High Yield

EQ/Alliance Growth Investors

EQ/Alliance Intermediate Government Securities

EQ/Alliance Technology

EQ/MFS Emerging Growth Cos

EQ/Alliance Money Market

EQ/Janus Large Cap Growth

EQ/Alliance Quality Bond

EQ/Alliance Small Cap Growth

EQ/Alliance Common Stock

EQ/FI Small/Mid Cap Value

EQ/Equity 500 Index

EQ/FI Mid Cap

EQ/Alliance Growth and Income

EQ/Alliance Global

EQ/Alliance Premier Growth

EQ/Alliance International

EQ/Mercury Basic Value Equity

EQ/Morgan Stanley Emerging Markets Equity

EQ/MFS Research

EQ/Aggressive Stock

EQ/Balanced

Exhibit 10.49

FINAL

THE AMENDED AND RESTATED

AXA EQUITABLE POST-2004 VARIABLE DEFERRED

COMPENSATION PLAN FOR EXECUTIVES

ARTICLE 1

ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN

1.1 Purpose . The purpose of The AXA Equitable Post-2004 Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives (the “Plan”) is to provide a means whereby AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) and its Affiliates (as defined in Article 2) that adopt the Plan pursuant to Section 1.2 may allow a select group of their key employees and retail sales managers who have rendered and continue to render valuable services which constitute an important contribution towards continued growth and success to defer the receipt of their compensation on a tax-favored basis so that such employees and retail sales managers may be retained and their productive efforts encouraged. Effective January 1, 2014, the Plan also provides for certain employer contributions.

1.2 Adoption of the Plan . With the Company’s consent, an Affiliate of the Company may adopt and join the Plan as an Employer (as defined in Article 2) for the benefit of its Employees (as defined in Article 2). Such Affiliate shall assume the sole responsibility for the obligations of this Plan with respect to its Employees by executing an adoption and joinder agreement satisfactory in its form and terms to the Company (or in accordance with such other procedures as the Company may from time to time permit). An Affiliate shall cease to be an Employer under the Plan on a date specified by the Company pursuant to the terms of the adoption and joinder agreement or, if no such date is so specified, on the date such Employer has no remaining obligations to its Employees under the Plan. In the event that an Affiliate shall cease to be an Employer, all obligations incurred by such Affiliate with respect to its Employees under the Plan prior to the date it ceases to be an Employer shall continue to be the sole responsibility of that Affiliate.

 

1


FINAL

 

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

Affected Benefits . “Affected Benefits” means the portion of a Former Retirement Plan Participant’s benefits under the AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan or the Excess Benefit Plan for MONY Employees that was earned or vested within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder after 2004 reduced, in the case of the AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan, by the amount of FICA tax owed by the Former Retirement Plan Participant on the benefits and any income tax withholding on the amount of the FICA.

Affiliate . “Affiliate” means any firm, limited liability company, partnership or corporation that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company.

Base Salary . “Base Salary” means, with respect to a Participant for a Plan Year, such Participant’s annual base salary earned in that Plan Year before reduction pursuant to this Plan or any plan or agreement of an Employer whereby compensation is deferred, including, without limitation, a plan whereby compensation is deferred in accordance with Code Section 401(k) or reduced including, without limitation, a plan established in accordance with Code Section 125 or Code Section 129. In the case of a retail sales manager, “Base Salary” includes any salary and/or other cash compensation payable in accordance with the Company’s managerial compensation program, or any similar Employer program.

 

2


FINAL

 

Beneficiary . “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Section 7.2.

Board . “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

Catch-Up Excess 401(k) Contribution . “Catch-Up Excess 401(k) Contribution” means an annual contribution to which a Participant may be entitled pursuant to Section 4.5(b) of the Plan.

Code . “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Code Compensation Limit . “Code Compensation Limit” means the compensation limit set forth under Code Section 401(a)(17) for qualified plans.

Commissions . “Commissions” with respect to a Plan Year means a Participant’s commissions, service fees, or training allowance payments that are earned during that Plan Year as determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder and that are recognized as compensation under the Company’s retirement plan or any similar Employer plan, before reduction pursuant to this Plan or any plan or agreement of an Employer whereby compensation is deferred, including, without limitation, a plan whereby compensation is deferred in accordance with Code Section 401(k) or reduced, including, without limitation, a plan whereby compensation is reduced in accordance with Code Section 125 or Code Section 129. For this purpose, the term “Commissions” does not include any Production Opportunity Payments.

 

3


FINAL

 

Committee . “Committee” means the Administrative Committee comprised of at least three officers or officer-equivalents of the Company appointed by the Senior Executive Director and Chief Human Resources Officer of the Company (prior to June 14, 2011, by the Executive Vice President of Human Resources) to administer the employee benefit plans of the Company.

Company . “Company” means AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, a New York stock life insurance company.

Compensation . “Compensation” means “Compensation” as defined in the 401(k) Plan, except that Compensation under this Plan for purposes of determining the Excess 401(k) Contributions shall be computed without regard to the Code Compensation Limit.

Disability . “Disability” means disability as defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(C) and the regulations thereunder.

Distribution Account or Account . “Distribution Account” or “Account” means the Distribution Account(s) established pursuant to Section 5.1.

Dividend Equivalents . “Dividend Equivalents” means deferred Stock units equal in value to any dividends, or other related payments designated by the Committee or its designee, that a Participant would have received if the balances of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Distribution Account(s) represented actual Stock rather than deferred Stock units.

 

4


FINAL

 

Earnings Crediting Options . “Earnings Crediting Options” means the options made available by the Company and elected by a Participant from time to time pursuant to which earnings are credited to the Participant’s Distribution Accounts other than the Participant’s Restricted Stock Distribution Accounts, if any.

Effective Date . “Effective Date” means the effective date of the Plan which is November 11, 2004.

Eligible Employee . “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who is eligible to defer compensation earned in a Plan Year. Effective for the 2013 Plan Year, eligibility requirements for each Plan Year are determined by the Committee, or its designee, in its sole discretion.

Employee . “Employee” means any person who is (i) actively employed by an Employer on a regular full-time salaried basis, or (ii) prior to the 2013 Plan Year, an active sales associate of an Employer. For this purpose, an Employee shall be considered to be active while on family leave, military leave, an approved leave of absence or a short-term disability leave, but shall not be considered active if he or she is on a terminal leave of absence or a long-term disability leave. Effective for the 2013 Plan Year and forward, sales associates who are not retail sales managers shall no longer be eligible to defer the receipt of compensation under this Plan.

Employer . “Employer” means each of the Company and any of its Affiliates that adopt and join the Plan pursuant to Section 1.2.

 

5


FINAL

 

Employer 401(k) Contributions . “Employer 401(k) Contributions” means the contributions made by an Employer on behalf of a participant pursuant to Section 4.6(b)(6) of the 401(k) Plan.

Enrollment Agreement . “Enrollment Agreement” means the authorization form which an Eligible Employee files with the Committee or its designee to participate in the Plan.

ERISA . “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

Excess Plan Payment . “Excess Plan Payment” means, with respect to a Plan Year, the amount earned by a Participant during that Plan Year under the AXA Equitable Annual Cash Payment Excess Plan, reduced by the amount of FICA tax owed thereon by the Participant as well as any income tax withholding on the amount of the FICA.

Excess 401(k) Contributions . “Excess 401(k) Contributions” means the contributions to which a Participant is entitled pursuant to Section 4.5(a) of this Plan.

Former Retirement Plan Participants . “Former Retirement Plan Participants” means certain sales associates who became ineligible to participate in the AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan or the Excess Benefit Plan for MONY Employees after 2008.

Non-Proprietary Income. “Non-Proprietary Income” means Commissions earned with respect to sales of non-proprietary life and annuity products and AXA Advisors products.

 

6


FINAL

 

Participant . “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who has elected to defer any amount under the Plan or an individual who has received Excess 401(k) Contributions or Catch-Up Excess 401(k) Contributions.

Performance Units . “Performance Units” means performance units granted under the AXA Performance Unit Plan 2009 or a similar plan adopted by the Company after 2009 as determined by the Committee or its designee.

Performance Unit Payout . “Performance Unit Payout” means, with respect to a Plan Year, the cash component of any payout a Participant may receive with respect to Performance Units granted in that Plan Year.

Performance Unit Payout Distribution Account . “Performance Unit Payout Distribution Account” means an Account maintained for a Participant to which a Performance Unit Payout deferred by the Participant is credited.

Plan . “Plan” means The AXA Equitable Post-2004 Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, as amended from time to time.

Plan Year . “Plan Year” means the calendar year provided, however, that the 2004 Plan Year commenced on the Effective Date and ended on December 31, 2004.

Regular Distribution Account . “Regular Distribution Account” means an Account maintained for a Participant to which Affected Benefits, Excess Plan Payments, Non-Proprietary Income, Commissions, Base Salary and/or Short-Term Incentive Compensation deferred by the Participant is credited.

 

7


FINAL

 

Restricted Stock Award . “Restricted Stock Award” means an award of Stock or a contractual right to receive Stock granted under the Stock Incentive Plans or any similar plan or arrangement of an Employer that is forfeitable by the recipient until the completion of a specified period of future service, the achievement of pre-established performance objectives, or until otherwise determined in accordance with the plan or arrangement pursuant to which it is granted.

Restricted Stock Distribution Account . “Restricted Stock Distribution Account” means an Account maintained for a Participant to which deferred Stock units relating to Restricted Stock Awards deferred by the Participant are credited.

Separation from Service . “Separation from Service” means a separation from service within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder, provided that a separation from service for an employee will be deemed to have occurred on a given date if the Company and the employee reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services the employee will perform after that date for the Company and all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Code Sections 414(b) and 414(c) will permanently decrease to less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services provided by the employee in the immediately preceding 12 months. In addition, an 80% test will be used in applying Code Sections 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Code Section 414(b) and in applying Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or businesses that are under common control for purposes of Code Section 414(c).

 

8


FINAL

 

Service . “Service” means the continuous period of time during which an individual is an Employee .

Short-Term Incentive Compensation . “Short-Term Incentive Compensation” for any Plan Year means the award, if any, earned by a Participant on account of services rendered to an Employer during that Plan Year that is payable on or before the last day of the third month following the close of the Plan Year, pursuant to the Company’s Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan or any similar plan or arrangement maintained by an Employer, before reduction pursuant to this Plan or any plan or agreement of an employer whereby compensation is deferred, including, without limitation, a plan whereby compensation is deferred in accordance with Code Section 401(k) or reduced, including, without limitation, a plan whereby compensation is reduced in accordance with Code Section 125 or Code Section 129.

Stock. “Stock” means any security which is the subject of a Restricted Stock Award.

Stock Incentive Plans . “Stock Incentive Plans” means, collectively, The AXA Financial, Inc. 1991 Stock Incentive Plan, The AXA Financial, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, and any successor plans thereto.

401(k) Distribution Account . “401(k) Distribution Account” means an Account maintained for a Participant to which Excess 401(k) Contributions or Catch-Up Excess 401(k) Contributions are credited.

401(k) Plan . “401(k) Plan” means the AXA Equitable 401(k) Plan.

 

9


FINAL

 

ARTICLE 3

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

The Committee is hereby authorized to administer the Plan and establish, adopt, or revise such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee shall have discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan and to determine the rights, if any, of Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan. The Committee’s resolution of any matter concerning the Plan shall be final and binding upon any Participant and Beneficiary affected thereby. Members of the Committee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan while serving as members of the Committee, but a member of the Committee shall not vote or act upon any matter which relates solely to such member’s interest in the Plan as a Participant.

 

10


FINAL

 

ARTICLE 4

PARTICIPATION

4.1. Election to Participate . Any Eligible Employee may enroll in the Plan effective as of the first day of a Plan Year by filing a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee or its designee prior to the beginning of such Plan Year. Pursuant to said Enrollment Agreement for the Plan Year, the Eligible Employee shall irrevocably elect:

 

  (a) the percentages, in whole percentages not greater than 25%, by which the Commissions, Non-Proprietary Income, Base Salary, and/or Short-Term Incentive Compensation, as applicable, of such Eligible Employee earned during the Plan Year will be reduced,

 

  (b) the whole percentage, up to 100%, by which any Restricted Stock Awards granted to the Eligible Employee during the immediately following Plan Year will be reduced,

 

  (c) the whole percentage, up to 50%, by which the Eligible Employee’s Performance Unit Payout for the Plan Year will be reduced, provided that no Performance Unit Payout deferrals shall be permitted for Plan Years after 2013,

 

  (d) the percentage by which the Eligible Employee’s Excess Plan Payment earned during the Plan Year will be reduced, provided that such percentage shall be either 0% or 100% and that no such deferrals shall be permitted for Plan Years after 2013, and

 

  (e) the Distribution Accounts to which such amounts will be credited and the time and manner of distribution of such accounts.

 

11


FINAL

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

  (a) certain Eligible Employees designated by the Committee or its designee may elect to credit to their Distribution Accounts up to 100% of their Commissions, and/or Non-Proprietary Income earned during the Plan Year, provided that the Committee or its designee may, in its discretion, limit the amount of any such credit, in such manner as the Committee or its designee may deem reasonable, by communicating any such limit to the affected Eligible Employees,

 

  (b) Eligible Employees for the 2005 Plan Year could elect, prior to February 2, 2005, the whole percentage not greater than 25% by which their Short-Term Incentive Compensation for 2004 would be reduced under the Plan,

 

  (c) Eligible Employees for the 2005 Plan Year who were Employees on January 1, 2005 could elect, prior to June 30, 2005, the whole percentage not greater than 25% by which their Short-Term Incentive Compensation for 2005 would be reduced under the Plan,

 

  (d) Eligible Employees for the 2005 Plan Year could elect the whole percentage, up to 100%, by which any Restricted Stock Awards granted to the Eligible Employee during the 2005 Plan Year would be reduced, and

 

  (e) in 2008, Former Retirement Plan Participants could elect the percentage by which their Affected Benefits otherwise scheduled to be paid in 2009 would be reduced under the Plan, provided that such percentage could be either 0% or 100%.

4.2 New Employees . The Committee or its designee may, in its discretion, permit Eligible Employees who commence Service with an Employer after the beginning of a Plan Year to enroll in the Plan for that Plan Year by filing a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement, in accordance with Section 4.1, within 30 days following the Eligible Employees’ commencement of Service to the extent permitted

 

12


FINAL

 

under Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any election by an Eligible Employee pursuant to this section to defer Restricted Stock Awards, Base Salary, Short-Term Incentive Compensation, Excess Plan Payments, Performance Unit Payouts, Non-Proprietary Income and/or Commissions shall apply only to such amounts as are earned by the Eligible Employee after the date on which such Enrollment Agreement is filed. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee who commences Service with an Employer after November 1 st of a Plan Year must file his/her completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement for such Plan Year prior to his/her first day of Service.

4.3 Certain Deferred Stock Units . Notwithstanding Section 4.1, deferred Stock units credited to a participant’s account established under The Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives that were unvested as of December 31, 2004, and for which the related deferral election was not cancelled by December 31, 2005, were transferred to a Restricted Stock Distribution Account established for the participant under this Plan on December 31, 2005.

4.4 2005 Elections . Notwithstanding the requirements of Sections 4.1 and 4.2, Participants were permitted prior to December 15, 2005 to cancel any deferral elections related to Commissions, Short-Term Incentive Compensation and Base Salary earned and vested after January 1, 2005 and, if such amounts had already been credited to an Account under the Plan, receive a distribution of such amounts (and any earnings thereon) on or prior to December 31, 2005.

4.5 Excess 401(k) Contributions and Catch-Up Excess 401(k) Contributions .

Beginning with the 2014 Plan Year, Participants shall receive Excess 401(k) Contributions and Catch-Up Excess 401(k) Contributions for a Plan Year as follows:

 

13


FINAL

 

  (a) Excess 401(k) Contributions :

 

  (1) Each Excess 401(k) Contribution shall equal ten (10) percent of the Participant’s Compensation earned during the applicable payroll period that exceeds the Code Compensation Limit applicable for the Plan Year in which the payroll period ends (as such excess is determined by aggregating the Participant’s Compensation earned during the applicable payroll period with the Participant’s Compensation earned in the preceding payroll periods which end during the same Plan Year).

 

  (2) To be eligible for an Excess 401(k) Contribution for a payroll period, a Participant must be (1) eligible to receive an Employer 401(k) Contribution under the 401(k) Plan for such payroll period, and (2) employed by an Employer or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries during such payroll period; provided, however, that if, during an applicable payroll period, a Participant separates from Service, dies or becomes Disabled while such Participant is an Employee of an Employer or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, then such Participant shall receive his or her Excess 401(k) Contribution for such payroll period based on his or her Compensation earned from the Employer making such Excess 401(k) Contribution during such payroll period prior to the date he or she separated from Service, died or became Disabled, as applicable. For purposes of this Section 4.5(a)(2) only, “Disabled” shall have the meaning set forth in the 401(k) Plan.

 

  (b) Catch-Up Excess 401(k) Contribution :

A Catch-Up Excess 401(k) Contribution for a Plan Year shall equal ten (10) percent of the Participant’s elective deferrals to the Plan for that Plan Year to the extent that the amounts deferred would have been Compensation if they had not been deferred.

 

14


FINAL

 

  (c) Subject to Section 4.5(e), a Participant’s Excess 401(k) Contributions and Catch-Up Excess 401(k) Contributions shall become vested in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Periods of Service

   Vested
Percentage
 

Less than 3 years

     0

3 years or more

     100

 

  (d) Notwithstanding Section 4.5(d) to the contrary, a Participant shall be 100% vested in his or her Excess 401(k) Contributions and Catch-Up Excess 401(k) Contributions upon the Participant’s death, Disability, or attainment of age 65 while the Participant is providing Service.

 

  (e) Any amount in a Participant’s 401(k) Distribution Account which is not vested upon the Participant’s Separation from Service shall be immediately forfeited.

 

  (f) For purposes of this Section 4.5 only, “Service” shall have the meaning set forth in the 401(k) Plan.

 

15


FINAL

 

ARTICLE 5

DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS

5.1 Distribution Accounts . The Committee or its designee shall establish and maintain, as necessary or appropriate, Regular, Performance Unit Payout, Restricted Stock and 401(k) Distribution Accounts for each Participant as follows:

 

  (1) Regular Distribution Accounts . A Participant who is not a retail sales manager may allocate deferrals of Commissions, Base Salary, Excess Plan Payments and/or Short-Term Incentive Compensation for a Plan Year to one existing Regular Distribution Account or to one new Regular Distribution Account. A Participant who is a retail sales manager may allocate deferrals of Non-Proprietary Income, and/or Commissions for a Plan Year to one existing or new Regular Distribution Account solely containing Non-Proprietary Income and/or Commissions and separately may allocate deferrals of Base Salary, Excess Plan Payments and/or Short-Term Incentive Compensation for a Plan Year to one existing or new Regular Distribution Account solely containing Base Salary, Excess Plan Payments and/or Short-Term Incentive Compensation.

 

  (2) Restricted Stock Distribution Accounts . A Participant may allocate the deferral of Restricted Stock Awards for a Plan Year to one existing Restricted Stock Distribution Account or to one new Restricted Stock Distribution Account.

 

  (3) Performance Unit Payout Distribution Accounts . A Participant must allocate the deferral of a Performance Unit Payout for a Plan Year to a new Performance Unit Payout Distribution Account.

 

16


FINAL

 

  (4) Affected Benefits . Affected Benefits could be allocated to up to five Regular Distribution Accounts.

 

  (5) 401(k) Distribution Accounts. A Participant’s Excess 401(k) Contributions and Catch-Up Excess 401(k) Contributions for a Plan Year shall be allocated to the Participant’s 401(k) Distribution Account established for such Plan Year.

The amount of any Restricted Stock Awards which a Participant elects to defer, as well as the amount by which a Participant’s Affected Benefits, Base Salary, Non-Proprietary Income, Commissions, Excess Plan Payment, Performance Unit Payout and/or Short-Term Incentive Compensation is reduced pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.2, shall be credited by the Committee or its designee to the Participant’s Distribution Accounts no later than the first day of the month following the month in which such Affected Benefits, Non-Proprietary Income, Commissions, Base Salary, Excess Plan Payment, Performance Unit Payout and/or Short-Term Incentive Compensation would otherwise have been paid to the Participant, or such Restricted Stock Award is granted to the Participant. The Participant’s Excess 401(k) Contribution shall be credited by the Committee or its designee to the Participant’s applicable 401(k) Distribution Account within 15 days after the end of the applicable payroll period to which such Excess 401(k) Contribution relates. The Participant’s Catch-Up Excess 401(k) Contribution for a Plan Year, if any, shall be credited by the Committee or its designee to the Participant’s 401(k) Distribution Account for that Plan Year no later than March 31 of the following Plan Year. The Participant’s Distribution Accounts shall be reduced by the amount of any payments of cash or Stock made by an Employer to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan.

 

17


FINAL

 

5.2 Earnings on Distribution Accounts . A Participant’s Distribution Accounts other than any Restricted Stock Distribution Accounts shall be credited with earnings (positive or negative) in accordance with the Earnings Crediting Options elected by the Participant from time to time. Participants may allocate each of their Distribution Accounts other than their Restricted Stock Distribution Accounts among the Earnings Crediting Options available under the Plan in whole percentages of not less than five (5) percent. The earnings (positive or negative) credited under each Earnings Crediting Option shall be based upon the actual performance of the corresponding investment portfolio of the Equitable Advisors Trust, an open-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, the AXA Premier VIP Trust, or such other investment fund as the Committee or its designee may designate from time to time, and shall for the relevant period of time equal the total return of such investment fund net of asset based charges, including, without limitation, money management fees, fund expenses and mortality and expense risk insurance contract charges, but not Rule 12b-1 fees, as determined by the Committee or its designee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee reserves the right, on a prospective basis, to add or delete Earnings Crediting Options, or to disregard Participants’ investment allocations and credit their existing Distribution Accounts (other than the Participants’ Restricted Stock Distribution Accounts) with a fixed rate of interest determined in the Committee’s sole discretion, provided, however, that any such change in the Earnings Crediting Options available under the Plan, including the crediting of a fixed rate of interest in place of Participants’ investment allocations, shall only affect the rate at which earnings will be credited to Participants’ Distribution Accounts in the future, and shall not affect the value of Participants’ existing Distribution Accounts, including any earnings (positive or negative) credited under the Plan up to the date of such change. In the event a Participant does not elect an Earnings Crediting Option for a 401(k) Distribution Account, the Participant will be defaulted to an Earnings Crediting Option selected by the Committee, or its designee, in its sole discretion.

 

18


FINAL

 

5.3 Investments by Employers . Notwithstanding that the earnings (positive or negative) credited to Participants’ Distribution Accounts (other than a Participant’s Restricted Stock Distribution Accounts) under the Earnings Crediting Options are based upon the actual performance of the corresponding portfolios of the Equitable Advisors Trust, the AXA Premier VIP Trust, or such other investment funds as the Committee may designate, neither the Company nor any Employer shall be obligated to invest any amounts deferred by Participants under this Plan, or any other amounts, in such portfolios or in any other investment funds.

5.4 Changes in Earnings Crediting Options . A Participant, or in the case of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s Beneficiary, may change the Earnings Crediting Options to which the Participant’s Distribution Accounts (other than the Participant’s Restricted Stock Distribution Accounts) are allocated at any time. Each such change may include (a) reallocation of the Participant’s existing Accounts in increments of five (5) percent, and/or (b) a change in the investment allocation of amounts to be credited to the Participant’s Accounts in the future in increments of five (5) percent, as the Participant or Beneficiary respectively may elect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s ability to change the Earnings Crediting Options may be limited in such manner as deemed reasonable by the Committee or its designee.

5.5 Valuation of Accounts . The value of a Participant’s Distribution Accounts (other than the Participant’s Restricted Stock Distribution Accounts) as of any date shall equal the amounts theretofore credited to such Accounts, including any earnings (positive or negative) deemed to be earned on such Accounts in accordance with Section 5.2 through the close of business on such date, less the amounts theretofore deducted or paid from such Accounts.

 

19


FINAL

 

5.6 Statement of Accounts . The Committee or its designee shall provide to each Participant, not less frequently than semiannually, a statement in such form as the Committee or its designee deems desirable setting forth the balance of cash or Stock standing to the credit of the Participant in each of the Participant’s Distribution Accounts.

5.7 Distributions from Accounts . Any distribution made to or on behalf of a Participant from a Distribution Account (other than a Restricted Stock Distribution Account) in an amount which is less than the entire balance of the Account shall be made pro rata from each of the Earnings Crediting Options to which such Account is then allocated.

 

20


FINAL

 

ARTICLE 5A

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

5A.1 Maintenance of Accounts . Deferred Restricted Stock Awards shall be credited to Restricted Stock Distribution Accounts in the form of deferred Stock units. The number of deferred Stock units to be credited to a Participant’s Account shall equal the number of whole and fractional shares of Stock to which the Participant would have been entitled had the Participant not elected to defer receipt of the Restricted Stock Award. Accounts shall be maintained for record-keeping purposes only, and shall not be funded with actual shares of Stock, cash or any other assets.

5A.2 Deferred Stock Units . Deferred Stock units will be subject to any vesting, forfeiture, and other restrictions as would apply to the related Restricted Stock Awards had such awards not been deferred. Deferred Stock units shall not carry any voting rights.

5A.3 Dividend Equivalents . A Restricted Stock Distribution Account shall be credited with Dividend Equivalents through the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date on which the Account is fully distributed.

5A.4 Valuation . The value of a Restricted Stock Distribution Account as of any date shall equal the amount of deferred Stock units theretofore credited to such Account, including any Dividend Equivalents credited to such Account in accordance with Section 5A.3 through the day preceding such date, less the deferred Stock units therefore deducted from such Account

 

21


FINAL

 

5A.5 Distributions . At the time of distribution of a Restricted Stock Distribution Account, deferred Stock units credited to the Account shall be converted to Stock which shall be distributed to in-kind, except that fractional shares of Stock may be distributed in cash. If a distribution from a Restricted Stock Distribution Account is scheduled to be made at a time when there are insufficient unrestricted deferred Stock units to satisfy the full amount of the distribution, restricted deferred Stock units may be converted to Stock and used to satisfy the distribution, provided that such Stock will continue to be subject to the same forfeitability and transferability restrictions as its related restricted deferred Stock units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Stock shall become immediately vested to the extent necessary to allow the Company or an Employer to satisfy any related withholding tax liabilities.

5A.6 Adjustment in Capitalization . In the event of any Stock dividend or Stock split, recapitalization (including, without limitation, the payment of an extraordinary cash dividend), merger, consolidation, combination, spin-off, distribution of assets to shareholders, exchange of Stock, or other similar corporate change or event that affects the Stock such that an adjustment is required to preserve, or to prevent enlargement of, the benefits or potential benefits made available under this Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as the Committee shall deem equitable, adjust the number and/or kind of deferred Stock units credited under the Plan.

 

22


FINAL

 

ARTICLE 6

DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1 Timing - Normal Election . Subject to Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.6, 7.16 and 7.17, a Participant’s Distribution Account, other than a Performance Unit Payout Distribution Account or 401(k) Distribution Account, shall be distributed commencing in any July or December following the Plan Year for which compensation is deferred, provided that payments must commence by the first July or the first December following the Participant’s attainment of age 71, as elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Distribution Account was established, or as subsequently elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 7.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall not be entitled to allocate any deferrals to a Distribution Account for a Plan Year if payments have commenced from such Account or are scheduled to commence in that Plan Year. Subject to Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.6, 7.16 and 7.17, a Participant’s Performance Unit Payout Distribution Account shall be distributed commencing in any July or December following the Plan Year for which the Performance Unit Payout is deferred, provided that: (i) payments must commence by the first July or the first December following the Participant’s attainment of age 71 and (ii) payments may not commence prior to July of the fourth Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the Performance Unit Payout is deferred, as elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Distribution Accounts was established, or as subsequently elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 7.1.

Subject to Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.6, 7.16 and 7.17, a Participant’s 401(k) Distribution Account shall be distributed in the July of the fourth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess 401(k) Contributions were credited to such 401(k) Distribution Account, or as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 7.1.

 

23


FINAL

 

6.2 Timing - Separation from Service . Subject to Sections 6.6, 7.16 and 7.17, in the event that a Participant Separates from Service prior to the month specified under 6.1, the Participant’s death and the Participant’s Disability, the vested balance of the Participant’s Distribution Account shall be distributed commencing upon the first July or the first December (whichever is earlier) immediately following the date that is fifteen calendar months following the Participant’s Separation from Service or as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 7.1.

6.3 Timing - Death . In the event of a Participant’s death prior to the month specified under Section 6.1, the Participant’s Separation from Service and the Participant’s Disability, amounts under the Plan shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in lieu of any amounts otherwise payable under the Plan to or on behalf of such Participant. Subject to Sections 6.6, 7.16 and 7.17, distributions shall commence upon the first July or the first December (whichever is earlier) immediately following the date that is fifteen months following the Participant’s death or as elected by the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with Section 7.1.

6.4 Disability . In the event of a Participant’s Disability, the Participant’s deferral election in effect, if any, for the Plan Year in which the Participant becomes disabled shall be cancelled and the Participant’s right to make any further deferral elections under this Plan shall terminate as of the date the Participant becomes Disabled. Subject to Sections 6.6, 7.16 and 7.17, in the event a Participant becomes Disabled prior to the month specified under Section 6.1 and the Participant’s Separation from Service, the Participant’s Distribution Accounts, if any, shall be distributed to the Participant in a lump sum on the date that is fifteen months following the date the Participant becomes Disabled or as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 7.1.

 

24


FINAL

 

6.5 Form . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4 and this Section, distributions from a Distribution Account (other than a 401(k) Distribution Account) under Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4 shall be paid in a lump sum, or annual installments over consecutive years, as elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Account was established or as subsequently elected by the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with 7.1. Distributions from a 401(k) Distribution Account under Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4 shall be paid in a lump sum unless annual installments over consecutive years are elected by the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with Section 7.1. Any lump sum amount payable in accordance with this paragraph shall be equal to the value of such Distribution Account as of the last business day of the month preceding the date of payment. Any annual installment payable in accordance with this paragraph shall be in an amount specified by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Account was established or as subsequently specified by the Participant in accordance with Section 7.1, and expressed as either (i) a fixed amount (a number of shares of Stock in the case of a Restricted Stock Distribution Account and a dollar amount in all other cases) or (ii) as a percentage of the value of such Account provided, however, that (i) if the Participant specifies a fixed amount, such installment will be limited to the lower of such fixed amount and the value of the Account as of the last business day of the month preceding the date of payment and (ii) if the Participant specifies a percentage of the value of the Account, the value of the Account will be measured as of the last business day of the month preceding the date of payment. If the Participant does not specify an annual installment amount, the annual installment shall be in an amount equal to (i) the

 

25


FINAL

 

value of such Distribution Account as of the last business day of the month preceding the date of payment, divided by (ii) the number of annual installments remaining. Notwithstanding any elections by a Participant , if a Distribution Account balance is valued at $25,000 or less as of the date of the first payment due from the Account under Section 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 or 6.4 (in the case of a Restricted Stock Distribution Account, such valuation shall be determined based on the closing price of the Stock on the stock exchange on which the Stock is predominantly traded on that date, or if such date is not a trading day, the closing price on the first trading day preceding such date), the full Account balance shall be distributed in a lump sum payment.

6.6 Emergency Benefit . In the event that the Committee or its designee, upon written request of a Participant determines, in its sole discretion, that the Participant has suffered an unforeseeable emergency as defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii), the Participant’s Employer shall pay to the Participant, as soon as practicable following such determination, an amount necessary to meet the emergency and any related withholding taxes as may be required pursuant to Section 7.8, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) (the “Emergency Benefit”), to the extent such amount does not exceed the aggregate balance of the Participant’s Distribution Accounts. In the case of an Emergency Benefit paid from a Restricted Stock Distribution Account, the number of shares of Stock distributed will be equal to the number of shares of Stock equal to the quotient of: (a) the dollar amount necessary to meet the emergency and any related withholding taxes divided by (b) the closing price of the Stock on the stock exchange on which the Stock is predominantly traded on the last trading day of the month prior to the month of

 

26


FINAL

 

distribution. Emergency Benefits shall be paid first from the Participant’s Regular, 401(k) and Performance Unit Payout Distribution Accounts, if any, to the extent the vested balance of one or more of such Distribution Accounts is sufficient to meet the emergency, in the order in which such Accounts would otherwise be distributed. If those Regular, Performance Unit Payout and 401(k) Distribution Accounts are not sufficient to meet the emergency, Emergency Benefits will then be paid from the Participant’s Restricted Stock Distribution Accounts (if any) in the order in which such accounts would otherwise be distributed. If two Accounts would otherwise be paid at the same time, Emergency Benefits shall be made pro rata from each Account. With respect to that portion of any Distribution Account which is distributed as an Emergency Benefit in accordance with this Article, no further benefits shall be payable to a Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any deferral election in effect for a Participant who receives an Emergency Benefit shall be cancelled and no Emergency Benefit shall be paid from any Restricted Stock Distribution Account to the extent the deferred Stock units in such account have not fully vested in accordance with the terms of the related Restricted Stock Award.

 

27


FINAL

 

ARTICLE 7

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Changes of Elections . Participants may change the time and form of payment from an Account as specified under Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5 at any time prior to the commencement of payment from such Account by filing with the Committee or its designee a fully executed Enrollment Agreement or other form approved by the Committee or its designee (hereinafter, collectively referred to as the “Change Form”) requesting the change provided that: (i) any change will not take effect until at least twelve months after the date the Change Form is filed with the Committee or its designee, (ii) in the case of a change related to a payment that is not based on Disability or death, the change must provide that the payment be deferred for a period of not less than 5 years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made, (iii) in the case of a change related to a payment based on a specified date (or pursuant to a fixed schedule), any change may not be made less than 12 months prior to the date of the scheduled payment, (iv) in the case of a change related to a payment based on a specified date (or pursuant to a fixed schedule), no change will be permitted that would result in the payment commencing later than the first July or the first December (whichever is earlier) following the Participant’s age 71, (v) in the case of a payment based on Separation from Service, death or Disability, no change may be made until after Separation from Service, death or Disability, as applicable, and (vi) in the case of a payment based on Separation from Service, death or Disability, no change will be permitted that would result in payment commencing later than the first July or the first December (whichever is earlier) following the later of: (A) the Participant’s age 71 (or, the case of a Participant’s death prior to age 71, the date the Participant would have attained age 71) and (B) 75 months following the Participant’s Separation from Service, death or Disability, as applicable.

 

28


FINAL

 

For this purpose, all installment payments under an Account are treated as a single payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants were permitted to change the time or form of distributions from their Accounts prior to 2009 by meeting IRS transition rules under Code Section 409A rather than the above requirements. In the case of a Participant’s death prior to the month specified under Section 6.1, the Participant’s Separation from Service or the Participant’s Disability, the Participant’s Beneficiary may change the time and form of payment for the Participant’s Distribution Account(s) in accordance with the rules of this Section and Section 6.5.

7.2 Designation of Beneficiary . Each Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (which Beneficiary may be an entity other than a natural person) to receive any distributions which may be made following the Participant’s death. Such designation may be changed or canceled at any time without the consent of any such Beneficiary. Any such designation, change or cancellation must be made in a form approved by the Committee or its designee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee or its designee. If no Beneficiary has been named, or the designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall have predeceased the Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate. If a Participant designates more than one Beneficiary, the interests of such Beneficiaries shall be paid in equal shares, unless the Participant has specifically designated otherwise.

7.3 Limitation of Participant’s Right . Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as conferring upon any Participant any right to continue in the service of an Employer, nor shall it interfere with the rights of an Employer to terminate the service of any Participant and/or to take any personnel action affecting any Participant without regard to the effect which such action may have upon such Participant as a recipient or prospective recipient of benefits under the Plan.

 

29


FINAL

 

7.4 No Limitation on Corporation Actions . Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to prevent an Employer from taking any corporate action which is deemed by it to be appropriate or in its best interest. No Participant, Beneficiary or other person shall have any claim against an Employer as a result of any such action.

7.5 Obligations to Employer . An Employer may offset any amounts to which a Participant is entitled under the Plan by the amount of any indebtedness and related interest owed by such Participant to the Employer or any one of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law or, if lower, to the extent permitted without creating adverse tax consequences to the Participant under Code Section 409A.

7.6 Nonalienation of Benefits . Except as expressly provided herein, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have the power or right to transfer (otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), alienate, or otherwise encumber the Participant’s interest under the Plan. An Employer’s obligations under this Plan are not assignable or transferable except to (a) a corporation which acquires all or substantially all of the Employer’s assets or (b) any corporation into which the Employer may be merged or consolidated. The provisions of the Plan shall inure to the benefit of each Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or successors in interest.

7.7 Protective Provisions . Each Participant shall cooperate with the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the Company in order to facilitate the payment of amounts hereunder, taking such physical examinations as the Company may

 

30


FINAL

 

deem necessary and taking such other relevant action as may be requested by the Company. If a Participant refuses to cooperate, neither the Company nor the Participant’s Employer(s) shall have any further obligation to the Participant under the Plan, other than the obligation of the Employer(s) to pay to such Participant the balance of the Participant’s Distribution Accounts in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

7.8 Withholding Taxes . An Employer may make such provisions and take such actions as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Employer is required by any law or regulation of any governmental authority, whether foreign, Federal, state or local, to withhold in connection with any amounts payable under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the withholding of appropriate sums from any amount otherwise payable to a Participant or Beneficiary. Each Participant and Beneficiary, however, shall be responsible for the payment of all individual tax liabilities relating to any such amounts.

7.9 Unfunded Status of Plan . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan of deferred compensation for Participants. Amounts payable hereunder shall be payable out of the general assets of the Participant’s Employer, and no segregation of any assets whatsoever for such benefits shall be made. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of his or her Employer.

7.10 Severability . If any provision of this Plan is held unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect without regard to such unenforceable provision and shall be applied as though the unenforceable provision were not contained in the Plan.

 

31


FINAL

 

7.11 Governing Law . The Plan shall be administered and construed according to ERISA, if applicable, and any other applicable Federal laws. State law shall apply to this Plan only to the extent that such state law is not preempted by ERISA and other Federal laws. To the extent that state law is not preempted and is deemed to be applicable to this Plan, the validity, construction, interpretation, effect, and administration of this Plan shall be governed, effective as of January 1, 2012, by and interpreted in accordance with the law of New Jersey (prior to January 1, 2012, the laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws shall apply).

7.12 Headings . Headings are inserted in this Plan for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in the construction of the provisions of the Plan.

7.13 Gender, Singular  & Plural . All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

7.14 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the Company to the attention of the Committee, at 525 Washington Boulevard, 29 th floor, Jersey City, New Jersey 07310, or to such other entity as the Committee may designate from time to time. Such notice shall be deemed given on the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

32


FINAL

 

7.15 Amendment and Termination . The Plan may be amended, suspended, discontinued or terminated at any time by the Board, or by any other entity authorized by the Board, provided that no such amendment, suspension, discontinuance or termination shall reduce or in any manner adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to amounts that are payable or may become payable under the Plan based upon the balance of the Participant’s Distribution Accounts as of the effective date of such amendment, suspension, discontinuance or termination.

7.16 Income Inclusion under 409A . If a portion of a Participant’s Distribution Account is includible in income under Code Section 409A, such portion shall be distributed immediately to the Participant.

7.17 Domestic Relations Order . Distributions may be made from Accounts as necessary to fulfill a domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(B)).

7.18 Claims .

(a) Discretionary Authority . The Committee or its designee shall have the exclusive discretionary authority (i) to construe and to interpret the Plan, (ii) to decide all questions of eligibility for benefits and (iii) to determine the amount of such benefits, and its decisions on such matters are final and conclusive. As a result, benefits under the Plan will be paid only if the Committee or its designee decides in its discretion that the claimant is entitled to them. This discretionary authority is intended to be absolute, and in any case where the extent of this discretion is in question, the Committee or its designee is to be accorded the maximum discretion possible. Any exercise of this discretionary authority shall be reviewed by a court under the arbitrary and capricious standard (i.e., the abuse of discretion standard).

 

33


FINAL

 

(b) Procedures . If, pursuant to the discretionary authority provided for above, a claim of any right to a benefit that is filed by or on behalf of a claimant is wholly or partially denied, the Committee or its designee will provide such claimant the claims review process described in this subsection (b). The Committee or its designee has the discretionary right to modify this claims process in any manner so long as the claims review process, as modified, includes the steps described below. Within a 90-day response period following the receipt of the claim by the Committee or its designee, the Committee or its designee will provide a comprehensible written notice setting forth:

 

  (i) The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

  (ii) Specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

 

  (iii) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to submit to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

  (iv) A description of the claims review process (including the time limits applicable to such process and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA following a further denial on review).

If the Committee or its designee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, it may extend the response period from 90 to 180 days. If this occurs, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial 90-day period, indicating the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the final decision is expected to be made. Further review of a claim is available upon written request by the claimant to the Committee or

 

34


FINAL

 

its designee within 60 days after receipt by the claimant of written notice of the denial of the claim. Upon review, the Committee or its designee shall provide the claimant a full and fair review of the claim, including the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relevant to the claim and the review shall take into account such comments, documents, records and information regardless of whether it was submitted or considered at the initial determination. The decision on review shall be made within 60 days after receipt of the request for review, unless circumstances warrant an extension of time not to exceed an additional 60 days. If this occurs, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial 60-day period, indicating the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Committee or its designee expects to make the final decision. The final decision shall be in writing and drafted in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall include the specific reasons for the decision with references to the specific Plan provisions on which the decision is based , a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the claimant’s right to obtain the information about such procedures, as well as a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA Section 502(a).

(c) Review in Court . Any claim referenced in this Section that is reviewed by a court, arbitrator, or any other tribunal shall be reviewed solely on the basis of the record before the Committee or its designee and shall be subject to the provisions on “Limitation on Actions” as set forth in Section 7.22. In addition, any such review shall be conditioned on the claimants having fully exhausted all rights under this Section.

 

35


FINAL

 

7.19 Code Section  409A . It is intended that this Plan shall comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations thereunder so as not to subject Participants to the payment of additional taxes and interest under Code Section 409A. Any provision of this Plan that is inconsistent with this intent shall be void to the minimum extent necessary to permit this intent to be fulfilled. All interpretations of this Plan shall be consistent with this intent. Any action by the Committee or its designee that it is inconsistent with this intent shall be void and without effect to the minimum extent possible (if any) that will allow this intent to be fulfilled. If the failure to take an action under the Plan would cause the Plan to violate Code Section 409A, then to the extent it is possible thereby to avoid a violation of Code Section 409A, it is intended that the rights and effects under the Plan be altered to avoid such outcome. In all cases, the provisions of this Section shall apply to the maximum extent permissible under Code Section 409A and notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan that is not contained in this Section.

7.20 401(k) Hardship Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, in the case of a Participant who receives a hardship distribution pursuant to U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) in a Plan Year, the Participant’s deferral election, if any, for that Plan Year shall be cancelled and the Participant shall be prohibited from making a deferral election for the following Plan Year.

7.21 Election Priority . If a Participant’s Separation from Service and Death occur simultaneously, the Participant’s Distribution Accounts shall be distributed in accordance with the Plan rules and election(s) applicable to the Participant’s Death.

 

36


FINAL

 

7.22 Limitation on Actions .

(a) Timing.

 

  (1) Any “Action” (as defined below) that is filed by, or on behalf of, a Participant, or on the behalf of the Participant’s heirs, estate, spouse or Beneficiary against or with respect to the Plan, the Company, any of the Company’s participating affiliates, any of the Company’s affiliates or subsidiaries, their predecessors, successors or assigns, the Committee, the claims administrator, or their delegates, must be brought within two years of when the cause of action arose (the “Two- Year Period”); provided, however, that such individual may not bring any Action unless he or she has fully exhausted all of his or her actual or potential rights under the Plan’s claims procedures set forth in Section 7.18. This exhaustion requirement is intended to be interpreted as broadly as possible to the extent permitted by law. An “Action” shall mean any claim or suit in court or in another forum that relates to the Plan, including without limitation, any eligibility, benefits, Plan interpretation, ERISA rights or any other matters related to the Plan; provided, that for purposes of applying the Two-Year Period and the Tolling Period described herein, an Action shall not include any claim or action that cannot be subject to contractual statute of limitations provisions under applicable laws.

 

  (2) The Two-Year Period shall be tolled (the “Tolling Period”), as follows:

 

  (i) The Tolling Period shall start upon the issuance, in writing, of the initial denial of the individual’s claim or request for benefit, as applicable, by the Committee or its delegates in accordance with the Plan’s claims procedures set forth in Section 7.18.

 

37


FINAL

 

  (ii) The Tolling Period shall conclude when the decision on the individual’s review is made in writing by the Committee or its delegates in accordance with the Plan’s claims procedures set forth in Section 7.18; provided, however, that if the individual does not timely ask for a review of his or her denial (or does not meet any other timeliness requirements during the review), the Tolling Period shall end on the last day of the Plan’s review period.

 

  (iii) The Tolling Period shall not be counted against the Two-Year Period. Once the Tolling Period ends, the Two-Year Period shall start running with the same amount of time remaining as such individual had for his or her Two-Year Period prior to having such period tolled.

 

  (3) Any Action brought after the end of the Two-Year Period shall be time-barred.

 

  (4) The Two-Year Period shall apply to any cause of action arising on or after January 1, 2012. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the cause of action arose prior to January 1, 2012, the statute of limitations shall be the lesser of (i) the remaining amount of time, as determined as of December 31, 2011, under the applicable statute of limitations or (ii) the Two-Year Period beginning as of January 1, 2012.

 

  (5) The provisions of this paragraph (a) shall be severable. If any provision of this paragraph (a) is held illegal, void or invalid in its entirety, the remaining provisions of this section “Limitation on Actions” and any other provisions set forth in the Plan, as amended from time to time, shall not in any way be affected or impaired but shall remain binding in accordance with their terms.

 

38


FINAL

 

(b) Venue . Effective as of January 1, 2012, an Action not yet brought in court or in another forum may only be brought in the United States District Court of New Jersey. The designation of this court as the exclusive venue for any Action shall apply without any exception.

 

39


FINAL

 

ARTICLE 8

PLAN RESTATEMENT

This Plan, originally adopted and approved as of November 11, 2004 and amended as of January 10, 2005, February 16, 2005, May 24, 2005, November 1, 2005 November 16, 2006, November 1, 2008, is hereby amended and restated as of January 1, 2014.

 

40

Exhibit 10.50

AXA EQUITABLE EXCESS RETIREMENT PLAN

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED

EFFECTIVE SEPTEMBER 1, 2008


Section 1. Purpose

The purpose of the AXA Equitable Excess Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide benefits to Participants in excess of the benefits provided to them under the AXA Equitable Retirement Plan.

Section 2. Definitions

Where the following words and phrases appear in this Plan they shall have the meaning as set forth below and where terms are capitalized in the Plan and are not defined in this Section, they shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Retirement Plan:

“Adjusted Compensation” means Salary adjusted to:

 

  (i) exclude all deferred compensation payouts (Employee, Manager, and Agent) and

 

  (ii) include all deferred compensation (Employee, Manager and Agent) in the year the compensation was payable.

“Beneficiary” means a person(s) designated to receive benefits under the Retirement Plan as a result of a Member’s death.

“Committee” means the Administrative Committee comprised of at least three officers or officer-equivalents of the Company that is established by the Executive Vice President of Human Resources of the Company to administer the employee benefit plans of the Company.

“Company” means AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company.

“Disability” means disability as determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

“Excess Amount” means the benefit payable pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan.

“Field Participant” means an Agent or Manager who is a Participant.

“Grandfathered Employee” means any current or former Regular Employee who is entitled to a grandfather benefit under Section 5.2 of the Retirement Plan and who is a Participant.

“Grandfathered Field Participant” means any current or former Field Participant who is entitled to a grandfather benefit under Section 5.2 of the Retirement Plan.

“Non-Grandfathered Field Participant” means a current or former Field Participant who is not a Grandfathered Agent.

276697

 

2


“Non-Grandfathered Employee” means a current or former Regular Employee who is a Participant and who is not a Grandfathered Employee.

“Participant” means an individual who is eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3.

“Plan Year” means a calendar year commencing January 1 and ending December 31.

“Post-2004 Benefit” means the accrued benefit of any Participant under the Plan that was earned or vested after December 31, 2004 and any earnings thereon as determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

“Pre-2005 Benefit” means the accrued benefit of any Participant under the Plan that was earned and vested prior to December 31, 2004 and any earnings thereon as determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

“Qualified Election” means a one-time irrevocable election made during the Transition Election Period by a Participant with respect to the form or timing of payment of his or her Post-2004 Benefit where such election is made in the manner prescribed by the Company and the Plan and in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, the regulations thereunder and applicable transition relief.

“Retirement Plan” means, for the period prior to January 1, 1991, The Equitable Retirement Plan for Employees and Managers and The Equitable Retirement Plan for Agents, and for the period subsequent to December 31, 1990, the AXA Equitable Retirement Plan (formerly known as The Equitable Retirement Plan for Employees, Managers and Agents).

“Separation from Service” means a separation from service within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder provided that a separation from service for an employee will be deemed to have occurred on a given date if the Company and the employee reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services the employee will perform after that date for the Company and all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Code Sections 414(b) and 414(c) will permanently decrease to less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services provided by the employee in the immediately preceding 12 months. In addition, an 80% test will be used in applying Code Sections 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Code Section 414(b) and in applying Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or businesses that are under common control for purposes of Code Section 414(c).

“Specified Employee” means an individual treated as a specified employee within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder, as determined by the Committee.

“Transition Election Period” means September 1, 2008 through November 15, 2008 unless otherwise determined by the Company in its sole discretion, provided that in no event shall the last day of the period be later than December 31, 2008.

276697

 

 

3


Section 3. Participation

A Member or any Beneficiary who is entitled to benefits under the Retirement Plan and whose benefits under the Retirement Plan are limited by Section 415(b) of the Code and/or as a result of the limitation on compensation of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, shall be a Participant in this Plan, except that a Member who is an employee of a Subsidiary which has not adopted and joined the Plan shall not be a Participant in this Plan.

Section 4. Benefits

The Excess Amount shall be equal to the excess, if any, of (a) over (b) where:

 

  (a) equals the amount that would be payable to the Participant under the Retirement Plan when computed using Adjusted Compensation without regard to the limitation on benefits under Section 415 of the Code and without regard to the limitation on compensation for benefit calculation purposes under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, and

 

  (b) equals the amount payable to the Participant under the Retirement Plan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the benefit amount determined in clause (a) above for periods beginning after December 31, 1993 shall not include the annual automatic Cost of Living Adjustment (“COLA”) determined on the basis that the COLA under the Retirement Plan is calculated. Commencing January 1, 1994, the COLA will be determined on an automatic basis every three years based upon an application of the same formula for determining COLAs under the Retirement Plan, but in an amount computed by taking the average of the percentage increases derived under the formula for determining COLAs under the Retirement Plan for each year of the three-year period. Further, all Adjusted Compensation and Credited Service of a Member while in the employment of a Subsidiary which has not adopted and joined this Plan shall not be counted in determining the Member’s benefit calculated under subparagraph (a) of this Section 4.

Effective January 1, 2004, benefits under this Plan shall be determined without giving effect to the second and third sentence of Section 3.5 of the Retirement Plan. This is intended to allow the benefits which are denied under the Retirement Plan by the application under that plan of those two sentences to be provided under this Plan instead.

Section 5. Contributions

A Participant’s rights in and to the Excess Amount shall be the same as the Participant’s rights in and to his or her benefits under the Retirement Plan, except that any obligations of an Employer under the Plan shall not be funded, and Excess Amount payments shall be made from the general funds of the Employer. As a result, a Participant’s right to an Excess Amount payment shall be the rights of a general creditor of the Participant’s Employer.

276697

 

4


Section 6. Pre-2005 Benefit

The Pre-2005 Benefit of a Participant shall be paid at the same time and in the same form as the benefit provided to the Participant under the Retirement Plan, provided that where a Participant elects to receive all or a portion of his or her Cash Account Benefit under the Retirement Plan in the form of a Crossings SM variable annuity, the portion of the Participant’s Pre-2005 Benefit resulting from the cash balance formula shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Pre-2005 Benefit resulting from the cash balance formula applicable to Employees and Managers in effect as of January 1, 1989 may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be paid in a lump sum or annuity.

Section 7. Post-2004 Benefit: Grandfathered Employees

(a) Time and Form of Payment of Post-2004 Benefit

Time

Except as provided in Sections 7(b), 11 and 14, the vested Post-2004 Benefit of a Grandfathered Employee who terminates Service prior to 2009 shall be paid at the same time as his or her Pre-2005 Benefit, provided that a Grandfathered Employee who is Separated from Service as of January 1, 2009 and who has not commenced payment of his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit as of that date shall have an Annuity Starting Date of July 1, 2009 for his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit.

Except as provided in Sections 7(b), 11 and 14, a Grandfathered Employee who Separates from Service on or after January 1, 2009 shall have an Annuity Starting Date of the first day of the calendar month following his or her Separation from Service for his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit.

Form

The vested Post-2004 Benefit of a Grandfathered Employee shall be paid in the form of any type of annuity that is offered under the Plan as specified by the Grandfathered Employee no later than the date that is thirty days prior to the Annuity Starting Date. If the Grandfathered Employee fails to specify the annuity type by that date, his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit shall be paid in the form of a single life annuity or, in the case of a Grandfathered Employee who has an Eligible Spouse, a 50% joint and survivor annuity.

(b) Qualified Election

Any Grandfathered Employee who has a Post-2004 Benefit as of June 30, 2008 and who has not commenced payments under the Plan as of September 1, 2008 may make a Qualified Election with respect to the time of payment of his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit. Except as provided in Sections 11 and 14, the vested Post-2004 Benefit of a Grandfathered Employee who makes a Qualified Election shall be paid upon the later of the Grandfathered Employee’s Separation from Service and the date specified by the Grandfathered Employee in his or her Qualified Election, provided that such specified date shall be the first day of a calendar month and shall not be later than the first day of the calendar month following the day on which the Grandfathered Employee attains age 71. In the case of a payment triggered by the Grandfathered Employee’s Separation from Service, the Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the calendar month following the date of Separation from Service.

276697

 

5


Section 8. Post-2004 Benefit: Non-Grandfathered Employees

(a) Time and Form of Payment of Post-2004 Benefit

Except as provided in Sections 8(b), 11 and 14, the vested Post-2004 Benefit of a Non-Grandfathered Employee who terminates Service prior to 2009 shall be paid at the same time and in the same form as his or her Pre-2005 Benefit, provided that a Non-Grandfathered Employee who is Separated from Service as of January 1, 2009 and who has not commenced payment of his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit as of that date shall be paid his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit on July 1, 2009 in cash in one lump sum.

Except as provided in Sections 8(b), 11 and 14, a Non-Grandfathered Employee who Separates from Service on or after January 1, 2009 shall be paid his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit on the first day of the calendar month following the date of Separation from Service in cash in one lump sum.

(b) Qualified Election

Any Non-Grandfathered Employee who has a Post-2004 Benefit as of June 30, 2008 and who has not commenced payments under the Plan as of September 1, 2008 may make a Qualified Election with respect to the time and form of payment of his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit.

Time

Except as provided in Sections 11 and 14, the vested Post-2004 Benefit of a Non-Grandfathered Employee who makes a Qualified Election shall be paid upon the later of the Non-Grandfathered Employee’s Separation from Service and the date specified by the Non-Grandfathered Employee in his or her Qualified Election, provided that such specified date shall be the first day of a calendar month and shall not be later than the first day of the calendar month following the date on which the Non-Grandfathered Employee attains age 71. In the case of a payment triggered by the Non-Grandfathered Employee’s Separation from Service, the Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the calendar month following the date of Separation from Service.

Form

Except as provided in Sections 11 and 14, the vested Post-2004 Benefit of a Non-Grandfathered Employee who makes a Qualified Election shall be paid in the form of any type of annuity that is offered under the Plan or in cash in one lump sum as specified by the Non-Grandfathered Employee in his or her Qualified Election. If the Non-Grandfathered Employee elects an annuity, he or she shall specify the type of annuity no later than the date that is thirty days prior to the Annuity Starting Date. If the Non-Grandfathered Employee fails to specify the annuity type by such date, his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit shall be paid in the form of single life annuity or, in the case of a Non-Grandfathered Employee who has an Eligible Spouse, a 50% joint and survivor annuity.

276697

 

6


Section 9. Post-2004 Benefit: Grandfathered Field Participants

(a) Time and Form of Payment of Post-2004 Benefit

Time

Except as provided in Sections 9(b), 11 and 14, the vested Post-2004 Benefit of a Grandfathered Field Participant who terminates Service prior to 2009 shall be paid at the same time as his or her Pre-2005 Benefit, provided that a Grandfathered Field Participant who is Separated from Service as of January 1, 2009 and who has not commenced payment of his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit as of that date shall have an Annuity Starting Date for his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit which is the later of: (i) July 1, 2009 and (ii) the first day of the calendar month following the Grandfathered Field Participant’s attainment of age 55.

Except as provided in Sections 9(b), 11 and 14, a Grandfathered Field Participant who Separates from Service on or after January 1, 2009 shall have an Annuity Starting Date for his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit which is the later of (i) the first day of the calendar month following the Grandfathered Field Participant’s attainment of age 65 and (ii) January 1, 2014.

Form

The vested Post-2004 Benefit of a Grandfathered Field Participant shall be paid in the form of any type of annuity that is offered under the Plan as specified by the Grandfathered Field Participant no later than the date that is thirty (30) days prior to the Annuity Starting Date. If the Grandfathered Field Participant fails to specify the annuity type by that date, the vested Post-2004 Benefit of the Grandfathered Field Participant shall be paid in the form of a single life annuity or, in the case of a Grandfathered Field Participant who has an Eligible Spouse, a 50% joint and survivor annuity.

(b) Qualified Election

Any Grandfathered Field Participant who has a Post-2004 Benefit as of June 30, 2008 and who has not commenced payments under the Plan as of September 1, 2008 may make a Qualified Election with respect to the Annuity Starting Date for his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit. Except as provided in Sections 11 and 14, the Annuity Starting Date for the vested Post-2004 Benefit of a Grandfathered Agent who makes a Qualified Election shall be the date specified by the Grandfathered Agent in his or her Qualified Election, provided that such specified date shall be the first day of a calendar month that is (i) on or after July 1, 2009, (ii) after the date on which the Grandfathered Agent attains age 55 and (iii) on or before the later of (A) the first day of the calendar month following the Grandfathered Field Participant’s attainment of age 65 and (B) January 1, 2014.

276697

 

7


Section 10. Post-2004 Benefit: Non-Grandfathered Field Participants

(a) Time and Form of Payment of Post-2004 Benefit

Except as provided in Sections 10(b), 11 and 14, the vested Post-2004 Benefit of a Non-Grandfathered Field Participant who terminates Service prior to 2009 shall be paid at the same time and in the same form as his or her Pre-2005 Benefit, provided that the vested Post-2004 Benefit of any Non-Grandfathered Field Participant who has not commenced payment of his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit as of January 1, 2009 shall be paid in cash in one lump sum on July 1, 2009.

(b) Qualified Election

A Non-Grandfathered Field Participant who has a Post-2004 Benefit as of June 30, 2008 and who has not commenced payments under the Plan as of September 1, 2008 may make a Qualified Election with respect to the time and form of payment of his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit.

Time

Except as provided in Sections 11 and 14, the Annuity Starting Date for the vested Post-2004 Benefit of a Non-Grandfathered Field Participant who makes a Qualified Election shall be the date specified by the Non-Grandfathered Field Participant in his or her Qualified Election, provided that such specified date shall be the first day of a calendar month on or after July 1, 2009 and may not be later than the first day of the calendar month following the date on which the Non-Grandfathered Field Participant attains age 71.

Form

Except as provided in Sections 11 and 14, the vested Post-2004 Benefit of a Non-Grandfathered Field Participant who makes a Qualified Election shall be paid in the form of any type of annuity that is offered under the Plan or in cash in one lump sum as specified by the Non-Grandfathered Agent in his or her Qualified Election. If the Non-Grandfathered Agent elects an annuity, he or she shall specify the type of annuity no later than thirty days prior to the Annuity Starting Date. If the Non-Grandfathered Agent fails to specify the annuity type by such date, the vested Post-2004 Benefit of the Non-Grandfathered Agent shall be paid in the form of a single life annuity or, in the case of a Non-Grandfathered Agent who has an Eligible Spouse, a 50% joint and survivor annuity.

Section 11. Post-2004 Benefit: Death

The vested Post-2004 Benefit of a Participant who dies prior to 2009 shall be paid at the same time and in the same form as his or her Pre-2005 Benefit, provided that the vested Post-2004 Benefit of a deceased Participant that has not commenced to be paid as of January 1, 2009 shall be paid in cash in one lump sum in January 2009. Effective January 1, 2009, upon the death of a Participant prior to the Annuity Starting Date for his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit, the vested Post-2004 Benefit of the Participant shall be paid to the Beneficiary in cash in one lump sum on the first day of the calendar month following death notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any Qualified Election of the Participant to the contrary.

Section 12. Cessation of Non-Grandfathered Agent Accruals

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Non-Grandfathered Agent shall not accrue benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2008.

276697

 

8


Section 13. Cessation of Grandfathered Agent Accruals

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Grandfathered Agent shall not accrue benefits under the Plan after his or her Annuity Starting Date for his or her vested Post-2004 Benefit.

Section 14. Specified Employees

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary other than Section 11, effective January 1, 2009, the Annuity Starting Date for the payment of a Specified Employee’s vested Post-2004 Benefit that is triggered by the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service shall be no earlier than the first business day of the seventh month following Separation from Service.

Section 15. Disability

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant who is absent from work due to a Disability leave of absence that commences on or after January 1, 2009 shall not be entitled to accrue benefits under the Plan as of the last day of the 29-month period commencing on his or her first date of Disability.

Section 16. Offsets

An Employer may offset any amounts to which a Participant is entitled under the Plan by the amount of any indebtedness and related interest owed by such Participant to the Employer or any one of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law or, if lower, to the extent permitted without creating adverse tax consequences to the Participant under Code Section 409A.    

Section 17. Internal Revenue Code Section 409A

It is intended that this Plan shall comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder so as not to subject Participants to the payment of additional taxes and interest under Code Section 409A. Any provision of this Plan that is inconsistent with this intent shall be void to the minimum extent necessary to permit this intent to be fulfilled. All interpretations of this Plan shall be consistent with this intent. Any action by the Committee that is inconsistent with this intent shall be void and without effect to the minimum extent possible (if any) that will allow this intent to be fulfilled. If the failure to take an action under the Plan would cause the Plan to violate Code Section 409A, then to the extent it is possible thereby to avoid a violation of Code Section 409A, it is intended that the rights and effects under the Plan be altered to avoid such outcome. In all cases, the provisions of this Section shall apply to the maximum extent permissible under Code Section 409A and notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary.

Section 18. Calculation of Benefits Paid Prior to Retirement Plan Distribution

In the event that the distribution of a Participant’s vested Post-2004 Benefit under this Plan shall commence prior to the distribution of the Participant’s vested benefit under the Retirement Plan, the amount of the total benefit to be provided under this Plan shall be calculated as a single life annuity as if the Participant’s benefit under the Retirement Plan is also being distributed as a single life annuity at the same time.

276697

 

9


Section 19. Job Elimination

Effective January 1, 2009, in the event that a Participant would otherwise be entitled to any additional accruals under this Plan after his or her Annuity Starting Date due to a job elimination, such accruals shall be calculated and credited to the Participant’s Plan account as of the day prior to the Annuity Starting Date, provided that no credit will be provided with respect to Interest Credits that would otherwise accrue after the Annuity Starting Date . In the event that the accruals would otherwise be credited in a calendar year following the calendar year of Separation from Service, the Company shall make reasonable assumptions regarding any changes to applicable Internal Revenue Code compensation limits for that year.

Section 20. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have the same powers, duties, rights and immunities as in administering the Retirement Plan, but neither the Committee nor the Company shall be a fiduciary or party-in-interest under state or federal laws. The decision of the Committee in all matters involving the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties in interest.

Section 21. Amendment or Discontinuance of the Plan

The Company expects to continue the Plan indefinitely, however, notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, the Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to amend or terminate the Plan at any time for any reason.    

Section 22. Claims Procedures

(a) Discretionary Authority

The Committee or its designee shall have the exclusive discretionary authority: (i) to construe and to interpret the Plan, (ii) to decide all questions of eligibility for benefits and (iii) to determine the amount of such benefits, and its decisions on such matters are final and conclusive. As a result, benefits under the Plan will be paid only if the Committee or its designee decides in its discretion that the claimant is entitled to them. This discretionary authority is intended to be absolute, and in any case where the extent of this discretion is in question, the Committee or its designee is to be accorded the maximum discretion possible. Any exercise of this discretionary authority shall be reviewed by a court under the arbitrary and capricious standard (i.e., the abuse of discretion standard).

276697

 

10


(b) Procedures

If, pursuant to the discretionary authority provided for above, a claim of any right to a benefit that is filed by or on behalf of a claimant is wholly or partially denied, the Committee or its designee will provide such claimant the claims review process described in this subsection (b). The Committee or its designee has the discretionary right to modify this claims process in any manner so long as the claims review process, as modified, includes the steps described below. Within a 90-day response period following the receipt of the claim by the Committee or its designee, the Committee or its designee will provide a comprehensible written notice setting forth:

 

(i) The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

(ii) Specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

 

(iii) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to submit to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

(iv) A description of the claims review process (including the time limits applicable to such process and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA following a further denial on review).

If the Committee or its designee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, it may extend the response period from 90 to 180 days. If this occurs, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial 90-day period, indicating the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the final decision is expected to be made. Further review of a claim is available upon written request by the claimant to the Committee or its designee within 60 days after receipt by the claimant of written notice of the denial of the claim. Upon review, the Committee or its designee shall provide the claimant a full and fair review of the claim, including the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relevant to the claim and the review shall take into account such comments, documents, records and information regardless of whether it was submitted or considered at the initial determination. The decision on review shall be made within 60 days after receipt of the request for review, unless circumstances warrant an extension of time not to exceed an additional 60 days. If this occurs, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial 60-day period, indicating the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Committee or its designee expects to make the final decision. The final decision shall be in writing and drafted in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall include the specific reasons for the decision with references to the specific Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

(c) Review in Court

Any claim referenced in this Section that is reviewed by a court, arbitrator, or any other tribunal shall be reviewed solely on the basis of the record before the Committee or its designee. In addition, any such review shall be conditioned on the claimants having fully exhausted all rights under this Section.

276697

 

11

Exhibit 10.51

The Equity Plan for Directors

SECTION 1.

PURPOSE

1.1 The purpose of THE EQUITY PLAN FOR DIRECTORS (the “Plan”) is to provide Non-Officer Directors with equity compensation in order to:

 

(a) enable the Company and Participating Subsidiaries to recruit, retain and motivate qualified Non-Officer Directors by providing them with an attractive and competitive compensation program which is commensurate with the services they perform;

 

(b) strengthen Non-Officer Directors’ long-term commitment to the Company and Participating Subsidiaries by tying the value of their overall compensation to the value of the Stock, and

 

(c) enhance the mutuality of interest between Non-Officer Directors and AXA’s shareholders.

1.2 Non-Officer Directors shall receive annual awards of Stock and Restricted Stock under the Plan in respect of their service as directors on the Board of the Company and/or on the Boards of Participating Subsidiaries, provided that no Non-Officer Director shall receive more than one annual award of Stock and Restricted Stock under the Plan. For calendar years prior to 2014, Non-Officer Directors also received an annual award of Options.

1.3 The Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933.

SECTION 2.

DEFINITIONS

2.1 Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Accounts” means the Post-2004 and Pre-2005 Accounts established in the name of and for the benefit of a Participant in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Plan.

 

(b) “Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(c) “Affiliate” means any firm, partnership or corporation that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another firm, partnership or corporation.

 

(d) “Deferral Agreement” means a deferral agreement in the form specified by the Company for purposes of making a deferral election in accordance with Section 7.

 

(e) “AXA” means AXA, a société anonyme organized under the laws of the Republic of France.

 

(f) “AXA ADR” means an American depositary share of AXA, as evidenced by an American depositary receipt issued in accordance with the amended and restated Deposit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2001, and as it may be amended from time to time, among AXA, The Bank of New York and all owners from time to time of AXA ADRs, representing an ordinary share of AXA, nominal value euro 2.29 per share.

 

(g) “AXA Ordinary Share” means an ordinary share of AXA, nominal value euro 2.29 per share, traded on Euronext Paris S.A.

 

(h) “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Section 11.6.

 

(i) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company as constituted from time to time.

 

(j) “Cause” means (i) the willful failure by the Participant (other than due to physical or mental illness) to perform substantially all of his/her duties as a Director, (ii) the Participant’s engaging in serious misconduct that is injurious to the Company or an Affiliate, (iii) the Participant’s having been convicted of, or entered a plea of nolo contendre to, a crime that constitutes a felony or (iv) the breach by the Participant of any written covenant or agreement with the Company or an Affiliate not to disclose any information pertaining to the Company or an Affiliate.

 

(k) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) the members of the Board at the beginning of any consecutive twenty-four calendar month period (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason other than due to death to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board, provided that any director whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the members of the Board then still in office who were members of the Board at the beginning of such twenty-four calendar month period other than as a result of a proxy contest, or any agreement arising out of an actual or threatened proxy contest, shall be treated as an Incumbent Director; or

 

2


(ii) any “person,” including a “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Act, but excluding the Company, any Affiliate, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13(d)(3) under the Act), directly or indirectly, of the Company’s securities representing the greater of (A) the percentage of the combined voting power of the Company securities owned at such time by AXA immediately following such acquisition by such person or (B) 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

(iii) the stockholders of the Company shall approve a definitive agreement (1) for the merger or other business combination of the Company with or into another corporation other than AXA, a majority of the directors of which were not directors of the Company immediately prior to the merger and in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the effective date of such merger own a percentage of the voting power in such corporation that is less than one-half of the percentage of the voting power they owned in the Company immediately prior to such transaction or (2) for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any other entity; or

(iv) the purchase of Stock pursuant to any tender or exchange offer made by any “person,” including a “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Act), other than the Company, any Affiliate, or an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate, for 20% or more of the Stock of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to occur in the event the Company files for bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

(k) “Change in Control Price” means, in the case of an Option that was earned and vested prior to 2005 within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder, the highest price per share of Stock offered in conjunction with any transaction resulting in a Change in Control (as determined in good faith by the Committee if any part of the offered price is payable other than in cash) or, in the case of a Change in Control occurring solely by reason of a change in the composition of the Board, the highest Fair Market Value of the Stock on any of the 30 trading days immediately preceding the date on which a Change in Control occurs. In the case of all other Options, “Change in Control Price” means the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of Change in Control.

 

(l) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

3


(m) “Committee” means the Organization and Compensation Committee of the Board, as constituted from time to time, or such other committee as may be designated from time to time by the Board.

 

(n) “Company” means AXA Financial, Inc.

 

(o) “Director” means a member of the Board and/or a member of the Board of any Affiliate.

 

(p) “Employee” means any person employed by the Company and/or its Affiliates on a regular full-time salaried basis or who is an officer of the Company and/or its Affiliates.

 

(q) “Fair Market Value” means for an AXA ADR, for any date that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, the closing price for an AXA ADR as reported on the composite transaction tape of the New York Stock Exchange (as reported in the Wall Street Journal, Northeastern edition, or, if not reported thereby, any other authoritative source chosen by the Committee). For any date that the New York Stock Exchange is not open for trading, “Fair Market Value” means the most recent closing price of the AXA ADR as reported on the composite transaction tape of the New York Stock Exchange (as reported in the Wall Street Journal, Northeastern edition, or, if not reported thereby, any other authoritative source chosen by the Committee). If the AXA ADR ceases to be traded on the New York Stock Exchange, “Fair Market Value” for any date shall mean the closing price for the AXA ADR on the over-the-counter market on that date as reasonably determined by the Company in its sole discretion. For an AXA Ordinary Share, “Fair Market Value” means, for any date that the Euronext Paris S.A. is open for trading, the closing price for an AXA Ordinary Share as quoted on Euronext Paris S.A., converted to U.S. dollars. For any date that the Euronext Paris S.A. is not open for trading, “Fair Market Value” means the most recent closing price of the AXA Ordinary Share as quoted on Euronext Paris S.A., converted to U.S. dollars.

 

(r) “Grandfathered Director” means a Non-Officer Director who was a member of the Board on or before March 30, 2002.

 

(s) “Key Employee” means an individual treated as a specified employee within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as determined by the Administrative Committee established by the Senior Executive Director and Chief Human Resources Officer of AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company to administer the employee benefit plans of AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company.

 

(t) “Non-Officer Director” means a Director of the Company and/or AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company who is not an Employee, and shall not include a Director who (a) is employed by AXA, or an Affiliate thereof, and (b) does not receive compensation for services as a Director.

 

4


(u) “Non-Reelection” means a Participant’s failure to be reelected as a Director.

 

(v) “Option” means the right to purchase Stock at a stated price for a specified period of time.

 

(w) “Participant” means any individual who receives an award under the Plan.

 

(x) “Participating Subsidiary” means any subsidiary (i) whose Board meets on a joint basis with the Board of the Company and (ii) that elects to participate in the Plan.

 

(y) “Period of Restriction” means the period during which a Restricted Stock award is subject to forfeiture and transferability restrictions.

 

(z) “Post-2004 Account” means a Participant’s account to which deferred Stock units that were earned or vested within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder after 2004 are credited.

 

(aa) “Pre-2005 Account” means a Participant’s account to which deferred Stock units that were earned and vested within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder prior to 2005 were credited.

 

(bb) “Removal” means a Participant’s removal from service as a Director by the Company and its Affiliates.

 

(cc) “Resignation” means the termination of a Participant’s service as a Director by reason of such Participant’s voluntary mid-term resignation, declination to stand for reelection or acceptance of a position as an employee of the Company and its Affiliates.

 

(dd) “Restricted Stock” means an award of Stock made pursuant to Section 5 that is forfeitable and non-transferable by the Participant until the completion of a specified period of service.

 

(ee) “Retirement” means termination of an individual’s services as a Director by retirement in accordance with The Policy Statement with Respect to Service on the Board of Directors of AXA Financial, Inc., or any similar Policy Statement of a Participating Subsidiary.

 

(ff)

“Separation from Service” means a separation from service within the meaning of Code Section 409A provided that a separation from service for an employee will be deemed to have occurred on a given date if the Company and the employee reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services the employee

 

5


  will perform after that date for the Company and all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Code Sections 414(b) and 414(c) will permanently decrease to less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services provided by the employee in the immediately preceding 12 months. In addition, an 80% test will be used in applying Code Sections 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining a controlled group of corporations under Code Section 414(b) and in applying Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining trades or businesses that are under common control for purposes of Code Section 414(c).

 

(gg) “Stock” means an AXA ADR or an AXA Ordinary Share.

SECTION 3.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

3.1 Administration . The Committee is hereby authorized to administer the Plan and establish, adopt, or revise such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee shall have discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan and to determine the rights, if any, of Directors and Beneficiaries under the Plan. The Committee’s resolution of any matter concerning the Plan shall be final and binding upon any Director and Beneficiary affected thereby.

3.2 Compliance with Legal and Exchange Requirements . The Plan, the granting of awards, the exercising of options, and other obligations of the Company under the Plan, shall be subject to all applicable French, U.S. Federal and State laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. The Company, in its discretion, may postpone the granting of awards, the exercising of Options, the issuance or delivery of Stock pursuant to any award or any other action permitted or required under the Plan to enable the Company, with reasonable diligence, to complete any stock exchange listing or registration or qualification of such Stock or other required action under any applicable French, U.S. Federal or State law, rule or regulation, and may require any Director to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Stock in compliance with any such laws, rules and regulations. The Company may from time to time suspend the exercise of Options by any Participant (i) to the extent and for so long as it considered in its discretion that such Participant is in possession of material, non-public information regarding AXA or any Affiliate of AXA or (ii) to comply with any applicable French, U.S. Federal or state law, rule or regulation. The Company shall not be obligated by virtue of any provision of the Plan to grant any award, to recognize the exercise of any Option or to otherwise sell or issue Stock in violation of any such laws, rules, or regulations; and any postponement of the exercise or settlement of any Option under this provision shall not, unless otherwise provided in Section 4.3,

 

6


extend the term of such Options, and neither AXA nor the Company or their respective directors or officers shall have any obligation or liability to the Participant with respect to any Option (or Stock issuable thereunder) that shall lapse because of such postponement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any payment that is delayed pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be made at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that making such payment will not cause a violation of Federal securities or other applicable law.

SECTION 4.

STOCK OPTION AWARDS

4.1 Grant of Options . For calendar years after 2013, the Committee shall no longer grant annual Option awards to each Non-Officer Director. For calendar years prior to 2014, the Committee annually granted each Non-Officer Director $15,000 of Options based upon the Black-Scholes or other methodology used with respect to Option awards contemporaneously made by the Committee to employees of the Company or Participating Subsidiaries or, if no such contemporaneous option awards were made, such methodology as was determined by the Committee. The Options were granted in the first quarter of the calendar year, except that, for 2004, the Options were granted on July 22, 2004.

4.2 Option Price . AXA ADR Options granted pursuant to the Plan for calendar years prior to 2014 had an exercise price which was not less than the Fair Market Value of an AXA ADR on the date the Option was granted. AXA Ordinary Share Options granted pursuant to the Plan had an exercise price in euro which was not less than the closing price for an AXA Ordinary Share quoted on Euronext Paris S.A. on the date the Option was granted (or, if the Euronext Paris S.A. was not open for trading on the grant date, the most recent closing price of the AXA Ordinary Share as quoted on Euronext Paris S.A.).

4.3 Exercise of Options . All Options awarded under the Plan have a four year vesting period pursuant to which one-third of each grant shall become exercisable on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Option grant date. No Option shall be exercisable for more than 10 years after the date on which it is granted; provided that, if an Option would otherwise expire or be forfeited during a period in which a Participant cannot exercise such Option because its exercise would violate any applicable U.S. Federal, state, local or foreign law, such Option may be exercised within 30 days after its exercise first would no longer violate such law, except in the event of forfeiture due to the Participant’s misconduct as set forth in Section 4.5 or the Participant’s termination from service as set forth in Section 4.7.

 

7


4.4 Payment . No shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option unless arrangements satisfactory to the Committee have been made to assure full payment of the option price therefor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, payment of the option price may be made (i) in cash or its equivalent, (ii) by exchanging shares of Stock owned by the optionee (which are not the subject of any pledge or other security interest), (iii) through an arrangement with a broker approved by the Company whereby payment of the exercise price is accomplished with the proceeds of the sale of Stock or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing, provided that the combined value of all cash and cash equivalents paid and the Fair Market Value of any such Stock so tendered to the Company, valued as of the date of such tender, is at least equal to such option price.

4.5 Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection or Resignation after One Year of Service . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, if, after a Participant has completed one year of continuous service as a Director, the Participant’s services as a Director terminate by reason of Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection or Resignation, the Participant shall be treated as though he/she continued his/her services as a Director for purposes of determining the extent to which he/she may exercise any portion of Options granted under the Plan which is not exercisable at the date of such termination. Any Options granted to such Participant which are exercisable at the date of his/her termination of services as a Director or that thereafter become exercisable by reason of the operation of the immediately preceding sentence may be exercised at any time prior to the earlier of the expiration of the term of the Options or within five (5) years (or such shorter period as the Committee determined at the time of grant) following the Participant’s termination date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Participant whose service as a Director is terminated after the Participant has completed one year of continuous service as a Director by reason of Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection or Resignation shall (i) induce any individual to leave the employ of the Company or any Affiliates, (ii) solicit the employment of any individual employed by the Company or any Affiliate on his/her own behalf or on behalf of any other business enterprise; (iii) use for his/her personal benefit, or disclose, communicate or divulge to, or use for any person other than the Company or any Affiliate, any confidential information that had been made known to him/her or learned or acquired by him/her while a Director, unless such information has become public other than by such Participant’s actions or such disclosure is compelled under a subpoena from a court or administrative body having jurisdiction in the matter; or (iv) otherwise act in a manner that is substantially detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company or any Affiliate, all Options granted to such Participant which are then still outstanding shall be immediately forfeited (whether or not then otherwise exercisable) and the Company shall not be obligated to honor any purported exercise of any such Option that has not been effected, regardless of whether payment has been tendered prior to the occurrence of any such act or the time at which the Company has knowledge thereof.

4.6 Death . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, in the event a Participant’s services as a Director terminate by reason of death, all Options then held by such Participant (whether or not then otherwise exercisable) shall be exercisable in full and the Participant’s designated beneficiary (or if none is named, the person identified in accordance with Section 11.6) may exercise all such Options at any time prior to the earlier of the expiration date of the term of the Options or the fifth anniversary (or for such a shorter period as the Committee determined at the time of grant) of the Participant’s death.

 

8


4.7 Other Terminations . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at or after the time of grant, in the event a Participant’s services as a Director shall terminate: (i) prior to the Participant’s completion of one year of continuous service as a Director other than by reason of death or (ii) at any time for any reason other than one described in Section 4.5 or 4.6, all Options then held by such Participant (whether or not then otherwise exercisable) shall be immediately forfeited.

4.8 Buyout . The Committee may at any time offer to buy out an Option previously granted for a payment in cash, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish and communicate to the optionee at the time that such offer is made, provided, however, that in no event will the purchase price for an Option that was not earned and vested prior to 2005 within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder be greater than the excess of the Fair Market Value of the underlying share(s) of Stock on the date of purchase over the Option’s exercise price .

SECTION 5.

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

5.1 Grant of Restricted Stock . The Committee shall grant Restricted Stock with a value of $45,000 to Non-Officer Directors annually ($30,000 for calendar years prior to 2014). The amount of such Restricted Stock shall be calculated by dividing (x) $45,000 ($30,000 for calendar years prior to 2014) by (y) the Fair Market Value on the day it is granted, provided that, if the quotient of (x) divided by (y) above is not a whole number, then such quotient shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Such Restricted Stock shall have a Period of Restriction of 3 years from the date of grant and shall be granted in the first quarter of the calendar year, except that, for 2007, $15,000 of the Restricted Stock was granted on February 14, 2007 and $15,000 was granted on May 17, 2007. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that an award of Restricted Stock is subject to any Federal, state, local or foreign tax as of the date of grant, the Participant may receive a portion of the award in cash in lieu of Restricted Stock to the extent necessary to permit the Company or the Participant to satisfy their tax liabilities relating to the Restricted Stock. The Committee shall require that the stock certificates evidencing any Restricted Stock be held in the custody of the Secretary of the Company until the Period of Restriction lapses, and that, as a condition of any Restricted Stock award, the Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock covered by such award. Each grant of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by a written agreement setting forth the terms of such Award.

 

9


5.2 Restrictions on Transferability . No Restricted Stock may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the lapse of the Period of Restriction except as provided in Section 11.3 and provided that if, at any time, any Restricted Stock shall become subject to any Federal, state, local or foreign tax after the date of grant but such Restricted Stock remains non-transferable until the lapse of the Period of Restriction, a portion of such non-transferable Restricted Stock shall become immediately transferable to the extent necessary to permit the Company or the Participant to satisfy their tax liabilities with respect to such Restricted Stock.

5.3 Rights as a Shareholder . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, Participants holding Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights and other rights as a shareholder with respect to that Stock during the Period of Restriction.

5.4 Dividends and Other Distributions . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, Participants holding Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to that stock, provided that if any such dividends or distributions are paid in Stock, such Stock shall be subject to the same forfeiture restrictions and restrictions on transferability as apply to the Restricted Stock with respect to which it was paid.

5.5 Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection or Resignation after One Year of Service . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, if, after a Participant has completed one year of continuous service as a Director, the Participant’s service as a Director terminates by reason of Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection or Resignation, any Restricted Stock held by such Participant at the time of such termination shall immediately become non-forfeitable (except as provided in Section 5.8 below) provided that , such Restricted Stock shall not be transferable until the expiration of the Period of Restriction except as provided in Section 5.2.

5.6 Death . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, in the event a Participant’s services as a Director terminate by reason of death, any Restricted Stock held by such Participant shall immediately become non-forfeitable and transferable.

5.7 Other Terminations . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at or after the time of grant, in the event a Participant’s services as a Director shall terminate: (i) prior to the Participant’s completion of one year of continuous service as a Director other than by reason of death or (ii) at any time for any reason other than one described in Section 5.5 or 5.6, any Restricted Stock awarded to such Participant as to which the Period of Restriction has not lapsed shall be forfeited.

5.8 Misconduct . In the event that a Participant whose service as a Director is terminated after the Participant has completed one year of continuous service as a Director by Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection or Resignation shall (i) induce any individual to leave the employ of the Company or any Affiliates, (ii) solicit the

 

10


employment of any individual employed by the Company or any Affiliate on his/her own behalf or on behalf of any other business enterprise; (iii) use for his/her personal benefit, or disclose, communicate or divulge to, or use for any person other than the Company or any Affiliate, any confidential information that had been made known to him/her or learned or acquired by him/her while a Director, unless such information has become public other than by such Participant’s actions or such disclosure is compelled under a subpoena from a court or administrative body having jurisdiction in the matter; or (iv) otherwise act in a manner that is substantially detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company or any Affiliate, all Restricted Stock granted to such Participant which is then still outstanding shall be immediately forfeited.

5.9 Legend . To the extent any stock certificate is issued to a Participant in respect of Restricted Stock prior to the expiration of the Period of Restriction, such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear the following (or similar) legend:

“The stock represented by this certificate is subject to the terms and conditions contained in The Equity Plan for Directors and the Award Agreement, effective                                  between the Company and the Participant, and may not be sold, pledged, transferred, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered in any manner (except as provided in Section 11.3 of the Plan or in such Award Agreement) until                             .”

Upon the lapse of the Period of Restriction with respect to such Restricted Stock, the Company shall issue or have issued in exchange for those certificates previously issued new share certificates without the legend described herein in respect of any Stock that has become vested.

SECTION 6.

STOCK AWARDS

6.1 Stock Awards . Unless he/she has made an election to defer the receipt of any Stock awarded under the Plan, each Non-Officer Director shall receive Stock with a value equal to $55,000 each calendar year ($50,000 for calendar years prior to 2014 but after 2010 and $30,000 for calendar years prior to 2011), in whole or fractional shares (except that fractional shares may be distributed in cash). Prior to March 15, 2010, Awards were payable in AXA ADRs in four equal quarterly installments at the end of each calendar quarter. The number of full and fractional AXA ADRs to be awarded was determined based upon the Fair Market Value of the AXA ADR on the last day of the relevant calendar quarter. Effective March 15, 2010, Awards shall be payable in AXA Ordinary Shares in two equal installments in June and December of each year. The number of full and fractional AXA Ordinary Shares to be awarded shall be determined based upon the Fair Market Value of the AXA Ordinary Share on the 15 th day of the relevant month.

 

11


SECTION 7.

DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

7.1 Deferral of Stock and Restricted Stock Awards . Participants shall be given an option to defer receipt of all or a part of their Stock and Restricted Stock awards in whole percentages of not less than ten percent.

7.2 Deferred Stock Units . Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock awards shall be made to each electing Participant in the form of deferred Stock units credited to his or her Account. The number of deferred Stock units to be credited to each Participant’s Account shall equal the number of whole and fractional shares of Stock or restricted Stock to which the Participant would have been entitled had he or she not elected to defer the receipt of the Stock or Restricted Stock award. Participants shall at all times be fully vested in their deferred Stock units that are related to Stock awards. Deferred Stock units related to Restricted Stock awards shall be subject to any vesting, forfeiture and other restrictions as would apply to the related Restricted Stock had such Restricted Stock not been deferred. Deferred Stock units shall not carry any voting rights.

7.3 Deferral Agreements . A Participant who wishes to defer his or her Stock or Restricted Stock award(s) must complete a Deferral Agreement pursuant to which the Participant shall specify the amount(s) to be deferred, the time and manner in which his or her Account(s) will be distributed in accordance with Section 9, and any other information which the Company may reasonably require.

7.4 Execution of Deferral Agreements – Stock Awards . Except in the case of newly-elected Non-Officer Directors, all Deferral Agreements relating to the deferral of Stock awards must be executed and filed with the Company by December 31 of the year prior to the year in which the Stock awards are earned. In the case of a newly-elected Non-Officer Director, a Deferral Agreement relating to the deferral of Stock awards must be executed and filed with the Company within 30 days of the commencement of the Non-Officer Director’s service and may only apply to installments of Stock awards that are earned in their entirety after the Agreement is filed with the Company. Once made, a Deferral Agreement remains in effect for subsequent Stock awards unless revoked, except that as of each December 31, the Deferral Agreement becomes irrevocable with respect to Stock awards earned in the immediately following year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants were permitted to elect prior to December 15, 2005 to cancel any deferral elections related to Stock awards earned in 2005 and receive payment of such awards (and any earnings thereon) on or prior to December 31, 2005.

7.5 Execution of Deferral Agreements – Restricted Stock Awards . Except in the case of newly-elected Non-Officer Directors, all Deferral Agreements relating to the deferral of Restricted Stock awards must be executed and filed with the Company by December 31 of the year immediately preceding the grant date. In the case of a newly-elected Non-Officer Director, a Deferral Agreement relating to the deferral of Restricted Stock awards

 

12


must be executed and filed with the Company within 30 days of the commencement of the Non-Officer Director’s service and may only apply to Restricted Stock awards that are granted after the Agreement is filed with the Company. Once made, a Deferral Agreement remains in effect for subsequent Restricted Stock awards unless revoked, except that as of each December 31, the Deferral Agreement becomes irrevocable with respect to Restricted Stock awards granted in the year immediately following such December 31.

SECTION 8.

DEFERRED STOCK ACCOUNTS

8.1 Maintenance of Accounts . The Company shall establish and maintain a Pre-2005 and a Post-2004 Account for each Participant who elects to defer receipt of any Stock or Restricted Stock awards, to which shall be credited any deferred Stock units awarded in accordance with the Plan. Participants’ Accounts shall be maintained for record-keeping purposes only, and shall not be funded with actual Stock, cash or any other assets.

8.2 Dividend Equivalents . Accounts shall be credited with dividend equivalents in the form of additional deferred Stock units equal in value to the dividends and other related payments designated by the Committee or its designee the Participant would have received if the Participant’s Account balance represented actual Stock, rather than deferred Stock units. Dividend equivalents shall continue to be credited, as appropriate, through the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date on which an Account is fully distributed.

SECTION 9.

DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNTS

9.1 Participant Elections . In the first Deferral Agreement a Participant completes with respect to a Pre-2005 Account or Post-2004 Account, the Participant shall elect the time and manner of distribution of the Account in accordance with the options available under this Section 9. Thereafter, changes to the time and manner of distribution of an Account shall be made only in accordance with Section 9.8.

9.2 Pre-2005 Accounts .

 

(a) Unless distributed sooner in accordance with Section 9.2(b), distribution of a Participant’s Pre-2005 Account shall commence in any January or July following the Participant’s Retirement or termination of service, provided that distributions must commence by either the first January or the first July following his or her attainment of age 70 (72 in the case of a Grandfathered Director), as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 9.1.

 

13


(b) The Participant shall elect the time and manner in which the Participant’s Pre-2005 Account shall be distributed in kind to his or her Beneficiary in the event of the Participant’s death prior to the month elected by the Participant under Section 9.2(a) in accordance with Section 9.1. A Participant may choose to have the distribution commence in any January or July following his or her death, provided that distributions must commence by either the first January or the first July following the date he or she would have attained age 70 (72 in the case of a Grandfathered Director).

 

9.3 Post-2004 Accounts .

 

(a) Distribution of a Participant’s Post-2004 Account shall be triggered by the earliest to occur of: (i) the month elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 9.1, which may be any January or July following the year of deferral, provided that distributions must commence by either the first January or the first July following his or her attainment of age 70 (72 in the case of a Grandfathered Director), (ii) the Participant’s Separation from Service, and (iii) the Participant’s death. With respect to a payment triggered under Section 9.3(a)(ii), payment will be made in the January or July following the Participant’s Separation from Service that is elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 9.1. With respect to a payment triggered under Section 9.3(a)(iii), payment will be made in the January or July following the Participant’s death that is elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 9.1.

 

(b) Notwithstanding Section 9.3(a), distributions from a Post-2004 Account may not be made to a Key Employee upon a Separation from Service before the date which is six months after the date of the Key Employee’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Key Employee). Any payments that would otherwise be made during this period of delay shall be accumulated and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the first day of the month after the Participant’s death).

9.4. Form of Distribution . Accounts shall be distributed in a single distribution, or in five, ten or fifteen annual installments, as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 9.1. At the time of distribution, deferred Stock units credited to the Participant’s Account shall be converted to Stock, which shall be distributed to the Participant in kind. Distributions shall be based upon the number of deferred Stock units in the Participant’s Account on the last business day of the month preceding the date of distribution. In the case of installment distributions, the amount of each distribution shall be determined by dividing the Participant’s Account balance as of the last business day of the month preceding the date of distribution by the number of installments remaining. If a Participant dies after installment distributions have commenced from an Account, any installments remaining as of the date of death shall be paid to the Beneficiary in the same manner as they would have been paid to the Participant had he or she survived. Distributions of Pre-2005 Accounts to a Participant’s estate, however, shall be made only in a single distribution as soon as practicable following the date of death.

 

14


9.5. Restricted Stock Units: Pre-2005 Accounts . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, deferred Stock units in a Pre-2005 Account which a Participant’s rights have not fully vested in accordance with the terms of a related Restricted Stock award shall not be converted to Stock and shall not be distributed. If a distribution from a Pre-2005 Account is scheduled to be made at a time when there is insufficient unrestricted deferred Stock units to satisfy the full amount of the distribution, the portion of the distribution that can not be made at that time will be distributed at the first time there is sufficient unrestricted deferred Stock units in the Account.

9.6. Restricted Stock Units: Post-2004 Accounts . If a distribution from a Post-2004 Account is scheduled to be made at a time when there are insufficient unrestricted deferred Stock units to satisfy the full amount of the distribution, restricted deferred Stock units may be converted to Stock and used to satisfy the distribution, provided that such Stock will continue to be subject to the same forfeitability and transferability restrictions as its related Restricted Stock award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Stock shall become immediately vested to the extent necessary to allow the Company to satisfy any related withholding tax liabilities.

9.7 Distribution of Fractional AXA Shares . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any fractional shares to be distributed from a Participant’s Account may be distributed in cash.

9.8 Change in Distribution Elections . Participants may change the time and manner in which their Accounts will be distributed from time to time, provided that: (i) any change in the time or manner of distribution of a Pre-2005 Account must be made prior to the commencement of distributions from the Account, will take effect only for distributions due more than twelve months from the date the change is filed with the Committee or its designee and may not accelerate a distribution to a date which is within twelve months of the date the change is filed with the Committee or its designee and (ii) any change in the time or manner of distribution of a Post-2004 Account must be made prior to the commencement of distributions from the Account, may not take effect for 12 months, must defer the distribution for a minimum of 5 years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (except in the case of a distribution based on death) and, in the case of a payment under Section 9.3(a)(i), must be made at least 12 months prior to the date the payment is scheduled to be paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants were permitted to change the time or manner of distribution of their Post-2004 Account any time prior to December 31, 2008 by meeting IRS transition rules under Code Section 409A rather than the above requirements.

9.9 Unscheduled Withdrawals: Pre-2005 Accounts . Participants may make withdrawals in kind of all or a portion of their Pre-2005 Account at anytime, subject to a forfeiture penalty of ten percent of the amount withdrawn and a one-year suspension of further participation in the Plan. No such withdrawals may be made from Post-2004 Accounts.

 

15


9.10 Payments upon Income Inclusion Under Section  409A . If at any time, this Plan fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A with respect to a Post-2004 Account, a Participant may receive a distribution from that Account equal to the amount required to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

9.11 Domestic relations order . Distributions may be made from Post-2004 Accounts as necessary to fulfill a domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(B)).

9.12 Hardship Distributions: Pre-2005 Accounts . A Participant who suffers an unforeseeable financial hardship, as determined by the Committee or its designee, may request an immediate distribution in kind from his or her Pre-2005 Account in an amount necessary to meet the hardship (including the amount of any taxes applicable to the distribution). The amount of Stock distributed will equal the lower of (i) the amount of Stock equal to the dollar amount necessary to meet the hardship divided by the closing price of the Stock on the date that the Committee or its designee receives sufficient evidence of the hardship and (ii) the number of deferred Stock units in the Account in which the Participant’s rights have fully vested. An unforeseeable financial hardship is an unexpected need for cash arising from an illness, casualty loss, sudden financial reversal, or other unforeseeable event. Financial needs arising from the purchase of a new home, dependent educational expenses and other similarly predictable events shall not qualify for hardship distribution under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, a Participant who receives a hardship distribution in any year shall not be entitled to defer any additional Stock awards for the remainder of that year.

9.13 Post-2004 Accounts: Withdrawals for Unforeseeable Emergency . A Participant may withdraw all or any portion of his Post-2004 Account balance for an Unforeseeable Emergency. The amounts distributed with respect to an Unforeseeable Emergency may not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy such Unforeseeable Emergency plus amounts necessary to meet any applicable withholding requirements or to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by cessation of deferrals under the Plan. For this purpose, “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship to a Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.

 

16


SECTION 10.

CHANGE IN CONTROL

10.1 Accelerated Vesting and Payment . Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2 below, in the event of a Change in Control, each Option shall, at the discretion of the Committee, either be canceled in exchange for a payment in cash of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Change in Control Price over the exercise price for such Option, or be fully exercisable regardless of the exercise schedule otherwise applicable to such Option and all Restricted Stock that has not been deferred under Section 7 shall become nonforfeitable and be immediately transferable. Restricted Stock that has been deferred under Section 7 shall also immediately become vested and will be distributed in accordance with Section 9.

10.2 Alternative Awards . Notwithstanding Section 10.1, no cancellation, acceleration of exercisability, vesting, cash settlement or other payment shall occur upon a Change in Control with respect to any award or any class of awards if the Committee reasonably determines in good faith prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control that such award or awards shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor (such honored, assumed or substituted award hereinafter called an “Alternative Award”) immediately following the Change in Control, provided that any such Alternative Award must:

(i) be based on stock which is traded on an established securities market, or which will be so traded within 60 days of the Change in Control;

(ii) provide such Participant (or each Participant in a class of Participants) with rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights, terms and conditions applicable under such award, including, but not limited to, an identical or better exercise or vesting schedule and identical or better timing and methods of payment;

(iii) have substantially equivalent economic value to such award (determined at the time of the Change in Control);

(iv) have terms and conditions which provide that in the event that the Participant’s services as a Director are involuntarily terminated any conditions on a Participant’s rights under, or any restrictions on transfer or exercisability applicable to, each such Alternative Award shall be waived or shall lapse, as the case may be; and

(v) if with respect to an Option, not result in the Option being treated as a grant of a new Option for purposes of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

 

17


SECTION 11.

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Amendment and Termination . The Board at any time may terminate or suspend the Plan, and the Board or the Committee from time to time may amend or modify the Plan and/or amend the terms of any then outstanding award granted under the Plan or its related instrument of grant, except that neither any amendment, modification, or termination of the Plan nor any amendment of any then outstanding award theretofore granted under the Plan (or its related instrument of grant) shall in any manner adversely affect any outstanding award without the consent of the Participant; provided, however, that the Board or the Committee may unilaterally amend the Plan and/or any outstanding award theretofore granted under the Plan to the extent necessary to comply with applicable French, U.S. Federal or State law, rule or regulation. In addition, any termination of the Plan shall comply with all requirements under Code Section 409A that are necessary to be met to avoid adverse tax consequences to Participants under Code Section 409A.

11.2 Effect of Plan Participation . Participation in the Plan shall not confer upon a Participant any right to continue in service as a Director, nor interfere in any way with the Company’s or an Affiliate’s right to terminate the Participant’s service as a Director at any time or take other action with respect to the Participant without regard to the effect such action may have on the Participant’s rights under the Plan. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to prevent the Company or any of its Affiliates from taking any corporate action determined by them to be appropriate or in their best interest. No Director, Beneficiary or other person shall have any claim against the Company or its Affiliates as a result of any such action.

11.3 Nontransferability of Awards . Except as provided below with respect to Options, no award granted under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and except to the extent required by law, no right or interest of any Participant shall be subject to any lien, obligation or liability of the Participant. Options granted to a Participant under the Plan may be transferred to a member of the Participant’s immediate family or to a trust or similar vehicle for the benefit of such immediate family members (the “Permitted Transferees”). All rights with respect to awards granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his/her lifetime only by such Participant or, if applicable, the Permitted Transferees. The rights of a Permitted Transferee shall be limited to the rights conveyed to such Transferee, who shall be subject to and bound by the terms of the agreement or agreements between the Participant and the Company.

11.4 Unfunded Status of Plan . In the case of any Participant who elects to defer any Stock or Restricted Stock award under the Plan, the Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded plan of deferred compensation. The Participant and his or her Beneficiary shall have only an unsecured claim against the Company with respect to any amounts credited to the Participant’s Account, and such claim shall not be deemed superior to the claim(s) of any other creditor.

 

18


11.5 Withholding Taxes . The Company may make such provisions and take such action as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Company is required by any law or regulation of any governmental authority, whether foreign, Federal, state or local, to withhold in connection with any distributions under the Plan, including but not limited to, the withholding of appropriate sums from any amount otherwise payable to the Participant (or his Beneficiary). Each Participant, however, shall be responsible for the payment of all individual tax liabilities relating to any such benefits.

11.6 Designation of Beneficiary . Each Participant under the Plan may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid or by whom any right under the Plan is to be exercised in case of the Participant’s death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Committee during his/her lifetime. In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death shall be paid to or exercised by the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise to or by his estate.

11.7 Code Section  409A . This Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A with respect to Post-2004 Accounts and no term of this Plan shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be so exercised so as to cause the Plan to fail to comply with such requirements.

11.8 Adjustment in Capitalization . In the event of any Stock dividend or Stock split, recapitalization (including, without limitation, the payment of an extraordinary cash dividend), merger, consolidation, combination, spin-off, distribution of assets to shareholders, exchange of Stock, or other similar corporate change or event, including the delisting of the AXA ADR from the New York Stock Exchange or the deregistration of AXA from the Securities and Exchange Commission, that affects the Stock such that an adjustment is required to preserve, or to prevent enlargement of, the benefits or potential benefits made available under this Plan, then the Committee or its designee shall, in such manner as the Committee or its designee shall deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and kind of stock which thereafter may be awarded or optioned and sold under the Plan, (ii) the number and kinds of stock subject to outstanding Options and other awards, (iii) the grant, exercise or conversion price with respect to any of the foregoing and (iv) and the number and kinds of deferred stock units that have been, or may be, credited under the Plan. Additionally, the Committee may make provisions for a cash payment to a Participant or a person who has an outstanding Option or other award. However, the number of shares subject to any Option or other award shall always be a whole number. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an adjustment to an Option under this Section 11.8 shall be made in a manner that will not result in the grant

 

19


of a new Option under Code Section 409A and any cash payment for an Option that was not earned and vested prior to 2005 within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder shall not be greater than the excess of the Fair Market Value of the underlying share(s) of Stock on the date of purchase over the Option’s exercise price .

11.9 Governing Law . The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

11.10 Severability . If any provision of this Plan is held unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect without regard to such unenforceable provision and shall be applied as though the unenforceable provision were not contained in the Plan.

11.11 Effective Date . The Plan, originally effective as of July 22, 2004 and amended as of November 10, 2005, May 17, 2007, September 20, 2007, November 20, 2008, February 11, 2010, March 15, 2010, September 16, 2010, March 14, 2011, and May 17, 2011, is hereby amended as of February 27, 2014.

 

20

Exhibit 10.52

 

Optionee:    [Name]       ID Number:    -    -
Date of Grant       Expiration Date    Number of AXA Ordinary Shares    Exercise Price
                    , 20                               , 20            [#]    €.

THE EQUITY PLAN FOR DIRECTORS

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

AXA Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby grants to the above-named Optionee as of the date of grant as set forth above (the “Date of Grant”) under this Stock Option Agreement and pursuant to The Equity Plan for Directors (the “Plan,” capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan) a stock option (the “Option”) to purchase from the Company up to, but not exceeding in the aggregate, the number of AXA Ordinary Shares (each a “Share” and collectively the “Shares”) set forth above at the per Share euro exercise price set forth above (which represents the closing price for a Share quoted on Euronext Paris S.A. on the Date of Grant) (the “Exercise Price”), in accordance with the Plan and subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. One-third of this Option shall become vested and exercisable on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Date of Grant. Unless an earlier expiration date is specified in paragraph 2, this Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration date listed above (the “Expiration Date”).

2. In the event the Optionee’s services as a Director terminate by reason of the Optionee’s death, this Option (whether or not then otherwise exercisable) shall be exercisable in full as of the date of the Optionee’s death and shall be exercisable by the Optionee’s beneficiary designated in accordance with the Plan (or if none is named, by the Optionee’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise by the Optionee’s estate), or by the individual or trust to which the Option has been transferred pursuant to paragraph 5, at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date and (ii) the fifth anniversary of the date of the Optionee’s death. If, after the Optionee has completed one year of continuous service as a Director, the Optionee’s services as a Director terminate by reason of Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non- Reelection or Resignation, the Optionee shall continue to vest in any portion of this Option which is not exercisable as of the date of the Optionee’s Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection or Resignation in accordance with the vesting provisions of this Option set forth in paragraph 1 hereof. Any portion of this Option which is exercisable at the date of the Optionee’s Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection or Resignation or that thereafter becomes exercisable by reason of the immediately preceding sentence shall be exercisable at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date and (ii) the fifth anniversary of the Optionee’s date of Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection or Resignation. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, if the Optionee’s services as a Director terminate (i) prior to the Optionee’s completion of one year of continuous service as a Director other than by reason of death, or (ii) for any reason other than Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection, Resignation or death, any outstanding portion of this Option (whether or not then otherwise exercisable) shall be immediately forfeited as of the date of such termination, the Optionee shall no longer have any rights with respect to such portion of the Option and the Company shall not be obligated to honor any purported exercise of this Option that has not been effected, regardless of whether payment has been tendered prior to the occurrence of any act resulting in such termination or the time at which the Company has knowledge thereof. Any portion of this Option not exercised within the applicable time limits specified in this paragraph 2 shall be forfeited at the close of business on the date of the expiration of such time limits.

3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, after (i) the Optionee has completed one year of continuous service as a Director, and (ii) the Optionee’s services as a Director terminate by reason of Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection or Resignation, the Optionee (1) induces any individual to leave the employ of the Company or any Affiliate, (2) solicits the employment of any individual employed by the Company or any Affiliate on his/her own behalf or on behalf of any other business enterprise, (3) uses for his/her personal benefit, or discloses, communicates or divulges to, or uses for any person other than the Company or any Affiliate, any confidential information that had been made known to the Optionee or learned or acquired by the Optionee while a Director, unless such information has become public other than by the Optionee’s actions or such disclosure is compelled under a subpoena from a court or administrative body having jurisdiction in the matter, or (4) otherwise acts in a manner that is substantially detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company or any Affiliate, the portion of this Option which is


then still outstanding shall be immediately forfeited (whether or not then otherwise exercisable), the Optionee shall no longer have any rights with respect to such portion of the Option and the Company shall not be obligated to honor any purported exercise of this Option that has not been effected, regardless of whether payment has been tendered prior to the occurrence of any such act or the time at which the Company has knowledge thereof.

4. Exercise of this Option shall be in whole Shares and shall occur on the date (the “Exercise Date”) the Company’s designated agent receives: (i) proper notice, in accordance with the procedures of such agent, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased and (ii) payment in euro of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares to be purchased by cash, or cash equivalents, including a personal check. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may in its sole discretion make arrangements available to the Optionee whereby payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares to be purchased may be made in U.S. dollars having a value equivalent to the euro-denominated aggregate Exercise Price based on the euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate as of the Exercise Date and permit the Optionee to pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares to be purchased: (i) through the sale of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Optionee pursuant to the exercise of this Option or (ii) by delivering Shares already owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased. The Company will not deliver Shares being purchased upon the exercise of this Option unless it has received payment in a form acceptable to the Company for all applicable withholding taxes. The Committee may in its discretion permit the Optionee to pay all or a portion of such withholding taxes: (i) through the sale of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Optionee pursuant to the exercise of this Option or (ii) by delivering to the Company previously acquired Shares having a Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date sufficient to satisfy such withholding taxes.

5. This Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated by the Optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and is exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee or the guardian or legal representative of the Optionee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Option may be transferred to a member of the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust established for the benefit of such family members.

6. If during the term of this Option, a stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization (including, without limitation the payment of an extraordinary dividend), merger, consolidation, combination, spin-off, distribution of assets to shareholders (other than an ordinary cash dividend), exchange of shares, or other similar corporate change that affects the Shares, the aggregate number and kind of Shares subject to this Option and/or the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, as the Committee shall deem equitable in its sole discretion, and the Committee’s determination shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the number of Shares subject to this Option shall always be a whole number.

7. Neither this Option nor any Shares acquired from the exercise of this Option will be registered with the SEC under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”). As a consequence, exercise of this Option and resale of the acquired Shares will only be permitted pursuant to an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Act and in compliance with requirements of any applicable securities laws and regulations of any relevant state or territory of the United States. The Company or AXA, as applicable, may from time to time suspend exercises or resales, or impose specific limitations on the manner in which exercises or resales are made, as it may deem necessary or advisable to ensure compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. The terms and provisions of this Option are subject to the provisions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. To the extent any provision of this Stock Option Agreement is inconsistent or in conflict with any term or provision of the Plan, the Plan shall govern. This Stock Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

9. The Company may amend this Stock Option Agreement at any time; provided that, subject to paragraph 6 hereof and Section 11.8 of the Plan, no such amendment shall be made without the Optionee’s consent if such amendment would in any manner adversely affect the Option.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Stock Option Agreement has been duly executed as of                    , 20        .

AXA FINANCIAL, INC.

 

3

Exhibit 10.53

 

Participant: [Name]    ID Number:    -    -
Date of Grant :                    , 20        Number of AXA Ordinary Shares : [#]

THE EQUITY PLAN FOR DIRECTORS

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

AXA Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”) hereby grants to the above-named Participant under this Restricted Stock Award Agreement and pursuant to The Equity Plan for Directors (the “Plan,” capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan) an award of Restricted Stock representing the number of AXA Ordinary Shares set forth above subject to the following restrictions, terms and conditions:

1. The Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall become non-forfeitable and transferable on the third anniversary of the date of grant set forth above (the “Date of Grant”) and, except as otherwise provided herein, no portion of such Restricted Stock shall become non-forfeitable and/or transferable prior to such date.

2. If, after the Participant has completed one year of continuous service as a Director, the Participant’s services as a Director terminate by reason of Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection or Resignation, any Restricted Stock granted hereunder as to which the Period of Restriction has not lapsed on or before the date of the Participant’s Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection or Resignation shall become non-forfeitable as of such date (subject to the provisions of paragraph 5 hereof), provided that, any such Restricted Stock shall continue to be non-transferable until the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 hereof). In the event the Participant’s services as a Director terminate by reason of death, any Restricted Stock granted hereunder as to which the Period of Restriction has not lapsed on or before the date of the Participant’s death shall become non-forfeitable and transferable as of the date of the Participant’s death.

3. If the Participant’s services as a Director terminate (i) prior to the Participant’s completion of one year of continuous service as a Director other than by reason of death, or (ii) for any reason other than Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection, Resignation or death, any Restricted Stock granted hereunder as to which the Period of Restriction has not lapsed shall be forfeited and the Participant shall no longer have any rights with respect to such Restricted Stock.

4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, at any time this Restricted Stock becomes subject to any Federal, State, local or foreign tax after the Date of Grant but such Restricted Stock remains non-transferable until the lapse of the Period of Restriction (as set forth in paragraph 2 hereof), a portion of this non-transferable Restricted Stock shall immediately become transferable to the extent necessary to allow the Company or the Participant to satisfy any tax liabilities relating to such Restricted Stock.

5. If, after (i) the Participant has completed one year of continuous service as a Director and (ii) the Participant’s services as a Director terminate by reason of Retirement, Removal without Cause, Non-Reelection or Resignation, the Participant (1) induces any individual to leave the employ of the Company or any Affiliate, (2) solicits the employment of any individual employed by the Company or any Affiliate on his own behalf or on behalf of any other business enterprise, (3) uses for his personal benefit, or discloses, communicates or divulges to, or uses for any person other than the Company or any Affiliate, any confidential information that had been made known to Participant or learned or acquired by the Participant while a Director, unless such information has become public other than by Participant’s actions or such disclosure is compelled under a subpoena from a court or administrative body having jurisdiction in the matter, or (4) otherwise acts in a manner that is substantially detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company or any Affiliate, any Restricted Stock granted hereunder that has not become transferable prior to the occurrence of any such act shall be immediately forfeited and the Participant shall no longer have any rights with respect to such Restricted Stock.

6. If during the Period of Restriction, a stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization (including, without limitation the payment of an extraordinary dividend), merger, consolidation, combination, spin-off, distribution of assets to shareholders (other than an ordinary cash dividend), exchange of shares, or other


similar corporate change that affects the Stock occurs, the number and kind of shares of Restricted Stock under this Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, as the Committee shall deem equitable in its sole discretion, and the Committee’s determination shall be conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the number of shares of Restricted Stock shall always be a whole number.

7. No Restricted Stock granted hereunder may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until such Restricted Stock becomes non-forfeitable and transferable pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

8. Pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Plan, any certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be held in the custody of the Secretary of the Company until such Restricted Stock becomes non-forfeitable and transferable pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement and, as a condition of this Restricted Stock award, the Participant shall deliver an assignment and stock power, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, relating to the Restricted Stock.

9. To the extent any certificate is issued to the Participant in respect of the Restricted Stock hereby awarded prior to the time the Restricted Stock is vested, such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear the following (or similar) legend:

“The AXA ordinary shares represented by this certificate are subject to the terms and conditions contained in The Equity Plan for Directors and the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, effective as of February 15, 2018 between AXA Financial, Inc. and [name of the Participant], and may not be sold, pledged, transferred, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered in any manner (except as provided in Section 11.3 of the Plan or in such Restricted Stock Agreement) until February 15, 2021.”

10. The Participant shall be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the Restricted Stock granted hereunder, provided that, if any such distributions and dividends are paid in AXA Ordinary Shares, such AXA Ordinary Shares shall be subject to the same forfeiture restrictions and restrictions on transferability as apply to the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

11. The terms and provisions of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement are subject to the provisions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise stated, to the extent any provision of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement is inconsistent or in conflict with any term or provision of the Plan, the Plan shall govern. This Restricted Stock Award Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements, agreements and understandings, both oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

12. The Company may amend this Restricted Stock Award Agreement at any time; provided that, subject to paragraph 6 and Section 11.8 of the Plan, no such amendment shall be made without the Participant’s consent if such amendment would in any manner adversely affect the Restricted Stock; provided, however, that the Company may unilaterally amend this Restricted Stock Award Agreement to the extent necessary to comply with applicable French, U.S. Federal or State law, rule or regulation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restricted Stock Award Agreement has been duly executed as of                     , 20            .

AXA FINANCIAL, INC.


EXHIBIT A

ASSIGNMENT AND STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, I, Ramon De Oliveira, effective immediately upon the termination of my services as a Director (as defined in The Equity Plan for Directors) prior to February 15, 2021, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                      restricted AXA ordinary shares, euro            par value per share, registered under my name on the books and records of AXA and all rights and interests represented thereby, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the person who at any time and from time to time is serving as the Secretary of AXA as attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of AXA with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     , 2018

 

 

Name: Ramon De Oliveira

Exhibit 10.54

THE AXA EQUITABLE POST-2004 VARIABLE DEFERRED

COMPENSATION PLAN FOR DIRECTORS

ARTICLE 1

PURPOSE

1.1 Purpose . The purpose of The AXA Equitable Post-2004 Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the “Plan”) is to provide a means whereby AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), and Affiliates (as defined in Article 2) that adopt the Plan pursuant to Section 1.2, may allow certain members of their Board(s) of Directors to defer the receipt of their compensation on a tax-favored basis.

1.2 Adoption of the Plan . With the Company’s consent, an Affiliate may adopt and join the Plan as an Employer (as defined in Article 2) for the benefit of its Directors (as defined in Article 2). Such Affiliate shall assume the sole responsibility for the obligations of this Plan with respect to its Directors by executing an adoption and joinder agreement satisfactory in its form and terms to the Company (or in accordance with such other procedures as the Company may from time to time permit). An Affiliate shall cease to be an Employer under the Plan on a date specified by the Company pursuant to the terms of the adoption and joinder agreement or, if no such date is so specified, on the date such Employer has no remaining obligations to its Directors under the Plan. In the event that an Affiliate shall cease to be an Employer, all obligations incurred by such Affiliate with respect to its Directors under the Plan prior to the date it ceases to be an Employer shall continue to be the sole responsibility of that Affiliate.


ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

Affiliate . “Affiliate” means any firm, partnership or corporation that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another firm, partnership or corporation.

Beneficiary . “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Section 9.2.

Board . “Board” means, collectively, the Board of Directors of the Company and the Board(s) of Directors of any Affiliate(s) that adopt and join the Plan pursuant to Section 1.2, as constituted from time to time, provided, however, that where the context otherwise requires, “Board” shall mean one or the other of such entities.

Code . “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Committee . “Committee” means the Administrative Committee established by the Executive Vice President of Human Resources of the Company to administer the employee benefit plans of the Company.

Company . “Company” means AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company.

Director . “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

2


Distribution Account . “ Distribution Account” or “Account” means, with respect to a Participant, the account established pursuant to Section 5.1.

Earnings Crediting Options . “Earnings Crediting Options” means the options elected by the Participant from time to time pursuant to which earnings are credited to the Participant’s Distribution Account.

Effective Date . “Effective Date” means the effective date of the Plan which is November 11, 2004.

Eligible Director . “Eligible Director” means a Director who is not an Employee, and shall not include a Director who (a) is employed by AXA, or an affiliate thereof, and (b) does not receive compensation for services as a Director.

Employee . “Employee” means any person employed by the Company and/or its Affiliates on a regular full-time salaried basis or who is an officer of the Company and/or its Affiliates.

Employer . “Employer” means each of the Company and any Affiliates that adopt and join the Plan pursuant to Section 1.2.

Enrollment Agreement . “Enrollment Agreement” means the authorization form which an Eligible Director files with the Committee or its designee to participate in the Plan.

 

3


Fees . “Fees” means with respect to a Participant for any Plan Year the total of all meeting fees earned by such Participant in connection with the Participant’s Service as a Director during the Plan Year, before reduction pursuant to this Plan or any other plan or agreement of an Employer whereby such compensation is reduced to provide benefits to the Participant, and excluding any other compensation, payments and/or reimbursements.

Grandfathered Participant . “Grandfathered Participant” means a Participant who was a Director on or before March 30, 2002.

Participant . “Participant” means an Eligible Director who has filed a completed and executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee or its designee and is participating in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article 4.

Plan . “Plan” means The AXA Equitable Post-2004 Variable Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as amended from time to time.

Plan Year . “Plan Year” means the calendar year provided, however, that the 2004 Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end on December 31, 2004.

Retainer . “Retainer” means with respect to a Participant for any Plan Year the annual retainer earned by such Participant in connection with the Participant’s Service as a Director during the Plan Year, before reduction pursuant to this Plan or any other plan or agreement of an Employer whereby such compensation is reduced to provide benefits to the Participant, and excluding any other compensation, payments and/or reimbursements.

 

4


Separation From Service . “Separation From Service” means separation from service as defined in Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

Service . “Service” means the period of time during which an individual performs services as a Director.

ARTICLE 3

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

The Committee is hereby authorized to administer the Plan and establish, adopt, or revise such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee shall have discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan and to determine the rights, if any, of Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan. The Committee’s resolution of any matter concerning the Plan shall be final and binding upon any Participant and Beneficiary affected thereby.

 

5


ARTICLE 4

PARTICIPATION

4.1. Election to Participate . An Eligible Director may enroll in the Plan effective as of the first day of a Plan Year by filing a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee or its designee prior to the beginning of such Plan Year. Pursuant to said Enrollment Agreement, the Eligible Director shall irrevocably elect the percentages, in whole percentages up to and including 100 percent, but not less than ten (10) percent, by which the Retainer and/or Fees earned by such Eligible Director for the Plan Year will be reduced, and shall provide such other information as the Committee or its designee shall require.

4.2 New Directors . Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 4.1, an individual who first becomes an Eligible Director after the start of a Plan Year may enroll in the Plan to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A by filing a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee or its designee for such Plan Year within 30 days following the date on which such individual first becomes an Eligible Director, provided that any election to defer Retainer and/or Fees shall apply only to such amounts as are earned by the Eligible Director after the date on which the Enrollment Agreement is filed.

4.3 2005 Elections . Notwithstanding the requirements of Sections 4.1 and 4.2, Participants could elect prior to December 15, 2005 to cancel any deferral elections related to Retainers and/or Fees earned and vested after January 1, 2005 and, if such amounts had already been credited to an Account under the Plan, receive a distribution of such amounts (and any earnings thereon) on or prior to December 31, 2005.

 

6


ARTICLE 5

DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS

5.1 Distribution Accounts . The Committee or its designee shall establish and maintain one Distribution Account with respect to a Participant. The amount by which a Participant’s Retainer and/or Fees are reduced pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 shall be credited to the Participant’s Distribution Account no later than the first day of the month following the month in which such Retainer and/or Fees would otherwise have been paid. The Participant’s Distribution Account shall be reduced by the amount of any payments made to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan. A Participant may not allocate any deferrals to his or her Distribution Account for a Plan Year if payments have commenced from such Account or are scheduled to commence in that Plan Year.

5.2 Earnings on Distribution Accounts . A Participant’s Distribution Account shall be credited with earnings (positive or negative) in accordance with the Earnings Crediting Options elected by the Participant from time to time. A Participant may allocate his or her Distribution Account among the Earnings Crediting Options available under the Plan only in whole percentages of not less than five (5) percent. The rate of return, positive or negative, credited under each Earnings Crediting Option is based upon the actual performance of the corresponding investment portfolio of the Equitable Advisors Trust, an open-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940,

 

7


as amended from time to time, and/or such other investment fund as the Committeeor its designee may designate from time to time, and shall equal the total return of such investment fund net of asset based charges, including, without limitation, money management fees, fund expenses and mortality and expense risk insurance contract charges, but not 12b-1 fees, as determined by the Committee or its designee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee or its designee reserves the right, on a prospective basis, to add or delete Earnings Crediting Options, or to disregard Participants’ investment allocations and credit their Distribution Accounts with a fixed rate of interest determined in the Committee’s or its designee’s sole discretion, provided, however, that any such change in the Earnings Crediting Options available under the Plan, including the crediting of a fixed rate of interest in place of Participants’ investment allocations, will only affect the rate at which earnings will be credited to a Participant’s Distribution Account in the future, and will not affect the value of a Participant’s existing Distribution Account, including any earnings credited under the Plan up to the date of such change.

5.3 Investments by Employers . Notwithstanding that the rates of return (positive or negative) credited to a Participant’s Distribution Account under the Earnings Crediting Options are based upon the actual performance of the corresponding portfolios of the Equitable Advisors Trust, and/or such other investment funds as the Committee or its designee may designate, no Employer shall be obligated to invest any Retainer and/or Fees deferred by Participants under this Plan, or any other amounts, in such portfolios or in any other investment funds.

 

8


5.4 Changes in Earnings Crediting Options . A Participant, or in the case of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s Beneficiary, may change the Earnings Crediting Options to which the Participant’s Distribution Account is allocated at any time. Each such change may include (a) reallocation of the Participant’s Account, and/or (b) change in investment allocation of amounts to be credited to the Participant’s Account in the future, as the Participant or Beneficiary may elect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s ability to change the Earnings Crediting Options to which the Participant’s Distribution Account is allocated may be limited in such manner as deemed reasonable by the Committee or its designee.

5.5 Valuation of Accounts . The value of a Participant’s Distribution Account as of any date shall equal the amounts theretofore credited to such Account, including any earnings (positive or negative) deemed to be earned on such Account in accordance with Section 5.2 through the day preceding such date, less the amounts theretofore deducted from such Account.

5.6 Statement of Accounts . The Committee or its designee shall provide to each Participant, not less frequently than semiannually, a statement in such form as the Committee or its designee deems desirable setting forth the balance standing to the credit of the Participant in the Participant’s Distribution Account.

5.7 Distributions from Accounts . Any distribution made to or on behalf of a Participant from a Distribution Account in an amount which is less than the entire balance of any such Account shall be made pro rata from each of the Earnings Crediting Options to which such Account is then allocated.

 

9


ARTICLE 6

PAYMENTS TO PARTICIPANTS

6.1 Commencement of Payments . Subject to Sections 7.1, 7.3, 9.17 and 9.18 and Article 8, distribution of a Participant’s Distribution Account shall commence in any July or December following the year of deferral, provided that distributions must commence by either the first July or first December following the Participant’s attainment of age 70 (72 in the case of a Grandfathered Participant), as elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Distribution Account was established or as subsequently elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 9.3.

6.2 Form of Payments . Payments from a Participant’s Distribution Account under Sections 6.1, 7.1 or 7.3 shall be made (a) in a lump sum, or (b) annual installments over consecutive years, as elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Distribution Account was established or as subsequently elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 9.3. Any lump-sum benefit payable in accordance with this paragraph shall be paid in an amount equal to the value of such Distribution Account as of the last business day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date of payment. Annual installment payments, if any, shall be in an amount specified by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement pursuant to which such Account was established, or as subsequently specified by the Participant in accordance with Section 9.3, and expressed as either (i) a dollar amount or (ii) as a percentage of the value of the Account provided, however, that (i) if the Participant specifies a dollar amount, such installment will be limited to the lower of such amount and the value of the Account as of the last business day of the

 

10


month preceding the date of payment and (ii) if the Participant specifies a percentage of the value of the Account, the value of the Account will be measured as of the last business day of the month preceding the date of payment. If the Participant does not specify an annual installment amount, the annual installment shall be in an amount equal to the value of such Distribution Account as of the last business day of the month preceding the date of payment divided by the number of annual installments remaining.

ARTICLE 7

DEATH AND SEPARATION FROM SERVICE

7.1 Death Prior to Specified Month and Separation From Service . Subject to Article 8 and Sections 9.17 and 9.18, in the case of a Participant who dies prior to the month specified by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.1 and the Participant’s Separation From Service, payment of such Participant’s Distribution Account shall commence in the earlier of the first July and the first December following the date that is fifteen months following the Participant’s death or as elected by the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with Section 9.3.

7.2 Death After Specified Month or Separation From Service . Subject to Article 8 and Sections 9.17 and 9.18, in the case of a Participant who dies after the month specified by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.1 or after the Participant’s Separation From Service, payments shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary at such times and in such amounts as they would have been paid to the Participant had the Participant survived.

 

11


7.3 Separation From Service . Subject to Sections 9.17 and 9.18 and Article 8, if a Participant Separates From Service prior to the month specified by the Participant in 6.1 and the Participant’s death, payments from the Participant’s Distribution Account shall commence in the earlier of the first July and the first December following the date that is fifteen months following the Participant’s Separation from Service or as elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 9.3.

7.4 Election Priority . If a Participant’s Separation from Service and Death occur simultaneously, the Participant’s Distribution Accounts shall be distributed in accordance with the Plan rules and election(s) applicable to the Participant’s Death.

ARTICLE 8

EMERGENCY WITHDRAWAL

In the event that the Committee or its designee, upon written request of a Participant or, in the case of a Participant’s death, the Participant’s Beneficiary, determines, in its sole discretion, that the Participant or Beneficiary has suffered an unforeseeable emergency as defined in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii), the Participant’s Employer shall pay to the Participant or Beneficiary, as soon as practicable following such determination, an amount necessary to meet the emergency, after deducting any and all withholding taxes as may be required pursuant to Section 9.9, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe

 

12


financial hardship) (the “Emergency Benefit”). Emergency Benefits shall be paid from the Participant’s Distribution Account, to the extent the balance of the Distribution Account is sufficient to meet the emergency. With respect to that portion of any Distribution Account which is distributed as an Emergency Benefit, in accordance with this Article, no further benefits shall be payable to a Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any deferral election in effect for a Participant who receives an Emergency Benefit shall be cancelled.

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Amendment and Termination . The Plan may be amended, suspended, discountinued or terminated at any time by the Board of the Company or by any other entity authorized by it, provided, however, that no such amendment, suspension, discontinuance or termination shall reduce or in any manner adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to benefits that are payable or may become payable under the Plan based upon the balance of the Participant’s Account as of the effective date of such amendment, suspension, discontinuance or termination.

9.2 Designation of Beneficiary . Each Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (which Beneficiary may be an entity other than a natural person) to receive any payments which may be made following the Participant’s death. Such designation may be changed or canceled at any time without the consent of any such Beneficiary. Any such designation, change or cancellation must be made in a form approved by the Committee or its designee

 

13


and shall not be effective until received by the Committee or its designee. If no Beneficiary has been named, or the designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall have predeceased the Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate. If a Participant designates more than one Beneficiary, the interests of such Beneficiaries shall be paid in equal shares, unless the Participant has specifically designated otherwise.

9.3 Changes of Elections . A Participant may change the time and form of payment from his or her Distribution Account as elected or specified under Sections 6.1, 6.2, 7.1 and 7.3 at any time prior to the commencement of payments from the Account by filing with the Committee or its designee a fully executed Enrollment Agreement or other form approved by the Committee or its designee (hereinafter, collectively referred to as the “Change Form”) requesting the change in election, provided that: (i) any change will not take effect until at least twelve months after the date the Change Form is filed with the Committee or its designee, (ii) in the case of a change related to a payment that is not based on death, the change must provide that the first payment with respect to which the change is made will be deferred for a period of not less than 5 years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made, (iii) in the case of a change related to a distribution based on a specified date (or pursuant to a fixed schedule), any change may not be made less than 12 months prior to the date of the scheduled payment and may not result in payment commencing later than the first July or the first December following the Participant’s attainment of age 70 (72 in the case of a Grandfathered Participant), (iv) in the case of a payment based on Separation from Service or death, no changes may be made until after Separation from Service or death, as applicable, and (v) in the case of a payment based on Separation from Service or death, no change may result in

 

14


payment commencing later than the first July or December following the later of: (A) the Participant’s age 70 (72 in the case of a Grandfathered Participant) or, in the case of a Participant’s death prior to such age, the date the Participant would have attained that age and (B) 75 months following the Participant’s Separation from Service or death, as applicable. For this purpose, all installment payments from a Distribution Account are treated as a single payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants were permitted to change the time and form of payment from their Accounts any time on or prior to December 31, 2008 by meeting IRS transition rules under Code Section 409A rather than the requirements of this Section. In the case of a Participant’s death prior to the month specified by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.1 and the Participant’s Separation From Service, the Participant’s Beneficiary may change the time and form of payment from the Participant’s Distribution Account in accordance with the rules of this Section and Section 6.2.

9.4. Limitation of Participant’s Right . Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as conferring upon any Participant any right to continue in Service as a Director, nor shall it interfere with the rights of an Employer to terminate the Service of any Participant on the Board and/or to take any other action affecting any Participant without regard to the effect which such action may have upon such Participant as a recipient or prospective recipient of benefits under the Plan.

9.5 No Limitation on Corporation Actions . Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to prevent an Employer and/or its Affiliates from taking any corporate action which is deemed by them to be appropriate or in their best interest. No Participant, Beneficiary or other person shall have any claim against an Employer and/or its Affiliates as a result of any such action.

 

15


9.6 Obligations to an Employer and its Affiliates . An Employer may offset any amounts to which a Participant is entitled under the Plan by the amount of any indebtedness and related interest owed by such Participant to the Employer or any one of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law or, if lower, to the extent permitted without creating adverse tax consequences to the Participant under Code Section 409A.

9.7 Nonalienation of Benefits . Except as expressly provided herein, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have the power or right to transfer (otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), alienate, or otherwise encumber the Participant’s interest under the Plan. An Employer’s obligations under this Plan are not assignable or transferable except to (a) a corporation which acquires all or substantially all of the Employer’s assets or (b) any corporation into which the Employer may be merged or consolidated. The provisions of the Plan shall inure to the benefit of each Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or successors in interest.

9.8 Protective Provisions . Each Participant shall cooperate by furnishing any and all information requested in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, taking such physical examinations as the Committee or its designee may deem necessary and taking such other relevant action as may be requested. If a Participant refuses to cooperate, the Participant’s Employer shall have no further obligation to the Participant under the Plan, other than payment to such Participant of the then current balance of the Participant’s Distribution Account.

 

16


9.9 Withholding Taxes . An Employer may make such provisions and take such action as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Employer is required by any law or regulation of any governmental authority, whether foreign, Federal, state or local, to withhold in connection with any benefits under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the withholding of appropriate sums from any amount otherwise payable to the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary). Each Participant, however, shall be responsible for the payment of all individual tax liabilities relating to any such benefits.

9.10 Unfunded Status of Plan . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan of deferred compensation for Participants. Benefits payable to a Participant hereunder shall be payable out of the general assets of the Participant’s Employer, and no segregation of any assets whatsoever for such benefits shall be made. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Participant’s Employer.

9.11 Severability . If any provision of this Plan is held unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect without regard to such unenforceable provision and shall be applied as though the unenforceable provision were not contained in the Plan.

 

17


9.12 Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.

9.13 Headings . Headings are inserted in this Plan for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in the construction of the provisions of the Plan.

9.14 Gender, Singular  & Plural . All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

9.15 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee or its designee under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail.

9.16 Code Section  409A . It is intended that this Plan shall comply with the provisions of Code section 409A and the Treasury regulations thereunder so as not to subject Participants to the payment of additional taxes and interest under Code Section 409A. Any provision of this Plan that is inconsistent with this intent shall be void to the minimum extent necessary to permit this intent to be fulfilled. All interpretations of this Plan shall be consistent with this intent. Any action by the Committee that it is inconsistent with this intent shall be void and without effect to the minimum extent possible (if any) that will allow this intent to be fulfilled. If the failure to take an action under the Plan would cause the Plan to violate Code Section 409A, then to the extent it is

 

18


possible thereby to avoid a violation of Code Section 409A, it is intended that the rights and effects under the Plan be altered to avoid such outcome. In all cases, the provisions of this Section shall apply to the maximum extent permissible under Code Section 409A and notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan that is not contained in this Section.

9.17 Income Inclusion under 409A . If a portion of a Participant’s Distribution Account is required to be included in income under Code Section 409A, such portion shall be distributed immediately to the Participant.

9.18 Domestic Relations Order . Distributions may be made from Accounts as necessary to fulfill a domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(B)).

ARTICLE 10

SIGNATURE

This Plan, originally adopted and approved as of November 11, 2004 and amended on November 10, 2005 and November 16, 2006, is hereby amended and restated as of November 1, 2008.

 

19

Exhibit 10.55

CHARITABLE AWARD PROGRAM FOR DIRECTORS

PROGRAM SUMMARY

PURPOSE

 

    The purpose of The Charitable Award Program for Directors (the “Program”) is to provide the Company and Participants with an opportunity to provide substantial future contributions to eligible charitable organizations and educational institutions selected by the Participants.

DEFINITIONS

 

    “Affiliate” means any partnership, corporation or entity that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another partnership, corporation or entity.

 

    “AXA” means AXA, a societe anonyme organized under the laws of the Republic of France.

 

    “AXA Equitable,” means AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, a corporation organized under the laws of the state of New York.

 

    “Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

    “Director” means a member of the Board and/or a member of the board of directors of any Affiliate.

 

    “Cause” means (i) the willful failure by the Participant (other than due to physical or mental illness) to perform substantially all of his/her duties as a Director, (ii) the Participant’s engaging in serious misconduct that is injurious to the Company or an Affiliate, (iii) the Participant’s having been convicted of, or entered a plea of nolo contendre to, a crime that constitutes a felony or (iv) the Participant’s using for his/her personal benefit, or disclosing, communicating or divulging to, or using for any person other than the Company or any Affiliate, any confidential information that had been made known to him/her or learned or acquired by him/her while a Director, unless such information has become public other than by such Participant’s actions or such disclosure is compelled under a subpoena from a court or administrative body having jurisdiction in the matter

 

    “Committee” means the Organization and Compensation Committee of the Board, as constituted from time to time, or such other committee as may be designated from time to time by the Board.

 

    “Company” means AXA Financial, Inc.


    “Employee” means any person employed by the Company and/or its Affiliates on a regular full-time salaried basis or who is an officer of the Company and/or its Affiliates.

 

    “Misconduct” by a Participant means the Participant’s (i) inducing any individual to leave the employ of the Company or any Affiliates, (ii) soliciting the employment of any individual employed by the Company or any Affiliate on his/her own behalf or on behalf of any other business enterprise; (iii) using for his/her personal benefit, or disclosing, communicating or divulging to, or using for any person other than the Company or any Affiliate, any confidential information that had been made known to him/her or learned or acquired by him/her while a Director, unless such information has become public other than by such Participant’s actions or such disclosure is compelled under a subpoena from a court or administrative body having jurisdiction in the matter; or (iv) otherwise acting in a manner that is substantially detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

    “Non-Officer Director” means a Director of the Company and/or AXA Equitable who is not an Employee.

 

    “Participant” means a Non-Officer Director who has elected to participate in the Program.

PARTICIPATION

 

    A Non-Officer Director may elect to participate in the Program at any time and designate up to five charitable organizations and/or educational institutions for donations by completing a charitable beneficiary recommendation form.

 

    As soon as administratively practicable after receipt of appropriate documentation of a Participant’s death, the Company will contribute a total of $500,000 to be divided between up to five charitable organizations and/or educational institutions in accordance with the prior election of the Participant. The portion of the $500,000 to be allocated to each charitable organization and/or educational institution may be designated by the Participant in $50,000 increments.

 

    Only $500,000 in total will be donated to a Participant’s recommended beneficiaries regardless of whether the Participant serves as a Director on both the Board and the board of directors of AXA Equitable.

 

    The donation(s) will be made in the Participant’s name.

 

2


RECOMMENDATION OF CHARITABLE BENEFICIARY

 

    Each Participant will complete a charitable beneficiary recommendation form to recommend up to five charitable organization(s) and/or educational institution(s) to receive a donation after his or her death. The form will be acknowledged by the Company, and a copy will be returned to the Participant.

 

    In order to be eligible to receive a donation under the Program, a recommended organization must be tax-exempt under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. Typical qualifying organizations include colleges and universities, cultural organizations, hospitals and other health organizations, and social service organizations.

 

    The recommendation of a beneficiary may be revoked or revised by a Participant at any time before his or her death, unless a Participant elects to make a recommendation irrevocable.

 

    A Participant can make the recommendation of a beneficiary irrevocable as to any organization by completing the appropriate section of the charitable beneficiary recommendation form. The irrevocable recommendation can apply to all or a portion of the recommended donation amount for the organization. An irrevocable designation cannot be changed by the Participant unless the recommended organization ceases to meet the requirements of a qualified beneficiary under the Program.

 

    If any organization recommended by a Participant to receive a donation ceases to meet the requirements of a Program beneficiary, and the Participant does not submit a revised recommendation before his or her death, the amount recommended for that particular organization shall be donated to the Participant’s remaining designated qualified organizations on a prorated basis. If all the organizations selected by a Participant cease to qualify, the Company will make a $500,000 charitable contribution on behalf of the Participant to the AXA Foundation.

 

    Each organization recommended by a Participant will receive a letter from the Company notifying it that it has been selected by the Participant to receive a donation under the Program. However, a Participant can instruct the Company not to notify an organization.

 

3


TERMINATION

 

    Donations will be made upon the death of a Participant regardless of whether the Participant’s services as a Director had terminated prior to his/her death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, donations will not be made upon the death of a Participant whose services as a Director had terminated prior to his/her death if such termination was for Cause or such Participant engaged in Misconduct after the termination.

ADMINISTRATION

 

    The Committee is hereby authorized to administer the Program and establish, adopt, or revise such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Program. The Committee shall have discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Program and to determine the rights, if any, of Participants and recommended beneficiaries under the Program. The Committee’s resolution of any matter concerning the Program shall be final and binding upon any Director and recommended beneficiary affected thereby.

FUNDING

 

    In order to financially support the Program, the Company may purchase a life insurance policy or policies insuring the lives of the Participants. The Company will be the owner and beneficiary thereof. Neither the Participants nor the charitable organizations and educational institutions recommended by the Participants will have any rights or beneficial ownership interests in any such policy or policies acquired by the Company or in any other assets of the Company or any Affiliate. The obligation of the Company under this Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.

 

    Participants will cooperate with the Company by furnishing any and all medical and other information requested by the Company, taking such physical examinations as the Company may deem necessary, and taking such other action as may be requested by the Company to assist the Company in acquiring a life insurance policy or policies. If a Participant refuses to cooperate, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Participant or his or her recommended beneficiaries under this Program. If the Participant commits suicide during the two-year period beginning on the date when the Participant first becomes a Participant in the Program, or if the Participant makes any material misstatement of information or nondisclosure of medical history, no benefits will be payable by reason of this Program to the Participant’s recommended beneficiaries, or in the Company’s sole discretion, benefits may be payable in a reduced amount. If a Participant cooperates with the Company in acquiring a life insurance policy but is uninsurable, such Participant will still be entitled to benefits under the Plan.

 

4


    The expenses of the Program will be borne by the Company. No contribution from a Participant will be required nor will a Participant forego any other compensation or benefits to participate.

TRANSFERABILITY

 

    A Participant’s rights and interest under the Program may not be assigned or transferred.

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

    The Program may be amended or terminated at any time by the Board as the Board may deem advisable.

EFFECTIVE DATE

 

    The Program, effective as of January 1, 2005, is hereby amended as of May 17, 2007.

229904

 

5

Exhibit 10.56

AXA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

SECTION 1

PURPOSE

This AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”) is intended to permit AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, through awards of incentive compensation, to attract, retain and motivate qualified employees.

SECTION 2

DEFINITIONS

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such Person.

“Age/Service Requirement” means, with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has attained at least 55 years of age with at least five years of service with the Company and/or one of its Affiliates.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company, or the successor thereto.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or its delegatee pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof.

Company ” means AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

Individual Award Opportunity ” means the potential of a Participant to receive an incentive payment under the Plan. An Individual Award Opportunity may be expressed in U.S. dollars or pursuant to a formula.

Omnibus Plan ” means the AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time, or any successor plan thereto.

Participant ” means, for each Performance Period, each employee of the Company, an Affiliate or a Subsidiary whom the Committee has selected to participate in the Plan for a specified Performance Period.

Performance Period ” means the Company’s fiscal year or any other period designated by the Committee.

Plan ” means this AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.

Section  409A of the Code ” means Section 409A of the Code, as amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Page 1 of 5


Subsidiary ” means any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any entity in which the Company directly or indirectly has at least a 50% equity interest.

SECTION 3

ADMINISTRATION

3.1 General . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have full authority to interpret the Plan, to establish rules and regulations relating to the operation of the Plan, to select Participants, to determine the Individual Award Opportunity and to make all determinations and take all other actions necessary or appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan. The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, and all actions taken within the scope of its authority, shall be final and binding on the Company, its stockholders, Participants, and former Participants and their respective successors and assigns.

3.2 Powers and Responsibilities . The Committee shall have the following discretionary powers, rights and responsibilities in addition to (and without limiting) those described in Section 3.1:

(a) to establish performance goals and/or other terms and conditions that are to apply to each Participant’s Individual Award Opportunity, including but not limited to the treatment of such awards upon a termination of employment or service with the Company;

(b) to determine whether the performance goals for a Performance Period and any other terms and conditions applicable to the Individual Award Opportunities have been satisfied;

(c) to determine the form of payment of incentive payments under the Plan; and

(d) to adopt, revise, suspend, waive or repeal, when and as appropriate, in its sole and absolute discretion, such administrative rules, guidelines and procedures for the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable to implement the terms and conditions of the Plan.

3.3 Delegation of Power . The Committee may delegate some or all of its power and authority hereunder to a director or subcommittee of directors of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer or function of the Company as the Committee deems appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant shall make decisions under this Plan with respect to his or her own compensation or with respect to the compensation of any person to whom such Participant reports directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, regarding his or her own (or such report’s) Individual Award Opportunity.

SECTION 4

PERFORMANCE GOALS

4.1 Establishing Performance Goals; Other Terms and Conditions . The Committee may establish for each Performance Period one or more performance goals for each Participant or for any group of Participants (or both). The Committee may provide for a threshold level of performance below which no amount of compensation will be paid and a maximum level of performance above which no additional amount of compensation will be paid, and it may provide for the payment of differing amounts of compensation for different levels of performance, as well as minimum required payments. Without limiting the Committee’s discretion hereunder, performance goals ( a ) may be established ( i ) on a Company-wide basis, ( ii ) with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Subsidiaries or products, ( iii ) based on individual performance or other individual measures or (iv) any combination thereof, and ( b ) may be expressed in absolute terms or relative to other metrics including internal targets or budgets,

 

Page 2 of 5


past performance of the Company, the performance of one or more similarly situated companies, performance of an index, outstanding equity or other external measures. The payment of any compensation under the Plan, and the establishment of performance goals, as applicable, shall be subject to such other rules and conditions as the Committee may establish.

4.2 Adjustments . The Committee may determine in its sole discretion how any performance goals, targets or metrics shall be adjusted at such time or times as determined by the Committee. Without limiting the foregoing, ( a ) the Committee may adjust the performance goals for any Performance Period as it deems appropriate in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company; changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles; other material extraordinary events such as restructurings; discontinued operations; asset write-downs; significant litigation or claims, judgments or settlements; acquisitions or divestitures; reorganizations or changes in the corporate structure or capital structure of the Company; foreign exchange gains and losses; change in the fiscal year of the Company; business interruption events; unbudgeted capital expenditures; unrealized investment gains and losses; and impairments; or such other factors as the Committee may determine; and ( b ) to the extent that a performance goal relates to the common stock of the Company, then, in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of the Company, any merger, consolidation, spinoff, reorganization, partial or complete liquidation or other distribution of assets (other than a normal cash dividend), issuance of rights or warrants to purchase securities or any other corporate transaction having an effect similar to any of the foregoing, the Committee may make or provide for such adjustments in such performance goals as the Committee in its sole discretion may in good faith determine to be required or appropriate.

SECTION 5

INDIVIDUAL AWARD OPPORTUNITIES; PAYMENTS

5.1 Terms . The Committee may establish an Individual Award Opportunity for any Participant or group of Participants.

5.2 Committee Discretion . In all cases the Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to: ( a ) reduce or eliminate the amount of any payment under the Plan that would otherwise be made to any Participant, and ( b ) determine that an amount shall be paid under the Plan that is greater than what would apply under the applicable performance goals, based on individual performance or any other criteria that the Committee deems appropriate.

5.3 Incentive Payments . Prior to payment of amounts under the Plan, the Committee shall determine whether the performance goals and other terms and conditions, as applicable, have been attained, and the amount of bonus payable to a Participant under the Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, payments under the Plan shall be paid following the end of the fiscal year to which the Performance Period relates, but not later than March 15 following the end of such fiscal year. Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, Participants must be employed on the date of payment, provided that in the event that a Participant who has met the Age/Service Requirement voluntarily terminates employment during the Performance Period, such Participant shall receive a pro-rata portion of his or her Individual Award Opportunity determined by multiplying the lower of his or her (x) most recent short-term incentive compensation award and (y) his or her Individual Award Opportunity by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months that elapsed during the Performance Period prior to the date of the Participant’s voluntary termination and the denominator of which is the total number of full calendar months in the Performance Period.

 

Page 3 of 5


5.4 Form of Payment . The Committee shall determine whether any amount payable under the Plan is payable in cash, in awards granted under the Omnibus Plan, or in any combination thereof. The Committee shall have the right to impose whatever conditions it deems appropriate with respect to the award of shares of Common Stock, including conditioning the vesting of such shares on the performance of additional service.

SECTION 6

GENERAL

6.1 Amendment and Termination . The Committee may at any time amend, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan.

6.2 Non-Transferability of Awards . No Individual Award Opportunity under the Plan shall be transferable other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company. Except to the extent permitted by the foregoing sentence, no Individual Award Opportunity may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any such Individual Award Opportunity, such Individual Award Opportunity and all rights thereunder shall immediately become null and void.

6.3 Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the payment of any amount hereunder, payment by the Participant of any federal, state, local or other taxes which may be required to be withheld or paid in connection therewith.

6.4 Payment by a Subsidiary or Affiliate . The Company may satisfy its obligations under the Plan with respect to a Participant by causing any Subsidiary or Affiliate to make the payment to which such Participant is entitled under the Plan.

6.5 No Right of Participation or Employment . No person shall have any right to participate in this Plan. Neither this Plan nor any Individual Award Opportunities made hereunder shall confer upon any person any right to continued employment by the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time without liability hereunder.

6.6 Designation of Beneficiary . If permitted by the Company, a Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as such Participant’s beneficiary or beneficiaries (both primary and contingent) in the event of the Participant’s death. Each beneficiary designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Committee during the Participant’s lifetime on a form prescribed by the Committee. The spouse of a married Participant domiciled in a community property jurisdiction shall join in any designation of a beneficiary other than such spouse. The filing with the Committee of a new beneficiary designation shall cancel all previously filed beneficiary designations. If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if all designated beneficiaries of a Participant predecease the Participant, then each outstanding Individual Award Opportunity shall be payable to the Participant’s executor, administrator, legal representative or similar person.

6.7 Governing Law . This Plan and each Individual Award Opportunity hereunder, and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

Page 4 of 5


6.8 Other Plans . Payments under Individual Award Opportunities shall not be treated as compensation for purposes of any other compensation or benefit plan, program or arrangement of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, unless either ( i ) such other plan provides compensation such as payments made pursuant to Individual Award Opportunities are to be considered as compensation thereunder or ( ii ) the Committee so determines in writing. The adoption of the Plan shall not be construed as limiting the power of the Board or the Committee to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may otherwise deem appropriate.

6.9 Binding Effect . The Plan shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and the Participants and their beneficiaries, personal representatives and heirs.

6.10 Forfeiture and Clawback of Individual Award Opportunities . The Company may ( i ) cancel, reduce, or require a Participant to forfeit any Individual Award Opportunity granted under the Plan or ( ii ) require a participant to reimburse or disgorge to the Company or reimburse the Company for any amounts received pursuant to the payment of an Individual Award Opportunity granted under the Plan, in each case, to the extent permitted or required by applicable law, regulation, stock exchange rule or Company policy in effect on or after the effective date of this Plan.

6.11 Unfunded Plan; Plan Not Subject to ERISA . The Plan is an unfunded plan and Participants shall have the status of unsecured creditors of the Company. The Plan is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income and Security Act of 1974, as amended.

6.12 409A Compliance . Where reasonably possible and practicable, the Plan shall be administered in a manner to avoid the imposition on Participants of immediate tax recognition and additional taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor the Committee, nor any of the Company’s directors, officers or employees shall have any liability to any person in the event Section 409A of the Code applies to any payment or right under this Plan in a manner that results in adverse tax consequences for the Participant or any of his beneficiaries or transferees.

6.13 Severability . If any provision of this Plan is held unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect without regard to such unenforceable provision and shall be applied as though the unenforceable provision were not contained in the Plan.

***    ***    ***    ***

 

Page 5 of 5

Exhibit 10.57

AXA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.

2018 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I

PURPOSES

This AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), has the following purposes:

(1) To further the growth, development and financial success of AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and its Subsidiaries (as defined herein), by providing additional incentives to employees, financial professionals and directors by allowing them to become owners of Company Common Stock, thereby benefiting directly from the growth, development and financial success of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(2) To enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to obtain and retain the services of the type of professional and managerial employees, financial professionals and directors considered essential to the long-range success of the Company and its Subsidiaries by providing and offering them an opportunity to become owners of Company Common Stock pursuant to the Awards granted hereunder.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Whenever the following terms are used in this Plan, they shall have the meanings specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

Section 2.1 “ Administrator ” shall mean the committee of the Board designated by the Board from time to time to administer the Plan. In the event that at any time no committee has been appointed to be the Administrator, the Board shall be the Administrator. In exercising its discretion hereunder, the Board shall endeavor to cause the Administrator to satisfy any requirements applicable to qualify for an exemption available under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any other regulatory or administrative requirements that may be applicable with respect to Awards granted hereunder.

Section 2.2 “ Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such Person where “control” shall have the meaning given such term under Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Section 2.3 “ Alternative Award ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

Section 2.4 “ Alternative Performance Awards ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.

Section 2.5 “ Award ” shall mean any Option, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Award, SAR, Dividend Equivalent or other Stock-Based Award granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan, including an Award combining two or more types of Awards into a single grant.

Section 2.6 “ Award Agreement ” shall mean any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through an electronic medium. The Administrator may provide for the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper Award Agreements, and the use of electronic, internet or other non-paper means for the Participant’s acceptance of, or actions under, an Award Agreement unless otherwise expressly specified herein. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the express terms of the Plan and the express terms of an Award Agreement, the express terms of the Plan shall govern.


Section 2.7 “ AXA ” means AXA, a société anonyme organized under the laws of the Republic of France, registered in the Commercial Registry of Paris under the number 572.093.920 RCS Paris.

Section 2.8 “ AXA Group ” means AXA and its direct or indirect majority owned Subsidiaries.

Section 2.9 “ Base Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.58.

Section 2.10 “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

Section 2.11 “ Business Combination ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change in Control”.

Section 2.12 “ Cause ” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, any of the following: ( a ) the Participant’s commission of a crime involving fraud, theft, false statements or other similar acts or commission of any crime that is a felony (or comparable classification in a jurisdiction that does not use these terms); ( b ) the Participant’s engaging in any conduct that constitutes an employment disqualification under applicable law with respect to a material portion of the Participant’s work duties; ( c ) the Participant’s willful or grossly negligent failure to perform his or her material employment-related duties for the Company and its Subsidiaries, or willful misconduct in the performance of such duties; ( d ) the Participant’s material violation of any Company or Subsidiary policy as in effect from time to time; ( e ) the Participant’s engaging in any act or making any public statement that materially impairs, impugns, denigrates, disparages or negatively reflects upon the name, reputation or business interests of the Company or its Subsidiaries; or ( f ) the Participant’s material breach of any Award Agreement, employment agreement, or noncompetition, nondisclosure or nonsolicitation agreement to which the Participant is a party or by which the Participant is bound; provided that in the case of any Participant who, as of the date of determination, is a party to an effective services, severance, consulting or employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual, “Cause” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such agreement. A termination for Cause shall be deemed to include a determination by the Administrator following a Participant’s termination of employment that circumstances existing prior to such termination would have entitled the Company or one of its Subsidiaries to have terminated such Participant’s employment for Cause. All rights a Participant has or may have under the Plan shall be suspended automatically during the pendency of any investigation by the Administrator or its designee, or during any negotiations between the Administrator or its designee and the Participant, regarding any actual or alleged act or omission by the Participant of the type described in the applicable definition of Cause.

Section 2.13 “ Change in Control ” shall mean the first to occur of any of the following events after the Effective Date:

(a) any Person other than the AXA Group becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of (i) 30% or more of either (x) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (y) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”) and (ii) a percentage of either the Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities that is greater than the percentage thereof then held by the AXA Group;

(b) if at any time that the AXA Group holds less than 50% of Outstanding Company Voting Securities (the “ Fifty-Percent Threshold ”), the individuals who constitute the Board at the date the ownership of Company voting securities by the AXA Group first drops below the Fifty-Percent Threshold (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however , that any individual becoming a Director subsequent to the

 

2


Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election, by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c) the consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “ Business Combination ”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such entity entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities), except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination;

in each case, provided that, as to Awards subject to Section 409A of the Code the payment or settlement of which will occur by reason of the Change in Control, such event also constitutes a “change in control” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, ( i ) a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to occur if the Company files for bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization under the United States Bankruptcy Code or as a result of any restructuring that occurs as a result of any such proceeding and ( ii ) a Public Offering shall not constitute a Change in Control.

Section 2.14 “ Change in Control Price ” shall mean the price per share of Company Common Stock paid in conjunction with any transaction resulting in a Change in Control. If any part of the offered price is payable other than in cash, the value of the non-cash portion of the Change in Control Price shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator as constituted immediately prior to the Change in Control.

Section 2.15 “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Section 2.16 “ Company ” shall mean AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

3


Section 2.17 “ Company Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and such other stock or securities into which such common stock is hereafter converted or for which such common stock is exchanged.

Section 2.18 “ Compensation Year ” shall mean the period from one annual meeting of shareholders to the next following annual meeting of shareholders.

Section 2.19 “ Competitive Activity ” shall mean a Participant’s material breach of restrictive covenants relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation (of customers or employees) or preservation of confidential information or other covenants having the same or similar scope, included in an Award Agreement or other agreement to which the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.

Section 2.20 “ Corporate Event ” shall mean, as determined by the Administrator, any transaction or event described in Section 4.3(a) or any unusual or infrequently occurring transaction or event affecting the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles (including, without limitation, a recapitalization of the Company).

Section 2.21 “ Director ” shall mean a member of the Board or a member of the board of directors of any Subsidiary.

Section 2.22 “ Disability ” shall mean ( x ) for Awards that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code, “disability” as such term is defined in in the long-term disability insurance plan or program of the Company or any Subsidiary then covering the Participant other than a determination of disability by Reliance Standard Life Insurance Company or any successor with regard to compensation or commissions that are designated as non-proprietary in the payroll policies of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and ( y ) for Awards that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, “disability” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 409A(a)(2)(c) of the Code; provided that with respect to Awards that are not subject to Section 409A, in the case of any Participant who, as of the date of determination, is a party to an effective services, severance, consulting or employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual, “Disability” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such agreement.

Section 2.23 “ Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean the right to receive payments, in cash or in Shares, based on dividends paid with respect to Shares.

Section 2.24 “ Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.7.

Section 2.25 “ Eligible Representative ” for a Participant shall mean such Participant’s personal representative or such other person as is empowered under the deceased Participant’s will or the then applicable laws of descent and distribution to represent the Participant hereunder.

Section 2.26 “ Employee ” shall mean any individual classified as an employee by the Company or one of its Affiliates as well as financial professionals of the Company or one of its Affiliates.

Section 2.27 “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Section 2.28 “ Executive Officer ” shall mean each person who is an officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary and who is subject to the reporting requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

4


Section 2.29 “ Fair Market Value ” of a Share as of any date of determination shall be:

(a) If the Company Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, then the closing price on such date per Share as reported as quoted on such stock exchange or system;

(b) If there are no transactions in the Company Common Stock that are available to the Company on any date of determination pursuant to clause (a) but transactions are available to the Company as of the immediately preceding trading date, then the Fair Market Value determined as of the immediately preceding trading date; or

(c) If neither clause (a) nor clause (b) shall apply on any date of determination, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator with reference to ( x ) the most recent valuation of the Company Common Stock performed by an independent valuation consultant or appraiser of nationally recognized standing selected by the Administrator, if any, ( y ) sales prices of securities issued to investors in any recent arm’s length transactions, and ( z ) any other factors determined to be relevant by the Administrator.

Section 2.30 “ Fifty-Percent Threshold ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change in Control”.

Section 2.31 “ Good Reason ” shall, as to any Participant, have the meaning set forth in an effective employment, severance, consulting or other services agreement to which the Participant is a party with the Company or a Subsidiary that employs the Participant, or, in the absence of such an agreement: (i) a material reduction in the Participant’s base salary or a material reduction in the Participant’s target annual incentive compensation opportunity, in each case, other than (a) any isolated or inadvertent failure by the Company or the applicable Subsidiary that is not in bad faith and is cured within thirty (30) business days after the Participant gives the Company or the applicable Subsidiary notice of such event or (b) a reduction of 10% or less which is applicable to all employees in the same salary grade as the Participant; or (ii) a transfer of the Participant’s primary workplace by more than fifty (50) miles, in each case without the prior written consent of the Participant.

Section 2.32 “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option which qualifies under Section 422 of the Code and is expressly designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Award Agreement.

Section 2.33 “ Incumbent Directors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change in Control”.

Section 2.34 “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Section 2.35 “ Non-U.S. Awards ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.

Section 2.36 “ Option ” shall mean an option to purchase Company Common Stock granted under the Plan. The term “Option” includes both an Incentive Stock Option and a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

Section 2.37 “ Option Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

Section 2.38 “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change in Control”.

Section 2.39 “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change in Control”.

Section 2.40 “ Participant ” shall mean any Service Provider who has been granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.

 

5


Section 2.41 “ Performance Award ” shall mean Performance Shares, Performance Units and all other Awards that vest (in whole or in part) upon the achievement of specified Performance Goals, including, for clarity, Awards consisting solely of cash entitlements.

Section 2.42 “ Performance Award Conversion ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.

Section 2.43 “ Performance Cycle ” shall mean the period of time selected by the Administrator during which performance is measured for the purpose of determining the extent to which a Performance Award has been earned or vested.

Section 2.44 “ Performance Goals ” means the objectives established by the Administrator for a Performance Cycle pursuant to Section 7.5 for the purpose of determining the extent to which a Performance Award has been earned or vested.

Section 2.45 “ Performance Share ” means an Award granted pursuant to Article VII of the Plan of a Share or a contractual right to receive a Share (or the cash equivalent thereof) upon the achievement, in whole or in part, of the applicable Performance Goals.

Section 2.46 “ Performance Unit ” means a U.S. Dollar-denominated unit (or a unit denominated in the Participant’s local currency) granted pursuant to Article VII of the Plan, payable in cash or in Shares upon the achievement, in whole or in part, of the applicable Performance Goals.

Section 2.47 “ Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority or any other entity of whatever nature.

Section 2.48 “ Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article I.

Section 2.49 “ Public Offering ” shall mean the first day as of which ( i ) sales of Company Common Stock are made to the public in the United States pursuant to an underwritten public offering of the Company Common Stock led by one or more underwriters at least one of which is an underwriter of nationally recognized standing or ( ii ) the Administrator has determined that the Company Common Stock otherwise has become publicly traded for this purpose.

Section 2.50 “ Qualifying Termination ” shall have the meaning set forth in the applicable Award Agreement or, if not defined in the Award Agreement, the termination of a Participant’s employment, other than for Cause, on or after the date that the Participant reaches 55 years of age with 10 years of service to the Company and its Affiliates, provided that if the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate, the participant signs, and does not exercise any rights to revoke, a Release.

Section 2.51 “ Release ” means a general release and waiver of claims in the form provided by the Administrator.

Section 2.52 “ Replacement Awards ” shall mean Shares or Awards issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form or combination by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 2.53 “ Restricted Stock ” shall mean an Award granted pursuant to Section 6.1.

Section 2.54 “ Restricted Stock Unit ” shall mean an Award granted pursuant to Section 6.2.

Section 2.55 “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Section 2.56 “ Service Provider ” shall mean an Employee or Director.

 

6


Section 2.57 “ Share ” shall mean a share of Company Common Stock.

Section 2.58 “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” shall mean the right to receive a payment from the Company in cash and/or Shares equal to the product of ( i ) the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the exercise date over a specified price (the “ Base Price ”) fixed by the Administrator on the grant date (which specified price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of one Share on the grant date), multiplied by ( ii ) a stated number of Shares.

Section 2.59 “ Stock-Based Award ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

Section 2.60 “ Subplans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.

Section 2.61 “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any entity in which the Company directly or indirectly has at least a 50% equity interest.

Section 2.62 “ Termination of employment ,” “ termination of service ” and any similar term or terms shall mean, with respect to a Director who is not an Employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the date upon which such Director ceases to be a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any Subsidiary and, with respect to an Employee, the date the Participant ceases to be an Employee; provided that with respect to any Award subject to Section 409A of the Code, such terms shall mean “separation from service,” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the rules, regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, a “termination of employment” or “termination of service” shall not occur if an Employee or Director, immediately upon ceasing to provide services in such capacity, commences to or continues to provide services to the Company or any of its Affiliates in another of such capacities.

Section 2.63 “ Withholding Taxes ” shall mean the federal, state, local or foreign income taxes, withholding taxes or employment taxes required to be withheld under applicable law, which shall be at a rate determined by the Company that is permitted under applicable IRS withholding rules and that does not to cause adverse accounting consequences.

ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION

Section 3.1 Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

Section 3.2 Powers of the Administrator . The Administrator shall have the sole and complete authority and discretion to:

(a) determine the Fair Market Value;

(b) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;

(c) select the Service Providers to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(d) determine all matters and questions related to the termination of service of a Service Provider with respect to any Award granted to him or her hereunder;

(e) determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;

(f) approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan, which need not be identical for each Service Provider;

 

7


(g) determine the terms and conditions of any Awards granted hereunder (including, without limitation, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions and any restriction or limitation regarding any Awards or the Company Common Stock relating thereto) based in each case on such factors as the Administrator shall determine;

(h) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to Subplans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(i) determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise or purchase price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Company Common Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited or surrendered;

(j) suspend or accelerate the vesting of any Award granted under the Plan or waive the forfeiture restrictions or any other restriction or limitation regarding any Awards or the Company Common Stock relating thereto;

(k) construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan; and

(l) make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.

Any determination made by the Administrator under the Plan, including, without limitation, under Section 4.3, shall be final, binding and conclusive on all Participants and other persons having or claiming any right or interest under the Plan. The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by the Administrator selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

Section 3.3 Delegation by the Administrator . The Administrator may delegate, subject to such terms or conditions or guidelines as it shall determine, to any officer or group of officers, or Director or group of Directors of the Company or its Affiliates any portion of its authority and powers under the Plan with respect to Participants who are not Executive Officers or non-employee directors of the Board; provided that any delegation to one or more officers of the Company shall be subject to and comply with applicable law.

Section 3.4 Expenses, Professional Assistance, No Liability . All expenses and liabilities incurred by the Administrator in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. The Administrator may elect to engage the services of attorneys, consultants, accountants or other persons. The Administrator, the Company and its officers and Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons. The Administrator (and its members) shall not be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made with respect to the Plan or the Awards, and the Administrator (and its members) shall be fully protected by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.

Section 3.5 Participants Based Outside the United States . To conform with the provisions of local laws and regulations, or with local compensation practices and policies, in foreign countries in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates operate, but subject to the limitations set forth herein regarding the maximum number of shares issuable hereunder and the maximum award to any single Participant, the Administrator may ( i ) modify the terms and conditions of Awards granted to Participants employed outside the United States (“ Non-U.S. Awards ”), ( ii ) establish subplans with such modifications as may be necessary or advisable under the circumstances (“ Subplans ”) and ( iii ) take any action which it deems advisable to obtain, comply with or otherwise reflect any necessary governmental regulatory

 

8


procedures, exemptions or approvals with respect to the Plan. The Administrator’s decision to grant Non-U.S. Awards or to establish Subplans is entirely voluntary, and at the complete discretion of the Administrator. The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any Subplans at any time, and such amendment, modification or termination may be made without prior notice to the Participants. The Company, Subsidiaries, Affiliates and members of the Administrator shall not incur any liability of any kind to any Participant as a result of any change, amendment or termination of any Subplan at any time. The benefits and rights provided under any Subplan or by any Non-U.S. Award ( x ) are wholly discretionary and, although provided by either the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate, do not constitute regular or periodic payments and ( y ) except as otherwise required under applicable laws, are not to be considered part of the Participant’s salary or compensation under the Participant’s employment with the Participant’s local employer for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy or other end of service payments, vacation, bonuses, long-term service awards, indemnification, pension or retirement benefits, or any other payments, benefits or rights of any kind. If a Subplan is terminated, the Administrator may direct the payment of Non-U.S. Awards (or direct the deferral of payments whose amount shall be determined) prior to the dates on which payments would otherwise have been made, and determine if such payments may be made in a lump sum or in installments.

ARTICLE IV

SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

Section 4.1 Shares Subject to Plan .

(a) Subject to Section 4.3, the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under this Plan shall be equal to 5,882,352 Shares, all of which may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. The Shares issued under the Plan may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Company Common Stock. No provision of this Plan shall be construed to require the Company to maintain the Shares in certificated form. Unless the Administrator shall determine otherwise, ( x ) Awards may not consist of fractional shares and shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share, and ( y ) fractional Shares shall not be issued under the Plan (and shall instead also be rounded as aforesaid).

(b) Upon the grant of an Award, the maximum number of Shares set forth in Section 4.1(a) shall be reduced by the maximum number of Shares that are issued or may be issued pursuant to such Award. If any such Award or portion thereof under this Plan is for any reason forfeited, canceled, cash-settled, expired or otherwise terminated without the issuance of Shares, the Shares subject to such forfeited, canceled, cash-settled, expired or otherwise terminated Award or award, or portion thereof, shall again be available for grant under the Plan. If Shares are tendered or withheld from issuance with respect to an Award by the Company in satisfaction of any Option Price, Base Price or tax withholding or similar obligations, such tendered or withheld Shares shall again be available for grant under the Plan. Awards which the Administrator reasonably determines will be settled in cash, and Awards subject to Performance Goals that the Administrator reasonably determines are certain not to be met, shall not (or shall upon such determination cease to) reduce the Plan maximum set forth in Section 4.1(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except to the extent required by applicable law, Replacement Awards shall not be counted against Shares available for grant pursuant to this Plan.

Section 4.2 Limitation on Non-Employee Director Awards . In any Compensation Year in respect of a non-employee Director’s service to the Company as a non-employee Director, the maximum value of Awards granted to such Director, and the maximum amount of cash paid to such Director, shall not exceed (i) in the case of such non-employee Director who is serving as the chairman of the Board, $300,000 and (ii) in the case of any other such Director, $500,000.

Section 4.3 Changes in Company Common Stock; Disposition of Assets and Corporate Events .

 

9


(a) If and to the extent necessary or appropriate to reflect any stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split or share combination or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange of shares, spin-off, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or other similar transaction affecting the Company Common Stock (each, a “ Corporate Event ”), the Administrator shall adjust the number of shares of Company Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, any other limit applicable under the Plan with respect to the number of Awards that may be granted hereunder, and the number, class and exercise price (if applicable) or Base Price (if applicable) of any outstanding Award, and/or make such substitution, revision or other provisions or take such other actions with respect to any outstanding Award or the holder or holders thereof, in each case as it determines to be equitable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, in the event of any such Corporate Event, the Administrator shall have the power to make such changes as it deems appropriate in ( i ) the number and type of shares or other securities covered by outstanding Awards, ( ii ) the prices specified therein (if applicable), ( iii ) the securities, cash or other property to be received upon the exercise, settlement or conversion of such outstanding Awards or otherwise to be received in connection with such outstanding Awards and ( iv ) any applicable Performance Goals. After any adjustment made by the Administrator pursuant to this Section 4.3, the number of shares subject to each outstanding Award shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number of whole or fractional shares (as determined by the Administrator), and (if applicable) the exercise price thereof shall be rounded up to the nearest cent.

(b) Any adjustment of an Award pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be effected in compliance with Section 422 and 409A of the Code to the extent applicable.

Section 4.4 Award Agreement Provisions . The Administrator may include such provisions and limitations in any Award Agreement as it shall determine, subject to the terms of the Plan.

Section 4.5 Prohibition Against Repricing . Except to the extent ( i ) approved in advance by holders of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or ( ii ) pursuant to Section 4.3 as a result of any Corporate Event or pursuant to Article XI in connection with a Change in Control, the Administrator shall not have the power or authority to reduce, whether through amendment or otherwise, the exercise price of any outstanding Option or Base Price of any outstanding SAR or to grant any new Award, or make any cash payment, in substitution for or upon the cancellation of Options or SARs previously granted and as to which the exercise price or Base Price thereof is in excess of the then-current Fair Market Value of Share.

ARTICLE V

OPTIONS AND SARS

Section 5.1 Grant of Options and SARs . The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Options and/or SARs to any Service Provider in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the Plan. Any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be designed to conform to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code. SARs may be granted in tandem with Options or may be granted on a freestanding basis, not related to any Option. Excluding Replacement Awards, the per Share purchase price of the Shares subject to each Option (the “ Option Price ”) and the Base Price of each SAR shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date such Option or SAR is granted. Each Option and each SAR shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

Section 5.2 Exercisability and Vesting; Exercise . Each Option and SAR shall vest and become exercisable according to the terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, Options and SARs shall vest ratably in equal annual installments over a three-year period, on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, SARs granted in tandem with an Option shall become vested and exercisable on the same date or dates as the Options with which such SARs are associated vest and become exercisable. SARs that are granted in tandem with an Option may only be exercised upon the surrender of the right to exercise such Option for an equivalent number of Shares, and may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which the related Option is then exercisable. The Administrator shall specify the manner of and any terms and conditions of exercise of an exercisable Option or SAR, including but not limited to net-settlement, delivery of previously owned stock and broker-assisted sales.

 

10


Section 5.3 Settlement of SARs . Upon exercise of a SAR, the Participant shall be entitled to receive payment in Shares, or such other form as determined by the Administrator, having an aggregate value equal to the amount determined by multiplying the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the exercise date over (ii) the Base Price of such SAR, by the number of Shares with respect to which such SAR is exercised; provided , however , that on the grant date, the Administrator may establish a maximum amount per Share that may be payable upon exercise of a SAR.

Section 5.4 Expiration of Options and SARs . No Option or SAR may be exercised after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option or SAR was granted, unless a longer or shorter period is set forth in the Award Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS

Section 6.1 Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock to any Service Provider selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. All Awards of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

(b) Issuance and Restrictions . Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Administrator may impose (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Stock or the right to receive dividends on the Restricted Stock). These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, pursuant to such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Administrator determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.

(c) Issuance of Restricted Stock . The issuance of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator shall determine.

Section 6.2 Restricted Stock Units . The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Service Provider selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, Restricted Stock Units that vest solely based on the continued service of the Service Provider shall vest ratably in equal annual installments over a three-year period, on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date. The Administrator may specify any conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Units that are fully vested and nonforfeitable when granted. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the settlement date applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock Units. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, on the settlement date, the Company shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, transfer to the Participant one Share for each Restricted Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited.

Section 6.3 Rights as a Stockholder . A Participant shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder in respect of Restricted Stock Units awarded pursuant to the Plan unless and until the Shares attributable to such Restricted Stock Units have been issued to such Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Restricted Stock Units awarded pursuant to the Plan will receive Dividend Equivalents settled in Shares in accordance with Article IX.

 

11


ARTICLE VII

PERFORMANCE AWARDS

Section 7.1 Grant of Performance Awards . The Administrator is authorized to make Performance Awards to any Participant selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. All Performance Shares and Performance Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

Section 7.2 Issuance and Restrictions . The Administrator shall have the authority to determine the Participants who shall receive Performance Awards; the number of Performance Shares, the number and value of Performance Units; the cash entitlement of any Participant with respect to any Performance Cycle; and the Performance Goals applicable in respect of such Performance Awards for each Performance Cycle. The Administrator shall determine the duration of each Performance Cycle (the duration of Performance Cycles may differ from one another), and there may be more than one Performance Cycle in existence at any one time. An Award Agreement evidencing the grant of Performance Shares or Performance Units shall specify the number of Performance Shares and the number and value of Performance Units awarded to the Participant, the Performance Goals applicable thereto, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, Performance Awards shall vest at the end of a three-year Performance Cycle, subject to achievement of the applicable Performance Goals. Unless the Administrator shall determine otherwise, no Company Common Stock will be issued at the time an Award of Performance Shares is made. The Company shall not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of Performance Awards.

Section 7.3 Earned Performance Awards . Performance Awards shall become earned, in whole or in part, based upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals or the occurrence of any event or events, as the Administrator shall determine or as set forth in an Award Agreement. In addition to the achievement of the specified Performance Goals, the Administrator may condition payment of Performance Awards on such other conditions as the Administrator shall determine. The Administrator may also provide in an Award Agreement for the completion of a minimum period of service (in addition to the achievement of any applicable Performance Goals) as a condition to the vesting of any Performance Award.

Section 7.4 Rights as a Stockholder . A Participant shall not have any rights as a stockholder in respect of Performance Awards awarded pursuant to the Plan (including, without limitation, the right to vote on any matter submitted to the Company’s stockholders) until such time as the Shares attributable to such Performance Awards have been issued to such Participant or his or her beneficiary. Performance Shares as to which Shares are issued prior to the end of the Performance Cycle shall, during such period, be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Administrator may impose (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote such Shares or the right to receive dividends on such Shares). Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Performance Awards awarded pursuant to the Plan will receive Dividend Equivalents settled in Shares in accordance with Article IX.

Section 7.5 Performance Goals and Related Provisions . The Administrator shall establish the Performance Goals that must be satisfied in order for a Participant to receive an Award for a Performance Cycle or for a Performance Award to be earned or vested. The Administrator may provide for a threshold level of performance below which no amount of compensation will be paid and a maximum level of performance above which no additional amount of compensation will be paid under the Plan, and it may provide for the payment of differing amounts of compensation for different levels of performance. Performance Goals may be established on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Subsidiaries or products or based on individual performance measures, and may be expressed in absolute terms or relative to other metrics including internal targets or budgets, past performance of the Company, the performance of one or more similarly situated companies, performance of an index, outstanding equity or other external measures. In the case of earning-based measures, performance goals may include comparisons relating to capital (including but limited to, the cost of capital),

 

12


shareholders’ equity, shares outstanding, assets or net assets, or any combination thereof. Performance goals may also be subject to such other terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine appropriate. The Administrator may also adjust the Performance Goals for any Performance Cycle as it deems equitable in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company; changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles; other material extraordinary events such as restructurings; discontinued operations; asset write-downs; significant litigation or claims, judgments or settlements; acquisitions or divestitures; reorganizations or changes in the corporate structure or capital structure of the Company; foreign exchange gains and losses; change in the fiscal year of the Company; business interruption events; unbudgeted capital expenditures; unrealized investment gains and losses; and impairments or such other factors as the Administrator may determine.

Section 7.6 Determination of Attainment of Performance Goals . As soon as practicable following the end of a Performance Cycle and prior to any payment or vesting in respect of such Performance Cycle, the Administrator (or its delegate pursuant to Section 3.3) shall determine the number of Performance Shares or other Performance Awards and the number and value of Performance Units or the amount of any cash entitlement, in each case that has been earned or vested.

Section 7.7 Payment of Awards . Payment or delivery of Company Common Stock with respect to earned Performance Shares, earned Performance Units and earned cash entitlements shall be made to the Participant or, if the Participant has died, to the Participant’s Eligible Representative, as soon as practicable after the expiration of the Performance Cycle and the Administrator’s determination under Section 7.8 above and (unless an applicable Award Agreement shall set forth one or more other dates) in any event no later than the earlier of ( i ) ninety (90) days after the end of the fiscal year in which the Performance Cycle has ended and ( ii ) ninety (90) days after the expiration of the Performance Cycle. The Administrator shall determine and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement whether earned Performance Shares and the value of earned Performance Units are to be distributed in the form of cash, Shares or in a combination thereof, with the value or number of Shares payable to be determined based on the Fair Market Value of the Company Common Stock on the date of the Administrator’s determination under Section 7.8 above or such other date specified in the Award Agreement. The Administrator may, in an Award Agreement with respect to the Award or delivery of Shares, condition the vesting of such Shares on the performance of additional service.

Section 7.8 Newly Eligible Participants . Notwithstanding anything in this Article VII to the contrary, the Administrator shall be entitled to make such rules, determinations and adjustments as it deems appropriate with respect to any Participant who becomes eligible to receive Performance Shares, Performance Units or other Performance Awards after the commencement of a Performance Cycle.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS

Section 8.1 Grant of Stock-Based Awards . The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of other types of equity-based or equity-related awards and fully vested stock awards, including grants of fully vested Shares (collectively, “ Stock-Based Awards ”) not otherwise described by the terms of the Plan in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, including without limitation the payment of cash bonuses or other incentives in the form of Stock-Based Awards. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, all Stock-Based Awards shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Such Stock-Based Awards may be granted as an inducement to enter the employ of the Company, any Affiliate or any Subsidiary or in satisfaction of any obligation of the Company, any Affiliate or any Subsidiary to an officer or other key employee, whether pursuant to this Plan or otherwise, that would otherwise have been payable in cash or in respect of any other obligation of the Company. Such Stock-Based Awards may entail the transfer of actual Shares, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of Shares and may include, without limitation, Awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than the United States.

 

13


ARTICLE IX

DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS

Section 9.1 Generally . Dividend Equivalents may be granted to Participants at such time or times as shall be determined by the Administrator. Dividend Equivalents may be granted in tandem with other Awards, in addition to other Awards, or freestanding and unrelated to other Awards. Notwithstanding the terms of this Section 9.1, no Dividend Equivalents shall be granted with respect to Options or SARs. The grant date of any Dividend Equivalents under the Plan will be the date on which the Dividend Equivalent is awarded by the Administrator, or such other date permitted by applicable laws as the Administrator shall determine. Dividend Equivalents may, at the discretion of the Administrator, be fully vested and nonforfeitable when granted or subject to such vesting conditions as determined by the Administrator; provided , that, unless the Administrator shall determine otherwise in an Award Agreement, Dividend Equivalents with respect to Awards shall not be fully vested until the Awards have been earned and shall be forfeited if the related Award is forfeited. Dividend Equivalents shall be evidenced in writing, whether as part of the Award Agreement governing the terms of the Award, if any, to which such Dividend Equivalent relates, or pursuant to a separate Award Agreement with respect to freestanding Dividend Equivalents, in each case, containing such provisions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Administrator shall determine, including customary representations, warranties and covenants with respect to securities law matters.

ARTICLE X

TERMINATION AND FORFEITURE

Section 10.1 Termination for Cause; Post-Service Competitive Activity . Unless otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment or service terminates for Cause or a Participant engages in Competitive Activity following the Participant’s termination of service, all Options and SARs, whether vested or unvested, and all other Awards that are unvested or unexercisable or otherwise unpaid (or were unvested or unexercisable or unpaid at the time of occurrence of Cause or engagement in Competitive Activity) shall be immediately forfeited and canceled, effective as of the date of the Participant’s termination of service or engagement in Competitive Activity. If the Participant engages in Competitive Activity following the Participant’s termination of service, any portion of the Participant’s Awards that became vested after Participant’s termination of service, and any Shares or cash issued upon exercise or settlement of such Awards, shall be immediately forfeited, canceled, and disgorged or paid to the Company together with all gains earned or accrued due to the sale of Shares issued upon exercise or settlement of such Awards.

Section 10.2 Termination of Employment due to Death . Unless otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment or service terminates by reason of death:

(a) All Options and SARs (whether or not then otherwise exercisable) shall become exercisable in full and the Participant’s Eligible Representative may exercise all such Options and SARs at any time prior to the earlier of ( i ) the one-year anniversary of the Participant’s death or ( ii ) the expiration of the term of the Options; provided that any in-the-money Options and SARs that are still outstanding on the last day of the time period specified in this Section 10.2(a) shall automatically be exercised on such date; and

(b) All other Awards shall immediately vest in full upon the Participant’s death, and Restricted Stock Units and Performance Awards that have not been settled or converted into Shares prior to the Participant’s death shall immediately be settled in Shares. Any Performance Awards that vest as a result of this Section 10.2(b) shall vest and be paid based on target levels of performance.

 

14


Section 10.3 Termination due to Disability . Unless otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment or service terminates by reason of Disability, the Participant shall be treated for purposes of the treatment of the Participant’s Awards under this Section 10.3 as though the Participant continued in the employ of the Company and all unvested Awards shall remain outstanding and vest, or in the case of Options and SARs, vest and become exercisable, in accordance with the terms set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Any Options or SARs granted to such Participant that are exercisable at the date of termination by reason of Disability or that thereafter become exercisable by reason of the operation of the immediately preceding sentence may be exercised at any time prior to the earlier of ( i ) the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s termination for Disability or ( ii ) the expiration of the term of such Options or SARs.

Section 10.4 Termination of Employment Due to a Qualifying Termination . Unless otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment or service terminates by reason of a Qualifying Termination:

(a) Any Awards, including Options and SARs, granted in the one-year period prior to the Participant’s Qualifying Termination shall be immediately forfeited and canceled, effective as of the date of the Participant’s Qualifying Termination; and

(b) The Participant shall be treated for purposes of the treatment of the Participant’s Awards under this Section 10.4 as though the Participant continued in the employ of the Company and all unvested Awards granted earlier than one year prior to the Participant’s Qualifying Termination shall remain outstanding and vest, or in the case of Options and SARs, vest and become exercisable, in accordance with the terms set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Any Performance Awards that remain outstanding in accordance with this Section 10.4(b) shall vest subject to the attainment of the applicable Performance Goals in respect thereof. Any Options or SARs granted to such Participant which are exercisable at the date of his or her Qualifying Termination or that thereafter become exercisable by reason of the operation of the immediately preceding sentence may be exercised at any time prior to the earlier of ( i ) the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s Qualifying Termination or ( ii ) the expiration of the term of such Options or SARs.

Section 10.5 Involuntary Termination of Employment Without Cause . Unless otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment or service is involuntarily terminated without Cause and such termination is not a Qualifying Termination:

(a) All Options and SARs that are unvested shall be immediately forfeited and canceled, effective as of the date of the Participant’s termination of service, and all Options and SARs that are vested shall remain outstanding and exercisable until the earlier of ( i ) 30 days after the effective date of the Participant’s termination under this Section 10.5 or ( ii ) the expiration of the term of such Options or SARs; and

(b) All Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units that are unvested shall be immediately forfeited and canceled, effective as of the date of the Participant’s termination of service; and

(c) Provided that the Participant signs a Release and does not exercise any rights to revoke such Release, the Participant shall retain a portion of any unvested Performance Awards granted earlier than one year prior to the Participant’s termination of service under this Section 10.5 equal to, for each grant of Performance Awards, the number of Performance Shares or Performance Units specified in the Award Agreement multiplied by the quotient of ( i ) the number of full months elapsed between the grant date in respect of such Performance Awards and the effective date of the Participant’s termination under this Section 10.5 over ( ii ) the total number of months in the Performance Cycle. Such retained Performance Awards will remain outstanding and vest subject to the attainment of the applicable Performance Goals in respect thereof. Any Performance Awards that do not vest pursuant to this Section 10.5(c) shall be immediately forfeited and canceled, effective as of the date of the Participant’s termination of service.

 

15


Section 10.6 Termination for Any Other Reason . Unless otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment or service terminates for any reason other than Cause, without Cause, death, Disability or a Qualifying Termination, including a voluntary resignation:

(a) All Options and SARs that are unvested shall be immediately forfeited and canceled, effective as of the date of the Participant’s termination of service, and all Options and SARs that are vested shall remain outstanding and exercisable until the earlier of ( i ) 30 days after the effective date of the Participant’s termination under this Section 10.6 or ( ii ) the expiration of the term of such Options or SARs; and

(b) All other Awards that are unvested or have not otherwise been earned shall be immediately forfeited and canceled, effective as of the date of Participant’s termination of service.

Section 10.7 Post-Termination Informational Requirements . Before the settlement of any Award following termination of employment or service, the Administrator may require the Participant (or the Participant’s Eligible Representative, if applicable) to make such representations and provide such documents as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with applicable law and determine whether the provisions of Section 10.1 or Section 10.8 may apply to such Award.

Section 10.8 Forfeiture of Awards . Awards granted under this Plan (and gains earned or accrued in connection with Awards) shall be subject to such generally applicable policies as to forfeiture and recoupment (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of material financial or accounting errors, financial or other misconduct or Competitive Activity) as may be adopted by the Administrator or the Board from time to time. Any such policies may (in the discretion of the Administrator or the Board) be applied to outstanding Awards at the time of adoption of such policies, or on a prospective basis only. The Participant shall also forfeit and disgorge to the Company any Awards granted or vested and any gains earned or accrued due to the exercise of Options or SARs or the sale of any Company Common Stock to the extent required by applicable law or as required by any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Company Common Stock is listed or quoted, in each case in effect on or after the Effective Date, including but not limited to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Section 10D of the Exchange Act. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrator shall have full authority to implement any policies and procedures necessary to comply with applicable law and/or the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Company Common Stock is listed or quoted. The implementation of policies and procedures pursuant to this Section 10.8 and any modification of the same shall not be subject to any restrictions on amendment or modification of Awards.

Section 10.9 Clawbacks . Awards shall be subject to any generally applicable clawback policy adopted by the Administrator, the Board or the Company that is communicated to the Participants or any such policy adopted to comply with applicable law.

ARTICLE XI

CHANGE IN CONTROL

Section 11.1 Alternative Award . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, and other than with respect to the Performance Award Conversion, no cancellation, acceleration or other payment shall occur in connection with a Change in Control pursuant to Section 11.3 with respect to any Award or portion thereof as a result of the Change in Control if the Administrator reasonably determines in good faith, prior to the occurrence of the Change in Control, that such Award shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor following the Change in Control (such honored, assumed or substituted award, an “ Alternative Award ”), provided that any Alternative Award must ( i ) give the Participant who held the Award rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights and terms applicable under the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, including an equal or better vesting schedule and that Alternative Awards that are stock options have identical or better methods of payment of the exercise price thereof and a post-termination exercise period extending until at least the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s termination (or, if earlier, the expiration of the term of such stock options); ( ii ) have terms such

 

16


that if a Participant’s employment is involuntarily (i.e., by the Company or its successor other than for Cause) or constructively (i.e., by the Participant with Good Reason) terminated within the twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control at a time when any portion of the Alternative Award is unvested, the unvested portion of such Alternative Award shall immediately vest in full and such Participant shall receive (as determined by the Board prior to the Change in Control) either ( 1 ) a cash payment equal in value to the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the stock subject to the Alternative Award at the date of exercise or settlement over the price (if any) that such Participant would be required to pay to exercise such Alternative Award or ( 2 ) publicly-traded shares or equity interests equal in value (as determined by the Administrator) to the value in clause (1).

Section 11.2 Performance Award Conversion . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, upon a Change in Control, then-outstanding Performance Awards shall be modified to remove any Performance Goals applicable thereto and to substitute, in lieu of such Performance Goals, vesting solely based on the requirement of continued service through, as nearly as is practicable, the date(s) on which the satisfaction of the Performance Goals would have been measured if the Change in Control had not occurred (or, if applicable, the later period of required service following such measurement date) (such Awards, the “ Alternative Performance Awards ”), with such service-vesting of the Alternative Performance Awards to accelerate upon the termination of employment of the holder prior to such vesting date(s) thereof, if such termination of employment satisfies the requirements of clause (ii) of Section 11.1 hereof. The number of Alternative Performance Awards shall be equal to ( i ) if less than 50% of the Performance Cycle has elapsed, the target number of Performance Awards pro rated based on the elapsed period of time between the grant date and the date of the Change in Control, and ( ii ) if 50% or more of the Performance Cycle has elapsed, a number of Performance Awards based on actual performance through the date of the Change in Control pro rated based on the elapsed period of time between the grant date and the date of the Change in Control (with the Administrator as constituted prior to the Change in Control making any determinations necessary to determine the pro rata number of Alternative Performance Awards and the vesting date(s) thereof). The conversion of the Performance Awards into Alternative Performance Awards is referred to herein as the “ Performance Award Conversion ”. Following the Performance Award Conversion, the Alternative Performance Awards shall either remain outstanding as Alternative Awards consistent with this Section 11.2 or shall be treated as provided in Section 11.3.

Section 11.3 Accelerated Vesting and Payment . Except as otherwise provided in this Article XI or in an Award Agreement, upon a Change in Control:

(a) each vested and unvested Option or SAR shall be canceled in exchange for a payment equal to the excess, if any, of the Change in Control Price over the applicable Option Price or Base Price;

(b) the vesting restrictions applicable to all other unvested Awards (other than ( x ) freestanding Dividend Equivalents not granted in connection with another Award and ( y ) Performance Awards) shall lapse, all such Awards shall vest and become non-forfeitable and be canceled in exchange for a payment equal to the Change in Control Price;

(c) the Alternative Performance Awards shall be canceled in exchange for a payment equal to the Change in Control Price;

(d) all other Awards (other than freestanding Dividend Equivalents not granted in connection with another Award) that were vested prior to the Change in Control but that have not been settled or converted into Shares prior to the Change in Control shall be canceled in exchange for a payment equal to the Change in Control Price; and

(e) all freestanding Dividend Equivalents not granted in connection with another Award shall be cancelled without payment therefor.

 

17


To the extent any portion of the Change in Control Price is payable other than in cash and/or other than at the time of the Change in Control, Award holders under the Plan shall receive the same value in respect of their Awards (less any applicable exercise price, Base Price or similar feature) as is received by the Company’s stockholders in respect of their Company Common Stock (as determined by the Administrator), and the Administrator shall determine the extent to which such value shall be paid in cash, in securities or other property, or in a combination of cash and securities or other property, consistent with applicable law. To the extent any portion of the Change in Control Price is payable other than at the time of the Change in Control, the Administrator shall determine the time and form of payment to the Award holders consistent with Section 409A of the Code and other applicable laws. For avoidance of doubt, upon a Change in Control the Administrator may cancel Options and SARs for no consideration if the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Options or such SARs is less than or equal to the Option Price of such Options or the Base Price of such SARs.

Section 11.4 Pre-Change in Control Protection Period . Notwithstanding the terms of Article X to the contrary, if a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated without Cause or by the Participant at the date of the Change of Control due to a change in the terms and conditions of the Participant’s employment that would give rise to a termination for Good Reason, in either case occurring within the ninety (90) day period prior to a Change in Control, the Participant shall be deemed for purposes of the treatment of the Participant’s Awards under the provisions of this Article XI to have continued in employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries until the Change in Control and had his or her employment terminated immediately following the Change in Control.

ARTICLE XII

OTHER PROVISIONS

Section 12.1 Awards Not Transferable . Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, no Award or interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 12.1 shall prevent transfers by will, by the applicable laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to the beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company pursuant to Section 12.14 or, with the prior approval of the Company, estate planning transfers.

Section 12.2 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan or Award Agreements .

(a) The Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Administrator; provided that without the approval by a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a duly constituted meeting of shareholders of the Company, no amendment or modification to the Plan may ( i ) except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 4.3, increase the number of Shares subject to the Plan or the individual Award limitations specified in Section 4.2; ( ii ) modify the class of persons eligible for participation in the Plan or ( iii ) materially modify the Plan in any other way that would require shareholder approval under applicable law. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, neither the amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the written consent of the holder of the Award, adversely alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted.

(b) The Administrator at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more existing Award Agreements, provided , however , that the rights of a Participant under an Award Agreement shall not be adversely impaired without the Participant’s written consent. The Company shall provide a Participant with notice of any amendment made to a Participant’s existing Award Agreement.

(c) No Award may be granted during any period of suspension nor after termination of the Plan, and in no event may any Award be granted under this Plan after the expiration of ten (10) years from the Effective Date.

 

18


Section 12.3 Effect of Plan upon Other Award and Compensation Plans . The adoption of this Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company, any of its Affiliates or any of its Subsidiaries ( a ) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Service Providers or ( b ) to grant or assume options or restricted stock other than under this Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose, including, but not by way of limitation, the grant or assumption of options or restricted stock in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, firm or association.

Section 12.4 At-Will Employment . Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue as a Service Provider of the Company, any of its Affiliates or any of its Subsidiaries or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, any of its Affiliates and any of its Subsidiaries, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause.

Section 12.5 Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

Section 12.6 Conformity to Securities Laws . The Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated under any of the foregoing, to the extent the Company, any of its Affiliates, any of its Subsidiaries or any Participant is subject to the provisions thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and Awards shall be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

Section 12.7 Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its date of adoption by the Administrator (the “ Effective Date ”) and shall continue in effect, unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 12.2, until the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date. The provisions of the Plan shall continue thereafter to govern all outstanding Awards.

Section 12.8 Governing Law . To the extent not preempted by federal law, the Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware regardless of the application of rules of conflict of law that would apply the laws of any other jurisdiction.

Section 12.9 Severability . In the event any portion of the Plan or any action taken pursuant thereto shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had not been included, and the illegal or invalid action shall be null and void.

Section 12.10 Governing Documents . In the event of any express contradiction between the Plan and any Award Agreement or any other written agreement between a Participant and the Company, any Affiliate or any Subsidiary of the Company that has been approved by the Administrator, the express terms of the Plan shall govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that such express provision of the Plan shall not apply.

Section 12.11 Withholding Taxes . In addition to any rights or obligations with respect to Withholding Taxes under the Plan or any applicable Award Agreement, the Company, any Affiliate or any Subsidiary employing a Service Provider shall have the right to withhold from the Service Provider, or otherwise require the Service Provider or an assignee to pay, any Withholding Taxes arising as a result of grant, exercise, vesting or settlement of any Award or any other taxable event occurring pursuant to the Plan or any Award Agreement, including, without limitation, to the extent permitted by law, the right to deduct any such Withholding Taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Service Provider or to take such other actions (including, without limitation, withholding any Shares or cash deliverable pursuant to the Plan or any Award) as may be necessary to satisfy such Withholding Taxes.

 

19


Section 12.12 Section 409A . To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the adoption of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the adoption of the Plan, the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related regulations and Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the adoption of the Plan), the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to ( a ) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, ( b ) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance or ( c ) comply with any correction procedures available with respect to Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, if a Service Provider is a “specified employee” as determined pursuant to Section 409A under any Company Specified Employee policy in effect at the time of the Service Provider’s “separation from service” (as determined under Section 409A) or, if no such policy is in effect, as defined in Section 409A of the Code), then, to the extent necessary to comply with, and avoid imposition on such Service Provider of any tax penalty imposed under, Section 409A of the Code, any payment required to be made to a Service Provider hereunder upon or following his or her separation from service shall be delayed until the first to occur of ( i ) the six-month anniversary of the Service Provider’s separation from service and ( ii ) the Service Provider’s death. Should payments be delayed in accordance with the preceding sentence, the accumulated payment that would have been made but for the period of the delay shall be paid in a single lump sum during the ten (10) day period following the lapsing of the delay period. No provision of this Plan or an Award Agreement shall be construed to indemnify any Service Provider for any taxes incurred by reason of Section 409A (or timing of incurrence thereof), other than an express indemnification provision therefor.

Section 12.13 Notices . Except as provided otherwise in an Award Agreement, all notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Plan or any Award Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if delivered personally, sent by email or any other form of electronic transfer approved by the Administrator, sent by certified or express mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by any recognized international equivalent of such delivery, ( i ) in the case of notices and communications to the Company, to its current business address and to the attention of the Corporate Secretary of the Company or ( ii ) in the case of a Participant, to the last known address, or email address or, where the individual is an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, to the individual’s workplace address or email address or by other means of electronic transfer acceptable to the Administrator. All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery, if sent by email or any other form of electronic transfer, at the time of dispatch or on the third business day after the mailing thereof.

Section 12.14 Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant under the Plan may from time to time pursuant to procedures approved by the Company name any beneficiary or beneficiaries by whom any right under the Plan is to be exercised in case of such Participant’s death.

*    *    *    *    *    *     *

 

20

Exhibit 10.58

Transaction Incentive Grant

Grant Notice to

Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

 

Employee:  

 

 
Grant Date:  

 

 
Number of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) Granted hereby:    
Service RSUs  

 

 
Performance RSUs  

 

 

The Restricted Stock Units set forth above are subject to the terms and conditions of the AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and the Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement that follows.


Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

This Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), by and between AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the employee whose name is set forth on the Grant Notice hereto (the “ Employee ”), is being entered into pursuant to the AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). Capitalized terms that are used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Plan.

Section 1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units . The Company hereby evidences and confirms its grant to the Employee, effective as of the date set forth on the Grant Notice hereto (the “ Grant Date ”), of the number of Restricted Stock Units set forth on the Grant Notice, consisting of two distinct tranches of Restricted Stock Units: “ Service RSUs ” and “ Performance RSUs ”, with the number of Restricted Stock Units allocated to each such tranche identified on the Grant Notice. This Agreement is entered into pursuant to, and the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder are subject to, the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated by reference herein. If there is any inconsistency between any express provision of this Agreement and any express term of the Plan, the express term of the Plan shall govern.

Section 2. Vesting of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Vesting . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2, the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall become vested, if at all, subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) Service RSUs . Subject to the Employee’s continued employment by the Company or it Subsidiaries or Affiliates on the date specified in each of the clauses below:

(A) fifty percent (50%) of the Service RSUs shall become vested upon the expiration of the six-month period following the closing of the initial public offering of Company Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, (the “ Initial Public Offering ” or “ IPO ”);

(B) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Service RSUs shall become vested upon the first anniversary of the IPO; and

(C) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Service RSUs shall become vested upon the second anniversary of the IPO.

(ii) Performance RSUs . Subject to the Employee’s continued employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates on the date specified in clause (A) or (B) below, the Performance RSUs shall vest in full:

(A) if on any date prior to the second anniversary of the IPO, the average of the closing price of the Company Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the 30 days immediately preceding such date is at least equal to 130% of the price at which shares of Company Common Stock initially traded in the IPO (the “IPO Price”); or

(B) if the vesting conditions specified in Section 2(a)(ii)(A) above are not met, on any date prior to the fifth anniversary of the IPO, the average of the closing price of the Company Common Stock on its principal exchange for the 30 days immediately preceding such date is at least equal to 150% of the IPO Price;

provided that, if the Performance RSUs have not become vested by the fifth anniversary of the IPO according to the conditions specified in clause (A) or (B) of this Section 2(a)(ii), fifty-percent (50%) of the Performance RSUs shall vest on the fifth anniversary of the IPO and any Performance RSUs that have not vested shall be forfeited.


For purposes of this Agreement, any date on which Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder vest shall be a “ Vesting Date ”. Vested Restricted Stock Units shall be settled as provided in Section 3 of this Agreement.

(b) Effect of Termination of Employment or Service .

(i) Disability . If the Employee’s employment or service is terminated by reason of the Employee’s Disability, any unvested Restricted Stock Units as of the termination date will be retained by the Employee and remain outstanding and subject to the vesting conditions specified in Section 2(a) above, it being understood that any conditions requiring Employee’s continued service shall be deemed to be met.

(ii) Death. If the Employee’s employment or service is terminated by reason of the Employee’s death, any then outstanding unvested Restricted Stock Units shall vest, as of the date of such termination.

(iii) Involuntary Termination without Cause . If the Employee’s employment or service is involuntarily terminated without Cause, and the Employee signs a Release and does not exercise any rights to revoke such Release, a portion of any unvested Performance RSUs as of the termination date will be retained and remain outstanding and subject to the vesting conditions specified in 2(a)(ii) above equal to the total number of unvested Performance RSUs multiplied by the quotient of (a) the number of full months elapsed between the Grant Date and the effective date of the Employee’s termination under this Section 2(b)(iii) over (b) sixty. Any Performance RSUs that do not vest pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence and all unvested Service RSUs shall be forfeited and cancelled effective as of the date of such termination.

(iv) Any Other Reason . Upon termination of the Employee’s employment or service for any reason other than Disability, death or involuntary termination without Cause (whether initiated by the Company, an Affiliate or by the Employee), any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited and canceled effective as of the date of such termination.

(c) Effect of a Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, the treatment of any outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be governed by Article XI of the Plan; provided, that , notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1(ii) of the Plan, any Alternative Award (within the meaning of the Plan) in respect of the Restricted Stock Units must provide for full vesting of the Alternative Award if following a Change in Control, the Employee’s employment or service is terminated by reason of Disability or death during the remaining vesting period thereof.

(d) Discretionary Acceleration . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the vesting with respect to any Restricted Stock Units granted under this Agreement at such times and upon such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

Section 3. Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Timing of Settlement . Subject to Section 5(a) hereof, ( i ) any Restricted Stock Units that became vested on a Vesting Date (including, a Vesting Date following Employee’s termination by reason of Disability) or upon a termination of employment or service by reason of death or by the Company without Cause shall be settled into an equal number of shares of Company Common Stock on a date selected by the Company that is within thirty (30) days following such Vesting Date or such termination of employment or service, and ( ii ) any Restricted Stock Units that became vested upon a Change in Control pursuant to Section 2(c) of this Agreement shall be settled into an equal number of shares of Company Common Stock (or, in the determination of the Administrator, in cash in lieu of shares of Company Common Stock) on the date of the Change in Control (each such date in clause (i) or (ii) hereof, a “ Settlement Date ”).


Section 4. Restrictive Covenants . In consideration of the receipt of the Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to this Agreement, the Employee agrees to be bound by the covenants set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement, which are incorporated by reference and made part of this Agreement.

Section 5. Restriction on Transfer; Non-Transferability of Restricted Stock Units . The Restricted Stock Units are not assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, and they may not, directly or indirectly, be offered, transferred, sold, pledged, assigned, alienated, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or encumbered (including, but not limited to, by gift, operation of law or otherwise) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution to the estate of the Employee upon the Employee’s death or pursuant to the beneficiary designation procedures established by the Company. Any purported transfer in violation of this Section 4 shall be void ab initio .

Section 6. Miscellaneous .

(a) Tax Withholding . The Company or one of its Subsidiaries shall require the Employee to remit to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any applicable U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax withholding obligations that may arise in connection with the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units and the related issuance of shares of Company Common Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Employee elects not to remit cash in respect of such obligations, the Company shall retain a number of shares issued in respect of the Restricted Stock Units then vesting that have an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the Settlement Date equal to the amount of such taxes required to be withheld (and the Employee shall thereupon be deemed to have satisfied his or her obligations under this Section 5(a)). The number of shares of Company Common Stock to be issued in respect of Restricted Stock Units shall thereupon be reduced by the number of shares of Company Common Stock so retained.

(b) Dividend Equivalents . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, in the event that the Company pays any ordinary dividend in cash on a share of Company Common Stock following the Grant Date and prior to an applicable Settlement Date, there shall be credited to the account of the Employee in respect of each outstanding Restricted Stock Unit an amount equal to the amount of such dividend. The amount so credited shall be deferred (without interest, unless the Administrator determines otherwise) until the settlement of such related Restricted Stock Unit and then paid in shares of Company Common Stock but shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such related Restricted Stock Unit.

(c) Forfeiture of Awards . The Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder (and gains earned or accrued in connection therewith) shall be subject to such generally applicable policies as to forfeiture and recoupment (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of material financial or accounting errors, financial or other misconduct or Competitive Activity) as may be adopted by the Administrator or the Board from time to time and communicated to the Employee or as required by applicable law, and are otherwise subject to forfeiture or disgorgement of profits as provided by the Plan.

(d) Lock-Up Period . If requested by the underwriters managing any public offering of Company Common Stock, the Employee agrees to execute a separate agreement to the effect that, except as otherwise approved by the Administrator, shares of Company Common Stock acquired by the Employee following the vesting and settlement of all or any portion of the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of prior to the date following such public offering as so required by such underwriters (the “ Lock-Up Period ”). The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Company Common Stock subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such Lock-Up Period.

(e) Consent to Electronic Delivery . By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Restricted Stock Units evidenced hereby, the Employee hereby consents to the delivery of information (including, without limitation, information required to be delivered to the Employee pursuant to applicable securities laws) regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries, the Plan, this Agreement and the Restricted Stock Units via Company website or other electronic delivery.


(f) Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented orally, but only by a written instrument executed by the Employee and the Company.

(g) Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including, but not limited to, as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of law that would require application of the law of another jurisdiction.

(h) Acceptance of Restricted Stock Units and Agreement . The Employee has indicated his or her consent and acknowledgement of the terms of this Agreement pursuant to the instructions provided to the Employee by or on behalf of the Company. The Employee acknowledges receipt of the Plan, represents to the Company that he or she has read and understood this Agreement and the Plan, and, as an express condition to the grant of the Restricted Stock Units under this Agreement, agrees to be bound by the terms of both this Agreement and the Plan. The Employee and the Company each agrees and acknowledges that the use of electronic media (including, without limitation, a clickthrough button or checkbox on a website of the Company or a third-party administrator) to indicate the Employee’s confirmation, consent, signature, agreement and delivery of this Agreement and the Restricted Stock Units is legally valid and has the same legal force and effect as if the Employee and the Company signed and executed this Agreement in paper form. The same use of electronic media may be used for any amendment or waiver of this Agreement.

[ signature page follows ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this Agreement as of the Grant Date.

 

AXA EQUITABLE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
EMPLOYEE

 

Name:  


Exhibit A to

Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

Restrictive Covenants

Protection of Confidential Information . The Employee will not, without permission of the Company, disclose any Company confidential information or trade secrets to anyone outside the Company, unless required by subpoena. Confidential information and trade secrets include, but are not limited to, customer lists, product development information, marketing and sales plans, premium or other pricing information, operating policies and manuals, and, or other confidential information related to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee may disclose confidential information as (x) authorized by applicable law (including, but not limited to, any disclosure of information that satisfies the procedures in SEC Regulation § 240.21F-17) or (y) as required pursuant to an order or requirement of a court, administrative agency or other government body.

Noncompetition . The Employee will not, for 12 months following termination of employment, directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive with the business of the Company or be employed by or perform services for any entity that competes with the Company.

Nonsolicitation of Employees and Agents . The Employee will not, for 12 months following termination of employment, directly or indirectly attempt to induce any employee, agent or agency, broker, broker-dealer, financial planner, registered principal or representative of the Company to be employed by or to perform services for any entity that competes with the Company.

Nonsolicitation of Customers . The Employee will not, for 12 months following termination of employment, directly or indirectly attempt to solicit the trade of any person that is a customer of the Company or which the Company has been undertaking reasonable steps to procure as a customer during the 6 months preceding termination of employment. This limitation will only apply to products or services in competition with a product or service of the Company, and to customers with whom Employee had contact during employment.

Nondisparagement . The Employee shall not (including following any termination of employment with the Company), whether in writing or orally, disparage the Company, its Subsidiaries, any of their respective Affiliates or their respective predecessors and successors, or any of the current or former directors, officers, executives, shareholders, partners, members, or, as a group, other employees of any of the foregoing, with respect to any of their respective past or present activities or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray any of the aforementioned parties in an unfavorable light unless (x) authorized by applicable law (including, but not limited to, any disclosure of information that satisfies the procedures in SEC Regulation § 240.21F-17) or (y) as required pursuant to an order or requirement of a court, administrative agency or other government body.

Agreement to Cooperate . Following the termination of employment, the Employee will cooperate with the Company, without additional compensation, on matters within the scope of Employee’s responsibilities during employment. The Company agrees to reimburse reasonable out-of-pocket expenses the Employee incurs in connection with such assistance. The Company agrees it will make all reasonable efforts to minimize disruption to the Employee’s other commitments.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1/A of AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc. of our report dated April 6, 2018, except for the effects of the stock split discussed in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is April 26, 2018 relating to the financial statements, and financial statement schedules, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 26, 2018